Skip to main content

Full text of "Reports on the progress of zoology and botany, 1841, 1842"

See other formats


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


^^r 


/s- 


RAY    SOCIETY 

c  Pu.i/y  cart  ion  .  V.I  J 

INSTITUTED  MDCCCXLIV 


/U--(ujlX 


u  ^  *-**-*^-^i^. 


REPORTS 


ON    THE    PROGRESS 


OF 


«■      _    ,     • 


ZOOLOGY  AND  BOTANY 


1841,  1842. 


EDINBUBGH 

PRINTED    FOR    THE    RAY    SOCIETY 

MDCCCXLV 


*  « 


PRTNTBO  Bt  W.  H.LISABa,  BDINBUBGH. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


The  principle  of  establishing  Societies  for  the  purpose  of 
publishing  such  works,  in  various  departments  of  literature 
and  science,  as  would  otherwise  be  inaccessible,  has  now 
become  so  generally  recognized,  as  to  render  any  defence 
of  their  institution  wholly  unnecessary. 

^  The  Parker,  the  Camden,  the  Percy,  the  Sydenham,  and 

^^ 

^  several  other  Societies,  have  been  formed  for  the  purpose  of 

,^  supplying  a  demand  for  particular  kinds  of  literature,  which 

**?  the  ordinary  means  of  publication  could  not  be  brought  to 

«^  meet.    Following  in  the  footsteps  of  these  respectable  Asso- 

^  ciations,  the  Eay  Society  recognizes  as  its  object,  the  easy 

^  acquisition  of  works  on  Natural  History,  more  particularly  in 

Zoology  and  Botany,  which,  from  various  circumstances,  can- 
not be  readily  procured.  In  one  point,  the  Eay  Society  will, 
indeed,  differ  from  most,  if  not  all,  of  those  which  have  pre- 
ceded it — ^in  the  publication,  namely,  of  original  modem  works, 
or  memoirs  in  Natural  History,  which,  from  the  expense  of 
their  publication  and  the  improbability  of  a  sufficiently  exten- 
sive sale,  would  not  be  undertaken  by  a  publisher  at  his  own 
risk,  or  printed  in  the  transactions  of  existing  Societies.  The 
Council  of  the  Ray  Society  are  very  anxious,  that  this  point 


IV  ADVERTISEMENT. 

should  be  nnderstood  by  the  members  and  the  public,  as  they 
have  no  intention  of  invading  the  province  of  the  publisher. 

According  to  the  present  constitution  of  the  Bay  Society, 
the  following  are  the  classes  of  works  which  the  Council  con- 
templates being  able  to  supply  to  the  members  : — 1.  Original 
Works  in  Zoology  and  Botany.  2.  New  editions  of  Standard 
Works  of  established  value.  3.  Bare  Tracts  and  Manuscripts. 
4.  Translations  of  foreign  works,  ancient  and  modem.  Under 
each  of  these  departments  the  Council  has  already  had  sug- 
gested to  them  works  for  publication,  the  appearance  of  which, 
they  feel  confident,  will  be  very  acceptable  to  the  members  of 
the  Society,  and  materially  aid  in  the  extension  of  the  sciences 
of  Zoology  and  Botany. 

In  selecting  a  name  for  the  Society,  the  Council  have  felt 

« 

no  difficulty,  as  every  one  will  recognize  the  propriety  of 
designating  it  after  the  first  of  British  Naturalists.  And  in 
presenting  the  first  volume  to  the  members  of  the  Society,  they 
would  have  gladly  rendered  it  the  vehicle  of  matter  having 
reference  to  the  labours  of  Bay ;  but,  as  this  has  been  found 
incompatible  with  the  early  publication  of  a  volume,  they  hope 
the  Beports  on  the  Progress  of  Zoology  and  Botany,  for  the 
past  few  years,  will  not  be  deemed  an  inappropriate  commence- 
ment of  their  labours. 


CONTENTS. 


Fagc 

THE  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY  IN  EUKOPE, 

Bt  C.  L.  BONAPABTB 

1-43 

Tti  Britain               .... 

4-10 

—  Sweden         .... 

10-12 

—  Denmark             .... 

12 

—  Russia          .... 

12,13 

—  Prussia               .... 

.      14-17 

—  Switzerland 

18-20 

—  Holland 

.      20-24 

—  Belgium       .            .            .            .            . 

24-26 

—  France                .... 

26-34 

—  Spain            .            .            .            .            . 

34 

—  Portugal             .... 

34 

—  Italy             .... 

35-43 

THE  PROGRESS  OF  ZOOLOGY  IN  1842 


1-348 


1.  Mammalia,  by  Prof.  Andr.  Wagner 

3-67 

Quadrumana               .            .            .            . 

17-24 

Chiroptera             .... 

24-28 

Insectiyora      .            .            .             .             . 

.      28-33 

Camiyora              .... 

33-37 

MarsupiaUa                 .            .            .            . 

38-40 

Rodentia               .... 

40-59 

Edentata        .            .            .            .            . 

59,60 

Solidungula            .... 

60,61 

Pachydermata             .            .            .            . 

61, 62 

Ruminantia           .... 

62-67 

Cetacea          .            .            .            .            . 

67 

Tl 


CONTENTS. 


2.  BiBDS,  by  Prof.  Andr.  Wagner 
Aocipitres 
Passerinie 
Clamatores 
Zygodadjli 
ColmnbiniB 
Gallinaoeae 
CuTBores 
GrallaB 
Natatores 


3.  Rkptilia,  by  Dr.  F.  H.  Tposchel 
Chelonii  .... 

Saurii  .... 

Serpentes        .... 
Batrachia 


4.  Fishes,  by  Dr.  F.  H.  Troschel 
Acanthopteiygii 
Makcopterygii        .        . 
Lophobrancbii 
Plectognathi 
Cyclostomi 
Plagiostomi 


Troschel 


5.  MoLLUscA,  by  Dr.  F.  H 
Cephalopoda 
Pteropoda 
Heteropoda 
Gasteropoda 
Pulmonata 
Ptenobranchia 
Pomatobranchia 
Gynmobranchia 
Aspidobranchia 
Cyclobranchia     . 
Tubulibranchia 
Cirribranchia 
Conchifera 
Tunicata     . 


6.  Insects,  Arachnida,  Crustacea,  and  Entomostraca, 

by  Dr.  W.  F.  Erichson 

Coleoptera  


•      • 


•      • 


68-90 
74 

75-81 
81 

82-84 
85 

85,86 
86 

87,88 

88-90 

91-99 

94 

94-96 

96-99 

99 

100-115 
105-108 
108-114 
114 
114 
115 
115 

116-149 

120 

121 

121, 122 

122-145 

122-130 

130-142 

142 

142-144 

144 

144 

145 

145 

145-149 

149 


150-279 
156-218 


CONTENTS.  VU 

Page 

Orthoptera 218-230 

Hymenoptera 231-239 

Strepsiptera            .        . 239 

Lepidoptera 240^256 

Hemiptera 25^2%2 

Thysanura 262 

Parasita 262 

Fossil  Insects 263 

Arachnida 263-270 

AxanesB 264 

SolifugaB 265 

Opiliones 267 

Acari 267^-269 

Pycnogonides 270 

Crustacea 270 

Decapoda            270-274 

Stomopoda 274 

Ampliipoda 274-276 

Isopoda 276 

Myriapoda 276,  277 

Entomostraca 277-279 

PhyUopoda 277 

Siphonostoma 278 

Cirripedia 279 

7.  Annblidbs,  by  Prof.  C.  Th.  V.  Siebold     .                .  280-^289 

8.  Entozoa,  by  Prof.  C.  Th.  V.  Siebold     .        .  290-318 

Gordiacea 292-298 

Nematoidea 298-302 

Aoanthocepbala       .......  302 

Trematoda 303-313 

Cestoidea 313-314 

Cystica 314-316 

Helminthes,  d.  g 316 

Pseudo-Helminthes 317 

9.    ECHINODERMATA,  ACALEPHA,   PoLTPI,   and  InPUSORIA, 

by  Prof.  C.  Th.  V.  Siebold          ....  319-348 

Echinodermata 319-530 

Acalepb® 330-334 

Polypes .  334-343 

Foraminifera 343—348 

Infosoria 343-348 


CONTENTS. 

E  PROGRE^  OF  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY  IN 

P«« 

1841,  Bv  Db.  H.  F.  Link 

1-104 

Internal  Structure  of  Planta 

4-32 

Stems,  Leaves,  uid  Budt            .... 
R«oto  and  Tubers 

32-57 

57,  58 

Flowen              ...... 

59,60 

A.  Parasitei            ..... 

60-68 
69-72 

B.  Lenmacen 

72,73 

Fems       ....... 

73-77 

MoHWa 

78.79 

LichenM 

79,80 

Alg« 

Fungi      . 

MonstKMitiea 

80-84 
84-86 
86-91 

91-94 

Growth — Nutrition        ..... 

94-.fl6 
96-100 

100-104 

OBSERVATIONS 

OM  THE 

STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY  IN  EUROPE, 

AS  REGARDS  THE  VERTEBRATA. 

READ  AT  THE  THIRD  MEETING 
OF  THE  ITALIAN  CONGRESS  OF  SCIENCE,  FLORENCE,  1841. 

BY 

CHARLES  LUCIAN  BONAPARTE, 

PRINCE  OF  CANiNO  AND  MUSIQNANO. 

TRANSLATED   FOR  THE    RAY   SOCIETY, 
H.  E.  STRICKLAND,  M.A.,  F.G.S. 


OBSERVATIONS 


ON   THB 


STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY  IN  EUROPE.  Ac. 


When  it  was  proposed  last  year,  at  the  Turin  meeting,  that 
some  person  should  be  requested  to  give  an  account  to  the 
members,  at  the  ensuing  meeting,  of  the  scientific  researches 
which  might  be  made  during  the  year  in  all  countries,  espe- 
cially as  regarded  new  discoyeries  on  subjects  relating  to  the 
respectiye  sections,  I  pointed  out  the  great  difficulties  which 
presented  themselves,  particularly  in  regard  to  Zoology.  I  re- 
marked, that  expectations  would  thus  be  aroused,  which  could 
not  be  accomplished  by  a  single  person,  and  that  any  one  who 
should  earnestly  and  diligently  undertake  so  difficult  a  task, 
might  easily  incur  the  criticisms  of  those,  who  in  particular 
departments,  were  acquainted  with  details  of  which  he  was 
unayoidably  ignorant.  Besides,  who  could  assure  himself,  that 
the  work  would  eyer  be  fully  accomplished  ?  What  security 
could  be  found,  that  he  who  undertook  it  would  not  be  inter- 
rupted by  the  arriyal  of  the  future  meeting  t  It  appeared  to 
me,  also,  to  be  more  consonant  with  the  independence  of  our 
pursuits,  and  more  conduciye  to  that  spirit  of  intercommuni- 
cation, which  is  a  chief  object  of  our  meetings,  that  eyery 
one  should  use  his  own  priyilege,  of  informing  the  members, 
of  whatever  has,  to  his  knowledge,  been  effected  during  the 
year  in  those  places  where  literature  and  science  are  pursued. 
3 


4  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

And  as  each  one  could  append  to  such  a  statement  his  own 
ideas,  and  follow  his  own  views  in  explaining  the  subject,  the 
work  would  thus  be  rendered  more  complete,  and  no  one 
would  be  unduly  injured  in  his  own  estimation,  or  discouraged 
from  joining  in  this  most  useful  but  most  extensiye  under- 
taking. 

On  further  considering  the  subject,  I  regretted  not  to  hare 
proposed  it  at  Turin,  as  it  would  have  been  in  favour  of  such 
a  plan,  that  the  many  learned  members  there  assembled,  might, 
by  combining  their  materials,  hare  erected  such  an  edifice 
with  great  success.  Be  that  as  it  may,  however,  by  making 
use  of  many  books  and  journals  to  which  I  had  access,  and 
also  a  considerable  amount  of  correspondence,  with  which 
zoologists  in  most  parts  of  the  world  have  honoured  me ;  aided 
too  by  the  inspection  of  many  museums,  during  my  various 
journeys  since  October  last  (including  a  visit  to  Lyons  during 
the  recent  scientific  Congress  of  France),  I  am  enabled  to  lay 
before  you  such  notes  on  the  subject  as  I  could  collect,  hoping 
that  you  will  all  be  willing  to  aid  in  rendering  them  more 
perfect. 

BEITAIN. 

CoMMENOiNa  with  Great  Britain,  I  think  I  ought,  before  all 
others,  to  make  mention  of  the  work  to  which  Gould  is  de- 
voting great  study,  labour  and  expense,  entitled  the  ^'  Birds 
of  Australia^''  and  for  the  sake  of  which  he  visited  Australia 
with  all  his  family,  and  remained  there  more  than  two  years. 
That  distinguished  zoologist  entrusted  to  me  the  first  number 
of  his  work,  that  I  might  present  it  to  this  meeting ;  a  work, 
as  you  all  see,  truly  superb  and  marvellous,  and  capable  of 
adding  to  a  fame  which  already  seemed  to  have  reached  its 
ultimatum.  He  showed  me  about  500  species  of  Birds,  many 
among  them  of  wholly  new  genera,  and  many  others  belonging 
to  genera,  which  in  Europe  are  very  poor  in  species,  such,  for 
instance,  as  Plato^lea,  Himantopua,  and  others ;  all  which  he 
will  figure  and  illustrate  in  the  truly  excellent  mode  which  you 
see  in  the  specimen  before  you,  together  with  an  account  of 
4 


IN  EUROPE — BRITAIN.  S 

their  manners  and  habits,  from  the  egg  to  maturity,  and  that 
too,  from  a  country  whence  hardly  150  species  were  before 
imperfectly  known.  Besides  those  anomalous  animals  from 
Australia,  which  are  already  celebrated,  you  will  be  interested 
in  seeing  others  added,  of  which  we  had  before  no  notion.  I 
will  here  limit  myself  to  mention  two  only,  the  first  of  which 
is  the  TaUgalla  lathami,  till  now  a  subject  of  dispute,  as  to 
whether  it  was  a  gallinaceous  bird  or  a  vulture.  These  birds 
haye  the  habit  of  uniting  together  in  communities,  and  of  col- 
lecting, by  the  aid  of  their  feet  alone,  rast  mounds  of  yegetable 
matter,  disposed  to  fermentation,  and  prepared  for  the  recep- 
tion of  their  eggs,  which  in  due  time  they  bury  at  intervals  of 
a  foot,  and  with  the  point  downwards.  Another  new  bird, 
called  by  Gould,  Leipoa  ocellata,  makes  mounds  of  sand  for 
the  same  purpose.  There  are  also  two  species  of  Passerine 
Birds  (Chlamydera,  Gould),  which  form,  with  marvellous 
skill,  a  gallery,  I  might  rather  call  it  a  covered  terrace,  for  the 
purpose  of  walking  there  and  playing  with  the  females,  which 
terrace  one  species  decorates  with  shells,  the  other  with  feathers 
of  various  colours.  Nor  has  Gould  confined  himself  to  Birds, 
for  while  making  observations  and  collections  in  all  the  classes, 
he  has  especially  attended  to  the  Marsupial  animals,  of  which 
he  has  published  an  entire  series,  admirably  figured.  By  the 
help  of  these  figures,  and  the  never  sufficiently  praised  re- 
searches of  the  celebrated  anatomist  Owen,  this  sub-class  of 
animals,  hardly  known  a  few  years  since,  will  be  illustrated  in 
a  manner  adequate  to  the  singularity  of  its  characters. 

The  whole  class  of  Mammalia  is  more  efiectually  studied  in 
England  than  elsewhere,  not  so  much  because  the  museums  of 
that  country  are  the  richest  in  those  animals,  as  from  the  fact, 
that  those  zealous  naturalists  readily  undertake  long  and  ex- 
pensive journeys,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  verifying  the  objects 
of  their  studies  in  the  museums  of  all  other  nations,  and  of 
cancelling  or  adopting  the  species  which  have  been  proposed  or 
suspected,  thus  rendering  more  perfect  the  critical  department 
of  science ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  allow  me  to  remark,  that 
continental  naturalists,  although  worse  supplied  with  specimens, 
rarely  or  never  visit  London  with  this  object.  In  reference  to 
5 


6  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

MammiferB,  not  to  mention  the  veil  known  labours  of  Bell,  and 
Uie  usefiil  resettcheB  of  the  encyclopsedie  J.  E.  Gray,  who  so 
worthily  BuperiBtonds  the  first  zool<^cal  museum  in  the  world ; 
there  are,  at  present,  three  men  who  ate  earnestly  engaged  on. 
this  class  in  Britain — Martin,  Waterhouse,  and  Ogilby.  The 
first,  if  it  had  not  been  for  tlie  unfortunate  failure  of  a  pub- 
lisher, would  probably  haTe  finished  a  complete  general  work 
on  the  Mammalia,  the  commencement  of  which,  embracing  only 
the  Tarieties  of  Man  and  the  ShnHdee,  forms  a  luminous  sample 
of  a  work  worthy  of  all  praise,  and  leaves  in  us  a  lirely  and 
unhappily  insatiable  desire  for  the  remainder.  Mr.  Waterhouse, 
who  occupies  the  enviable  position  of  Curator  to  the  Museum 
of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,*  and  who  founds  his 
researches  upon  the  structure  of  the  cranium,  to  which,  how- 
ever, he  perhaps  attaches  too  exclusire  an  importance,  has 
given  us  some  excellent  monographs,  of  which  I  beg  to  offer  as 
a  specimen  to  this  meeting,  that  of  the  Oaleopitlieai,  in  which 
group  he  establishes,  on  good  grounds,  two  species.  He  has 
also  arranged  the  Camhiora  into  new  and  very  natnral 
groups,  giving  his  chief  attention,  however,  to  the  Modentia, 
in  regard  to  which  we  may  depend  upon  his  work  beii^  most 
perfect,  as  he  has  promised  to  figure  Oib  entire  series  of  this 
very  intricate  order.  Of  Mr.  Ogilby,  the  worthy  secretary  of 
the  same  Zool<^cal  Society,  it  is  sufficient  to  allude  to  the 
friendship  and  renown  which  he  enjoys  among  men  of  science. 
He  spares  no  exertion  to  increase  his  extensive  knowledge  of 
Mammalia,  with  the  view  of  publishing,  in  due  time,  a  general 
work  on  species.  Meanwhile,  he  does  not  cease  to  pubhsb 
memoirs  on  many  questions  connected  with  this  subject,  espe- 
dally  on  the  Suminantia,  which  he  has  arranged  in  a  much 
more  philoso]^cal  manner  than  was  before  known.  And  even 
those  who,  like  myself,  cannot  attach  so  great  an  importance 
to  tiie  organs  of  locomotion  and  of  prehension,  as  he  is  dis- 
[H>sed  to  do,  must  admit,  that  even  the  abuse  of  this  principle 
lias  in  his  hands  been  beneficial  to  science.     By  conversing  in 

■  Mr.  Waterhouw  does  not  now  occupj  this  position,  tut  he  is 
•qatiHj  well  placed  for  the  study  of  Zoology,  a*  asaistant-curalor  in 
ihe  British  Musenm. — Ed. 


IN  EUROPE — BRITAIN.  7 

London  with  men  of  this  stamp,  and  aided  especially  by  the 
two  last  named,  I  haye  remodelled  the  Catalogue  which  I  have 
been  for  some  years  compiling,  of  all  the  Genera  of  Mammifers, 
and  which,  with  your  permission,  I  propose  to  read  on  another 
occasion,  not  doubting  that  I  shall  be  much  aided  by  your 
obseryations  on  the  application  of  my  system  to  so  important  a 
branch  of  Zoology.  Mr.  Jenyns,  the  well  known  author  of  the 
Manual  of  British  Vertebrate  Animals^  pursues  his  raried 
inyestigations  into  the  small  Mammifers  of  those  islands ;  and, 
in  a  late  excellent  memoir,  corrects  all  the  errors  into  which 
he  had  fallen.  He  has  published  a  new  species  of  Arvicolay 
under  the  expressiye,  though  not  laudable,  name  of  neglecta, 
which  species  I  belieye  not  only  to  be  a  good  one,  but  to 
occur  on  the  continent  also,  being  nothing  else  than  the  true 
agrestis  of  Linnaeus  and  Nilsson,  which  has  been  brought  to 
light  by  De  Selys  Longchamps. 

Ornithology  flourishes  in  Britain  more  than  oyer,  as  is 
proyed,  not  only  by  the  yarious  inimitable  works  of  Gould 
before  spoken  of,  but  by  those  of  Macgilliyray,  of  Eyton,  of 
Yarrell,  of  Jardihe,  and  of  Selby.  The  two  last  authors  haye 
united  to  resume,  after  a  short  interruption,  but  with  increased 
energy  and  improyed  execution,  their  beautiful  Illustrations 
of  Ornithology.  If  the  United  Kingdom  has  to  deplore  the 
irreparable  loss  of  the  erudite  Vigors,  and  the  far  remoyal  of 
Swainson,  who  neyertheless  may  render  great  sendee  to  Or- 
nithology in  New  Zealand,  it  may  yet  console  itself  with  the 
labours  of  Mr.  George  Bobert  Gray,  a  worthy  brother  of  the 
well  known  naturalist  of  that  name.  This  gentleman,  haying 
laid  aside  Entomology,  seems  desirous  of  applying  himself  more 
strictly  to  the  study  of  Birds,  which  are  now  his  special  depart- 
ment in  the  British  Museum ;  and  while  peacefiilly  engaged  in 
arranging  them  in  the  magnificent  and  splendid  gallery,  lately 
built  for  them  at  the  national  expense,  he  has  not  n^lected  to 
send  to  press,  a  second  edition  of  his  List  of  the  Genera  of 
Birds,  the  first  edition  of  which  was  already  celebrated  as 
the  most  complete  comparatiye  work  known  on  that  subject. 
He  and  I  mutually  satisfied  ourselyes  on  many  of  the  details 
of  that  class:  he  was  also  willing  to  adopt  many  particulars 
7 


8  STATE  OF  zooumr 

of  my  Claesiflcation,  so  that  our  final  laboitrs  will  differ  but 
sli^tly  from  each  other.  Great  Britain  may  alao  congratu- 
late it«elf  on  another  omitholt^st,  Mr.  Strickland,  vho,  in 
his  brief  criticiBms  on  the  workg  of  others,  has  shown  himself 
well  acquainted  with  a  subject  which  he  proposes  to  treat  of 
more  at  large.  JAr.  Blyth,  the  secretary  of  the  Ornithological 
Society,  has  left  London  to  reside  in  India,  at  the  head  of  one 
of  the  chief  scientific  establishments ;  a  new  obserrer  will  tiius 
be  added  to  the  Hodgsons,  the  Sykeses,  and  others,  to  inform 
us  of  the  Vertebrate  Animals  of  those  regions.  Macclelland 
has  published  a  Paper  on  the  Birds  and  Quadrupeds  of  Assam, 
on  the  remote  frontiers  of  China. 

Britdn  has  contributed  little  or  nothing  to  Erpetolc^  since 
the  elegant  work  of  Mr.  Bell  on  British  Beptiles.  I  am  only 
able  to  mention  witb  praise,  the  short  descriptions  given  by 
Mr.  J.  £.  Grray,  of  the  most  interesting  species  in  the  British 
Museum,  and  the  not  yery  successful  attempts  at  the  classifica- 
tion of  the  Batraehia  by  Mr,  J.  Hogg. 

Ichthyology  is  there  continually  extended  by  the  labours  of 
Mr.  Tarrell  on  the  Indigenous  Fish.    Messrs.  Thompson,  Par- 
nell,  M'Coy,  and  others,  also  continue  to  describe  new  species, 
without,  however,  sufficiently  studying  continental  works,  iu 
consequence  of  which  they  occasionally  publish  as  new,  species 
which  are  only  remarkable  as  being  found  for  the  first  time  in 
that  country.     Allow  me  to  mention  an  example  of  this  in 
my  Torpedo  noiiliana,  which  has  been  reproduced  under  two 
different  names.     Sir  William  Jardine  is  publishing  a  magnifi- 
cent work  on  the  Salmonida,  of  which  I  have  recommended 
the  distribution  of  prospectuses.     Mr.  Low  is  brining  before 
the  pubhc,  in  a  handsome  form,  the  Fish  of  Madeira,  the  com* 
oarison  of  which,  with  those  of  our  seas,  will  supply  some  im- 
tant  information.     There  are  also  in  Britain  other  authors, 
1,  from  time  to  time,  make  known  some  of  the  rare  fish, 
ught  from  the  numerous  colonies  of  that  country.     I  ought 
to  pass  oyer  the  iehthyological  researches,  exhibited  in 
utiful  plates,  and  carefiilly  edited  letter-press,  by  Dr.  A. 
rth,  in  his  work  on  the  Zool(^  of  South  Africa,  and  by 
.  Darwin,  in  the  Zoology  of  the  Voyt^  of  the  Beagle,  ia 


IN  EUROPE — BRITAIN.  9 

whicli  the  new  species  of  Birds  are  illustrated  by  Gould,  the 
Fossil  Mammalia  by  Owen,  and  the  existing  ones  by  Water- 
house.  I  cannot,  however,  refrain  from  remarking,  that  Ich- 
thyology, and  as  I  said  before,  Erpetology,  are  far  from  being 
cultiyated  in  Britain  so  fully  as  the  two  superior  classes  of 
Vertebrate  Zoology. 

The  United  Kingdom  is  adorned,  especially  in  its  manufac- 
turing towns,  with  zoological  museums,  more  or  less  complete 
an^well  arranged.  There  are  also  formed  (and  the  taste  is 
on  the  increase,)  viraria  of  all  kinds  of  animals,  in  beautifully 
situated  gardens,  at  the  head  of  which  are  the  magnificent 
Zoological  Gardens  of  London,  where  we  have  lately  heard  of 
the  birth  of  a  Giraffe,  which  is  being  successftdly  reared.  New 
societies  which  rise  in  all  quarters,  and  which,  being  confined 
to  particular  objects,  are  better  adapted  than  the  more  com- 
prehensive ones,  to  the  making  tranquil  observations,  contri- 
bute remarkably  to  a  more  perfect  knowledge  of  animal 
beings.  The  extension  of  zoological  science  in  Britain  is 
further  advanced  by  the  meetings  of  the  British  Association, 
as  may  be  seen  in  various  periodical  journals,  which  are  too 
many  to  enumerate.  I  will  merely  mention,  that  the  report  of 
Mr.  Thompson,  on  the  Zoology  of  Ireland,  is  a  valuable  and 
lucid  essay  which  faithfully  exhibits  the  subject,  and  seems  to 
me  worthy  of  imitation.  The  union  into  one  of  the  two  best 
magazines  of  natural  history,  which  took  place  last  year,  is 
chiefly  owing  to  the  departure  for  America  of  Mr.  Charles- 
worth,  the  young  editor  of  one  of  them.*  Science,  however, 
will  be  no  loser,  if  by  means  of  the  English  privileges  of  im- 
partiality and  freedom  of  insertion,  the  surviving  journal  con- 
tinues to  maintain  its  former  reputation.  I  cannot  omit  to 
mention  the  importance  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological 
Society^  although  they  have  been  so  roughly  censured  by  an 
eminent  author.  What  shall  I  say  of  their  Transactions,  pub- 
lished with  so  much  careful  attention  and  splendour  ?  Mean- 
time, the  Transactions  of  more  ancient  origin,  such  as  those  of 
the  lannaean,  the  Wemerian,  the  Boyal,  and  other  Societies, 

*  Mr.  Charlesworth  has  since  returned,  and  is  now  Curator  of  the 
Museum  of  the  York  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. — Ed. 

9 


10  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

still  continue  to  be  published.  The  Library  of  Natural  His- 
tory^ edited  by  Sir  W.  Jardine,  continues  to  flourish  with  the 
progress  of  science ;  and  among  its  many  merits,  I  consider 
the  greatest  to  be,  that  it  fayours  the  diffusion  of  knowledge, 
by  the  low  price  at  which  these  learned  and  elegant  treatises, 
adorned  with  excellent  coloured  figures,  may  be  purchased. 
This  eulogium  is  fiilly  justified  by  the  latest  yolumes,  including 
those  of  Hamilton  Smith  on  Dogs  and  Horses,  and  especially 
that  of  Waterhouse  on  the  Marsupials.  The  zoological 
volumes  of  the  Library  of  Entertaining  Knowledge  are  no 
less  deserving  of  praise,  as  well  as  the  learned  ones  of  Lard- 
ner*8  Cyclop€edia,  and  the  articles  scattered,  alphabetically^ 
by  the  pen  of  a  Broderip,  in  the  widely  circulated  Penny 
Cyclopasdia,  which  has  served  as  a  model  to  so  many  similar 
works. 

SWEDEN. 

Sweden  has  not  departed  from  the  station  to  which  Lin- 
naBus  raised  her.  In  the  department  of  Yertebrata  (to  which, 
as  you  are  aware,  I  confine  this  sketch),  her  eminence  is 
worthily  sustained  by  Professor  Nilsson,  who  occupies  himself 
with  equal  success  in  all  the  four  classes,  and  has  shown  him- 
self a  complete  master  of  each,  in  his  Fauna  Scandinaviea. 
This  work  is  unfortunately  written  in  the  Swedish  language, 
which  is  very  unfavourable  to  the  diffusion  which  it  deserves, 
and  the  same  is  also  the  case  with  his  other  work,  the  IHu- 
minade  Figurer  till  Skandinaviena  Fauna,  That  author  has 
informed  me,  that  he  is  also  preparing  a  special  work  on  the 
PhocidcB,  of  which  he  has  carefully  studied  the  specimens  pre- 
served in  the  museums  of  Berlin,  London,  and  Paris.  Nor 
can  I  pass  by  a  valuable  letter,  which  he  has  lately  written  to 
me,  in  which  he  clearly  proves,  that  the  Lepua  timidus  of  Lin- 
n»us,  and  more  particularly  the  species  described  in  the 
Fauna  Suecica,  is  not  the  common  hare  of  the  continent  of 
Europe,  which  does  not  occur  in  Scandinavia  at  all,  but  is 
the  Lepua  variabilis  of  Pallas,  as  is  clearly  shown,  by  the 
phrase  oestate  cinereus  hyeme  semper  albus,  and  especially  by 
10 


IN  EUROPE — SWEDEN.  11 

the  character,  cavda  ahrupta^  semper  alba.     In  that  hare, 
moreoyer,  Nilsson  recognises  two  distinct  forms,  which  I  would 
regard  as  two  good  species,  and  the  rather,  because  the  hares 
of  different  countries  seem  to  me  not  to  have  been  sufficiently 
compared.     The  same  naturalist  has  recognised  six  Swedish 
species,  of  that  very  difficult  genus,  Le/nrnua  or  Arvieolay  viz., 
— the  norwegicvs^  the  amphibms,  a  new  species  from  Lap- 
land, which  he  calls  mediua,  the  arvalis,  the  rutilus^  and  the 
glareola.    He  has  also  discovered  in  Scania,  the  most  southern 
province  of  Sweden,  the  Mus  hetulmus  of  Pallas,  which  he 
clearly  proves  not  to  be  a  Mus^  but  to  belong,  in  reality,  to 
the  very  distinct  genus,  Sminthua.     Nor  ought  I  to  pass  over 
some  facts,  from  which  he  advises  me  to  cancel  my  Scmrus 
itaUcus,  but  which  rather  confirm  the  existence  of  a*  species 
hitherto  mistaken  by  others.    I  beg,  therefore,  the  meeting  to 
test  this  species,  by  the  very  rules  which  my  learned  opponent 
suggests,  referring  to  the  skulls  which  I  here  exhibit.     A 
more   just  objection  is  made  by  him  to  the  criticism   of 
Temminck,  on  the  shortness  of  the  claws  in  the  Plates  6  and 
7  of  his  Lagopus  subaJpitms,  a  critique  which  originated  in 
Temminck  not  being  aware,  that  the  bird  changes  not  only  its 
feathers  but  its  claws,  which  last  are  longest  only  in  winter ;  a 
provision  which  adapts  it  to  scratch  the  hardened  snow,  just 
as  the  white  plumage  enables  it  to  remain  unobserved  by  rapa- 
cious animals,  upon  the  whitened  surface  of  the  ground.     The 
light  thrown  by  Nilsson  on  the  Ichthyology  of  the  Baltic  is 
well  known ;  I  will  merely  mention  one  of  his  more  recent  dis- 
coveries, viz., — ^an  obscure  species  of  Salmonidce  from  that 
region,   and  a  second  species  of  the  Mediterranean  genus, 
Argentina.    In  that  country  also  is  continued,  and  now  nearly 
completed,  the  purely  Iconographic  work  of  Wright,  on  the 
Birds  of  Sweden.     Sundevall  also,  who  has  given  us  an  orni- 
thological system,  abounding  in  sound  science,  continues  to 
publish,  in  the  Swedish  periodicals,  the  descriptions  of  various 
birds  of  that  country.     Let  us  unite  in  lamenting  the  death  of 
the  Ichthyologist  Fries,  and  let  us  be  thankful,  that  his  surviv- 
ing colleague,  Erkstrom,  continues  in  a  praiseworthy  manner, 
the  magnificent  work  on  the  Fish  of  Scandinavia,  which  they 
11 


12  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

published  in  common^  and  which  has  already  thrown  much 
light  on  the  Fish  of  Europe,  including  eren  the  southern  parts. 
And  although  some  errors  occur  in  it,  they  certainly  appear 
to  arise  not  from  negligence  or  from  wrong  yiews,  but  from 
hypercriticism.  The  continuation  of  this  work  is  rendered  the 
more  valuable,  now  that  Sundevall  has  joined  in  the  undertaking, 
and  the  Latin  translation  which  accompanies  it  will  make  it 
more  extensively  known. 


DENMARK. 

Denmark  also  contributes  to  the  advancement  of  Zoological 
Sciencci  It  is  from  thence  that  Lund  departed  to  South 
America,  where  he  has  collected  a  rich  harvest  of  antediluvian 
animals.  The  Transactions  also  of  their  Academies  testify  to 
Danish  science,  as  do  the  writings  of  Professor  Reinwardt, 
and  among  which  I  ought  specially  to  mention  his  excellent 
description  of  the  celebrated  Bogmaro^  a  Fish  of  the  genus 
Trachypterus  ;  also  the  Danish  Ichthyology,  in  course  of  pub- 
lication by  Kroyer,  who,  moreover,  has  published  a  Journal 
of  Natural  History  since  the  year  1836. 


RUSSIA. 

The  vast  empire  of  Russia  is  also  powerful  in  Science,  of 
which  we  have  an  incontrovertible  proof,  in  the  honourable 
rivahry  between  the  two  Academies  of  Moscow  and  Petersburg. 
Nor  let  us  wonder,  that  it  flourishes  under  the  direction  of  an 
Ouwarow,  who  gave  us  a  written  proof  of  his  great  and  valuable 
interest  in  the  Italian  Congress.  After  the  impulse  given  by 
the  long  desired  publication  of  the  Fauna  Rossica  of  Pallas,  a 
Erynicki,  an  Eichwald,  a  M^n^tries,  a  Brandt,  a  Nordmann, 
strove  to  reap  the  well  sown  field.  Of  M.  Brandt's  writings, 
I  have  only  seen  the  first  and  second  parts  of  his  SpicHegia 
OmitJiologica,  which  make  me  impatient  for  their  continua- 
tion, inasmuch  as  the  learning  there  exhibited,  would  do  honour 
12 


IN  EUROPE — RUSSIA.  13 

to  countries  which  boast  of  being  far  more  ciyilized.  The 
recent  labours  of  the  same  author,  on  the  Pelecanidce  and  the 
Alcidce,  rival  his  former  writings  on  the  Hystrices  and  the 
Solenodon. 

We  may  here  speak  of  a  Russian  work,  though  printed  at 
Paris  in  the  French  language ;  the  Travels  in  South  Russia 
of  Prince  Demidoff,  who  after  himself  directing  an  expedition 
that  would  do  honour  to  a  state,  whether  we  consider  the 
individuals  that  composed  it,  or  the  measures  taken  to  ensure 
the  most  successful  results,  has  spared  no  effort  to  render  his 
work  perfect,  accompanied  as  it  is  with  all  the  typographic 
splendour  which  the  French  metropolis  supplies.  The  zoolo- 
gical part  of  the  work  is  wholly  from  the  pen  of  Nordmann, 
who  has  also  superintended  the  execution  of  the  magnificent 
plates,  among  which  those  of  Mammalia  and  Fish  are  specially 
to  be  admired.  The  text  supplies  a  desideratum  in  the  Euro- 
pean Fauna,  which  was  very  deficient  in  its  eastern  portion ; 
and  it  will,  therefore,  deserve  an  attentive  examination.  Of 
the  Batrachians  no  notice  is  taken,  and  some  orthographical 
errors  have  occurred  to  me,  which  sometimes  obscure  the 
sense;  as,  for  instance,  the  Serpent,  called  Callopeltis  leo- 
pardimis,  has  no  other  resemblance  with  Ccelopeltis  than  that 
of  the  name.  Useful  observations,  however,  I  need  hardly 
remark,  are  deduced  from  every  part  of  the  work,  and  the  two 
following  have  occurred  to  me  in  merely  turning  over  the 
pages : — ^The  Pleuronectea  nasutvs  of  Pallas,  is  nothing  else 
than  the  Sole  of  Porro  (Solea  laacaris  of  Bisso) ;  an  inspection 
of  the  plate  of  the  Callionymua  festwua,  has  convinced  me, 
that  it  is  my  Callionymus  dracunculuSf  the  fish  so  called  by 
Bondeletius  and  Linnaeus.  The  especial  memoir  on  the 
Pastor  roaeus,  whose  habits  were  not  previously  well  known, 
is  deserving  of  all  praise.  The  observations  on  the  Scales  of 
Fish,  by  Professor  Mandl,  are  the  more  important,  because 
they  serve  to  correct  some  misconceptions  of  Agassiz,  although 
they  are  far  from  weakening  his  theory  on  the  growth  of  scales, 
which  is  the  foundation  of  his  system  of  Ichthyology. 


13 


14  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 


PRUSSIA. 


Returning  from  Russia  towards  Germany,  and  resting  a 
while  in  Prussia,  I  behold  in  her  capital  a  museum,  which, 
in  many  branches,  especially  in  Ornithology,  is  the  richest  in 
the  world.     Its  director.  Professor  lichtenstein,  continues  to 
occupy  himself  chiefly  with  Mammalia,  and  with  Monographs 
of  Aquatic  Birds.   Wiegmann,  the  oracle  of  Erpetology,  having 
died  without  publishing  his  long  expected  work  on  Serpents,  I 
am  fortunate  in  possessing  his  last  words  of  censure  against 
those  who  claiming  high  authority,  make  a  chaotic  confusion 
of  si)ecies,  and  his  exhortations  to  their  successors  to  act 
otherwise.     With  his  loss,  however,  we  fortunately  have  not 
to  regret  the  cessation  of  his  most  precious  Archiv  fiir  Natur- 
geschictej  as  Professor  Erichson  will  devote  himself  with  equal 
attention  and  diligence  to  that  publication.     And  if  the  Me- 
moirs of  Nathusius  on  the  Sorices,  of  Keyserling  and  Blasius 
on  the  VespertilionioUBj  of  Erohn  on  the  Metamorphoses  and 
Generation  of  the  Sygnathi  and  Hippocampi,  and  of  Bur- 
meister  on  the  Corneous  Integuments  of  the  Tarsi  of  Passerine 
Birds,  which  Aimish  a  good  method  for  their  classification, 
sufficed  to  raise  that  journal  to  great  renown,  the  no  less 
valuable  labours  of  its  present  editor,  which  are  there  em- 
bodied, will  equally  maintain  its  reputation.    This  author  is 
chiefly  devoted  to  the  Invertehrata,  while  in  regard  to  Ver- 
tebrata,  it  will  suffice  to  mention  the  valuable  treatise  of 
Wagner  on  the  Rodentia.     Muller  and  Henle,  names  which 
are  inseparable,  whether  they  treat  of  profound  anatomical 
doctrines,  or  of  the  right  determination  of  distinct  species  of 
Fish,  have  completed  their  work  on  the  Plagiostomi,  of  which 
the  second  and  concluding  fasciculus,  that  which  treats  of  the 
RaiicUB,  yields  in  no  respect  to  that  on  the  Squalidce,  which 
has  been  so  universally  admired.    Henle,  moreover,  has  pub- 
lished independently  an  important  Memoir  on  the  Lingual  Ap- 
paratus of  Reptiles,  compared  anatomically.    The  posthumous 
work  of  Nitzsch,  entitled  Pterologia,  is  continued  to  be  pub- 
lished, and  unquestionably  supplies  new  means  for  classifying 
14 


IN  EUROPE — PRUSSIA.  15 

birds.  The  Acta  Natures  OurioBorum  speak  for  themselres, 
as  do  the  writings  of  the  various  professors  of  Bonn,  and  those 
of  the  celebrated  Prince  Maximilian  of  Wied,  from  whom  we 
have,  besides  the  descriptions  of  two  most  interesting  species 
of  Rodentiay  two  new  species  of  North  American  birds,  Zona- 
trichia  comatay  Wied,  in  the  FringillincB,  and  Oymnorhinus 
cyanocephalus  in  the  GarruUnoB^  the  last  of  which  forms 
a  distinct  genus,  to  which  I  feel  bound  to  propose  the  name 
of  Cyanocephalus  as  generic,  the  name  giyen  by  the  author 
haying  been  preyiously  occupied. 

Gloger  has  lately  added  to  his  many  zoological  works,  an 
European  Ornithology ^  deserving  of  high  praise,  of  which  we 
are  expecting  to  receive  the  concluding  volume.  This  author 
pushes,  to  an  undue  extent,  the  mania  for  restricting  species, 
a  useful  but  often  dangerous  tendency,  and  not  unfrequently 
fallacious,  an  instance  of  which  is  furnished,  among  others, 
by  the  triumph  of  our  countryman,  Savi,  respecting  the 
Sorea  etruacua,  in  which  it  were  desirable  that  he  had  exer- 
cised more  moderation.  Directly  opposed  to  Gloger,  is  the 
well  known  Brehm,  who  continues  to  multiply  species  ad  in- 
fimtvm,  and  not  content  with  those  which  he  has  already 
created,  he  re-examines  them  daily,  to  extract  from  their 
ranks  one  or  more  new  ones,  a  practice  as  you  know  already 
sufficiently  exposed.  The  reader,  however,  who  neglects  to 
study  this  work,  will  deprive  himself  of  many  philosophical 
views,  which  indeed  are  not  always  able  to  emerge  from  the 
reality  of  facts  without  the  aid  of  fancy.  Whoever  may  have 
an  opportunity  of  visiting  Brehm,  in  his  house,  will  admire  a 
vast  collection  of  birds,  living  and  dead,  in  skeletons,  models, 
and  drawings.  We  might  well  say,  that  no  one  has  studied 
the  habits  of  birds  more  than  Brehm,  were  it  not  for  the 
Naumanns,  which  family  for  three  generations  has  occupied 
itself  with  this  curious  and  useM  branch  of  natural  history. 
So  warm  is  their  zeal,  that  they  have  constrained  Nature, 
in  order  to  procure  and  render  familiar  the  winged  tribes ;  one 
spot  they  have  clothed  with  forests,  another  they  have  converted 
into  a  marsh;  they  have  turned  aside  rivulets,  and  reared 
plantations  of  various  foreign  trees ;  not  to  mention  the  new 
15 


16  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

kinds  of  bird-lime,  the  new  nets  and  the  new  cages,  which  they 
haye  inyented  and  constructed.  The  present  Naumann,  after 
collecting  and  sifting  the  knowledge  of  his  predecessors,  and 
perfecting  it  by  means  of  the  growing  light  of  the  a^,  is  now 
completing  the  last  yolume  of  a  work,  which  excels  all  others 
of  the  same  class,  no  less  in  the  completeness  of  the  text,  than 
in  the  accuracy  of  the  plates. 

Proceeding  to  visit  Northern  Germany,  we  meet  with  Messrs. 
Blasius  and  Eeyserling,  who  after  haying  employed  themselyes 
on  a  Monograph  of  the  European  VespertilionidcB,  haye  un- 
dertaken to  giye  a  descriptiye  Catalogue  of  the  Vertebrata  of 
that  portion  of  the  world,  a  most  useftd  task  indeed,  but  of 
which  I  will  not  now  speak  in  detail,  as  the  questions  on  which 
I  differ  from  those  authors  will  be  sufficiently  elucidated  when 
my  work  on  the  same  subject  is  published.  The  descriptions 
of  the  Mammalia  and  Birds  are  already  issued,  and  those  of  the 
Beptiles  and  Fish  are  anxiously  expected.  In  Frankfort  on  the 
Main,  Dr.  Biippell,  now  deserted  by  Professor  Cretzschmaer, 
who  seems  to  haye  bidden  farewell  to  our  science,  has  com- 
pleted the  ample  yolume  of  his  Fauna  von  Abyssinien.  We 
haye  also,  from  the  same  author  several  monographs,  one  on 
Ceblepyris,  another  on  the  Swans  (among  which  he  enumerates, 
to  my  surprise,  the  Cairina  moschata),  and  he  promises  to 
publish  others. 

Southern  Germany  beholds  new  works  published  daily,  but 
not  of  such  importance,  since  the  deaths  of  Spix,  Wagler,  and 
Michahelles.  The  supplements  to  the  work  of  Schreibers  on 
Mammifers  are  still  continued.  Besides  the  great  work  pub- 
lished at  Darmstadt,  I  have  received  a  periodical  publication 
on  the  Birds  of  Europe,  by  Susemilh,  which  will  now  acquire 
fame,  from  the  care  bestowed  on  it  by  the  celebrated  Schlegel. 
There  is  also  a  treatise  by  F.  Berge,  on  the  Propagation  of 
Birds,  containing  figures  of  their  eggs.  Some  articles  on 
Zoology  occur  in  the  Journal  of  Dr.  Bohatzsch,  published  at 
Munich.  The  celebrated  Tiedemann,  by  studying  daily  the 
brains  of  animals,  and  by  weighing,  measuring,  and  analysing 
them  in  every  way,  has  succeeded  in  distinguishing  the  species 
even  when  closely  allied,  more  especially  of  the  Q^adru7nana 
16 


IN  EUROPE — SOUTHERN  GERMANY.  17 

and  Camiuoray  by  the  drcumyolutions  of  the  brain.  He  is  now 
preparing  to  publish  a  magnificent  work,  with  plates,  repre- 
senting particularly  the  brains  of  the  FeUdce^  from  which  we 
may  expect  some  important  principles  for  future  researches  on 
the  Animal  Kingdom. 

At  Vienna,  Natterer  haying  returned  from  a  lengthened 
sojourn  of  sixteen  years  in  Brazil,  has  brought  with  him,  as 
is  said,  the  largest  collection  of  Brazilian  Birds  hitherto 
known,  amounting  to  more  than  a  thousand  species ;  and  we 
cannot  therefore  be  sufficiently  urgent,  that  he  will  soon  de- 
cide on  making  them  known.  Nor  has  he  confined  himself 
to  collecting  Ornithology  only,  since  we  frequently  see  remark- 
able animals  of  other  classes  published,  which  are  said  to  be 
the  fruit  of  his  expedition.  Among  these  I  will  merely  men- 
tion the  famous  Lepidosiren^  the  description  of  which  he 
entrusted  to  Fitzinger,  who,  as  well  as  Bischoff  and  others, 
belieyed  it  to  be  the  last  link  of  the  Batrachians,  although 
furnished  with  scales,  whilst  I,  persuaded  by  the  profound 
anatomical  researches  of  Owen,  do  not  hesitate  to  class  it 
with  Fishes. 

Fitzinger,  from  whom  we  expect  researches  of  still  greater 
interest,  continues  to  issue  detached  memoirs,  which  are  always 
of  yalue,  such  as  that  on  Crocodiles  in  the  Annalen  dee  Wiener 
Muaeuma  der  Naturgeschicte,  a  work  which,  I  regret  to  say, 
is  no  longer  published.  In  these  Annals,  the  famous  Heckel, 
the  curator  of  the  ichthyological  portion  of  the  Vienna  Mu- 
seum, and  the  inyentor  of  a  yery  useful  instrument,  which  he 
calls  an  Ichthyometer,  for  the  measurement  of  fish  (which  being 
thus  defined  by  certain  formulaa,  may  be  drawn  without  seeing 
them),  has  published  yarious  memoirs  which  emulate  each  othw 
in  merit.  He  sent  me  seyeral  new  genera,  accurately  defined, 
that  I  might  include  them  in  my  writings  on  fish ;  and  more 
recently,  he  has  informed  me  of  a  new  inhabitant  of  the  fresh 
waters  of  eastern  Europe,  which  he  calls  Aulopyge^  most  re- 
markable for  haying  the  anal  fin  perforated,  and  also  for  its 
affinity  to  the  Anoiblepa  of  South  America. 


17  B 


18  St  ATE  OP  ZOOLOGY 


SWITZERLAND. 

An  humble  eottage  in  Switzerland  was  the  cradle  of  Scientific 
Congresses,  which  Italy  now  beholds  in  gilded  marble  saloons, 
thanks  to  the  love  of  science  which  certain  of  her  princes  ex- 
hibit, on  these  occasions  especially,  as  an  example  to  others. 
It  was  there  that  these  Congresses  were  founded  by  the  worthy 
GK>sse,  whose  accomplished  son  honours  this  meeting  with  his 
presence,  and  from  them  the  celebrated  Oken  originated  those 
of  Germany,  from  which,  rather  than  from  the  later  Associa- 
tions of  France  and  Britain,  you  are  well  aware  that  our 
Congresses  are  modelled.  The  annual  recurrence  of  these 
meetings  in  the  Swiss  Bepublic,  proyes  abundantly,  that  no 
other  country  of  the  world  includes  so  many  men  of  science  in 
so  small  an  area.  Another  proof  of  it  is  to  be  found  in  the 
various  collections  of  Academical  Memoirs,  among  which  the 
most  distinguished  in  the  present  year  are,  the  Transactions 
of  the  Helyetic  Society,  and  the  Mmioires  de  la  Societe  dee 
Sdencea  Natarellea  de  Neufchatel.  Neufchatel  is  a  comer  of 
the  world,  illuminated  by  the  presence  of  an  Agassiz ;  of  that 
Agassiz,  who,  in  the  morning  of  his  life,  launched  into  such 
reputation,  that  the  Academies  of  Rome,  of  Paris,  of  London, 
of  Petersburg,  of  America,  strove  to  enrol  him  among  their 
members.  He  continues  with  success  his  great  work  on  Fossil 
Fish,  and  has  at  last  issued  the  first  specimens  of  that  other 
magnificent  work  on  the  Fresh-water  Fish  of  Central  Europe, 
the  plates  of  which,  illuminated  in  water  colours,  and  silvered 
in  a  manner  entirely  new,  surpass  in  truth  and  splendour  every 
other  work  of  a  similar  description.  It  was  fortunate  for  him, 
that  the  British  Congress  preceded  that  of  Turin  (to  which,  as 
you  are  aware,  he  communicated  a  most  important  letter  re- 
specting Italian  fossils),  as  he  was  well  repaid  with  interesting 
observaticms  made  in  richer  regions,  and  in  the  fame  which  he 
earned,  by  proving  that  all  the  surface  of  the  British  Islands 
had  once  been  covered  with  perpetual  ice;  although  his  fa- 
tiguing exertions  and  the  rigour  of  the  climate  injured  his 
health,  so  that  being  unfitted  for  profound  study,  and  having 
IS 


IN  EUROPE — SWITZERLAND.  19 

fallen  into  a  nerrous  state,  he  reposed  unwillingly  for  some 
months.  In  the  midst  of  this  repose  howeyer,  he  employed 
himself  usefully  in  compiling  a  uniyersal  Nomenclator  of  all 
the  Genera  of  the  Animal  Kingdom,  for  which  vast  work  he 
has  collected  more  than  17,000  words,  of  which  already  more 
than  700  hare  proved  to  he  used  in  duplicate.  To  render  more 
perfect  this  well-conceiTed  undertaking,  he  has  resolyed  to 
submit  the  respectiye  classes  to  those  who  are  more  especially 
devoted  to  one  or  other  of  them;  and  he  has  done  me  the 
honour  of  requesting  my  revision  of  the  ornithological  portion, 
in  which  he  has  already  collected  1700  genera,  to  be  followed 
by  the  Ichthyology  which  I  have  also  in  hand.  I  now  exhibit 
to  the  section  a  slight  specimen  of  this  work.  This  learned 
naturalist  intended  to  have  spent  the  summer  among  the  moun- 
tains in  his  vicinity,  then  to  publish  another  part  of  his  Poia- 
sons  FossUes^  and  then  to  anticipate  the  arrival  of  this 
Congress,  being  desirous  of  first  visiting  with  me  the  Maritime 
Alps ;  but  the  projects  which  he  meditated  were  interrupted 
by  the  unfortunate  episode  of  his  illness.  Under  such  a  man 
who  can  doubt  of  the  daily  advancement  of  the  Neufchatd 
Museum,  patronised  as  it  is  by  the  patriotic  feeling  of  those 
learned  dtizena,  and  assisted  by  M.  Goulon?  Greneva,  that 
focos  <^  civilization,  is  not  confined  to  sheltering  illustrioufif 
botanists ;  once  the  abode  of  the  two.  Decandolles,  of  Duby,  of 
Moricand,  and  others,  she  now  boasts  of  a  Fictet,  who,  not 
content  with  the  fame  which  be  aDqmrod  by  the  study  of  In- 
sects, has  now  given  us  eKeelle^it  illustrfutions  of  new  Verte* 
bratay  preserved  in  the  flourishing  museum  of  that  city.  The 
oriental  plague  in  Syria  has  carried  off  Dr.  Otth,  the  pride  of 
Berne,  whece  idly  repose  his  colled^ons  and  precious  manu- 
scripts, which,  in  a  less,  turbulent  and  mpre  studious  city  of 
Switzeriand,  would  have  been  aj]*eady  publi^ed,  as  a  rare 
treat  to  the  cultivators  of  natural  science.  All  Switzerland  is 
peopled  with  active  naturalists  and  adorned  with  museums.  I 
will  rest  a  moment  at  Zurich,  where  the  Saxon,  Okeai  has  hifif 
peaceful  abode,  and  continues  to  edit  the  Isis,  perhaps  the 
most  scientific  journal  of  natural  hist<M7,  not  in  Germany 
merely,  but  in  the  whole  world.  He  has  lately  finished  his 
19 


20  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

great  philosophical  work  on  the  whole  of  natural  history,  in 
which  he  has  developed  new  and  lofty  theories,  which,  if  to 
some  they  appear  rather  extravagant,  are  admitted  hy  all  to 
he  most  ingenious.  There  are  none  of  us  who  do  not  regret 
the  absence  of  a  man  to  whom  literature  and  science  are  so 
much  indebted.  Zurich  may  also  boast  of  haying  given  birth 
to  that  unwearied  compiler.  Professor  Schinz,  who  has  this 
year  published  a  work  on  the  Vertebrata  of  Europe,  not  in- 
deed very  well  digested,  and  void  of  criticism,  yet  very  useful, 
as  containing  every  species,  though  they  may  be  derived  from 
books  rather  than  from  nature. 


HOLLAND. 

The  natural  sciences  flourish  at  present  in  Holland  more  than 
ever.  This  is  shown  by  numerous  publications,  written,  for 
the  most  part,  in  a  language  which  is  scarcely  or  not  at  all 
familiar  to  the  generality ;  and  by  the  prizes  offered  for  the 
solution  of  certain  questions,  a  specimen  of  which  you  have  in 
the  programme,  which  I  now  lay  before  you,  of  the  Society  of 
Science  at  Haerlem,  a  society  to  which  I  am  proud  to  belong, 
and  to  be  its  representative  on  this  occasion.  The  last  volume  of 
the  Transactions  of  this  Society,  just  now  published,  contains, 
among  other  papers,  two,  which,  though  foreign  to  Zoology, 
are  of  such  importance,  that  I  will  here  mention  them,  in  order 
to  make  them  known  in  Italy.  One  is  by  Herr  Eeitzing  of 
Nordhausen,  in  Prussia,  on  the  Metamorphoses  of  certain 
A  IffCB,  and  their  development  into  plants  of  a  higher  organization ; 
the  other  is  by  the  celebrated  Martins  of  Erlang,  on  the  fecun- 
dation of  vegetables.  The  richness  of  the  museums  of  Holland 
has  become  proverbial,  but  they  all  are  eclipsed  by  the  national 
collection  at  Leyden,  which,  under  the  direction  of  a  Tem- 
minck,  aided  by  a  Schlegel,  a  De  Hahn,  and  a  Beinwardt,  has 
acquired  a  lustre,  which  equals,  and  even  surpasses  the  most 
celebrated  ones  hitherto  formed.  Wonderful,  above  all,  is  the 
collection  of  skeletons,  which  is  such,  that  no  one  can  hence- 
forth adequately  treat  of  Zoosteology,  without  first  having 
20 


IN  EUROPE — HOLLAND.  21 

recourse  to  this  maryellous  depository.  In  the  court  yards  of 
this  museum  lires  the  gigantic  American  Salamandride,  which 
in  consequence  of  the  decided  opinion  of  those  professors  as  to 
its  being  a  true  Salamander,  it  fell  to  my  lot  to  call  Sieboldia  ; 
a  name  which  it  has  been  afterwards  yainly  attempted  to  change 
into  Megahbatrachus,  and  more  recently  (therefore  less  ex- 
cusably) into  Cryptobranchtis  ;  but  I  shall  the  more  earnestly 
insist  on  the  former  appellation,  because  it  commemorates  the 
famous  Dr.  Siebold,  who  brought  this  Amphibian  all  the  way 
from  Japan,  with  other  most  interesting  curiosities. 

Temminck  has  concluded  the  series  of  his  Planches  Goto- 
rieesy  forming  a  sequel  to  those  of  Buffon,  and  accompanied 
by  an  index  which  has  hardly  equalled  expectation.  He  has 
also  completed  the  fourth  yolume  of  his  Manuel  cCOmitho^ 
loffiey  which  had  been  long  expected,  and  in  which  is  included 
a  supplement  to  the  preceding  yolumes,  and  a  considerable 
number  of  species,  either  wholly  unpublished,  or  new  to  the 
European  fauna.  A  good  work,  on  the  Birds  of  this  quarter 
of  the  globe,  would  hare  been  much  less  imperiously  wanted, 
if  Temminck's  Mantiel  d*Omithologie,  praised  as  it  has  been, 
especially  in  France,  had  been  improved  in  its  classification, 
its  style,  its  arrangement  of  the  descriptions  (which,  however, 
are  yery  characteristic),  and  its  notices  of  habits.  The  same 
naturalist  has  resumed,  after  a  long  interval,  his  very  useful 
Monographs  of  Mammalia,  among  which  the  most  anxiously 
expected  was  that  intended  to  clear  up  the  genus  Vespertilio^ 
more  especially  as  the  publication  of  his  researches  on  these 
animals  had  been  retarded  more  than  twenty  years.  As  long 
ago  as  1830,  I  remarked  in  my  Oeservazioni  aulla  seeonda 
edizione  del  Regno  Animale  del  Cuvier,  '*  I  shall  abstain  from 
saying  more  on  the  Ghiroptera  (of  America)  to  which  I  at  one 
time  gave  my  attention,  but  afterwards  entrusted  the  specimens 
which  I  had  collected  to  the  learned  Temminck,  who  is  in  a 
position  to  make  a  better  use  of  them  than  I  can  do."  We 
may  therefore  conclude,  that  he  has  devoted  very  little  time 
to  this  subject  during  these  twenty  years,  for  notwithstanding 
his  inunense  materials,  and  the  aid  which  he  has  received  from 
every  side,  the  work  would  have  afforded  us  but  little  light  if 
21 


22  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

its  drfects  had  been  less  prominent.  Pennit  me,  therefore,  to 
mention  a  few  of  these  points,  especially  as  it  is  an  opinion 
which  I  hare  elsewhere  maintained,  that  to  correct  the  errors 
of  eminent  writers  is  the  most  effoctnal  means  to  adrance 
sdence,  while  the  great  yeneratioa  which  is  entertained  tor 
Tenuninck,  and  his  ex  cathedrd  tone,  tiay  ih  some  cases 
prove  fatal  to  truth.  Not  to  enter  on  the  discusrion  of  classi- 
fications and  the  limitations  of  groups,  which  are  matters  of 
abstract  opinion,  I  will  here  only  remark  upon  ^edes,  which 
beyond  all  doubt,  are  matters  of  fact.  His  Vespertilio  bra- 
ehyotu8^  BailK,  is  nothing  else  than  the  V.  pipiatrellue.  The 
Vespertilio  sehreihersi  is  perhaps  the  same  with  Miniopteru8 
ursinii  of  my  Fauna  Italica^  in  the  description  of  which  he 
.considered  that  the  account  of  the  teeth  was  wanting  (of 
which,  on  the  contrary,  I  gaye  a  most  minute  description). 
This  arose  from  his  not  knowing  the  proper  place  to  seek  it, 
for  I  haying  giyen  these  characters  under  the  genus,  could  not 
repeat  them  under  the  species.  The  Vespertilio  limnopkilus 
published  by  him  as  new  in  Plate  48.  of  the  work,  is  the  Fe*- 
pertiUo  dasycnemus  of  Boi^.  In  regard  to  the  two  European 
species  of  Plecotus  (a  most  excellent  genus,  notwithstanding 
his  facetious  remarks,  now  that  it  is  restricted  within  due 
limits),  he  would  haye  done  much  better  to  omit  my  aiurikta 
and  my  brevtmamts,  rath^  than  the  aiiritus  and  the  camutue 
of  Faber,  which  are  all  one.  It  is  true,  that  my  brevimanu» 
is  diflfwent  from  that  of  Jenyns,  which  Temminck,  with  good 
reason,  regards  as  the  young  of  the  auritus.  He  did  not  per- 
ceiye,  and  I  therefore  announce  it  the  more  readily,  tltat  my 
VespertiUo  emarginatus^  of  which  he  says  my  figulie  represents 
it  exactly,  is  in  fact  the  V,  nattereri^  which  I  haye  recently 
discovered  also  at  Sestri.  Possibly,  there  occurred  to  Tem- 
minck (whose  figure  is  evidently  copied  from  that  of  6eoffi*oy), 
that  which  I  confess  happened  to  myself,  the  failing  to  recog- 
nise the  true  emarginaius  in  the  Paris  Museum,  where  I 
made  the  strictest  search  in  company  with  Isidore  Geofiroy 
St.  Hilaire,  son  of  the  founder  of  the  species,  which  I  would 
gladly  have  recovered,  as  thie  name  of  emarginatus  ought  to 
be  retained  for  the  species  of  Bat  described  by  him.  His 
22 


IN  EUROPE — ^HOLLAND.  23 

Veapertilio  megapodms  is  evidently  my  capaccinii,  of  which  I 
may  add,  that  the  Ve^ertilio  dasypvs,  of  the  Turin  Museum,  is 
a  synonyme.  As  I  now  wish  to  raise  this  species  to  the  dignity 
of  a  genus,  I  shall  call  it  Capa^nius  megapodms,  being  oyer 
desirous  of  honouring  a  most  worthy  prelate,  whom  I  would 
gladly  see  sitting  where  he  delights  to  sustain  the  honour  of 
Roman  learning,  especially  in  our  assemblies.  The  Vesper^ 
tilio  kum^ralis  is  not  a  good  species,  but  only  a  yariety  of 
mystacinus.  The  Vispistrellus  is  nothing  else  than  the  Vesper* 
tilio  kuhli.  And  here  we  may  remark,  that  Sayi  will  lose  this 
as  well  as  others  of  his  species,  as  among  Birds  he  loses  his 
Emheriza  palnstris,  which  is  identical  with  the  Emheriza 
pyrrhuloidea  of  Pallas.  Another  more  magnificent  and  more 
recent  work,  which  is  also  under  the  direction  of  Temminck, 
and  does  great  honour  to  the  typography  and  calchography 
of  Holland,  are  the  Illustrations  of  the  island  of  Java;  the 
last  number  of  which  contains  a  most  interesting  new  genus  of 
Marsupial.  Schlegel  continues  his  coloured  representations  of 
Amphibia,  of  which  I  have  just  receiyed  the  fourth  fasciculus, 
containing,  among  other  things,  the  figures  of  many  Salaman- 
dridcBy  among  which  I  rejoice  to  see  figured  the  celebrated  Pleu- 
rodeles,  which  I  strongly  recommended  to  the  scalpel  of  our 
countryman,  Busconi,  and  which  is  accurately  drawn  with  the 
very  sharp  ribs  projecting  beyond  the  skin.  I  cannot,  however, 
abstain  from  expressing  my  regret,  at  seeing  there  repeated, 
among  the  Italian  Salamanders,  those  words  introduced  equi- 
vocally, and  now  admitted  to  be  erroneous,  ^'  video  m^liora 
proboqtie,  deteriora  sequor^  It  is  superfluous  to  say,  that 
in  his  own  mod^n  writings,  Schlegel  continues  to  increase 
that  spirit  of  ultra  reunion,  which  I  need  not  have  alluded  to, 
if  that  fatal  school  had  not  invaded  our  own  country.  It  is  a 
mischievous  inconsistency  in  his  principles,  that  while  restrict- 
ing species,  he  yet  multiplies  their  names,  by  giving  a  new 
term  to  the  species  which  embraces  the  former  ones ;  a  fatality 
which  persecutes  Zoology  I  And  to  say  the  truth,  the  daz- 
zling style  of  Schlegel,  the  confidence  with  which  he  lays  down 
his  own  opinion,  often  indeed  a  just,  and  never  a  trifling  one, 
frequently  induce  the  reader  to  despise  the  object  which  he 
23 


24  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

attacka.  This  is  not  the  place  to  bring  forward  the  manj 
errors  of  fact,  contained  in  his  fascinating  chapter  on  the 
geographical  distribution  of  the  Ophidia,  which  I  shall  do  on 
another  occasion,  with  the  respect  which  is  due  to  such  a  man, 
and  to  so  great  a  personal  friend ;  who  has  now  implied  him- 
self, and  I  see  the  announcement  with  joy,  to  a  work  on  the 
Cetaceay  which  will  certainly  throw  light  on  a  subject,  which 
notwithstanding  the  recent  labours  of  F.  Cuyier  and  of  Lesson, 
is  still  very  obscure. 


BELGIUM. 

TuRNiNQ  towards  Belgium,  we  find,  that  when  she  separated 
from  Holland,  she  carried  with  her  her  due  share  of  literary 
fame.  My  friend  Cantraine,  who  was  of  such  service  to  Tem- 
minck  and  to  the  Leyden  Museum,  now  worthily  occupies  the 
chair  of  Natural  History  in  the  Uniyersity  of  Ghent,  and 
although  he  prefers  the  study  of  Molluaea^  in  which  he  has 
produced  several  descriptive  and  anatomical  works,  and  is 
preparing  others,  he  is  also  successfully  occupied  with  Verte- 
hrata  ;  and  among  his  other  writings,  has  published  an  excel- 
lent Memoir  on  the  Fish  Ruivettua  of  SicUy  and  of  Madeira. 
The  Memoirea  de  VAcademie  Royale  des  Sciences  de  Brux- 
elleSy  afford  us  not  a  few  papers  of  much  value,  among  which 
I  will  notice  a  Monograph  of  the  Dolphins  with  plates,  a  sub- 
ject, as  all  know,  that  supplies  a  desideratum  in  science,  very 
little  being  known  of  these  fish-like  animals  so  renowned  in 
fable.  This  work  we  owe  to  M.  Wesmael,  who  is  also  known 
for  his  entomological  papers,  especially  that  on  the  Instinct  of 
Insects.  The  researches  in  Zoology  and  Comparative  Anatomy 
by  Wambeem,  in  the  same  Transactions,  deserve  honourable 
mention,  though  they  relate  principally  to  Mollusca. 

The  zoological  labours  of  the  active  spirit  of  Dumortier 
are  also  well  known,  especially  those  on  the  crania  of  Orang- 
outangs, and  the  philosophical  inductions  which  he  draws 
from  them.  He  only  admits  one  species  of  these  animals,  not- 
withstanding the  diversity  in  the  cranium,  which  sometimes 
24 


IN  EUROPE — BELGIUM.  25 

.exhibits  d.  simple  fronto-parieto-occipital  crest,  and  sometimes 
presents  it  of  enormous  size  and  doable.    He  shows,  that  the 
Simla  resembles  Man  in  regard  to  its  structure  when  young, 
and  gradually  becomes  less  human  as  it  grows  older,  while 
Man,  the  older  he  grows,  by  the  wisdom  which  he  acquires, 
approaches  always  more,  and  more  to  God.    Science  is  also 
not  a  little  indebted  to  another  Belgian  legislator,  the  active 
secretary  of  the  Chamber,  Baron  Dubus,  who  has  giren  us 
many  descriptions  of  new  species  of  Birds,  and  haying  now  dis- 
tributed them  into  decades,  is  about  to  publish  figures  of  them. 
Anatomical  researches  on  Man  and  Animals  are  daily  extended 
by  M.  Burgraeye,  whose  anatomical  and  physiological  museum 
attracts  the  admiration  of  strangers.     The  uninterrupted  re- 
eearches  oi  the  celebrated  astronomer,  Quetelet,  on  Social 
PhyaieSy  or  in  other  words,  the  natural  history  of  Man,  in- 
cluding his  circulation,  physical  deyelopment,  &c.,  must  not  be 
forgotten,  as  they  will  lead  to  admirable  results.  But  the  most 
Jealous  and  meritorious  of  the  zoologists  of  Belgium,  whence 
he  diffuses  his  knowledge  to  more  extended  regions,  is  M.  de 
iSelys  Longchamps,  whose  affability  and  learning  the  sayants 
of  Italy  had  an  opportunity  of  appreciating  at  the  Congress 
t)f  Turin.    Without  speaking  of  his  writings  on  the  LibellaUB^ 
which  do  not  fall  within  our  scope,  I  will  commemorate  his 
well  known  Etudes  de  Micramammalogie,  which  will  throw  so 
much  light  on  the  genera  Mua  and  Arvicola^  not  to  mention 
his  Catalogue  of  the  Mammifers  of  Europe.  He  is  now  extend- 
ing his  researches  to  the  genus  VespertiliOy  and  to  the  yery 
intricate  fresh-water  Fish  of  his  country,  among  which  he 
describes  thirty  species  of  C^mnidoe.    I  haye  lately  received 
from  him  a  valuable  letter,  in  which  he  admirably  establishes 
the  differences  between  the  much  confused  Vespertilio  nat- 
tererij  emarginatuSj  mystacmvs^  d/mbenton%  and  douycfie- 
mu8y  for  which  he  has  laid  down  excellent  characters ;  and 
he  promises  me  perfect  specimens,  which  I  hope  to  receive 
in  time  to  lay  before  this  section,  as  he  will  be  prevented 
from  attending  in  person.    All  these  undertakings  are  only  a 
prelude  to  his  greater  work,  the  Faune  Beige,  which  we  are 
daily  expecting.    For  the  absence  from  this  meeting  of  those 
25 


26  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

eminent  Belgians,  we  are  abundantly  recompensed,  by  the 
presence  of  Professor  Morren,  whom  we  all  esteem  as  excelling 
in  many  branches  of  natural  science,  an  actiye  promoter  of 
useful  discussions,  and  admirably  chosen  by  his  wise  king  and 
by  the  Academy  of  Brussels,  to  represent  the  science  of 
that  learned  and  industrious  nation. 


FRANCE. 

It  cannot  be  doubted,  that  France  preserres  her  ancient 
scientific  renown,  notwithstanding  the  petulance  of  those  who 
would  wish  to  detract  from  it.  Paris  is  eyer  the  great  c^itre 
of  attraction,  wherefore  the  attempts  of  those  persons  are  most 
praUeworthy,  who  endeavour  to  transfer  a  portion  of  the  light 
of  science  from  this  absorbing  focus,  to  the  rays  and  circumfe^ 
rence  of  the  circle,  a  tendency  which  we  perceive  in  the  annual 
Congresses,  and  in  the  recent  establishment  of  the  Provincial 
Institute,  which  now  has  its  abode  at  Mans.  There  are 
founded  also,  in  every  region  of  France,  new  museums  and 
schools,  while  the  old  ones  are  increased  and  adorned  on  every 
side.  Bordeaux  has,  for  many  years,  boasted  of  her  lannsean 
Society;  she  may  now  be  proud  of  the  "  Actes''  of  that 
society,  and  of  the  museum  lately  entrusted  to  the  care  of 
Gachet.  Marseilles  daily  enlarges  her  museum,  and  especially 
enriches  it  with  specimens  from  AMca ;  thanks  to  the  care  of 
the  indefatigable  Barthelemy  de  la  Pommeraye,  who  honours 
this  meeting  by  representing  his  country,  and  who  is  the 
possessor  of  many  new  species,  two  of  which,  very  interesting 
from  their  resemblance  to  their  European  congeners,  I  have 
described  in  the  Revue  Zoologique.  Avignon  too  boasts,  that 
amidst  her  turretted  walls  rises  a  museum,  which,  with  many 
otiher  philanthropic  institutions,  she  owes  to  the  care  of  her 
deservii^  citizen  Bequien.  Aries,  the  birthplace  of  Laugier, 
the  sharer  of  Temminck's  labours,  although  it  no  longer 
possesses  the  celebrated  collection  which  served  as  a  ground- 
work for  the  Planches  Calorie^,  still  retains  a  respectable 
museum,  which  is  especially  rich  in  the  products  of  that  French 
26 


IN  EUROPE — FRANCE.  27 

Africa,  La  Orau,  Nismes  boasts  not  only  of  an  interesting 
^nerd  collection,  but  a  special  one  of  the  Ornithology  of  the 
Department  of  Gard.  Montpellier  has  not  fallen  from  her 
ancient  fame,  and  though  in  the  branch  of  science  which  now 
concerns  us,  she  has  lost  a  Dug€s,  she  yet  contains  several 
scientific  men,  including  Professor  Lallemand,  whom  we  hare 
seen  amongst  us,  and  from  whom  we  have  some  yaluable 
obserrations  on  the  supposed  spermatic  Animalcules.  Stras- 
burg,  a  city  that  shares  in  the  adrantages  of  France  and  of 
Germany,  desenredly  selected  as  the  seat  of  the  tenth  scientific 
Congress  of  France,  possesses  a  museum  which  has  long  been 
celebrated,  as  well  tar  the  professors  which  formerly  adorned 
it,  as  for  those  which  adorn  it  still,  of  whom  we  haye  an 
eminent  example  in  our  colleague  M.  F^e.  Metz,  happily 
situated  on  that  Moselle,  which  was  long  since  celebrated  by 
the  lyre  of  Ausonius,  boasts  of  two  faunas  in  its  department, 
one  preferable  to  the  other.  Bochefort  is  the  abode  of  Lesson, 
who  is  oyer  influenced  by  that  tendency  of  strong  minds  to 
attempt  too  much;  and  if  we  might  express  a  wish  in  his 
behalf,  it  would  be,  that  he  might  be  enabled  to  appear  to 
more  adyantage,  by  residing  in  cities  better  supplied  with  books 
and  cabinets.  His  last  work  treats  of  Man  and  the  SimioB* 
The  scientific  journals  are  often  adorned  with  his  papers,  or 
extracts  from  them.  M.  Allard,  at  Montbrisson,  attracts  the 
attention  of  naturalists,  by  his  collection  of  the  three  kingdoms 
of  nature,  which  recdyes  daily  additions  and  improyements. 
The  nucleus  of  this  collection,  was  that  of  Baron  Feutrier, 
which  still  preseryes  objects  possessed  by  the  fiamous  Bufibn. 

Not  to  be  unduly  prolix,  I  confine  myself  to  Normandy,  in 
which  not  only  the  ancient  capital  Bouen,  but  the  learned 
city  of  Caen,  and  eyen  the  little  Falaise,  are  decorated  with 
Scientific  Societies,  Transactions^  and  Museums.  That  of 
Bouen  is  worthily  presided  over  by  Professor  Pouchet,  author 
of  a  Treatise  on  Botany,  and  of  an  equally  yaluable  one  on 
Zoology,  of  which  the  second  and  improved  edition  has  been 
published  in  the  present  year;  the  only  work  hitherto  in 
which  the  doctrines  of  his  celebrated  master,  Blainyille,  are 
adequately  developed.     A  devoted  friend  to  this  institution, 

27 


28  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

Pouchet,  would  have  come  amongst  us  three  years  since,  had 
not  a  defect  in  his  hearing  induced  him  rather  to  await  at  his 
abode  for  the  volumes  of  our  Transactions.  Caen  has  to  boast 
of  Professor  Desjardins,  of  Brebisson,  and  of  M.  Caumont, 
the  founder  of  Scientific  Congresses  in  France.  In  Falaise 
resides  the  most  practised  ornithologist  of  France,  the  Baron 
de  Lafiresnaye,  worthily  connected  with  the  family  of  Buffon. 
His  classification,  founded  chiefly  on  the  Habits  of  Birds,  is 
the  work  which  most  particularly  distinguishes  him. 

After  the  death  of  Cuyier,  the  sceptre  of  Zoology,  which  was 
disputed  with  him  by  Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire,  passed  into  the 
hands  of  that  family,  which,  in  right  of  succession,  is  likely 
long  to  retain  it.  Paris  will  be  indebted  to  the  young  Geofiroy 
for  improred  arrangements  in  her  museums,  which,  in  the 
ornithological  branch  especially,  by  no  means  equalled  the 
expectation  of  excellence,  which,  in  so  great  a  metropolis,  we 
were  lustified  in  entertaining.  This  eminent  naturalist,  far 
from  being  wearied  with  so'many  laborious  and  nsefnl  on- 
dertakings,  is  now  preparing  a  work  which  will  serve  as  a 
continuation  to  the  great  iconographic  publication  of  his  father 
and  Frederic  Cuyier,  holding  out  to  us  also  the  prospect,  at 
some  future  time,  of  a  general  Species  of  Mammifers. 

I  want  words  to  praise,  in  adequate  terms,  the  learned  and 
magnificent  work  of  M.  Ducrotay  de  Blainville,  another  suc- 
cessftd  rival  to  Cuvier,  which  is  the  result  of  forty  years  of 
unwearied  study.  In  truth,  I  know  not  whether  most  to  praise 
the  excellence  of  the  descriptive  portion,  or  the  erudition 
which  accompanies  the  history  of  science  in  each  department. 
May  we  be  allowed,  however,  to  wish  for  a  more  rigid  deter- 
mination of  species  in  this  work  ?  May  we  venture  to  say, 
that  in  order  to  avoid  too  great  a  multiplicity  of  genera,  he 
forms  some  which  are  wholly  inadmissible?  It  cannot  be 
denied,  that  he  ^s  unacquainted  with  many  species,  especially 
of  VeapertilionidcB.  1  may  also  add,  that  he  has  not  weighed 
with  much  diligence,  the  characters  of  several  of  the  genera 
which  he  has  himself  cancelled ;  such,  for  instance,  as  those 
which  he  incorporates  with  his  Suhursus^  a  word  constructed 
to  suit  a  theory,  and  certainly  not  an  acceptable  one.    Among 

28 


^ 


IN  EUROPE — FRANCE.  29 

his  scholars,  and  among  those  who  assist  him,  the  most  dis^ 
tingoished  is  M.  Geryais,  already  well  known  by  several  useful 
memoirs. 

The  famous  Professor  Dumeril  does  not  cease  from  his 
learned  and  successful  studies.  In  compiling  his  uniyersal 
Species  of  Amphibia^  he  entrusted  a  part  of  the  labour  to 
M.  Bibron,  who,  it  is  only  justice  to  say,  has  exceeded  the  ex* 
pectation  of  all  the  cultiyators  of  science,  and  especially  that 
of  his  colleague.  This  distinguished  young  man,  not  honoured 
as  yet  with  chairs  or  titles,  nor  enriched  by  well  earned  and 
profitable  rewards,  will  ere  long  be  esteemed  one  of  the  first 
zoologists  of  France.  It  is  beautifol  to  obserre  how  at  erery 
step  of  the  publication  of  the  Erpetologie  Oemrale,  the  orders 
there  treated  of  continually  improye,  as  their  arrangement 
proceeds  in  his  hands  at  the  Jardin  dee  Plantes.  These  two 
naturalists  are  now  turning  their  attention  to  Serpents,  which 
will  .be  comprised  in  two  yolumes ;  the  publication  of  the  Ba- 
trtxchia,  which  form  the  concluding  yolume  of  the  work,  being 
now  anticipated. 

I  may  here  allude  to  that  most  useful  undertaking  of  the 
publisher  Boret  (the  worthy  editor  of  the  collection  of  Man- 
uels),  who  imder  the  title  of  Suites  d  Buffon,  a  name  which 
carries  great  weight  in  France,  like  that  of  Galepinus  in  Italy, 
is  publishing  a  series  of  excellent  treatises  on  the  different 
branches  of  natural  history.  I  regret,  that  this  is  not  the  place 
to  speak  of  those  on  the  Invertehrataj  and  will  only  remark, 
that  since  the  death  of  Desmarest,  to  whom  he  had  entrusted 
the  class  of  Fish,  the  selection  of  his  successor  will  become  a 
matter  of  general  interest.  Three  plans  would  suit  me  if  I 
were  in  the  position  of  that  editor : — ^First,  to  contriye  by  all 
means,  that  the  work  should  be  undertaken  by  Agassiz,  who, 
it  cannot  be  doubted,  would  render  it  noyel  and  important 
in  eyery  aspect;  , secondly,  that  MM.  Dumeril  and  Bibron, 
should  apply  to  Fish  the  same  energy  and  acumen  which  they 
haye  shown  in  treating  of  Beptiles,  in  which  case  eyery  one 
might  guarantee  the  yalue  of  their  labours ;  or,  thirdly,  if 
neither  of  these  two  plans  were  practicable,  to  entrust  it  to 
the  ichthyologist  of  the  day,  M.  Valenciennes,  eyen  though 
29 


30  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

he  should  only  give  us  a  second  and  improved  edition  of  that 
truly  excellent  work,  which  he  had  the  honour  to  commence, 
in  conjunction  with  the  great  master  Guyier,  and  which  he 
has  now  for  some  years  continued  alone.  This  work  has  now 
passed  the  fifteenth  volume,  and  notwithstanding  some  slight 
defects,  is  undeniahly  heautifiil  and  useAil  in  every  way, 
although  the  author  finds  himself  tied  down  to  the  somewhat 
antiquated  system  of  the  before  mentioned  master.  All  the 
other  writings  of  Valenciennes  are  equally  to  be  praised,  and 
especially  the  ichthyologic  portion  of  the  distinguished  work 
of  MM.  Webb  and  BerthoUet  on  the  Canary  Islands.  To 
whom  shall  a  chair  be  given  if  not  to  him  ?  It  were  better  for 
science  had  he  been  elected  to  the  Chair  of  Ichthyology  rather 
than  of  Malacology,  a  subject  which  he  ever  strives,  and  suc- 
cessfully, to  overtake.  The  cultivators  of  sdence  are  them- 
selves subject  to  malignant  stars,  and  no  one  experienced  them 
more  than  that  esti^nable  friend  of  Cuvier  and  Humboldt.  Milne 
Edwards,  the  last  fortunate  rival  of  Valenciennes  in  the  elec- 
tion to  the  Institute,  is  ever  the  chief  zoological  contributor 
to  the  Annales  des  Sdencea  Naturelles.  He  has  published 
ElSmens  de  Zoologie,  but  the  lower  animals  seem  more 
particularly  to  attract  his  studious  inquiries. 

M.  A.  D'Orbigny  continues  the  fine  zoological  illustrations 
to  his  Voyage  dans  FAnierigne  Meridianale,  in  which  he  has 
announced  so  many  new  species.  His  not  less-  able  brother, 
with  other  learned  coadjutors,  has  undertaken  a  new  Diction- 
naire  d^Histoire  NatureUe,  the  two  first  volumes  of  which 
excite  favourable  hopes.  I  now  lay  before  you  some  plates  of 
this  work,  accurately  coloured,  by  which  you  may  judge  of  their 
inimitable  high  finish,  although  the  work  is  of  a  popular  nature 
and  moderate  price.  There  has  also  been  published  at  Paris, 
a  Supplement,  rendered  necessary  by  the  lapse  of  time,  to  th^ 
great  Dictionnaire  dee  Sciences  Naturelles,  which  the  articled 
by  Blainville  suffice  to  render  precious.  The  Armalea.du  Muh- 
9mnk  dHistoire  NaMrelU  are  published  firom  time  to  time, 
and  are  not  unworthy  of  the  great  collection  of  mepoirs  t9 
whidi  they  form  a  sequel.  Tl^  Remie  Zoologique  de  la 
Society  Cuvieriemie,  edited  by  Guerin,  has  now  acquired,  an 
30 


IN  EUROPE — FRANCE.  31 

European  fame  and  use,  no  less  than  the  rery  comprehensiye 
Miigaaia  de  Zoologie  of  the  same  author.  The  Comptes 
Rendus  de  T Institute  the  journal  of  the  same  name  (Vlnatitut)^ 
which  speaks  not  only  of  the  French  scientific  bodies,  but  of 
those  of  the  whole  world,  Mid  the  Eco  du  Mond  Savant^  are 
so  many  sonorous  trumpets,  which  proclaim  from  Paris  the 
progress  of  the  natural  sciences. 

M.  Bourjeaud  de  St.  Hilaire  has  giyen  us  a  new  yolume  on 
Parrots,  being  a  continuation  of  those  of  Le  Yaillant,  much 
inferior,  indeed,  to  that  of  the  English  artist  Lear,  yet  not 
wholly  deprired  of  merit.  The  celebrated  Mademoiselle  Pau- 
line de  CourceUes,  now  Madame  Enip,  has  commenced,  with 
the  literary  aid  of  M.  Florent  Prevost,  a  writer  not  sufficiently 
actiye  in  following  the  rapidity  of  her  pencil,  a  new  series  of 
Pigeons,  not  comprised  in  her  former  work,  the  text  of  which 
was  written  by  M.  Temminck,  and  of  which  a  second  edition  is 
publishing  at  the  same  time,  as  appears  by  the  prospectus 
which  I  haye  laid  before  you.  I  should  neyer  end,  were  I  to 
enumerate  all  the  zoological  undertakings,  and  all  the  zoolo- 
gists of  eminence  who  adorn  the  French  capital ;  I  therefore 
take  leaye  of  them,  briefly  alluding  to  Prince  Massena,  whose 
rich  zoological  collections,  we  hope,  will  ere  long  be  made 
pubUc.  The  entomologists  Dejean  and  Boisduyal,  Eiener, 
profoundly  occupied  with  his  IconograpMe  des  CoquilleSj  the 
encydopsddic  Bory  de  St.  Vincent,  who  is  now  at  the  head  of 
a  scientific  expedition,  exploring  Algiers  (whence  we  may 
expect  a  work  of  not  less  interest  than  the  magnificent  ones 
on  Egypt  and  the  Morea,  gained  for  science  by  the  arms  of 
France,  or  than  those  others  which  were  the  fruit  of  the 
yarious  yoyages  round  the  world,  of  a  Freycinet,  a  D'Uryille, 
and  others),  do  not  permit  me  to  leaye  Paris  without  at  least 
mentioning  their  names. 

What  shall  I  say  of  Lyons  J  The  ninth  Scientific  Congress 
of  France,  there  assembled  from  the  1st  to  the  12th  of  the 
present  month,  and  at  which  I  proposed  to  myself  the  honour 
of  attencBng,  did  not  giye  me  the  opportunity  of  reVisiting  this 
illustrious  city ;  but  I  was  consoled,  by  reflecting  how  much 
the  clergy  of  that  and  other  dioceses  abound  with  zealous 
31 


32  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

Cttltiyators  of  natural  science,  and  how  the  co-operation,  and 
occasional  presence,  of  that  eminent  Archbishop,  the  Cardinal 
Bonald,  placed  in  the  station  of  Albo,  the  first  Honorary 
President,  would  add  to  the  splendour  of  those  meetings ;  in 
which  it  is  daily  becoming  more  fit  that  the  ministers  of  the 
sanctuary  should  take  an  active  part,  inasmuch  as  they  lead  by 
a  more  or  less  direct  path  from  yisible  to  inyisible  wonders^ 
and  by  the  ministry  of  the  first-bom  daughter  of  God  they 
pay  homage  to  the  Maker  and  Founder  of  all  things.  But  the 
volume  of  Transactions  of  that  most  numerous  Congress,  which 
is  now  in  the  press,  will  at  once  give  a  full  account  of  the  state 
of  natural  science,  and  of  the  ever  increasing  splendour  of  the 
scientific  establishments  of  the  second  city  of  France.  In  what 
more  particularly  relates  to  Zoology,  and  especially  to  Yerte- 
brata,  the  Abb^  Croizet,  who  supplied  to  Cuvier,  to  Blainville, 
and  others,  so  many  fossils  of  his  native  Auvergne,  and  who  is 
himself  well  acquainted  with  these  objects,  not  only  filled  with 
much  honour  the  office  of  President  of  the  combined  sections 
of  Zoology,  Botany  and  Mineralogy^  but  exhibited  many  objects 
of  much  interest  and  novelty,  and  occasionally  entered  into 
general  discussions  on  the  Animal  Kingdom.  In  that  city  of 
Lyons,  are  the  ornithological  collections  of  M.  Fleuret,  which  is 
very  complete  in  Birds  of  Europe ;  that  of  Dr.  Bifieri ;  and  the 
fine  one  of  M.  Boursier,  who  was  deputed  by  a  Lyonese  Society 
to  come  here,  and  to  whom  we  owe  those  fine  photogenic  draw- 
ings, admired  in  several  sections,  and  well  adapted  to  repre&ent 
natural  objects  with  ease  and  fidelity.  In  his  collection  are  an 
abundance  of  rare  species  of  Humming  Birds,  the  new  ones  of 
which  he  has  published  in  beautiful  coloured  plates,  as  you  see 
in  the  specimens  which  I  have  presented  in  his  name  to  the 
section.  Would  that  my  prayers  could  induce  him  to  publish 
the  wished  for  Monograph  of  the  gem-adorned  family  of  2Va- 
chilidce^  for  which  his  collection^  united  with  those  of  lioddiges 
and  of  Leadbeater,  which  he  could  easily  visit  in  England, 
would  suffice  to  supply  him  with  all  the  materials  hitherto 
known.  If  a  person,  who  like  myself,  has  given  but  little 
attention  to  this  family,  might  venture  to  give  him  advice  on 
the  sub-division  of  these  birds,  it  would  be  to  recommend  him 
32 


IN  EUROPE — ^FRANCE.  33 

to  attach  much  value  to  the  colours,  eren  more  than  to  the 
form  of  the  remiges  and  tail,  in  forming  the  various  groups. 
The  chief  boast  of  that  Congress,  as  he  is  of  the  chairs  and 
city  of  Lyons,  was  M.  Jourdan,  founder  of  a  museum  posses- 
sing double  merits.  One  of  these  is,  that  not  beii^  complete 
by  nature,  it  is  made  so  by  the  artifice  which  M,  Jourdan  has 
invented,  of  supplying  the  absence  of  the  real  object  by  the 
best  figure  to  be  obtained,  and  where  this  was  wanting  by  the 
name.  Thus,  at  a  glance  of  the  eye,  one  beholds  the  entire 
state  of  the  Animal  Kingdom,  and  at  the  same  time  one  per- 
ceives what  species  are  wanting  to  render  the  whole  complete. 
The  other  merit  of  the  collection  consists  in  the  arrangement 
according  to  the  nervous  system,  which  M.  Jourdan  considers 
the  best  for  the  whole  kingdom,  and  for  each  of  its  classes.  I 
who  follow  it  in  the  case  of  the  Mammifers,  abstain  from  re- 
peating the  discussions  which  I  held  with  that  eminent  profes- 
sor, but  confine  myself  to  laying  before  you,  at  his  request,  an 
epitome,  not  only  of  this,  but  of  the  interesting  psychological 
results  which  he  deduces.  He  considers,  that  Animals  should 
be  classed  according  to  their  respective  degrees  of  animation 
and  sensibility.  The  circulation  of  the  blood,  res{Hration, 
digestion,  generation,  do  not  seem  to  him  to  correspond  with 
the  degrees  which  may  be  measured  by  means  of  the  above 
mentioned  faculties.  The  nervous  system,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  always  developed  in  proportion  to  the  sensibility,  and  on 
this,  therefore,  Jourdan  takes  his  stand.  The  more  abundantly 
animation  is  exhibited,  the  more  extensive  does  the  nervous 
synthesis  appear.  The  fly,  for  instance,  is  more  animated  than 
the  oyster,  and  thus  the  advocate  of  a  single  series  of  beings 
would  see  assigned  to  the  Artieulata  that  pre-eminence  over 
the  Mollusca  which  was  denied  to  them  by  Cuvier.  Just  as 
vegetables  and  minerals  have  their  sovereign  characteristic 
law,  so  animals  have  tiieirs  in  animation,  which  shows  itself  by 
means  of  the  sensations  producible,  in  successive  degrees,  from 
the  lowest  Insect  up  to  Man,  who,  combining  them  all,  raises 
them  to  a  yet  more  elevated  point,  so  that  Man,  to  adopt 
Jourdan's  expression,  is  an  animal  microcosm.  In  the  three 
lowest  divisions  of  the  Animal  Kingdom,  the  sensations  only 
33  C 


1 


34  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

indicate  instinct,  that  is  to  say,  the  spirit  of  self-preserration. 
In  the  fourth,  will,  or  more  correctly,  intelligence,  begins  to 
deyelop  itself.  But  in  the  fifth,  composed  of  the  human  race, 
appear  free-will,  reflection,  imagination,  and  abore  all,  the 
spirit  of  perfection,  which  is  not  found  in  any  other  class. 
These  progressive  degrees  are  completely  indicated  by  the 
greater  or  less  development  of  the  nervous  system.  A  work 
on  the  comparative  researches  into  that  system,  and  which 
supplies  rules  for  classification,  was  lately  given  me  by  Signer 
Bazin,  entitled  ^'  Del  Sistema  Nervosa,  delta  vita  Animale  e 
delta  vita  Vegetahite'^  These  are  subjects,  on  which,  as  all 
must  see,  an  hasty  opinion  cannot  be  given. 


SPAIN. 

The  Spanish  disturbances  do  not,  as  yet,  permit  that  nation 
to  employ  itself  successfully  on  studies  which  require  peace 
and  quiet.  It  is  however  known,  that  in  certain  provinces, 
especially  in  Catalonia,  new  museums  are  being  erected,  and 
that  the  Academies  are  beginning  to  flourish  again,  two  of 
which,  that  of  Madrid  and  of  Barcelona,  we  have  the  pleasure 
to  see  here  represented. 


PORTUGAL. 

Portugal,  of  which  I  might  repeat  the  above  remark,  has 
suffered,  besides  a  great  loss  in  the  Prince  Augustus  of  Leuch- 
temberg,  the  first  husband  of  th^  Queen,  an  excellent  friend 
and  patron  of  the  unfortunate  Wagler.  So  great  were  his 
aims,  and  his  noble  intentions  for  the  promotion  of  natural 
science,  which  he  cultivated  and  loved  beyond  all  others,  ai^  I 
could  show  to  you  by  the  epistolary  correspondence  with  which 
my  noble  relation  favoured  me. 


34 


IN  EUROPE — ITALY.  35 


ITALY. 

Coming  to  our  own  Italy,  rich  in  so  many  branches  of  learn- 
ing, that  she  need  not  be  ashamed  if  in  Zoology  she  is  not 
equally  advanced,  we  have  chiefly  to  deplore  the  late  irre- 
parable loss  of  M.  Camillo  Ranzani,  the  Bolognese  professor, 
and  one  of  the  first  zoologists  of  Europe,  who,  a  few  days  be- 
fore his  decease,  wrote  his  last  Memoir  on  the  Fish  of  Brazil. 
There  was  no  subject  which  he  undertook  which  he  did  not 
penetrate  deeply  on  every  side.  Oh !  how  much  we  have  to 
regret,  that  he  did  not  finish  his  Elementi  di  Zooloffia,  and 
especially  the  Erpetological  and  Malacological  portions,  of 
which  subjects  he  had  a  perfect  knowledge.  Public  opinion  has 
already  proclaimed,  as  his  successor  in  the  chair  of  Zoology, 
Professor  Antonio  Alessandrini,  worthily  called  the  Cuvier  of 
Italy ;  and  this  appointment  would  be  the  more  appropriate, 
because  it  seems  reasonable  to  unite  the  chairs  of  Comparative 
Anatomy  and  Zoology,  just  as  these  subjects  are  united  in 
our  present  section ;  whereas,  there  is  little  or  no  connection 
between  Zoology  and  Mineralogy ;  both  which  professorships 
were  held  together  by  the  deceased  naturalist  whom  I  have 
above  extolled. 

Signer  Bisso,  encouraged  by  the  warm  and  merited  recep- 
tion which  he  experienced  at  the  Turin  meeting,  is  devoting 
himself  to  &esh  labours^  with  the  additional  experience  which 
he  has  acquired,  and  is  chiefly  occupied  with  a  monograph  of 
the  very  intricate  Labridce  of  the  Mediterranean.  The  mag- 
nificent ornithological  collections  of  the  Marchese  Costa  at 
Chambery,  a  city  devoted  to  natural  history,  increase  percep- 
tibly, as  do  those  of  the  Marchese  di  Breme  at  Turin,  and  of 
Carlo  Durazzo  at  Genoa ;  who,  while  pursuing  his  researches 
on  the  Ornithology  of  his  own  country,  has  this  year  enriched 
Europe  with  two  new  species,  the  Fodiceps  longirostris  of 
Sardinia,  which  is  wholly  new,  and  the  Fuliea  criatata  of 
Spain,  Barbary,  Sardinia,  and  Liguria  itself,  resembling  (at 
least  in  appearance),  the  one  figured  by  Bufibn  as  coming  from 
35 


36  STATE  OF  ZOOLOaY 

Madagascar,  a  point  which  remains  for  verification.    It  is  cer- 
tain, that  by  the  inspection  of  Chinese  drawings,  we  learn  that 
this,  or  another  Fulica  equally  crested,  inhabits  the  waters  of 
that  region.    Nor  can  we  pass  over  in  silence,  the  growing  col- 
lections of  the  University  of  Genoa;  nor  the  worthy  professor 
who  presides  over  it ;  nor  the  unrivalled  entomologist,  Massi* 
miliano  Spinola,  whose  capacious  mind  embraces  at  once  the 
highest  philosophy  of  the  science,  and  the  minute  details  of 
insects ;  nor  the  zealous  naturalist  Verany,  founder  of  an  in- 
teresting ornithological  collection  at  Nice,  a  diligent  designer 
of  animals,  and  second  to  none  in  the  knowledge  of  CephalO' 
poda.    But  in  Turin,  undoubtedly  the  most  cultivated  city  of 
Italy,  we  need  not  wonder  to  see  the  three  chief  branches  of 
natural  history,  respectively  superintended  by  three  men,  equal 
in  every  virtue  and  talent,  a  Gen^,  a  Moris,  a  Sismonda.    The 
first  of  these,  an  eminent  zoologist,  though  entirely  devoted  to 
editing  the  Transactions  of  the  Turin  Congress,  has  not  wanted 
time  or  energy  to  continue  his  researches  on  the  Animals  of 
Sardinia,  and  to  enrich  the  incomparable  museum  of  which  I 
was  lately  a  witness,  as  well  as  to  study  the  fresh-water  fish 
of  that  kingdom,  from  which  great  results  are  promised  for 
Ichthyology.     Dr.  Bellingeri  ceases  not  to  investigate  the 
fecundity  of  animals,  and  the  development  of  their  intellect^ 
from  which  researches  he  deduces  many  ingenious  arguments. 
Favia  preserves  her  ancient  lustre,  which  is  amply  main- 
tained by  Busconi,  always  intent  on  his  profound  studies, 
especially  on  the  Batrdchia,  with  which  he  alone  has  hitherto 
been  dissatisfied ;  and  which  will  open  to  us,  I  feel  confident,  a 
new  field  of  knowledge,  including  the  anatomy  of  the  Pleuro- 
deles  which  I  discovered  in  that  collection,  where  for  fifty 
years  it  lay  confused  with  the  Tritons  and  Salamanders.    And 
now  the  country  of  this  distinguished  man  boasts  also  in 
respect  to  Zootomy,  of  a  Panizza,  who  ever  strives  for  the 
attainment  of  fame,  formerly  by  means  of  medical  and  now 
by  natural  science,  and.  whose  advancement  is  likely  to  be 
aid^d  by  his  ingenious  scalpel  which  he  generously  dedicates 
to  our  instruction,  of  which  his  excellent  Memoir  on  the  Lam- 
prey is  a  recent  example.    The  rich  collection  of  Serpents, 
36 


IN  EUROPE — ITALY.  37 

in  that  university,  has  been  rendered  more  precious  by  the 
learned  illustrations  of  them,  undertaken  by  that  actiye  dis- 
ciple of  Schlegel,  Dr.  De  Filippi,  whose  profound  knowledge 
of  anatomy,  and  of  comparative  physiology,  seems  to  refute 
the  too  strong  assertion  of  the  Barbassori,  that  forty  years  of 
study,  and  grey  hairs,  are  necessary  to  make  an  anatomist. 
Milan,  which  has  been  generously  enriched  with  the  Decris- 
tofori  collection,  so  well  intrusted  to  the  care  of  Professor 
Balsamo  Grivelli,  is  preparing  herself  to  receive,  in  a  suitable 
manner,  the  Italian  Scientific  Congress.  And  if  Dr.  De  Fi- 
lippi confines  himself  to  the  study  of  Vertebrate  Animals,  the 
city  is  more  than  compensated  by  her  eminent  students  of 
Malacology,  such  as  the  noble  Signer  Carlo  Porro,  the  able 
compiler  of  a  classed  bibliography  of  that  subject;  and  of 
Entomology,  such  as  the  noble  Signer  Carlo  Bassi,  who  from 
his  very  infancy  gave  token  that  his  genius  had  happily  led 
him  to  that  branch  of  natural  history,  in  which  the  serenity  of 
his  mind  and  of  his  style  does  honour  to  himself  and  to  his 
country. . 

The  Venetian  provinces  yield  in  nothing  to  those  of  Lom- 
bardy,  there  being  one  Institute  of  Science,  which  is  divided  in 
equal  proportion  between  both  regions.  This  is  not  the  place 
to  speak  of  many  eminent  men  who  compose  it.  In  Venice,  I 
will  only  mention  the  ornithological  collections  of  Count  Con- 
tarini,  who  has  made  excellent  observations  on  the  Birds  of 
that  country.  The  many  learned  writings  of  Dr.  Nardo,  who 
is  always  engaged  in  completing  his  Fauna  Adriatica,  are 
familiar  to  you  all,  as  tending  to  perfect,  in  every  point  of 
view,  the  natural  system  of  Ichthyology.  Verona  has  her 
scientific  societies,  and  thanks  to  the  prudent  zeal  of  her 
citizens,  she  even  has  private  parties  so  arranged  as  to  be 
useful  to  science.  The  Italian  Tyrol  also  boasts  of  her  col- 
lections. Even  from  Chioggia  the  learned  city  of  Padua 
attracted  to  her  library  Professor  Naccari,  who,  if  he  has  not 
yet  joined  this  institution,  has  certainly  the  merit  of  having 
been  the  first  to  publish  the  Embryos  of  Faunae  in  the  form  of 
catalogues,  and  who  yields  to  none  in  zeal.  Belluno,  abound- 
ing in  Birds,  has  produced  a  very  useful  ornithological  synopsis ; 
37 


38  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

and  in  a  valuable  work  of  the  geological  Professor  Catullo,  is 
a  good  list  of  the  Vertebrata  of  that  province. 

Grossing  the  Adriatic,  we  see  even  the  semi-barbarous  MoU 
daria,  establishing,  under  the  patronage  of  her  enlightened 
Hospodar,  a  natural  history  society,  already  rich  in  facts  and 
specimens.  Nor  is  this  wonderAil,  in  an  age  when  the  Tartar 
Emperor  of  CSiina  was  enrolled  in  the  register  of  the  Academy 
of  Brussels. 

Athens,  ai|d  the  Ionian  Islands,  also  nobly  strive  to  cul- 
tivate the  natural  sciences  in  those  countries.  Malta  has 
seen  the  publication  of  a  good  Catalogue  of  the  Fish  which 
live  around  her  coasts ;  and  that  of  the  Birds,  enriched  with 
notes  on  their  manners,  is  in  preparation  by  Signer  Antonio 
Schembri. 

Sicily,  more  devoted  to  these  sciences  than  the  continental 
parts  of  the  kingdom,  beholds,  on  all  sides,  the  growth  of  new 
societies,  new  journals,  and  new  museums.  Tou  all  know» 
gentlemen,  the  name  and  the  activity  of  the  Accademia  Gio- 
enia  of  Catania.  Messina  is  distinguished  among  the  Sicilian 
cities  by  Luigi  Benoit  and  Anastasio  Cocco.  The  latter  con- 
tinues to  throw  light,  in  every  way,  on  the  Fish  of  his  own 
country,  as  is  fully  shown  by  his  articles  in  periodical  works, 
to  which  I  may  add  the  epistolary  correspondence  with  which 
he  obligingly  honours  me.  Benoit  has  published  the  Ornito- 
logia  SiciUana,  a  truly  useful  littl^  work,  especially  in  Sicily, 
although  it  does  not  equal  the  expectations  of  those  who  looked 
for  an  original  work  on  the  Habits  of  Birds,  rather  than  a 
repetition  of  other  authors,  who  were  frequently  defective  in 
points  where  it  behoved  him  to  have  set  them  right. 

Naples  being  the  city  in  which  the  somewhat  limited  zoo- 
logical science  of  the  continental  part  of  the  kingdom  seems 
V>  be  concentrated,  has  lately  beheld  the  formation  of  a  society 
of  young  cultivators  of  natural  science,  which  has  already 
produced  several  useful  works,  and  given  promise  of  more. 
Dr.  Oronzio  Costa,  its  founder,  who  has  undertaken  a  journey 
to  France  and  Britain,  has  given  us  some  new  numbers  of  his 
Fauna  del  Regno  di  Napoli^  so  conveniently  divided  into 
monographs,  which,  if  of  but  small  interest  as  regards  Mam- 

38 


IN  EUROPE — ITALY.  39 

mifers  and  Birds,  is  more  important  for  the  study  of  Fish,  and 
especially  of  the  lower  animals.  He  has  published,  in  yarious 
journals,  articles  on  natural  history,  and  particularly  his  Cor- 
rispondenza  Zoologica,  To  him  also  we  owe  the  knowledge 
of  the  most  imperfect  of  the  Vertebrataf  the  fish  Branchios- 
toma,  described  a  short  time  afterwards  by  Tarrell,  in  Eng- 
land, under  the  name  of  AmpMoa^us,  which  is  depriyed  of  the 
organ  of  smell  and  taste ;  not,  howeyer,  of  eyery  trace  of  eyes 
and  of  brain,  as  erroneously  supposed  by  some.  In  a  recently 
established  journal,  the  Antologia  di  Scienzi  Naturally  we 
note,  with  pleasure,  the  writings  of  Signer  Piria,  and  of  the 
equally  well  known  Signer  Archangelo  Scacchi.  Signer  Dalle 
Chiaje,  the  continuer  of  Poli,  adhering  to  his  anatomical  re- 
searches, has  published  the  second  yolume  of  his  complete 
physiological  work,  and  an  interesting  Memoir  on  the  Proteus 
anguinus. 

Entering  the  Roman  State,  we  find  at  Yelletri  an  ornitho- 
logical collection,  the  property  of  a  lady,  the  Signora  Gontessa 
Borgia,  who  employs  herself  profitably  with  this  science.  Stop- 
ping too  at  Terradra,  before  arriying  at  this  city,  I  may  re- 
mark, that  if  the  clear  and  cultiyated  intellect  of  an  Elisabetta 
Fiorini  were  applied  to  Zoology  rather  than  to  Botany,  in 
which  branch  she  is  famed  among  the  highest  masters  of  the 
science,  I  could  with  greater  fitness  exclaim  with  Ariosto : — 

'*  he  donne  son  yenute  in  eooellenza 
D'ogni  bell*  arte,  in  che  hanno  posto  cura/' 

In  Bome,  we  haye  collections  of  natural  history,  not  indeed 
despicable,  but  far  from  being  proportionate  to  a  city,  which 
centuries  ago  boasted  of  the  famous  Kircherian  Museimi,  or 
to  the  immense  opportunities  afforded  by  the  Catholic  Propa- 
ganda. These  collections  are  daily  enriched  by  the  care  of 
Professors  Metaxa,  father  and  son,  of  Dr.  Ponzi,  and  of  the  in- 
defatigable Signer  Riccioli.  We  owe  to  the  Metaxas  an  appro- 
priate journal,  where  not  only  the  medical  sciences,  but  Zoology 
also  has  a  place,  by  the  publication  of  interesting  memoirs 
which  their  zeal  collects  from  all  parts  of  Italy,  with  additional 
39 


40  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

materials  of  their  owb.  Ichthyology,  and  especially  its  atia- 
tomical  department,  is  illustrated  by  them  in  useful  papers. 
The  Oiomale  Acadieo,  the  true  foundation  of  which  was  laid 
in  1818,  by  a  Lyncean  Academy,  now  existing  at  Florence, 
includes  many  memoirs  on  natural  science,  which  fell  within 
the  scope  of  its  extensive  range,  unassisted  at  first  by  any 
public  money.  My  own  cabinet  and  my  zoological  library, 
which  my  subject  obliges  me  to  allude  to,  being  now  trans- 
ported from  the  extremity  of  the  Quirinal  Hill  to  the  centre 
of  the  dty,  may  aid  the  student,  by  furnishing  him  with  appro* 
priate  books  and  objects.  You  are  acquainted  with  my  own 
humble  labours,  which,  by  the  aid  of  your  intelligence,  I  shall 
endeayour  to  render  always  less  unworthy  of  yoor  compassion. 
It  is  right,  that  I  pass  an  encomium  on  the  rare  collection  of 
that  zealous  cultivator  of  science.  Signer  Lavinio  Spada 
Medici,  rich  in  minerals  and  crystals,  and  abounding  in  fossil 
bones,  collected  with  much  industry.  With  the  death  of  the 
meritorious  Cavalie]:e  Abate  Scarpellini,  it  is  not  right  that  the 
Accademia  dei  Lincei^  which  he  restored,  should  also  perish, 
when,  by  uniting  it  with  another  of  great  renown,  through  the 
care  of  the  eminent  Lambruschini,  the  Prefect  of  the  Studies, 
and  by  the  conspicuous  zeal  of  the  eminent  Cardinal  Griusti- 
niani  Gamerlengo  di  Santa  Ghiesa,  a  zeal  consistent  not  only 
with  his  personal  character,  but  with  the  office  which  he  sus- 
tains with  equal  dignity, — ^it  will  certainly  not  descend  from 
the  honourable  rank  in  which  it  was  placed  by  a  Federico 
Gesi,  with  the  aid  of  so  many  illustrious  men,  and  especially  of 
a  Galileo. 

Viterbo  possesses  the  Accademia  degli  Ardentiy  which  is 
also  concerned  with  science.  Perugia  sustains  her  ancient  fam« 
by  the  men  whom  she  at  present  boasts  of,  and  by  the  periodi- 
cal works  which  she  publishes.  In  natural  history,  she  derives 
fame  from  a  Bruschi,  the  founder  of  her  Botanic  Garden,  and 
the  author,  besides  other  writings  of  the  most  classical  wc^rk 
on  Natural  History  that  Italy  has  known;  while  the  total 
privation  of  sight,  which  this  learned  man  labours  under, 
recalls  the  verse, — 

"  Occhio  cieco,  divin  raggio  di  mente  I" 
40 


L 


IK  EUROPE — ITALY*  41 

The  venerable  Colizzi  is  famed,  not  only  for  his  Toluminous 
work  on  Natural  Law,  but  also  for  his  profound  knowledge  of 
science,  and  especially  of  Chemistry.  Besides  her  public  col- 
lections, Perugia  shows,  with  pride,  the  ornithological  one  of 
the  Marchese  Orazio  Antinori.  Ascoli  deserves  to  be  recorded 
for  Orsini  and  his  collections.  The  same  may  be  said  of  Sini- 
gagli,  for  Procaccini  Bicci  and  his  collection  of  fossils  of  every 
class,  among  which  it  most  concerns  us  to  mention  the  Fish. 
The  Universities  of  Macerata,  of  TJrbino,  and  of  Ferrara,  have 
also  cause  for  boasting  in  regard  to  natural  science.  The 
learned  Felsina,  with  her  rich  collections,  her  chairs  from 
which  such  profound  instruction  is  given,  has  her  Armali  delle 
Seienze,  abounding  with  select  matter,  and  her  Atti  delT  Ac- 
cademia,  I  will  only  mention,  not  to  be  prolix,  the  excellent 
treatise  of  Professor  Alessandrini  on  the  Branchia  of  Fish, 
and  especially  that  on  the  Heterobranehus,  of  which  I  am 
surprised  that  Valenciennes  has  not  availed  himself. 

Modena,  centre  of  the  Italian  Society,  the  birth  place  of  an 
Amici,  the  abode  of  a  Marianini,  has  beheld  the  publication  of 
the  first  volume  of  the  Storia  Naturale  degli  Stati  Estensiy 
by  our  colleague.  Professor  Brignole. 

Parma,  in  whose  praise  it  is  sufficient  to  mention  that 
second  Esculapius,  Professor  Tommasini,  an  honour  of  which 
she  has  deprived  our  own  Bologna  (which  boasted  of  having 
given  him  a  chair),  is  also  proud  of  Professor  Jan,  versed  in 
all  the  branches  of  natural  science,  and  long  known  for  his  re- 
searches made  in  combination  with  the  zealous  Decristofori. 

Lucca  offers  some  respectable  collections  in  the  royal  palace 
of  the  Duke.  The  Zoological  Museum  of  Pisa,  in  regard  of 
the  abundance  and  beauty  of  the  preparations,  and  especially 
of  the  manner  in  which  it  is  arranged,  deserves  to  be  cited  as 
a  model  to  Florence  herself,  if  not  to  all  Europe.  This  fine 
establishment  is  owing  to  the  care  of  the  truly  zealous  Paolo 
Savi,  who  forwards  in  every  way  the  munificent  views  of  his 
sovereign,  and  who  every  day  strengthens  his  claims  on  the 
Grand  Duke's  liberality  towards  this  institution,  and  on  the 
gratitude  not  of  Tuscany  only  but  of  all  Italy.  He  is  already 
fiufiiciently  known  to  the  scientific  world  for  his  extensive 
41 


42  STATE  OF  ZOOLOGY 

knowledge  of  natural  objects,  and  for  the  remarkable  advance-^ 
ment  which  Zoology  has  received  from  him,  by  the  aid  of  the 
two  other  sciences,  which  with  rare  success  are  united  in  him, 
Geology,  namely,  and  Anatomy ;  as  is  shown  by  his  numerous 
and  highly  praised  writings,  which  are  particularly  remarkable 
for  the  clear  ideas  and  correct  judgment  which  distinguish  him 
aboye  others.  Nor  can  I  leave  Pisa  without  praising  ite  long 
established  Oiomale  de'  Letterati,  which  now,  under  a  change 
of  title,  has  become  more  dedicated  to  natural  science,  and 
in  which  we  have  lately  perused  an  interesting  Memoir  by 
Fecchioli  on  the  Arvicoke.  Sienna,  renowned  in  Italian 
history,  and  even  the  commercial  Leghorn,  are  provided  with 
scientific  establishments  and  with  academies,  with  which  the 
ever  smiling  Tuscany  continually  adorns  herself. 

It  would  be  carrying  flowers  to  the  garden,  were  I  to  speak 
diffusely  of  this  city  of  Florence,  which  now  receives  us  with 
so  much  affection,  generosity,  and  splendour,  for  you  your- 
selves, with  what  I  may  call  your  judicmm  attbtile  videndis 
artibus^  have  been  better  able  than  myself  to  judge  of  the 
happy  condition  in  which,  amidst  every  other  science,  that  of 
natural  history  luxuriates  and  fructifies  abundantly ;  for  which 
I  should  give  renewed  praise  to  the  illustrious  sovereign,  were 
I  not  sure,  that  whatever  fell  from  my  lips  would  be  inadequate 
to  his  deserts.    I  feel,  however,  that  I  should  be  justly  blamed, 
if  I  omitted  to  say,  that  Leopold  II.,  devoted  as  he  is  to  the 
true  progress  of  the  highest  studies,  spares  no  anxiety  to 
invite,  and  liberally  entertain,  the  most  eminent  men  of  our 
common  country ;  for  he  most  wisely  considers,  that  the  inte- 
rests of  municipal  protection  are  never  to  be  preferred  to  the 
cause  of  truth  and  to  the  glory  of  the  state.    Tou  have  before 
you  sufficient  proof  of  the  warmth  of  his  zeal,  not  only  for 
the  details  of  science,  but  for  those  external  matters  which 
serve  to  embellish  her.     On  the  present  occasion,  he  has 
spared  no  care  to  provide  for  the  ornamental  and  scientific 
arrangement  of  the  extensive  museum  in  which  we  are  now 
assembled.     For  this,  a  deserved  tribute  of  praise  must  be 
given  to  the  learned  and  modest  director,  Cav.  Vincenzio 
Antinori,  ably  seconded  by  the  active  curator,  Signer  Brus- 
42 


IN  EUROPE — ^ITALY.  43 

coli,  and  by  Professors  Mazzi,  Nesti,  and  especially  Dr.  Carlo 
Passerini,  whose  accuracy  in  matters  of  science,  is  matched 
by  that  strictness  of  moral  character  in  every  social  relation 
which  we  so  rarely  meet  with. 

Ton  have  seen  with  what  liberality  they  haye  adorned  with 
new  and  varied  improvements  this  Botanic  Garden,  which  by 
the  active  care  of  the  excellent  family  of  Targioni,  has  arrived 
at  such  perfection,  and  may  rival  any  other  in  the  abundance 
of  species,  through  the  assiduity  of  the  agriculturist.  Signer 
Baroni,  who  is  so  eminent  for  his  theoretical  and  practical 
knowledge  of  Phytology.  Thus  to  renew  the  vigour  of  scien- 
tific establishments,  on  occasion  of  these  meetings,  is  certainly 
not  the  least  of  the  infinite  benefits  arising  from  the  insti- 
tution of  Congresses. 

And  from  this  third  Italian  meeting,  which  we  are  about 
to  conclude  in  these  revered  and  hospitable  walls, — a  meeting 
which,  from  the  number  and  eminence  of  the  visitors,  has 
exceeded  its  predecessors  in  a  flattering  degree, — while  we 
derive  an  ever  increasing  hope  of  the  rapid  advancement  of 
our  institution,  we  have  also  a  fresh  evidence,  that  to  what- 
ever honourable  enterprise  the  Italians  are  summoned,  they 
respond  to  the  call,  as  they  have  always  responded,  when 
Patriotism  attracts,  unites,  and  warms  them. 


43 


REPORTS 


ON  THE 


PROGRESS    OF    ZOOLOGY, 


FOR  THE  YEAR  1842. 


TRANSLATED     FROM    THE     GERMAN, 


BT 


W.  B.  MACDONALD,  B.A. 

OF  &AMMB&SCALE8. 


MAMMALIA. 


BY 


PBOFESS08  ANDB.  WAGNER  OF  MUNICH. 


The  difficiiky  of  ftregfintuig  a  BUA(»not  review  «f  the  variottB 
works,  in  tim  depai1i»ettt  of  Sdence,  is  every  year  kicreasisg. 

Norl^  Afiserica,  and  the  raet  colonial  enfxtre  of  EBgland, 
are  daily  aaftiiming  a  more  actiYe  pwrtioipatiiin  ta  sdentiSe 
reeearch,  asd  the  mutiial  ^Mfficulty  we  exix^ienee  of  becomiiig 
eofl^ltttely  cowrer^iit  wkfa  tbe  laboans  t)f  each  otber,  in- 
croases  the  kboar  of  UBiting,  in  one  icaitegory,  their  puhlished 
works  with  our  0mm*  This  difficulty  heooines  nnidi  greater, 
aanouatii^  sometbaes  eyeu  to  imi^ssibility,  becaiise  the  ezira- 
Earqpeaii  natiiralists  do  aot  always  employ  <oiir  Tcminology, 
though  well  adapted  for  a^eeiarate  definition.  A  ihoroiu^ 
ao^aintanee  with  ''  lll^er^$  Prodrome  Syatematis  Mam- 
moAmm.  ^  Jjumn  -addiUfi  iermmis  ZooffrapkiciSi^  would  be 
a  great  reeonunendation  to  ik&m. 

Ef^n  within  the  pronnoe  of  onr  own  adentifie  tmlture,  the 
diffienlties  are  i&iareased,  of  making  onrselyes  master  of  zoo- 
logical literature  in  its  whole  extent.  The  different  ^alects 
of  the  great  empire  in  whioh  the  Teutonic  tongue  prevaik,  are 

*  For  example,  we  have  not  yet  succeeded  in  procuring,  from  Eng- 
land, after  repeated  attempts,  1^  Calcutta  Journal  of  Natural  History ; 
so  that  a  notice  of  that  work  must  be  deferred  till  aext  Eeport. 

47 


4  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII: 

striying  with  more  and  more  energy  to  obtain  an  equal  influence 
with  those  languages,  which  hare  hitherto  held  uniyersal  sway, 
both  in  the  ordinary  intercourse  of  life  and  in  the  scientific 
world;  and  although  these  national  attempts  in  themselres 
may  not  inyite  us  to  much  exertion  in  mastering  them,  yet,  on 
the  other  hand,  it  is  not  to  be  denied,  that  they  produce  such 
important  scientific  labours,  that  he  who  would  giye  a  view  of 
what  has  been  done  in  Zoology  could  not  omit  noticing  them, 
without  leaying  many  gaps  and  errors  in  his  sketch. 

No  one  has  suffered  more  from  this  difficulty  than  Lesson 
did,  last  year,  in  his  "  Nouveau  Tableau  du  Rlgne  Animal; 
Mammiflres^  Paris,  1842,  8yo.  This  Tableau  was  designed 
to  be  a  Catalogue  of  all  the  hitherto  published  species  of 
Mammalia,  and  a  similar  one  was  promised  on  the  Birds, 
Reptiles,  MoUusca,  and  Zoophytes,  the  materials  for  which 
had  been  already  collected.  The  former  might  haye  been 
looked  upon  as  tolerably  complete,  if  therological  literature 
had  been  exhausted  in  French  and  English  works ;  but  as, 
besides  these,  there  also  exists  a  German,  Dutch,  Swedish, 
Danish,  and  American  literature  in  Zoology, — the  omission  of 
so^  extensiye  a  field,  in  the  Tableau  of  Lesson,  forms  one 
of  the  principal  obstacles  to  its  completeness.  The  continu- 
ation of  Schreber*s  Natural  History  of  the  Mammalia,  since 
1834 ;  ihe  treatises  of  Dutch  zoologists  on  the  Mammalia  of 
the  Indian  Archipelago ;  whateyer  has  been  done  for  t|tis  class 
in  Wiegmann's  Archiyes,  and  by  Nilsson,  Brandt,  andl  others, 
haye  all  been  entirely  oyerlooked  in  this  Tableau  as  if  they 
had  no  existence.  To  these  serious  faults  many  others  are  to 
be  added.  First,  there  are  great  critical  defects,  and  true 
and  doubtful  species,  without  selection,  are  arranged  together 
in  progressiye  numbers.  Moreoyer,  whereyer  Lesjio^  has  de- 
parted from  the  systematic  arrangement  of  Guyier,  he  gropes 
about  in  the  dark.  For  example,  he  places  in  one  family, 
Ascomys  with  CricetuSj  Gerbillus  with  DipuSj  Hydromya 
with  Castor,  Hapalotia  with  Eriomys,  &c.,  eyidently  showing, 
that  he  is  ignorant  of  their  anatomical  relations.  Finally, 
we  could  not  bring  into  use  his  new  nomenclature  of  families, 
and  partly  of  genera,  without  blushing  for  such  a  tyro  in  the 


MAMMALIA.  p 

ancient  languages;  M<i8t<mqnadelphie^  Hydromastologie^ 
Dipodineai^  HippopotamisidecBj  Rhinoeerosidece^  Stmdea^ 
Bov€8idecp,  Echymipera^  MysateUsy  MicoureuSy  &c,,.are  some 
of  the  numerous  newly  inyented  names,  with  which  Lesson  has 
the  hardihood  to  display  to  the  world  his  ignorance  of  the 
ancient  tongues. 

During  the  course  of  last  year,  the  third  division  of  th^ 
supplementary  yolume  of  Schreber's  Mammalia,  continued  by 
A.  Wagner,  has  been  completed.  The  printing  of  this  volume 
is  just  finished,  but  it  will  be  still  some  time  before  it  can  be 
published.  Of  the  Rodentia^  the  families  Pedimana,  Sciurina^ 
Myoanna^  Maeropoday  Ghinchillina,  Paammoryctinay  Cuni- 
cularia,  and  Murina^  are  fully  described  in  it.  The  fourth 
division  of  the  supplementary  volume,  which  will  soon  appear, 
will  contain  the  Terrestrial  Mammalia. 

The  thirteenth  volume  of  the  Mammalia,  in  the  Naturalist's 
Library,  by  Jardine,  has  been  announced.  It  contains  Col.  C. 
H.  Smith's  Introduction  to  the  Mammalia,  but  it  has  not  yet 
tome  to  hand.  The  twelfth  volume,  containing  the  Equidce^ 
inerely  ipentioned  in  the  former  report,  will  this  time  be  dis- 
cussed in  its  proper  place. 

The  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Mammifdres,  by  CFeofiroy  and 
Fr.  Cuvier,  the  latter  numbers  of  which  have  not  yet  been 
obtained,  has' terminated  with  the  seventy-second. 

Martip's  Natural  History  of  Quadrupeds  has,  unfortunately, 
since  the  third  number,  ceased  to  appear,  in  consequence  of 
the  bookseller's  embarassments. 

The  Breeds  of  the  Domestic  Animals  of  the  British  Islands, 
described  by  David  Low,  Professor  of  Agriculture  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Edinburgh,  and  illustrated  with  Plates,  from  draw*' 
ings  by  Mr.  W.  Nicholson,  reduced  from  a  series  of  portraits 
from  life,  executed  for  the  Agricultural  Museum  of  the  Uhi- 
tersity  of  Edinburgh  by  Mr.  N.  Shiels.    Lond.  1841-2, 4  vols. 

folio,  price  £16, 16s. 

The  first  volume  contains  the  Horse ;  the  second  the  Bull ;  the  third 
the  Sheep  and  Gout ;  the  fourth  the  Hog.  These  are  the  most  sump- 
tuous drawings  of  the  domestic  animals  which  have  yet  appeared.    By 

49  D 


6  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

the  aii  of  these  beautifully  drawn  and  faithM  portraitf ,  one  eaa  malj 
foim  a  dear  idea  of  the  different  English  xaoes  of  these 


Verzeichmss  der  in  dem  Museum  der  Senckenberg.  naturf. 
Oeaellschait  aufgestellten  Sammlungen,  1st  Abtheil:  Saiig- 
thkre  und  deren  Skelete.    Frankf.  1842. 

This  Gktalogue,  prepared  by  Dr,  Rdppell,  is  a  Toucher  for  those  who 
cannot  personaJlj  visit  the  Smckenberg  Museum,  that  this  magnificent 
institution  can  show  one  of  the  most  remarkable  ooUections  of  the  Mam> 
maUa,  both  in  stuffed  spedmens,  as  well  as  in  skeletons  and  skulls.  It  ia 
already  known,  that  a  great  portion  of  this  oolleotion  has  been  Iffought 
together  by  Riippell's  unwearying  actiTity. 

It  is  much  to  be  desired,  that  an  index  to  the  contents  of  all  such 
great  collections  should  be  from  time  to  time  published. 

We  are  also  indebted  to  the  same  author  for  two  excellent  Treatises 
on  Theorology,  in  the  third  yolume  of  the  Museum  Senkenbergianum. 
The  first  is  on  Mammalia,  of  the  order  Bodentia,  obserred  in  the  nortih'- 
east  of  Africa ;  and  the  second  is  a  description  of  seyeral  New  Mam- 
malia, to  be  found  in  the  Zoological  Cdlection  of  the  Natural  History 
Society  of  Senckenberg.  These  two  treatises  will  be  more  particularly 
in  the  division  of  this  Report  appropriated  to  species. 


Descriptions  of  some  New  Gtenera,  and  fifty  unrecorded 
Species  of  Mammalia.  By  J.  £.  Gray.  (Ann.  and  Mag.  of 
Kat.  Hist.  X.  p.  255). 

A  fiiir  number  of  new  species  are  here  made  known  to  us,  but  unfor- 
innately  in  a  yery  incomplete  manner,  frequently  without  mention  of  size, 
seldom  with  a  comparison  of  them  with  known  species,  so  that,  in  many 
eases,  without  specimens,  it  is  impossible  to  make  them  out.  Meanwhile, 
we  shall  only  mention  the  names  of  Gray's  new  genera,  which  are  as  fol- 
lows : — Stumira,  Noctulinia,  Trilatitus,  Eeriyoula,  Myotis,  Murina,  Har- 
piocephalus,  Centurio,  Osmetectis,  Nesokia,  Vandeleuria.  Although 
these  names  are  not  so  uncouth  as  those  of  Lesson,  yet  the  most  of  them 
are  sufficiently  barbarous  to  debar  their  entrance  into  the  system.  Why 
should  the  rules  of  Linnaeus,  for  nomenclatare,  which  are  to  be  found  in 
his  PhUotophia  Botanica,  and  repeated  by  Bliger  in  his  ProdronmSf  not 
be  generally  recognised  in  England  and  France?  This  should  be  the 
express  condition  under  which  any  new  names  ought  to  be  receiyed. 
Luckily,  in  the  present  case,  most  of  the  genera  are  of  one  character,  so 
that  they  may  be  cashiered  at  the  same  time  with  their  uncouth  names. 

Of  the  more  general  works  on  the  internal  structure  of  the 
Mammalia,  the  foUoTving  may  be  mentioned : — 
50 


MAMMALIA. 


Osteographie,  &c.    Par  M.  Ducrotay  de  Blainyille.    Parig. 

Sirice  1840. 

The  tenth  and  eleventh  are  now  added  to  the  nine  earlier  numbers, 
tiie  dmakois  oompriaing  Muttela  and  Vivemra, 


Todd's  Cyclopaedia  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology.     Lond. 

Since  1839. 

Seven  numbers  of  the  third  volume,  parts  19-25,  have  appeared. 
Among  the  articles  of  its  more  general  contents,  may  be  here  particukrly 
mentioned — Mammalia  by  Owen,  and  Mammary  Glands  by  S.  Solly. 

Neue  IJntersuchungen  aus  dem  Gebiete  der  Anatomie  nnd 
Fhysiologie.    Yon  F.  J.  C.  Mayer.    Bonn,  1842. 

*  The  Essays  pertaining  to  our  Beport,  are, — ^1.  The  Bwtkl  PhoAryngea 
of  the  Mammalia :  2.  The  Anatomy  of  the  Ma/rtwjpiaUa  :  8.  A  Feeuliar 
Organ  m  the  Tongue  of  Man  and  the  Mammalia;  4.  A  peouliaJCify  in 
the  Structure  of  the  Tongue  of  the  Armadillo.  Nob.  2  and  4,  will  after- 
wardi  be  more  particularly  mentioned. 

Nasmyth  has  laid  before  the  Paris  Academy,  an  Essay  on 
the  Macroscopic  Formation  of  the  Teeth  (Gompt.  Bend.  xy. 
p.  678) ;  on  which  Dntrochet,  Flonrens,  and  Serres,  have  given 
in  a  report.    (Ibid.  p.  1055). 

The  authors  of  this  report  agree  with  Nasmyth,  that  the  (cartila- 
ginous) fundamental  substance  of  the  ivory,  and  the  enamel  of  the  teeth, 
is  composed  of  oeUs ;  on  the  other  hand,  they  differ  firom  him  with  regard 
to  the  tubes,  said  to  bear  calcareous  matter  in  the  substance  of  tiie  ivory, 
and  which  he  considers  as  fibres,  while  they  have  convinced  themselves 
of  the  correctness  of  previous  observations.  On  the  external  surfiice  of 
the  enamel,  Nasmyth  observed  a  tender  cuticle,  which  the  reporters  also 
discovered  and  rec(^gnised  as  a  cellular  formation.  This  is,  perhaps,  the 
same  membrane  which  Erdl  described  in  the  Munich  Gel.  Anz.  X7. 
p.  771,  as  the  commencement  of  caries. 

Traits  pratique  et  theoriqne  d^ Anatomie  Comparatiye  com- 
prenant  I'art  de  diss^quer  les  animaux  de  toutes  les  classes  et 
les  moyens  de  conserver  les  pieces  anatomiques.  Par  H. 
Strans-Dnrklieim.    Paris,  1842,  2  toIs. 

The  animal  stmeture  is  not  merely  deeoribed  in  this  book,  in  a  dear 
and  comprehensive  style,  but  the  manner  in  which  prepaxafckms  can  best 
be  made  and  most  durably  preserved  is  also  pointed  «ut.    In  tiie  latter 

51 


8  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

lefpeot,  it  may  be  ocmsolted  with  advantage  by  the  cniators  of  xoologi- 
cal  ooUections.  The  dassifieation  of  the  animal  Idngdom  is  oopional^ 
treated  of  in  the  introduction. 

o 

Arsberatielser  om  nyare  Zoologiska  Arbeten  och  Upptack- 
ter,  till  E.  Yetenskaps-Academien  afgifnefor  aren  1837-1840. 

Af.  C.  J.  Sundewall.     Stockh.  1841. 

This  arriyed  too  late  for  review  in  my  last  year's  report ;  bnt  I  agree 
completely  with  the  judgment  of  the  editor  of  our  Archives  upon  this 
solid  work,  and  which  he  has  appended  in  a  note  to  my  report.  I  am 
surprised,  however,  that  my  continuations  of  Schreber's  Mammalia  seem 
only  known  to  the  author,  £:om  a  notice  of  them  in  the  Isis  and  in  the 
Archives.  It  is  a  great  pity,  that  the  language  in  which  this  excellent 
review  is  written,  should  be  a  hindrance  to  its  general  circulation. 

Osserrazioiii  sullo  stato  della  Zoologia  in  Europa,  in  qoanto 

ai  Yertebrati  nell*  anno  1840-1841,  lette  li  27  Settembre, 

1841,  alia  terza  riunione  degli  Scienziati  Italiani  da  C.  L: 

Principe  Bonaparte.    Firenza,  1842. 

An  excellently  written  review,  and  very  complete,  eo  far  as  Italy, 
France,  and  England,  are  concerned,  of  the  works  which  have  appeared 
on  Vertebrated  Animals  during  the  year  1840-41.  German  contributions 
are  less  noticed  and  known.  A  Pterologia,  for  example,  is  composed 
fit)m  the  Pterylogrojpia  of  Nitzsch.  According  to  the  Prince,  the  Acts 
of  the  NatvrcB  Ctmosorv/m  are  quoted  as  "  gli  Scritti  dei  vari  Profe&- 
dori  di  Bovm,**  a  misconception,  probably  aiising  from  the  Acta  Natwrm 
Cwrioiorwin  being  published  at  Bonn.  A  compliment  is  paid  to  Southern 
Germany,  that  it  sees  new  works  daily  appearing ;  but  then  follows  this 
dubious  addition,  that  these  works  are  of  less  importance  since  the  death 
of  Spix,  Wagler,  and  Michaelles.  The  Mammalia  of  Schreibers  (t.  e. 
Schreber)  is  also  praised.  A  work  upon  European  Birds,  besides  the  great 
one  at  Darmstadt,  he  proceeds  to  mention,  as  published  by  Susemilh 
(t.  e.  Susemihl) ;  another  by  Berge,  on  the  Propagation  of  Birds ;  some 
zoological  articles  which  have  a^^peared  in  the  Journal  of  Dr,  Eohatsch ; 
and  that  Dr.  Tiedemann  still  continues  busy,  weighing,  measuring,  and 
dissecting  various  brains.  These  the  author  supposes  to  be  the  con- 
tributions of  Southern  Germany.  Of  Holland,  he  speaks  with  praise, 
that  natural  historians  are  more  abundant  there  than  formerly ;  and  it  is 
leather  curious,  that  neither  Yrolik,  nor  Schroder  van  der  Eolk,  nor 
S.  Miiller,  although  the  principal  contributors  of  treatises  on  that  subject, 
nor  Van  der  Hoeven,  although  editor  of  a  periodical  on  Natural  History, 
are  mentioned  at  all,  probably  because  their  works  are  written  in  "  qvxl 
idioma  pbco  o  nulla  familiare  all'  universale."    Temminck's  Monograpih 

52 


MAMMALIA.  9 

oir  Ve^pertiUones  is  strictly  criticised,  so  &r  as  ooncems  the  European 
species,  and  some  mistakes  wkich  had  slipped  into  it  are  corrected ;  how- 
ever, the  reviewer  has  on  this  occasion  forgotten,  that  these  corrections 
were  already  made  by  Keyserling  and  Blasius^  in  our  Archives,  two  years 
previously.  Notwithstanding  these  little  criticisms,  we  hail  with  plea- 
sure the  continuance  of  this  annual  report,  as  by  its  means  we  become 
more  readily  and  perfectly  aoquiunted  with  Italian  contributions  to  science ; 
and  we  have  only  to  express  a  wish,  that  the  celebrated  author  may  fill  up 
omissions,  by  the  aid  of  our  Arohives,  which  otherways  might  occur  in 
the  sketch  of  German  literature. 

Amtlicher  Bericht  iiber  die  19te.  Yersammlung  deutscher 
Naturforscher  und  Arzte  zu  Braunschweig  im  September, 
1841.  Von  F.  K.  v  Strombeck  u.  Dr.  Mansfield.  Braunschw. 
1842. 

Mudi  richer  in  ^gard  to  Zoology  than  that  of  last  year,  as  Blasius 
has  given  a  brief  account  of  a  great  portion  of  the  results  of  his  Russian 
Joumej. 

Atti  della  terza  riunione  degli  Scienzati  Italiani  tenuta  in 
Firenze  nel  Settembre,  1841.    Firenz,  1841. 

The  zoological  portion  has  been  briefly  noticed  in  the  Isis;  whence 
it  is  clear,  that  much  that  is  Interesting  had  been  brought  forward. 

No  reports  of  the  Transactions  of  British  and  Scandinavian  Natu^ 
ralists  have  yet  reached  me,  so  that  I  must  here  leave  a  gap.  These 
Societies,  if  they  had  any  anxiety  that  their  Transactions  should  early 
become  known  to  us,  might  lessen  the  trouble  of  editing,  if  they  them- 
selves would  timeously  forward  their  Eeports,  or,  at  least,  send  them 
over  to  the  Academies. 

Yerhandlungen  der  schweizerischen  naturforsch^den  Ge* 
sellschaft  bei  fliren  Versammlungen  zu  Zurich  den  2,  3,  und  4. 
August,  1841.    Ziirich,  1842. 

In  the  introductory  diitoourse  by  Schinz,  some  interesting  statem^ts 
axe  made  of  the  condition  of  Scientific  Institutions  in  Switzerland,  whidi 
furnish,  an  obvious  proof  of  what  great  progress  can  be  made  |n  this 
deipartment,  when  theiwork  is  set  to  with  wiU  and  energy.  In  the  for-» 
mation  of  large  collections,  Geneva,  Neuenburg,  Ziirich^  Basle,  Berne, 
and  Aargau,  have  especially  taken  the  lead.  Lucerne  and  Freiburg  have 
shown  a  preference  for  other  objects. 

Tbe  history  of  the  Fauna  of  individual  countries  has  made 
rapid  advancement  in  the  past  year,  both  by  writings  peculiar 
to  the  subject  and  by  books  of  Travels. 
53 


10  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCLXII : 

H.  Freyer,  Fauna  der  in  Erain  bekannten  Sisiugtliierey 
Vogely  Beptilien  und  Fische ;  nach  Cavier^s  System  geordnet, 
etc.    Laibach,  1842. 

T  haye  not  yet  reoeived  this  Fauns,  althon^  ordered,  owing  most 
probably  to  the  difficulty  of  intercourse  between  the  Leipsic  booksellers 
and  those  of  the  proyindal  towns  of  Austria. 

Landbek's    Beiti^ge    znr   Zoologischen    Geographie,    die 

Saugihiere  Siebenbiirgens.    (Isis,  1842,  p.  176). 

A  rery  grateful  contribution  to  Animal  Geography,  as  we  have 
hitherto  known  almost  nothing  of  the  Fauna  of  l^ebenbnrgen,  althou^ 
the  variety  of  its  physical  relations  led  us  to  expect  much  that  is  remark- 
able with  regard  to  it.  Amongst  those  species  more  deserving  of  notipe, 
I  may  here  quote,  Urms  arctos,  FeUs  lynx,  Ccutot  Jlber,  Aretomyi 
Bdbac  or  Marmotta,  Lepus  va/nabilU,  AntUope  rupicapra.  Copra  ibea, 
almost  extirpated.    In  all,  fifly  species  are  described. 

Faune  Beige,  Ire  Fartie :  indication  M^thodique  des  Mam- 
miferes,  Oiseaux,  Reptiles  et  Foissons  observes  jusqn'ici  en 
Belgiqne,  par  Edm.  de  Selys  Longchamps.    Liege,  1842. 

Besides  eleven  species  of  Domestic  Animals,  the  author  enumerates 
sixty-three  species  of  Mammalia  for  Belgium.  Among  these  he  reckons  the 
Human  as  one,  and  a^r  it  immediately  follows  the  Badger.  That  the 
author  has  felt  the  unfitness  of  such  an  arrangement  is  evident,  from  his 
attempting  a  sort  of  apology  for  it.  310  species  of  Birds  are  mentioned 
as  being  found  in  Belgium. 

As  the  making  out  of  these  Faunas  rests  upon  numerous  personal 
observations,  this  work  may  be  regarded  as  a  highly  valuable  contri- 
bution to  the  knowledge  of  European  species  and  their  geographical 
distribution. 

Bonaparte,  Iconografia  delia  Fanna  Italica.  Tom.  1.  Mam- 
miferi  et  Uccelli.    Boma,  1832-41. 

Th0  conclusion  of  this  beautiftd  work  has  now  reached  us.  Of  the 
ninety  species  of  Mammalia  which  the  author  ascribes  to  Italy,  fixHy-foor 
are  here  represented;  and  of  390  species  of  Birds,  tidrfy-five.  This 
Iconografia  is  the  most  important  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
remarkable  Fauna  of  iJie  basin  of  the  Mediterranean ;  and  the  Prince 
has  gained  not  less  merit  by  its  publication,  than  he  did  by  that  of  the 
North  American  Fauna. 

Travels  in  Kashmir,  Ladak,  Iscardo,  the  countries  adjoimng 
the  Mountain  Course  of  the  Indus,  and  the  Himalaya  north  of 
the  Panjab,  by  G.  T.  Vigne.    In  2  rols.    Lond.  1842. 
54 


MAMMALIA.  11 

>  These  traveli  may  be  regaxded^  in  some  meaMre,  as  the  oonlinuatioii 
of  a  work  written  two  years  before, — "  A  Personal  NarratiTe  of  a  Visit 
to  Ghnzni,  Kabul,  and  AffgHanistan.**  The  author  is  the  first  European 
who  has  penetrated  to  Iscardo,  the  metropolis  of  Lesser  Tibet.  With- 
out possessing  a  systematic  knowledge  of  Zoology,  he  has,  as  a  dilettanti 
and  sportsman,  principally  paid  attention  to  the  Game  Animals  of  these 
countries,  and  imparted  much  valuable  ioformation  regarding  thenu 
The  portions  of  wild  sheep  and  goats  brought  back  by  him  were  identi- 
fied by  Blyth. 

Cabool :  being  a  personal  NarratiTe  of  a  Journey  to,  and 
Residence  in  that  City,  in  the  Years  1830,  1837-8,  by  the 
late  Lieut.-Gol.  A.  Bumes.    Lend.  1842. 

The  author,  who  is  well  known  by  his  Journey  to  Buchara,  and  his 
melancholy  death  at  Kabul,  gives,  in  his  description  of  that  place,  a 
short  notice  of  tiie  animals  (p.  162),  which  is  very  jrorthy  of  attention^ 
although  defectiye  in  scientific  distinctians.  The  waterfowl  are  there 
very  numerous,  as  Bumes  says  he  collected  no  less  than  forty-fiye  dif* 
ferent  species  of  Ducks  (meaning  web-footed  lMrds)«  Animals  with  for 
fit  for  use,  are  much  in  request;  of  these,  from  eight  to  tesEL  specaas 
were  found, — amongst  them,  the  Lynx,  "  Cfor-Jnm^**  and  the  "  Mooahf 
Kkoorma  ;"  but  one  of  the  most  prized  is  the  "  DUa  Khaujuk,**.tk  large 
Weasel,  of  greyish  colour,  with  white  on  the  neck.  The  **  Oakigo  criM- 
MccmdcUvbs"  of  Cuvier  (surely  erroneously  identified)  was  also  found 
by  the  author,  as  w^  as  tiie  Huzara  Bat,  a  creature  without  a  tail  (pro- 
bably a  Lagomyi),  Porcupines  and  Hedgehogs  are  there  in  abundance ; 
Marmots  are  also  caught,  but  Hares  are  rare  and  small  With  the  ez* 
ception  of  waterfowl,  there  is  very  little  game,  though  the  Afghans  hunt 
eyeiy  thing  that  has  fur*  Bears  of  a  reddish-brown  hue,  and  Wolyes 
are  seen  in  winter ;  also  the  Bed  Fox  and  the  Common  Fox  (Beymod)^ 
which  is  larger  than  in  India.  The  people  also  talk  much  of  the  ^  Suff 
i  Zb^ee,"  Hill-Hound  of  Huzara»  but  the  author  donbts  if  it  actually  be 
the  Wild  Dog,  as  there  are  neither  woods  nor  jungles.  There  is  also 
andher  animal,  similar  to  our  Badger,  and  called  "  TibbergatnJ*  Some 
pretty  specimens  of  wild  Sheep  and  Goats  were  brought  from  Hindu 
Kusdi;  these  have  been  tolerably  circumstantially  described  by  Dr. 
Lord,  in  Appendix,  No.  V. 

The  Expedition  to  China  is  already  beginning  to  bear  fruits 
in  Natural  History.  Th.  Cantcnr  has  produced  an  Essay, 
**  General  Features  of  Chusan,  with  Remarks  on  the  Flora 
and  Fauna  of  that  Island.''    (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  265)« 

Cunningham  mentions,  as  fiir  back  as  the  year  1701,  that  Chusan 
abounded  in  Cows,  BufiUoes,  Goats,  Stags,  and  Swine.    The  Stags  have 

55 


12  KEPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  M&CCCXLII : 

taow  wholly  dimppeared  with  tlie  wooda,  and  the  orer-peopling  of  the 
idand  hu  done  awaj  witlt  the  large  domestio  auimalH.  The  few  Oxen 
which  were  found  <m  tlie  flist  occupation  of  the  uland  were  merely  med 
for  hiubandiy ;  but  tliere  were  neither  Bufiiiloes  nor  Sheep,  whidi  latter 
(of  a  broad  tailed  spedea)  were  vei;  numerous  in  Chinii.  SeToral  tHiui 
of  the  Manit  psntadactifla  were  seen,  whidi  must  have  been  the  product 
of  the  iilaod.  Two  specimena  (^  the  Cervw  axit  were  bKnig^t  fimn 
Fonnofls. 

SouTenirs  d'un  Voyage  dans  I'lnde  execute  de  1834  & 
1839,  par  M.  Adolphe  Delessert.    Paris,  1843.    8to. 

Thit  work  is  divided  into  a  description  of  his  Travela  and  a  Zoological 
Af^iendiz.  The  flret  aeenu  merely  inteaded  for  the  inibnuation  of  the 
anthor'i  private  friendi,  and  containa  no  scientific  infoimatitm.  His 
longest  stay  was  at  Pondicherry,  whence  he  undertook  many  huntdng 
expeditioDB  to  the  ^il^erriet,  and  made  a  large  collection,  which  «cai- 
taius  no  less  than  1200  apeoimenB  of  Mammalia.  The  Appendix 
stretches  over  all  tho  cliief  dlTiaons  of  Zoology,  and  is  Aimished  wi& 
beautiful  plates,  uz  of  which  belong  to  Therdogy: — Tab.  1.  Bom  fron- 
ta&t :  2.  Canit  prinxmmt :  3.  Sciwut  Dtleuertii :  i,  SkoU  of  Seivrv* 
Delettertii  and  imtigait:  5.  SkoU  of  Sc.  Raffitm:  and  6.  Skull  of 
6c.  cmriventer. 

Verhandelingen  orer  de  14'atuiirl :  geschiedenis,  Ac.  Zoologie. 
No.  7.     Leid :  1842. 

The  seventh  nnmber  C^  this  pnhUcslion  &]ls  to  be  mentioned,  which 
is  accompanied  with  eight  plates, — "  Semnopithecwt  eamatranut,  Bhi- 
tMcero*  sondatf^u*  and  ncmatroniM,  Bot  tovtdaictu,  Cerwt  JS-vAlii;" 
skull  uid  homs  of  "  Cenmt  nuHt,  Rutta  molaceaMis,  Bwa  timoriennt, 
«j>utnui  and  KvhUi;"  of  Birds — "  Svterot  ea»ddix,"  Very  beantiiiil 
and  oorrect  plates,  which  bIidw  that  the  work  is  mfifcing  good  prDf^OBs ; 
•0  tliat  it  would  be  much  to  be  lamented,  if,  as  the  prospectus  holds  out, 
it  should  soon  come  t«  a  cDnclosion,  jost  as  a  commencement  has  been 
made  to  Tejoesent  the  aoologiaal  rdatiooB  of  the  Colonies  of  the  Netlier^ 
lands.  The  very  great  expense  at  which  this  work,  by  distinguished 
naturalists,  has  beeii  be^;un,  m^es  continued  elaboratiou  in  the  same 
scale  oeceBsarj ;  and,  for  tlie  interest  of  science,  we  Itope  that  tlie  en> 

teoed  GoTemment  i^  Holland,  which  encourages  in  the  strongest 
every  scientific  aim,  will  afford  to  this  work,  one  of  the  most  im- 

ant  in  our  department,  the  meana  of  completion.    In  tiiis  way,  they 
erect  such  a  monument  in  the  history  of  the  sdences  as  few  nations 

exhibit. 

^anna  Japonica,  sire  descriptio  animalium,  qun  in  itinere 

Japonicam,  jiissu  et  auBpiciis  snperiorum,  Sx.    Suscepto, 


MAMMALIA.  13 

annis,  1823-30  coUegit,  notis,  obsenrat.  et  admnbrat.  illustravit 
Ph.  Fr.  de  Siebold.    Mammalia  elaborantibus  G.  J.  TemminCk 

et  H.  Scblegel.     Lugd.  Butay.  1842.     Decas.  1. 

This  also  is  one  of  the  most  important  works,  which,  by  the  muni- 
fioenoe  of  the  Qoyermnent  of  Holland,  have  been  contributed  to  science ; 
and,  at  the  same  time,  affords  a  happy  proof  how  scientific  zeal  can  set 
aside  the  barriers  which  Japanese  mistrust  has  opposed  to  the  entrance 
of  European  elements.  In  the  first  Number,  the  following  species  are 
described : — "  IntMLs  tpeciotuSy  tab.  1  and  2.  Pteropvs  dasymaUus,  Pt, 
p9elaphon,  Rhinolophus  nippon,  tab.  3,  fig.  1,  2.  Rh.  comtUuSy  tab.  3, 
fig.  3  and  4.  Veapertilio  moh^mis,  tab.  3,  ^g.  5,  V.  nocPhUa,  V,  hie- 
potis,  V.  macrodactyhfs,  V,  abranvus,  V.  akakomtUiy  Tdlpa  Wogvra, 
itkh.  4,  ^g.  1-5.  Urotrichus  talpoides,  tab.  4,  fig.  6-11.  Sorex  platy- 
cephahbSj  tab.  5,  ^g,  1,**  Besides  these,  there  are  figured : — **  Sorex 
vndicus  and  Kinezvmi,  tab.  5,  fig.  2, 3.  Meles  a/nahuma,  tab.  6.  Mustela 
fMUi  and  mela/mpvs,  tab.  7.  Nycthereutes  v%verrmu$y  tab.  8.  Cijmis 
hodophiloue,  tab.  9.     C,  familiaris  japonicusy  tab.  10." 

In  the  Mus.  Senckenb.  iii.  p.  115,  Dr«  RtLppeU  has  given  a  view  of 
the  geographical  distribution  of  the  Rodentiay  collected  by  him  in  the 
north-east  of  Afiica  and  the  coasts  of  the  Bed  Sea.  Thirty-five  species 
are  enumerated  in  all. 

Two  new  numbers,  the  15th  and  16th,  of  A.  Smith's  Illustrations, 
have  arrived^  It  is  a  pity  this  beautiful  undertaldng  does  not  advance 
quicker. 

The  fourth  number  of  Harris's  Portraits  of  the  Game  and  Wild 
Animals  of  Soulhem  Africa  has  appeared,  with  tab.  19.  RhinoceroB 
dnvuB :  20.  Strepdceros  capends :  21.  QazeUa  albifrons :  22,  Elephas 
ajriccmuB :  2S,  Aegoceros  niger :  24.  Eqtms  fnontcmuB  (E,  zebray  Lin.) 
and  Oreotragvs  mltratrise.  The  plates  rival  those  of  the  former  numbers 
in  beauty  and  splendour. 

Beise  ia  das  innere  Nord  Amerikas  in  den  Jahren,  1832 
bis  18S4.  Von  Maximilian  Prinzen  zu  Wied.  Coblenz,  seit, 
1838. 

This  work  has  now  come  to  a  conclusion,  and  will  take  its  position 
amongst  the  most  important  contributions  to  the  literature  of  travels. 

A  Catalogue  of  the  Mammalia  of  Connecticut,  arranged  ac- 
cording to  their  Natural  Families.  By  J.  H.  Linsley  (Sillim. 
Am.  Joum.  xliii.  No.  2,  p,  345). 

It  is  very  fortunate,  that  individual  Faunas  are  every  day  occupying 
more  attention,  because,  in  this  way,  the  most  certain  materials  are 
brought  together  for  a  General  Animal  Geography.     Linsley  enume* 

57 


14  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCOCXLII : 

ntef  teTOitjr-one  tpedet  for  Oonnectiont,  in  which,  however,  the  usual 
domeitio  aniinklfi,  and  seven  species  of  Whales,  are  induded. 

Bnchanan  has  oontribnted  Terj  eztensiyely  to  the  knowledge  of  North 
American  Mammalia,  in  the  Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Science 
of  Philadelphia,  yiii.  1  (1839) ;  2  (1842),  mention  of  which  will  after- 
wards be  made  in  the  course  of  this  Eeport. 

In  the  Compt.  Rend,  des  Stances  de  TAcadem.  des  Sc.  zr.  p.  10i5, 
Is.  Geofiroy  has  furnished  a  report  on  Castlenau's  Journey  in  Florida, 
from  whioh  much  that  is  valuable  may  be  expected  on  the  Fauna  of  that 
province.  As  the  procuring  of  zoological  literature  is  every  day  becom- 
ing more  expensive,  it  is  much  to  be  desired,  that  if  possible,  pictures  of 
costumes  and  customs,  picturesque  views,  and  figures  of  all  those  species 
of  animals  which  have  already  been  drawn,  were  omitted,  and  merely 
the  new  and  interesting  species  given.  If,  on  the  one  hand,  it  is  to  be 
most  thankfully  acknowledged,  that  the  French  Government,  annually, 
either  directly  contributes  very  considerable  sums  for  editing  costly  works 
(in  the  course  of  the  year  more  than  400,000  francs),  or  subscribe  for 
firom  100  to  150  copies;  yet,  on  the  other  hand,  the  author  is  thus 
tempted  to  publish  lus  work,  in  a  style  which  adds  quite  unnecessarily 
to  the  cost,  and  increases  the  difficulty  of  procuring  it  in  a  foreign 
country. 

Diagnosen  neuer  Arten  Bra^silischer  Saiigthiere.  Yon.  A. 
Wagner  (in  these  Archives,  eighth  year,  1  vol.  p.  366). 

In  conjunction  with  Mr.  J.  Natterer,  I  have  been  engaged  on  the 
Mammalia  of  Brazil,  for  which,  by  his  persevering  energy,  materials 
have  been  brought  together  in  Vienna,  such  as  no  other  collection  can 
exhibit.  It  is  confidently  to  be  hoped,  that  the  Supreme  Austrian 
Government  will  extend  the  same  support  to  this  work  which  other  states 
lend  to  similar  undertakings.  A  beginning  is  here  made  to  the  publish- 
ing of  a  general  Fauna  of  Brazil,  to  which  Austrian  Naturalists  have 
given  preparatory  aid ;  and,  in  the  meanwhile,  I  have  selected  twenty- 
seven  new  species  of  Mammalia,  whose  diagnoses  I  have  made  known* 

Journals  of  two  Expeditions  of  Discovery  in  North-west 
and  Western  Australia,  during  the  years  1837,  38,  and  39. 
By  G.  Gray,  Governor  of  South  Australia.  London  1841, 
2  vols.  8vo. 

A  very  instructive  journey,  made  through  a  portion  of  New  Holland 
hitherto  very  little  or  not  at  all  known.  As  the  author  remarks.  North- 
west Australia  seems  partioularly  rich  in  Birds,  Reptiles,  and  Insects ; 
of  Mammalia  there  are  but  few  speoes,  and  even  these  are  limited  in 
numbers.  During  a  five  months'  residence,  Gray  found  only  four  species 

58 


MAMMALIA.  15 

of  Kangaroos,  namely,^- Halmatwrw  giganteus ;  two  smaller  species, 
of  which  Petrogale  hraehyotU  is  one,  and  a  Kangaroo  Rat.  Also  a  sort 
of  Opawwm^  as  he  calls  it,  or  a  Flying  Marsupial ;  two  species  of  Dogs, 
one  of  which  agrees  with  that  of  Timor;  besides  Rats  and  Mice.  He 
twice  followed  the  track  of  an  animal  with  cleft  hoofs,  whose  size, 
judging  from  the  footsteps,  must  have  exceeded  that  of  the  Buffalo. 
Qraj  mentions  an  unknown  domestic  animal,  which  perhaps  might  have 
been  a  Cow,  escaped  from  some  earlier  expedition.  In  the  appendix  are 
found  contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  geographical  distribution 
of  the  Australian  Mammalia^  with  notices  upon  some  newlj  discovered 
species  (already  mentioned  in  the  Archives,  1842,  p.  339).  Qould  has 
added  a  list  of  Birds,  comprising  182  species. 

A  more  general  index  of  the  contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the 
remains  of  antediluvian  Mammalia  must  be  mentioned  at  a  future 
period. 

Sur  les  GaTemes  et  les  Brdches  §.  Ossements  des  Enyirons 

de  Paxi8.    Par  M.  J.  Desnoyers.  (Compt.  Bend.  xt.  p.  522, 

with  a  note  in  the  "  Annal.  des  Sc.  Geolog.  1842.'') 

Ouvier  had  to  undertake  his  first  labours  on  the  fossil  cavernous  ani- 
mals, chiefly  &om  materials  collected  in  Germany.  A  considerable 
period  elapsed  till  similar  bone  caretna  were  discovered  in  the  South  of 
France ;  and  ten  years  after  the  death  of  that  great  naturalist,  Desnoyert, 
along  with  0.  Prevost,  collected  a  great  many  of  such  remains  in  the 
immediate  neighbourhood  of  Paris.  They  found  them  in  excavations  of 
Gypsuzu  {Qvp$»cMoten)i  of  which  one  at  Montmorency,  a  few  mdtres  in 
width,  alone  contained  more  than  2000  bones  of  more  than  300  indivi^ 
duals,  and  of  about  twenty  species,  generally  of  great  size.  The  list 
enumerates  the  following  genera: — 1.  Shrew-mouse,  two  spedes,  of 
which  one  resembles  the  Sarex  tetrctgonwrus,  the  other  the  8,ffMen% 
(very  abundant) :  2.  Mole,  of  the  common  species  (abundant) :  3-61 
Badger,  Weasel,  Polecat,  Martin,  not  differing  firom  those  of  the  present 
day  (few):  7.  Field-mouse,  of  4-5  species  (most  abundant) 4  6.  Maimot^ 
not  differing  fiom  those  of  the  present  diiy  (pretty  common) :  ?.  8pet* 
incph4lu9f  agreeing  with  Sp.  mpertiUosUs  of  Kaup :  8.  Hare,  bigger  than 
the  common  one :  9.  Lagomys,  two  species  (rather  few) :  10.  Wild  Swine^ 
teeth  (few):  11.  Horse  (abundant):  12.  Reindeer  (antlers  and  bonto): 
13.  Stag,  of  a  small  species.  Along  with  these  remains  of  Manima]i% 
were  found  some  bones  of  l^rds,  very  like  those  of  the  Common  Land 
Rail ;  besides  some  small  BatracTUa  of  Ihe  size  of  a  Frog,  and  seveal 
species  of  Hetix  and  Pupa,  Some  time  afterwards,  to  the  south  of  Paris^ 
at  Corbril,  a  cavc(ni  was  discovered  in  sandstone,  containing  bones  of  the 
Elephant,  Rhinooeros,  Hysena,  Cavern-Bear,  Horse,  Ox,  and  an  antlered 
ruminating  animal. 

59 


16  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Sur  des  nouyelles  Cayernes  ^  Ossements  de  TAude.  Far 
M.  Marcel  de  Serres  (Instit.  1842,  p.  388). 

These  cayems  are  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Caicassone  (Aude), 
at  the  little  town  of  Caunes,  in  transition  limestone,  which  furnishes  the 
finest  marble  in  the  South  of  France.  There  has  hitherto  been  disco- 
vered,— 1.  Eqv/us,  most  abundant ;  out  of  some  small  bones,  M.  de  Serres 
might  describe  a  second  smaller  species :  2.  Cervus,  abundant,  of  small 
stature:  3.  Ccupreolust  identified  by  the  teeth:  4.  Antelope,  among 
which  will  be  distinguished  the  Chamois :  5.  C<ipra  cegagrvs,  "  a  species 
easily  distinguished  hy  its  back  teeth"  (?) :  6.  Bos  mtermedius :  7.  Lepvs, 
tolerably  abundant :  8.  UrtfM,  numerous,  but  the  portions  were  not  so 
complete  as  to  render  the  species  recognisable :  9.  Canis,  partly  agreeing 
with  the  Household  Dog,  partly  with  the  Fox :  10.  Hyama  q>elcea,  not 
abundant :  11.  FeUs,  classed  by  the  author,  from  the  remains,  partly 
with  the  F,  leopa/rdus  and  F.  serval.  Among  the  bones  of  Birds  were 
recognised  an  Owl,  Buzzard,  and  Quail. 

Lund  has  imparted  the  newest  discoyeries  of  his  continued 
inyestigation  into  the  Brazilian  Cayems,  containing  the  bones 
of  buried  antediluyian  Mammalia. 

These  are  to  be  £ound  in  a  treatise,  dated  Logoa  Santa,  30th 
January,  1841,  which  is  epitomized  in  the  **  Oversigt  oyer  dot  k.  danske 
Videnskabemes  Selskabs  Forhandlinger  i  Aaret,  1841,  af  Qrsted.  Kid- 
benh.,  1842,  p.  16."  Lund  has  discoyered,  up  to  this  time,  111  species, 
diyided  into  fiffy-four  genera,  whilst  the  liying  Mammalia  of  the  same 
country,  only  amount  to  eighty-nine  species,  belonging  to  forty-nine 
genera.  Among  the  most  important  of  the  newly  discoyered  fossil  spedes 
are, — ^two  species  of  ant-eaters,  yery  like  the  Myrmecophaga  jubata^ 
and  tetradckctyla ;  two  species  of  DouypuSf  WagL,  one  of  which  Is  of 
the  size  of  the  Tatu  tMrimf  the  other  (D.  suJcatus)  somewhat  lugger 
than  D.  pwrhctatus:  a  dwarfish  epecies  o£  Megatherivm,  somewhat  laxgier 
than  the  Tapir  (Megatherium  LamrUlardi) :  a  new  genus  of  the  fiimily 
of  the.  Sloths,  diBtinguished  by  its  large  canine  teeth,  like  those  of  the 
CholcBpus  (Oenotheriwn  gigas);  and,  lastly,  the  Otter,  a  species  not 
hitherto  discoyered  among  antediluyian  remains. 

Among  the  correctiims  of  his  earlier  labours,  the  most  important  is,  in 
r^ard  to  his  former  statement  about  the  occurrence  of  the  Hyisena — 
more  complete  remains  haye  conyinoed  him,  that  they  belong  to  a  genus 
between  the  dog  and  cat ;  he  names  it  SnUlodon,  on  account  of  its  firmly 
compressed  almost  lancet  formed  canine  teeth.  This  animal  was  of  the 
size  of  the  lion,  but  of  a  heayier  structure,  and  its  canine  teeth  exceed,  in 
iize,  those  of  all  hitherto  known  beasts  of  prey. 

Lund  gives  a  yery  ample  description  of  the  Platyonyx.    He  placet 

60 


MAMMALIA.  17 

this  genus  next  the  Sloths,  with  the  reniai4[,  that  it  is  organized  on  the 
plan  both  of  the  MegdUmyx  and  Megatheriwm,  and  that,  on  this  aooount, 
its  place  among  the  Sloths  appears  incorrect,  as  the  primitive  genera 
were  covered  with  a  coat  of  mail.  The  question,  whether  the  human 
bones,  found  with  the  antediluyian  remains  of  animals^  may  be  of  the 
same  age,  Lund  thinks  it  at  present  impossible  to  answer  with  any 
degree  of  certainty. 

Human  Footprints  in  Solid  Limestone.  By  Day.  Dale 
Owen,  M.D.  (Sillim.  Americ.  Joum.  1842^  xliii.  No.  1,  p.  14). 

When  I  recognised  in  the  plate  accompanying  this  paper  footsteps, 
undoubtedly  human,  I  entered  on  the  perusal  of  it  with  caution,  and  the 
more  so,  when  it  appeared  that  the  author  was  also  the  possessor  of  the 
specimen,  for  he,  in  common  with  us  all,  would  naturally  lean  towards  a 
theory  that  gave  additional  yalue  and  interest  to  it.  My  fears  were, 
howeirer,  groundless.  Dr.  Owen  explains  these  footsteps  to  be  the  works 
of  the  idle  Indians,  in  opposition  to  the  opinion  of  Shoolcroft  and  Man- 
tell,  who  had  considered  them  to  be  those  of  the  antediluyians.  Owen's 
explanation  is  doubtless  equally  applicable  to  the  human  steps  on  the 
Zauberberge,  northward  of  Athens-Georgia.  (Inst.  1842,  p.  140).  That 
they  are  not  those  of  man  may  be  confidently  asserted,  when  we  learn 
that  this  limestone  belongs  to  a  formation  older  than  the  coal.  I  am  of 
opinion,  that  in  general,  animal  traces  of  this  kind  in- rocks  will  be  found 
to  have  some  similar  origin  to  those  described  by  Dr.  Owen ;  T)ut  that 
this  is  not  the  case  with  Tespect  to  the  impressions  on  the  sandstone 
slabs  of  Hildbv/rghausen,  I  am  equally  persuaded.  A  personal  inspection 
of  these  slabs,  during  the  last  summer,  has  satisfied  me,  that  the  tracks 
have  been  made  by  an  animal ;  as  truly  as  those  are  in  the  Weilheimer 
Lime-tophtM,  which  I  had  already  discoyered  two  years  previously,  and 
concluded  to  be  made  by  the  impressions  left  &om  the  tread  of  stags« 
From  what  animal  the  Hildbttrghavsen  tracks  have  had  their  origin,  I 
am  at  a  loss  to  say,  for  I  am  not  sure  even  of  its  class ;  but  analogy  may 
lead  us  to  conclude  that  it  was  a  reptile.  Similar  prints  have  lately  been 
found,  in  variegated  sandstone,  at  Aura  on  the  Saul  (Unterfranken)^ 
Rumpf  in  Jahrb.  f.  Min.  1842,  p.  450. 


QUADEUMANA. 

Becherches  d'Anatomie  Compared  sur  le  Ghimpansd,  par 
W.  Vrolik.   Amsterd.  1842.    Folio. 

The  internal  structuie  of  the  Chimpansee  was  first  described  by  Tyson, 
in  the  year  1699,  in  a  masterly  work  for  the  time.    It  was  more  than  » 

61 


18  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDGCCXLII : 

eentury  befbve  any  new  eontribatiani  were  added,  and  though  Owen  hat 
wriiten  on  tU OMeogmphj,  and  Sandilbrton  ila  Myahgy^  jet  enoi^ 
■MMined  to  aAod  ridi  gteaningv  for  Violik  the  younger.  I  will  oulj 
quota  one  portum  of  his  exeellent  work :  The  wrist,  as  in  man,  has  only 
eig^t  little  bones,  idiile  in  all  other  apes,  even  in  the  orang-oatang,  it 
has  nine,  to  which  the  snpemnmersry  many  oomered  hone,  as  Qg  calls 
it,  is  to  he  added.  The  latisdmus  dord  is  the  same  as  in  other  apes, 
and  always  sends  off  a  slip  to  the  olecranon.  The  extensor  of  the  index 
fikiger  is  not  a  separate  musde,  and  therefore  it  cannot  perform  the  act  of 
pointing  out  and  showing.  This  want,  without  doubt,  has  reference  to 
the  less  perfect  state  of  the  intellectual  faculties,  and  the  impossibility  of 
forming  abstract  ideas.  The  reporter  has,  in  his  Monograph  on  Apes, 
pointed  out  this  defect  in  the  same  way.  Vrolik  has  yery  fairly  shown 
the  superiority  of  the  human  hand  over  that  of  the  ape.  The  sac  of  the 
head  of  the  windpipe  is  sometimes  single,  sometimes  double,  and  appears 
to  be  only  a  prolongation  of  the  yentricles  of  the  larynx.  The  vermiform 
appendage  of  the  ctecum  is  separated  from  it  by  a  constriction.  Vrolik 
mentions  a  difference  between  the  brain  of  the  orang-outang  and  the 
human  brain,  which  has  hitherto  been  oyerlooked;  that  the  eorpug 
coManun  in  the  former  is  much  shorter,  and  does  not  quite  reach  to  the 
anterior  corpora  quadrigenUna.  The  internal  structure  is  weU  ex- 
hibited in  seven  plates :  and  there  is  also  a  vignette,  representing  the 
live  Chimpansee  in  London. 

J.  Brooke  asserts,  that  in  Borneo,  according  to  the  report 
of  the  natiyes,  and  his  own  researches,  two  or  three  species 
of  Orang-Outang  are  indigenous.  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  ix. 
p.  54). 

One  species  is,  the  Miaspappcm  (Simla  Wwmhiii  Owen),  with  cheek 
callosities  in  the  male,  as  well  as  in  the  female  and  in  the  young  ones. 
Brooke  killed  a  male,  which  measured  from  head  to  heel,  four  feet.  The 
if ios  hoMar  is  considered  by  the  Malays  and  Dyaks  as  a  different  species, 
without  cheek  callosities  in  both  sexes,  much  smaller  and  weaker ;  hands 
and  feet  proportioned  to  the  body,  not  such  gigantic  extremities  as  in  the 
Pappa/n;  the  countenance  projecting  at  the  under  part,  and  the  eyes 
externally  larger.  Brooke  killed  two  grown  females,  one  with  young, 
and  an  almost  grown  male.  He  supposes  this  Eassar  to  be  Owen's  Simia 
morio:  both  species  inhabit  the  same  woods,  yet  Brooke  did  not  find 
them  together  on  the  same  day.  The  latter  is  most  abundant.  The 
third  species,  Mias  Rambi,  from  the  report  of  the  natives,  must  be  as 
tall  as  the  Pappan,  or  even  taller,  but  not  so  stout,  with  longer  hair, 
smaller  countenance,  and,  in  both  sexes,  wanting  cheek  callosities.  As 
Brooke  sent  five  live  orang-outangs  to  England,  we  may  e^qteet  some 
ftr&er  information  in  regard  to  these  species. 

62 


MAMMALIA — QUADRUMANA.  19 

Is.  Qeofiroy  has  again  distiiiguished  two  species  of  our  orang-outangs ; 
the  Pithecus  9atyinis  of  Borneo  and  Sumatra,  and  another  of  Sumatra, 
wMoh  he  calls  P.  bicolor,  because  the  fur  above,  and  in  the  middle  of  the 
bellj,  is  red ;  while  behind  the  belly,  on  the  sides,  shoulders,  inside  the 
fhi^,  and  around  the  mouth,  it  is  fulvous  white.  The  sockets  of  the 
eyes,  in  the  former,  are  longish  and  oval ;  in  the  latter,  fonr-oomerecl» 
and  scarcely  longer  than  broad.  The  latter  is  the  one  which  lately  was 
alive  in  the  Menagerie  (Compt.  Bend.  xv.  p.  720).  As  the  colour 
and  form  of  the  sockets  are  variable,  this  aew  species  appears  very 
problematicaL 

Snr  les  Singes  de  TAncien  Monde,  specialement  sur  les 
Genres  Gibbon  et  Senmopitheque  par  M.  Is.  Geofiroy.  (Compt. 
Bend.  xv.  p.  746). 

Is..  Qeoffroy  wiU  contribute  a  copious  work  upon  these  genera,  in 
Jiflcquemont's  *'  Voyage  auz  Indes ;"  and  meanwhile,  he  gives  an  extract 
fiom  it : — He  enumerates  ten  species  of  Gibbons, — ^1.  Hylcbates  leitcMcus: 
2.  H.  (igiUs  :  3.  H,  Raffiem :  4.  J7.  albimcmus :  5.  H,  l&ucogenys  ; 
habitat  unknown :  6.  S.  Hooloek :  7*  H,  choromcmdAx^,  not  yet  exactly 
identified:  8.  H.  concolor,  HarL,  a  species  to  which,  as  Is.  Geoffix>y 
■ays,  Dutch  SEoologists  have  incorrectly  Attached  the  fulvous  and  brown 
Gibbons  from  Borneo;  he  does  not,  however,  mention  to  what  these 
properly  belong :  9.  H,  tyndactyhis :  10.  H,  enteUoides,  a  new  species 
of  Ib.  Geoffiroy,  with  this  character :  fur  very  light  fulvous  colour ;  orbit 
of  the  face  white ;  face  and  hands  black ;  cheek  caUosities  small  and 
round ;  second  and  third  toes  united  by  a  piece  of  skin,  fklmost  to  the 
joining  of  the  first  with  the  second  joint :  from  the  Peninsula  of  Malacca. 

Blyth  remarks  in  a  letter  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  61),  that  Lieut. 
Beagin,  from  a  sketch  of  Hyldbates  leucogewys,  recognised  an  animal 
which  he  had  often  met  in  the  Malabar  ghauts,  where  it  lived  in  the 
jungles,  generally  in  groups  of  e^ht  or  ten. 

Of  the  genus  SenmopithecuSf  Is.  Geofiroy  enumerates  fifteen  species, 
besides  one  NasaMs,  He  describes  a  new  species,  8enmopithecu8  dus- 
mmderi: — ^body  greyish-brown;  head,  throat,  sides,  and  under  part  of 
body,  fulvous ;  tail  and  legs  brown,  which,  on  a  great  portion  of  the  tail, 
on  the  fi>re-arms,  and  the  hands  and  feet,  passes  into  red-brown  (roux) ; 
hair  upon  the  head  divergent :  horn  the  Malabar  coast. 

In  the  Ann,  of  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  256,  Gray  adds  a  i^iecies  also  to  the 
dander  apes,  viz.,  IVe^fis  ndbiUs:  bright  rufous,  without  any  streak 
on  the  shoulders.  Habitat,  India.  British  Museum.  This  species  difiers 
fiKnn  the  Simia  TneUdophoB  in  being  darker,  and  not  having  a  black 
aest;  firom  P.  jlavimamAJis  in  being  of  a  nearly  uniform  auburn,  and 
not  yellow,  with  a  blackish  back,  and  in  having  no  black  streak  across 
&e  diouldeor  or  on  the  cheek. 

63 


20  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

In  the  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  503,  Owen  luw  shown  that  the 
stomach,  esDcom,  and  the  rest  of  the  intestinal  canal,  in  the  Coldbng 
urdnuSf  are  of  the  same  nature  as  in  the  Senvnopithecus,  which  was  to 
be  expected  after  Rdppell  had  proved  the  same  thing  in  the  CoMn^ 
guereza ;  cheek  pouches  wanting.  Owen  has  confirmed  the  identity  of 
the  C.  ursmtM  with  polycomos,  as  ebown  by  myself.  The  latter  name  is 
to  be  retained  as  the  original. 

Mr.  Thomson,  Surgeon  pf  the  last  Niger  Expedition,  brought  home  » 
large  arm-shield,  made  from  the  skin  of  Colobvs  guereza.  The  shield 
consists  of  the  greater  part  of  the  back  with  the  white  stripe ;  and  is 
distinguished  from  an  Abyssinian  specimen  in  the  British  Museuni,  by 
the  white  band  being  considerably  broader,  and  not  furnished  with  quite 
such  long  hair.     (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  203). 

For  fixing  the  hitherto  very  uncertain  accounts  of  the  habitat  of  a 
great  portion  of  the  African  Apes,  the  following  notices  of  Fraser,  the 
Naturalist  of  the  last  Niger  Expedition,  are  worthy  of  attention.  (Ann. 
of  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  262).  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Sierra  Leone,  were 
found  Simla  troglodytes,  Colobua  urstnus,  Cercopithecu$  fuUginosm 
(common),  C,  Sahasus,  and  Cynocephalvs  papio.  At  Bassa,  Fraser  saw 
some  skins  of  Cercopithecus  Dicma,  said  to  be  common  there.  At  Cape 
Coast,  Cerccpithecus  petaturista  is  to  be  found,  and  Coldbus  Uucomeros; 
skins  of  the  latter,  as  well  as  of  Cerccpithecus  Diana,  were  extremely 
plentiful  at  Accra. 

Is.  Geoffrey  has,  in  D'Orbign.  Diet.  Univ.  d'Hist.  Nat.  iii.. 

p.  296y  furnished  a  Monograph  on  the  Genus  Cercopithecus. 

After  the  separation  of  the  Mangabeys  (Cercopithecus  fidiginosus  and 
cethiops,  as  ^irell  as  C,  talapoin),  the  author  enumerates  still  twenty  species 
of  Cerccpithecus,  in  which  aU  the  grinders  are  four-sided,  and  have  four 
tubercles.  He  groups  them  in  the  following  way : — A.  Snout  somewhat 
shorter,  body  slender,  disposition  peaceful  and  sofl :  a.  Nose  hairy  and 
white. — 1.  C,  nictitoAhs :  2.  C.  petawrista ;  my  description  of  an  old 
male  is  not  noticed,  although  the  difference  is  considerable.  5.  Sides  and 
'Under  part  of  the  fiice  coyered  with  yery  long  hairs :  3,  C  pogonias, 
c.  Tail  lively  red :  4.  C.cephus:  5.  C.  erythrotis,  d.  Tail  of  different 
(solours,  but  dull ;  above  the  eyes  no  white  bands :  6.  C,  labiatus,  a  new 
species  of  Is.  Geoffrey  which,  by  the  colour  of  the  upper  side  and  dispo^ 
sition  of  the  dieek  hair,  is  very  similar  to  the  C  nictita/as,  but  is  different 
in  the  colour  of  the  under  side  and  tail ;  the  former  is  dirty  white ;  the 
latter  is,  in  a  great  extent,  dirty  fulvous  beneath,  and  red  and  black 
speckled  nbove ;  the  rest  black :  habitat  unknown :  7.  C,  CampbeUi : 
8.  C,  Martini :  9.  C.  Temjninchii ;  douhtful :  10.  C,  monoides,  a  new 
species  of  Is.  Geofiroy,  like  the  Mona,  but  of  a  different  colour  on  the 
under  part  of  the  body,  which,  in  the  C,  monddes,  is  greyish :  habitat 

64 


3IAMMALIA— ^UADRUMANA.  21 

Bnknown.  €.  Like  d,,  but  with  white  bands  above  the  ejes :  11.  C,  mana  : 
12.  C,  rolowa/y ;  which  Is.  Qeoffiroy  sepaxates  from  the  Diana,  because 
the  back  is  deep  dark  brown,  almost  black  (in  the  Diana,  brown); 
farther,  the  belly  is  white  in  the  living  animal,  bordering  on  orange  (in 
the  Diana,  blackish) ;  and  the  inner  side  of  the  thighs  is  of  the  same 
colour  (in  the  Diana,  rust-coloured):  thus,  Bennett's  C.  dicma  should 
be  placed  with  the  Roloway :   13.  C,  diana,  founded  on  the  species  of 
Linnaeus  and  Schreber:   li.  C  leucampyx,;   in  order  to  distinguish 
this  species  from  both  the  preceding,  it  is  to  be  remarked,  that  the  white 
hue  upon  the  under  side,  in  the  C.  roloway^  comprises  throat,  breast, 
and  belly ;  in  the  O.  duina,  throat  and  breast  only ;  and  in  the  C,  leu- 
e<MnpyXy  merely  the  chin;  the  latter  species  also  has  no  beard,  and  the 
outlines  of  the  forehead  are  much  larger. — B,  Snout  somewhat  longer, 
body  less  slender,  disposition  petulant  and  irritable,  fur  greenish-grey 
or  green :  15.  O.  Lakmdii,  Is.  Geoff.  (C.  pusilhM,  Desmoul),  is  distin- 
guished by  Is.  Geoffrey  from  the  C  ptfgerythrus,  because  in  it  the  fur 
is  not  properly  green,  not  even  on  l^e  'back  or  head,  but  only  grey, 
slightly  or  scarcely  at  all  sprinkled  with  a  green  or  olive  hue :  from  the 
Cape,  especially  from  Cafferland ;  common :    16.  O.  pygerytJvms  ;  like 
the  preceding,  but  head,  back,  shoulders,  sides,  and  upper  side  of  the 
tail  yeUowish-green,  sprinkled  with  black ;  differing  from  the  following 
species  (equally  with  the  preceding)  by  the  colour  of  the  hinder  parts, 
the  hands,  and  the  blade  chin:   habitat  unknown,  though  Fr.  Cuvier, 
from  confounding  it  with  the  former  one,  gives  the  Cape :  17.  C,  cyno- 
iuroSf  to  which  the  author  joins  the  C.  tephrops :  18.  C,  griseo-viridia : 
19.  C.  Sahasus :  20.  C.  tantalus  ;  yet  very  uncertain :  21.  C,  rufo-viri- 
dis;   also  first  characterized  by  Is.  Geoffroy;   head  superiorly  olive- 
green  ;  back  greenish-red ;  sides  pure  red ;  shoulders  and  thighs  green- 
ish-grey ;  the  rest  of  the  upper  parts  grey ;  under  parts  white :  habitat 
unknown,    g.  Fur  red.    22.  C,  ruber ,  from  Senegal :   23.  O.  pyrrhono- 
#tM,  from  Nubia.    Is.  Geoffrey  separates  both,  as  specifically  distinct, 
while  I,  in  my  monograph  (with  which  the  author  is  not  acquainted), 
have  given  them  as  two  varieties  of  the  same  species.    I  believe  now, 
on  account  of  their  different  habitats,  it  would  be  better  to  hold  them 
as  separate.    It  is  not  the  case,  however,  t^t  in  the  C,  pyrrhonotus,  as 
Geoffrey  says,  the  outside  of  the  under  part  of  the  limbs  is  red,  and  grey 
in  the  O,  ruber ;  the  reverse  is  exactly  the  case  (vide  my  Monograph). 
On  the  C.  ^MgulariSf  the  author  has  no  information. 

Some  farther  inftrrmatifirn  on  the  Cercopithecua  erythrotis-aiSid  Martini 
has  been  given  by  Mr.  Waterhouse  in  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist  iz.  p.  147. 

J.  E.  Gray  describes  (Ann.  x.  p.  256),  a  Cercopithecus  Burnettii; — 

greyish-bliusk;  head,  nedc,  and  upper  part  of  the  back  yellow  dotted; 

tiixoat,  cheek,  abdomen,  and  inside  of  leg}B  greyish-white ;  hair  of  the 

cheeks  attd  fixrehead  yellow,  with  a  small  black  tuft  over  each  eye ;  hairs 

65  E 


22  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

long,  pale  at  the  base,  then  grejiflh-black ;  those  of  the  Head,  neek,^  bael:^ 
and  root  of  the  tail,  with  two  or  three  broad  jellow-brown  subtermiixal 
bands ;  body  19'' ;  end  of  tail  mutilated :  from  Fernando  Po^ 

Is.  Geofiroy  separates  from  Cereopittiecus  a  peculiar  genus^ 
MiOPiTHECUS  (jutm,  minor). 

.  He  glres,  as  its  chief  characteristics,  in  D'Orb.  Diet.  iiL  p.  308,— SknH 
raised  higher  aboye  the  eye-sockets ;  partition  of  the  nose  pretty  broad ; 
nasal  fossae  opened  downwards  and  sidewards;  last  grinders  less  than 
the  anterior  ones;  in  the  under  jaw,  onfy  with  three  Imobs,  two  anterior, 
and  one  posterior ;  similar  arrangement  in  the  upper  jaw ;  siie  much 
inferior  to  that  of  the  other  apes  of  the  Old  World.  The  genus  is 
founded  upon  the  Simia  talapoin.  As  a  seecmd  species.  Is.  Qeof&oy 
adds  to  it  a  Miopithecus  capillatus,  very  like  to  the  first,  but  somewhat 
bigger ;  colour  reddish  with  a  dash  of  oliye,  not  green ;  the  back-hair, 
in  its  under  half,  black,  not  grey ;  also  wants  the  tui%6  of  yellow  side- 
ways inclined  hair,  which  the  Talapoin  has  on  the  cheeks.  As  the  skull 
and  teeth  of  the  new  species  are  not  known,  there  remains  an  uncer- 
tainty whether  it  properly  belongs  to  this  genus. 

The  Inuvs  speeioevs  has  been  fully  described  by  Temminck 

m  the  Faun.  Jap.  Mam.  p.  9. 

It  agrees  most  nearly  with  the  J.  ecaudatus,  but  is  }th  less.  This  is 
the  only  species  of  ape  in  the  Japanese  islands,  and  not  in  all  localities. 
It  is  pretty  common  in  the  island  Sikok,  and  in  the  province  of  Aki 
(island  Nippon) ;  in  that  of  Kiusiu,  the  southernmost  of  this  group ;  it 
is  found  in  the  mountains  of  Figo ;  its  geographical  distribution  will, 
on  this  account,  be  bounded  by  35°  north  latitude.  It  lives  in  herds, 
and  is  as  docile  as  the  /.  eccmdatus. 

American  Monkeys. — ^The  reporter  has  already  giyen  the 
diagnoses  of  four  new  Brazilian  species  in  these  Archiyes 
(8  Jahrg.  1  Bd.  p.  357). 

J.  E.  Gray  has  mentioned  some  species  in  the  Ann.  Nat. 
Hist.  X.  p.  266,  yiz. : — 

EriodeB  fironfatus ;  no  thumb  <m  the  hand ;  reddish-brown,  yellowish- 
brown  beneath ;  forehead,  elbows,  knees,  and  the  upper  side  of  the  arms 
and  of  the  four  hands,  black.  Young  like  the  adidt,  but  with  long 
white  hairs  on  th&  cheeks,  and  amongst  the  black  hair  on  the  forehead : 
habitat.  South  America.  Captain  Belcherr  British  Museum.  Appears 
to  be  a  good  species.  On  the  contrary,  Gray's  Pithecia  pogonias  is 
nothing  more  than  a  young  male  or  female  of  Pithecia  Imeoeephalaf 
which  figures  in  the  System  abeady,  under  six  different  names  at  least; 

66 


MAMMALIA — QUADRUMANA.  ,         23. 

Gray  lias  correctly  remarked,  that  NyctipUheeui  trivirgatus,  Humb., 
and  N.felinusi  Spiz,  are  two  verj  difierent  species.  The  former  has^ 
hitherto  only  been  known  from  the  description  and  drawing  of  Hum^ 
boldty  and  &om  a  defective  specimeii,  in  which  the  muscles  of  the  ear 
were  almost  wholly  wanting,  so  that  Gniy  gives  it  the  name  of  Aotus, 
and  characterizes  it ;  paleK)Oloured  brow,  with  three  narrow  converging 
stripes  running  together  on  the  nape,  the  side  ones  extending  on  to  the 
cheeks ;  tail  remarkably  dark :  Brazil.  I  am  not  acquainted  with  this 
spedeB,  but  Jhn.  Natterer  writes  me  as  follows  of  it : — *'  On  l^e  upper 
Rio  Negro,  I  found  a  night  ape,  which  presents  to  me  too  much  differ^ 
enoe  not  to  separate  it  from  the  Southern  Miriquina.  It  differs  £rom 
this  by  much  shorter  and  whiter  fur — by  black  streaks  upon  the  crown 
of  the  head,  which  are  of  equal  bxteadth,  running  more  apart,  and  almost 
parallel — by  the  brownish-grey-white  mixed  hue  of  the  throat — the 
anterior  part  of  the  neck  and  the  breast, — by  the  much  paler  whitislji 
ochre-coloured  belly — by  the  greyer  ground-oolour  of  the  chest,  without 
mixture  of  brownish-yellow — by  a  bread  bright  yellow-brown  strips 
from  the  nape  to  the  root  of  the  tail — by  the  grey  tinge  of  the  root  of 
the  tail,  without  mixture  of  odbre — and  by  hair  of  one  colour  on  the 
black  part  of  the  tail.  In  the  Miriquina  of  Azara,  both  the  black  side 
stripes  of  the  crown  of  the  head  are  narrower  than,  the  middle  stripe, 
which  is  as  broad  again,  and  represeAts  an  oval  spot  pointed  at  botji 
ends ;  the  side  stripes  run  towards  each  other,  and  often  unite  with  th^ 
middle ;  throat,  fore-part  of  neck,  and  all  the  belly,  are  of  a  pale  ochre- 
colour;  the  general  hue  of  the  upper  side  is  more  brownish-grey,  or 
yellow  brownish-grey,  without  back  stripes ;  the  root  of  the  tail  is  ochre- 
ooloured,  as  well  as  the  hair  of  the  black  part  of  the  tail  at  its  roots ; 
the  tail  itself  has  longer  hair,  especially  at  the  point.  The  first 
named  Northern  Night-Ape  seems  to  be  only  a  somewhat  darker  variety 
of  the  Simia  trivirgata,  Humb.  The  iV.  trivirgatus  of  Gray  will  also 
belong  to  it,  although,  in  the  latter,  the  stripes  on  the  head  unite  on  the 
nape,  in  which  respect  it  certainly  differs  from  our  specimen  and  from 
that  of  Humboldt ;  but  the  difference  need  not  be  reckoned  of  much 
consequence,  as  in  the  Miriquina  the  stripes  are  often  separated,  and 
often  united."  With  these  remarks  I  fully  agree,  and  can  confirm  them 
in  respect  to  the  N.feliwas.  We  distinguish,  accordingly,  two  speciea, 
r~l.  That  of  Azara,  Rengger,  Fr.  Cuvier,  Spix,  and  myself,  described 
as  Nyctipithecus  AzanB,  Humb.,  ^m  Paraguay  and  Southern  Brazil, 
but  stretching  eastward  as  far  as  Para,  where  Spix  found  it :  2,  The 
«pecie»  at  first  described  by  Humboldt,  now  also  by  Gray  and  Natterer, 
N.  trivirgatus,  Humb.,  from  the  north-west  of  Brazil,  beyond  the 
Amazon,  and  the  adjoining  part  of  New  Grenada.  Lastly,  a  third 
irpedes  could  be  made,  N.  vodfercms,  Spix,  dwelling  in  the  woods  of 
Tabatinga,  on  the  coast  of  Peru,  if  the  irregular  colouring  be  present  ii^ 

67 


24  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII: 

all  the  indiyiduaU  there,  which  I  do  not  know,  tm  Spiz  aolj  brought  one 
specimen.  But  if  it  should  be  merely  a  variety,  it  would  not  be,  as 
Gray  supposes,  one  of  the  N.  trivirgatui  ;  but,  on  account  of  the  agree- 
ment in  the  marking  of  the  head,  stripes,  and  colour  of  the  tail,  one  of 
the  N.  Azanz  {N,  felinui,  Spiz). 

Gray's  remark,  that  the  Cheirogaleut  CommersanU  of  Vigors  and 
Horsfield,  is  nothing  more  than  the  N.  felinus,  is  valuable.  I  could 
not  bring  it  in  among  the  half-apes,  so  that  in  my  monograph,  I  only 
mentioned  it  in  a  note  to  Cheirogaleus,  I  cannot  imagine  how  Vigors 
and  Horsfield  have  made  such  a  serious  mistake. 

ItEUUBiDM* — Gray  defines,  in  the  same  work,  three  new  species  from 
Madagascar  (z.  p.  257). 

1.  Lemu/r  earonatus ;  ash  above,  limbs  and  beneath  pale  yellowish ; 
Hmo  white ;  orbits  grey ;  cheeks  and  forehead  bright  rufous,  with  a  large 
black  spot  on  the  crown ;  tail  thick,  end  blackish. 

2.  Cheirogaleits  Smitkii ;  pale  brown ;  streak  up  the  nose  and  fore- 
head; the  chin  and  beneath  paler;  tail  redder.  Distinguished  firom 
€h,  typicfM,  Smith,  in  British  Museum,  by  its  much  smaller  size  and 
different  colour,  which  is  greyish-brown ;  head  a  redder  brown ;  orbits 
black ;  cheeks  and  beneath  white. 

3.  Oalago  minor;  pale  grey;  back  rather  browner  washed,  beneath 
whitish ;  tail  elongate,  depressed,  narrow.  Not  more  than  half  the  sixe 
of  the  Galago  nenegaknsis. 


CHIROPTERA. 

Many  valuable  contributions  have  been  given  to  this  order, 
particularly  by  Tenuninck,  Gray,  and  Bachmann. 

Frugivora. — Among  the  ten  species  of  Cfhiroptera  brought 
by  Von  Siebold  from  Japan,  two  belong  to  the  genus  Pteropus, 
(Faun.  Japon.  p.  12). 

Both  species,  Pt,  dasymallus  and  pselapJiony  having  been  described 
already,  I  shall  only  add  some  more  ezact  information  about  th^  dis- 
tribution. The  former  is  found  in  the  south  of  the'  ishind  Eiusiu,  in  the 
district  of  Satsuma,  and  rarely  at  Jaknnosima ;  the  latter  is  only  known 
in  the  island  of  Bonin. 

RtLppell's  Pt,  schoimii  is  firom  Schoa ;  ''  ecaudatus,  aurieulus  brevi^ 
bus,  halluce  elongate,  corporis  colore  cervino,  regione  epigastrica  canes- 
eente ;  macula  albicante  ante  et  post  auriculas,  ad  latera  faciei  a  naribus 
per  oculos  fascia  umbrina ;  unguibus  nigris."  Very  like  the  Pt,  Whiteip 
s,  IcibiatuSf  but  the  ears  much  shorter. 

68 


MAMMALIA — CHIROPTERA.  26 

IsTiOPHORA.-— Gray  defines  a  new  genus,  under  the  name  of 
Sturnira  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  257). 

Tail  and  interfemoral  membrane  wanting ;  nose-leaf  lanceolate, 
simple ;  tragus  distinct ;  inner  surface  of  the  lips  bearded  on  the  sides ; 
bind  feet  large ;  lower  lip  with  a  single  larger  wart  surrounded  bj  a 
series  of  small  ones. 

The  species  is  called  8t  gpectrum ;  fur  brown,  with  darker  tips  to 
the  hairs,  beneath  pale  whitish ;  membranes  dark  blackish :    Brazils. 

Unfortunately,  neither  are  the  teeth  described,  nor  is  a  comparison 
made  with  the  already  identified  genera.  Diphylla  appears  to  stand 
nearest  it. 

Gray  has  two  other  Brazilian  species  of  this  division,  yiz. : — 

1.  Phyllostoma  elongatum, — ^The  front  of  the  lower  lip  with  a  large 
triangular  space  divided  by  a  central  groove;  ears  rounded,  large;  tragus 
slender  and  lanceolate ;  nose-leaf  elongate,  lanceolate,  tapering. 

2.  Phyllophora  megalotis, — The  groove  of  the  lower  lip  not  fringed 
on  the  edge ;  far  blackish,  rather  pale  beneath ;  nose-leaf  large,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  longer  than  broad ;  ears  as  long  as  the  head,  rounded ;  fore- 
arm bone  1"  3'^' ;  body  and  head  2  inches. 

I  have  characterized  another  Brazilian  species,  Phyllostoma  excisum, 
in  these  Archives,  8  Jahrg.  1  Bdr  p.  358. 

Two  species  are  added  to  the  Rhinolophi,  viz. : — 

1.  Khinoloph/as  fumigoUus,  Enpp.  (Mus.  Senck.  iiL  p.  132) ;  similar 
in  the  border  of  the  nose  and  form  of  the  ears  to  the  Rh.  cUvosus,  but 
the  tail  shorter,  the  fore-arm  longer,  the  thick  long  fur  dark  smoke-grey: 
from  Schoa:  2.  Bh,  moriOf  J.  £.  Gray  (Ann.  x.  p.  257),  like  Rh,  luctu$, 
but  reddish-brown,  which  is  perhaps  the  effect  of  brandy :  from  Malaoca^ 
Singapore. 

Rh,  ferrum  equinum  has  been  found  in  Algiers  (Diivernoy  in  the 
M^m.  de  Strasb.  iii.  p.  3) ;  and  besides  this,  the  Ve^ertUio  mtmntM, 

Gymnorhina. —  Blasius  has  imported  some  interesting 
obseryations  on  the  Flight  and  Habits  of  Bats,  theu*  Wan- 
derings and  Geographical  Distribution,  in  the  "  Yersammlung 
der  Naturforscher  zu  Braunschweig,'*  (p.  62). 

The  question  about  their  migration  finds  a  sufficient  solution  in  facts 
connected  with  the  Vesperugo  NilMomi.  This  species  exists  generally 
In  the  latitude  of  54-58''  in  Russia,  on  the  plains,  and  next  it  in  the  upper 
Harz  and  the  Swedish  mountains ;  I  may  also  add  to  these  the  hills  at 
Regensburg.  In  summer,  on  account  of  the  dear  nights,  it  is  nowhere 
to  be  firand  in  all  the  north  of  Russia,  between  60-70''  north  latitude : 
it  is  first  to  be  seen  there  in  August,  when  the  dark  nights  begm. 
The  author  describes  (p.  86),  from  an  ori^al  spedmen,  the  VetperiUio 

69 


26  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII: 

'volgevaU,  Evemn.,  as  identical  with  V.  DaMbentcniif  a  oondunon  which 
I  did  not  Tenture  to  mention  in  former  reports,  becauae,  in  mj  spedmeo, 
which  was  much  injured  bj  insects,  the  skin  of  the  wing  did  not  reach 
to  the  under  end  of  the  shin.  The  other  species  of  Erersmanni  th^ 
Veepertilio  tv/rcomwnus,  which  I  have  not  seen,  Bhisius  describes  as  a 
decidedly  new  species,  belonging  to  the  group  of  VeepertiHo  gerotinus. 

Schinz  has  found  in  Switzerland,  VegpertiUo  discolor  and  Nattereri, 
and  has  also  discovered  a  new  bat  in  the  environs  of  Zurich,  which  he 
calls  Vesp&rtilio  mmuHssimus.  According  to  his  description,  the  bade  is 
dark  coffee-brown;  the  bellj  dark  brown,  almost  b}ack;  ear  small,  heart- 
shaped,  sloping  at  the  outer  margin ;  tragus  broad,  lanceolate,  with  blunt 
point.  Whole  length  ^"  8'",  of  which  the  tail  occupies  1"  ;  the  whole 
breadth  onljr  0".  (Verh.  der  schweiz.  Gesellsch.  1841,  s.  7Q.  It  is  a 
pity  that  Schinz  has  not  followed  the  plan  laid  down  by  Keyserling  apd 
Blasius,  in  the  recojgnition  of  this  sp^ies. 

Sely3  Longchamps  (Faune  Beige,  p.  21)  insists,  that  Vespert,  emar- 
ginatus  is  a  peculiar  species ;  he  wonders  how  it  could  be  confounded 
with  V.  m/yatacinus ;  it  rather  resembles,  as  he  says,  the  F.  Nattereri  ; 
but  differs  from  both  by  its  woolly  projecting  hair,  bright  red  on  the 
back  and  over  the  interfemoral  membrane,  by  very  emarginated  ears, 
thick  snout,  &c.  Its  colour  is  very  like  V,  serotinus.  The  reporter 
would  here  remark,  that  Koch  has  also  placed  a  separate  spedes  very 
like  the  V,  mystaci/nus  in  the  V.  Schrcmhii,  which  agrees  with  that  one 
in  the  number  of  grinders,  the  form  of  the  ears,  and  the  flying  mem- 
brane, but  is  different  in  colour.  The  hair,  both  on  the  upper  and  under 
surface,  is  double  coloured,  namely, — ^black  on  the  inner  half,  and  on  the 
outer  a  glittering  fulvous  brown,  perceptibly  lighter  on  the  abdomen. 
Is  this  the  F.  ema/rgvnatus  ?  Selys  remarks  also  (p.  300),  that  accord- 
^n^  to  his  examination  of  the  F.  hrachyotis  of  Baillon,  it  Is  nothing 
more  than  a  casual  variety  of  F.  pipistrelhis  with  the  ears  destroyed, 

Canlor's  Vespertilio  irretitus  comes  from  the  Chinese  Island  of  Chusan 
(Ann,  YK.  p.  481)  i  ears  rounded^  shorter  than  the  head ;  tragus  lanceolate ; 
muz?:le  bluQt,  with  so^ie  long  hairs ;  fur  soft,  upon  the  back  brownish- 
grey,  on  the  belly  dust  coloured ;  tail  slightly  protruding  from  the  inter- 
femoral membrane,  the  latter  thinly  haired  beneath ;  grinders  4-5 ;  body 
2"  1'" ;  tail  1"  1"' ;  length  of  ear  2J  lines ;  breadth  of  ear  2^'' ;  lengtib 
9f  tiie  tragus  1'". 

J.  E.  Gray  has  wished  to  surprise  zoologists,  by  the  defining 

pf  saven  new  genera  of  VespertilionidcB  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist,  x, 

p.  257). 

It  is  evident,  that  he  has  paid  no  attention  to  the  labpurs  of  Keyserlii^g 
and  Blasius,  as  they  are  in  the  German  language.  It  is  nothing  to  him, 
th&t  from  this  neglect,  exactly  those  characteristics  are  passed  ove^,  m 

70 


MAMMiLLlA— CHIROPTERA.  27 

which  «lone  the  genera  and  aib-genera  can  be -established;  and  he  adheres 
to  those  which  serre  merely  for  defining  tiie  species.  I  will  Iherefoie 
abridge  my  account  of  them.  Under  Scctophilus,  Gray  will  only  adnat 
the  species  whose  flying  membrane  is  fixed  from  the  heel  to  the  root  <of 
ihe  toes  (V,  seroHn/us,  discolor,  Leialeri,  nmrmus),  Noctiulmia  is  a 
new  genus  like  ScotopkUus,  but  the  flying  membrane  is  only  flzed  to 
ihe  heel  (  V.  proierus  and  Julvu$).  VesperHUo  comprises  the  species 
which  haye  the  feet  free,  with  the.  wings  only  attached  to  the  ankles ;  and 
the  interfemoral  membrane  is  furnished  only  with  a  few  scattered  hairs, 
and  the  fncae  is  short  and  hairy  (V,  mystacinuSf  Da/uJbentonu,  Curoli), 
Fvom  tiiese  Gray  separates  ^ve  new  genera: — 1.  TrilatiUM(t)  feet  free; 
tnterfemoral  membrane  with  cross  tufts  of  hair  beneath  (V.  HaMelHi, 
macelluSi  hlepotis),  2.  Kerivoula,  the  same;  but  the  wing  arises  from 
the  root  of  the  toes  (V,  HcMrduncMi,  pictus,  ten/ais) ;  and  two  new  spe- 
cies, K.  griseus!  habitat  unknown;  and  K.poeiMi8,  from  Fernando  Po. 
3.  Myotis;  wing  extending  to  root  of  toes ;  ear  large;  tragus  long  (F. 
mtfrtntM,  already  cited  by  the  author  at  {Scotophikbs!!  V,  Beehsteinii 
and  Natereri),  From  V^»pert.  iuUlus,  the  genus  (4.)  MtMrmct  ib  made ; 
and  from  F.  harpyia,  the  genus  (5.)  Haapioc^^LhaliM, 

On  the  genus  Cbntdbio  of  Gray,  wil^  ^'^'^'^  incisors:;  large^ars;  sbcM^ 
indented  tragus;  no  tail;  deeply  eut  in  flying  membrane;  I  will  refw 
for  An*ther  information  to  S.  Mliller  and  Schlegel,  as  the  Centurio  wnese 
j>i  Gray  from  Amboyna,  occurs  in  their  Fauna  of  the  Indian  Archi- 
pelago. 

Bachmann  in  the  Joum.  of  the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Science  of 

Philadelphia,  yiii.  2  (1842),  p.  280,  has  described  foua*  species 

of  VeBpertilio,  collected  from  North  Ammcii. 

As  the  author  was  unacquainted  with  tiie  woik  of  Eeyserling  and 
Blasius,  he  has  oYcrlooked  the  ralue  of  some  important  characters,  as  for 
example,  those  derived  from  the  grinders,  whose  number  he  does  not 
give,  whilst  he  notes  all  the  incisors  and  canine  teeth,  although  these 
are  universaUy  present  in  the  same  number  as  a  constant  generic  mark, 
and  thus  possess  no  yalue  for  specific  definition.  1.  VespertiUo  monti- 
cola ;  *^  Yesp.  subulata  brevier,  aoriculis  brevioribus,  tragis  non  exce- 
dentibus  dimidium  longitudinem  auricul«e ;  colore  fulvo ;"  body  1^'  8"' ; 
tail  H^' :  from  Virginia :  2.  V^  mrginicMvus  ;  **  V.  monticola  paululum 
longior,  aurieuUs  paululum  longioribus,  magisque  aoutis ;  dentibus  prim, 
max.  sup.  simplicibus;  interfem;.  membrana  nuda;  corpore  supra  fuligineo- 
•fusco,  subtus  cinereo-fuscato :"  from  Virginia:  3.  V.  Leibii;  **  V.  supra 
fusco-ferrugineus,  subtus  cinereus,  alis  auribusque  nigris ;"  body  V^  T'^ ; 
.tail  1"  ^*" :  from  Michigan :  4.  V.  califomicus  ;  "  V.  fusco-lutescens, 
vellere  longo  et  molli,  trago  longitudine  dimidium  f*  body  1''  T" ;  tail 

71 


28  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDOCCXLII : 

1''  &".  BiiisliiwRTi|i  renuurkt  of  V,  Mtbuto^uf ,  that  it  is  identical  with 
M?Miirtrie'8  T.  hidfvb^yu^  kdA  Green*!  V.  dometticua,  and  tliat  it  is 
rery  widelj  distribnted,  as  he  has  reoeiyed  this  species  from  Carolina 
and  Labrador  during  summer.  V,  co/rolineniU  is  found  in  autumn, 
winter,  and  spring ;  but  in  summer  appears  to  wander  northwards,  and 
is  at  that  time  plentifhl  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

It  should  not  here  be  omitted,  tiutt  aooordingto  BlainTille's  statement, 
Bhinopoma  carolineMe  U  a  Moloesns. 


INSECTIVORA. 

AcuLEATA. — Two  new  Monographs  on  the  Hedgehogs  haye 
appeared  since  mine. 

One  is  by  Burmeister  in  Ersch  and  Graber^s  AUgem.  Encydop.  Bf  37 
(1842),  under  the  artide  ErinaeeuSf  and  giyee  a  careftd  and  laborious 
oompariaon  of  what  has  hitherto  been  published  on  tiie  fBsaSlj  of  the 
Hedgehogs^  His  opinion,  that  my  Erinacefu  alhiventris  must  be  only  a 
small  indiyidual  of  E,  frontaUsy  of  which  I  now  possess  a  specimen,  is 
altogether  without  good  ground. 

The  other  monograph  is  by  Sundeyall  (Ofrersigt  af  slUgtetErinaoeus, 
in  the  Sy,  Vetenskaps  Acad.  Handl.  1641).  I  haye  reoeiyed  it  as  a 
separate  pamphlet,  through  the  editor  of  our  Archiyes,  ftxr  the  yolume 
in  which  it  is  contained  wiU  not  appear  until  at  a  later  period.  Un^ 
fortunately  my  Monograph  of  the  Hedgehogs  had  not  reached  the  author, 
although  in  the  hands  of  the  booksellers  since  15th  May,  1841,  so  that 
my  E,  alhiventris  is  omitted ;  but  definitions  might  haye  been  giyen  of 
two  other  species  characterised  by  me  (E,  hrachydoLCtylus  and  prwMfri), 
Bundeyall's  monograph  is  rich  in  personal  researches,  and  is  a  yery  yalu- 
able  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Hedgehogs.  The  foUowing 
species  are  enumerated : — a.  Erinaoei  aculeis  yarie  interteztis,  yerticis 
preminentibus,  non  yel  parum  breyioribus ;  pHi  in  plerisque  longiores, 
rigidi.  1.  E,  europcBus :  2.  E.  frontalis,  Smith :  3.  E,  coneolor.  Mart, : 
4.  E,  heterodactyhis,  Sund. ;  ^'griseus,  auriculis  magnis,  digitis  connezis, 
pedibus  posticis  4  dactylis :"  from  Sennar :  5.  E,  asthiopicus,  h.  Erinaoei 
aculeis  densius  positis,  ordinatis,  antrorsum  sensim  multo  breyioribus  (in 
8p.  quas  yidi,  numeri  6-8,  pili  corporis  simt  breyes  densissimi  moUes, 
quasi  lanei,  auriculas. magns):  6.  E,  aurictus.  Pall.:  7.  E,  platyotis, 
Sund. :  8.  E.  agyptiuSy  Geoffiroy  {E.  libycus,  Ehrenb.)  The  author  adds, 
as  species  of  this  diyision,  which  he  has  not  seen,  E.  hypomelas,  collarisy 
Cfra/yi,  spata/ngus ;  and,  finally,  giyes  to  that  one  mentioned  by  PaUas, 
from  Dauuria,  the  name  of  E.  dauwricus, 

72 


MAMMALIA — INSECTIVORA.  29 

I  have  next  to  remaiik,  that  the  E.  heterodactylui,  Bond.,  u  identical 
with  mj  E.  pruneri;  the  posterior  thumb  is  wanting  in  both.  I  supposed 
this  defect  in  E.  prwM/ri  and  alhiventris,  to  be  occasioned  by  an  iiguiy, 
and  therefore  omitted  it  in  mj  description;  but  since  Sundevall  has 
found  the  same,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  state  the  want  of  the  thumb,  on  the 
hinder  foot,  as  a  yery  important  diagnostic  mark  for  my  E.  pruneri  and 
nlbiventrU,  The  E,  cethiapicus,  £hr.,  perhaps  identical  with  my  E, 
lyraehydactyhis,  cannot  be  separated  from  the  group  to  which  E,  a/mitus 
belongs;  the  bristles  are  idso  in  this  one  quite  soft.  E, platyotis,  Sund., 
with  the  diagnosis, — *'  dense  albido-pilosus,  auriculis  mazimis,  poUioe 
postioo  breyisslmo," — ^would  seem  also  to  belong  to  my  E,  hrachydacty- 
luSf  were  there  not  too  great  a  difference  in  the  length  of  the  bristles. 
In  the  E.  hrachyd<ictylu9  they  are  as  long  as  the  ears,  or  even  more  so ; 
in  the  E,  platyotis,  on  the  other  hand,  Sundeyall  gives  the  ears  20-29 
millimetres,  while  the  bristies  of  the  baek  are  only  18-19  millimetres. 
His  two  spedmens  came  from  Egypt.  E.  cBgypticuSf  Geoffr.,  Sundevall 
places  with  the  E.  libycibs,  Ehrenb.,  and  gives  as  diagnosis, — **  dense 
moUiter  albido-pilosus  auriculis  longit.  1-^  capitLs,  pollice  postico  brevi 
peifecto."  The  distinction  between  it  and  the  former  species  does  not 
appear  to  be  satisfactory.  Certainly  Sundevall  says  of  E,  platyotia, — 
'*  simiUimus  priori  (E,  awrito)  et  sequenti  {E,  asffypL),  sed  ab  utroque 
differt  proportioni  digitorum  et  ab  E,  cegyptiaco  magnitudine  auricu- 
lamm."  However,  I  must  remark,  that  in  these  short-toed  animals  a 
difference  in  length  in  the  toes  is  at  least  difficult  to  detect,  and  the 
length  of  the  ears  may  be  modified  in  consequence  of  the  preparation. 
Both  these  species  should  be  more  strictly  defined,  and  the  constitution 
of  the  bristles  expressly  detailed,  according  to  the  mode  1  have  shown. 
It  is  very  doubtful  to  which  of  the  three  Egyptian  species  (E.  hrachy- 
dactylus,  platyotis,  and  Itbycus)  the  E.  cegypticus,  Geofiroy,  belongs. 
In  the  CataL  des  Mammif,  Geoffroy  says, — *'  or^illes  trds  along^s," 
which  does  not  exaotiy  agree  with  SundevaU's  E,  cegypticus,  I  have 
lefened  it  to  my  E.  hroMshydactylus. 

Duvemoy  and  LerebouUet  (Mem.  de  Strasb.  iii.  p.  4),  have  described 
a  stuffed  specimen  of  Erinaceus  algirus  from  Oran,  with  this  diagnosis : 
"  £.  auriculis  subarcuatis  digitis  et  unguibus  mediocribus ;  toto  coipore 
subtus  pilis  confertissimiB,  moUibus,  magnopere  albis  vestito  ;**  &'  long. 
It  belongs  to  my  second  division  of  the  Hedgehogs,  and  must  be  a  variety 
of  the  Es  hrachydactylus  or  csgypticus*  In  order,  however,  to  be  cer-> 
tain  of  this,  the  length  of  the  ears  and  bristles,  and  particularly  the  outer 
and  inner  structure  of  the  latter,  must  be  specified.  It  is  interesting  to 
know,  that  the  Hedgehog  is  found  at  Algiers ;  whilst,  on  the  other  hand, 
Siebokl  asserts,  that  it  was  introduced  into  Japan  from  China. 

We  have  yet  to  register  the  **  SmybolsB  ad  Erinaoei  Europsi  anato* 
men,  diss,  inaug.  quam  oonscripsit  Seubert ;"  Bonn,  1841,  principally 

73 


30  REPOBT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

ezplftming  tbe  muacaliu  suboutaneiu,  and  the  male  organf  of  genera- 
tion.   Two  beautifiillj  drawn  plates  are  appended. 

SoBiciNA. — ^Duyemoy  has  presented  us  with  two  excellent 
Treatises  on  the  Shrew-mice, — ^the  one  entitled,  "  Sur  les 
Dents  des  Musaraignes,  consider^s  dans  leur  composition  et 
leur  stmcture  intime,  leurs  rapports  arec  les  machoires,  leur 
d^veloppement  et  leur  succession"  (Compt.  Bend.  xy.  p.  270, 
804,  483, 1000) ;  the  other,  "  Notices  pour  servir  h,  la  Mono- 
graphie  du  genre  Musaraigne''  (Magas*  de  Zool.  1842),  with 
.16  copper-plates. 

Next  to  Wagkr,  Duvemoy  laid  the  foundation  for  separating  the 
Shrew-mice  into  natural  groups,  which  has  been  fiirther  accompUshed 
by  him  in  this  new  work,  in  which  he  has  carefully  described  the  species 
known  to  him ;  and,  moreover,  illustrated  the  most  of  them  with  figures. 
He  enumerates  the  following  species: — I.  Subg.  Sorex  {Croddwraf 
Wagl.)  a  With  three  small  intermediate  teeth.  1.  8,  ara/neus,  tab. 
38 :  2,  8,  leucodon,  tab.  39 :  3.  8,  cycmeusy  Duy.,  tab.  40,  41 :  4.  8, 
fierpesteSf  Duv.,  tab.  42,  43.  I  had  ventured  the  opinion,  in  my  mono- 
graph, that  this  might  be  a  younger  state  of  8.  varius ;  but  from  this 
description  and  the  drawing,  I  see  that  this  cannot  be  the  case,  as  the 
8,  herpeites  has  long  waved  hair  at  the  tail,  which  is  totally  wanting  in 
the  8,  varius.  It  is  also  difierent  from  my  8.  infumatus,  by  its  oolour. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  identical  with  A.  Smith's  8.  capensoides 
(South  Afric.  Quart.  Joum.  1833,  p.  62) :  5.  8,  crassicoAidus.  Duver- 
noy  conjectures,  that  Geofiroy's  8.  nvifoguros  may  belong  to  this,  but  it 
is  by  no  means  the  case  with  the  8,  myosuroB  described  by  myself  and 
Pallas  (compare  Schreb.  Suppl.  ii.  p.  72). — h  With  four  small  interme- 
diate teeth :  6.  8.  gtganteus  (8.  indicus),  tab.  45,  according  to  a  speci- 
men from  Egypt,  wants,  on  the  right  side,  the  third,  on  the  left,  the 
fourth  intermediate  tooth :  7.  8,  8onneratii ;  the  animal  from  Japan, 
represented  on  tab.  46,  I  hold  for  8.  myoguroSy  Pall :  8.  8.  Perrotetii, 
Duv.,  tab.  47,  a  new  species,  only  of  ttie  size  of  the  8,  etruscuB  ;  ear 
large,  fur  dark  brown  above,  and  on  both  sides  blackish ;  beneath  with  a 
grey  tinge:  from  the  Nilgherries,  2300  metres  above  the  sea. — II.  Subg. 
Amphisorex  {8oreoe,  Wagl.) :  9.  A,  pygmasus,  tab.  48 :  10.  A.  alpmuSj 
tab.  49 :  11.  ^.  Le»ueurii,  Duv.,  tab.  50,  of  the  size  of  8.  etruecus ;  ftir 
above  somewhat  dark  ash-grey,  lighter  on  both  sides,  palest  beneath ; 
tail  above  blackish-grey,  beneath  pale ;  lips  whitish :  from  the  banks  of 
Wabasch,  in  the  State  of  Indiana. — III.  Subg.  Hydrosorex  (Crossopue, 
Wagl.) :  12.  H,  carinatus  (8.  fodiens),  tab.  51. — IV.  Subg.  Brachysorex, 
a  new  group :  points  of  teeth  coloured,  upper  incisors  with  only  one  lobe ; 
the  intermediate  tooth  following  does  not  go  over  it;  under  incisors  with 

74 


MAMMALIA — INSECTIVOEA.  31 

2-3  blunt  denticulations,  «8  in  Amphuorex ;  iBtennediate  teeth  i-^,  the 
first  two  of  which  are  pretty  equal  in  size,  the  last  wholly  iwdimentary, 
and  standing  inwards  to  the  first  large  grinder :  13.  B.  hrevicoMdus,  Say, 
tab.  52 :  14.  B,  Ha/rlcmiy  Day.,  tab.  53,  is  perhaps,  as  the  author  con- 
jectures, Identical  with  S,  parvus,  Say.  In  the  appendix,  Sorex  leuco- 
4on  is  described  and  figured,  tab.  54.  We  hope  that  the  author  of  this 
distinguished  contribution  to  the  Monography  of  the  Shrew-mice  will  430on 
^ye  us  the  promised  continuation  of  his  work. 

Masius  remarks  (Bericht  uber  die  19^  Yersamml.  der  ^toiSwsch. 
p.  87))  that  after  the  examination  of  seyeml  specimens  of  Sorer  waveo- 
lens  which  were  collected  in  the  Crimea,  on  the  estate  «f  Pallas,  this 
spedes  is  identical  with  8.  etruBCus,  Of  this  Sayi  had  already  remarked, 
that  the  side  gland  was  wanting  in  it,  and  iliat  its  musk  smell  proceeded 
from  the  excrements.  From  another  obseryation  of  Blasius,  ;Sf.  Cfmelini 
does  not  seem  different  ^!tim  8.  p^gmasus. 

itiippflll,  in  the  Mos.  Senckenb.  iiL  p.  133,  described  a  8orese  mdicus, 
▼ar.  einereo-cBnea,  from  Schoa.  The  dimensions  were  all  the  same  as  in 
the  Indian  specimens,  only  the  colour  was  difierent ;  upper  side,  feet, 
and  tail,  dark  grey  passing  into  red-brown,  with  a  sort  of  metallic  gloss ; 
under  side  ash-grey ;  whole  length  7",  of  which  the  tail  occupies  1-5. 
The  8,  flavegcens  stands  nearest  it  in  point  of  colour,  but  the  tail  is 
jonly  1-4. 

Temminck  has  described  already  one  species  of  the  Shrew-mice  of 
Japan,  Crossopiis  platycephalus.  Faun.  Japon.^  p.  23;  it  is  a  third 
bigger  than  our  Water  Shrew-mouse,  dark  brown  aboye,  dark  grey 
beneath. 

Gray  has  made  known  two  species  of  Shrew-mice  &om  India,  in  the 
Annals  of  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  261. — 1.  Croesoptis  Mmalayicus ;  slate- 
coloured  black,  with  longer  and  white-tipped  hairs  on  the  sides  and 
rump ;  lower  part  of  the  throat  and  the  middle  of  the  beUy  ru«ty  brown ; 
t^il  scaly,  with  adpressed  dark  brown  hajrs  aboye,  ai^d  elongate  rigid 
whitish  hairs  beneath ;  feet  rather  naked ;  teeth  white ;  body  5^  inc.,  tail 
3'^  This,  from  its  white  teeth  and  naked  feet,  is  not  a  Crossopvs,  but 
a  Crocidura.  2,  Cordra  nigrescens ;  bladdsh  lead-colpur  washed  with 
rufous ;  chin  and  beneath  pale  and  rather  more  rufous ;  whiskers  dark ; 
daws  white,  ears  hid  in  the  fur ;  cutting  teeth  brown  at  the  tip ;  body 
3"  6"' ;  tail  1"  4'" :  from  India. 

In  conclusion,  I  may  remark,  that  I  possess  a  specimen  of  the  8.  va/nus, 
from  which  I  obserye,  that  it  agrees  in  the  teeth  with  8.  a/iromevs ;  but, 
from  the  want  of  the  long  undulated  hair  on  the  tail,  it  differs  from  all 
the  spedes  of  the  Crocidwra :  the  sub-genus  Myosorex  of  Gray  is  thus 
established.  On  the  other  hand,  8.  varvm  is  not,  as  Gray  imagines, 
identical  with  ctnnamomeusy  as  I  haye  conyinced  myself  by  the  ex- 
amination of  specimens  of  both  at  Berlin,    In  them,  also,  the  tail  13 

75 


82  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

fiinushed  with  long  wared  hair,  and  therefore  these  epecies  are  to  he 
xanloed  under  Crocidura.  8,  ptUeheUus  will  also  helong  to  this  diyision, 
aa  its  teeth  are  snow  white. 

Duyemoy  has  added  a  copious  Supplement  to  his  earlier 
Treatises  on  Macroecelides  Bozeti,  in  the  M^m.  de  Strash.  iii. 
p.  50. 

It  treats  of  the  skeleton  and  the  structure  of  the  teeth,  the  formation 
of  the  snout,  the  gland  of  the  tail,  the  digestiye  apparatus,  and  the  female 
parts  of  generation.  It  is  rich  in  personal  observations,  and  in  deep 
acquaintance  with  the  literature.  A  plate  shows  the  anatomical  pecu- 
liarities mentioned. 

Talpina. — ^Temminck  has,  a  short  while  ago,  given  the 
description  of  a  new  genus,  XJrotrighus,  which  he  announced 
some  years  since. 

It  is  to  be  found,  in  the  Dutch  language,  in  the  Instituut  of  Yerslag. 
van  het  K.  N.  Instit.  van  Wetenschapp.,  Amst.  1842,  p.  212 ;  and  in 
French,  in  the  Faun.  Jap.  p.  20 ;  also  in  Gu^rm*s  Magas.  de  Zool.  1842, 
Mammif.  pi.  55,  Head  elongated,  with  a  long  thin  snout  naked  at  the 
end,  formed  of  two  cylinders ;  ears  and  eyes  concealed  by  fur ;  the  feet 
naked,  the  anterior  like  those  of  the  Mole.  The  tail  measures  }d  of 
the  length  of  the  body,  thick,  scaly,  and  covered  with  long  bristles ;  teeth 
36,  whereof  |  incisors,  the  upper  formed  as  in  the  Wiichuhol.  (The 
skull  and  teeth,  unfortunately,  are  very  indistiactly  figured).  The 
Zygoma  is  present.  The  only  species  is  the  U,  talpoides,  of  the  size  of 
our  Water  Shrew-mouse,  with  soft,  velveiy,  glittering,  dark  brown  fur. 
Plentiful  in  Japan,  never  in  the  level,  but  in  hilly  regions,  where  it  digs 
like  the  Mole,  but  does  not  cast  up  hillocks. 

Japan  has  also  a  peculiar  species  of  Mole,  called  by  Temminck  Talpa 
Wogura,  It  is,  like  our  own,  but  with  only  six  instead  of  eight  incisors 
in  the  lower  jaw,  and  of  a  light  brown  cobur,  which  is  brighter  on  the 
sides,  and  becomes  reddish  on  the  belly.  On  all  the  Japan  islands.  At 
Sikok  a  black  variety  is  found ;  at  Kiusiu  a  white. 

Bachmann  has  defined  five  species  of  the  genus  Scalops^ 

hitherto  known  as  containing  one  only. 

His  descriptions  are  to  be  found  in  the  Joum.  of  Fhiladelph.  viii.  1, 
p.  58,  and  2,  p.  292. — 1.  8calops  Townsmdii,  Nutt. ;  44  teeth ;  for  dark 
above  and  beneath,  black  under  the  usual  admission  of  light  (the  hairs 
are  greyish-black  till  towards  the  point);  tail  sparingly  covered  with 
short  hair;  body  7i";  breadth  of  fore-hand  7'".    Another  specimen, 

76 


MAMMALIA — CARNIVORA.  33 

eaught  by  Townsend  at  Columbia  River,  is  about  1'^  longer,  and  has  a 
white  line  under  the  belly ;  to  this  belongs  Richardson's  Sc»  ccmadenHs. 
2.  8c.  Breweri ;  also  with  44  teeth ;  glittering  ash-grey ;  black  above, 
brownish  beneath ;  hands  slender ;  tail  flat,  broad,  and  hairy ;  nasal  foss» 
situate  at  the  sides  instead  of  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  snout,  as  in 
Sc.  aquaticus ;  body  6";  tail,  without  hair,  1";  with  hair,  1"  5"'; 
breadth  of  hand  4f*';  of  tail  if" :  in  Ohio  and  several  of  the  Northern 
States.  3.  Sc.  ao'gentatug,  Bachm.;  like  the  following  species,  only 
36  teeth ;  hair  of  the  back,  firom  the  roots  upwards,  furmshed  with 
narrow  dark  blue  and  white  rings  to  near  the  points,  where  a  broader 
grey  white  ring  exists,  with  such  a  short  brown  point,  that  the  clear 
colour  on  the  upper  surface  is  stiU  visible,  and  presents  a  fair  silveiy 
appearance ;  on  the  under  side  the  hairs  are  lead  coloured,  with  a  whitish 
and  light  brown  pointed  ring  standing  on  end;  nasal  fossae  on  upper 
surface  of  snout ;  body  7" ;  tail  1" ;  breadth  of  hand  10"' :  from  Michi- 
gan. 4.  8c.  latimcmus,  Bachm. ;  bigger  than  8c,  aquaticus ;  hair 
longer,  looser,  and  compact,  without  the  same  shining  glossy  appearance, 
dark  grey  with  dark  brown  points ;  teeth  and  hands  almost  double  the 
size  of  8c.  aguaticus;  tail  naked;  body  6"  8'";  tail  1"  7'";  breadth 
of  hand  ICK'' :  from  Mexico  and  Texas.  According  to  this,  the  animal 
described  by  me  (Schreb.  Suppl.  ii.  s.  104)  would  belong  to  8c.  latima/MM. 
6.  8c,  ctquaticuSf  Linn. ;  only  5  or  5^''  long ;  colour,  although  occasion- 
ally varying,  far  brighter  than  in  8c.  Toivnaendii.  The  young  have  only 
90  teeth  till  after  the  first  year,  when  they  get  36. 


CARNIVOEA. 

Ursina. — The  reporter  has  taken  considerable  pains,  to  show 
that  the  specific  identity  of  the  Cayem  Bears  with  the  Brown 
Land  Bears,  as.  asserted  by  Blainville,  is  untenable. 

As  my  treatise  from  the  Mun.  gel.  Anzeig.  (1842,  n.  130-X32)  has 
been  already  reviewed  in  these  pages  (1843,  p.  24),  it  is  superfluous  to 
enter  farther  upon  it.  Procyon  psora  is  described  by  Gray  in  the  Ann. 
of  Nat.  Hist.  X.  p.  261.  Yellowish -brown  and  grey,  grisled;  face, 
temples,  side  of  neck,  chest,  belly  and  sides  of  body,  dirty  yellow ;  fore- 
head, cheeks  under  the  eyes,  each  side  of  the  throat  and  back  of  the 
ears,  blackish-brown ;  frir  rather  long,  dark  brown ;  longer  hairs  yellow- 
white,  those  of  the  back,  head,  and  shoulders  brown  tipped ;  tail  short, 
perhaps  destroyed  ?  body  27'' ;  tail  3'^  ?    From  California. 

77 


34  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

MusTELiNA. — ^Bachmanii  has  given  a  valuable  contribution 
to  the  knowledge  of  the  American  Weasels. 

He  shows  (Joum.  of  Philadelph.  viii.  2.  p.  288),  that  the  Europeaa 
Muttela  vulgaris  is  different  from  the  American,  as  Richardson  describes 
it,  and  gives  the  latter  the  name  of  M,  fmca,  ThiJs  American  species  is 
of  a  medium  size,  between  M,  erminea  and  vulgaris  ;  the  tail  is  shorter 
than  in  the  first,  but  longer  than  in  the  latter ;  and,  as  in  the  former, 
black  at  the  end,  yet  the  hairs  are  short  and  soft,  and  not  so  long  and 
stiff  as  in  the  Ermine.  The  upper  side  is  brown,  the  imder  pure  wliite, 
without  mixture  of  brown  hairs,  as  is  the  case  in  the  M,  vulga/ris ;  at 
the  same  time,  the  white  hue  extends  farther  out,  and  reaches,  on  the 
inside  of  the  legs,  down  to  the  tarsus  ;  whilst,  in  the  European  Weasel, 
it  scarcely  reaches  the  thighs. 

M.eniMnea. 

Body       U"  7'" 

Tail        4    6 

Tail  with  hair 6    2 

Height  of  ear,  posteri(»rly      0    2^ 


f* 


M.  fusca. 

M,  vtdgartt. 

9"  0"' 

...    7"  0"' 

2    9 

.,.    1    9 

3    2 

...    2    1 

0    3 

...    0    2 

Badmiscnn  kept  an  Ermine  and  a  Weasel  in  his  house  during  winter; 
the  first  became  aU  white,  the  latter  not.  He  is  convinced^  that  M,  fusca 
does  not  become  white,  at  least  in  the  latitude  of  New  York,  which  is 
not  the  case  with  the  Weasel  (Jf.  vulgaris),  hitherto  supposed  to  he 
identical  with  the  former.  M.  fusca  extends,  in  the  southern  states,  as 
far  as  the  upper  parts  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia.  The  reporter 
remarks,  that  the  M,  fusca  is  identical  with  M.  dcogna/nii,  Bonap. 
Bachmann,  however,  has  rendered  great  service,  in  having  shown,  in  a 
convincing  manner,  the  specific  difference  of  this  from  M.  vulgaHs^ 
Bachmann  does  not  appear  yet  to  know,  that  the  identity  also  of  the 
American  Ermine  with  the  European  is  doubted,  which  is  unfortunate 
on  this  account,  since  he  first  could  give  a  decision  on  this  point. 

Bachmann  has  added  the  description  of  Mustela  frenata,  Licht. 

Karelin  raised  the  question,  in  the  Bullet,  de  Mosc.  1841,  p.  572, 
whether  the  Zobel  of  Altai,  of  which  he  sent  two  specimens  while  on 
his  tour,  may  not  constitute  a  different  species  firom  the  Zobel  of  Eastern 
Siberia^  The  Altai  differs  from  the  Siberian  by  the  body  being  more 
extended,  and  by  yellowish  spots  on  the  throat.  From  these  marks,  we 
ttkight  place  the  Zobel  of  Altai  with  the  Martens ;  but  it  is  a  real  Zobei^ 
as  its  hairy  coat  extends  under  the  paws. 

The  reporter  gave  an  extended  notice,  in  these  Archives,  8  Jahrg. 
1  Bd.  p.  258,  of  a  new  Brazilian  species  of  Lutra — L,  soUta/ria,  Natt. 

P.  Gervais  has  observed  (Instit.  1842,  p.  117),  that  Arctonyx  must 
not  be  placed  with  Meles,  but  with  Mydaus,  as  the  reporter  had  pre- 
viously done. 

78 


MAMMALIA — CARNIVORA.  36 

Laurillard  asserts,  that  Morren  has  found,  in  the  tertiary  formation  at 
Brussels,' the  remains  of  a  Badg^  intermingled  with  those  of  Batra^hia, 
Snakes,  Birds,  and  Shark  teeth.  He  proposes  the  name  Melea  Morreni 
(D'Qrb.  Diet.  Univ.  ii.  p.  593)  for  the  species. 

H.  Yon  Meyer  has  obtained  from  the  brown  coal  of  Eapfnach,  in 
Switzerland,  a  fragment  of  the  under  jaw  with  the  teeth,  of  a  genus 
intermediate  between  the  Badger  and  Weasel,  which  he  has  named 
Trochictis,  The  species  is  named  Tr,  carhona/ria  (Jahrb.  F.  Min.  1842, 
p.  586). 

It  was  announced,  in  the  "  Oversigt  over  det  K.  danske  Vetensk, 
Selskabs  Forhandl.  i.  Aar.  1841,''  that  Lund  had  discovered,  among  the 
Brazilian  beasts  of  prey  at  present  existing,  a  new  genus,  between  that 
of  the  Wolverene  (Jaerv.)  and  the  Dog,  which  has  been  named  by  him 
Cynogale  venatica.  Farther  information  must  be  waited  for  before  the 
family  of  the  said  species  can  be  determined. 


ViveRrina. — ^Mr.  T.  R.  H.  Thomson  has  described,  in  the 
Annals  of  Nat.  Hist,  x.  p.  204,  a  Genetta  Richardaonii  from 
Fernando  Po. 

Rich  fulvous ;  three  streaks  on  the  nape ;  numerous  unequal  spots  on 
the  back,  sides,  and  limbs,  and  twelve  bands  on  the  tail  black;  nose 
grey;  feet  greyish  fulvous,  scarcely  spotted;  legs,  cheeks,  belly,  and 
inner  side  of  limbs  brighter  fulvous ;  body  13^,  tail  12}  inches.  Might 
not  this  be  a  young  Genetta  poensis,  Wat.  ? 

The  difference  between  the  Algerine  Genetts  and  those  of  the  Cape 
and  South  of  Europe,  has  been  shown  by  Lereboullet  (M^m.  de  Strasb. 
iiL  p.  7).  The  Strasburg  Museum  possesses  a  specimen  of  each  of  these 
Genetts ;  but  no  special  habitat  is  assigned  to  the  latter.  The  author 
finds  the  following  difference : — The  Algerine  Genett  has  larger,  cbser, 
darker,  and  fiill  spots ;  a  peculiar  white  spot  above  the  eye  is  wanting ; 
the  paws  brown«  In  the  Cape  Gtenett  the  spots  are  more  distant,  fulvous 
in  the  middle ;  the  paws  grey.  In  the  European  Genett  the  tail  is  longer 
than  the  body;  in  the  Algerine  it  reaches  to  the  eye ;  in  the  Cape  Genett 
to  the  nape ;  and  has  eleven  black  rings,  and  a  white  tip,  while  the  others 
have  only  nine ;  and  the  ear  is  hairy  inside,  in  the  others  the  edges  only 
ate  so.  The  reporter  remarks,  that  a  supposed  Spanish  Genett,  of  the 
Yienna  Museum,  agrees  pretty  nearly  in  the  colour  and  length  of  the 
tail,  since  it  has  about  ten  black  rings,  with  a  brownish-yeUow  tip,  and 
is  as  Ismg  as  the  body  (each  17'0 ;  there  are  also  spots  on  the  sides,  ^1 
and  large,  like  the  Strasbuig  specimen.  We  might  thus  distinguish  this 
Genett  as  Viverra  gemietta,  va>r,  Ewropea,  if  these  marks  should  provQ 
to  be  constant  in  several  individuals. 

79 


■N 


36  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOY,  MDCGCXLII : 

The  discoYery  of  a  Mangusta  in  Spain  is  important  for 
animal  Geography* 

J.  £.  Gray  mentions  in  the  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  SO,  that  Captain 
Widdrington  had  brought  from  Siena  Moiena  an  Ichneumon  (along 
with  a  FeU9  pardina),  to  which  he  gives  the  name  of  Herpegtes  Wid- 
dringtonii; — fbr  black  and  white,  grisled;  side  of  the  nose,  feet,  and 
end  of  taQ  UackiBh ;  the  hair  of  the  back  is  long,  black,  with  three  broad 
white  rings,  and  a  very  fine  brownish  tip ;  under  fur  soft,  bay  coloured; 
hairs  of  the  face  short  and  adpressed;  throat  and  belly  nakedish ;  ears 
shorty  rounded,  ooyerod  with  short  soft  fine  ringed  hairs ;  body  twenty- 
two,  tail  twenty  inches.  Very  nearly  allied  to  H,  icJmeumon,  but  it 
differs  from  that  species  in  the  hairs  being  much  shorter,  and  haying 
only  three  rings ;  while  the  hairs  of  the  back  of  the  H,  ichneumon  are 
white,  with  seven  broad  black  rings,  leaving  a  long  white  base,  and  only 
narrow  rings  between  the  black  ones  above.  It  would  be  another  im- 
portant fiict  for  the  geographical  distribution  of  animals,  if  the  Pcmto- 
doxfMtu  NubioB,  Fr.  Cuvier  (Mammif.  71  livr.),  was  actually  a  native  of 
Nubia,  whence  Burton  is  alleged  to  have  brought  it.  It  agrees  so  much 
with  our  P.  felvnuB,  that  one  might  believe  the  description  of  the  P« 
NubicB  was  drawn  from  this  specimen.  What,  however,  I  much  doubt, 
is  the  assertion  that  its  habitat  is  Nubia,  sinoe,  of  the  whole  genus,  no 
species  is  known  from  Africa;  and  from  the  carrying  about  of  specimens, 
their  secondary  dwelling  is  often  taken  for  their  original. 

J.  E.  Gray  has  given  a  romarkable  specimen  of  his  love  of  making 
genera,  in  the  Ann.  x.  p.  260,  as,  from  a  very  doubtful  drawing  in  Hard- 
wicke's  Illustrations  of  Indian  Zoology,  which  he  at  first  looked  upon  as 
Viverrafuica,  he  has  characterized  a  genus  Osmetectis,  without  knowing 
any  thing  of  the  nature  of  the  teeth,  or  of  the  structuro  of  the  soles.  He 
believes  he  has  discoverod  in  it  the  Indian  roprosentative  of  the  Namce, 
I,  on  the  contrary  (Schrob.  Suppl.  ii.  p.  289),  have  guessed  it  to  be  a 
Paradoxna^a, 

Canina. — Gray  has  given  some  notices  on  the  Wild  Dogs 
of  New  Holland,  in  his  Journal  of  Two  Expeditions  in  North- 
west and  Western  Australia. 

Besides  the  Dingo,  he  saw  in  North-western  Australia,  a  totally  dif- 
eront  dog.  Its  colour  is  the  same,  but  partly  with  a  blackish  tinge ; 
the  nose  is  long,  thin,  and  very  pointed,  like  that  of  the  groyhound,  but 
the  shape  is  moro  sturdy.  According  to  the  report  of  some  of  his  tra- 
velling companions,  who  had  been  at  Timor,  this  dog  must  agree  with 
the  one  common  in  that  island  (Ca/nis  rutUa/M\  which  is  the  moro  pro- 
bable, as  it  was  only  seen  in  the  company  of  natives ;  whilst  the  Dingo 
was  found  in  some  regions  abundant  in  the  wHd  state. 

80 


MAMMALIA — CARNIVORA,  37 

Delessert  gave  a  sketch  of  the  Canis  primoBvus  in  Souv.  d*uii  Voy. 
dans  rinde,  p.  16,  tab.  2.  B]e  killed  one  at  Gengy,  on  the  coast  of 
CoTomandel,  and  saw  them  oflen  in  the  NiJgherries,  hunting  in  companies 
of  three  and  four. 

Cemis  Aza/rce  was  found  by  Bridges  >m  the  valleys  of  the  east  side  of 
the  Andes  of  ChUi,  between  34"*  and  35*".  It  seems  to  differ  from  the 
Great  Fox  of  Chili,  called  Culpeo,  by  having  coarser  ears.  Ann.  of 
Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  509.  Waterhouse  remarked  (p.  513),  that  this  Fox 
difPeied  from  that  figured  in  the  Zoology  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Beagle, 
in  having  no  black  on  the  chin  and  comers  of  the  mouth. 

Hyjenina. — A  comparison  of  the  specific  differences  by 
which  the  Hycena  hrunnea  is  distinguished  from  thB  Hycena 
stiriata  and  crocuta,  in  the  construction  of  the  skull  and  teeth; 
has  appeared  by  the  reporter. 

It  is  to  be  found  in  the  Abh.  der  Munchn,  Akadem.  iii  p.  607,  and  is 
aooompanied  by  a  plate  of  the  skull  of  the  H,  hrun/nea,  of  the  size  of 
nature,  with  a  representation  of  the  canine  and  molar  teeth  of  the  other 
«pecdes. 

Felina. — Gray  has  enriched  his  genus  Leopardus^  with 
four  new  species  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  260). 

Two  species  are  from  Central  America,  and  have  been  named  by  him 
Leopardus  grisev^  and  pictus ;  the  third,  X.  Elliott,  is  &om  Madras ; 
the  fourth,  L,  Horsjleldii,  fi*om  Bhotan.  Neither  their  dimensions  are 
giyen,  nor  a  comparison  with  known  species ;  hence  a  certain  recognition 
of  them  is  impossible;  and  I  content  myself  with  merely  naming  them. 
At  the  Swiss  meeting,  Bruno  introduced  a  discussion  about  a  South  Ame- 
ricaii  Cat,  which  is  distinguished  from  the  Felis  pa/rdalis  by  its  smaller 
size,  and  the  want  of  ohligue  stripes  &om  the  shoulders  to  the  haundi ; 
and  from  the  F,  macrura,  by  a  thicker  head  and  a  weak  and  a  shorter 
taiL :  he  called  it  F,  pa/rdaloides.  Pictet  supposed  that  it  may,  perhaps, 
be  a  YBxiety  of  F,  macrwra,    (Isis,  1842,  p.  257.) 

PiNNiPEDiA. — ^Riippell  has  ^yen  a  description  of  a  young 
Stemmatoptis  eristatua  in  the  Mus.  Senck.  iii.  p.  134. 

There  Is  a  notice,  in  the  Eey.  Zool.  1S42,  p.  401,  of  a  liying  Seal 
taken  in  Corsica,  where  they  are  abundant 


81 


38  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOT,  MDCOOXLII  : 


MARSUPIALIA. 

Owen  has  written  the  article  Marsupialia  in  the  thilxl  yolume 
of  Teddys  Cyclopaedia  of  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  with  as 
much  copiousness  as  exactness,  and  explained  the  Anatomical 
Structore  by  many  Wood  Cuts. 

Mayer  has  gi^on  some  Taluable  remarks  on  tiie  Anatomy  of  the  Mar- 
BupiaUa  in  his  *'  Nenen  UntenRu^nngen  aus  dem  Gebiete  der  Aiiatom. 
und  Fhysiolog.  1842,  8..  20,"  oonoeming  the  fonnation  of  the  purse  and 
the  pnne  bones,  to  which  he  chiefly  ascribes  the  wide  gpouting  of  the 
hladd&r :  also  of  the  parts  of  generation  and  of  the  hndn,  in  which,  in 
opposition  to  Owen,  he  recognises  oonTolutions  and  a  corpus  callosum, 

P,  Gervais  has  inade  known  a  rery  remarkable  genus,  under  the 
singuhir  name  TAssirEs,  His  description  is  to  be  found  in  the  Magazine 
of  Zoology,  1842,  p,  35-37^  The  external  appearance  is,  in  some  mea- 
{mre,  that  of  a  Shrew-mouse,  bnt  the  head  is  bngor,  the  nose  mneh 
esrtended  and  slender;  ears  short,  rounded,  not  hairy;  hinder  limbs 
somewhat  longer  than  the  fore,  with  naked  soles  and  short  toes ;  fore- 
feet with  five  free  toes,  the  point  of  each  forming  a  small  ball  as  in 
the  Tariia,  and  projecting  over  the  small  nail;  m  the  hinder-^t  the 
second  and  third  toe  unite  at  the  smallest  part,  and  even  as  fiir  as  the 
nail  joint ;  the  fourth  toe  is  the  longest,  and  like  the  fifth,  with  a  small 
nail,  which  the  ball  also  jHrojects  orer ;  the  hinder  great  toe  is  opposite 
and  without  a  nail ;  the  tail  is  very  long,  coyered  at  the  root  by  the  fur 
of  the  back,  th#n  the  hsjr  becomes  quite  short  like  that  of  a  rat's  tail ; 
the  female  is  provided  with  a  purse ;  the  skull,  at  first  sight,  resembles 
that  of  the  ant-eater;  there  is  no  fi;Led  socket  for  the  joint  of  the  nnd^r 
jaw,  and  this  resembles  that  of  the  Myrmecophaga  jvhata,  as  well  a9 
tiiat  of  the  Manotremaip  The  system  of  the  teeth  is  as  remarkable  a« 
the  structure  of  the  skull.  In  the  under  jaw  are  found,  anteriorly,  a 
couple  of  knife-shaped  teeth  directed  forwards ;  towards  the  posterior 
third  of  the  tooth-margin  of  the  under  jaw-bone,  on  each  side,  there  is 
one  small  tooth  and  no  more.  Tn  the  upper  jaw  are  at  first  seen  a  couple 
of  small  inoisors ;  behind  them  in  the  first  third  of  the  tooth-margin,  on 
each  side,  are  small  wart-formed  teeth*  and  none  any  where  else.  Qervais 
looks  upon  this  paradoxical  genus  as  constituting  a  separate  fiunily,  in 
the  division  of  the  Dtddphis  syndactylus,  and  gives  it  the  name  of  TVvr- 
tipedidcR  {!),  The  reporter  would  ratiier  bring  it,  as  an  auomaloiis  fimn, 
under  the  Insect-eating  Marsupials  of  prey,  where,  as  a  separate  family, 
it  would  assume  a  place  analagous  to  the  Proteles  among  the  Hyamas, 

Gervais  gave  to  his  species  the  name  Ta/rnpes  roitratus.  Fur  fidvous 
brown  (hair  lead  coloured  at  the  root,  fulvous  at  the  point),  beneath 

82 


MAMMALIA — ^MARSUPIALIA.  39 

.  bright  Mtous  colour.  A  darkbh  stripe  along  the  back,  on  both  sides 
bordered  with  light  fulyous ;  besides  this,  on  each  side  of  the  back,  a 
reddish-black  watered  band  length-wajs;  bodj  4^,  tail  3j^  inches :  firom 
Swan  riyer.  Gray  soon  after  described  a  specimen  of  the  same  genus 
under  the  name  Taawpes  BpensercR.  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Jlist  iz.  p.  40.) 
Genrais  asserts  that  this  is  identical  with  his  own.* 

The  genus  Choeropu$,  hitherto  incomplete!  j  known.  Gray  has  defined 
more  exactly  and  fully.  (Ann.  of  Nat  Hist  iz.  p.  41).  The  slender 
forO'-feet  have  actually  no  more  than  two  toes  of  the  same  length,  and 
fumifihed  with  conical  daws.  The  hinder  feet  ha^e  four  toes,  the  outer 
ones  yery  small,  with  a  daw,  the  middle  ones  very  strong  and  long  with 
A  compressed  claw;  the  two  jimer  toes  straight,  weak,  united  up  to  the 
daws.  Tail  hairy  with-a  small  terminal  penclL  Gray  names  Hie  spedes 
desiaribed  Ch,  ccutonotis;  baeowni^^grey,  beneath  white,  sides  brownish ; 
kngth  of  body  10,  of  tail  3^  ear  1}  inches.  Lires  in  the  bush  at  Murray, 
and  was  sent  home  by  Captain  Gr^.  He  also  got,  in  the  same  district, 
an  animal  like  the  Ch,  ecwwdcutuB^  but  with  a  stxong  taiL  It  is,  according 
to  him,  certain,  that  from  the  skin  of  the  first  described  specimen,  the  tail 
had  been  accidentally  lost, 

I  haye,  in  the  meanwhile,  ^yen  the  charaoters  of  ten  new  spedes  of 
'the  genus  ZHdelphys,  in  the  Aidiiy.  18429 1  Bd.  p«  358. 

Lund  has  fiiund,  in  the  country  inyestigated  by  him  in  the  Braxils, 
Minas  Geraes,  in  all  seyen  liying  flpedes  of  Marsupial  Rata.  (Det  K. 
Danske  Yidensk.  Selsk.  Afh.  yiii  p.  236).  He  brings  them  into  two 
diyisions : — a.  Large  spedes,  with  long  white  bristly  hairs  projecting  far 
oyer  the  others.  1.  Didelphys  <mrita^  Neuw.,  agreeing  in  all  respects 
with  the  description  of  the  Prince :  2.  D,  alHvenlris,  Lund ;  yery 
intelligibly  described  by  Markgraf  as  the  Carigueya,  but  unknown  to 
all  other  authors.  Head,  neck,  sides  of  the  belly,  hair  of  the  back,  ai 
the  root  and  posterior  half  of  the  tail,  pale  Isabella-yellow.  Extremities, 
a  band  through  the  eye,  another  aboye  the  forehead,  points  of  the.  hair 
en  the  neck,  back^  and  rides,  with  the  anterior  half  of  the  tail,  blade ; 
ears  grey,  with  whitish  tips.  Whole  length  22^^  of  which  the  body  con-* 
stitutes  one  half;  ears  2^'  3'^\  Distinguished  from  the  2>.  virgmia/na, 
by  its  smaller  size,  longer  tail,  white  belly,  and  larger  ears. — h.  Smaller 


*  Gray  was  induced  to  the  characterizing  of  a  second  species,  chiefly  per* 
haps  by  Genrais'  inexact  description  of  its  locality.  Dr.  Pireiss,  to  whose 
kindness  I  am  indebted  for  the  sight  of  two  specimens  .of  this  remarkable 
little  animal,  assured  me  that  it  is  quite  unknown  at  Swan  Riyer.  The  indiri- 
dnals  brought  by  him,  he  receiyed  from  the  natiyes,  at  St.  George's  Sound,  who 
cafl  it  Nnlbingar.  Gray's  also  came  from  the  same  place.  It  liyes  in  holes  of 
trees,  and  feeds  on  fruits  and  insects.  There  remains  no  doubt  of  the  identity 
of  the  species  of  Geryais  and  Gray. — EniToa  or  AacHiy. 

83 


40  REPORX  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXUI : 

ipeinea,  witliout  brutlj  haliv;  in  Nos.  d-S,  the  tul  u  longer  Uian  the 
bodj,  in  Noa.  6,  7,  diorter:  3.  V.  meana.  Land;  pore  grej  mbove, 
beneath  white ;  a  grejiah-black  band  throng  t^  eye ;  toil  light  brmm, 
towards  tip  whiti^,  naked  to  the  root;  ears  grey-  Very  difierent 
from  JD.  cinere^,  Temm. ;  body  4";  tail  5":  4.  D.  tnarina,  Anot, : 
5.  D.  ptiiilla,  Deam.  ;  only  portioni  of  the  akeletoii,  which  point  to 
Aian'B  £!nano  (?) :  6.  D.  trieolor,  in  die  and  ooknir  quite  sgredng 
witL  Ataxa'e  Colicorto,  but  the  colour  of  the  sidet,  which  he  calla  a  lirdy 
cinnamon  hue,  ii,  in  the  liTisg  species,  merely  ochre-yellow,  on  which 
account,  Lund  places  it  with  doubt  with  the  D.  tricolor ;  7.  D.  trt{m«ata, 
described  by  Markgraf  as  a  Slirew-moiue. 

J.  E-  Qray  has  increased  the  genus  Phatcogaie  with  two  new  species. 
The  one  he  names  Ph.  tupicalit,  in  size  and  appearanoe  resembling  the 
Ph.  mtntma,  but  differing  in  having  long  white  tips  to  the  dark  brown 
-  and  black  hairs ;  in  the  short  conical  tapering  tail,  covered  with  longisli 
yellowish-tipt  hairs,  but  chiefly  in  baring  a  terminal  pencil  of  black-tipt 
hairs.  In  the  upper  jaw  were  found  only  two  false  grinders,  probably 
in  ccHuequence  of  its  youth :  Habitat  unknown.  (Ann.  ix.  p.  518)-. 
To  the  other  species,  Gray  gires  the  name  Ph.  leacoput ;  fur  grey, 
washed  with  blackish ;  head  ratiier  redder ;  lips,  chin,  throat,  chest,  and 
belly,  inside  of  legs  and  feet,  white;  tail  slender,  under  half  white,  upper 
blackish  brown ;  ears  large.  Easily  distinguished  from  Ph.  leucogaiter 
by  its  white  fbet.    (Ann.  x.  p.  261.) 

Besides  these,  Mr.  Qould  has  increased  tlie  already  great  number  of 
species  of  Kangaroos  by  sii.  (Ann.  ii.  p.  345 ;  i.  p.  1.)  These  spedes 
are  called  —  Oephranter  antilopinwi,  O.  (?)  iBobeUinui,  Halmaturtu 
agiUt,  Macropm  oci/dromui,  Lagorchettet  congpicillatai,  and  L.  albl^ 
pilit.  O^hranter  is  a.  newly  established  genua  or  aub-genus,  founded 
on  the  great  eztenaion  of  the  nasal  fosaic  and  muxzle,  the  proportionably 
small  rise  of  the  lateral  toes  of  the  hind-foot,  and  the  great  developinent 
of  tiie  middle  toe,  ice.  It  is  unnecessary  to  enter  mote  exactly  into 
this  at  present,  as  Oould  will  farther  Uluatnite  these  species  in  his 
monograph. 


BODENTIA. 

Waterhouse,  induced  by  my  Treatise  on  the  Systematic 
Grouping  of  the  Rodentia,  has  begun  the  correction  of  his 

angement  in  opposition  to  mine.     (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hiat.  x. 

197.) 

Ls  we  both  commence  from  different  principles,  so  it  follows  that  the 

aping  of  families  must  often  be  dlflerent.  Waterhouse  places  great 
64 


MAMMALIA— RODENTI  A.  41 

^portance  on  tlie  form  of  the  under  jaw,  whilst  I  have  assigned  to  it 
onlj  a  very  subordinate  importance.  In  particular,  I  do  not  classify 
according  to  one  and  the  same  character,  which  must  always  lead  to  a 
more  or  less  artificial  distribution ;  but  in  the  fixing  of  a  family,  I  have 
been  guided  by  those  marks  which  are  prominent  in  it  above  the  rest. 
What  my  method,  by  this  proceeding,  obviously  loses  in  logical  con- 
sequence^ it  gains  richly  on  the  other  hand^  for  it  can  be  made  to  com- 
prehend the  genera  together  in  groups  according  to  nature.  On  the 
individual  £unilies  I  shall,  where  it  is  necessary,  in  proceeding,  speak  more 
at  large ;  and  I  thus  hope  to  come  to  an  understanding  with  Waterhouse, 
whose  distinguished  services  to  Therology  I  acknowledge  with  the  high- 
est respect. 

Miram  explains,  in  the  BvHl,  de  Mosc^  1841,  p^  541,  that  the  merit  of 
having  first  drawn  attention  to  the  peculiar  little  bones  on  the  mai^gin 
of  the  passage  of  hearing  in  the  Guinea  Pig,  does  not  belong  to  him  but 
to  Leuckart4 

The  reporter  has  concluded  "  Schreber's  Saugth.  Suppl.  iii."  with  the 
family  of  the  Mice.  The  fourth  supplementary  volume  will  give  the  rest 
of  the  Bodentia,  and  the  remaining  orders  of  land  Mammalia, 

SciURiNA.  —  Waterhouse  (Ann.  x.  p.  202)  has  given  a 
wider  extension  to  his  family  SciwridcB,  according  to  the 
following  scheme  ^— 

Family  SciURtDiB,  with  the  genera  BciMTUB,  Pteromys,  8ciuropteni», 
XeruSf  ToAfnias,  Spermophihis,  and  Arctomys, 

Aberrant  Form9  (without  post-orbital  process  to  the  frontals). 

1.  With  large  ant-orbital  opening;  palate  contracted  between  the 

anterior  molars... ...        Anomalurus, 

2.  With  small  ant-orbital  opening. 

a.  With  rootless  molars ,  ...  |— |  —  Aplodontia, 

5.  With  rootless  molars „.  |~|  —  (Sciu/ridce?) 

.a.  Folds  of  enamel  simple       ...  ..<  ...        Asdomys, 

b.        —        —      complicated  ...  ,..        Castor, 

I  cazmot  agree  with  the  muon  of  these  aberrant  forms  to  the  Squirrels, 
just  because  they  are  aberrant,  and  eould  find  a  legal  place  elsewhere. 
I  consider  Anomaltirus  to  belong  to  the  Myoxince,  according  to  the  few 
notices  which  are  given  of  it.  Aplodontia  apd  A9comy»  rank  naturally 
with  the  Jumping  Mice ;  and  this  shows  how  necessary  it  is  to  have 
characterised  a  peculiar  family,  Cv/nicuUiria,  as  Pallas  had  asserted ; 
otherwise  ^e  genera  of  this  gioup  must  have  been  scattered  among  the^ 
other  fiunilies,  and  these  would  then  have  been  deprived  of  their  natural 
ebaracter,  as  the  .other  classification  is  a  forced  one.  The  addition  of  the 

85 


42  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Beayer  to  the  SciuriwE  destroys  completely  their  natural  chaaracter; 
and  I  blow  not  what  definition  could  then  be  given  of  the  Scktridos,  In 
his  first  work  on  the  Bodentiaf  Waterhouse  (Loud.  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hist 
183i^,  p.  593)  had  placed  Castor  and  A$€amy$  with  SpcbUtx  in  his  fiunily 
of  the  ArvicoUdoe,  a  classification,  at  least,  more  allowable  than  the 
present  one  under  the  Sciurinoe*  Ccutor  shews,  however,  in  its  whole 
Aelet(m  and  dental  struotore,  in  the  Ibnnation  of  its  feet,  tiul,  and 
secreting  apparatus  connected  with  the  organs  of  generation,  so  many 
serious  deviations  even  from  the  Mice,  that  any  union  with  them  ia 
likewise  unnaturalr 

The  addition  to  the  mew  species  of  the  genus  Sciurus  is  extremely 
large,  but  unfortunately  a  great  part  of  it  is  so  unsatisfactorily  charac- 
terized, that  the  reporter,  in  the  want  of  specimens,  cannot  determine  on 
a  separation  of  the  species  which  may  be  nominal  only.  He  contents 
himself  with  simply  quoting  the  species  according  to  their  habitatsL 

a.  Indian, — The  ample  description  of  the  Sc.  Delessertii  by  Gervais, 
with  a  plate  of  this  species  and  its  skull,  as  well  as  of  the  skull  of  8c. 
intigniSf  Rajflem,  and  o^i/reiventeTf  has  now  appeared  twice ;  once  in  the 
Magas.  de  Zool.  No.  20,  and  again  in  Delessert's  Souv.  d*nn  Yoy.  dans 
rinde,  which  is  much  to  be  disapproved  of,  as  it  costs  the  purchaser 
double;  and  amongst  the  1200  Mcmtmalia  which  Delessert  brought 
home  with  him,  there  must  have  been  sufficient  novelty  for  other  plates* 
'  Besides,  Gervais  has,  in  both  works,  confounded  Tomios  and  .F\mam- 
hulus  together ;  while  in  fact  the  former  have  cheek-pouches,  and  the 
latter,  like  true  Squirrels,  have  not. 

J.  E.  Gray  describes  in  the  Ann*  z.  p.  203,  six  other  species : — ^1.  8c. 
ruf(hgular%9  firom  China,  very  like  the  8c.  RajfleHi,  but  only  half  the 
size ;  without  white  on  the  cheeks ;  and  the  shoulders  and  side  of  the 
neck  are  red.  2.  8c,  rufoniger;  black;  throat,  inside  of  legs,  and  be> 
neath,  bright  red ;  along  each  side  an  indistinct  streak ;  outside  of  the 
thigh  grisled  white :  India.  3.  8c,  rufogaster ;  reddish,  grisled ;  head, 
side  of  the  neck,  and  outside  of  the  limbs,  leaden-grey,  grisled ;  tail  and 
feet  black ;  abdomen  red :  Malacca.  4.  8c,  atrodorsalis ;  grey ;  middle 
of  the  back  blackish,  slightly  grisled ;  cheeks  and  whiskers  yellowish ; 
ears,  chest,  belly,  and  under  side  of  limbs,  dull  rufous ;  tail  blackish,  hair 
with  a  broad  black  central  band :  Bhotan.  5.  8€.  ca$tcmeoventri8 ;  very 
like  the  8c,  hippuris,  but  <mly  half  the  size,  and  the  ears  are  grey :  China. 
6.  8c.  ccmiceps ;  pale  grey,  grisled ;  back  yellowish,  beneath  paler  grey ; 
tail  long,  grey,  black  varied,  ringed,  hair  with  three  broad  black  bonds ; 
Bhotan. 

h,  Apiccm, — Waterhouse  has  described  three  species  fixxm  the  Niger 
Expedition,  in  the  Ann.  x.  p.  202: — 1.  8e.  Stangeri;  larger  than  the 
common  Squirrel,  with  coarse  fur,  fireokled  with  black  and  yellow  on  the 
upper  parts'  of  the  body ;  the  abdomen  thinfy  covered  with  hair ;  tail 

86 


MAMMALIA — ^RODSNTI A .  43 

r&rj  large  and  bushy.  8.  Se,  rufobraehium ;  like  the  Se.  wwukktfM^ 
but  rather  larger,  more  beautifiillj-  oolooied,  aad  haa  the  potterior  part 
ef  the  fore  and  hind  legs  fringed  with  rusty-red  hairik  3.  Se,  hu/cogtny^; 
aboTe  rich  brown  from  the  admixture  of  black  and  xkAx  yellow ;  bencyith 
white ;  tail  principally  blaek,  but  the  hairs  tipped  with  white  and  red  ftt 
the  root;  the  mesial  portum  of  the  tail  beneath  is  bright  msly-redf  thue 
sides  of  the  face  white;  the  siee  about  that  of  the  eonunon  SqiuireL 

«.  North  ^f»ema«^.-^BBchmann  puUished,  in  the  Joum.  of  the  Aoad* 
of  Nat.  So.  of  Philadelphia,  Tiii.  2  (1842),  p.  310,  six  North  AmeriMua 
species  : — ^1.  Se.  kmigerut ;   fur  long  and  wooUj ;  tail  thick,  bushy* 
seareely  two-rowed ;  nose,  ears,  and  feet^  almost  black ;  upper  side  dark 
grey,  sprinkled  with  brown ;  under  side  pale  brown  •;  body  12'' ;  tail  11'' : 
N.  California.    2<  So,  nwutelmus ;  whole  body  uniform  shining  black ; 
10"  long;  tafl  13^^:  from  California*    Distinot  from  So.  niger,  by  the 
want  of  the  white  on  the  nose  and  ean«    3.  Sc.  farruffinewentrU ;  abore 
bnght  grey,  reddish-brown  on  the  shoulders;  beneath  light  red;  body 
8"  10"';  taiilO":  California.    It  so  much  resembles  some  YBziotiet  of 
Se.  emereui  and  leueotig,  that  it  might  be  reckoned  a  yanety  of  the  on* 
or  other,  were  not  the  great  distaaee  of  their  habitats  an  oljeotioiu 
5.  So,  molUpiloBus ;  dark  brown,  red  on  the  sides ;  beneath  grey :  allied 
to  the  So,  hudooniousy  but  the  light  colour  of  the  belly  is  much  less :  be^ 
tween  the  colouring  of  the  back  and  the  under  side  there  is  no  dark  line^ 
&o. ;  body  8^"  ^  tail  T' :  N.  California^    6/  So,  oeddoniaUs  ;  fwt  bng 
and  soft;  head^  back  stripe  and  tail/  Uaek;  sides  brown,  mixed  with 
black;   under  side  brown  black;  ears  narrow;   body  11";  tail  lit"* 
Most  nearly  allied  to  the  black  Tariety  of  Sc,  IoucoHm,  yc>t  different,  as 
no  species  was  Ibund  out  of  the  Atlaatic  States,  westward  of  the  Batkj 
Mountains,  or,  with  the  exception  of  So^  oetpUtroiius,  westwani  of  the 
Mifliissij^     Eight  permanent  or  uncertain  ^ecies  ef  black  Nertk 
American  Squirrels  «re  now  known. 

Lesson  defines  two  species  from  Cential  Ameriea,  in  his  Tableau  dn 
lUgne  Animal,  p.  112:— ^c.  PUadoi(I)  from  St  Salvador,  ^d  Sc. 
Adolphei,  from  Nicaragua.  The  first  is  OTidently  nothing  eke  than  Se* ' 
auroogaster,  Fr.  Cuvier;  the  other  has,  as  Lesson  says,  a  great  resem^ 
bisBH^  to  the  Capistrato  a  lomgue  queue  of  Fr.  CuTier,  yet  he  does  net 
speak  of  a  whito  colouring  on  the  nose.  Gray's  Sc.  JUekeurdeomi  is  from 
Honduras  (Ann.  x.  p.  264).  Bfaick,  brown,  yaried ;  hairs  black,  with  • 
btoad  •uboentral  brown  band ;  cheeks  aad  ndes  brown ;  middle  of  throat- 
chest,  belly,  and  inner  side  of  the  limbs,  white;  hair  ci  tail  with  l^ig 
white  tips ;  feet  black ;  ears  haiiy ;  length  of  Hm  body,  and  head,  ? 
of  tail,  ?  If  Gray  himself  cannot  give  the  length  of  his  new 
species,  who  can  ? 

d.  Souik  Ameneom. — ^The  reperter  published  in  &•  Aroiiiyes,  I842< 
YoL  i.  p.  300,  two  new  Brazilian  species : — Se,  iffmvet^trie  and  p^ftho-f 

87 


44  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

fiotuSi  Nattr  Further  researches  have  smoe  shown,  that  the  8c»  cutuMMf 
found  in  the  southern  part  of  Brazil,  has  a  sepresentatlve  in  the  north- 
west part,  which  is  distinguished  by  the  ochre  colour  of  its  throat,  and 
on  this  account,  has  been  named  by  us  8c»  gilvigularis,  Graj's  Sc.  Bel^ 
cheH  is  firom  Columbia ;  black,  minutely  dotted  with  bright  yellow ; 
sMes  of  head  and  outside  of  legs  more  orange ;  feet  bay ;  edge  of  eyes^ 
and  under  side  of  body,  bright  orange ;  lips  and  throat  paler ;  along  the 
sides  of  the  body  a  black  streak  between  the  two  colours ;  whiskers  black ; 
ears  hairy^  slightly  pencilled;  tail  flat,  rather  narrow,  black  and  red 
varied,  with  long  white  tips  to  the  hairs ;  body  7^'';  tail  4^''.  (Ann.  z< 
p.  263.)  Gray  also  mentions  another  species,  habitat  unknown,  Sd,  9plen^ 
did/ue, — of  the  size  of  English  Squirrel,  but  brighter  red ;  hair  uniform 
red-bay  to  the  base ;  head  rather  paler ;  cheeks  and  chin  stni  more  so ; 
belly,  and  inside  of  the  legs  as  far  as  the  wrist,  pure  white ;  whiskers  and 
tdft  of  hairs  on  the  temples  black ;  ears  rather  naked ;  tail  flat,  two-rowed, 
bright  red,  with  hair  of  one  colour  to  the  base.  Gray  describes,  with  an 
interrogation  if  from  India  ?  a  Xerus  tvivittatus  (Ann.  x«  p.  264) ;  dark, 
brown,  minutely  grisled  with  grey ;  outer  sides  of  the  limbs  with  longer, 
brown  hair;  broad  streak  on  each  side  of  back,  belly,  cheeks,  lips,  throat,r 
lower  part  of  sides  and  inside  of  limbs,  white ;  a  narrow  streak  on  the 
middle  of  the  back  grey-brown ;  tail  broad,  hair  whitish,  with  three 
broad  black  bands. 

:  Pteromys  has  also  had  a  considerable  addition  to  its  species.    One> 
from  Afirica,  where  none  of  them  had  been  previously  known,  is  impor- 
tant to  the  knowledge  of  their  geographical  distribution.    Gray  has  de- 
scribed three  species  from  the  Old  World  (Ann.^  of  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  262). 
1..  Pteromys  derbicmua  ;  blackish-brown,  grey  grisled ;  hairs  dull  black 
brown  with  whitish  tips ;  shoulders  whitish ;  tail  and  feet  black ;  tail 
round ;  beUy  and  inside  of  limbs  greyish-^white ;  head  abore  and  below 
blackish-grey ;   body  14" :   Sierra  Leone,  Mr*  Whitfield.    2.  Sciurop- 
tema  canicepa;  blackish-brown^ yaried  with  red  bay;  hairs  long,  dark 
btaddsh,  with  red  bay  tips ;  outside  of  the  legs  redder^  beneath  reddish* 
yellow ;  head  iron  grey  with  longer  black  interspersed  hairs ;  throat 
white ;  chin  black ;  tail  flattish,  black,  with  some  reddish-tipped  hairs ; . 
body  9^' ;  tail  8^".    Sent  with  the  following,  by  Pearson,  from  Dargellan 
(India).    Another  specimen  is  about  ^d.  smaller;  pale  above  and  below; 
head  coloured  like  the  back.     Either  a  young  one  or  new  species,  which 
in  the  latter  case,  should  be  named  Sc,  Pearsonii.      3.  Sduroptervs 
nobilh;  bright  <diestnut  brown,  with  yellow  tips  to  some  of  the  hairs  ;\ 
pale  rufous  beneath ;  the  top  of  the  head,  shoulders,  and  a  narrow  strode, 
down  the  middle  of  the  upper  part  of  the  back,  pale  fulvous. — ^Bach- . 
man's  Pterormfs  oregonemis  comes  from  the  Pine  Woods  on  Columbia  . 
Rivetj  and  is  minutely  described  in  tiie  Journal  of  Philadelp^.  viii.  1, 
p.  101«    It  is  of  medium .  size,  between  Pt,  volucella  and  sahrinua;. 
88 


MAMMALIA — RODENTIA..  45 

brown  abore,  jeUowish-Wliite  beneath ;  baa  longer  and  narrower  ears 
than  the  bitter;  spur  at  the  root  of  the  hand  much  longer  (11^  lines,  in 
iabrvMis  only  9),  and  therefore  the  wings  also  are  much  broader ;  on 
bellj  an  ochre-ooloured  tinge,  which  is  wanting  in  the  Pt,  sahrvmb9; 
body  &*  &'^ ;  tail  6'' ;  'ear  T^* ;  breadth  between  external  margins  of 
wings  8". 

The  Poudied  Squirrels  hare  been  enriched  with  three  North  American 
species,  oalleeted  from  the  coasts  of  the  Padfic.  Two  of  these,  collected 
bj  Townsend,  are  described  by  Bachmann  (Phil.  Joum.  viii,  1,  p.  68) : — 
1.  T(mUas  Totpnsendii;  like  the  T,  Lysteri,  but  larger;  tail  much 
longer ;  no  white  stripes  on  the  sides,  but  a  red  colour  on  the  haunches  t 
head  and  back  yellowish-brown,  with  five  black  stripes  lengthways; 
body  6''  9^" ;  tail,  without  hair,  4",  with  hair,  5" :  Common  in  the  woods 
on  the  west  coasts,  where  it  liyes  in  holes  under  the  earth.  2.  7.  mim-^ 
nms;  a  black  stripe  runs  sl(mg  the  spine  from  the  forehead  to  the  tail ; 
on  each  side  a  whitish  ash-coloured  one,  then  a  brown,  next  a  pure  white^ 
and  at  last  again  a  brown  stripe  accompanies  it;  under  side  white;  &om 
the  nasal  fosssB^  over  the  eye,  is  a  white  stripe,  bordered  superiorly  with 
brown ;  through  the  eye  to  the  ear  runs  a  red  line,  under  it  another ; 
tail  slender,  superiorly  brown,  bordered  with  bright  red ;  body  3''  9^'' ; 
taU,  without  hair,  3"  2'",  with  hair,  4" :  Very  plentiful  along  the  banks 
of  the  Rio  Colorado.  The  third  species,  T.  Hindei,  has  been  described 
by  Gray  (Ann.  x.  p.  264:) ;  rufotis  brown,  with  three  rather  dose  black 
streaks  on  the  middle  of  the  back,  the  outer  ones  edged  with  a  white 
streak,  having  an  indistinct  black  edge  to  it  on  its  outer  side ;  belly 
white;  feet  rusty  brown ;  hair  of  tail  red  at  the  base,  with  a  broad  blade 
subterminal  band  and  a  whitish  tip ;  body  5}'' ;  tail  4}'' :  California. 

Blasius  remarks,  in  the  Verb,  der  deutsch.  Naturf.  zu  Braunschw. 
p.  87)  that  Tamias  striatus  is  found  westward  from  the  Ural,  almost  to 
the  Dwina;  and  in  the  woods  on  the  Witsch^ada  and  Sissola  it  abounds. 
On  the  other  hand,  Pteromys  volcms  vi  rarely  seen  in  all  the  North. 

To  the  American  Marmots  some  additions  have  been  made  to  their 
species  by  Bachitiatm,  in  the  Journal  of  Philadelph.  viii.  1,  p.  6,  and  ii. 
p.  319.  1.  Spermophihis  Totonsendii,  allied  to  the  Sp.  Richardsonii 
and  guttatua,  Bidh, ;  above  brownish-grey  (hair  black  at  the  root,  then 
silver-grey,  then  dark  brown;  with  yellowish-white  tip) ;  hair  of  the  under 
side  black,  tipped  with  grey;  tail  above  the  same  colour  as  the  back,  be> 
neath  slightly  tinged  with  brown ;  body  3f ;  tail,  without  hair,  1",  with 
hair,  1^'' :  inhabits  the  prairies  on  the  Walla-walla ;  becomes  very  fat ;' 
disappears  in  August,  and  appears  again  early  in  spring  in  a  very  lean 
Ojomdition,  2.  Sp^  awnulatus ;  superiorly  reddish-brown,  spotted  with 
Uack ;  beneath  white ;  tail  with  17-20  black  rings ;  body  S''  2'" ;  tail> 
without  hair  8^,  with  hair  9''  4''^:  Inhabits  the  western  prairies,  without 
^act  limit* 

89 


46  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Blasins,  in  hk  remarks  on  the  European  Marmots  (Yerh.  der  19ten 
VemammL  d.  Natnrf.  Bnmnachw^  p^  87),  laments  that  the  knowledge  of 
the  species  is  not  altogether  cle«r#  Sp^  gnitatuMf  the  least  diffiised 
speoies,  was  found  hy  him  in  the  regions  of  the  upper  and  middle 
Donetz,  Nearly  a^ed  to  it,  he  describes  the  Sp*  muiieui,  of  the  high- 
est Alps  of  the  Caneansus.  8p.  citillus  appears  to  be  diffused  from  the 
Danube  and  Sohlesia  as  &r  as  tiie  Altai. 

Ar€to9Mf$  Jlavwenter  has  been  brought  by  Douglas^  from  the  moun- 
tains between  Texas  and  Califomia;  and  is  described  by  Rachinann 
under  this  name  (Journal  of  Fhiladelph.  Tiii.  2,  p.  909).  It  is  nearly 
allied  to  the  A.  empetra,  but  the  feet  are  browmsb-yeUow  instead  of 
black;  abdomen  yellow  instead  of  rich  rust  red;  hair  of  the  back  yeU 
kwish-white  and  black-coloured  instead  of  rust  brown,  black  and  white ; 
daws  half  as  long  t  body  16" ;  taU,  with  hair,  6''  W".  BachmanTi  men- 
tions  of  A,  fnoMug  (Jootn.  PhlL  p.  322),  that  rudimentary  cheek-pouches, 
into  which  a  pea  oonld  be  inserted,  are  present. 

Mtoxina. — ^Biippell  has  described  a  new  speoies  MMyosem 
eineraceas^  in  the  Mus.  Senck.  iii.  p.  136. 

Tail  bushy,  as  in  the  M.  glis;  upper  surface  and  tail  mouse-grey,  with 
1^  tinge  of  a  light  tawny  colour ;  under  surface  yellowish-bright  grey ; 
throat  and  paws  milk  white;  body  4^";  tail  2"  5'":  From  Port  Natal 
in  South  Africa. 

A  remarkable  link  has  been  found  between  the  Sciuridoe  and  the 
Myaxidas  in  the  AnomahMrus  Frasevi,  Fraser  discovered  this  Eodent 
at  Fernando  Po,  and  Waterhonse  gave  it  the  above  name  in  the  Ann.  z. 
p.  201.  The  external  appearance  is  Ihat  of  a  Pteromya;  fur  very  deli- 
cate and  soft,  and  oi  a  sooty  colour  on  the  upper  parts  of  the  body, 
freckled  with  yellow ;  beneath  whiftash ;  on  the  under  side  of  the  basal 
third  of  the  tail,  there  is  found  a  doubled  longitudinal  series  of  largo 
homy  scales,  with  projecting  anglss,  which  assist  the  animals  in  climb- 
n^ ;  skull  m  general  HSbc  that  ei  the  Squirrels,  but  without  the  post- 
orbital  process,  and  with  a  comparativefy  large  ant-orbital  opening; 
molars  |,  the  palate  contracted  between  them.  This  genus  I  rank 
provisionally  with  the  MyoxidcB,  or  Dormice. 

DiPODA.-^^To  Sdrtetes  a  species  has  been  added  by  J.  E. 
$ray.    (Ann.  x.  p*  262.) 

He  caUs  it  Alactaga  indiem^  and  says  that  it  agrees  with  8e»  (leontium 
in  the  proportipn  and  length  of  the  hind  feet,  but  diifers  fron  it  in  this, 
that  it  is  yeDowish,  and  that  the  hairs  of  the  tuft  of  the  tail  are  yellow 
with  blaok  tips;  whilst  in  the  £1^.  aeontium  the  black  hairs  are  one 
colour  to  the  base,  and  there  is  only  a  slight  indication  of  the 

90 


MAMMALIA — RODENTIA.  47 

form  of  the  pads  to  the  hind  toes,  so  strongly  developed  in  the  A,  indica. 
In  it  the  J  are  oompreAMd,  with  three  to  Are  grooyes  on  each  side,  and 
crenated  on  the  front  edge;  bodyS^'';  tail  6'';  earV'4^''':  Candahar, 
at  Qaettah. 

With  regard  to  the  Dipus  vexiUmiui,  EUudiu  thinks  that  it  is  not 
essentially  different  from  D.  jacuhis, 

Davemoy  and  Lerebonllet  haye  giyen  a  masterly  description  of  the 
DipUB  maurit€inicu8.  Day.,  in  the  M^m.  de  Strasb.  iii.  The  authors 
haye  principally  compared  the  anatomical  rektions  most  completely, 
with  an  exactness  which  brings  to  mind  the  beaatifal  works  of  Pallas 
and  Daubenton.  The  delmeation  of  the  mnsdes  of  the  hind  limbs  is 
particiilarly  interesting,  as  it  shows  how  the  latter  axe  ftiUy  adapted  for 
powerfol  springing.  The  chief  anatomical  peculiarities  are  rendered 
dear  by  two  beautiful  plates.  In  reference  to  the  geographical  distri- 
bution, the  authors  remind  us,  that  Dipus  mawritcmicui  from  the 
western  proyinces  of  Algiers,  and  also  the  specimens  f^m  Constantine, 
axe  not  distinguished  from  those  of  Tunis  and  Tripoli.  The  Dipu» 
mofurita^iouB,  howeyer,  is  larger,  stronger,  of  a  darker  hue,  and  the  red 
is  more  mixed  with  black,  than  in  the  Springing-mouse  of  Tripoli,  which 
is  smaller,  and  Ughter  red.  The  latter  has  likewise  a  somewhat  longer 
and  narrower  head,  and  comparatiyely  larger  ears.  The  hairs  are,  be> 
sides,  in  the  Algerine  Spring-mouse,  stiff  and  pretty  rough ;  in  that  of 
Tripoli  remarkably  £Me,  and  as  it  were,  woolly ;  and  this  is  also  the  case 
in  the  specimens  from  Constantine,  which  approach  nearer  the  Tripoli 
than  the  Algiers  Spring-mouse. 

PsAMMORYCTiNA. — The  new  genus  Schizodon  ttom  Cbili, 
described  by  Waterhonse,  in  the  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  507, 
is  allied  to  the  Psammoryctea  and  Octodon,  as  well  as  to 
Ctenomys^ 

Fore-feet  strong,  with  large  daws  for  burrowing ;  ears  of  moderate 
size;  molars  |,  rootless,  the  crown  of  each  diyided  into  two  parts  by  the 
meeting  of  the  folds  of  enamd  of  the  outer  and  inner  side,  and  the  sur- 
face of  these  teeth  may  be  compared  to  a  series  of  cylinders  (two  to 
eadi  tooth),  whidi  are  much  compressed  in  the  antero-posterior  direction. 
The  three  foremost  molars  are  of  equal  size,  the  posterior  one  smaller. 
Ant-orbital  opening  yery  large,  besides  a  peculiar  but  yery  small  infra- 
orbital openii^.  The  only  spedes  is  8eh»  fiucus,  of  the  size  and  colour 
of  the  common  Bat,  but  with  softer  fur;  bodye^';  tail  T' 8"'';  ear  5^''': 
Very  common  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  Andes,  undermining  the  whole 
oouatry,  so  that  hones  are  continually  plunging  into  the  burrows. 
Figures  saoA  frirther  anatomical  details  are  much  to  be  desired^ 

Lund  has  diyided  the  South  American  Bristle  Rats  into  four  genera. 

91 


43  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

(E.  Danske  YidenaL  Selsk.  Natnrr.  Afhaadl.  1841,  p.  243).  1.  Phtl< 
LOUTS ;  each  upper  molar  oonsisting  of  four  simple  parallel  little  cross 
plates.  2.  .EcHncYs;  upper  molars  composed  of  two  double  cross 
plates,  the  Hmbs  of  which  are  united  to  tiie  inner  margin  in  the  form 
of  two  separate  ▼.  t.  3.  Lokcheubs;  two  little  cross  plates,  the 
anterior  single,  the  posterior  like  double  v.  ▼.  4.  Nblomts  ;  upper 
molars  originally  consisting  of  two  cross  plates,  the  anterior  simple,  the 
posterior  in  the  form  of  a  single  y.  I  haye  here  to  remark,  that  PhylUymyB 
is  a  true  Nelomys,  or  rather  Lancheres,  according  to  my  definition ;  to 
which  also,  perhaps,  will  belong  the  genus  Lonchophorub,  described  by^ 
Lund  afterwards  (p.  282).  Lund's  Echimys  and  Lonehereg  are  identical 
with  my  Echinomys;  and  Lund's  Nelomys  agrees,  in  all  material 
respects,  with  Jourdan's  genus  of  the  same  name  (or  Loncheres  accord^ 
ing  to  my  definition) ;  but  differs  from  it  by  the  want  of  bristles,  as  it 
appears,  and  by  a  small  yariation  in  the  molars* 

Lund  has  only  found  some  under  jaws  of  Phyllomys  hrcmlien$i8,  in  a 
hole  in  the  yalley  of  the  Rio  da  Yelhas.  He  has  obtained  no  species  as 
yet  of  his  Echimys,  to  which  he  joins  E.  chryswrus,  eajewnensis,  &c. ; 
but  he  has  got  twif  species  of  LonehereMj  which  he  distinguishes  as 
£.  elega/M  and  laticeps,  Loncherei  elega/ns  he  says  is  generally  distri- 
buted. It  is  slender,  and  of  a  rat-like  appearance;  superiorly  rich 
rusty  yellow  brown,  beneath  pure  white ;  both  colours  stop  suddenly ; 
tail  scaly,  thinly  coyered  with  hairs,  which,  towards  the  end,  increase  in 
length,  so  that  they  here  form  a  thin  pencil }  body  8"  ^  tail  8^''.  In 
my  opinion,  this  species  will  be  nothing  else  than  Echinomys  leptosoma, 
(E»  cajennemis).  Of  the  habits  of  the  Bristly  Rats,  hitherto  quite 
unknown,  Lund  giyes  us  the  first  information.  L»  elegcms  keeps  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  standing  waters,  where  it  makes  its  nest  amongst  the 
sedges.  It  swims  quickly,  yisits  by  night  the  com  fields,  when  it  climbs 
the  maize  stalks,  nibbles  the  ears,  and  destroys  the  crop.  According  to 
Natterer's  information,  the  species  of  Echinom/ys  ascend  the  trees,  whilst 
those  of  NelomyB  inhabit  holes.  This  latter  fact  Lund  also  obseryed. 
Of  Lund's  second  species  of  Loncheres,  called  by  him  L,  laticepBy  I  find 
no  other  account  by  him,  than  that  (p.  99)  it  is  rare.  Lund  also  men- 
tions two  Hying  species  of  Nelomy$  (Lancheres  of  tiie  reporter),  N.  cm^ 
tricola  and  mleidens,  NelomyB  omtrieola  (p.  246),  formerly  called  by 
him  EchmamyB  <zpereaideB  (p.  98),  is  not  a  true  Bristly  Rat,  as  it  wants 
eyery  trace  of  bristles,  and  its  hairs  axe  of  the  usual  constructicm. 
It  is  plump,  with  a  thick  snout,  short  ears,  and  ycry  hairy  tail ;  aboye 
grey-brown,  composed  of  a  mixture  of  rusty  yellow  and  black-brown'; 
beneath  white ;  bodylO'';  tail7i'':  liyes  in  holes,  and  feeds  on  all 
oi^ganic  substances  which  it  can  gnaw.  N.  BuleidenB,  Lund,  is  only 
known  from  the  remains  of  bones  that  haye  been  found,  according  to 
which  it  differs  in  this  respect  fiom  the  other  species^  that  the  cuttingr 

92 


MAAiMALIA — RODENTIA.  49 

teeth  have  a  furrow  lengthways.  Lund's  N»  cmtricola  is  eyidently 
nearly  allied  to  Loncheres  unicolor,  Bilpp.,  which  I  have'  characterized 
in  these  Archives  hurt  year  (1  Bd.  s.  361),  without  being  perfectly  sure 
of  ranldng  it  under  LoncJieres,  since  its  teeth  were  not  known  to  me. 
Two  other  Brazilian  species,  L,  macrwra  and  nigri-spina,  Natt,  are 
described  at  the  same  place. 

CuNicuLARiA.  —  BUppell  has  added  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  forms  to  Mammalia  in  his  new  genus  Hetero- 

CEPHALUS. 

It  is  represented  in  the  Mus.  Senckenb.  iii.  p.  99,  tab.  8,  fig.  1,  and 
tab.  10,  fig.  3.  Skin  almost  wholly  naked,  with  single  hairs  here  and 
there ;  body  plump ;  eyes  small ;  external  muscles  of  the  ear  obsolete ; 
limbs  strong,  five  toed,  with  stout  daws;  tail  rather  short;  cutting 
teeth  strong,  smooth,  obliquely  sharpened;  molars  |,  consisting  of  a 
simple  cylinder,  the  upper  ones  with  an  indentation  on  the  inside,  the 
under  with  two  indistinct  protubercmces  pushing  against  each  other. 
To  the  only  hitherto  known  species,  Ruppell  has  given  the  name 
Heterooephalus  gUxber;  body,  in  a  straight  line.  At* ;  tail  1"  3''^ ;  fore- 
foot, with  middle  daw,  T*' ;  hind-foot,  with  middle  daw,  W :  lives  in 
holes  in  the  meadows  of  Schoa.  The  reporter,  from  the  plate,  finds  the 
skuU  most  nearly  resembling  that  of  the  Oeorhychus, 

Riippell  has  made  another  important  addition  to  this  family,  in  a 
second  North  African  spedes  of  Rhizomys  (Tctchyoryetes).  lib.  dt. 
p«  97y  tab.  S,  fig.  2 ;  tab.  10,  fig.  2.  He  calls  this  spedes  Rkizomyi 
mcbcrocephalus  ;  hair  pretty  long  and  extremdy  delicate ;  whole  upper 
surface  rich  reddish-brown  with  a  beautiful  sil^  gloss  verging  towards 
metallic  (hairs  dark  bluish-grey,  with  brown. tips);  under  side  dirty 
yellow  grey ;  body  12^' ;  tail  1"  ^'^ :  habitat,  earth  passages  of  the 
pasture  meadows  of  Schoa. 

J.  £.  Gray  has  defined  another  spedes  under  the  name  of  Rhizomyi 
minor  ;  far  grey  with  browner  ends,  long,  very  silky ;  whiskers  brown ; 
sides  of  head  rather  browner;  tail  naked;  body  6^'' ;  tail  If :  Indian 
or  Cochin  China?    (Ann.  z.  p.  266.) 

Bachmann,  in  the  Joum.  of  Philad.  viii.  1,  p.  103,  has  more  exactly 
characterised  Ascomys  (Geomys)  borecUis,  Rioh.,  and  A,  T<non9endiiy 
Rich.,  hitherto  only  known  by  an  unsatisfiictory  notice.  A,  horealU  is 
pale  grey ;  superiorly  washed  with  yellow ;  under  side,  feet,  daws,  and 
tail  white ;  cutting  teeth  anteriorly  yellow ;  in  the  upper  ones  a  slight 
groove,  towards  the  inner  margin,  is  visible  by  means  of  a  magnifying 
glass;  body  7^";  tail  2''.  Bachmann  acknowledges,  that  he  has  not 
been  able  to  find  out  the  difPerenoe  between  this  and  the  A.  Tatontendii, 
He  states  the  body  of  this  latter  to  be  7V'y  the  tail  2}".    Bichardson 

93 


50  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLU  : 

himiwlf,  has  at  present  only  said  that  the  tail  of  the  latter  if  smnewhat 
laxger  than  that  of  the  fi>nn^:  both  species  axe  natives  of  Goltanbia 

KuRiNA. — Waterhouse  has  made  a  modification  in  the 
arrangement  of  this  family,  in  the  Ann.  x.  p.  203, ,  aJPter  the 

.  following  scheme : — 

Family. — Murida — Genera:  GerbilluSf  PBommomySf  Mus,  Ee^pe- 
romys,  Dendromys,  Phkeomys,  Cricetomys,  CricetuSt  Euryotis,  Hapa- 
loHif  Rdthrodon,  Sigmodon,  and  Neotoma, 

Sub -family  1.  —  Agpalomyina  —  Genera:  Ehizomys,  Aspalomys, 
(8palaa!)y  and  Heteroc^halus^ 

Sub-fiunily   2.  —  Arvicolina — Genera:    Ondatra^    Arvicola,   and 

Against  this  arrangement  the  reporter  has  to  obeenre,  that  its  logieal 
seqnenoe  is  not  to  be  granted,  as  the  two  sub-families,  taken  together, 
do  noiy  perhaps,  form  a  part  (tf  the  £imily  Mwrida,  but  stand  as  an 
appendix  to  it.  This  appendix,  moieoTer,  would  not  be  necessary  for 
the  Arvicolasy  as  they,  in  the  most  essential  respects,  bear  the  type  of 
the  Mice,  and  in  their  most  importent  differenoe,  the  construction  of  the 
molars,  do  not  stend  isolated,  but  by  Neotoma  and  Mygtromfs,  adyance 
into  veiy  intimate  union  with  the  oOtet  divisions  of  the  Mwrince,  It  is 
somewhat  different  with  the  Aipalomyina.  These  are  strange  members 
in  the  family  of  the  Mice,  yarying  from  them  yeiy  essentially  in  the 
structure  of  the  skull,  the  molars,  and  cutting  teeth,  and  in  the  limbs,  so 
that  the  passage  from  them  to  the  Mice  is  only  made  by  a  jump.  My 
arrangement  and  division  of  the  family  Murina  is  now  completed  in 
Schreber's  Suppl.  iiL 

Two  new. genera  haye  been  described  by  Gray  in  the  Ann.  x.  p.  2&^ 
NxsoKiA  and  Yandxlbubia.  On  their  relation  to  the  other  genera,  the 
reporter  does  not  yentuie  any  judgment,  as  the  i«esent  description  is 
not  sufficient  for  that  purpose.  The  molars  eyen  of  Vcmdeleuria  are 
not  known.  Nesokia. — Cutting  teeth  yery  large,  flat  in  front  and 
mooth ;  grinders  f ;  front,  in  upper  jaw,  large  with  three  ooss  ridges; 
the  middle  oblong,  and  the  hinder  much  narrowed  behind,  each  wilii 
two  cross  ridges ;  the  front  lower  grindet  larger,  narrowed  in  front  with 
three  eross  ridges ;  hinder  each  with  two  ridges,  the  hindermost  mnalfast ; 
tail  short,  thick,  with  whorls  of  scales  and  scattered  bristles;  ears 
moderate,  naked.  The  author  disdngnishes  this  genus  from  Mus,  by 
the  large  onttmg  teeth  and  short  tail;  he  looks  on  it  as  intermediiate 
between  Mus  and  Rhizomys.  As  a  qiecifis,  he  plaoes  in  it  Mus  Mctrd^ 
mckU  from  India;  and. he  thinks  it  probable  that  Brandt's  Hypudasus 
Ouira  may  belong  to  the  genus.  VANnBUUBUu — Upper  cutting  teeth 
triangular,  with  a  deep  grooye  near  the  middle  on  the  oblique  front 

94 


MAMMALIA — ^RODSNTIA.  61 

•dge ;  ean  hairy ;  for  foft,  with  soine  longer  bristles ;  hind  feet  refty 
long,  tiender,  soles  bald  beneath;  toes  4-5,  kmg,  the  thfeo  auddle 
almost  eqaal»  the  hinder  middlfi  vtty  long;  the  front  outer  scaioe^ 
risible;  the  front  inner  weak;  tail  verj  long,  sealjr,  with  scattered 
hairs,  and  with  longer  more  enmded  hairs  at  the  tip.  Very  like  the 
American  QerbUH  (jocuUm)  in  external  appearance  and  fonn  of  hmd 
feet;  differs  frem  DtnirimMft  in  the  Ibrm  and  proportion  of  the  toes: 
lines  in  bushes  and  trees  in  bidia.  The  upeeies  is  Jlics  oleraeeMf  Sykes? 
or  M,  Umgiccmdatus  of  Elliott. 

To  Smith's  genus  Ototnyt^  the  reporter  had  to  furnish  a  new  name, 
Malcbcothrix  (Schreb.  So^.  iiL  p.  496),  because  Fr.  Cnyier  had,  nine 
years  preyiously,  given  the  same  title  to  another  genus  (Ewtyotis). 

With  regard  to  the  new  species  whidi  hate  been  added  to  the  genus 
JfiM,  and  even  to  tiie  family  Mwridce,  I  diaH  refer  for  a  notice  of  them 
to  my  monograph  of  this  group,  in  order  to  gain  room;  and  I  shall  only 
ooeaeionatty  notice  some  species,  while  I  shall  more  closely  consider  sndi 
others  as  have  come  to  my  knowledge  sfaice  the  printing  of  tiiat  woric. 
Lesson's  Mus  (forulems  has  dipped  out  of  some  colony  into  the  granaries 
of  Roehefort ;  Aboye  slate  bine ;  beneath  bluish  ash-grey ;  tail  bhwkish ; 
extremities  flesh  coloured  (Tab.  du  iUgn.  Anim.  p.  138).  Selys  (Ber. 
Zool.  p.  S46),  eonsiden  Hie  Jfus  hibenUout  as  an  accidental  Tariety  ef 
M.  rattus.  Tobias  of  Gorlits,  has  imparted  some  interesting  observe. 
taons  on  tiie  habits  of  the  Jf«s  mmutus,  and  foimation  of  its  nest. 
(las,  1642,  p.  387.)  Riippell  has  described  and  given  drawings  of  the 
North  East  African  Mice,  in  the  Mus,  Senckenb.  iiL  p.  104;  viz.,  Jfus 
abygsiMcuSy  oMptB^  leucagterwwMf  d&mbeenm,  imberbis^  and  Criee^ 
twMf%  g€i/rMwMM.  Of  M,  cUexa/ndrinus,  Riippell  mentions,  in  the 
Yen.  d.  SenoL  Samml.  p.  29,  that  he  has  received  one  fr^om  North 
America;  and  the  reporter  has  it  fiiHU  the  Bnudls, — a  proof  how  widely 
these  Miee  are  extended. 

Bachmann  has  described  five  new  q;>ecies  in  the  Joorn.  of 
the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sc.  of  Philadelphia,  viii.  p.  300^  which  he 
places  under  Mvu,  bnt  which,  as  the  reporter  supposes,  do 
not,  perh3>ps,  collectively  belong  to  this  genus*  but  must  fall 
under  Heaperomys,  and,  perhaps,  under  genera  yet  to  be 
(established. 

1.  Jfus  hmMiiB ;  reddiah-grey  above  (hair  at  under  part  lead-coloured), 
beneaith  lig^t  fulvous ;  eheeloi,  and  a  side  streaik,  blight  nut  colour;  tail 
thinly  covered  with  hair,  above  brown,  beneath  somewhat  lighter; 
body  2''  ^"i  tail  2''4''';  ear  Z'" \  South  Carolina.  2.  Jf.  (caUmya) 
aureolu$;  above  bright  orange  colour;  belly  light  fulvous;  throat, 
breast,  and  fore-feet,  white ;  body  if'  3"' ;  taU  3"  V' ;  ear,  posteriorly, 

95 


52  EEPOET  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

3"':  inCiroliiwuidOeoTgw:  dimbi  Tery  well.  Very  hkeM.  Uumput', 
bnt  KHnewhat  luger,  and  the  em  lattier  ■horter.  3.  if.  miehigcmeniU ; 
lig^t  giejish'brown,  teneath  wMtish ;  cheeka  jellow ;  bodj  4" ;  tail 
2i" ;  ear  1'" ;  from  Michigaji.  Difibn  &om  M.  leueopat  bj  ita  maoh 
ihorter  tul,  shorter  ear*,  and  the  whitfl  not  extending  to  the  sides. 
4.  Jf.  coroItneiHu ;  light  lead  ooloiir  (hairs  of  one  colour),  beueaOi 
somewhat  paler;  ears  long  and  hair^;  upper  cutting  teeth  slightly 
fiUTOWed ;  body  2"  4"' ;  t^  2"  9"' ;  ear  4'".  Not  niuneroas  on  the 
coasta  <^  South  Carolina.  5.  Jf.  Ltcontii;  abofe  dark  reddish-brown 
^haiifl  at  root  lead  coloured) ;  beneath  light  Mtoiu  ;  ears  slightly  pro- 
jecting from  the  tai ;  upper  cutting  teeth  deeply  fsnowed ;  body  2i" ; 
taO  2" ;  ear  1^"' :  from  Georgia.  Professor  Stdiinz  showed  me  tw« 
miee,  whii;^  oame'from  the  same  State;  one  of  which  agrees  with 
Jf.  Leeoittii,  the  other,  which  aeems  midescribed,  I  have  named  Ifus 
poli<mot\i$ :  M.  supra  flavido-plombeu^,  Bubtua  pedibnaque  albidua ; 
aariculis  mediocribus ;  dent.  prim,  int^ris ;  cauda  pUosa  abbreviata ; 
body  2"  4'" ;  tul  1"  2"' ;  ears  4"' ;  hind  foot  7"'.  As  mentioned  already, 
nrather  species  belong  to  Jfu«,  but  their  teeth  are  tudmows  to  me. 

Four  new  Brazilian  species  of  ffetperomyi  have  bean  described  in 
tbeae  Archives  by  the  reporter,  1848, 1  Bd.  p.  361 :— if.  (Oirymyetenu) 
nuteOatat,  Wagn. ;  H.  aruiculoidet,  Fict ;  H.  orobintu ;  and  S.  mb- 
Jlavru,  Wagn. 

With  regard  to  Pkloeomyt  Cumingii,  described  by  Eydoux  and 
Souleyet  fVoy.  Sur  la  Bcaiite,  ZooL  i.  p.  43,  tab.  7),  I  must  remark,  that 
it  is  Tery  different  from  the  animal  characterized  by  Waterhouae.  The 
latter,  which.  I  myself  had  an  opportunity  of  eiamining  at  Vienna,  ii 
quite  black  on  the  back ;  tail  and  fbet  foiy  black.  On  tlie  other  hand, 
the  Frendi  sodo^ata  describe  thur  animal  as  mostly  white.  It  appears, 
UierefixN,  to  be  either  an  Albino,  or  some  other  species. 

JfiM  harbarut,  and  Rhombomyi  robuttut,  Wagn.  {QettiUut  ShawUt 
Duv.),  have  been  amply  Hlmtrated  by  Davemoy  and  LerebouUet  in  the 
iSija.  de  Straab.  iii.  The  anatomioal  pecnliaritiee,  particularly  the  eye, 
and  several  syitema,  have  been  iUnstrated  witii  great  ezactnesa  in  hoQi 
these  species,  as  well  as  in  Dipwt  mo/vritanieui.  Two  plates  represent 
these  as  well  as  the  animali  themselves. 

The  newly  described  Jumping  Mice  of  Riippell  and  A.  Smith  have 
alteady  been  noticed  in  my  monograph,  where  also  a  new  spedes  finm 

i&  is  des<adbed. 

yerbUlat  aytUrarm,  Gray  (Ann.  z.  p.  266) ;  iiir  grey-brown,  rather 

sled,  under  flir  lead-colotued ;  abdomen  whitish ;  chin  and  throat  pure 

ite;  tail  covered  with  pale  chestnut-brown  hairs,*  those  near  the 


MAMMALIA — RODENTI A .  53 

end  black-tipped ;    upper  cutting  teeth  with  a  deep  central  groove ; 
body  5"  3'" ;  toil  4"  3'" :  Affghanistan. 

Much  labour  has  been  expended  on  the  group  of  Burrowing 

Mice. 

Seljs  jdaoed,  in  his  Faun.  Beige,  the  Hypudaius  offreHie  as  a  peculiar 
species.  He  now  recognises  his  H,  fiUvus  as  identical  with  H.  a/rvalis ; 
but  still  lingers  on  the  distinctness  of  the  H,  mbterraneus.  The  reporter 
does  not  know  it  from  observation,  but  agrees  with  the  opinion  of 
Keyserling  and  Blasius. 

The  reporter  described  a  new  species  from  St.  Gothard,  in  Schreb. 
SuppL  iiL  p.  576,  under  the  name  of  J7.  alpinus,  and  gave  a  sketch  in 
tab.  191,  B.  The  name  of  the  H,  nivalis,  of  the  Faul  Horn,  was  only 
known  to  the  reporter  from  the  Rev.  ZooL  1842,  p.  347,  at  the  time  his 
description  was  printed.  He  has  since  found,  that  a  diagnosis  of  this  had 
abeady  been  given  in  the  preceding  number  of  the  Zeitschrift,  p.  331, 
from  which  it  is  to  be  concluded,  that  H,  alpiwus  and  nivalis  are 
identical.  Selys  also  shows  H.  neglectus  to  be  identical  with  H,  agrestis, 
Sundevall  has  given,  in  the  K.  Yetensk.  Acad.  HandL  for  Ar.  1840, 
Stockh.  1842,  p.  15,  a  very  careful  description  of  the  teeth  of  H»  arvalis 
(according  to  more  recent  definitions  JET.  agresHs),  of  H.  ruHlus  and 
gloreohMf  and  of  Myodus  lemmus,  with  important  renuirks  on  their 
geographical  distribution  in  Sweden.  Correct  plates  illustrate  the 
teeth  of  the  known  spedes.  Two  species  have  been  described  by  Gray 
in  the  Ann.  z.  p.  265 : — 1.  Arvicola  Boylei  ;  rufous  grey,  beneath  grey ; 
hair  dark  lead  colour  at  the  base ;  ears  moderate,  round,  hairy ;  tail 
covered  with  pale  hairs ;  first  lower  grinder  has  a  large  rhombic  anterior 
process,  and  three  folds  on  the  outer  side  and  four  on  the  inner  one ;  the 
hinder  upper  one  has  three  folds  on  each  side,  and  an  elongated  lobe 
behind;  body^'';  tail  T' 2^'' :  Cashmere.  2.  Arvicola  americima^ 
like  the  English  Water  Bat,  but  only  half  the  size ;  fit>nt  cutting  teeth 
slightly  grooved  on  the  outer  edge :  South  America.  This  is  the  first 
notice  of  real  Field-Mioe  beiog  indigenous  to  South  America ;  but  since 
no  authority  is  given,  it  may  be  «uppo6ed  that  an  error  in  the  habitat 
has  occurred. 

Four  new  species  of  North  American  Burrowing-Mioe  have  been 
described  by  Bachmann,  in  the  Journal  of  Philadelphia,  viii.  1,  p.  60 ; 
and  iL  p.  295: — 1.  Arvicola  Totmaendii;  hairs  above  lead  coloured, 
with  dark  brown  tips,  beneath  ash-grey ;  feet  and  daws  brown ;  ears 
large,  someirhat  projecting ;  body  6'' ;  tail  2^'' ;  breadth  of  ear  5''' : 
from  Columbia  River.  2.  A,  fulvua;  fur  smooth  and  glossy,  above 
chestnut-brown,  beneath  whitish-groy;  ears  and  limbs  long;  body 
3"  9"' ;  tail  1"  4'" :  probably  from  Illinois.  3.  A.  nagutm ;  head  and 
nose  elongated;  far  above  dark  rust-brown,  beneath  dirty  yellowish- 

97  G 


54  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

grey;  legs  and  tail  light  biown;  body  5''  V''\  taU  1"  ^'' :  abuMUmt  in 
the  northern  parts  of  New  York.  4.  A,  teakptaides ;  head  thick ;  note 
blunt ;  ears  concealed ;  fur  abort,  yery  soft,  aboye  li^t  brown,  beneath 
bright  grey;  body  ^" ;  tail  l(f" :  Long  Ldand,— not  rare  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  New  York.  Differs  from  A.  pen$ylva/nica  by  its  thicker 
head ;  by  the  fbr  being  only  half  as  long  and  withomt  the  longer  bristles : 
from  A.pinetarwny  by  its  siae,  and  the  want  of  a  chestnut-brown  hue  on 
the^  cheeks. 

Blasius  has  giyen  some  lemarks  on  the  Lemmings,  in  the  Verb,  der 
Naturf.  zu  Braunsohw.  p.  88.  The  last  under  molar  has  in  them  four  or 
fiye  alternating  prism* ;  in  the  Arvicola  only  three,  standing  obliquely 
behind  eadi  other  (not  alternating).  All  the  Northern  spedes,  as 
MyoduB  hud9onieu8f  haye  oonyex  rounded  fiire-teeth,  which  fi>rm  a  bow 
on  the  edge.  The  species  found  farther  south,  to  6^**  latitude  (M.  nor- 
UfeffiefM  or  UmmuMf  M,  torquatus  and  laffwrw)^  haye  finre4eeth  with 
single  bows  running  into  each  other  on  the  anterior  surfwe.  The  most 
southern  £>rm,  Jf .  migratorius  (Lemmu$  obeims ,  Brandts ;  Qeorhychtu 
luteu€f  Eyersm.),  whieh  belong  to  the  KirguisiBa  Steppes,  has  flat,  not 
curyed,  upper  fore-teeth* 

Rathke  has  furnished  a  copiooa  account  of  the  Norwegian  Lemming, 
with  regard  to  its  aflatonucal  relations,  in  the  last  publications  of  the 
Naturf.  Qesellsch.  in  Danaig,  1842,  p.  1. 

Mv9  hetulmui  has  been  found  in  Sweden  by  W.  Yon  Dilben.  He 
disooyered  this  species  at  Bonneberga,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Land* 
skrona,  and  described  it  in  the  E.  Yetensk.  Acad.  HandL  Stock.  1843, 
p.  175.  This  disooyery  points  out  a  wide  distribution  of  the  known 
species;  and  it  is  also  of  importance,  as  the  Prince  of  Musignano 
obsertes,  since  it  afforded  Nilason  an  opportunity  of  determining  that  it 
cannot  be  arranged  under  Jfus,  but  must  be  placed  under  Smm^wg* 
Bladus  has,  in  like  manner,  conyinoed  himself,  that  the  allied  trades, 
Mu»  v<igu$,  belongs  to  the  genus  8fnmtku$  (Yerh.  p.  87). 

Castorina. — The  position  of  the  nipples  of  the  Myopo- 
tamuB  hSiS,  since  my  la.st  year's  report,  called  forth  much 
obseryation,  the  most  of  which  is  yet  deposited  with  me  in 

manuscript. 

It  was  announced  in  last  year's  report,  that  a  Mr.  Popelaire  had  made 
known  a  strange  animal  from  Chili,  which,  among  other  anomalies,  had 
nipples  on  its  back.  Wesmael  named  this  wonderful  animal  Ma,9t(motU9 
PopelarU;  and  Lesson  has  since  giyen  it  a  second  name,  QuUUnomyM 
chiiaMis.  I  esteemed  the  whole  account  as  fiibulous.  The  assertion 
was,  howeyer,  not  long  printed,  until  the  Academy  reoeiyed  the  K. 
Yetensk.  Acad.  Haadl.  for  Ar,  1839,  Stockh.  1841,  in  which  Fahrfeus 
98 


MAMMALIA — RODENTIA.  55 

daoUred,  firom  an  examination  of  a  akin,  ihai  the  nipples,  in  fiiet,  thougli 
not  exactly  upon  the  back,  yet  lay  1^  inches  above  the  mesial  line  of 
the  sides,  and  that  the  animal  was  nothiqg  else  than  the  well  known 
MyopotcMMns  c&ypu9.  He  promised  forther  information  on  the  receipt 
of  two  liTuig  spedmenSy  whidi  had  been  promised  him  (p.  226,  also 
given  in  the  Isis,  1S42,  p.  356),  Sundevall  gave  a  ooafirmatum  of  this 
ftct,  in  the  Arsber.  om  nyare  Zool.  Arbet.  p.  538.  The  question  was 
now  not  one  of  a  fable,  but  only  of  correct  interpretation.  Farther 
evidenee  of  this  appeared.  Dr.  Biippell  informed  me,  about  the  11th 
February,  that  he  had  found,  in  two  females  of  the  Myopot<miu8  from 
ChUi,  the  nipples,  four  pair  in  number,  just  as  Fahrasus  had  described 
them ;  and  he  observed,  that  Christie,  in  the  Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.  1835, 
p.  182,  had  previously  mentioned,  that  in  this  animal  the  nipples  were 
situated  **  uncommonly  high  on  the  sides.*'  In  a  third  specimen  in 
Frankfort,  probably  a  male,  excrescences  were  not  £>und  on  the  sides. 
At  the  same  time,  Dr.  Schinz  informed  me,  that  he  had  observed  the 
same  position  of  the  nipples,  not  merely  in  the  Myopota/mu$,  but  also  in 
the  iMgostamfM.  About  dd  March,  I  received  from  Eriohson  the  infor> 
mation,  that  he  had  convinced  himself,  from  the  examination  of  a  skin 
from  Chili,  of  the  correctness  of  the  earlier  assertions.  He  laid  before 
me,  at  the  same  date,  a  notice  from  Sondevall,  who  had  kept  for  a  while, 
in  Stockholm,  a  live  adult  male  of  Myopotamusy  and  on  which,  after  its 
death  in  the  previous  May,  no  trace  of  exerescenoes  were  found.  In 
addition,  I  have  to  remark,  that  I  have  fonnd,  very  distinctly^  these 
excrescences  in  a  specimen  in  the  collectum  here.  It  is  therefore  proved, 
that  in  Myopotamvs,  merely  in  the  female  however,  nipple-like  organs 
are  found  h^h  on  the  sides,  but  their  function  has  not  yet  been  pointed 
out  That  tiiey  represent  nipples  is  probable,  from  their  absence  in  the 
male ;  but  in  order  to  be  certain  of  it,  either  their  connection  with  the 
mammary  glands,  or  at  least  the  fact  of  suction,  by  means  of  these 
organs,  must  be  shown.  One  circumstance  struck  me  on  the  examina- 
tion of  the  specimen  here,  a  very  large  old  individual,  that  these  excres- 
censes  were  quite  concealed  beneath  the  under  fur,  and  surrounded  by  it, 
whilst  in  others  the  nipples  are  situated  on  the  naked  skin.  It  is  a  very 
interesting  fact,  that  a  similar  position  of  these  organs  has  been  found 
by  Dr  Schinz  in  LcLgostomus,  but  we  have  both  sought  in  vain  for  them 
in  the  OhincMUa,  * 

Dr.  Rjippell  has  drawn  my  attention  to  a  eireumstance  whioh  deserves 
fiurther  observation.  In  both  his  specimens  from  Chili,  the  fur  is  dark 
brown,  grisled  with  bright  brown ;  the  top  of  the  nose  is  also  dark  brown, 
but  witii  a  whiter  spot  at  the  point,  and  the  mouth  is  edged  with  white. 

*  Neither  ooold  I  find  them  i«  the  stofTed  skins  of  La^ttam/ui,  especially 
in  the  Hare-vme,  of  this  collection.— Editob  of  Arch. 

99 


56  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl  : 

The  specimen  here,  which  also  came  from  Chili,  is  of  the  same  colour. 
In  a  third  specimen,  said  to  be  from  FaiagoBj,  the  apex  of  the  nose, 
with  the  whole  fur,  is  mstj  red ;  the  border  of  the  mouth  ash  grey.* 

Weber  showed,  in  the  meeting  of  Natural  Historians  at  Brunswick 
(Verb.  p.  65),  that  in  the  male  Bearer,  behind  the  urinary  bladder,  there 
lies  another  bladder,  which  much  resembles  a  uterus  bieomUy  and  con- 
sists of  two  tubes. 

AcULEATEA. — Atherura  ofricana  (A.fasciculata,  Benn.) 
was  characterized  by  Oray  as  follows,  from  a  living  and  a 
stuffed  specimen  (Ann.  x.  p.  261)  : — 

Spines  all  dull  steel  black;  of  the  back  strong,  elongate,  end  com> 
pressed,  angular ;  of  the  head,  under  parts  and  limbs  flat,  channelled ; 
whiskers  black,  bristly;  tail  elongate,  tapering,  ^d  the  length  of  the 
body,  with  a  tufl  of  compressed  white  elongate  quills;  ears  rounded, 
somewhat  naked,  black :  Sierra  Leone.  Veiy  dilferont  from  the  figure 
of  the  Indian  Atherura  in  the  Illustrations  of  Indian  Zoology. 

The  Cercolahes  melcmwrv*,  characterized  by  me  in  these  Archives, 
1842, 1  Bd.  p.  360,  has,  at  the  same  time,  been  defined  by  Gray  in  the 
Ann.  z.  p.  262,  under  the  name  SphiggtMrus  melanv/rus, 

SuBUNGULATA — DcLsyprocta  nigricanSy  Natt.,  has  been 
distinguished  firom  the  other  species  by  the  reporter,  in  the 
Archives,  v.  J.  1  Bd.  p.  362. 

Among  the  three  new  species  of  Ddtyprocta  which  Gray  has  described 
in  the  Ann.  z.  p.  264,  his  D,  nigra  is  identical  with  our  Z>.  nigriccmSy 
Natt.  From  a  young  immaturo  specimen,  Wagler  had  proviously  marked 
it  as  2).  fuliginosa,  Qray's  2>.  pwnctata  is  the  real  Aguti  described  by 
Azara,  to  which,  therefore,  Lichtenstein  has  given  the  name  of  2).  Azarce, 
This  species  belongs  to  Paraguay  and  the  southern  regions  of  Brazil, 
but  is  totally  absent  in  the  northern,  according  to  Natteror's  ezact  inves- 
tigations. The  D.  aguti,  described  by  Desmarest,  Fr.  Cuvier,  the  Prinz 
von  Wied,  and  others,  is  peculiar  to  the  north  and  east  parts  of  Brazil. 
Natterer  collected  most  of  his  specimens  at  Borba,  whero  the  D,  Aza/rcR 

*  In  the  specimens  in  the  collection  here,  the  reverse  is  the  case.  The  South 
Brasiliaii  have  the  fore-part  of  the  snout  and  the  margin  of  the  mouth  of  rather 
a  rifih  white,  while  in  the  GhUi  specimens  above  mentioned,  the  same  parts  are 
muddy  grey.  In  one  of  the  South  Brazilian,  the  fore-paws  are  grey ;  in  another 
the  whole  fur  is  yellowish-white.  The  Chili  specimen  is,  on  the  whole,  darker 
coloured  than  the  South  Brazilian,  because  the  black  of  the  scattered  hairs 
more  extended.  The  same  is  observable  in  the  whiskers,  which,  in  the  South 
Brazilian,  are  mostly  white ;  in  the  Chili  ones,  black,  mixed  with  some  brown. 
— Editob  of  Arch. 


MAMMALIA — RODENTIA,  67 

is  not' to  be  met  with.  Graj  describes  also  a  D.  aibida  ;  whitisb-grey, 
nearly  imifbnn;  the  hair  of  the  back  elongated,  white  at  the  base :  from 
St  Yinoents,  in  the  West  Indies.  Size  of  a  Guinea-pig,  Ccma  cobaya. 
This  species  (?)  is  quite  unknown  to  me. 

Lund  has,  in  the  often  quoted  Eopenh.  Denkschr.  p.  286,  also  drawn 
attention  to  the  difference  between  the  two  citron  yellow  AguHs.    I  am 
of  his  opinion,  that  MarkgraTs  AgtUi  is  the  one  defined  by  Desmarest 
and  most  authors  as  D.  <iguH,    Lund,  on  the  other  hand,  would  totally 
separate  the  South  Brazilian  species  fiom  that  of  Paraguay  (the  D,  Azcmtcb, 
Lichtenst.),  and  calls  the  former  D.  ca/udcUa,    He  distinguishes  the  two 
by  this,  that  in  the  2>.  Azurce  the  rump  is  of  the  same  colour  with  the 
rest  of  the  body  (in  the  D,  caudata,  pure  grey) ;  the  size  is  smaller,  and 
the  tail  shorter.     I  can,  however,  affirm,  from  seeii^  the  numerou 
South  Brazilian  speciniens  in  the  Vienna  collection,  that  the  colour  o 
the  rump  in  them  here  and  there  also  falls  into  grey ;  no  difference  o 
size  exists  ;  and  therefore  the  specific  distinction  is  inadmissable. 

The  reporter  regrets,  that  from  want  of  room,  he  can  only 

epitomise  the  extensiye  and  yalnable  communications  of  Lund 

in  the  Eopenh.  Denksch.  of  1841. 

Lund  distinguishes  two  CavicR ;  a  laiger  darker  one,  with  white  belly, 
which  he  calls  Cavia  a^erea,  and  considers  identical  with  Lichtenstein's 
C  obscura  and  C.  leibcopyga,  which  is  correct.  To  another  smaller  one, 
with  shining  fur  passing  into  reddish,  and  a  yellow-grey  beUy,  he  giyes 
the  name  of  C.  rufetcens.  This  is,  as  the  reporter  adds,  the  same  with 
Wagler's  C  julgida,  Lund  distinguishes  a  smaller  species  of  Cerodon 
rupestrisj  which  he  names  C.  aaxatiHsj  but  merely  characterizes  it  by 
the  configuration  of  the  skulL  Coelogenys  fulvus  and  fuscut  belong  to 
one  species ;  the  difference  of  the  skull  in  regard  to  smoothness  or  rough- 
ness depending,  he  is  inclined  to  think,  on  difference  of  sex. 

DuPLiciDENTATA. — What  Blasius  complains  of  in  the  Eu- 

ropsBo^Siberian  Hares,  that  they  are  certainly  not  numerous, 

but  sufficiently  intricate,  applies  still  more  to  the  numerous 

species  of  the  other  zones.     Blasius  has  not  merely  lamented, 

but  busied  himself,  along  with  Bachmann,  in  unrayelling  this 

intricacy. 

Blasius  mentions,  in  the  Yerh.  der  Versamml.  der  Naturf.  zu  Braun- 
schweig, p.  88,  that  after  the  examination  of  an  Irish  Hare,  he  finds 
that  the  Lepus  fUbemicus  cannot  be  separated  as  a  species  from  L,  vct- 
riabilis  {L.  horeaUs),  He  describes,  moreover,  a  new  species,  L,  aqui- 
lonius,  already  mentioned  by  Pallas,  under  the  L,  variabilis,  as  "  Bussak" 

101 


58  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

The  tail  has  fourteen  Yertebro,  as  in  the  v<»ridbili8,  but  it  is  (excluding 
the  hair)  of  the  length  of  the  head,  and  marked  in  the  same  way  as  in 
the  L,  Hmidm,  abore  black,  beneath  white.  The  ear  is  also,  as  in  the 
L.  timidiu,  of  the  length  of  the  head,  the  slit  of  the  ear  mneh  shorter 
than  the  head ;  upper  side  brown ;  head  and  sides  of  trunk,  thighs,  and 
after  part  of  back,  on  the  outside,  dirty  greyish-white,  without  rust 
colour.  This  new  species  appears  principidlj  to  inhabit  between  55** 
and  63''  north  latitude,  where,  in  Russia,  the  L,  timidug  is  totally  absent. 
Across  the  Baltic,  towards  the  west,  it  is  not  observed. 

Kilster  has  remarked  of  the  Hares  of  Spalatro  (Dabnatia),  that  they 
are  smaller  than  ours,  with  a  very  bright  grey  tinge  on  the  k>ins  (Isis, 
1842,  p.  611). 

The  dark-tailed  Tariety  of  the  Lepu$  crasgieaudatuB  was.  ooneotly 
described  by  Rtippell,  in  the  Mus.  Senckenb.  iii.  p.  137,  under  the  name 
X.  melcmwrus. 

Bachmann  has  reyised  his  earlier  Monograph  on  North 
American  Hares,  and  added  four  new  species. 

His  new  work  is  contained  in  the  Joum.  of  the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sc.  of 
Philad.  yili.  1,  p.  75.  —  a.  Species  in  the  higher  latitudes,  in  winter 
becoming  white.  1.  Lepus  glcLcialu :  2.  L,  campeitrU,  Bach. :  3.  L.  CLtne- 
ricanuB,  End.  {L,  virgmicmus,  HarL) :  not  found,  as  the  author  re- 
marks in  his  corrections,  on  the  other  side  of  the  Rocky  Mountains ;  but 
confined  to  the  north  parts  of  the  United  States,  Canada,  and  the  north- 
east coast,  as  fkr  as  64^. — h.  With  long  ears  and  tail :  all  from  the 
north-west  coasts.  Z.  T<wmsendU,  Bach.,  new  species,  tab.  2 ;  size  of 
Z.  ommcontes ;  ears,  tail,  legs,  and  tarsi  very  long ;  fur  above  bright 
grey,  beneath  white :  at  Columbia  River.  5.  L,  longicaudatuB,  Gray : 
6.  L.  nigricaudatuBy  Bonn. :  7.  L.  Richa/rdBonii,  Bach.,  new  species ; 
somewhat  larger  than  L.  tylvaHeuB ;  ears  and  legs  much  longer  and 
slenderer ;  tail  shorter ;  upper  side  grisled  grey,  under  side  white :  Ca- 
lifornia. L.  caUfomicuB,  Gray.  —  c.  Tarsi  thinly  haired,  daws  pro- 
jecting over  the  fur.  9.  L,  tiquaHouB,  Bach. :  10.  L,  pa2us<m,  Badi. 
— cK.  Like  Cj  but  the  feet  thickly  haired.  11.  L,  gtflvaticuB,  Bach. — 
e.  Small  ears ;  head  and  tail  short.  12.  L.  artemidaf  new  species ;  grey, 
on  the  nape  and  the  limbs  rusty  red ;  under  side  white ;  tail  above  same 
colour  with  back,  beneath  white ;  tarsi  weU  haired ;  body  12" :  at  Walla- 
walla.  12.  L.  Bdchmcmi,  Wat.,  new  species ;  like  the  L,  paluBtrU,  but 
about  Jd  less ;  ears  longer ;  feet  thickly  haired ;  colour  less  yellow ;  taU 
above  greyish-black,  beneath  white ;  body  10" :  in  the  south-west  parts 
of  North  America.     14.  L.  Nuttallii,  Bach. 

A  new  species  of  Burrowing  Hares  {Leporidce)  has  been  discovered 
on  the  mountains  of  Cabool,  Lagomys  rtifescens,  Gray  (Ann.  x.  p.  266). 

102 


MAMMALIA — EDBNTATA.  59 


Pale  grey,  with  a  bright  rafous  tinge ;  Ixase  of  the  bain  dark  lead-colour ; 
•lightiij  varied  with  blaok  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  bade ;  cheeks,  middUs 
ai  throat,  abdomen,  inner  sideB  of  limbe  and  feet  whitish ;  ears  huge, 
haiij,  rounded ;  daws  black.  On  rocky  hills  near  Baker^s  tomb,  at  about 
6000  or  8000  feet  eloTation.  This  is  easily  known  from  all  the  other 
Old  World  species,  by  its  pale  colour  and  rafous  tinge. 

Hodgson  procured  another  species  from  the  snowy  region  of  Nepal, 
on  the  border  of  the  Holy  Lake,  out  of  whidi  the  Trisal  Ghmga  flows. 
He  calls  it  Lagom/if%  nepalenns;  and  gives  the  following  character  of 
it : — **  with  broad,  roonded,  nndish  ears,  nearly  half  the  length  of  the 
head;  soles  nude  on  the  termino-digital  baUs  only,  and  sofk  equable  fur, 
which  is  dark  bay  from  the  snout  to  waist,  and  mfesoently  freckled  black 
thence  to  the  vent;  bdow  and  the  limbs  pater  bay;  snout  to  vent  7 
inches;  head  2;  ears  |;  palm  (with  nail)  |;  planta  (with  nail)  1|." 
The  lemate  is  rimilar,  but  smaller.  Hodgson  himself  does  not  deny  the 
possibility  that  this  spedes  may  be  identical  with  L.  Roylei  (Ann.  z. 
p.  76), 


EDENTATA. 

BfjppELL  gave,  in  the  Mus.  Senck.  p.  138,  an  exact  descrip- 
tion and  sketch  of  a  rare  species  of  Sloth  in  that  collection, 
which  he  named  Bradypua  gularis; 

It  is  identical  with  Wagler's  B,  €U4SuUigery  and  bdongs  to  the  north- 
eastern parts  of  Brazil  and  Ghiiana.  The  geographical  distribution  of 
two  other  species  has  been  now  fixed  by  the  jouraeys  of  S^  and  Nat- 
terer.  B.  infiucaiu$,  WagL,  inhabits  the  north-west  part  of  South 
America ;  the  A  a»,  WagL  {B.  tndactyltu,  Cuv,,  Neaw.)  inhabits,  on 
the  other  hand,  South  Brazil 

Lund  and  Owen  have  simultaneously  proved,  that  the  assumption  of 
Megatherium  having  a  mail*<»vering  is  incorrect  Lund's  essay  is,  in 
the  meanwhile,  only  communicated  in  a  short  notice  in  the  Oversigt  over 
det  K.  danske  Yidensk.  Selsk.  forh.  i.  Aaret.  1841,  p.  161.  He  remarks, 
that  he  has  placed  his  genus  Platyonyx  (which  he  has  separated  from 
MegaJUmyx),  next  the  Sloths,  for  he  is  of  opinion,  that  the  type  of  the 
organization  of  these  animals,  as  well  as  of  the  MegcUanya  and  Mega- 
thermm  is  the  same,  and  consequently,  that  they  have  no  covering  of 
maiL 

Owen's  description  of  a  tooth  and  part  of  the  skeleton  of  the  Olyp- 
todon  elavipee  (Transact  of  the  OeoL  Soc.  of  London,  vi.  jp.  81),  is  one 
of  the  best  works  which  has  appeared  on  Palssontology  during  the 
preceding  year.    He  brings  forward  evidence,  that  the  fossil  pieces  of 

103 


60  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

mail  which  were  found  in  South  America,  do  not  belong  to  the  Megor- 
theriumy  but  to  a  peculiar  genus  which  he  calls  Olyptodon,  Lund,  at 
the  same  time,  gave  to  it  the  name  HolophoruSf  and  D' Alton  that  of 
Pctchypue. 

OrycterotheHum  missaurieniie  is  a  new  species  described  by  Harlan. 
The  bones  were  found  bj  Koch  on  the  Missouri :  the  teeth  are  like  those 
of  the  MegaUmyx ;  the  daws  like  those  of  Orycteropus,  (Sillim.  Amer. 
Joum.  xlii.  p.  392 ;  and  in  Ann.  z.  p.  72.) 

Harlan^  in  Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  zliii.  p.  14:1,  quotes  Owen's  article, 
MegatherUdce,  in  the  Penny  Cyclopiedia,  xv.,  where  are  five  genera 
comprehended : — Megatheriv/m^  MegaUmyx,  GloMOtherium,  Mylodon, 
and  Scelidotherium.  He  also  puts  us  in  mind,  that  he  had  proposed,  in 
1835,  the  name  Aulaxodon  or  Pleurodon,  for  Myloddn,  The  latter  of 
these  two  is  eyidently  better  than  Mylodon,  which  signifies  nothing  else 
than  grinder.  Orycterotherittm  would  also  belong  to  the  family  Mega- 
theriidoB, 

Lund  has  given  some  excellent  remarks  on  the  Brazilian  ArmadiUoes. 
(Det  E.  Danske  Yidensk.  Selsk.  Afh.  viii.  p.  55,  65,  225.)  He  distin- 
guishes a  species,  D<Mypus  wrocerae  (2).  S^nctus,  Linn.),  from  Datypua 
longicaudus  (D,  d-cinctus),  of  the  Prince  of  Neuwied :  it  has  eight 
molars,  eight  bands,  and  tail  somewhat  shorter  than  the  body.  He  has 
also  discovered  a  smaller  species,  called  by  the  Indians  Tattt-fnirim, 

Mayer  has  called  attention,  in  his  Neuen  Untersuch  aus  der  Anat. 
and  Phys.  p.  32,  to  a  small  nipper-like  organ,  under  the  tip  of  the 
tongue  of  the  Dagypns, 

Owen  has  illustrated  the  anatomical  relations  of  the  Monotremata  in 
the  third  volume  of  Todd's  Cyclopaedia.  The  internal  structure  of  these 
remarkable  animals  is  here  very  clearly  and  fundamentally  shown,  with 
many  illustrative  plates.  Whoever  wishes  to  become  acquainted  with 
their  anatomy  cannot  select  a  better  guide  than  this  article. 


SOLIDUNGULA. 

The  Natural  History  of  Horses.     By  Col.  Ham.  Smith.    (The 

Naturalist's  Library,  vol.  xii.) 

The  author  has  brought  forward  no  fewer  than  twelve  species  of 
horses — a.  The  Eqmn>e  form :  1.  EqwM  cahalliM  domesHcus :  2.  E. 
vcurius :  3.  E,  hippagrus. — b.  The  Asinine  form :  4.  Asinus  equ>uleus  : 
5.  A.  onager:  6.  A,  hamna/r:  7.  A..  henUonus, — ^.  The  Hippotigrine 
form :  8.  Hippotigris  zehra :  9.  H,  a/ntiquorwm :  10.  -flT.  Bwrchelli : 
11.  H,  quacha :  12.  H.  isahellinus. — E.  varius  is  the  spotted  horse,  which 
Moorcrofk,  Qerard,  and  othiers  mention.     From  the  species,  our  Piebald 

104 


MAMMALIA — PACHYDERMATA.  61 

Horses  originate ;  and,  in  the  year  1815,  some  squadrons  of  Bavarian 
hussars  were  mounted  with  them.  In  the  E,  MppagruSy  which  rests 
on  the  fabulous  Koomrah  of  the  North  African  mountains,  the  author's 
lively  imagination  leads  him  to  believe,  that  he  recognises  Oppian's 
Hvppagras,  The  Asinus  eqvndeus,  identified  with  the  Yo-to-tse  of  the 
Chinese,  is  defined  from  a  single  individual,  which,  in  all  its  particu- 
lars, was  nothing  more  than  a  Hybrid  or  Mule,  between  the  Horse 
and  Ass.  The  A,  ha/mar  rests  merely  upon  an  incorrect  drawing  of 
the  KuUvn  by  Ker  Porter.  Hippotiffris  antiquarv/m,  or  the  Zebra 
of  Congo,  is  distinguished  &om  that  of  the  Cape  on  insufficient  infor- 
mation. H.  udbellinua  is  founded  upon  a  stuffed  specimen,  whose 
habitat  is  unknown,  but  it  may  be  only  a  variety  in  colour  of  the 
QiMgga,  We  see  &om  this,  that  the  slightest  marks  aro  sufficient  for 
the  creation  of  new  species.  The  monograph  of  the  reporter  on  the 
Horse  is,  naturally  to  the  author  as  an  Englishman,  totally  unknown. 


PACHYDERMATA. 

Count  Keyserlino  has  described  an  under  molar  tooth  of 
Elasmotherium,  which  was  found  in  the  Eirguisian  Steppes, 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Caspian  Sea.  According  to  his 
and  Brandt's  opinion,  this  genus  forms  a  link  between  the 
Rhinoceros  and  Elephant. 

Fischer  of  Waldheim  founds  upon  this  tooth  a  new  species, 
E.  Keyserlingi,    (Bullet,  de  Moscow,  1842,  p.  254,  tab.  3.) 

Goddard  has  announced,  after  an  examination  of  the  Miaau- 
rium  Kochii,  that  it  is  a  Mastodon,  (Proceed,  of  the  Acad, 
of  Nat.  Sc.  of  Philad.  Oct.  1841,  p.  115.) 

In  digging  canals  in  Louisiana,  an  under  jaw  was  found  at  the  depth 
of  forty-five  feet,  which,  however,  was  so  rotten,  that  it  crumbled  to 
pieces,  and  only  one  tooth  was  preserved.  Professor  Carpenter  holds  it 
for  the  fifth  tooth  of  a  Tapir,  which  it  evidently  is  from  the  description, 
though  not  from  the  plate,  in  which  the  artist,  through  exaggeration  of 
the  perspective,  has  quite  disfigured  the  originaL  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum. 
xliL  p.  390.) 

Owen's  description  of  some  fossil  remains  of  Cho^ropotamus,  PaUeo- 
theriwm,  Anoplotheriv/m,  and  Dichobwthe,  from  the  eocene  formation. 
Isle  of  Wight  (Transact,  of  the  Geol.  Soc.  vi.  p.  41),  gives  some  expla- 
nation of  the  alliance  of  Choeropota/mus  with  the  Peccaris.  He  also 
describes  a  new  species  of  Dichobune,  Z>.  cervinwm, 

105 


62  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

There  was  found,  in  the  newest  tertiary  formation  of  South  Carolina, 
(among  some  bones  of  Mastodon,  Elephant,  Stag,  Getacea,  Tortoises, 
Sharks),  a  fragment  of  the  under  jaw  of  a  Boar,  in  the  form  and  num- 
ber of  the  teeth  very  nearly  approximating  to  the  BahirvMa,  HacLan 
names  it  Bus  americ€mu8,    (Sillim.  Amer.  Joura.  zliii.  p«  143.) 

H.  y.  Meyer  has  given  many  Taluable  remarks  on  Chzistors  descrip- 
tion of  the  Rhmoeeros  megarhmu$,    (Jahresb.  f.  Mineral,  18i2,  p.  585.) 


RUMINANTIA. 

In  the  Boston  Journal  of  Nat.  Hist.  iy.  1  (1842),  p.  1,  Jack- 
son has  furnished  a  description  of  the  internal  Structure  of 
two  grown  Dromedaries  of  both  sexes. 

The  Cervus  artigiensia^  D'Grb.,  has  been  fully  described  by 
Fucheran. 

The  description  is  to  be  found  in  D'Orb.  Diet.  Univ.  d'Hist.  Nat.  iii. 
p.  328.  The  horns  are  very  peculiar ;  the  rose  is  yery  small,  surrounded 
by  a  pearled  wreath ;  the  branch  is  forked  from  one-half  to  two  inches, 
so  that  the  animal  seems  almost  four-horned.  These  stags  inhabit  the 
East  CordiUeras  of  BoIlYil^  at  the  height  of  4000  metres  aboye  the  sea. 

Laurillard  mentions,  in  the  same  book,  that  he  is  acquainted  with 
about  fifty  species  of  antediluvian  stags,  and  although  he  acknowledges 
that  several  nominal  species  are  to  be  found  amongst  them,  yet  he  stiU 
thinks  the  number  of  real  species  will  be  pretty  abundant. 

Pusch  ascribes  a  stag  horn,  found  in  Lithuania,  to  a  species  which  had 
died  out :  he  names  it  Cervua  hremends.  The  reporter  must,  however, 
agree  completely  with  the  remark  added  by  von  Bronn.  (Jahrb.  fur 
Min.  1842,  p.  47.) 

Zi^ler  showed,  from  a  preparation,  that  ill  a  roe,  the  Graafian  vesicle 
had  already  burst  in  August,  so  that  this  does  not  first  occur  in  Novem- 
ber, as  Po<^el  believed  from  his  investigations.  (Bericht.  iiber  die  Vem. 
der.  Naturf.  za  Braunchw.  s.  82.) 

In  the  Transactions  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  1842,  p.  21, 
Owen  has  made  some  remarks  on  tiie  birth  of  a  Giraffe  and  the  foetal 
membranes ;  as  well  as  upon  some  of  the  natural  and  diseased  appear- 
ances, which  the  dissection  of  the  young  animal  presented.  A  beautifid 
plate  of  the  mother  and  young  is  added. 

With  respect  to  geography,  it  is  chiefly  worthy  of  notice,  that  Riippell, 
by  the  immediate  comparison  of  the  Senegal  Antilope  redwnea  with  the 
Abyssinian,  which  have  hitherto  been  held  identical,  has  convinced  him- 
self, that  the  latter  differs  spedfically  from  the  former.    He  now  gives 

106 


MAMMALIA — RUMINANTIA.  63 

the  Abyssinian  one  the  name  of  AntUope  hohor.  (Vers.  d.  Senck. 
SammL  s.  38). 

Captain  Abbot  has  informed  us,  that  the  AnHlope  acbgia  lives  in 
large  flocks  in  the  Steppes,  between  the  river  Oxns  and  the  Caspian. 
(Ann.  ix.  p.  147.) 

In  the  16th  number  of  Smith's  South  African  Zoology,  a  plate  is  given 
of  AnHlope  gcrgon,  with  an  ample  description. 

Blasius  spoke  upon  the  generic  distinction  between  Ovu  and  Copra, 
at  the  meeting  of  Naturalists  at  Brunswidc.  (Ber.  p.  89.)  All  Sheep 
possess  a  distinct  lachrymal  groove,  which  is  wanting  in  Goats.  The  fore- 
head in  Copra  rises  to  a  steep  protuberance ;  in  OvU  it  is  flat,  or  even 
somewhat  hollowed.  In  all  species  of  (Ms,  the  greatest  diameter  of  the 
horn  is  across  the  longitudinal  direction  of  the  head,  while,  in  all  species 
of  the  Copra,  it  runs  parallel  with  it.  The  Gk>ats  have,  on  the  anterior 
side  of  the  horns,  at  each  constriction,  two  or  three  stronger  trans* 
verse  knobs,  between  the  smaller  cross  waves ;  the  Sheep  only  moderate 
cross  pads.  In  Capra,  the  form  of  the  hoof,  viewed  sideways,  is  four- 
sided,  trapezoidal,  scarcely  higher  before  than  behind.  In  Ovm,  it  is 
three-sided,  running  out  to  a  point  posteriorly,  like  a  goat's  hoof  out 
through  diagonally.  Blasius  also  made  some  remarks  on  periodicity  in 
the  growth  of  the  horns  of  these  animals,  which  corresponds  to  the 
shedding  of  the  antlers  in  the  Stags.  The  same  author  farther  remarked, 
that  in  general,  complete  specific  distinctions  were  to  be  found  in  the 
arrangement  and  direction  of  Sheep's  horns.  In  the  (Ms  a/rgali,  0, 
montcma,  O,  nahor,  and  a  newly  defined  species  which  Brandt  has 
received  from  the  Caspian,  the  right  horn  winds  in  a  space  to  the  left, 
and  the  left  horn  to  the  right.  0,  nivicula  and  O.  ealifamica  are 
identical  with  0.  montana. 

In  the  O.  mtMman  and  O.  Vignii,  Hodgs.,  the  horn  has  the  same 
twist,  but  so  slight,  that  the  anterior  surface  lies  quite  on  the  same 
level,  and  the  twist  is  only  perceptible  on  the  posterior  surface.  In 
the  O.  tragelophut,  O,  orientalis,  Gm.,  O.  bwrhel,  and  the  Cyprian 
Sheep  (0.  cyprius),  which  Blasius  considers  as  a  peculiar  species, 
the  left  horn  is  twisted  to  the  left,  and  the  right  to  the  right. 
The  direction  of  the  tips  and  the  spread  of  the  horns  is  also  aflected 
by  this  oonstruction.  Our  domestic  Sheep,  in  respect  to  the  horn 
formation,  comes  nearest  O.  mtismon,  and  to  a  species  of  Brandt's  still 
undescribed. 

The  reporter  is  of  opinion,  that  separate  names  should  be  given  to  the 
constant  local  finms  of  the  genus;  though,  in  the  meanwhile,  whether 
they  are  to  be  considered  as  species,  or  only  as  races,  which  haw 
evidently  a  permanent  type,  is  a  question,  the  definite  answer  to  which 
must  be  furmshed  from  a  series  of  indubitable  observations. 

The  reporter  extracts  the  following  quotation  from  a  Report  of  Karelin, 

107 


64  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

to  the  Imperial  Society  of  Naturalists  at  Moscow.    (Ballet,  de  Mosc. 
1841,  p.  563.) 

"  I  spent  some  time  on  the  mountains  of  Tschingis  Taou  in  the  Kir- 
guisian  Steppes,  to  the  east  of  the  district  Earkaralinsk,  where  I  observed 
some  very  remarkable  animals,  which  are  known  bj  the  name  Arkhari, 
or  Mountain  Sheep  {Ovi8  ammon),  1  have  killed  many  of  these,  and 
among  others,  a  male  of  almost  eight  puds.  The  Arkhates  and  Tschingis 
mountains  are  the  true  oountij  of  tiiese  animals ;  and  I  think  that  those 
of  Corsica  and  Sardinia  are  a  different  species." 

According  to  Pallas,  the  Argali  was  distinguished  by  the  Kirgis-tatars 
by  the  name  Arkar ;  since,  howeyer,  this  was  found  also  in  the  Altai, 
therefore  that  Arkhari,  which  was  compared  with  the  Muflan,  must 
perhaps  rather  be  Ovis  (yrientalis,  or  the  new  species  of  Brandt. 

The  Mountain  Sheep  of  Cabool,  described  by  Dr.  Lord  in  Bumes' 
Cabool,  p.  384,  appears,  so  far  as  I  can  gather  from  the  indistinct 
account  of  the  direction  of  the  horns,  rather  to  belong  to  the  Muflons 
than  to  the  Argalis,  Horns  three-sided,  with  anterior  angle,  the  longest 
side  behind,  the  shortest  at  the  top  of  head ;  toward  the  root  they  become 
somewhat  four-cornered,  whilst,  on  the  fore-side,  a  knob  is  observable. 
They  are  whitish  light  brown,  cross-rooted;  above  this,  at  spaces  of 
from  four  to  six  inches,  with  a  deft  or  channel.  At  the  root  the  ante- 
rior angles  stand  about  three  inches  asunder,  the  posterior  are  so  near, 
that  the  little  finger  can  scarcely  be  inserted  between  them ;  at  a  short 
distance  from  their  origin  tiiey  begin  to  turn  backwards,  and  end  twisting 
round  spirally  towards  the  front.  Nose  convex ;  lachrymal  groove  large ; 
no  hoof  grooves.  Colour  fulvous,  somewhat  bay ;  haimches  mixed  with 
grey,  behind  with  a  stroke  of  dirty  white,  which  passes  under  the  belly ; 
head  grey ;  a  white  or  greyish  beard  under  the  chin,  which  passes  on 
towards  the  breast,  of  an  almost  black  hue ;  body  4'  W ;  tail  3^'' ; 
height  of  shoulders  3'  2^'' ;  horns,  according  to  the  twisting,  2'  8'' : 
inhabits,  iu  great  numbers,  the  mountains  north  of  Cabool,  which  form 
a  part  of  the  great  Hindu  Eusch :  is  called  Oosfmid-i-koh  (Mountain 
Sheep) ;  should  also  be  called  Buz-i-hoh  (Mountain  Goat). 

A  remarkable  new  species  of  Goat  has  been  found  in  the  Caucasus. 
Only  two  species  of  Capra  have  hitherto  been  known  from  these  moun- 
tains :  a  third  has  now  been  described,  under  the  name  JEgoceros  Pal- 
Umi,  by  Bouillier  in  the  Bullet,  de  Mosc.  1841,  p.  910,  and  figured  in 
tab.  11.  According  to  the  description,  the  head  is  very  much  like  that 
of  a  Sheep ;  no  lachrymal  grooves ;  under  the  chin  is  a  beard  3^  inches 
long.  The  horns  black,  wrinkled,  moderately  thick,  semicircular  behind, 
and  falling  down  externally,  but  afterwards  the  tips  turn  upwards  and 
inwards ;  at  the  base  they  are  almost  triangular,  in  the  middle  roundish, 
compressed  towards  the  tip.  Colour  of  the  whole  wool  chestnut  brown. 
The  female  has  no  beard,  and  only  small  horns  with  slight  curve.     The 

108 


MAMMALIA — RUMINANTIA.  65 

bnck  4'  Z"  long ;  horns  2^  3" ;  distance  between  them  at  root  W\  in 
the  middle  1'  4}'',  at  the  tip  r  3'' :  habitat,  the  heights  of  the  Caucasus. 
This  species  oomes  nearest  the  Ca/pra  pyrenaica  in  the  form  of  the  horns. 

Kejserling  and  Bkisius  have  already  remarked,  in  the  *'  Wirbelthieren 
Europas,"  that  the  Cretan  Wild  Goat,  drawn  by  Belon,  is  probably 
Copra  sinaitica.  A  specimen  in  the  Konigsberg  Museum,  which  is 
reported  to  have  come  firom  Crete-^and  is  decidedly  C.  sinaitica,  as 
Blasius  -  adds  in  the  appendix—confirms  this  coigecture  (Bericht  der 
Vers.  z.  Braunschw.  p.  91). 

The  presence  of  the  Wild  Qoats  in  the  Nilgherries  has  been  proyed  by 
Delessert,  who  killed  some  there  (Joum.  d'un  Yoy.  dans  Tlnde,  p.  116).. 
Blyth  was  also  informed  by  Lieutenant  Beagin,  of  the  existence  of  a 
true  Ibex  upon  the  Nilgherries,  with  long  knotty  horns,  and  great  beard, 
in  which  characters  it  differs  from  the  Himalayan  Ibex  (Ann.  ix.  p.  62). 

Lord  describes  two  specimens  of  the  Markhor  firom  Cabool,  which 
Vigne  also  found  in  Lesser  Tibet.  Lord  calls  it  a  true  Goat,  which  he 
compares  with  Copra  asgo^grus,  Lachiymal  grooves  wanting.  In  the 
first  specimen,  the  horns  are  long,  oval,  anteriorly  very  much  flattened, 
with  twelve  protuberances  or  galls,  which  do  not  run  all  round;  two 
finger's-breadth  distant  from  each  other  at  the  root,  then  receding 
fivther,  whilst  they  twist  somewhat  outwards,  upwards,  and  then  back- 
wards ;  colour  muddy  brownish-grey,  lighter  beneath,  but  almost  black 
on  the  firont  of  the  legs ;  the  beard  is  black,  and  confined  to  a  tuft  under 
the  chin ;  tail  with  a  black  pencilling  of  hair ;  horns  towards  the  root 
blackish,  further  up  dirty  yellow;  body  4'  10^'';  tail  9^';  height  of 
shoulders  2^  W ;  horns,  according  to  twist,  2f :  on  the  hills  north  of 
CabooL  The  other  specimen  came  firom  the  hills  at  Baghlan.  Horns, 
at  the  posterior  base,  touching  each  other,  anteriorly  separated  by  a 
finger's  breadth,  advandng  in  long  spiral  windings  upwards,  outwards, 
and  a  little  backwards,  forming  two  complete  circuits.  Without  these 
circles,  the  horn  would  be  completely  triangular;  rings  or  wrinkles 
wanting,  although  it  is  rough.  Colour  muddy  red-grey,  blackish  fixmi 
the  horns  to  the'  tail ;  abdomen,  haunches,  and  feet  below  the  knees 
grey ;  horns  dirty  yellowish-white,  darker  beneath,  with  distinct  annual 
furrows ;  beard  grey,  with  long  white  shaggy  hairs  continued  down  on 
the  neck;  body  4'  10^'';  tail  &' y  horns,  in  a  straight  line,  2^  1^''; 
according  to  twist  2^  &' ;  distance  of  tips  1'  8''.  Disting^uished  by  the 
upright  spiral  formed  horns.  On  account  of  the  variety  in  the  form  of 
the  horns,  Blyth  looks  on  this  Mo/rlchor  as  a  Qoat  become  wikL 

Under  the  two  articles  Bceuf  and  Buffle,  in  D*Orb.  Diet. 
Uniy.  d'Hist.  Nat.  ii.,  Boulin  has  giyen  a  good  Monograph  of 
the  genus  0<r. 

He  brings  them  into  four  groups: — a.  Oxen  {Taureawe);  forehead 
109 


66  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXUl : 

flat,  or  even  Bconewhat  oancaye,  snd  almost  as  broad  as  high ;  horns  at 
the  ends  of  the  oodpital  ridge ;  thirteen  pairs  of  ribs.  1.  B,  tauru9 : 
3.  B*  gauruB :  3.  B.  gayal :  4.  B,  hanimg, — 6.  Bisons ;  fixrehead  broader 
than  high,  aiched ;  orbita  projecting ;  horns  under  the  top  of  the  fore- 
head ;  more  than  thirteen  pairs  of  ribs.  5.  B.  Uton  (1' Aurochs) :  6.  B, 
omericantM  Qe  Bison.) — c.  Yaiks.  7.  B.  grtmnieng.—d.  Buffalo.  8.  B, 
bvbalus :  9.  L'Ami  d  eamea  en  ennsicmt :  10.  L*Arm  gecuit :  11.  B, 
caffer:  12.  JB.  hratchffcerag.  The  latter  is  described  according  to  the 
same  living  individual  fix>m  which  Grraj  had  defined  his  species,  but, 
firom  growth,  it  has  undergone  considerable  modification  in  some  of  its 
marks. 

Boulin  looks  on  the  Qaur,  Qajal,  and  Banteng,  as  three  difTerent 
species ;  and  from  the  marks  which  he  gives  of  their  skulls,  this  seems  to 
be  indeed  the  case.  With  respect  to  the  Gaur  and  Banteng,  from  tlie 
plates  of  their  skulk  (see  our  Archiv.  v.  tab.  9,  for  the  former,  and  the 
NederL  Verb.  n.  7,  for  the  latter),  there  cannot  be  a  doubt  but  that  they^ 
are  different  species ;  as  to  the  Gayal,  there  is  still  adifferenoe  of  opinion. 
Whilst  Roulin  places  it  as  a  peculiar  species,  Dolossort,  on  the  contrary, 
asserts,  that  the  wild  oxen  killed  by  him  in  the  south  of  India,  were  the 
nme  with  the  Gayil  {B.  frontalis  t.  ti^lhsta/nm)y  as  well  as  the  Gaur; 
he  refers  at  least  for  the  latter  to  Hodgson's  description;  so  that  it 
cannot  remain  doubtfiil,  that  at  least  those' wild  oxen  of  this  division, 
extending  through  anterior  India,  from  Cape  Comorin  to  Nepal,  belong 
to  the  Bob  gauruSf  whilst  the  Boi  tylhetanut  of  Sylhet  and  further 
India  must  be  a  different  species  from  it.  On  this  point  S.  Mtiller  and 
Schlegel  will,  periiaps,  soon  furnish  us  with  the  necessary  information. 
What  Boolin  has  communicated  <ni  the  Bison  is  the  least  satisfkotoiy. 
His  knowledge  amounts  to  what  Cuvier  said  of  them,  and  he  has  made 
no  mention  of  what  has  sinoe  been  published  by  Bojanus,  Jarocki, 
Brincken,  Baer,  Fusch,  and  the  reporter,  upon  <his  subject  The  dia- 
tinctions  formerly  given  by  the  reporter  between  the  Bison  of  ttm  New 
and  Old  Worid,  have  sinoe  been  confirmed  by  the  sight  of  three  beauti- 
ful Tiithnanian  specimens  set  up  in  Berlin.  Their  whole  body  is  thickly 
haired,  partieulariy  on  Ihe  fi>re  part,  without,  however,  any  remarkable 
prolongation  of  the  hair  on  the  sides  of  the  neck ;  whilst,  in  the  American 
Bison,  the  shoulders,  neck,  and  head,  are  covered  with  thick  curly  felt, 
a  foot  long  on  the  oociput.  In  the  Lithuanian  specimens,  ako,  the  rufifs 
at  the  posterior  margin  of  the  metacarpus,  so  remarkably  well  defined 
in  the  American  Bison,  are  wanting. 

Blyth  has  given  some  information  about  two  species  of  Wild  Ox,  said 
to  be  &om  the  north-west  of  Africa.  It  is  certainly  not  sufficient  to  ^x 
the  speciea  (perhaps  not  even  the  genus),  but  still  will  give  an  impulse 
to  further  investigation.  Of  the  one,  a  specimen  was  fiom  the  central 
region  of  Mount  Atlas,  and  for  some  mimths  lived  at  Tangiers ;  its 
110 


MAMMALIA — CETACEA.  67 

country  name  is  Sherif  al  Wady,  but  the  systematic  name  which  it 
should  haye,  when  reoeiyed  into  the  system,  Blyth  proposes  to  be  Bo9 
atlantinus.  The  other  species,  with  a  flowing  nuchal  mane  (Wadan  ? 
Peeasse  ?)  is  found,  commonly  in  huge  herds,  about  Rabat  and  Salee,  on 
the  Barbary  coast.    (Ann.  iz.  p.  62.) 

The  first  diyision  of  OgQby's  Monograph  of  the  Hollow- 
homed  Buminants,  mentioned  in  last  year's  report,  is  now 
completed  in  the  Transact,  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  33. 


CETACEA. 

BUPPELL  looks  upon  a  Dolphin,  living  in  the  Bed  Sea,  as  a 
new  species,  Delphmus  dbusalam^  which  he  distinguishes  firom 
Z).  turaio  by  the  number  of  the  teeth,  the  dorsal  yertebrso,  and 
the  position  of  the  eye  towards  the  comer  of  the  mouth. 
(Mus.  Senck.  iii.  p.  140,  tab.  12.) 

Couch  has  given  a  short  description,  with  a  plate,  which  he 
boasts  as  being  true  to  nature,  of  a  Delphmus  glohiceps 
{Fhoeama  melcul),  twenty  feet  long,  from  a  specimen  caught 
on  the  coast  of  Cornwall.     (Ann.  ix.  p.  371.) 

Doumet  has  given  an  account  of  a  Hyperodon,  stranded  on 
the  coast  of  Corsica,  in  the  Bev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  207,  and  has 
added  a  sketch  of  it. 

Haldeman  has  been  too  late  with  his  proposal  of  giving  the 
Dolphin  with  two  teeth  in  the  under  jaw,  the  name  of  Hypo- 
don^  as  it  has  long  since  been  called  Heterodon.  Proceed, 
of  the  Acad,  of  Fhiladelph.  1842,  p.  127. 

A  short  notice  has  been  given  in  the  Instit.  1842,  p.  384, 
of  a  fossil  Dolphin  found  in  Maryland,  Delphinua  calvertenm. 


Ill 


BIRDS. 


BY 


PROFESSOB  ANDR.  WAGNER  OF  MUNICH. 


The  report  on  the  contributions  to  Therology  has  so  far 
exceeded  the  bounds  assigned  to  it,  that  the  reporter  is  con- 
strained to  abridge  the  Ornithological  division,  which  he  can 
readily  do,  by  confining  himself  principally  to  references ;  and, 
indeed,  it  would  require  more  time  than  he  has  at  his  disposal, 
for  a  critical  review  of  all  the  new  species  made  known  during 
the  last  year. 

In  the  following  enumeration  of  the  general  contents  of 
the  works  to  which  access  has  been  had,  those,  as  usual,  are 
not  separately  named,  which,  from  embracing  both  classes  of 
warm-blooded  animals,  have  already  been  mentioned  in  the 
Therological  division. 

Nomina  Systematica  generum  Avium  tam  Viventium  quam 

Fossilium.    Auctore  L.  Agassiz.  Becognoverunt  Princeps  C. 

L.  Bonaparte,  O.  B.  Gray,  et  H.  E.  Strickland.    Solodur. 

1842. 

Agassiz  goes  on  briskly  with  his  Nomendator  Zoologicus.  The  Omi- 
thological  division  has  quickly  followed  the  Therological,  elaborated  by 
naturalists  well  fitted  for  the  task.  This  catalogue  is  of  the  greatest 
utility,  for  the  facility  it  gives  us  of  finding  out  the  fiunily,  under  which 
the  new  generic  names,  in  a  great  measure  little  known,  are  to  be  brought. 
The  most  difBLcult  part  is  the  etymology,  as  the  more  recent  dilettanti,  in 

112 


BIRDS.  69 

their  manufacturing  of  genera,  have  set  aside  all  the  laws  of  nomencla- 
ture, and  indulged  in  the  most  senseless  compounds,  which  no  philologer 
can  divine.  For  instance,  the  name  BriiehyptercLcias  does  not,  as  is  here 
supposed,  derive  its  concluding  syllables  from  M ;  but  the  frightful 
name,  as  Wiegmann  called  it,  is  forged  frvm  Brachifpteryx  and  Corctcias, 
just  as  Cifpgnagra  is  from  Cypsehu  and  Tanagral!  Again,  Dacelo  is 
not  a  proper  or  personal  name,  but  Leach  coined  it  by  a  transposition 
of  the  letters  of  Alcedo,  There  is  need  of  an  Dliger  to  clean  this 
Augean  stable ! 

The  13th  volume  of  the  Naturalist's  Library,  conducted  by  Sir 
William  Jardine,  has  been  issued.  It  contains  the  natural  History  of 
the  Necta/rmiadcB  or  Sun  Birds. 

In  the  Rev.  Zool.  p.  202  and  66,  Hartlaub  has  communicated  some 
observations  on  Gray's  Genera  Avium,  and  contributions  to  the  correc- 
tion of  synonymes.  It  is  much  to  be  desired,  that  this  latter  occupation 
was  oftener  exercised,  and  that  ornithologists,  instead  of  busjring  them- 
selves with  the  defining  of  new  species  and  genera,  would  employ  their 
leisure  in  the  critical  examination  of  those  already  published. 

Marcel  de  Serres,  des  causes  des  Migrations  des  Animaux 
et  particulidrement  des  Oiseaux  et  des  Poissons. 

The  Scientific  Society  at  Harlem  had  selected  for  a  prize  essay.  What 
are  the  causes  of  the  migration  of  fish,  particularly  the  species  which 
serve  for  nourishment  or  other  economical  purposes  ?  Marcel  de  Serres 
of  Montpellier,  has  answered  the  question  to  the  satLsfaction  of  the 
Society,  and  they  have  published  his  work  in  the  Natuurk.  Yerhandel. 
van  de  H.  Maatschappii  der  Wetenschappen  te  Haarlem.  2  Deel.  Haarl., 
184:2.  It  occupies  the  whole  volume.  M.  de  Serres  properly  took  up 
the  general  question,  and  extended  his  work  to  all  classes  of  a.niTna.lB  of 
which  there  are  migratory  species.  The  treatise  is  very  interesting,  but 
cannot  here  be  farther  discussed  in  detail. 

In  the  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  31 7»  attention  is  called  to  a  little  PoHsh 
book  on  fowling,  which  appeared  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  has  been 
again  published,  with  a  commentary  by  Ant.  Waga,  under  the  title 
Myslestwo  Ptasze,  ^.     It  contains  many  details  on  the  Birds  of  Poland. 

Several  works  have  appeared  on  the  eggs  and  nests  of  birds. 

Des  Murs  has  given  in  the  Mag.  de  Zool.  1842,  Ois.  pL  22,  contribu- 
tions to  an  Ornithological  Ovography,  to  be  used  in  the  System  of  Birds, 
in  which  he  considers  form,  shell,  and  colour.  He  distinguishes  six 
forms,  the  spherical,  oval,  cylindrical,  ovate,  ovato-conic,  and  elliptic. 
He  also  gives  an  example  how  these  forms  are  to  be  systematically  em- 
ployed. Lafresnaye  also  makes  some  remarks  on  the  same  subject,  in 
the  Rev.  Zool.  p.  302.     The  eggs  of  all  our  SaxicoUiux  are  blue ;  of  all 

113  H 


70  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

the  An%9odactylce  ot  Emrope  snd  America  white  or  slightly  fleeh-ooloured, 
flcatteied  with  dark  brick-red  spots  or  points.  Most  of  those  species,  of 
all  orders,  which  nest  in  the  hollows  of  trees,  have  altogether  white  or 
▼ery  pale  coloured  eggs. 

To  the  common  remark,  that  in  tropical  regions,  there  are  a  greater 
number  of  birds  which  build  covered  nests  than  in  moderate  climates, 
Hill  adds  his  obseryations,  according  to  which,  in  the  West  Indian 
Islands,  the  nests,  with  the  exception  of  those  of  the  Pigeons  and  Hum- 
ming Birds,  have  almost  always  circular  coyerings,  composed  of  dry  grass, 
with  wool,  moss,  and  feathers  interwoven.  He  imagines  that  the  eggs 
are  thus  protected  from  the  many  severe  hurricanes,  as  well  as  &om  the 
hurtful  efPects  of  electricity  and  dazzling  light.  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  iz. 
p.  145.) 

The  eleventh  number  of  Beige's  Fortpflanzung  der  Vogel  has  been 
published.  The  plates  of  the  nests  and  eggs  of  birds,  which  belong  to 
Oken's  Atlas,  are  very  usefuL 

Two  books  of  instruction,  for  the  preparation  of  Birds,  fall  to  be 
noticed,  viz. : — 

Brehim,  die  Kunst  Vogel  als  Balge  zubereiten,  auszustopfen, 
&c.  Weim.  |  Thlr.  Eick,  Anleit.  fiir  Naturaliensammler, 
wie  Vogel,  Saugthiere,  &c.,  conservirt  werden  konnen.  Stuttg. 
J  Thlr.  "  Eurze  Anweisung,  naturhist.  Gegenstande  einzu- 
sammeln  und  zuzubereiten.''  This  has  appeared  in  the  Galwer 
Vereinsbuch-handlung ;  and  is  very  useful  for  collectors  in 
foreign  countries. 

Euhlmann,  de  absentia  furculss  in  Psittaco  pullario.  Diss, 
inaug.    Kiel,  1842. 

It  is  remarkable,  that  in  this  species,  the  fiircule  is  constantly  wanting, 
whilst,  in  the  other  parrots,  hitherto  examined,  it  is  always  present. 

Osteologie  der  Vogelfusse,  von  Eessler  in  Petersburg. 
(Bullet,  de  Mosc.  1841,  iii.  p.  465,  and  iv.  p.  626.) 

The  reporter  willingly  confesses,  that  in  consequence  of  this  fundamen- 
tal and  copious  work,  he  resigns  a  great  portion  of  the  species,  which  in 
the  past  year  were  published  as  new.  The  osteology  of  a  part  of  the  body, 
the  form  of  which  has  the  closest  relation  with  the  habits  of  the  bird,  is 
here  examined  with  care;  and,  at  the  same  time,  a  very  important  j^om^ 
d'appui  has  been  gained  for  the  classification  of  birds,  as  well  as  for  the 
definition  of  their  fossil  species.  The  author's  researches  extend  over 
all  the  orders  and  families  of  Birds ;  and  it  is  only  to  be  regretted,  that 
he  did  not  choose,  for  his  ground  work,  the  system  of  Nitzsch,  which 

114 


BIRDS.  71 

takes  a  very  complete  view  of  the  skeLeton,  instead  of  that  of  Cavier, 
which,  in  regard  to  Osteology,  was  not  sufficiently  elaborated ;  and  in 
Qonsequence  he  does  not  alwd>ys  keep  to  the  natural  arrangement.  When 
the  author,  for  example,  remarks,  that  Oyp^ehM  and  Oa^primwil^uB  do 
not  altogether  agree  with  Cuyier's  Fimrostre$;  he,  on  his  side,  justifies 
the  separation  of  these  genera  from  the  Swallows,  and  their  complete 
division  from  the  Passerind  first  proposed  by  Nitzsch.  Two  tables, 
drawn  up  with  unwearied  care  and  perseverance,  show  the  measurements 
of  the  bones  of  the  posterior  extremities. 

Mayer  has  communicated,  in  the  Neuen  Untersuch.  aus  dem  Gebaete 
der  Anat.  u.  Phys.  Bonn,  1842,  some  obseryatkms  on  a  tooth  formation 
in  the  upper-bill  of  the  foetus  of  birds,  probably  destined  for  gradually 
rubbing  through  and  breaking  the  egg-shelL  There  are  also  remarks  on 
the  presence  of  the  urinary  bladder,  which  is  not  totally  wanting,  but  in 
some  birds,  is  distinctly  met  with  even  at  a  later  period :  And,  lastly, 
he  remarks  on  the  use  of  the  Bursa  Fabricii  as  a  uterus  in  the  female 
bird,  and  as  a  seminal  sao  in  the  male. 

£.  Weber  spoke  on  the  construction  of  the  lungs  and  the  mechanism 
of  breathing  in  birds,  at  the  Brunswick  meeting  of  Naturalists.  (Amt. 
Bericht,  p.  75.) 

C.  Siedhof  has  imparted  his  experience  on  the  management  of  Cham- 
ber Birds,  particularly  Singing  Birds,  in  the  Lais,  1842,  p.  339. 

Many  contributions  have  been  made  to  the  description  of  difPerent 
Faunas.  They  constitute  the  most  important  part  of  soographical  labours, 
and  axe  of  great  consequence  in  the  dass  of  birds,  as  it  is  only  by  a  com- 
prehensive knowledge  of  the  principal  Faunas,  that  the  extent  and  direc- 
tion of  the  migrations  of  birds  of  passage  can  be  ascertained.  . 

The  works  upon  German  Ornithology  by  Naumann,  Susemihl,  Bekker, 
and  Zander,  have  been  continued.  Brehm  has  continued  his  account  of 
several  trips  to  Brinnis  at  Delitzsch,  and,  as  a  good  observer,  haa  made 
many  interesting  remarks  with  regard  to  Zoology,  and  in  particular  to 
Ornithology,  which  the  reporter  would  extol  the  more,  as  he  confesses 
himself  at  variance  with  the  unhappy  multiplication  of  species. 

C.  Tk  V.  Siebold  has  published  new  contributions  to  the  Vertebrated 
Fauna  of  Prussia.  (Preuss.  Provinzial  Blatter,  1842,  Bd.  27,  p.  420.)  At 
first  he  gives  an  account  of  a  MS.  left  by  Klein,  **  Aviarium  Prussicum," 
as  well  as  of  a  set  of  drawings  belonging  to  it.  He  next  discusses  some 
rare  species  which  occur  in  it,  namely,  Falco  ccmdiccms,  Alcmda  alpes- 
trig,  Ar^Ua  egretta,  Podiceps  a/r€ticu$y  and  auritu8,  appending  some 
observations  of  his  own.  Sylvia  locustella,  never  till  now  mentioned 
as  a  Prussian  Bird,  was  found  by  Siebold,  in  the  summer  of  1840,  at 
Heubude,  in  the  wild  garden  of  Biom.  It  is  worthy  of  attention  also^ 
that  in  April,  1838,  a  flight  of  Rooks  entered  into  the  city  of  Danzig, 
and  settling  upon  all  the  larger  trees,  in  gardens  as  well  as  in  the  most 

115 


72  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

crowded  streets,  built  their  nests  there  and  brooded.  He  farther  remarks, 
that  judging  from  an  oil  painting,  a  Peleca/nus  <mo€rotalu»  was  shot  in 
Prussia,  in  the  year  1608.  Finally,  he  gives  an  interesting  description 
of  the  Sasper-lake  at  Danzig,  on  which  numerous  water-fowl  brood  in 
great  security,  but  which  he  surprised  in  a  boat.  Lamt  ridtbwndus  is 
most  abundant.  In  the  nestlings  of  the  Sterna  nigra,  he  remarked  a 
chalbj  white  spot  on  the  tip  of  its  otherwise  black  bill. 

The  first  attempt  at  an  enumeration  of  the  Birds  of  Siebenbiirgen  has 
been  made  by  Landbek  in  the  Isis,  p.  181.  Though  the  author  hims^ 
confesses  the  incompleteness  of  his  list,  yet  he  has  already  mentioned 
261  species.  There  is  an  interesting  description  of  the  Reiherinsel  at 
Adony  in  Hungary,  by  the  same  author  (Isis,  p.  267).  Andree's  0f7er- 
sigt  af  Gottland's  F&^hur,  in  the  K.  V.  Acad.  Handl.  for  1841,  p.  207, 
is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  the  geographical  distri- 
bution of  the  European  species.  In  C.  J.  SundevaU's  Remarks  on 
Scandinavian  Ornithology  (1.  c.  Ar.  1840,  Stockh.  1842,  p.  31),  there 
are  mentioned : — a.  Birds  accidentally  present.  1.  Twrdu8  varius :  2. 
Fringilla  erythrina :  3.  Colvmba  tv/rtv/r :  4.  OtU  tetrax. — h,  Scandi- 
navian species.  5.  Ala^da  alpestris :  6.  Anthus  pratensU :  7*  Mota>cilla 
Jlava :  8.  Emberiza  citrineUa :  9.  FrmgiUa  Unaria,  The  second 
division  is  particularly  valuable,  from  the  separating  of  the  varieties 
and  their  distribution,  to  which  we  shall  return  at  a  later  period. 
L.  Schrader  has  Aimished  a  List  of  Birds  in  the  high  north  regions  of 
Scandinavia,  in  the  Isis,  p.  616. 

The  reporter  takes  this  occasion  of  drawing  attention  to  some  Swedish 
oopper-plates,  which,  however,  are  merely  known  to  him  from  SundevaU's 

o  

report,  in  his  Arsberatt.  om.  Zool.  arbet.  p.  540,  namely, — 1.  Svenska 
Foglar  af  brodema  v.  Wright,  which,  as  Sundevall  asserts,  excel  all 
other  works,  native  or  foreign,  in  faithful  delineation ;  and  not  only  are 
the  exterior  covering  of  the  feet  and  bill  admirably  represented,  but  also 
the  feathering  and  posture  of  the  bird  (30  Nob.,  each  2^  Bdr.  Bko.,  with 
6  plates).  2.  Komer  Skandinaviska  foglame,  mit  kol.  ^g.  (6th  part, 
1841).  3.  J.  Ad.  af  Strom  Svenska  foglame,  mit  kol.  fig.  (6th  part, 
1841).  4.  J.  Ad.  af  Strom  Svenska  foglama,  100  Sid.  med.  9  pi.  af  W. 
V,  Wright.  Stockh.  1839.  5.  Svenska  Colorerade  fogelagg  af  J.  D.  Hog- 
beg  (Ist  part,  Stockh.  1840. 

W.  Thompson  has  continued  his  description  of  the  Birds  of  Ireland,  in 
the  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  141,  221,  373,  and  x.  p.  50, 171,  and  has 
got  as  far  as  Ca^privmdgvs,  H.  L.  Meyer's  Illustrations  of  British  Birds 
and  their  Eggs,  N.  I.  Lond.  1842,  8vo.,  is  a  smaller  edition  of  the  same 
author's  larger  work  in  4to.  The  Naturalist's  Library,  vol.  34  (1842), 
contains  the  third  volume  of  British  Birds,  by  Sir.  W.  Jardine. 

The  Faune  Beige,  par  E.  de  Selys  Longchamps,  is  rich  in  personal 
observations  on  the  Belgian  Birds,  and  contains  a  tolerably  complete 

116 


BIRDS.  73 

dassification,  which,  however,  being  founded  only  on  external  characters, 
cannot  be  consideied  as  a  step  forwards  in  the  ornithological  system. 

Th.  Cantor  has  found  the  following  birds  on  the  Chinese  Idaod 
Chusan : — Lomius  erythroTMtuSy  Dicrurug  halicasgiuSj  Turdus  memUoy 
PhUedon  tp.,  Sylvia  hypolais,  Hirwndo  erythropygia,  Pyrgita  rMmta/na^ 
PaMor  crittateUwy  Pica  vulgaris,  Alcedo  hengalensia,  and  Ardea  sp. 
(Ann.  ix.  p.  482.) 

The  reporter  is  only  acquainted  with  the  title  of  T.  C.  Jerdon's  Cata- 
logue of  the  Birds  of  the  Beninsula  of  India,  Madras,  1839,  and  of  his 
Illustrations  of  Indian  Ornithology,  to  be  published  in  fi^  coloured 
plates  (Ann.  ix.  p.  242), 

A  description  of  seyeral  Abyssinian  BMs,  mostly  new,  of  the  order  of 
Climbers,  by  Dr.  E.  RiippeU,  consisting  of  ten  spedes,  wiU  be  mentioned 
in  its  proper  place. 

Two  numbers  of  A.  Smith's  IDiistra.tion8  of  South  Afirica^  the  15th 
and  16th,  have  been  received  in  the  past  year. 

The  Birds  of  America,  from  drawings  made  in  the  United  States  and 
their  territories,  by  J.  J.  Audubon,  voL  ii.  1842,  is  at  present  only  known 
to  me,  firom  a  copious  notice  in  Silliman's  Amer.  Joum.  xlii.  p.  130,  fiom 
which  the  following  is  borxowed : — Since  the  completion  of  his  first 
volume,  Audubon  has  obtained  395  new  subscribers,  the  half  of  whom 
are  from  the  city  of  Boston  alone,  so  that  his  work  now  numbers  almost 
a  thousand ;  a  case  of  liberal  support,  to  a  work  on  Natural  History, 
without  a  parallel  in  the  New  World,  and  hardly  even  in  the  Old :  at 
least  there  is  no  parallel  to  it  in  South  Qermany.  This  second  volume 
contains  70  plates,  with  136  figures  of  birds,  besides  a  great  number  of 
etchings  of  plants,  nests,  insects,  &c,  and  with  the  text,  cost  14  dollars 
(about  2^  fl.),  which  is  a  reasonable  price.  There  are  seventy  species 
of  birds  represented,  twenty-six  of  which  are  not  to  be  found  in  the 
work  of  Wilson,  and  seventeen  in  no  other  work  on  American  Orni- 
thology. Townsend's  List  of  the  Birds  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Region, 
the  Oregon  district,  and  the  north-west  coasts  of  America,  is  valuable 
to  compare  with  the  eastern  species  (Joum.  of  the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sc.  of 
PhUad.  viii.  p.  151).  A  list  of  some  birds,  collected  by  Bridges  in  Chili, 
is  contiuned  in  the  Ann.  ix.  p.  509. 

Numbers  6,  7,  8  and  9,  of  Gould's  Birds  of  Australia,  have  appeared 
during  the  last  year,  and  this  splendid  work  is  making  rapid  progress^ 


117 


74  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl  : 


ACCIPITRES. 

Brehm,  who,  as  lie  mentioned  in  the  Isis,  1842,  p.  418,  was 
rery  naturally  astonished,  that  the  Condor  stood  alone  without 
sub-species,  has  had  the  happiness  to  trace  out  and  distinguish 
two  tfti^species. 

1.  Sarcaramphtu  gryph/u$f  Linn. ;  mDch  lazger  than  VuUu/r  anereut. 
In  old  age  both  sexes  baye  a  silTer- white  band  ai  an  ineh  in  breadth, 
passing  through  above  the  white  shield  of  the  wings :  2.  8,  amdor^  Br. ; 
size  of  tiie  Vultur  fuhvs.  Both  sexes  in  old  age  have  a  silver-white 
wing-shield,  over  which  there  is  no  white  band,  or  at  least  only  an 
imaginary  one. 

Brehm  has  added  a  new  spedes  to  his  Vultures,  formerly  described 
in  the  Isis,  p.  509,  Vultu/r  isabellinu$,  which  he  distinguishes  by  the 
Isabella  colour  from  similar  Vultures,  and  which  must  belong  to  the 
West  of  Europe. 

Lafresnaye,  in  the  Rev.  ZooL  p.  173>  has  quite  unnessarily  made  a 
particolar  genus,  HarpyhaUaetotf  firom  the  HcMrpyia  coronata,  VieilL 
Lesson  (ibid.  p.  378)  has  distinguished  another  genus,  with  the  name 
Camifsx,  which  Sundevall  had  already  bestowed  upon  a  Pipra :  in  its 
princ^Mil  marks,  it  is  like  HerpHotheres^  but  difim  by  its  long  and 
strong  tarsi,  and  the  shortness  of  its  wings,  in  proportion  to  the  length  of 
its  taiL    He  adds  to  it  a  new  species,  C.  na»o,  from  Central  America. 

Brehm  has  been  successful  in  dividing  our  Osprey  into  five  species — 
1.  Pandion  alticeps,  Br. :  2.  P.  medifMin^  Br. :  3.  P.  planieepsy  Br, : 
i.  P.  atbigukure :  5.  P.  fiuciatum.    (Isis,  p.  425.) 

The  following  speciee  of  £agles  are  represented  in  Qould's  BSrds  of 
Australia,  parts  6^9 : — AquUafueoaa^  Guv.,  and  A,  marphnaides,  Gould 
(both  in  part  7);  Buteo  nkdcmosUmon  (part  9);  Ekmus  axillarigf 
Lath.,  and  E,  $oriptue,  Oould  (ibid.) ;  Accipiter  torquatus,  Cuv., 
(part  6) ;  Astur  approaimanB,  Vig.,  and  A.  omentusy  Gould ;  MilvuB 
afinis,  Qould  (part  6).  None  of  these  species  are  new,  as  even  those 
described  by  GoiUd  were  characterized  by  him  previously  in  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Zoological  Sodety. 

A.  Smith  hajs  represented  two  species  of  Owls,  in  the  Illus- 
trations of  South  Afiica,  No.  15. 

1.  Bubo  capendsy  Smith ;  a  young  specimen,  whose  specific  difference 
from  our  Screedi-K)wl  is  not  yet  proved :  2.  Athene  Woodfordi,  Smith ; 
supra  rubro-brunea,  maculis  fasciisque  albis  notata,  in&a  pallide  rubro- 
bnmea,  fascus  albis  variegata ;  cauda  rubro-brunea,  7-8  fiisciis  pallide 
flavo-bruneis,  rostro  pedibusque  flavis ;  length  13^". 

118 


AVES — PASSERINE.  75 


PASSERINE. 

C.  SuNDEVALL  drew  the  attention  of  the  meeting  at  Bruns- 
wick, to  the  fact,  that  he  had  already,  in  his  Ornithological 
System,  published  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Swedish 
Academy  for  the  year  1835,  giren  a  clearly  defined  character 
for  the  order  of  Singing  Birds  as  comprised  by  Nitzsch. 
(Amtl.  Bericht  uber  die  19te  Vers,  deutscher  Naturf. 
Braunschw.  1842,  p.  78.) 

In  all  Singing  Birds,  tlie  tectrioes  alarum  are  so  short,  that  the  larger 
of  ihem  do  not  reach  the  middle  of  the  wing-feathers  of  the  second  order, 
and  end  in  the  middle  of  the  breadth  of  the  wings.  In  all  birds  which 
hare  no  muscular  apparatus  for  singrag,  these  tectrioes  are  much  longer 
and  more  numerous,  so  that  the  smaller  ones  reach  about  as  far  as  the 
larger  ones  in  the  Singing  Birds,  and  the  larger  stretch  out  far  oyer  the 
middle  of  the  wing-feathers  of  the  second  order,  constituting  quite  a 
different  form  of  the  wing  and  of  the  whole  bird.  The  fi>llowing  birds 
oinly  appear  deviating  or  doubtful : — 1.  Menura  has  the  wings  of  a  Sing- 
ing Bird,  but  a  different  formation  of  foot :  2.  Upv^  has  the  wings  of 
a  Singing  Bird,  but  no  muscular  apparatus  for  singing :  3.  The  Spedded 
Woodpeckers  approximate  to  the  Singing  Birds  in  wing-formation. 

CoRViNiE. — Hodgson  distinguishes  a  new  genus  of  Cryp- 
sirhina  and  Dendrodtta,  Conostoma,  with  a  more  compressed 
bill,  and  founds  it  upon  a  species,  C.  cemodius,  also  hdd  as 
new,  from  the  neighbourhood  of  the  snowy  region  of  Nepal. 
At  the  same  time,  Hodgson  remarks,  that  850  species  of  birds 
are  known  to  him  from  Nepal.     (Ann.  x.  p.  77.) 

Lafresnaye  has  giren  the  name  of  Pica  San-Blasiana^  in 
the  Mag.  de  Zool.  Ois.  pi.  27,  to  the  species  defined  by  Neboux 
as  the  Geai  de  San-Blas^  and  has  added  a  drawing  of  it. 

The  reporter  remarks,  that  his  Corvu$  infumatus,  and  Hedenborg's 
O.  umbrinus  (see  Amnml  Report,  1839-40),  are  identical,  according  to 
an  immediate  comparison  which  Natterer  had  an  opportunity  of  making. 
Sondeyall's  description, ''  capite  colloque  grisesoentibus,"  must,  therefore, 
be  oonected,  as  it  leads  to  misconception. 

Ampelid^. — Lesson  has  described  a  Pipra  fastiuysa,  in 
the  Rer.  2k)ol.  p.  174 :   habitat,  Bealejo  in  Central  America. 

119 


76  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

Hartlaub  has  remarked,  ibid.  p.  56,  that  EupJumia  ccelestis. 
Less.,  and  Pipra  elegantiasima,  Bonap.,  belong  to  one  species ; 
again,  p.  203,  that  Minla  ignostincta,  Hodg.,  is  =  Leiothrix 
omata,  Horsf.,  and  Civa  cyanouroptera  =  L,  lepida,  Horsf. 

TANAGRiDiE. — Lesson  has  given  two  species  of  Tanagra 
as  new,  in  the  Bey.  Zool.  p.  175. 

Aglaia  diaconus  and  Euphama  afiniSf  both  from  E^alejo.  His 
Pitylus  lazuh/s  is  also  from  Central  America.  Lafresnaye  has  added 
two  new  species  to  CyclorkU  (Lcmiagra),  hitherto  founded  merely  upon 
the  Tcmctgra  guicmennSf  viz.,  the  O.  Jla/viventriiy  from  Santa-Cruoe  in 
Mexico ;  and  C.  nigrirogtris,  from  Columbia.  Azara's  Hahia  vert  he 
looks  upon  as  identical  with  Ta/Migra  guianevms  (Rev.  ZooL  p.  134). 
An  Arremon  atropileus,  and  a  Tcbchyphonus  Victormi,  both  from 
Bolivia,  are  also  described  by  him  (op.  cit.  p.  335).  A  description  of 
the  Pyranga  leucoptera  of  Trudeau,  from  Mexico,  is  to  be  found  in  the 
Joum.  of  Philad.  viii.  p.  160. 

FRiNGiLLiBifi. — ^Landbek  asserts,  in  the  Isis,  p.  90,  that 
Fringilla  cisalpina  and  hispaniolensis  are  only  yarieties  of 
our  House  Sparrow. 

F,  dsalpina  was  distiuguished  from  it  by  not  being  present  on  this 
side  of  the  Alps ;  he  found  it  plentiM  in  Under  Engadin,  Canton  Orisons. 
Among  the  Sparrows  which  he  shot  on  the  roof  of  the  inn,  were  some 
Italian  ones,  some  birds  of  passage,  and  some  common  Sparrows.  In  the 
newly  fledged  young  ones,  and  in  the  adult  female,  he  could  discover  no 
difference  from  the  common  ones.  In  voice,  habits,  nest,  and  eggs,  no 
difference  was  observable  between  the  two  sorts.  As  it  is  now  observed, 
that  amongst  F,  hivpamiolends,  the  young  males,  especially,  completely 
resemble  our  own ;  so  Landbek  regards  those  southern  Sparrows  not  as 
peculiar  species,  but  only  varieties  of  one  and  the  same. 

Sundevall  distinguishes  two  varieties  of  Fringilla  Ivaa/na^  in  the 
K.  Vet.  Acad.  HandL  for  1840,  Stockh.  1845,  p.  56.— Var.  a.  (iwwma 
alnorwra  et  Holboelli,  Brehm) ;  rostro  majuscule,  basi  tantum  plumis 
tecto,  altitudine  7,  longitudine  ad  summum  angulum  frontalem  11-12 
millim. ;  macula  guise  nigra  longitudine  rostri  vel  ultra.  Var.  h  (Lin- 
aria  hetulcbrwrny  Brehm) ;  rostro  parvo,  ultra  medium  plumulis  tecto, 
altitudine  6,  longit.  ab.  ang.  frontis  8-10  millim. ;  macula  guise  parva 
(longit  5-6  millim.).  Besides  this,  Sundevall  remarks,  that  var.  a.  is 
larger,  with  the  forehead  more  compressed  and  blackish;  var.  h,  is 
smaller,  with  the  forehead  high  arched  and  greyish. 

Hautlaub  asserts,  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  p.  56,  that  Carduelii  rufogularisy 

130 


AVES — PASSERINE.  77 

Less.,  is  identical  with  Fringilla  thoracica,  HI.,  and  Pipilo  rufiUyrques, 
Swains. ;  Pyrgita  perwvia/na,  Less.,  with  Fringilla  matutina,  Licht. ; 
Pyrrhula  cruentata.  Less.,  with  Fringilla  hoBmorrhoa,  Wagl.  {Pyr- 
rhula  frontalis,  Say,  and  Eryth/rotpiza  front.^  Bon.) ;  aJso  Cocco- 
thratMtes  fortwoitris,  La&.,  with  C  meUjmoxamth/iM,  Hodgs. ;  Looeia 
prasipterony  Less.,  with  Spermestes  cucuUata,  Swains. ;  Pitylus  gut- 
tatus,  Less.  {Ouira>ca  mela/nocephala,  Swains.),  with  Fringilla  xa/n- 
thomaschaliSi  WagL  Lesson's  Coccothratutes  ca/meus  oomes  from 
Acapulco.     (Rey.  ZooL  p.  210.) 

Callyrhyncus  was  separated  by  Lesson,  in  the  Rey.  Zool. 

p.  209,  as  a  genus  among  the  Pyrrhulinoe, 

Bill  stronj^,  yery  high,  oonyez,  crooked,  much  compressed  sideways ; 
upper  mandible  much  curyed,  narrow,  pointed ;  ridge  of  beak  oonyez, 
diyiding  the  frontal  feathers,  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  grooye,  from 
which  rises  the  swollen  lateral  corneous  plate;  nostrils  round,  bare, 
placed  at  the  margin  of  the  frontal  feathers,  and  coyered  by  a  few 
hairs ;  under  mandible  much  compressed  sideways,  swollen  in  the  middle 
and  beneath ;  tail  moderate,  pretty  straight,  &c.  The  new  species  is 
called  C  peruviamus  from  Callao. 

Lafresnaye  also  has  established  a  separate  genus  amongst 
the  FringillidcB,  to  which  he  gives  the  name  of  Catambly- 
RHYNCHUs.     (Rey.  Zool.  p.  301.) 

Rostrum  breye,  arcuatum,  yalde  compressum,  maxillas  carina  supera 
planulata,  utrinque  linea  impressa  marginata,  apice  obtusa,  rotundata. 
Lafresnaye  has  established  this  genus  from  the  peculiar  formation  of 
the  bill,  which  rests  upon  a  newly  disooyered  species,  C,  diadema  from 
Columbia. 

Gould,  in  his  Birds  of  Australia,  has  represented  the  following  species 
of  this  family : — Estrilda  temporalis.  Lath,  (part  6) ;  E.  ru/icauda, 
Gould,  (part  7),  and  E,  phaeton,  Hombr.  (part  8) ;  Emblema  picta, 
(part  7) ;  Donacola  casta/neothorasc,  Gould,  and  D.  pectoralis,  Gould, 
(part  7) ;  Poephila  acuticauda,  Gould,  P.  personata,  Gould,  P.  cincta, 
Gould,  (part  6). 

Brehm  has  now  to>ught  the  Lark  of  the  Desert  (Phileremos),  founded 
on  Alauda  alpestris,  into  fiye  species.  (Isis,  p.  502,)  He  has  been  still 
more  suocessfrd  with  the  Yellow  Hammer,  which  he  has  diyided  into  no 
fewer  than  eight  sub-species,  of  which  he  has  giyen  yery  full  descriptions, 
with  some  interesting  remarks  on  their  habits.     (Isis,  p.  752.) 

Emberiza  hortulana,  which,  according  to  Bigack,  is  extremely  rare 
in  Prussia,  has  been  found  by  M.  Rosenheyn  pretty  frequent  on  the 
bushy  banks  of  the  Weichsel;  and  at  Culm  is  a  very  common  bird. 
(Preuss.  Proyinzial  Blatter.  1842,  p.  2'd2,) 

121 


78  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

Demtiboitreb. — Brehm,  after  diTiding  the  Lanms  tninor  into  five, 
and  the  X.  collurio  into  seven  sub-species,  in  the  Isis,  p.  652,  gives  a 
copious  history  of  the  habits  of  both  these  species.  HarUaub  asserts,  in 
the  Rev.  2^1.  p.  57»  that  McUaconotus  aura/n$iope€tui,  Less.,  is  iden- 
tical with  M.  chrytogasUr^  Swains. ;  also  PyenonotuB  niveoventer,  Less., 
with  Ofimcalus  pectoTiUUf  and  Pycn.  carbancMriuSy  Less.,  with  CMe^ 
pyri$  lugubrie,  Sundev. 

Delessert,  in  his  Souv.  d'un  Voj.  k  Tlnde,  p.  24,  asserts  his  Mvsdeapa 
vwriegata  to  be  identical  with  Siva  strigula,  Hodgs.,  and  has  given  a 
drawing  of  it  on  tab.  8.  A  short  description  has  been  given  of  M,  rufula, 
Lafr.  Hartlaub  has  defined,  as  identical  species  (Op.  sup.  cit.),  Platy- 
rhynchus  pseudogilla^  Less.,  and  Mvsiccipa  mystacea,  Spiz  (Flwvicola 
cursana,  Sw.,  (Ena/nt?ie  climazwra,  VieiU.);  also  Mu&eipeta  lo/pis^ 
Jj&BB.=M.  melcMfiopBf  Yig.,  of  which  M,  thalassmay  Sw.,  will  be  the 
female;  Musdca/pa  hilineata,  'LeBB.=Acanthiza  arrogo/nSf  Sund. ; 
Setophaga  caatcmea,  ljea8,=Mu8cicapa  vulnerata,  Wagl.  Lafresnaye 
has  found  a  second  species  of  Copurus,  C.  leuc<motu8,  from  Bolivia  (Rev. 
Zool.  p.  335).  Lesson's  fVom  tityroides  comes  from  Central  America. 
(Ibid.  p.  210.) 

Grould,  in  his  Birds  of  Australia,  part  6,  has  figured  six  species  of 
Arta/mtis  (Ocypterus);  A,  8ordidkb8,  Lath.,  ctnereiM,  YieilL,  min<n',  VieilL, 
8upercilio9U8,  G.,  personatus,  G.,  and  leucopygialis,  G. 

SuBULiBOBTRES. — A  spocimeu  of  the  TvrdtLS  varitts,  PalL,  was  killed  in 
Sweden  (Jemtknd)  in  the  year  1837,  and  described  by  Sundevall  in  the 
K.  Vet.  Acad.  HandL  p.  36.    The  reporter  takes  this  opportunity  of 
observing,  that  another  specimen  was  shot  in  Steiermark  last  harvest, 
and  sent  to  the  Vienna  Cabinet.     Turdu8  nigropHetiSy  Lafr.  is  described 
by  Delessert  in  his  Souvenirs,  p.  27«    Hartlaub,  Rev.  ZooL  p.  58,  defines 
T.  colkirU,  Sor.,  as  identical  with  T,  albocinctuB,  Royl. ;  Petrocincla  fer- 
rugmeoventer.  Less.,  with  P.  rufiventru,  Jard. ;  Ixos  plwmigerus,  Lafr., 
with  Brachypus  leucogenya.  As  the  name  Cratercpus  Delesaertii,  Lafr., 
was  already  given  by  Jerdon  to  another  species,  Delessert  has  now 
defined  it  in  his  Souv.  p.  28,  as  Or,  Lafreanayii,     Bibia  nigrictps, 
Hodgs.= Ctnc^osoma  aipiatratv/m,  Vig.  (Hartl.  in  the  Rev.  ZooL  p.  202). 
Timalia  pcscilorhyncha,  Lafr.  =  T.  Btfbrufa,  Jerdon.     (Deless.  Souv. 
p.  28.) 

Townsend  has  pointed  out,  in  the  Joum.  of  the  Acad,  of  Nat.  Sc.  of 
Fhilad.  viiL  p.  148  and  159,  that  the  bird  drawn  by  Audubon,  as  Sylvia 
phUadelphia,  is  veiy  difTerent  from  a  species  finmd  by  him  at  Columbia 
River,  and  to  which  he  gave  the  name  S,  tolmcd:  afterwards,  when 
Audubon  perceived  his  error,  he  gave  it  the  name  of  S.  MacgHUvrayi. 
Brewer  has  corrected,  in  Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  xlii.  p.  132,  many  mistakes 
of  Audubon  in  the  definition  of  the  American  Syhnce.  Muscieapa  SeUm, 
Aud.,  is  the  young  of  Sylvia  cncuUata^  Wils. ;  ByL  Vigorm^  Aud.,  the 

122 


AVES — PASSERINiE.  79 

young  of  8,pinu$;  8yl.  ra/ra  is  the  young  male  of  ;Sf.  azwrea;  S.pal- 
fnarwniy  Bon.,  is  identical  with  S,  petechia,  Bon. ;  S,  puHUaj  Wils.  and 
8,  iphagnotay  Aud.,  are  identical  with  S,  canadensis;  S,  tigrina,  Bon., 
does  not  agree  with  that  of  Latham,  but  with  SyL  monta/na ;  8.  Roscoei 
is  the  joung  of  the  common  Maryland  Yellow  Throat;  8,  CMldrenii,  Aud., 
is  the  common  Summer  Yellow  Bird  not  completely  feathered,  which 
broods  in  this  state. 

Of  the  genus  Drymoica,  A.  Smith  has  given,  in  the  lUust.  of  the  Zool* 
of  South  Africa,  No.  16,  the  description  and  drawings  of  Z>.  substriata, 
pallida,  rujUcapUla,  Le  VailkmtU,  tetrix,  and  terre^t/ris. 

The  Wagtails  (Bndytes)  have  now  been  extended  by  Brehm 
to  ten  species.    (Isis,  p.  511  and  566.) 

They  are  called — 1.  B,  atricapilhis,  Br.  (Motaeilla  melcmocephala, 
Licht.) :  2.  B.  melcmoc^hahu,  Boje.  (M,  melanocephala,  Lieht.) :  3.  B. 
Feldeggii,  Mich. :  4.  B,  cinerea-capilltis,  Sayi :  5,  B.  ccmiceps,  Br.  (M, 
cinereo-capUla,  Auct.) :  6.  B.  mega/rhynchos,  Br.  {M,  Jlava,  Auct.) : 
7.  B,  hoarulue  {M,  hoa/rula,  Liim.)  :  8.  B,  chrysogaster,  Br.  (M,  Jlava, 
Linn.) :  9.  B.  fiavus  (M,  Jlava,  Linn.) :  10.  B.  JloAfeohM,  Temm.  {M. 
JUwa,  Gould).  Brehm  himself  confesses,  that  the  distinction  between 
Nos.  2  and  3  is  very  difficult,  and  between  3  and  5  still  more  so ;  when 
young,  perhaps  quite  impossible :  it  is  not  possible  to  come  to  a  conclu- 
sion, as  he  says,  without  examining  the  shape  of  the  bill  and  head.  But 
if  the  species  admit  of  slight  variations  in  the  colour,  why  should  it  not 
also  do  so  in  the  form  of  the  head  and  bill?  Selys  Longchamps  men> 
tions,  in  his  Faune  Beige,  p.  88,  five  YeUow  Water  Wagtails, — 1.  Mota- 
cilia  JUx/va:  2.M,  dnereih-capilla:  3.  M,  melanocephala :  ^M.Jla/ueola: 
and  5.  M.  howrula.  The  M.  cmerechcapilla,  of  which  he  shot  a  speci- 
men at  LtLttich,  he  is  inclined  to  suppose  a  southern  race  of  3f.  Jlava. 
Sundeyall,  in  the  E.  Vet.  Acad.  Handl.  Stockh.  1842,  p.  47,  divides  the 
Motaeilla  Jla/va  into  five  varieties : — ^Var.  1.  (Anglica,  M.  Jla/veola, 
Temm.) ;  capite  semper  virescente,  colore  dorsi :  Yar.  2.  {Vulgaris  8ue- 
ca/na);  dilutior,  pure  laeteque  oolorata,  superciliis  perfectis,  latis,  Lara 
fere  implentibus  limboque  gulari  lato  pure  albis.  Maculae  colli  pecto- 
risque  pallidiores  fusee :  Yar.  3.  (Borealis  e  Lappoma) ;  obecurior 
paullo  sordidius  oolorata,  loris  definite  nigris,  limbo  gulari  colore  juguli ; 
maculae  colli  pectorisque  distinctae,  obaeuriores;  apices  tectricum  ex 
fiiscescente  sordidse.  $  caput  obscure  canescens,  lateribus  pure  nigrum ; 
vetuB  superdliis  plane  nullis,  fronte  verticeque  fere  nigris :  Yar.  4.  {Dal- 
matica,  Bruch.,  M,  Feldeggi,  M,  cmereo^apiUa?)  Yar.  5,  {AfncavuL, 
M.  melanocephala,  Licht.) 

The  reporter  would  rather  recognise  local  varieties  than  different 
species  in  the  described  deviations  of  Motaeilla  Jlava, 

123 


80  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

Certhiparus  is  a  new  genus  of  Lafresnaye,  founded  on 

Parua  senilis^  Dub.     (Rey.  Zool.  p.  69.) 

He  regards  it  as  an  intermediate  genus  between  the  Tit  Mice  and 
Woodpeckers  ;  resembling  the  latter  from  its  rigid  tail,  with  somewhat 
outwardly  turned  feathers  at  the  sides ;  and  the  former  from  the  shape 
of  the  bill,  feet,  and  whole  form.  On  these  accounts,  in  the  reporter's 
opinion,  it  ought  to  be  reckoned  with  the  Tit  Mice.  The  Parus  nav.  ze- 
kmdice,  Lath.,  as  Lafresnaye  thinks,  might  be  added  to  the  Parus  senilis, 
yet  its  tail  is  not  stiff,  though  it  has  the  same  form.  But  this  is,  as  the 
reporter  adds,  a  farther  and  certainly  yery  striking  proof,  that  the 
genus  Certhipa/rus  is  quite  untenable.  Hartmann  has  (in  the  Rey. 
Zool.  p.  75)  defined  the  Orthonyx  heteroclitesy  Lafr.,  which  is  allied  to 
this,  as  identical  with  Muscicapa  chloris,  Forst.  loon.,  ined.  tab.  157, 
M.  och/rocephala.  Lath. 

Sundevall  has  divided  the  AnthvLs  pratenms  into  three  yarieties, — 1. 
Yar.  Vulgaris;  gula  alba,  striola  nigricante  utrinque  a  basi  maziUaB 
inferioris :  2.  Yar.  CervvMi  {Motacilla  cervina.  Pall.) ;  gula  juguloque 
fulyis,  stria  laterali  ad  latera  juguli  nulla  eyidenter  nigro-maculata ; 
Cauda  et  alsB  breyiores.  A  specimen  was  shot  in  East  Finmark  in  1837 : 
3.  Yar.  Rufigularis,  Br. ;  superciliis,  gula  juguloque  saturate  ex  griseo 
rubicundis,  striola  gulas  nulla,  cauda  et  alas  longiores. 

Lesson  characterizes  two  species  of  MegalonyXy  which  he  names 
M.  nantbs  and  rufocapilluSf  both  from  the  island  Chiloe,  on  the  coast 
of  Chili  (Bey.  Zool.  p.  135  and  209).  Lafresnaye  now  numbers  nine 
species  of  Orallaria  (ibid.  p.  333) ;  among  them,  G,  rufieapilla  is  a 
newly  added  species  from  Bolivia. 

Gould,  in  his  Birds  of  Australia,  has  given  plates  of  Ephtkia/ntM'a 
albifrons,  Jard.  (part  6) ;  E.  awrifrons,  Q.,  and  tricolor,  G.  (part  7)  ; 
Drymodes  hrwivneopygia,  (part  8) ;  Petroiea  multicolor,  Yig.,  Oooden- 
oviiy  Yig.,  phoBnicea,  G.,  hicolor,  Sw.,  fusca,  G.  (part  8) ;  Eryth/rodyas 
rhodinogaster,  Drap.,  and  rosea,  G.  (part  8) ;  Pitta  strepitans,  Temm., 
and  iris  (part  6). 

Certhiaceje. — New  species :  Dendrocolaptes  tria/ngularis,  Lafr.,  fit)m 
Bolivia  (Bev.  ZooL  p.  134) ;  Picolaptes  capistratus.  Less.,  from  Bealejo 
(ibid.  p.  174)  ;  Tatare  (Sitta)  fuscus.  Less.  (ibid.  p.  210) ;  Conirostrum 
aJhifrons  and  ooeruleifrons,  Lafr.,  frcnn  Columbia  (ibid.  p.  301). 

Hartlaub  has  remarked,  that  the  genus  Uncirostrum,  Lafr.,  had  pre- 
viously received  the  name  Diglossa  from  Wagler.  He  points  out  six 
species  (Bev.  Zool.  p.  569). 

Delessert  mentions,  in  his  Souv.  p.  23,  tab.  8,  that  Chloropsis  auH- 
ventris,  Del.,  is  identical  with  Chi.  ourvirostris,  Sw.  Hartlaub,  how- 
ever, had  mentioned  the  same  before  in  the  Bev.  p.  58.  The  Acanthiza 
tenuirostris  was  used  by  Lafresnaye  for  the  formation  of  a  new  genus, 
and  drawn  in  the  Mag.  de  Zool.  Ois.  pi.  27. 

124 


AVES — CLAMATORES.  Bl 

HiBUMDiNACEiB. — Laudbek  has  giyen  some  valuable  observations  on 
Hirundo  rupestris  in  the  Isis,  p.  97.  The  New  Holland  Swallow,  which 
Vigors  ajid  Horsfield  had  comprehended  under  one  specieswith  Hirundo 
javanica,  has  been  separated  from  it  by  Gould,  and  defined  as  H.  ne- 
oxena  (Birds  of  Australia,  part  9).  In  the  same  part  are  given  Atticora 
(Hirundo)  leucogtemon,  G.,  Collocalia  ariel  and  a/rborea. 


CLAMATORES. 

Macrochires.  —  Townsend  has  discovered  a  new  S\rift  at 
Columbia  Biver. 

He  names  it  Cypselus  Vauxii,  and  distinguishes  it  from  Cpelasgiua, 
with  which  it  may  be  confounded,  from  its  lighter  colour  and  much 
smaller  size ;  only  3^^'  long.  (Joum.  of  the  Acad,  of  Philad.  viii.  p.  148.) 

Hartlaub  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  58),  and  Delessert  (in  his  Souv.  p.  25,  tab.  9), 
have  mentioned,  that  Cypselus  leuconotus,  DeL,  is  identical  with  ChoB- 
tura  nudipes*  Cypselus  cmstralis  has  been  represented  by  Gould  in 
the  Birds  of  Australia  (part  9) ;  Acanthylis  cwudacuta,  Lath,  (ibid.) 

Boorcier  has  described,  in  the  Rev.  ZooL  p.  373,  three  species  of 
Humming-birds  from  Columbia,  by  the  names  of  Ormigmyia  AUne, 
Julie,  and  MuhiMit,  Lesson  has  given  the  name  of  0,  dnnamomea 
to  a  fourth  species  from  Acapulco  (ibid.  p.  175).  Longuemare  has  given 
a  drawing  of  his  0.  Clarisse,  in  the  Mag.  de  ZooL  N.  23. 

Caprimulginjb.  —  Eurostopodus  (Caprimulgus)  albigularis,  Vig., 
and  guttatu8,  Vig.,  have  been  represented  by  Gfould.  (Op.  sup.  cit. 
part  9). 

ToDiDiB.  —  Gould  has  given  a  plate  of  the  Merops  omatus.  Lath, 
(part  7).  According  to  HartUub's  statement,  Alcemeropa  paleazureu$. 
Less.,  ia  =  A,  Athertoni,  Jard.  =  Nyctiomis  casruleus,  Sw.  =  N,  am- 
hergticbnus,  RoyL  =  Buda  nipalenm,  Hodgs.    (Rev.  ZooL  p.  58.) 

LiPooLos&fi. — ^Brehm,  in  the  Isis,  p.  488,  has  divided  the  European 
Hoopoe  into  four  sub-species — Upupa  hifasciata,  macrorhynchos,  epopt, 
and  hrctchyrhynchos.  From  observation  of  a  live  specimen,  he  thinks 
that  this  genus  must  be  added  to  the  Earth  Woodpeckers.  There  is  a 
beautiful  plate  of  Buceros  casddix,  fem.,  in  the  NederL  Yerhandel.  n.  7. 
TodWomphus  recu^rvirottris,  Lafr.  (Rev.  ZooL  p.  134),  was  brought 
from  the  South  Sea,  and  is  the  third  species  of  this  genus. 

Strickland  has  lately  proved,  that  Alcedo  wn/ymendB,  Linn.,  is  actually 
to  be  found  in  Asia  Minor  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  441).  Two  species 
of  Prionites  have  been  described  by  Lesson,  from  Central  America ; 
Crypticus  (Hyloma/net)  apidster,  and  Momotus  Lewonii  (Rev.  ZooL 
p.  174). 

125 


82  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDOCCXLII : 


ZTGODACTYLL 

RuppELL,  in  the  Mus.  Senckenb.  iii.  p.  127,  has  given  a  list 
of  the  Climbing  Birds  obsenred  by  him  in  the  north-east  of 
Africa. 

They  are  aa  follows : — Picua  pcecephaluSf  Bchoensis,  Hemprichii, 
asthiopicus,  and  abtfisinicus ;  Tuna  torqidlla,  and  (jequatoralis;  Cu- 
culu8  c€moru8y  9olitariu8,  serratus,  afer,  Claam,  cupreus,  and  OMrattu  ; 
Coccyzus  gla/nda/rius ;  Centropus  senegalensis,  m/perdlioaus,  and  mo- 
nachus  ;  Indicator  archipelagicuSf  and  minor  ;  Bucco  chrysozonicua  ; 
Micropogon  margcMritatus ;  Pogonias  keviroatris,  melanocephaluSj 
Vieillotiy  BrucH,  and  v/ndatu$ ;  Trogon  na/rina  ;  Psittaoua  rudventriSf 
JlavifronSy  Meyeri,  Le  VaUlanH,  taranta,  and  cubicularia ;  Corythaix 
leucotig  ;  ChizcBrkis  zonura,  peraonata,  and  letuogagter.  In  all,  thirty^ 
eight  species,  of  which  twelve  were  discovered  by  RdppelL 

CucuLiNiB. — RiippeU  has  clearly  shown  (Op.  ant.  dt.  p.  122),  that 
Cuculus  serratus  of  the  Cape  and  Abyssinia,  is  a  different  species  from 
the  C.  melcmoleueoB  of  India.  He  has  also  given  a  minute  description 
of  Le  YaUlant's  Cttculus  aoHtaritu,  which  is  also  found  in  Abyssinia  as 
well  as  at  the  Cape. 

W.  Thompson  has  mentioned,  in  the  Ann,  ix.  p.  225,  four  instances 
of  the  presence  of  the  Coccyzus  americanuBy  Bonap.,  in  the  British 
Islands. 

Lesson,  in  the  Rev.  ZooL  p.  210,  has  defined  the  Coccyzus  erythropy- 
gus  of  San-Carlos,  in  Central  America,  as  a  new  species. 

Gould  has  circumstantially  described,  in  the  Ann.  iz.  p.  237,  two  new 
species  of  Trogon  from  the  Cordilleras: — 1.  Trogon  personals,  very 
like  the  Trogon  atricollisy  but  the  abdomen  is  scarlet  instead  of  orange : 
2.  Tr,  (cahirus)  oMriceps,  allied  to  the  T.  pavoninus,  but  larger ;  bill 
bright  yellow ;  wing-coverts  longer,  &c. 

Lesson  has  described  a  thirc^spedes  from  Realejo  in  Central  America, 
as  Trogon  capistratus,  and  appended  a  description  of  the  male  of 
Tr,  mexica/nus,  Sw.    (Rev.  Zool.  p.  135.) 

BuccoNiDiB. — Hartlaub  has  described  a  Bv^co  mcUinccensis,  allied  to 
the  B.  ctrmilla/risy  but  differing  from  it  by  the  light  blue  throat,  red 
cross-bands  on  the  anterior  part  of  back,  want  of  the  orange  coloured 
breast-bands,  &c.  At  tiie  same  time,  he  enumerates  the  species  of  Bucco 
particularly,  and  brings  their  number  up  to  twenty-three.  (Rev.  Zool. 
p.  336.) 

RuppeU  (Op.  ant.  dt.  p.  124)  has  discovered  that  the  southern  pro- 
vinces of  Abyssinia  axe  the  habitat  of  the  Pogonias  lasvirostrisy  a  fact 
not  previously  known. 

126 


A  VES — Z  YGOD  ACT  YLl .  83 

Rhamphastid^.  —  The  third  number  of  Gould's  Mono- 
graph of  the  RhamphasUdce,  translated  by  J.  H.  C3ir.  Fr. 
and  J.  W.  Storm,  has  appeared. 

This  third  number  has  not  yet  been  sent  to  our  State  Library,  and 
therefore  is  not  accessible  to  me  at  present.  * 

Gould,  in  the  Ann.  iz.  p.  238,  has  given  the  name  of  Pteroglossus 
(Aulacorhynchus)  castcmeorhynch^s  to  a  new  species  from  the  Cordil- 
leras, standing  next  the  Pt,  hoBmatopygus,  but  differing  from  it  and  all 
other  species  by  its  much  larger  size  (18"). 

PiciNJE. — ^RUppell,  in  the  Mus.  Senckenb.  iii.  p.  119,  has 
increased  this  family  with  two  species. 

1.  Picus  (Dendobratiu  ?)  schoensU,  very  like  the  P.  hia/rmicusy  but 
larger,  the  two  white  streaks  on  the  sides  of  the  head  not  uniting,  &c. : 
from  Schoa.  2.  Tv/nx  cequatorialis,  from  the  Southern  Proyinoes  of 
Abyssinia.  Hitherto  there  were  only  two  species  Imown  in  the  Old 
World,  Tiz.,  F.  torquilla  of  Europe  and  North  Africa,  and  Y,  peciaralU 
of  South  Africa.  This  new  third  species  corresponds  in  size  with  the 
Northern ;  and  is  near  the  South  African  by  the  rusty  red  of  the  under 
side  of  the  body,  which,  however,  is  differently  disposed  or  divided. 
Rnppell  has  appended  to  these  two  species  the  description  of  a  female 
Pieui  poecephahis.  Swains. 

On  a  review  of  the  SpecHed  Woodpeckers  (Isis,  p.  649),  Brehm 
believes  he  has  found  out,  that  the  smaller  species  of  Picus  may  be 
separated  into  a  particular  genus,  which  should  be  called  Piculus.  Their 
chief  mark  is  the  tail,  which  is  not  so  wedge-shaped  as  in  the  other 
Woodpeckers,  but  is  much  blunter.  They  are  also  particularly  distin- 
guished by  a  black  and  white  banded  back,  and  the  females  have  pro- 
bably no  red,  but  only  black  upon  the  top  of  the  head  :  this,  at  least,  is 
the  case  in  the  Picus  minor,  Macei,  moluccerms,  and  concretus.  This 
separation  may  be  very  good,  but  the  name  Piculus  has  already  been 
used  by  Is.  Geof&oy  as  identical  with  PicwnvnuB.  Brehm  has  announced 
a  sub-species  of  the  Picus,  in  the  meanwhile,  as  P.  rosdventris, 

Hartlaub  has  remarked,  that  Picus  luridus,  Nitzsch,  is  synonymous 
with  P.  tuhhiy  Less.,  and  Hemicercus  hru/neus,  Eyt.    (Rev.  Zool.  p.  57.) 

PsiTTACiNJE. — ^Chr.  L.  Brehm,  Monographic  der  Fapageien. 
Fol.  das  Heft  Mit.  10  ill.  Abbild. 
After  the  oopper-plates  of  Panots  by  Le  Yaillant  and  Bouijot  St. 

*  In  the  fifth  number  of  the  Archives  of  last  year^  I  have  given  a  notice  of 
this  number,  and  drawn  attention  to  its  increasing  value  in  original  obser- 
vations^ additions,  and  improvements. — Editok  of  Arch. 

127 


84  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCOCXLII  : 

Hilaire,  it  is  a  doubtfiil  matter  to  publish  others,  as  the  great  libraries 
haye  no  need  of  such  a  work,  and  will  delay  the  purchase  until  con- 
yinoed,  that  after  the  publication  of  the  first  number,  it  is  not  given  up, 
as  happens  in  so  many  cases.  Should  science  need  such  an  undertaking, 
the  author  (at  whose  command,  indeed,  must  stand  the  whole  ornitho- 
logical literature  of  this  family,  and  a  great  collection),  promises  to  give 
a  critical  description  of  aU  the  species  hitherto  known,  wiih.  plates  of 
those  which  have  not  been  preyiously  represented. 

Riippell,  in  the  Mus.  Senckenb.  iii.  p.  125,  has  made  known  to  us  two 
new  species  of  Parrots :  1.  Psittacus  (Pionus)  ru/iventris ;  in  size  and 
form  of  tail  resembling  the  Ps,  senegalus,  and  ako  approaching  it  in 
the  distribution  of  the  principal  colours,  but  having  a  much  stronger 
bill :  from  Schoa :  2,  Ps.  (Pionus)  Jlavifrons ;  about  l-6th  larger  than 
Ps.  Meyeri ;  fore-part  of  head  and  region  of  eyes  beautiful  citron  yellow ; 
the  rest  of  plumage  different  shades  of  green :  from  the  Abyssinian 
province  of  Godjam. 

Pgittaeus  (Amazona)  aura-palliatus  of  Realejo,  Arara  erythrcfrons 
of  Valdivia,  Ps.  (Cai'ca)  chrysopogon  of  San-Carlos,  and  Pa.  (Aratinga) 
ebwmvrostrwm  of  Acapulco,  have  been  described  by  Lesson  in  the  Rev. 
Zool.  p.  135. 

.  The  following  species  are  represented  in  the  new  parts  of  Gould : — 
Nymphicvs  novas  hollomdke  (part  7) ;  Apramycttbs  tcapulatua,  Bechst., 
and  erytJvropterus,  Gm.  (part  8) ;  Trichoglo89u$  SioainsonU,  Jard.,  rubri- 
torqtm,  Vig.,  and  versicolor,  Vig.  (part  9). 

AMPHiBOLiE. — ^Riippell  has  made  known,  in  the  Mus.  Senck. 
iii.  p.  127,  two  new  species  of  Ckizcerhis,  from  the  southern 
provinces  of  Abyssiniau 

1.  Ch,  personata ;  regione  ophthalmica,  gems,  mento  et  gula  pennis 
denudatis,  pileo  crista  plicatili  plumis  laxis  elongatis  colore  murine; 
nucha,  regione  parotica  juguloque  albidis,  jugulo  et  pectore  viridi- 
glaucis,  abdomine  et  tibiis  rufocervinis,  auchenio,  dorso  et  alis  csesio- 
umbrinis,  rectricibus  oHvaceis ;  cauda  elongata,  subrotundata,  supra 
cinerea,  infra  luteo-virente ;  19" :  2.  Ch,  leucogaster,  pQeo,  crista  plica- 
tili, plumis  apice  truncatis;  capite,  gutture,  collo,  cervice,  dorso  et 
alis  ex  caesio-iunbrinis ;  tectricibus  mediis  nigro-marginatis,  remigibus 
dimidio  basali  albis,  apicaJi  umbrino-nigris ;  cauda  subrotundata,  nigra, 
fascia  lata  alba  transversa,  rectricibus  2,  intermediis  ex  caesio-umbrinis, 
abdomine  et  tibiis  albis ;  18f '^ 

CMzasris  felicke  =  GK  concoloTy  Smith  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  5&). 


128 


AVES — GALLINACEiE.  85 


COLXJMBINiE. 

Oeophaps  Smtthiif  Jard.,  plwmifera,  G.,  and  seripta,  Ptilinopus  Swain- 
Mmii,  G.,  and  Etmngiiy  G.,  have  been  represented  by  Gould  in  the  7th 
part  of  his  Birds  of  Australia.  Both  species  of  Ptilinopus  have  been 
hitherto  united  under  the  name  of  Colwmha  pxvrpurata,  and  thej  agree 
in  the  distribution  of  colour ;  but  the  Pt,  Ewingii  is  smaller,  the  top  of 
the  head  rose-red  instead  of  crimson,  the  breast  pale  greenish-grej, 
instead  of  muddy  green,  the  middle  of  abdomen  bright  orange,  instead 
of  lilac ;  and  the  tail-feathers  greenish-yellow  instead  of  being  tipped 
with  rich  yellow. 


GALLINACEJE. 

Galling. — Buhle's  Naturgesch.  der  domesticirten  Thiere, 
Heft.  3.  (Pfau,  Truthuhn  und  Perlhuhn  nebst  ihren  Verwand- 
ten.)    Halle,  1842. 

This  book  has  not  yet  reached  me. 

Delessert,  in  his  Souv.  p.  2%  tab.  10,  and  Hartlaub,  in  the  Rev.  Zool. 
p.  58,  have  remarked,  that  Frcmcolvaus  mvostM,  Del.,  is  identical  with 
Ft,  Hardmckii,  Gray.  Lesson^s  Ortyo!  leucopogony  is  from  San-Carlos 
in  Central  America.     (Bev.  Zool.  p.  175.) 

The  riddle  in  Temminck's  announcement  (Man.  d'Qmitholog.  iv. 
p.  313),  which  he  put  down  as  very  doubtful,  that  the  Turkey  (Meleagris 
gallopavo),  was  found  wild  in  Dalmatia,  has  been  satisfactorily  solved, 
as  KtLster  mentions  (Isis,  p.  611),  that  Otis  tardea  is  known,  throughout 
Dalmatia,  by  the  name  of  "  Wild  Turkey."  By  a  similar  misunder- 
standing, Hellenius  once  took  a  female  of  the  Mufion,  which  is  commonly 
called  a  Boe  in  Sardinia,  for  Cenms  capreolus ;  and  thence  Rudolphi, 
from  its  fruitful  pairing  with  the  Bam,  drew  the  conclusion,  that  the 
latter  fact  could  not  be  brought  into  consideration  for  the  determining 
of  a  species.     (Yid.  Munch,  gel.  Anzeig.  iv.  p.  936.) 

Penelope  albiventer,  firom  the  province  of  Nicaragua,  has  been  de^ 
scribed  by  Lesson  as  a  new  species.    (Rev.  Zool.  p.  174.) 

The  presence  of  the  genus  Megapodws  in  New  Holland, 

has  now  been  proved,  by  the  M.  tumulus  being  found  on 

Coburgh  Peninsula,  on  the  north  coast.     (Oould^s  Birds  of 

Australia,  part  6.) 

The  most  remarkable  thing  in  these  birds,  is,  their  peculiar  way  of 
hatching  their  e(;g8.    These  are  found  in  large  sand  heaps,  which  are 

129  I 


86  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

generallf  of  &  conical  &Tm ;  one  of  them  waa  iizty  feet  in  circumference 
at  the  base,  and  fifteen  high  :  the  eggi  Ikj  deep  in  thete  heaps,  sligbtl}' 
oovered  with  sand,  which,  hy  the  heat  of  the  lun,  acquires  a  ooniideTable 
wamith.  How  these  heaps  have  be«n  erected,  and  how  the  joung  oome 
ont  of  them  when  titey  have  newly  chipped  the  shell,  hu  not  yet  been 
observed  bj  Europeans;  and  only  sonM  nnsatisfaotoiy  accounts  have 
been  received  &om  the  natives. 

Megapodiw,  TaUegaUa,  and  Leipca,  form  a  very  remaik&ble  femily, 
from  the  peculiar  manner  in  which  they  hatch  tiieir  e^.  They  extend 
ttaai  the  Philippines  over  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago,  sa  far 
as  New  Holland. 

Hartlaub  holds  it  as  certain,  that  the  geoos  Ateckthelia,  Less.,  is  only 
the  young  of  Megapodint.     (Rev.  ZooL  p.  204.) 

Crypturid^. — Lesson  has  given  a  new  species  fW>m  Cen- 
tral America,  in  the  Kev.  Zool.  p.  210,  TinamtiB  (Notkura) 
cmnamomea. 


CURSORES. 

Mayer,  in  his  N^euen  Uutersuch.  aus  dem  Gebiete  der  Anat. 
uttd  Physiol,  p.  30,  has  discussed  a  pectdiar  formation  of  the 
sexual  opening  in  the  female  Emu  of  New  Holland. 

The  conuDOn  opening  of  the  tectum,  Bezmd  parts,  and  urinary  oi^;ans, 
has  the  form  of  a  cup,  or  crown  of  a  flower,  of  considerable  size.  There 
ore  twenty-eight  folds,  or  rays,  wliich  run  from  the  middle  opening  of 
the  common  fandament,  like  radii  towards  the  periphery,  and  form  on  it 
80  many  sacs,  or  cells,  in  which  a  white  fatty  substance  is  secreted.  The 
,  intention  of  this  organ  is  not  known :  there  is  nothing  like  it  in  the  other 
running  birds.  It  is  remarkable,  as  the  author  observes,  that  even  in  a 
bird  of  New  Holland,  there  is  a  purse  shaped  organ  in  the  sexual  region, 
as  an  eipression,  so  to  speak,  of  the  endemic  genius  of  the  structure, 
which,  in  the  same  country,  prevails  in  the  MammaUa. 

A  plate  is  given  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Zoological  Society,  of  a 
'1  thigh-bone,  found  in  New  Zealand,  which  Owen  recognised  as  that 
bird  allied  to  the  Ostrich. 


AVES — GRALLiE.  87 


GRALL^. 

Alectorides. — Gould  has  now  given  a  drawing  of  the  Otis 
auatralasiana^  in  the  Birds  of  Australia,  part  8. 

This  species  is  abundant,  and  spread  widely  over  New  Holland.  It  is 
larger  than  the  Otis  tarda,  A  capital  error  in  Gould's  work  is  the  want 
of  measurements,  although  there  is  plenty  of  room, 

FuucARi^. — Parra  cordifera^  from  Aeapulco^  has  been 
described  by  Lesson  in  the  Bey.  Zool.  p.  135  and  210.  A 
drawing  of  Gallirallus  hrachypterua^  Lafr.,  was  given  in  the 
Magas.  de  Zool.  n.  22. 

Leib  found  the  FuUca  a/merica/Mi  brooding,  in  very  great  numbers, 
in  the  month  of  June,  in  the  marshes  at  Lake  Erie,  in  company  with  the 
OaUinula  galeata.  The  nest  is  woven  of  rushes,  without  lining,  1^  to 
2^  in  diameter,  swimming  on  the  water,  and  attached  to  the  reeds :  the 
eggs,  ten  to  fifteen  in  number,  are  oval,  greenish-yellow,  with  small  dark 
brown  freckles.    (Joum.  of  Philad.  viii  203.) 

Erodii. — ^Brehm  has  divided  the  small  German  Bitterns 
(Ardea  minuta)  into  three  sub-species : — Botaurus  minutus^ 
pusillus,  and  melanottju,    (Isis,  p.  770.) 

Hemiglottides.— Drawings  have  been  given  of  PlataUa 

regia,  G.,  sjii  Jlavipes,  G.,  in  the  Birds  of  Australia,  part  7. 

The  latter  species  is  remarkable,  as  it  agrees  in  many  respects  with 
the  white  species  of  Ibis,  and  accordingly  proves,  from  another  source, 
the  connection  of  the  PlataUa  and  /Hs,  in  one  family,  as  asserted  by 
Nitzsch. 

LiMicOL^. — EurKinorhynchus  griaeas^  Nilss.   (Platalea 

pygmcea,  Linn.),  has  been  described,  with  a  plate,  by  Hart* 

laub,  in  the  Bev.  Zool.  p.  37. 

Ouyier  and  Temminck  have  arranged  this  bird  correctly  among  the 
Snipes.  Its  habitat  is  not  Surinam,  as  asserted  by  Linnsus,  but  BengaL 

Nordmann  has  most  exactly  shown  the  difference  between 
his  Glareola  melanoptera  (which  name  Fischer  wishes  to 
change  into  O.  Nordmanm),  and  the  O.  torquata.    (Bullet, 
de  Mosc.  1842,  p.  314.  tab.  2.) 
131 


^  I 


88  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCOXLll  : 

They  have  been  very  accurately  described  in  the  short  diagnosis  of 
both  species:  1.  Olareola  torquata;  *' tectricibus  inferioribus  alarum 
rufo-castaneis :"  2.  Olareola  melanoptera ;  "  alia  supra  et  subtus  uni- 
ooloribus  nigris."  The  Olareola  pratincola,  Pall.,  belongs,  as  a  sy- 
nonyme  to  the  latter  species,  which  Pallas  erroneously  esteemed  as 
O.  torquata.  Both  species  are  plentiful  in  the  South  of  Russia,  yet  it 
appears,  that  the  new  species  is  a  form  found  more  to  the  eastward. 
Whether  it  also  be  difierent  from  the  O,  (yrientalis,  Nordmaon,  from 
want  of  literary  aid,  could  not  decide.  But  the  reporter  can  assure  him, 
that  this  alone  would  not  have  helped  him  out,  because  the  description 
which  Leach  gives  of  O.  orientalis  is  so  inexact,  and  his  plate  is  so 
incorrect,  that  the  bird  cannot  be  recognised  from  it.  Since,  however, 
the  collection  in  this  place  possesses  a  Javanese  specimen,  the  reporter 
can  add,  that  O,  orientalu  is  quite  a  different  species  from  the  O.  mela- 
noptera. Certainly  the  alula  is  of  the  same  colour ;  but  the  winjgs  upon 
the  under  side  are  like  the  O,  torquata. 

Die  Waldschnepfe  von  C.  E.  Diezel.     Leipz.  1842. 

A  very  excellent  little  book  for  sportsmen  as  well  as  naturalists,  rich 
in  original  observations,  and  distinguished  by  its  lively  style. 

Of  this  family,  the  following  species  have  been  represented  in  the 
Birds  of  Australia: — Charadrius  {Lobivanellua)  lobatus,  Lath.,  and 
peraonatus,  G.  (part  8) ;  Rhynchoea  australisy  G.,  and  JRecurvirogtra 
rvbricolliSf  Temm.  (part  9). 

Hartlaub  has  given,  on  tab.  2,  in  the  B«v.  ZooL,  plates  of  the  bill  and 
feet  of  his  Chioms  minor. 


NATATORES. 

LoNGiPENNES. — A  large  flock  of  Sterna  arctica  was  seen  in 
the  interior  of  England  last  May,  about  which  a  slight  dis- 
cussion has  arisen  between  Strickland  and  Austin.  (Ann.  ix. 
p.  351,  434,  518;  x.  p.  75).  A  drawing  of  Sterna  tereti- 
colUSf  Lafr.,  was  giyen  in  the  Magas.  de  Zool.  n.  27, 

TuBiNARES. — W.  Thompson  has  cited  two  cases,  in  which 
PufintM  major,  Fab.  was  taken  in  Ireland.    (Ann.  ix.  p.  433.) 

Unguirostres. — The  eleyenth  Tolume,  and  first  number 
of  the  twelfth,  of  "  Naumann's  Naturgeschichte  der  Vogel 
132 


AVES — ^NATATORES.  89 

Deutschlands,'*  has  been  published.  The  concluding  half  of 
the  former,  and  commencement  of  the  present  volume,  are 
occupied  with  the  genus  Anas, 

The  anatomical  characteristics  of  the  genus  have  been  arranged,  with 
valaable  annotations,  bj  Rud.  Wagner,  from  the  papers  left  by  Nitzsch. 

The  following  species  have  been  treated  of  in  the  following  order : — 
First  Group,  Swimming  Ducks,  with  an  unlobed  hinder  toe. — a.  Bur- 
rowing Ducks,  called  by  later  Ornithologists,  Tad(yma  or  FttZpon^er, 
although  thej  have  nothing  of  the  Goose  tribe.  1.  A,  tadorna:  2.  A, 
rutila,  h.  Fresh-water  Ducks,  *^  lately  divided  into  fiye  genera  and 
more,  on  account  of  slight  deviations,  which  are  scarcely  tenable,  as 
sub-genera."  3.  A,  hoschas:  4.  A,  acuta:  5.  A,  strepera:  6.  A.  qu^r- 
quedula :  7.  A,  crecca :  8.  A,  penelope.  c.  Shovellers.  9.  A.  clypeata. 
Second  Group,  Divers,  with  the  hinder  toe  lobed.  "  This  great  section 
may  be  properly  divided  into  several  sub-divisions  or  families,  between 
which  there  is  no  want  of  transitions,  on  which  account  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  whether  the  whole  group  should  be  considered  as  a  separate 
section  of  the  genus  Anas,  or  whether  our  following  families  of  Ducks 
should  appear  as  so  many  different  genera."  a.  Fen  Ducks.  10.  A.  ru- 
Jma:  \l,A.ferina:  12,  A,  nyroca  (leucophthalmos) :  IS.  A,  fuligula  : 
14.  A,  marila. 

Anas  purpureoviridis,  Schinz,  has  been  pronounced  by  Selys 
and  Bonaparte  a  hybrid  of  ^no^  hoschas  and  A.  moschata. 

Selys  relates,  in  the  Faune  Beige,  p.  141,  that  he  shot  a  female  of 
A.  pwrp,  at  Longchamps-sur-Geer,  in  December  1835.  He  saw  a  male 
at  Baillon ;  and  examined  two  other  males  in  the  museum  at  Lausanne, 
perfectly  alike,  which  had  been  killed  on  the  Lake  of  Geneva. 

Leib  found  the  nest  of  AnaB  discora,  along  with  that  of  A.  hoschas,  in 
the  meadows  which  border  on  the  marshes  of  Lake  Erie.  It  was  com- 
posed of  dry  grass,  thickly  lined  with  feathers,  and  contained  eighteen 
eggs  of  a  delicate  cream  colour.     (Joum.  of  Philad.  1842,  p.  204.) 

Gould  has  formed  a  new  genus,  Merganetta,  for  a  species 
of  Duck  from  the  the  Chilian  Andes.     (Ann.  ix.  p.  511.) 

In  many  of  its  characters,  as  he  says,  it  approaches  the  Ducks,  but  in 
others  it  evinces  an  affinity  with  the  Mergansers,  especially  in  its  long 
and  stiff  tail-feathers  and  narrow  and  pointed  beak.  It  differs,  how- 
ever, from  either  of  the  groups  mentioned,  in  having,  in  both  sexes, 
a  strong  spur  on  the  wing.  Gould  gives  to  the  species  the  name 
J£,  armata. 

Gould  has  figured  a  new  species  of  Duck  in  the  Birds  of  Australia, 
part  6,  Nettapus  coromandelianus,  Gm.,  and  piUchelliis,  G. 

133 


90  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  HDCCCXLll: 

Yarrell  has  given  «  short  notice  on  the  Ttadiea  of  Anier  gamb^am, 
in  the  Ann.  iz.  p.  147- 

La&esnaye  has  Temarked,  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  p.  71,  tliat  Ducks  and 
Qeese  procl&im  themselvei  aa  different  genera  bj  their  liabite  and  food 
— a  fact  previously  known. 

Pyoopodes. — Podiceps  antareticiu  of  Valparaiso,  faae  been 
described  as  a  new  species  bj  Lesson,  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  p.  209. 


REPTILIA. 


BY 


DB.  F.  H.   TROSCHEL. 


Several  Faunas  of  European  countries  are  here  to  be  men- 
tioned, as  interesting  with  regard  to  geographical  distribution. 

A.  Zawadzky :  Fauna  der  Galizisch-bukowinischen  Wirbel- 
thiere.     Stuttgart,  1840. 

The  section  on  Beptilia  extends  from  p.  140  to  161.  The  genera 
and  species  are  described,  and.  notice  taken  of  their  occurrence,  hahits, 
and  uses;  the  Polish  names  are  added.  This  Fauna  contains,  in  all, 
twenty-fiye  Reptilia,  viz.,  one  Tortoise,  four  Lizards,  six  Snakes,  and 
fourteen  Batrachians,  nine  species  of  which  are  without  tails,  and  five 
with  tails.  A  list  of  the  Latin  names  of  the  genera  and  species  is 
appended ;  likewise  a  list  of  Polish  names,  to  which  the  German  and 
Latin  ones  are  added. 

H.  Freyer:    Fauna  der  in  Krain  bekannten  Saugethiere 

Vogel,  Beptilien,  und  Fische.     Laibach,  1842. 

Beptilia  from  p.  41  to  45.  The  species  are  not  described,  but  onlj 
^e  Latin,  German,  and  Krainian  names  given,  with  some  STnonymes, 
and  short  remarks  on  the  places  where  the  species  are  found.  Among 
the  twenty-six  Reptilia,  are  two  Tortoises,  three  Lizards,  seven  Snakes 
(among  which  is  a  new  one.  Coluber  isahellinusjf  and  fourteen  Batra- 
chians, eight  without,  and  six  with  tails. 

135 


92  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDGGCXLII : 

Edm.  de  Selys  Longchamps  Faune  Beige,  I'*  partie ;  Indi- 
cation M^thodique  des  Mammiferes,   Oiseaux,  Reptiles,  et 

Poissons,  observes  jusqu'ici  en  Belgique.     Liege,  1842. 

Reptilm,  p.  169  to  182.  The  species  are  not  described,  the  remarks 
being  confined  to  notices  of  their  occurrence  and  varieties.  Among  the 
twentj-three  species,  are  one  Tortoise,  four  Lizards,  five  Snakes,  and 
thirteen  Batrachians,  eight  without,  and  five  with  tails.  Eight  of  these 
twenty-three  species  are  found  in  almost  all  parts  of  the  country,  twelve 
in  particular  localities,  and  the  occurrence  of  three  within  the  Belgian 
bounds  is  not  sufficiently  determined.  There  are  plates  of  Triton  pal- 
matus  and  punctatusy  male  and  female. 

In  the  Fauna  Caspio-Caucasia,  von  Eichwald,  Petersburg, 
1841, — the  section  on  Reptilia  occupies  from  p.  44  to  128 ; 
plates  3  to  31  belong  to  it. 

Three  Tortoises  are  mentioned: — Clemmye  caspica,  Wagl. ;  Emys 
ewropcea,  abundant  in  the  rivers  which  discharge  themselves  into  the 
Caspian  Sea ;  Testudo  Hbera,  Pall. 

Many  Lizards  inhabit  the  shores  of  the  Caspian.  They  show,  in 
general,  a  greater  approximation  to  the  Fauna  of  Egypt  and  Syria  than 
to  that  of  Europe.  PiammoMuruB  casptcvs,  Eichw. ;  Lacerta  oceUata, 
Daud.,  viridis,  Daud.,  stirpiv/mf  Daud.,  agiUs,  L.,  strigata,  Eichw.  (L. 
quinquevittatay  M^n^tr.,  in  the  Vienna  Mus.,  from  Syria,  as  L,  viridis, 
var.,  X.  Michahelletii,  Fitz.) ;  Zootoca  exiffua,  Eichw.  (X.  gylvicola, 
Eversm.),  crocea,  Wagl.,  chalyhdea,  Eichw.  (X.  »<ixicola,  Eversm.) ; 
Atpidorhinvs  (nov.  gen.),  gr<i€ilis,  Eichw. .  (X.  vittataf  Eversm.) ; 
Podarcia  veloai,  Wagl.,  deserti,  Lepechin  (X.  variahilU,  Pall.) ;  OpJUops 
eUgamSy  M^ndtr.  {Amystes  Ehrenbergiif  Wiegm.) ;  Stellio  ccufMosw^ 
Eichw.  (X.  8tellio  et  muricatay  Pall.) ;  Phrynocephalus  caudivolvulus, 
Eichw.  (X.  eaudivolvula,  Pall.,  Agama  ocellata,  Lichtst.),  heUoscopus, 
Kaup.  (0.  helioacopa,  Pall.)  ;  Megalochilus  a/writu8,  Eichw.  (X.  aurita, 
Pall.) ;  Trapellus  ga/nguinolentus,  Eichw.  (X.  aanguinolenta,  Pall., 
Agama  aralensis,  Lichtst.) ;  Qym/nodactylut  caspius,  Eichw.  (Uromas- 
tix  fasciatuB,  M^n^tr.) ;  Euprepis  princeps,  Eichw. ;  Pseudopus  serpen- 
Hwus,  Merr. ;  Anguis  fragilis,  L.  {A,  DeM&riy  Andrz.  et  Ang.  mcertusy 
Kryn.) 

Snakes. — Eryx  turcicuSy  Daud.,  Trigonophis  iberusy  Eichw.  (Coluber 
ffivaXy  Schreiber,  Ta/rhophis  fcdlaXy  Fleischm.);  TrigonocephahM  kaly»y 
Lichst.,  TovnAfris  (nov.  gen.)  oxiatMiy  Eichw.,  new  species ;  Tropidono- 
#us  pertay  Eichw.  (Colvher  perga,  Pall.),  natrix,  Kuhl,  ater,  Eichw. 
(Tr,  natricis,  var.?) ;  ScutatuSy  Eichw.  (Coluber  acutatusy  Pall.),  hydrus^ 
Fitz.,  9auromate8y  Eichw.  (0.  va/riegatusy  L.,  O.  sauromates.  Pall.) ; 
Hcemarrhois  trdbalisy  Bole ;  Tyria  argonautay  Eichw.,  najadumf  Eichw. 

136 


REPTILIA.  93 

Zctcholus  IcBvie,  Eichw.  (Col,  ktuisy  Lac^p.) ;  Zamenis  JEsculapn, 
Wagl. ;  Ccelopeltis  IHone,  Eichw.  (Col,  Dione,  Pall.),  erythrogattra, 
Eichw.  (Col,  ^ryth/rogcuter,  Fisch.),  la,certma,  Wagl.,  vermiculata, 
Eichw.  (Col,  vermiculatus,  M^n.) 

The  only  Batrachians  in  those  regions  are,  Hyla  viridiSf  Laur. ;  Bcma 
tempora/riay  L.,  tigrina,  Eichw.  (Rama  dentex^  Kiyn.);  aichmncms, 
PalL ;  Bufo  vaHahilis,  Pall.,  cinereus,  Schneid. 

Hence  it  follows,  that  the  two  new  genera  onlj  contain  animals  not 
preyioiislj  known ;  but  manj  names  bear  the  authorily  of  the  author, 
although  such  a  change  of  name  was  often  unnecessary.  The  Herpeto- 
logy  of  Dumeril  and  Bibron  is  not  jet  made  use  of. 

Th.  Cantor,  in  an  Essay  entitled  '^  General  Features  of 
Chusan,  with  Remarks  on  the  Flora  and  Fauna  of  that 
Island,"  makes  some  obserrations  on  its  Beptilia.  Ann.  ix. 
p.  275. 

Of  Chelonian  Reptiles,  but  two  forms  were  found,  one  of  which, 
Trionyx  tuberculatum,  approaches  closely  to  T,javanicus,  None  of  the 
larger  Saurians  occur,  nor  Monitors ;  but  both  the  little  Hemidactylum, 
which  is  very  numerous,  and  the  TiUqua  are  nearly  allied  to  species 
inhabiting  Bengal  and  other  parts  of  India.  It  has  generally  been 
believed,  that  China  is  infested  with  very  few  serpents.  At  Chusan, 
although  few  in  species,  they  are  remarkably  numerous.  Naja,  which 
appears  to  be  the  only  terrestrial  venomous  serpent,  as  well  as  the 
species  of  Lycodon,  Coluber ,  and  Tropidonotus,  are,  as  pointed  out  in 
the  descriptions,  closely  allied  to  Indian  species.  Python  Sclmeideri  has 
hitherto  been  found  only  in  Java,  Banca,  Amboyna,  and  once  at  Malacca. 
All  these,  however,  are  forms  which  characterize  tropical  Asia.  I  am 
told,  that  several  species  of  Pelagic  Serpents  occur  in  the  Chusan  Archi- 
pelago. In  the  Batrachian  Reptiles,  there  exists  a  striking  resemblance 
between  the  Fauna  of  Chusan  and  Japan.  In  both,  the  Frogs  are 
European  forms,  the  Toads  not ;  Bufo  ga/rga/rizanB  approaches  to  the 
Indian  Toad,  figured  as  B,  duhia  in  Hardwicke's  Blustrations. 

The  species  are  furnished  each  with  a  short  diagnosis  (Ibid.  p.  482), 
but  as  this  is  limited  to  colouring,  it  is  insufficient  for  fixing  the  species. 
They  are  the  following ; — Trionyx  tuherculatus,  Envys  muticua;  HenU- 
dactylui  na/aus,  Tiliqua  rufoguttata  ;  Naja  atra,  Lycodon  rufozonor- 
tus,  Coluber  dhumnades.  Col.  mandarlnus,  Tropidonotus  rufodoraatus. 
Python  Schneideriy  Merr. ;  Rana  tempora/ria,  var.,  Rana  esculenta, 
var. ;  Hyla  a/rborea,  var. ;  Bufo  gargarizcms. 

A  list  of  the  above  mentioned  species  of  Reptiles,  collected 
by  Cantor  in  Chusan,   is  also  to  be   found  in  M'Clelland's 
Calcutta  Journal,  vol.  ii.  1842,  p.  101. 
137 


94  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

In  Ernest  DiefTenbach's  TrayeU  in  New  Zealand,  London,  1643, 
p.  202,  J.  £.  Graj  enumerates  the  New  Zealand  BeptUia  known  to 
him ;  their  number,  however,  is  but  small,  being  onlj  seren.  These 
are : — ^Two  species  of  Tiliquaf  T.  zelcmdica  and  omata  ;  three  species 
of  the  genus  Naultinui,  of  the  family  of  Gechanes,  described  by  Gray, 
Zool.  Misoell.  p.  72,  N,  elegans,  Gr.,  N,  pacijicus,  Gr.  (Platydactylus 
Duvaucelli,  Dum.  Bibr.),  N,  punctatvs,  Gr.,  Hatteria  ptmctata,  Gr., 
Pekbmys  bicolor.  Other  Snakes  and  Amphibia  seem  to  be  entirely 
wanting. 

J.  E.  Gray  describes,  in  his  Zool.  Misoell.,  London,  1842,  several  new 
genera  and  species  of  Australian  Beptilia,  from  a  collection  made  by 
Gilbert  at  Port  Essington.  A  description  of  some  Reptilia  of  other 
countries,  in  the  British  Museum,  is  also  included.     (Ibid.  p.  57.) 

•  • 

Berthold :  Uber  verschiedene  neue  oder  seltene  Amphibien- 
arten.  Gottingen,  1842,  4to. — Unfortunately  this  has  not  yet 
come  to  hand. 

Haro  has  made  known  bis  researches  on  the  breathing  of 
some  Amphibia ;  Memoire  sur  la  Respiration  des  Grenouilles, 
des  Salamandces,  et  des  Tortues.  (Annales  des  Sc.  Nat^ 
tom.  xviii.  p.  36.) 


CHELONIL 

J.  E.  Gray,  in  the  Zool.  Miscell.  London,  1842,  describes  a 
new  tortoise,  Hydraspis  victorice,  from  Victoria  River,  on 
the  north-east  coast  of  New  Holland. 


SAURII. 

Spring  and  Lacorbaire  have  imparted  some  information 
on  certain  parts  of  the  Organization  of  the  Phrynosoma 
Harlanii,  from  a  specimen  brought  alive  by  Firson  from  the 
Texas  to  Europe. 

It  was  in  a  state  of  numbness,  from  which  it  could  only  be  roused  by 
the  direct  influence  of  the  rays  of  the  sun,  and  by  repeated  gentle  pushes. 
It  opened  its  eyes,  raised  its  head,  and  began  to  run  pretty  quickly ;  but 
soon  became  again  benumbed.  Besides  the  anatomical  observations, 
the  authors  correct  the  description  of  Dumeril  and  Bibron  in  regard  to 

138 


REPTILIA — SAURIl.  95 

oolour.  This  specimen  had,  on  each  side  of  the  back  stripe,  five  black 
spots,  which,  on  their  posterior  half,  were  edged  with  the  finest  jonquil 
yeUow ;  the  throat,  sides,  and  roots  of  the  limbs  were,  as  it  were,  dusted 
with  the  same  hue ;  the  under  half  of  the  body  was  pure  white,  without 
speck.  The  pores  of  the  thighs  could  not  be  discovered.  (Bulletins  de 
I'Acad.  de  Bruzelles,  iz.  2,  p.  192.) 

AspiDOBHiMUS  (noY.  geu.),  Eichw.,  1.  c.  p.  74.  Nares  prominulae, 
eziguis  scutellis  elevatis  apici  rostrali  impositsB ;  squamae  temporum  sub- 
tilissimae,  granulosa^ ;  collare ;  squamsB  notsei  ezigusB,  granulosae.  There 
is  one  species,  A,  gracUis,  Eichw.  (L<ic.  vittata,  Eversm.) 

TiUqua  Esmtgtonii^  Crntyy  Zool.  Miscell.,  from  the  north  coasts  of 
New  Holland. 

LiaUa  BurUmi,  hicatenata,  and  punctulata  are  three  New  Holland 
species,  described  by  Gray  in  the  work  just  quoted. 

(Edura,  Gray  (nov.  gen.),  of  the  family  of  Oeckones,  ibid.  p.  52,  Toes 
5-5,  wide,  free,  scaly  beneath  at  root,  ends  somewhat  broader ;  under  side 
with  two  rows  of  cross  folds,  the  last  on  each  toe  broad ;  claws  5-5,  con- 
cealed in  the  groove  between  the  folds ;  back  and  belly  with  oval  convex 
equal  scales,  smaller  on  the  sides;  tail  oval,  lanceolate,  very  thick,  low, 
with  pointed  tip,  covered  with  rings  of  broad  scales ;  anal  pores  in  a 
erescentic  line.  CE,  m<Mrmorata^  New  HoDand. 
.  PmiA,  Gray  (so v.  gen.),  of  the  family  of  the  Oeckones,  ibid.  p.  53. 
Like  Ptyodactyhi$,  but  the  toes  are  shorter,  thicker,  wide  at  the  root, 
and  there  are  anal  pores  present.    Ph.  pwnctulata,  New  Holland. 

Gecko  SnUtkiif  from  Prince  of  Wales'  Island,  and  G,  chinensis,  from 
China,  have  been  described  by  Gray,  Zool.  Mis.  p.  57. 

Tarentula  chfpeata.  Gray,  ibid. :  habitat  unknown. 

Phelsufna  trilineatum  and  Imeatum  (Gecko  wvunguis,  Cuv.),  are  also 
described  by  Gray  (ibid.) :  the  latter  species  from  Madagascar. 

Gehyra,  Gray  (nov.  gen.),  from  the  family  of  the  Geckones,  ibid.  p.  57, 
forms  a  part  of  Wiegmann*s  Peroplus,  but  has  the  scales  of  the  Gecko  : 
it  is  distinguished  from  this  genus  by  the  length  and  compression  of  the 
end  of  the  toes.     G,  ocecmica  (Gecko  oceanuma), 

Naultinus,  Gray,  Zool.  Mis.  p.  72,  is  distinguished  from  Gehyra  by 
the  ends  of  the  toes  not  being  compressed.  There  are  three  species : 
N.  pacijicus,  ib.  p.  58 ;  thumb  without  nail ;  bright  brown ;  irregular 
broad  stripe  on  each  side :  South  Sea  Islands.  N,  elegans,  ib.  p.  72 ; 
thumb  with  nail ;  green ;  irregular  spots  on  each  side  of  the  back :  New 
Zealand.  N.  punctatus,  ib.,  in  Dieffenbach,  p.  204 ;  thumb  with  nail ; 
dark  green ;  back  with  very  small  black  dots ;  under  half  yellow- 
green;  4". 

BoLTALiA,  Gray,  Zool.  Mis.  p.  58,  holds  a  middle  place  between  Gehyra 
and  HenUdactyhM ;  toes  free,  folds  beneath  numerous,  slender,  transverse, 
narrow,  divided  by  a  deep  small  groove ;  thumb  similar ;  pores  of  thigh 

139 


96  REPORT  ON  ZOOLO(3^Y,  MDCCCXLll : 

distinct ;  tail  somewhat  oompressed,  ringed,  with  a  middle  row  of  shields 
beneath :  B,  mblevis,  India. 

HemidactffluB  depresmiSf  tnercatorius,  said  faseiatus,  Gray,  ibid. ;  the 
first  two  from  Madagascar :  of  the  latter  the  habitat  is  unknown. 

Goniodactylus  Baei,  Gray,  ibid. :  from  India. 

ToLABENTA,  Graj  (noY.  gen.),  of  the  same  family ;  the  feet  as  in  Agamfia, 
but  head,  nasal  fossae,  and  ejes,  show  that  the  genus  belongs  to  the 
OecJcones.    8.  WUhmwnii  (Savignj,  -Bept.  ^gjpt.  t.  c.  f.  3) :  Egypt. 

Cyrtodnctylus  ocellatus,  ibid.  p.  59 :  from  Tobago. 

Cyclv/ra  quinquecarinatay  id.  ibid.  p.  59 :  Demerara? 

The  new  genus  Lofhognathub,  of  the  family  of  the  AgcbfMt  (Gray's 
Zool.  Mis.  p.  53),  is  distinguished  from  Calotes  only  by  the  presence  of 
two  or  three  thigh  pores,  and  two  anal  pores  on  each  side :  L.  Oilberti, 
from  the  north  coasts  of  New  Holland. 

The  genus  Difobiphoba,  Gray,  ibid.  p.  53,  of  the  same  fiimily,  is 
distinguished  from  Ora/mmatopfiora  only  by  two  anal  pores ;  in  habit  it 
stands  between  Orammatophora  and  Calote» :  D.  hilmeata^  from  the 
north  coast  of  new  Holland. 

Hatteria,  Gray,  ibid.  p.  72,  of  the  family  of  the  Ag(Mna ;  head  four- 
oomered,  covered  with  small  scales ;  throat  with  a  cross  fold ;  nape  and 
back  have  a  ledge  of  compressed  bristles;  body  covered  with  small 
scales ;  beUy  and  under  side  of  the  tall  have  broad,  four-cornered,  un- 
quilled  scales,  in  cross  rows ;  tail  compressed,  triangular,  covered  with 
small  scales,  and  with  a  crest  of  broad  bristles ;  toes  5,  5,  covered  with 
small  scales ;  no  thigh  pores ;  smaU  anal  pores :  H,  punctata^  from  New 
Zealand. 

SERPENTES. 

In  opposition  to  the  observation  of  Valenciennes,  mentioned  in  the  last 
report  (p.  172),  on  the  temperature  in  the  hatching  of  the  Python  hivit- 
tata,  Dumeril  is  of  opinion,  that  the  increased  temperature  is  produced 
in  the  eggs  of  the  snake,  and  is  not  to  be  ascribed  to  the  influence  of  the 
brooding  mother.     (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  5.) 

Aloysii  Calori  :  De  vasis  pulmonum  ophidiorum  secun- 
dariis  observationes  novae  (Commentarii  Acad.  Bononiensis, 
T.  p.  395),  with  a  lithographic  plate. 

In  the  Biblioteca  Italiana  o  sia  Giomale  di  Letteratura,  Scienze,  ed 
Arti,  compUato  da  varj  letterati  (tom.  xciz.  Milano,  1740,  p.  163  and  306), 
is  found  a  Catalogue  Raisonn^,  describing  the  Snakes  in  the  Museum  of 
the  University  at  Pavia,  by  De  Filippi.  Catalogo  ragionato  e  descrlttivo 
deUa  Eacolta  de'  Serpenti  del  Museo  dell*  S.  R.  Universitct  di  Pavia. 

140 


REPTILIA — SERPENTES.  97 

Del  Dottor  Filippo  de  Filippi,  gii  assistente  alia  cattedra  di  storia 
naturale  nella  detta  Universitlk.  The  species  are  arranged  aooording  to 
Schlegel's  Essai  sur  la  Physiognomie  des  Serpents ;  but  a  new  species  of 
the  genus  Cal<iTnaria  is  described  (v.  i.) 

'  J.  E.  Graj,  in  his  Zool.  Misc.,  London,  IS^,  p.  41,  giy^s  a  synopsis 
of  the  family  Boidce.  This  family  contains  thirty-two  species,  which 
the  author  divides  into  twenty  genera.  Of  these,  eight  genera  and  ten 
species  are  found  in  Tropical  America ;  four  genera  and  five  species  in 
A&ica;  six  genera  and  eight  species  in  Asia;  four  genera  and  eight 
species  in  New  Holland ;  one  species  in  Europe.  The  species  of  the 
genus  Python  inhabit  Asia  and  Africa,  but  each  division  of  the  world 
has  its  separate  species.  One  species  of  the  genus  Eryx  is  common  to 
the  South  of  Europe  and  North  of  Africa.  Several  species  are  cited  as 
new. 

There  is  contained  in  the  same  little  work,  p.  47>  a  synopsis  of  the 
species  of  the  family  Crotalidoe,  which  comprises  ten  genera  with  thirty 
species.  Six  genera  and  eleven  species  are  peculiar  to  America ;  two 
genera  and  sixteen  species  belong  to  Asia  and  the  islands ;  one  genus  is 
common  to  Asia  and  Africa ;  one  genus,  with  two  species,  is  found  in 
Africa ;  Europe  and  Australia  contain  no  species.  Several  new  species 
axe  distinguished  by  their  colour. 

There  is  found,  besides,  in  the  same  work,  p.  59,  a  s3mopsis  of  the 
family  Hydridoe,  which  numbers  forty-three  species  in  twenty-three 
genera.  Twenty  species  are  found  in  the  Indian  Ocean ;  sixteen  in  the 
salt-water  canals  of  India  and  the  neighbouring  islands ;  and  six  inhabit 
Tropical  America.     The  following  are  defined  as  new  genera : — 

Lapemis  ;  different  from  Pelnmis,  by  the  smaller  somewhat  compressed 
head,  and  a  smaller  mouth :  Hydras  curtuSf  Shaw,  and  L,  Ha/rdtioichu, 
Gray. 

Liopala;  belly  shields  broad,  the  anterior  smooth,  united,  the  pos- 
terior separated,  knobbed;  the  anterior  scales  of  back  smooth;  the 
posterior  has  a  central  tubercle ;  one  or  two  posterior  eye  shields : 
Hydrus  gracilisy  Shaw ;  and  L,  fa%ciata,  Gray. 

Atxtbia;  beUy  shields  tolerably  broad,  the  two  middle  rows  united 
into  a  single  broad  six  sided  plate ;  all  the  scales  smooth :  A,  omata. 
Gray;  Hydrophia Lividsa/yiif  QrtLj ;  Hydru8  spiralis,  Sh&w (Hydrophis 
meUjmura,  Wagl.) ;  A,  elegcms,  Gray. 

Bitia;  tail  has  two  rows  of  shields  beneath;  nasal  fossss  between 
two  plates;  abdominal  shields,  on  each  side,  quilled;  scales  smooth: 
B.  hyd/roidesy  Gray. 

DixADES  is  American,  and  contains  Homalopm  pUcatilis  and  leopar- 
dina,  Schlegel. 

FsRANiA,  like  Hypsirhina,  Wagl.,  but  the  body  is  compressed ;  the 
back  quilled ;  tail  conical :  Homalopm  Sieboldii,  Schlegel. 

141 


98  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

-  Raclitia  ;  hodj  eylindrical ;  scales  smooth ;  yeriebral  shield  rather 
small ;  anterior  shield  of  foErehead  smaU,  triangular ; .  a  bridle  shield ; 
one  small  anterior,  and  long  posterior  eye  shield;  taU  short,  conical: 
R,  indica,  from  India. 

Higina;  body  cylindrical;  scales  smooth;  abdominal  shields  rather 
small ;  an  anterior  broad,  two  posterior  smaller  eye  shields ;  no  bridle 
shield :  H.  fasciata,  from  Demerara. 

Fordonia;  head  broad  posteriorly;  three  forehead  shields,  the  an- 
terior elongated;  between  the  nasal  shields  no  bridle  shield;  body 
compressed ;  tail  short :  F.  leuccbaUa  (Hamalopeis  leucobaUa,  Schl^el). 

MiRALiA ;  Type,  Brachyorros  alternant,  Reus  (Homalopm  decus- 
sata,  Schlegel). 

Farancia;  anterior  forehead  shields  united  into  a  triangular  cross 
plate ;  posterior  forehead  shield  broad ;  nasal  fosssB  sideways,  smaU,  in 
the  midst  of  a  four-sided  shield ;  an  anterior  and  two  posterior  ocular 
shields ;  body  fusiform ;  scales  smooth ;  tail  conical :  F.  Drurmnondii, 
from  California. 

Lastly,  Gray,  in  the  same  work,  p.  68,  has  given  a  synopsis  of  the 
family  Viperidce.  Twenty-one  species  form  the  eight  genera  of  this 
family,  of  which  two  genera  and  three  species  inhabit  Asia ;  four  genera 
and  twelve  species,  Africa;  two  genera  and  four  species,  Europe;  and 
one  genus  with  one  species,  Australia ;  one  genus,  Echis,  has  both  an 
African  and  an  Indian  species. 

Gray's  genus  Daboia,  has  for  type  the  Vipera  daboia,  Daud;  agreeing 
with  it,  D.  RusseUi,  Russ.,  Ind.  Serp.  t.  32 ;  and  D.  pulchella  of  Ceylon. 

Coluber  itabeUi/Mis,  Freyer,  1.  c.  p.  42;  iuibella-yellow ;  eyes  red; 

head  has  eleven  small  shields ;  upper  jaw  edged  with  seventeen,  under 

jaw  with  twenty-one  small  shields ;  abdominal  shields  221 ;  tail  shields 

.  eighty-two ;  length  2'  6" ;  length  of  tail  5J" ;  at  Feistenberg  in  Lower 

Krain. 

Tropidonotui  OMstralis,  Gray ;  Zoological  Miscellany,  p.  54 ;  from 
the  north  coast  of  New  Holland. 

Calamaria  fabas  de  Filippi,  1.  c.  p.  176 ;  head  small,  not  broke  off 
from  the  trunk ;  the  bridle  shield,  which  is  usually  wantmg  in  CaJor- 
ma/ria,  is  present  in  this  species ;  back  scales  bay,  with  somewhat  brighter 
margin ;  belly  white,  with  many  alternating  square  spots ;  both  anterior 
forehead  shields  white ;  allied  to  Col,  Linncd :  habitat  unknown. 

Lycodon  reticulatuSf  and  L.  olivaceus,  Gray ;  Zoological  Miscellany, 
p.  54 :  both  from  Australia. 

DendropMa  (Ahetvdla)  fuBca  and  oliva^ea,  id.  ib. :  from  same  place. 

Elaps  (ymatus,  id.  ib. ;  whitish,  the  scales  of  back  and  sides  bordered 
black:  Australia. 

Naja  oMitralU,  id.  ib. ;  bright  brown,  brighter  beneath;  only  two 
posterior  eye  shields. 

142 


REPTILIA — BATRACHIA.  99 

Tomyrit,  Eichw.,  1.  c.  p.  103  (nov.  gen.) ;  caput  oollo  subdilatabili 
latius,  duplo  longius  quam  latum,  tela  2  utrinque  distincta  dentesque  2 
imperforati  breyiores,  lis  postpositi,  scutella  submazillaria  tria,  interque 
eorum  par  postremum  unum  majus  (non  tria  alia  minora  in  triangulo, 
NaJ89  ezemplo) ;  squamae  notsei  elongato-lanceolataB,  plan»,  Iseves,  exi- 
guse;  gulares  majores  per  4  series  obliquas  dispositse.  Affine  UriEO 
(Najce),  Wagl.,  genus.  There  is  one  species,  T,  oxicma ;  e  purpureo 
rosea,  transyersim  nigro-yittata,  yittis  integris  atris,  medio  dorso  sub 
angulo  confluentibus,  postremis  eyanidis,  gul4  e  flayo  rose& ;  2^''. 


BATRACHIA. 

Aloysii  Calori  :  Descriptio  anatomica  Branchianim  maxime 
internarum  gyrini  Banse  Esculentse,  unaque  praBcipuum  dis- 
crimen,  quod  inter  branchias  ad  inyicem  et  batrachiomm  uro- 
delorum  intercedit.  (Gommentarii  Acad.  Bonon.  y.  p.  Ill) ; 
with  two  lithographic  plates. 

R.  P.  Lesson  describes  a  new  species  of  Bufo^  which  he  had 

already  briefly  characterized  in  his  *'  Catalogue  de  la  Faune 

du  Departement  de  la  Charente-Inferieure,"  viz. : — 

B,  vmearum ;  first  finger  as  long  as  second,  upper  socket  margins 
projecting,  rounded,  skull  covered  with  thick  skin,  parotids  elliptical, 
rounded  on  each  side,  longish,  separated  ^Ito  two  parts  by  a  space,  skin 
of  tympanum  concealed,  hinder  toes  semipalmate ;  three  protuberances 
on  the  heel,  two  on  the  hands,  no  lenticular  gland  on  either  thigh,  no 
ledge  of  skin  on  inner  margin  of  tarsus,  iris  red,  above  knobbed,  un- 
derneath small  regular  protuberances,  no  spots.  In  the  vine  hills  of 
Haute-Saintonge.    (Rev.  ZooL  1842,  p.  33.) 

Some  new  species  of  Batrachia  have  also  been  described  by 
J.  E.  Gray,  in  his  Zoological  Miscellany,  viz. : — 

Discoglossus  omatu8,  Alytes  a/ustralis,  Pelodytes  nasutus,  P.  afinis, 
Hyla  ccerulea  (H.  cyomea^  Daud.),  H.  rubella,  Eucnemis  bicolor.  They 
are  all  firom  the  north  coast  of  New  Holland. 

Rapp  describes  three  new  Batrachia  in  these  Archives,  1842, 
1,  p.  289 :  Hyperoliua  marmoratus,  Engystoma  guttatum, 
and  Breviceps  verrucosus. 


143 


REPORT 


ON  THE 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  PISHES, 

DURING  THE  YEAR  1842. 


BY 


DB.  F.  H.   TKOSCHEL 


MacLeay  has  made  known  a  new  Arrangement  of  Fishes,  in 
the  Calcutta  Journal  of  Natural  History  for  July,  1841,  and 
in  the  Annals,  ix.  p.  197,  of  which  the  following  arrangement 
of  the  larger  groups  may  serre  as  an  example  : — 

I.  CTENOBRANCHII ;  gills  pectinated. 

1.  Plaoiostomi,  Cuv. — Cartilaginous  fish  with  fixed  branchiae ;  lead- 
ing to  Mammalia. 

2.  Sturiones,  Cuv. — Cartilaginous  fish  with  free  branchiae. 

3.  OsTiNOPTERYGii,  MacLcay. — Bony  fish  with  free  branchiae ;  leading 
to  Amphibia. 

II.  ACTENOBRANCHII ;  gills  not  pectinated. 

4.  LoPHOBRANCHii,  CuY.  —  Bony  fish  with  tufts,  arranged  in  pairs 
along  the  branchial  arches. 

5.  Ctclostomi,  Cuy. — Cartilaginous  fish  breathing  by  a  series  of 
cells. 

The  author  calls  the  first  division  an  aberrant,  and  the  second  a 
normal  group.  His  division,  Oatinapterygii,  he  divides  again  into  an 
aberrant  group,  Accmthopterygii  (Artedi),  all  of  which  he  thinks  have 

144 


PISCES.  101 

Ctenoidian  scales ;  and  a  normal  group,  Malaeopterygii  (Artedi),  all 
of  which  he  thinks  have  Cycloidian  scales.  The  classification  then 
proceeds: — 

A.  ACANTHOPTERYGII : 

1.  Balistina. — Plectognathi,  Cay.  Maxillary  bones  soldered  to  the 
inter-maxillaries,  and  both  to  the  palatine  arch;  opercula  and  gOls 
concealed  under  the  skin. 

1.  BalisHdcB? 

2.  Ostraciontidas  ? 

3.  Cephalagpis?  Ag. 

2.  Percina. — Bones  of  the  jaws  free  and  complete ;  operculum  dis- 
tinct; operculum  or  prseoperculum  generally  with  dentated  edges,  or 
with  spines. 


4.  OrthcbgoriscidcB  ? 

5.  Diodontidce? 


4.  Cirrhitidce, 

5.  Sparidce, 


1.  ChcetodonticUE, 

2.  Percidce. 

3.  Scorposnidce. 

3.  FisTULARiNA. — Boucs  of  the  jaws  free  and  complete;  operculum 
distinct;  operculum  and  prseoperculum  generally  with  smooth  edges. 
(We  see  upon  what  a  small  peculiarity  this  character  is  founded,  when 
we  consider,  that  even  in  the  same  genus,  species  often  occur  with  den- 
tated and  smooth  opercula !) 


1.  ScombridcB. 

2.  Fistularidoe. 

3.  Gobioidce. 


4.  Lophiidce, 

5.  Ldbridce. 


B.  MALACOPTERYGII : 

4.  Pleuronectina. — ^Ventral  fins,  when  existing,  inserted  under  the 
pectorals,  and  directly  suspended  to  the  bones  of  the  shoulder. 


4.  PleuronecHdcB.  * 

5.  Gadidce. 


1.  Anguillidce, 

2.  Echeneidce, 

3.  Cyclopteridce, 

5.  Clupeina.  —  AbdommaleSf  Guv.    Yentrals  suspended  behind  the 
pectorals,  and  not  attached  to  the  bones  of  the  shoulders. 


4.  Glwpeidce, 

5.  Salmonidce, 


1.  8ilv>rid(B, 

2.  Gyprimdas, 

3.  Esocidce, 

The  number  ^re  continues  in  a  similar  way  to  regulate  the  whole 
system,  three  groups  always  coming  together,  and  then  again  two. 

Several  important  papers,  on  the  geographical  distribution  of  Fishes, 
have  been  already  meiitioned  in  this  year's  report  on  the  Natural 
History  of  Reptilia. 

145  K 


102  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

A.  Zawadzki's  Fftuna  der  GUiziMh-bukowinischen  Wirbelthiere, 
(p.  166  to  182),  eniiinerstef  forty-firar  tpecies  of  Fishet,  the  number  of 
which  might,  perhaps,  be  still  farther  increased,  by  continued  inquiry « 
The  distance  from  the  sea,  says  the  author,  prevents  our  being  rich  in 
Migratory  Fish,  and  yet  we  can  point  out  many  which  come  into  our 
riyers  from  the  Baltic  and  the  Black  Sea.  Among  the  forty-four  Fishes, 
are  three  species  of  Petr<nnyzont  three  of  Acipenser,  six  of  8almOy  one 
of  J^soo?, -twenty  Cyprini,  three  of  CobiHs,  one  Silurtu,  three  Percaidof, 
one  CottuSf  one  Gctsterotteus,  one  OctduSf  and  one  Murana, 

H.  Freyer  in  his  "  Fauna  der  in  Erain  bekannten  Wirbelthiere,"  has, 
in  all,  only  thirty-two  Fishes,  namely,  two  Peranda,  one  Cottus,  fifteen 
Cyprini,  three  Cdbitis,  one  E$ox,  one  Silurug,  four  Salmones,  one 
Ocbdus,  two  Mtirasnce  {acutirostris  and  latiro8tris,  Risso),  one  Adpenter^ 
and  one  Petromyzon, 

The  Faune  Beige,  1^  Fartie,  Indication  m^thodique  des 
Mammiferes,  Oiseaux,  Reptiles,  et  Poissons,  observes  jnsqu'ici 
en  Belgique,  par  £dm.  de  Selys  Longchamps,  Liege,  1842, 
contains  the  class  of  Fishes,  from  p.  183  to  245. 

He  divides  it  into  two  sections, — Fresh-water  Fishes  and  Sea  Fishes. 
There  are  fifty-three  Fresh-water  Fishes  in  Belgium,  forty-three  of 
which  live  only  in  fresh-water;  six  in  fresh-water,  but  which  go  in 
winter  to  the  mouths  of  the  rivers ;  and  four  Uve  iu  the  sea,  but  migrate 
into  the  rivers  in  spring  or  summer.  They  are  divided  as  follows  accord- 
ing to  their  genera : — One  AcipenseVf  one  Pleiironectes,  one  Cottus,  one 
Aeerina,  one  Perca,  one  0<idu8,  thirty-one  Cyprinoidce,  two  Alosoe^  four 
Sahnones,  one  Esox,  two  OaMerostei,  three  Anguilke,  three  Petromy- 
goneSf  one  AmmoccBtes.  The  family  of  the  Cyprinoids  is  treated  with 
peculiar  preferiBUce,  and  in  a  manner  that  forms  a  monograph  of  them. 
Several  new  species  are  described ;  and  figures  in  Hthography  are  given 
of  LeucUcus  dolahratus,  Holandre,  L,  Selysii,  Heckel,  L,  jeses,  Jurine, 
L.  ruHloides,  Selys,  X.  rutilua,  Abramis  Heckelii,  Selys,  and  Cyprmus 
Btriatue,  Holandre.  Forty-one  species  of  Sea  Fishes  are  mentioned, 
thirty  of  which  pass  up  the  Scheldt  as  far  as  Antwerp :  of  the  rest  none 
have  yet  been  observed  there.  These  are, — ^two  BajcB,  one  Squatina^ 
one  Spinax,  one  8cylUumf  one  Ca/rcJiarias,  one  Mustelus,  one  Chimasra, 
one  Syngnathus,  one  Hippocampus,  five  Pleu>r<mecte$f  one  Mullus,  two 
TriglcB,  one  Cottusy  one  Aspidophorus,  one  OchiuSf  one  Cyclopterus,  one 
Eoarces,  two  Callionymi,  six  Gadidce,  three  Clvpeacea,  two  Salmones, 
one  Belone,  one  TrachinuSy  one  Scomber,  one  Am^nodytes,  and  one 
Mwrcena. 

The  new  fishes  of  the  Caspian  Sea  are  figured  on  four  plates,  in  the 
Fauna  Caspio-Caucasia,  von  E.  Eichwald,  Petersburg,  1841.    They  have 

146 


PISCES.  103 

all  been  already  described  in  these  Archives,  1838,  i.  p.  97,  to  which  I 
refer.  The  section  on  Fish  contains  a  copious  introduction  on  fishing, 
and  its  extension  to  the  Caspian  Sea. 

McClelland  has  given  some  interesting  information  on  the  Indian 
Fishes,  collected  in  different  regions  by  Gfriffith.  (Calcutta  Journal, 
p.  560.)  The  new  Fishes  collected  in  Afighanistan  have  been  described 
and  drawn.    They  are  mentioned  below. 

Cantor  remarks  on  the  Fishes  of  the  island  of  Chusan,  in  his  treatise 
previously  mentioned,  p.  95,  that  those  forms  of  sea  fish  which  became 
known  to  him  were  almost  all  also  inhabitants  of  the  Bay  of  Bengal 
and  other  parts  of  the  Indian  Ocean.  The  firesh-water  fishes  are  mostly 
Indian  forms.  Two  species  inhabit  Bengal,  viz.,  Anabas  scandens,  and 
Cpprmus  doMtconitM,  Ham. ;  one  is  Javanese,  and  three  are  European : 
among  the  latter  is  an  Eel,  which  seems  to  be  identical  with  Anguilla 
latiro8tris  of  Yarrell.  (Annals,  iz.  p.  277.)  The  species  are  given  at 
p.  484  of  the  same  .work.  Many  are  considered  as  new.  The  remark 
made,  when  noticing  the  Reptiles,  that  the  diagnosis  is  almost  wholly 
oonfined  to  colour,  is  equally  applicable  here.  The  fin  rays  are  numbered. 
The  following  species  are  mentioned : — Anabas  sca/ndenSf  Cuv. ;  Mae- 
rcpodui  oceUatuB,  Ophic^halus  a/rgus,  Mugil  cephalotus,  Cuv. ; 
PeriophthalfMM  modesttM,  Eleotris  Jlammcmg,  Cyprinus  g^lwides, 
Cyprinus  a/uratug,  Leuciscua  •daniconmSf  Hamilt. ;  CobiHs  a/ngvAlli- 
c<iudata,  Heimramphu8  mtermedius,  Silwms  pimctatus,  Anguilla 
latirostris,  SynhrcmehuB  grobm/micus. 

Cantor  has  also  given  a  list  of  these  species  in  M*Clelland's  Calcutta 
Joum.  vol.  ii.  1842,  p.  102. 

A  number  of  Ph.  Fr.  de  Siebold's  Fauna  Japonica,  Lugduni  Bata- 
vorum,  appeared  in  the  year  1842,  which  includes  Fishes.  This  work 
was  undertaken  by  Schlegel.  The  Fishes  which  appear  in  it  are  all  of 
the  family  ofPercaidce ;  many  are  lithographed  and  beautifully  coloured ; 
but,  upon  closer  inspection,  one  is  tempted  to  doubt  their  correctness. 
The  new  species  are  noticed  hereafter. 

In  the  Transactions  of  the  ZooL  Soc.  of  London,  vol.  iii.  part  1, 1842, 
there  appeared  a  Supplement  to  a  Synopsis  of  the  Fishes  of  Madeira,  by 
Lowe.  The  results  have  already  been  mentioned,  from  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Zoological  Society,  in  a  former  annual  report  (Archives,  vi.  2),  to 
which  I  refer. 

In  the  same  book  is  found  a  treatise  by  Dr.  Richardson  on  the 
Fishes  of  Australia,  in  which  the  species  are  very  fully  described. 
This  paper  has  already  been  mentioned  in  the  Reports  for  the  years 
1840-41-42,  fron  the  epitome  of  it  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society.  There  are  three  copper-plates,  containing  the  fol- 
lowing species  :  —  Serrcmua  gasorj  Nemaddctylus  concinnus,  Trigla 
Vanessa  and  polyommata,  Latris  hecateiay  Clinus  despidllatus.    Only 

147 


104  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

one  new  species,  Bcorpcena  militarise  appears  to  have  been  added  to  the 
science. 

Dr.  Richardson  has  also  published,  in  the  Ann.  of  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  15, 
120, 207, 384,  and  z.  p.  25,  contributions  to  the  Ichthyology  of  Australia, 
and  these  are  not  yet  concluded.  The  materials  were  furnished  by  Gould, 
whose  assistant,  Grilbert,  had  collected  them  at  Port  Essington,  on  the 
north  coast  of  New  Holland.  Some  remarks  are  added  on  some  drawings 
of  Fishes,  made  by  Lieutenant  Emery  on  the  north-west  coast  of  New 
Holland.  There  are  also  some  observations  on  the  species  from  Van 
Diemen's  Land  and  New  Zealand,  which  are  in  the  Museum  at  Haslar. 
Many  species  have  been  described  as  new,  others  are  looked  upon  as 
species  already  known,  and  described  anew  in  comparison  with  the 
descriptions  already  given  by  earlier  and  by  more  recent  Ichthyologists. 
The  new  species  are  mentioned  below. 

In  Dleffenbach's  Travels  in  New  Zealand,  Lend.  1843,  p.  206,  Gray 
and  Richardson  have  given  a  list  of  ninety-two  species  of  new  Zealand 
Fishes  now  known.  Most  of  them  are  determined  according  to  older 
authors,  particularly  Solander,  Banks,  and  Forster.  Some  have  also 
been  collected  by  Dieffenbach,  and  are  here  described.  Long  articles 
are  given  on  Hemerocetes  acanthorhynchus;  Cuv.,  Val. ;  Hevnircmyphus 
marginatus,  Lacep.,  and  Rhombus  plehejus,  Soland.  Three  new  species 
only  have  been  described,  viz. — Eleotris  hasalis,  Gray,  Oalaxiasfas- 
datus.  Gray,  and  Anguilla  Diefenbachii,  Gray ;  but  they  had  already 
appeared  in  Gray's  Zool.  Misc.  p.  73.  The  notice  of  these  Travels 
has  been  anticipated,  although  of  1843,  from  their  dose  connection  with 
Gray's  Miscellany. 

Camill.  Ranzani  has  published  four  treatises  on  the  New  Fishes  in  the 
Bolognese  Museum,  in  the  "  Novi  Commentarii  Acad.  Scient.  Instituji 
Bonon ;"  tom.  iv.  1840,  p.  65 ;  tom.  v.  1842,  p.  1,  307,  and  339.  Peculiar 
species  and  genera  will  be  mentioned  below.    They  are  all  figured. 

In  the  Annali  Universali  di  Medicina  di  Milano,  August,  1841,  is 
contained  **  Developpement  des  Poissons :  M^moire  lu  au  Congrds  de 
Florence,  par  M.  de  Filippi."     (S.  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  45.) 

H.  J.  R.  Jacobi  de  vesica  aerea  Piscium,  cum  Appendice  de  vesica 
aera  cellulosa  Erythrini ;  Diss.  Inaug.  Berol.  1842.  The  author  compares 
the  varieties  of  the  swimming-bladder,  in  all  respects,  especially  as  they 
are  given  in  Cuvier  and  Valenciennes'  Nat.  Hist,  des  Poissons.  In  an' 
appendix,  the  swimming-bladder  of  Erythrinus,  which  is  cellular  in  the 
anterior  portion  of  the  posterior  division,  is  described,  and  a  drawing  of 
it  is  added. 


148 


PISCES — ACANTHOPTERYGII.  105 


ACANTHOPTERYGII. 

M'Clelland  describes  a  small  Fish  of  Calcutta  as  the  Am^ 
haasis  lata,  Cuy.,  in  the  Calcutta  Journal,  ii.  p.  150. 

A,  indica,  id.  ib.  p.  585 ;  with  a  black  spot  on  the  top  of  the  anterior 
dorsal  fin ;  eight  upright  spines  in  the  dorsal  fin,  and  three  at  the  base 
of  the  fin  concealed ;  three  upright  spines  at  the  base  of  the  anal  fin,  and 
one  concealed :  Loodianah.  A,  (Chanda)  ruconius,  Buchan.,  has  been 
d««ribed  by  him  firom  the  same  place. 

Apogon  lineatua,  Schlegel,  L  c.  p.  3,  difiers  firom  A,  lineolatus,  Rupp., 
by  the  less  breadth  of  the  anal  fin,  the  want  of  the  bhick  spot  at  the  base 
of  the  caudal  fin,  and  its  less  compressed  head;   D.  7-1.  9;  A.  2.  8; 

C.  17 ;  P.  12 ;  Y.  1.  5.  Ap,  semilineatus,  id.  ib.  p.  4,  has  a  black  band 
passing  from  the  point  of  the  nose  over  the  eye  till  under  the  second 
dorsal  fin ;  a  second  goes  firom  the  point  of  the  nose,  through  the  eye,  to 
the  point  of  the  operculum;  D.  7-1.  10;  A.  2. 8;  V.  1.  5 ;  P.  13;  C.  19. 
A,  aprion,  Richards.,  Ann.  iz.  p.  16 ;  without  serratures  on  the  pm- 
operculum,  and  with  a  small  cluster  of  teeth  on  the  tongue. 

Several  species  of  Serranus  have  been  described  by  Schlegel,  1.  c. 
Their  Japanese  names  have  been,  in  general,  retained.  8.  hawcbm^boAri 
agrees  in  form  with  8.  hepatus ;  five  cross  bands ;  rows  of  small  spots 
upon  the  soft  perpendicular  fins ;  a  large  spot  upon  the  membrane,  which 
fills  up  the  deep  semicrescentic  section  of  the  operculum ;  two  brown 
lines  on  the  praeoperculum ;  D.  12.  12 ;  A.  2. 10.  8,  latifaciatvSy  has 
two  bright  very  broad  bands  lengthways,  the  hinder  fins  haye  large  dark 
points ;  corresponds  to  8,  merra  ;  D.  11. 12 ;  A.  3.  8.  8,  pcecilonotus ; 
four  white  curved  stripes  lengthways  above  and  on  the  sides ;  D,  11. 15 ; 
A.  3.  8.  8.  octocinctus  ;  brownish-red,  with  eight  white  perpendicular 
bands ;  a  large  black  spot  on  the  tail ;  D.  11. 14 ;  A.  3.  9.  8.  tsirimenr- 
ara ;  allied  to  8.  ma/rginalisy  Cuv.,  Val. ;  with  a  row  of  five  or  six  white 
spots  on  the  sides ;  the  spinous  portion  of  the  dorsal  fin  only  has  a  black 
margin;  D.  11.  16;  A.  3.  8.  8.  epistictus;  brownish-red,  with  three 
rows  of  black  points  on  the  body ;  D.  11.  14 ;  A.  3.  8.  8.  aka-ara ; 
reddish-brown,  with  brick-red  spots,  becoming  on  the  dorsal  fin  small 
oblique  bands ;  D.  11.  16 ;  A.  3.  8 ;  8.  atoo-a/ra ;  brown  yellow ;  all  the 
fins,  except  the  spinous  portion  of  the  dorsal,  have  a  yellow  margin ; 
the  body  is  covered  with  yellow  dots;  D.  11.  16^  to  11.  18;  A.  3.  8. 
8.  mo-a/ra,  brown-grey,  with  some  large  dark  marbled  spots ;  D.  11. 15 ; 
A.  3. 8.    8,  dermopterus;  uniform  brown-red,  the  fins  somewhat  darker; 

D.  11. 19,  to  20 ;  A.  3.  9. 

8€rranuB  QiJhertiy  Richardson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  19 ;  the  body  and  the  ver- 
tical fins  covered  with  umber-brown  spots ;  the  ground  colour  is  paler, 

149 


106  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

and  on  the  back  and  sides  appears  like  the  threads  of  a  net,  enclosing 
the  dark  round  spots.  There  are  about  a  dozen  spots  in  a  row  between 
the  gill-opening  and  caudal  fin;  P.  17;  V.  1.  5 ;  D.  11. 17;  A.3.  9.  S. 
stella/nSf  id.  p.  23,  resembles  «Sf.  Pa/rhinsonii  and  kexagonatus,  Guv.  and 
Val. ;  P.  16 ;  D.  11.  15 ;  A.  3.  8.  Serromus  luridua,  Ranzani,  1.  c.  v. 
p.  356 ;  P.  15 ;  D.  11.  15 ;  A.  3.  9 ;  fins  brown,  bordered  wilh  black, 
body  and  head  yellowish ;  belongs  to  the  group  of  Merous :  habitat  the 
Brazils. 

Di€i€ope  Spams,  Schlegel,  1.  c.  p.  14;  D.  10. 10;  A.  3.  8;  P.  16; 
resembles  a  Spools  in  habit. 

Metoprion  carponotatus,  Richardson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  28,  back  darkifth 
and  somewhat  clouded ;  fins  unspotted ;  a  dark  spot  girdles  the  base  of 
the  three  upper  pectoral  rays ;  D.  10.  15 ;  A.  3. 10 ;  P.  14. 

Ranzani  also  describes  two  new  species  of  the  genus  Jfesoprion,  1.  c. 
T.  p.  352.  M,  hahiensiB,  P.  15 ;  D.  10. 14 ;  A.  3.  8 ;  head  dark-brown, 
back  red-brown,  other  parts  reddish-silvery  coloured.  M,  argyreuSy  P.  16; 
D.  10. 12 ;  A.  3.  8 ;  yiolet  spots  on  the  nape,  similar  lines  before  the 
eyes. 

Cirrkitea  aureus,  Schlegel,  1.  c.  p.  15,  uniform  golden  yellow,  the  first 
ray  of  the  soft  dorsal  fin  elongated;  D.  10. 12  to  13;  A.  3.  6  to  7;  3^''. 

Schlegel,  1.  c.  p.  15,  describes  a  Japanese  Fish  under  the  name  of 
Avdacocephalus,  of  the  same  size  with  Centropristes,  It  has  three  spinels 
on  the  operculum,  the  prseopercnlum  is  yery  strongly  dentated  on  the 
horizontal  margin,  and  the  caudal  fin  is  rounded.  The  colour  is  violet, 
a  yellow  band  runs  on  each  side  to  the  tail  and  close  under  the  dorsal  fin, 
sinking  a  little  at  the  anterior  end^  and  goes  through  the  eye  to  the  point 
of  the  upper  jaw :  D.  9. 13;  A.  3. 10;  P.  12. 

Therapcn  rabricatus,  Richardson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  127»  with  smaller  head 
and  larger  ventral  fins  than  those  of  the  TK  serous  and  theraps ;  D. 
12.10;  A.  3.  9. 

Therapon  (Pelates)  oxyrhyncJmSy  Schl^el,  1.  c.  p.  16 ;  body  elongated ; 
snout  pointed ;  palate  and  vomer  without  teeth ;  bluish-green,  with  four 
black  bands  lengthways,  between  them  some  indistinct  and  interrupted 
cmes ;  D.  12. 10 ;  A.  3.  8. 

Schlegel  also  describes,  at  the  same  place,  p.  VJ,  a  Fish  under  the 
name  of  Anoptus,  which  he  places  in  proximity  with  Ncmdus,  He 
separates  it  from  Datnia,  because  it  possesses  vomer  teeth;  and  dis- 
tinguishes it  from  Na/ndus  by  the  want  of  palate  teeth.  It  is  olive 
brown ;  abdominal  and  caudal  fins  blackish ;  a  large  black  spot  ant^orly 
on  the  dorsal  fin ;  B.6;  D.  10. 13;  A.  3.  8;  P.  15.  This  Fish  is  figured 
by  Erusenstem,  pi.  54,  f.  1,  a,  under  the  name  of  Bcmjos, 

Percis  emeryana,  Richardson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  130 ;  the  spinous  dorsal  fin 
is  much  arched ;  D.  5.  21 ;  A.  16. 

Sillago  hurrus,  Richardson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  128,  is  banded  on  the  sides 

150 


PISCES — ACANTHOPTERYGII.  107 

like  8.  fnacvUata,  bnt  wants  the  silvery  lateral  stripe,  and  shows  spots 
on  the  dorsals ;  D.  10.  20;  A.  1.  21. 

M'Clelland  establishes  a  new  Perooid  genus  allied  to  SiUa^o,  from  a 
vesry  small  Fish  which  Buchanan  has  fignzed  and  described  as  an  AtherifMi. 
He  calls  it  CestrcBU9,  which  name  had  already  been  used  by  GuYier  and 
Valenciennes.  Its  characters  are,  head  oral  and  flat  anteriorly ;  eyes 
projecting  and  forward;  jaw  flat  and  turned  upwards;  small  conical 
teeth  on  the  intermaxillary ;  four  gill  rays  and  two  rough  ledges,  those 
at  the  upper  and  posterior  angle  of  the  operculum  end  in  blunt  points ; 
pectorals  round,  oyer  the  yentrals,  the  first  ray  of  which  is  a  prickle ; 
dorsals  £ur  separate ;  a  fleshy  projection  from  the  anal  fin.  C  mmimMs  ; 
D.  5-9 ;  P.  16 ;  V.  1.  5 ;  A.  12  ;  C.  13.    (Calcutta  Joum.  n.  1842,  p.  151.) 

Ranzani,  1.  c  t.  p.  340,  arranges  a  new  genus,  Diapteru$^  m  the 
family  of  the  Percoids,  The  species  described,  howeyer  (2>.  av/ratuB)^ 
does  not  seem  to  me  different  from  Oerres  hrasilia/MMf  Guy.  and  Yal. ; 
and  must  return  to  that  genus. 

Seorpcena  hurray  Richardson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  215;  crimson  fading  to 
reddish- white  on  the  branchiostegous  membrane ;  the  side  of  the  head  is 
yeined  with  deeper  lines ;  all  the  drrhi  are  green,  and  the  body  is  marked 
with  a  few  irregular  oliye  green  blotches.  Sc,  panda,  id.  ib.  p.  216 ; 
flcales  yery  laige,  thirty-fiye  in  a  row,  and  about  sixteen  in  a  yertical 
line;  yermillion  with  two  dark  hyacinth^red  bands  on  the  side;  body 
spotted  with  round  drops  of  dark  orange-brown ;  D.  11-10 ;  A.  3-6 ;  P. 
16.  Sc.  erg<Mtulorum,  id.  ib.  p.  217 ;  scarlet ;  a  black  spot  crosses  the 
ninth,  tenth,  and  eleyenth  dorsal  spines ;  P.  15 ;  D.  12-9 ;  A.  3-5.  Sc. 
militarisy  id.  Transact.  ZooL  Soc.  iii.  p.  90 ;  capite  breyiusculo,  drrhis 
nullis  (?),  spinis  capitis  fere  Scorpoense  porci  yel  bufonis,  opercnlo  summo 
genisque  squamosis,  squamis  coporis  ciliatis;  colore  carmesino;  B.  7; 
P.  16;  D.  12. 10;  A.  3.  5;  V.  1.  5  :  Australia. 

Stfna/nceia  trachynis,  Richardson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  385,  allied  to  the 
Sc,  horrida  and  hrachiOf  bat  the  posterior  dorsal  spines  are  lower  than 
the  anterior  ones ;  the  praeoperculum  has  a  spine ;  and  the  species  has 
▼omerine  teeth.  (It  belongs,  therefore,  to  the  genus  Syna/ncidiiMn.  J. 
MiilL  Abh.  d.  Acad,  zu  Berlin,  y.  j.  1839.) 

Ranzani,  1.  c.  y.  p.  342,  distinguishes  the  genus  HcevMAlon  into  two 
diyisions.  The  first  contains  the  longish,  not  much  compressed  species, 
with  complicated  lateral  lines ;  the  second,  those  with  high  compressed 
body  and  simple  lateral  lines.  In  the  second  diyision,  two  new  species 
haye  been  described,  H.  mela/noptenim,  P.  17;  D.  12. 18;  A.  3.  9;  and 
H,  moricandi,  P.  17 ;  D.  12. 16 ;  A.  3.  9 :  both  are  from  Brazil. 

Scolopsis  longulusy  Richardson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  389 ;  four  times  as  long  it 
is  high ;  D.  10-9 ;  A.  3-7 ;  P.  17. 

Ampkiprion  melarwstohiSy  Richardson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  390 ;  three  white 
yertical  bands ;  head  and  body  black ;  pectoral  fin  black  at  the  base,  the 

151 


108  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

rest  of  it  primroae-jrellow ;  caudal  paler  yellow,  with  an  obliqoa  whit« 
baud;  the  soft  donal  haa  a  narrow  jellow  border.  A.  (?)  rubrocinctvt, 
id.  ib.;  black;  under  jaw,  throat,  breast,  half  the  taU,  and  all  Qie  &nt, 
Termillion  red)  the  bars  are  white.  Pagrut  qaadritubercv.latai,  Ranz. 
I,  c.  V.  p.  348 ;  has  fonr  bonj  protuberanoea  on  tbe  head,  two  on  the 
point  of  the  snout,  two  be&re  the  eyes :  Brazili.  Cheetodon  gexfat- 
ciatHt,  Richardson,  Ann.  x.  p.  26 ;  has  uz  verticsl  bands ;  D.  10-20 ; 
A.3-17;  F.  17.  CA^^monmor^o^M,  Richaids.,  Ann.  x.  p.29;  wants 
the  two  vertical  bands  which  C.  rottraltti  possesses ;  the  dorsal  fin  is 
rounded,  the  anal  pointed;  D.  9-29;  A.  3-18;  P.  15. 

M'Clelland,  1.  o.  p.  583,  describes  two  new  species  of  the  genus  Ophi- 
cephabit:  0.  Ifidictt$,  two  scales  between  the  eyes,  and  one  on  front  of 
snout ;  head  half  as  long  as  the  body  without  caudal  fin  and  head ;  about 
thirty-six  scales  along  the  lateral  line;  D.  26;  P.  17;  V.  6;  A.  17: 
Loodianah.  0,  'iiuyntanus,  three  scales  in  a  row  between  the  eyes; 
three  scales  placed  in  a  triangle  in'&ontof  snout;  about  forty-three 
along  the  lateral  line ;  pectoral  fins  with  fine  transverse  bars ;  D.  32 ; 
P.  14;  V.  6;  A.  17:  Himalaya. 

Acanthurut  vuln«ralor,  Buizani,  1.  c  v.  p.  350;  P.  16;  D.  fl.  28; 
A.  2.  26 ;  brown ;  fins  black  at  tip :  Brazils. 

Eleotria  basalU,  Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  p.  73 ;  brown,  with  fine  dark  spots ; 
fina  blackish ;  pectorals  with  a  broad  yellow  band ;  head  blackish ;  tail 
round;  D.  7-10;  V.  5:  New  Zealand. 

Scorus  amplut,  Ranzani,  1.  c.  p.  %4;  bead  and  back  violet-lnuwn ; 
belly  and  fins  bright  red :  firasils. 


MALACOPTERYGII. 

J.  MiJLLER  has  given  important  information  on  some  families 
of  the  Soft-finned  Fislies,  with  fixed  and  comprehensive  cha- 
racters for  distingniBhing  them.  (Monatsbericht  der  Acad, 
zu  Berlin,  1842,  p.  206.)  The  reporter  has  very  lately 
brought  the  results  of  these  researches  together,  in  an  Essay 
in  this  year's  Archives,  to  which  the  reader  is  referred. 

Eq.  Antonii  Aiessandrini :  Apparatus  branchiarura  Hetero- 
iranchi  anguillaris  (Commentarii  Acad.  Bonon.  v.  p.  149) ; 
rith  two.  lithographs. 

In  a  Discourse  on  the  Swimming-bladder  of  Fishes  (Mo- 
latsberichte  der  Acad,  zu  Berlin,  1842,  p.  174  and  202 ;  and 


PISCES — MALACOPTERYGll.  109 

MUller's  Archiv.  1842,  p.  310),  J.  Miiller,  in  conjunction  with 
the  author  of  this  report,  has  made  known  two  new  genera  of 
the  family  of  Siluroides,  from  a  MS.,  "  iiber  neue  Welse." 

Calophysus,  M.,  T.  (1.  c.  p.  179) ;  wide  gill  clefts ;  no  teeth  in  palate ; 
a  row  of  strong  teeth  on  upper  and  under  jaw,  behind  which,  in  the 
one  or  other,  is  a  row  of  smaller  ones ;  the  first  ray  of  pectoral  and 
dorsal  fin  simply  membered  at  the  end,  without  spines ;  a  long  adipose 
fin ;  six  barbules ;  seven  branchial  rays.  The  species  are,  O,  mdcrop- 
terus,  M.,  T.  {Pimelodus  macropteruSy  Lichst.) ;  and  C.  ctenodusj  M., 
T.  (Pimelodus  ctenod/uSf  Ag.) 

EuANEMUS  M.,  T.  (1.  c.  p.  203) ;  narrow  gill  clefts ;  body  compressed 
laterally ;  crest  covered  by  skin ;  teeth  on  upper  and  under  jaw  haclde- 
shaped  in  a  band ;  none  on  the  vomer  and  palate  bone ;  the  first  ray  of 
the  dorsal  and  pectoral  fin  is  a  spine ;  the  dorsal  stands  quite  forwards 
and  is  small ;  a  very  smaU  adipose  fin ;  anal  fin  very  long ;  rays  of  the 
pectorals  more  numerous  than  in  the  other  Siluridce ;  eyes  concealed  by 
skin;  six  barbules.  The  species,  E,  colynibetes,  is  new,  and  from 
Surinam. 

Silu/ru8  inddcus,  M*Clelland,  1.  ,c.  p.  583 ;  four  soft  rays  on  the  very 
small  dorsal  fin;  head  short;  gill  covering  posteriorly  with  a  blunt 
rounded  angle ;  four  barbules ;  B.  11;  D.  4;  P.  1.  3;  V.8;  A.71;  CIS: 
Loodianah.    Its  varieties  are,  S,  ccmio,  duda,  and  chedra  of  Buchanan. 

PimelodAis  pusillus,  Kanzani,  1.  c.  v.  p.  332  (habitat  unknown) ;  seems 
new.  The  mail-coat  of  the  head  runs  out  behind  to  a  point,  extending  to 
the  first  ray  of  the  dorsal  fin  ;  eight  barbules ;  D.  1.  6 ;  P.  1.  7 ;  A.  10. 
P,  anisv/ruSj  McClelland,  1.  c.  p.  583 ;  under  flap  of  caudal  fin  shorter 
than  upper;  eight  barbules;  B.  10  to  15;  D.  2.  8;  V.  6;  A.  9;  C.  15; 
Loodianah.  P.  indicus,  id.  ib.  under  flap  of  caudal  fin  shorter  than 
upper:  eight  barbules;  B.  2;  D.  2.  6;  P.  1.7;  V.  6;  A.  8;  C.  18: 
Loodianah. 

Bagraa  mcbcronemuB,  Ranzani,  1.  c.  v.  p.  334',  appears  to  be  Galeich- 
thys  Chronovii,  Val. ;  at  least  it  belongs  to  this  genus. 

An  interesting  new  genus  of  Siluridce  has  been  described 
by  McClelland,  1.  c.  p.  584,  with  the  name 

Gltftosteknon. — Teeth  velvety ;  head  broad  and  flat ;  mouth  at  its 
under  surface ;  eyes  small  and  directed  upwards ;  if  there  be  spines,  they 
are  concealed  in  the  membranes  of  the  fins ;  pectoral  and  abdominal  fins 
broad,  sidde  shaped ;  body  beneath  more  or  less  covered  with  warty  or 
striped  suction  surfaces,  in  order  to  attach  itself  to  stones;  no  bony  plates 
in  body:  habitat,  the  mountains  of  India  and  Central  Asia.  G.  reticu- 
lata ;  the  under  surface  of  the  head  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  body 

153 


110  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

fbnns  a  flat  wrinkled  outer  surface :  found  at  the  source  of  the  Gabul 
Biyer.  Q.  Bulcatu$ ;  an  oval  disc  on  the  breast,  between  the  pectorals, 
composed  of  cross  plates  ;  and  a  row  of  similar  plates  on  the  broad  under 
surface  of  the  first  raj  of  the  abdominal  fins ;  D.  8 ;  P.  13 ;  V.  7 ;  A.  9 : 
Kasyah  Mountains.  O.  striatut;  eight  barbules;  a  striped  suction 
surface  on  the  breast ;  B.  8 ;  D.  8 ;  P.  11 ;  V.  6 ;  A.  9 :  Easjah  Moun- 
tains. O.  pectinopterus ;  eight  barbules ;  striped  on  the  breast ;  B.  9 ; 
D.  8 ;  P.  9 ;  Y.  6 ;  A.  7 :  Simla  Mountains.  O.  labiatus  ;  lips  enveloped 
with  many  flaps,  and  so  broadened  round  the  mouth,  that  they  form 
a  broad  flat  sucking  disc ;  anal  fin  yerj  small ;  dorsal  without  spines ; 
adipose  fin  long ;  barbules  very  short ;  D.  7 ;  P.  14 ;  V .  7 ;  A.  6 :  Mish- 
mee  Mountains.  From  the  formation  of  the  lips,  should  this  species  not 
form  a  peculiar  genus  ? 

McClelland  describes  another  new  genus  of  the  same  family, 
which  he  calls  Olyra.    Its  characters  are : — 

Body  soft,  long,  and  cylindrical,  with  two  dorsal  fins,  the  first  radiated, 
the  second  adipose ;  head  elongated,  and  flat  at  the  snout ;  the  gill  coyer- 
ing  ends  posteriorly  in  an  oblique  point  turned  towards  the  dorsal  fin ; 
anal  long,  caudal  entire ;  teeth  yelvety ;  no  dorsal  spine ;  six  to  eight 
thin  barbules.  O.  longicaudatvs ;  a  rough  spine  before  the  pectoral 
fins ;  jaws  equal  in  length ;  six  bristly  barbules ;  the  middle  ray  of  the 
caudal  fin  elongated  into  a  point ;  B.  6 ;  D.  7 ;  P.  1.  6 ;  V.  5 ;  A.  23. 
The  author  observes,  in  this  species,  a  union  between  the  Shad-fish 
and  Cobites.  0.  laticeps;  under  jaw  longer  than  the  upper;  head 
anteriorly  veiy  low ;  eyes  small  and  vertical ;  the  rays  of  the  anal  fin 
increase  in  length  posteriorly ;  six  or  (?)  eight  thin  barbules ;  B.  13 ; 
D.  7 ;  P.  9 ;  Y .  7 ;  A.  15 :  Easyah  Mountains. 

Callichtys  personatus,  Eanzani,  1.  c.  v.  1842,  p.  322,  appears  to  be 
C,  hngi/ilisy  Yal. 

Hypostomus  hrevitentaculatus,  Ranzanzi,  1.  c  v.  328,  is  H,  duodeci- 
malis,  Yal.,  Hist.  Nat.  xv.  p.  498. 

The  sixteenth  volume  of  the  great  Histoire  NatureUe  des  Poissons, 
par  Ouvier  et  Valenciennes,  appeared  in  1842,  and  contains  the  oom- 
mencement  of  the  family  of  the  Cyprinoids,  viz.,  the  genera  Cyprinus, 
Barbus,  Labeoharhus,  Riipp. ;  SchizotJiorax,  Heckel ;  Oreinus,  M*Cel- 
land;  Dangilay  Val.,  Rohita,  Val.,  CapcRta,  Yal.;  Cirrhmus,  Cuv., 
Gohio,  Cuv.,  Tinea,  Cuv.,  Laheo,  Cuv.  In  an  appendix,  the  author  con- 
demns the  divisions  of  the  Cyprinoids  made  by  Hamilton,  Buchanan, 
and  John  M'Clelland,  and  tries  to  reduce  them  to  the  genera  above 
mentioned.  He  then  gives  the  species  with  barbules,  which  he  thinks 
doubtful :  their  number  is  considerable. 

Danffila,  Yal.,  has  a  long  dorsal  ^n,  without  an  anterior  spine;  a 

154 


PISCES — MALACOPTERYGII.  Ill 

border  of  oonical  papillaB  on  the  thin  upper  lip,  and  four  barbules  :  the 
species  are  from  Java  and  India. 

Nuria,  Yal.,  has  a  short  dorsal  fin  directed  backwards,  without  an 
anterior  spine ;  two  barbules  at  each  side  of  the  comer  of  mouth ;  lips 
thin :  species  from  Ceylon  and  India. 

RohAta,  YaL  ;  lips  fleshy,  more  or  less  fringed ;  a  thick  fold  of  tkin 
forms  superiorly  a  sort  of  stumpy  fleshy  snout^  and  beneath  there  is  a 
velum,  which  conceals  the  openiii^  of  the  mouth  in  the  closed  state ;  in 
the  open  state,  the  mouth  forms  a  sort  of  sucking-cup.  To  this  belong 
several  of  Buchanan's  species. 

Oapceta,  Yal. ;  only  two  barbules  at  the  comers  of  the  mouth ;  the 
first  ray  at  the  dorsal  fin  hard  and  serrated,  or  hard  and  not  serrated,  or 
soft. 

M'Ciellflnd,  1.  c.  p.  576,  has  arranged  a  number  of  new  species^  and 
also  a  new  genus,  in  the  family  of  the  Cyprmoids. 

Racoma  is  distinguished  from  SchizothorctXy  Heck.,  by  protrusile 
jaws,  the  intermazilkry  forming  a  moveable  border.  R.  gMoidet ;  the 
operculum  ends  in  a  round  point ;  dorsal  fin  central ;  between  the  eyes 
and  caudal  fin  it  has  anteriorly  a  prickly  ray,  which  posteriorly  is 
serrated;  D.  3.  8;  P.  19;  Y.  1.  11;  A.  6:  Bamean  River;  12". 
B.  chrysochlora,  brownish-yellow ;  D.  3.  8 ;  P.  19 ;  Y.  10 ;  A.  8 : 
LoJpore,  Cabul  River ;  l(y\  R.  nobilis ;  body  and  fins  have  many 
small  spots ;  D.  3.  9 ;  P.  19 ;  Y.  11 ;  A.  8 ;  18".  R.  lahiatus  ;  head 
longer  than  .tiie  height  of  the  body ;  intermaxillary  covered  with  thick 
fat ;  the  barbules  end  in  three  points ;  D.  3.  8 ;  P.  19 ;  Y.  10 ;  A.  7 : 
Pushut,  Koonar  River,  at  Jallalabad.  R,  hrevis ;  Hps  covered  with  a 
thick  fleshy  membrane ;  fins  small ;  D.  2.  7 ;  P.  20 ;  Y.  11 ;  A.  7 : 
Helmund  River. 

ScHizoTHOBAX,  Hock. ;  head  elongated  and  oonical ;  snout  pointed ; 
intermaxillary  fixed,  a.  Under  lip,  only  at  the  comer  of  the  mouth, 
has  a  fr^e  enveloping  margin.  8.  intermedius ;  D.  4.  8 ;  P.  1.  18 ; 
Y.  1. 10 ;  A.  2.  6 :  Cabul  River,  at  Jallalabad ;  Tamuck  River,  h.  The 
enveloping  margin  to  the  under  lip,  free  at  the  point.  S,  edeniana ; 
border  of  the  under  lip  entire ;  snout  compressed ;  dorsal  spine  serrated 
at  the  base;  D.  3.  8;  P.  1.  19;  Y.  1.  9;  A.  1.  7:  Cabul  River,  at 
Koti-i-Ashruf.  <Sf.  ritschieana ;  posterior  margin  of  the  under  lip  triple 
flapped ;  lips  broad ;  dorsal  spine  broad ;  body  spotted ;  D.  4.  8 ; 
P.  1. 19;  Y.  1.  9;  A.  1.  6:  Aflghanistan.  S.  ha/rhatus;  head  elon- 
gated ;  lips  thin  and  hard  at  margins ;  dorsal  spine  very  broad, 
compressed,  and  bony ;  D.  3.  8 ;  P.  20 ;  Y.  12 ;  A.  2.  6 :  Cabul  River, 
at  Jallalabad. 

OreintM  plcbgiott&mus  {Schizathorax  plcugioBtomuSy  He<^),  O. 
Chrijitkii ;  mouth  half  as  broad  as  the  length  of  the  head ;  dorsal  spine 
broad;  D.  4.  8;  P.  20;  Y.  11;  A.  1.  6:   Affghanisian. 

155 


112         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

Cirrhinug  bumena/na;  head  short,  thick,  and  round;  gill  covering 
narrow  and  small;  under  jaw  short;  mouth  beneath;  D.  9;  P.  16; 
v.  9 ;  A.  7 :  Cabul  Eiyer  at  Jallalabad. 

Opsariut  piteatorius;  back  arched  before  the  dorsal  fin,  anal  fin 
under  the  posterior  part  of  the  dorsal ;  mouth  small ;  sides  silyerj,  with 
nine  bars ;  D.  8 ;  P.  16 ;  V .  9 ;  A.  8 :  Seharanpore.  O,  bicirratus ;  two 
drrhi ;  length  of  the  head  equal  to  height  of  body ;  dorsal  fins  somewhat 
before  the  anal ;  thirty-five  scales  on  the  lateral  line,  and  nine  incom- 
plete stripes  on  the  sides ;  D.  8 ;  P.  13 ;  Y.  8 ;  A.  2. 10 :  Khyber  Pass 
and  Cabul  River  at  Jallalabad. 

Leiici$€U8  neglectus,  Seljs'  Faune  Beige,  is  distinguished  &om  L,  idus^ 
L.,  by  its  longer  head,  lower  body,  deeper  cleft  caudal  fin ;  the  lateral 
lines  consisting  of  fifty-five  scales,  while  in  the  idus  sixty  are  present : 
foimd  at  Brussels.  L.  ruHloides,  id.  ib. ;  D.  12 ;  A.  13 ;  length  5"  ^" ; 
fins  yellow :  perhaps  only  a  variety  of  L,  rutilus. 

Aspius  albumoides,  id.  ib. ;  D«  11 ;  A.  19-21 ;  fifty  scales  on  the 
side  line,  eight  rows  above,  four  beneath :  nearly  allied  to  A.  albuTMis, 

Abrcumis  Heckeliif  id.  ib. ;  D.  13 ;  A.  19-20 ;  lateral  line  has  forty-eight 
to  fifty-three  scales,  ten  rows  above  it,  five  below :  A.  Buggenhagii  (?), 
Yarrell ;  8"  10"'. 

Ccbitis  hontonengis,  M'Clelland,  1.  c.  p.  586;  snout  somewhat  com- 
pressed ;  lips  fringed ;  ax  barbules ;  D.  8 ;  P.  11 ;  V.  8 ;  A.  6 ;  C.  18 : 
Boutan  at  the  Mishmee  Mountains. 

Platycara  a/nisura,  id.  ib. ;  caudal  fin  entire,  sickle-shaped  posteriorly, 
as  the  under  rays  are  shorter  than  the  upper ;  ^\e  rudimentary  barbules 
in  firont  of  the  mouth,  two  at  the  comers ;  D.  10 ;  P.  21 ;  V.  11 ;  A.  7 ; 
C.  19.  P.  lissorhynchus  has  a  disc  behind  the  mouth ;  snout  smooth 
and  round ;  caudal  fin  four-oomered ;  D.  9 ;  P.  18 ;  Y.  9 ;  A.  6 ;  0. 19 : 
both  species  are  from  the  Kasyah  Mountains. 

J.  Miiller  has  arranged,  in  his  family  of  the  CharaciruB^  a 
new  genus,  Hemiodus. 

A  row  of  teeth  on  the  intermaxillary  like  round  leaflets,  serrated 
at  the  margin ;  no  teeth  in  the  under  jaw ;  adipose  fin.  The  species, 
H.  crenidens,  firom  Brazil,  is  Salmo  unimaculatus,  Bloch.  (Monats- 
berichte  der  Acad,  zu  Berlin,  1842,  p.  106,  and  Miiller's  Archiv.  1842, 
p.  324.) 

J.  Miiller  separates  the  genus  Erythrinus,  as  it  is  defined 

by  Agassiz,  into  two  sub-genera. 

The  one,  Eryth/rinuSy  Cuv.,  MiQl.,  has  simple  hackle-formed  palate 
teeth ;  the  larger  dog  teeth,  under  the  jaw  teeth,  are  proportionably 
short ;  the  swimming-bladder  cellular.    E,  unitasniatus,  Ag.  (SynodtM 

156 


PISCES — MALACOPTERYGII.  113 

ertfthrinus,  Bl.  S.),  and  E,  salvus,  Ag.  The  other,  Macrodon,  MiQl.» 
has  a  row  of  larger  conical  palate  teeth  before  the  hackle-formed  ones ; 
under  the  jaw  teeth  several  very  large  dog  teeth ;  swimming-bladder 
without  cells.  M,  trahira.  Mull.  {Er,  macrodon,  Ag.,  Synod/as  mala- 
haricus,  Bl.  S.),  and  M.  hrasiliengis,  Mull.  (Er,  brasiliengiSf  Ag.) 
(Monatsberichte  der  Acad,  zu  Berlin,  1842,  p.  173;  Muller's  Archiv. 
1842,  p.  308.) 

McClelland,  1.  c,  makes  known  an  Indian  Salmo,  S.  ori- 
entails, 

A  row  of  hooked  teeth  along  the  margin  of  the  under  jaw ;  the  inter- 
maxillary is  continued  along  the  margin  of  the  upper  jaw,  hj  which 
structure  there  are  two  rows  of  teeth  in  it ;  some  teeth  on  the  vomer 
and  on  each  side ;  three  at  the  point  of  the  tongue;  head  equal  to  height 
of  body,  and  a  fourth  of  its  whole  length ;  back  and  sides  have  green 
and  red  irregular  spots ;  B.  12 ;  D.  12 ;  P.  14 ;  V.  10 ;  A.  10 :  Rivers 
near  the  Ozus. 

Selys  Longchamps  confirms  the  presence  of  Coregonua  oxyrhynchus 
on  the  Belgian  coast;  he  found  ten  individuals  among  Osmerus  eperla/nus 
in  the  market  at  Brussels ;  they  came  firom  Antwerp.  (Bullet,  de  TAcad. 
de  Bruxelles,  iz.  2.  p.  510.) 

Clupea  mdcrophthalmia,  Ranz.  1.  c.  v.  p.  320 ;  eyes  large ;  small 
conical  teeth  in  both  jaws ;  no  side  lines ;  Br.  8 ;  D.  17 ;  A.  17 :  Brazil. 

Exoccetus  hahiensis,  Ranzani,  1.  c.  v.  p.  362 ;  abdominal  fins  pretty 
laige,  reaching  as  far  as  the  fourth  ray  of  the  anal,  nearer  the  anal  fin 
than  the  operculum,  which  is  without  scales ;  -no  appendices  to  the  jaws. 

Esox  indica,  M'CleUand,  1.  c.  p.  582 ;  commencement  of  dorsal  fin 
exactly  above  that  of  anal ;  D.  12 ;  P.  11 ;  V.  7 ;  A.  15 ;  C.  15-: 
Loodianah. 

HemiraarvphMS  unifasciatus,  Ranz.  1.  c.  p.  326:  Brazils.  Belone 
raphidoma,  Ranzani,  1.  c.  v.  p.  359 :  Brazils. 

Stannius  has  published,  in  Miiller's  Archiv.  1842,  p.  338,  a 
Treatise  on  the  Peripheristic  Nervous  System  of  the  Haddock 
{Oadus  Callarius). 

Ranzani,  1.  c.  iv.  p.  76,  describes  a  Synbranchus  fuligi- 
no9U8  from  Brazil,  which,  if  not  identical  with,  is  certainly 
yery  nearly  allied  to  S.  marmoratus^  Bl. 

The  teeth  stand,  in  front,  in  six,  at  the  sides,  in  three  rows ;  lateral 
lines  not  branchy ;  the  dorsal  fin  begins  behind  the  anal ;  the  tail  mea- 
sures only  \  of  the  whole  length ;  but  with  this  statement  the  drawing 
does  not  agree. 

157 


114         REPORT  Oy  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

Ranzani,  L  e.  iv.  p.  76,  describes  a  Qymnothoraac  funebrU^  which 
closely  resembles  the  O.  afer,  BL,  but  is  unspotted,  and  comes  fi^om 


Conger  opistophthalmus,  Ranzani,  L  c.  iy.  p.  78 ;  ejes  almost  behind 
the  comer  of  the  month ;  lateral  lines  channelled  with  angular  inverted 
margins.  C.  hranlienni,  id.  ib.  p.  79,  pL  xiiL  f.  1 ;  anteriorly  four 
conical  teeth,  laterally  teeth  in  five  rows;  lateral  lines  consist,  as  it 
were,  of  a  row  of  scars  in  the  skin.  C.  cylindraideus,  id.  ib.  p.  80 ; 
teeth  in  two  rows ;  on  each  side  in  front  of  the  snout  two  tubes,  the 
anterior  of  which  has  a  thread-formed  appendix :  all  three  are  from 
Brazil.  O.  rubesceng,  id.  ib.  p.  81,  from  the  Mediterranean,  has  the 
teeth  in  four  rows. 

EucHELioFHis,  J.  Muller  (Monatsbericht  der  Acad,  zu  Berlin,  1842, 
p.  205);  no  pectoral  fins;  the  gill  clefts  on  both  sides  united  in  the 
middle  by  the  junction  of  the  gill  membranes ;  the  anus  is  placed  much 
farther  forwaid  than  in  the  OpJUdice,  and  immediately  behind  the  gills ; 
rays  of  the  gill  membrane  six.  The  species,  E.  vermiculari*,  Miill.,  is 
new ;  4'' ;  the  body  prolonged  posteriorly  to  a  point. 

G.  Valentin  has  published  an  Essay  on  the  Anatomy  of  the 
Electric  Eel  (Oymnotua  electricus),  in  the  new  Denkschrift 
der  allg.  Schweizerischen  Gesellsch.  f  iir  die  gesammten  Natur- 
wissenschafben  Bd.  iy.     Neuchat.  1842. 


LOPHOBRANCHIL 

A.  D£  QuATREFAGES  gives,  in  the  '*  Annates  des  Sciences 
Naturelles,"  tome  xriii.  p.  193,  a  Contribution  to  the  History 
of  the  Derelopment  of  the  Syngnathus  ophidiorij  Linn. 

The  author  thinks  the  observation  new,  that  the  eggs  in  this  species 
are  fixed  &ee  under  the  body.  This  fact  had  been  already  made  use  of 
by  Fries  as  a  ground  of  division  of  the  genus  (v.  Archiv.  1838,  i.  p.  238). 
Only  one  step  m  the  development  has  been  described,  as  the  author  had 
only  the  eggs  of  one  Fish  for  examination. 

PLECTOGNATHI. 

Banzani,  1.  c.  iv.  p.  72,  describes  two  new  species  of  Tetro- 
don^  from  Brazil. 

The  one,  T,  ma/rmoratus,  has  two  tentacula,  and  behind  them  the 
nasal  fossae.     It  is  rough  on  the  back,  smooth  on  the  sides ;  beneath  it 

158 


PISCES— CYCLOSTOMI.  115 

has  points,  in  which  small  sharp  spines  are  concealed ;  superiorly  it  is 
marbled  with  brown  and  grey-brown ;  on  the  sides  it  has  a  row  of  black 
spots ;  there  is  no  mention  of  a  cuticular  bulb  on  the  sides.  The  other, 
T,  pachycephaluSf  has  in  a  hollow  papilla  two  nasal  fossae ;  the  beUy  is 
rough  with  prickles,  which  stand,  as  it  were,  in  the  meshes  of  a  net ; 
superiorly  it  is  dark  grey ;  on  the  sides  silvery. 


CYCLOSTOMI. 

The  Treatise  mentioned  in  last  year's  Jahresbericht,  p.  186, 
on  the  Anatomy  o{  Amphioams  lanceolqtus,  by  John  Goodsir, 
has  appeared,  accompanied  with  two  lithographic  plates,  in 
the  Transactions  of  the  Boyal  Society  of  Edinburgh,  yoI.  xy. 
part  1,  p.  247. 


PLAGIOSTOMI. 

A.  Alessandri  has  written   "  Observationes  super  intima 

Branchiarum  Structura  Piscium  cartilagineorum.''  (Comment. 

Acad.  Bonon.  iv.  1840,  p.  329.) 

The  two  Dog  Fishes  described  by  Ranzani,  from  Brazil,  have  been, 
at  a  later  date,  also  described  by  MtQler  and  Henle.  His  Galeus  ma- 
culatus,  1.  c.  iy.  p.  69,  is  Galeocerdo  tigrinus,  Miill.  and  Henle.  His 
CcLTchtMrias  porogus,  1.  c.  iv.  p.  70,  is  probably  Cwrchnmas  (Pt%on<ydon) 
MilberH,  Val. 


159 


REPORT 


ON  THE 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  THE 
MOLLUSCA,  DURING  THE  YEAR  1842. 


BY 


DB.  F.  H.  TROSCHEL 


D'Orbigny  has  invented  an  instrument  of  general  interest, 
for  measuring  the  spiral  angles  of  the  conyoluted  shells  of  the 
Mollusca.    He  calls  it  a  Helicometer. 

It  consists  of  two  arms,  moyeable  by  a  joint,  and  to  the  one  a  semi- 
circle, diyided  into  180  degrees,  is  attached.  If  a  shell  is  laid  be- 
tween the  two  arms,  the  spiral  angles  can  be  immediately  found  out. 
D'Orbigny  remarks,  that  Shells  can  thus  be  brought  into  three  divi- 
sions : — 1.  They  have  a  spiral  angle  regular  in  its  whole  length :  2.  The 
spiral  angle  is  convex,  or  swollen  in  the  middle :  3.  It  is  concave.  He 
points  out  the  different  ways  of  measurement  applicable  to  these  three 
forms.  The  increase  of  the  spire  is  more  or  less  rapid,  and  the  oblique 
direction  of  the  suture  agrees  with  it.  It  is  enough  that  a  shell  be  placed 
in  the  Helicometer,  with  the  mouth  imdermost,  so  that  the  one  arm  lies 
parallel  to  the  axis  or  side  of  the  spiral  angle,  whilst  the  other  follows 
the  suture.  This  measurement  D'Orbigny  calls  the  suture  angle.  He 
measures,  besides,  the  length  of  the  last  whorl  in  relation  to  the  whole 
length  of  the  shell.  (Institut.  1842,  p.  52.)  Unfortunately,  the  diffi- 
culty of  exact  measurement,  and  the  irregularity  of  the  spire  in  the 
same  species  of  shell,  will  be  an  impediment  to  the  introduction  of  this 
instrument  into  science. 

160 


MOLLUSC A.  117 

Under  the  title,  "  Abbildungen  und  Beschreibungen  neuer 
Oder  wenig  gekannter  Conchylien,"  R.  A.  Philippi  has  com- 
menced a  new  work  at  Cassel,  the  first  number  of  which  has 
appeared.     Cassel,  1840. 

It  contains  six  plates,  upon  each  of  which,  species  of  one  genus  only 
are  represented.^  The  plates  are  also  numbered  according  to  the  genera, 
so  that,  at  the  conclusion  of  a  volume,  or  of  the  whole  work,  they  can 
be  arranged  systematically.  The  aim  of  the  work  is  to  represent,  in 
good  plates,  new  or  little  known  Shells, — which  aim  it  seems  likely  to 
accomplish,  as  the  more  recent  plates  of  the  second  number  for  1843, 
which  has  already  appeared,  are  progressively  improving.  Those  of  the 
first  number  contain  the  genera  Melania,  Strombus,  Helix ,  Natica,  and 
Unio. 

6.  B.  Sowerby's  Thesaurus  Conchyliorum,  or  Figures  and 
Descriptions  of  Shells,  Part  1,  London,  1842  (the  other  parts 
I  am  not  acquainted  with),  contains  Monographs  of  Helicina, 
Pupinay  Rostellaria,  Aporrhais^  Struthiolariay  and  Strom- 

There  are  figures  of  all  the  species  with  each  number,  and  the  larger 
ones  on  a  scale  smaller  than  nature,  so  that  each  plate  is  full  in  figures. 
The  descriptions  are  short,  consisting  merely  of  the  specific  character. 
The  work  is  absolutely  necessary  for  the  naming  of  collections. 

Two  sheets  of  text,  which  conclude  the  first  yolume,  have 
been  received  of  the  Histoire  Naturelle  de  Tile  de  Cuba,  par 
Bamon  de  la  Sagra,  in  which  D'Orbigny  has  written  the 
MoUusca.  They  contain  the  genera  Pyramidella,  Tomatella, 
Siphonaria,  Vermetua,  Odontostoma,  Helicina,  and  Cyclos- 
toma.  The  first  seven  sheets  of  the  second  volume  have 
already  appeared.     The  work  is  making  rapid  progress. 

Numbers  seventy-three  to  eighty-two,  of  Kiener's  Species 
G^n^ral  et  Iconographie  des  Coquilles  Yivantes  have  appeared 
in  the  year  1842,  and  contain  the  text  for  the  genera  Ceri- 
thium,  Manella,  and  THtonium,  and  plates  of  the  THtonium 
and  Murex, 

Of  Lovell  Reeve's  Conchologia  Systematica,   or  complete 
System  of  Conchology,   the   first  two  parts  of  which   have 
161  L 


118  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

already  been  mentioned  in  the  preyioug  report,  twelre  numbers 
haye  now  appeared,  which  conclude  the  work. 

There  are  300  neat  copper-plates  in  aD,  with  1500  figares.  The  hook 
oontainB,  with  a  few  exceptions,  most  of  the  genera  hitherto  described. 
It  is  particularly  to  be  reoommended  in  the  study  of  the  Mollosca,  from 
the  fidelity  of  the  drawings ;  althon^  it  cannot  be  concealed,  that  the 
arrangement  and  view  of  the  genera  do  not  always  correspond  to  the 
loesent  standard  of  science.  It  would  be  too  long  to  cite  here  all  the 
misconceptions  of  this  sort ;  but  the  arrangement  of  Littormay  Scalaria, 
Twrritella,  and  others  in  the  family  of  IW^macecc ;  of  Natiea  in  that 
of  the  Neriidcece ;  of  Anypulla/ria  in  Peritiomata  {Paludina  and  ViU- 
vata)y  &c.,  may  serve  as  examples.  In  illustration  of  the  false  limits  of 
genera,  the  connection  of  Physa,  Limnoeus,  and  Amphipeplea,  in 
one  genus,  may  be  adduced.  Here  and  there,  too,  a  species  falsely 
defined  is  met  with ;  for  certainly  the  sheU  figured  as  Ampullaria 
rugosa.  Lam.  (Nerita  v/rceus,  Mull.),  is  not  that  species,  but  rather 
A,  globosa,  Swains.  The  first  ^ve  numbers  form  the  first  volume,  and 
contain  the  Cirripeda  and  Bivalves,  The  remaining  seven  contain  the 
rest  of  the  Mollusca,  and  form  the  second  volume.  Ehrenbeig's  Poly- 
thalamia  {Foraminifera  of  D'Orbigny)  are  joined  to  the  Cephalopoda; 
but  only  five  genera  are  figured  as  types  of  the  difTerent  forms.  Several 
new  species  are  incorporated  in  the  work,  which  is  particularly  impor- 
tant on  this  account,  as  they  have  already  been  defined  in  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Zoological  Society. 

One  number,  the  fifth  of  the  second  volume,  of  the  long  in- 
terrupted Iconographie  der  Land  und  Susswasser  MoUusken, 
yon  Bossmassler,  has  appeared  in  1842. 

The  first  plate  contains  species  of  the  genus  Helix ;  the  second  of 
Cla/ugilia ;  the  third  of  Pupa ;  the  fourth  and  fifth  of  Anodonta  and 
Unio.  Many  species  are  new.  In  the  preface,  the  author  promises  that 
the  twelfth  number  shall  conclude  the  second  volume ;  and  then  there 
will  appear  a  **  Fauna  Molluscorum  Extramarinorum  Europie,"  in 
which  he  wiU  arrange,  systematically,  the  collected  materials.  We  hope 
he  may  soon  make  good  his  promise. 

During  the  year  1842,  two  numbers,  the  fifth  and  sixth, 

have  been  added  to  Hartmann's  Erd  und  Susswasser  Gaste- 

ropoden. 

In  the  fifth  number,  species  of  the  genera  Helix,  Neritina,  and  lAmr- 
n<mi8y  with  varieties  and  monstrosities,  are  figured.  The  author  also 
adds  exotic  genera,  viz.,   Helix   (Chromocochlea),    TwrhinoideSy   and 

162 


MOLLUSCA.  J.19 

Mindarcma,  and  promises  to  do  so  oftener,  which  gives,  in  fact,  a  new 
feature  to  the  work.  The  plates  of  the  sixth  number  comprise  the 
genera  Pti^a^  Plcmorhis,  Olcmgilia,,  Helix,  with  their  varieties  and 
monstrosities.  Of  exotics  there  are  Helix  pulcherrima,  hoBmastoma, 
and  some  species  &om  the  Canary  Islands  and  Madeira. 

An  Index  Mollusoorum  Groenlandias,  by  MoUer  has  appeared.  (Na- 
turhistorisk  Tidskrift.  Utgivet  af  Henrik  Kroyer,  1842,  iv.  p.  76.)  The 
work  has  also  been  published  in  a  separate  form,  under  the  same  title, 
Ha&ise,  1842.  The  detailed  analysis  uHll  be  given  below.  Many 
species  are  new. 

Cantor  remarks,  on  the  Fauna  of  Chusan,  that  the  Fresh-water  Mol- 
Insca  are  rich  in  forms :  some  approach  to  European  species,  three  are 
identical  with  Indian,  viz., — Helix  tapeina,  Benson,  Planorhis  com- 
pre89U8,  Hutton,  and  Helix  naninodes,  which  last  is  also  found  at 
Singapore.  (Ann.  ix.  p.  277.)  The  species,  among  which  there  are 
three  new  genera,  have  been  described  by  Benson.    (Ibid.  p.  486.) 

In  the  Bulletin  de  FAcademie  de  BruxeUes,  vol.  ix.  2,  p*  340,  are  to 
be  found  diagnoses  of  some  new  species  of  living  and  fossil  shells  by 
Cantraine,  which  belong  to  the  basin  of  the  Mediterranean.  The  living 
species  are  mentioned  in  a  future  part  of  this  report. 

Many  remarks,  on  the  presence  of  Mollusca,  are  to  be  found  in  the 
Ilep(»rts  of  Journeys  in  Dalmatia  and  .Monte  Negro,  by  Ktister.  (Isis, 
1842,  p.  283,  609,  743,  and  847.) 

Petit  corrects,  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  232,  the  synonymes  of 
several  Shells,  which  had  been  described  by  R.  P.  Lesson  in  the  same 
journal  Lesson's  Fu9us  fiiniculatus  is  =»  ^.  DupetittJuma/rsU,  Kiener ; 
Fu8U8  Boscb-ponti  is  Tiirhinella  m/ultinoda,  Auct.  Lesson  cites  the 
Mitra  casta,  M,  hicolor,  Oliva  tuslcama,  and  OLpuelchana  of  lyOrbigny, 
as  belonging  to  one  species  of  Mitra.  This  the  author  denies  from  his 
own  inspection  of  the  specimens. 

George  Hyndman  gives  a  list  of  thirty-nine  species  of  Mollusca,  which 
he  obtained,  with  the  dredging  net,  about  two  miles  east  of  Sana  Island, 
at  the  depth  of  forty  fathoms.     (Ann.  x.  p.  19.) 

W.  Thompson  has  added  a  list  of  Mollusca  (ibid.  p.  21),  found  also 
with  the  dredging  net,  at  a  great  depth  on  the  Scottish  coasts.  From  fifly 
fathoms,  eight  miles  S.  S.  W.  of  the  Mull  of  Galloway,  he  obtained  ^ve 
living  species  and  three  dead ;  from  110  to  140  fathoms,  five  miles  S.  W. 
of  the  Mull  of  Galloway,  one  living  species  and  six  dead ;  &om  145 
fathoms  in  Beaufort's  Dyke,  about  five  miles  S.  W.  &om  the  Mull  of 
Galloway,  eight  living  species  and  ten  dead. 

D'Qrbigny  bas  presented  to  the  Society  Philomatique,  some  eggs  of 
the  Voluta  hrasiliana.  They  have  a  diameter  of  seventy  millim.,  while 
the  animal  itself  has  only  200 ;  they  are  oval,  and  have  a  cartilaginous, 
pUant,   and  transparent  shelL     Each  egg  contains  fifteen  or  twenty 

163 


120         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

yellowiih  yolki,  lunoimded  by  a  thin  membnuie.  At  a  later  period  an 
embjro  if  formed  in  the  middle  of  each  yolk,  which,  on  farther  deyelop- 
ment,  vergee  to  the  tide  of  the  shell,  when  having  reached  the  tize  of  ten 
millim.,  and  with  two  oonyolutions,  the  fortm  breaks  through  and  escapes. 
(Institat.  1842,  p.  43.) 

Some  remarks  are  added,  at  the  same  place,  by  Laurent,  on  the  egg 
capsules  of  the  Valvata  piicinalU,  These  capsules  are  globular,  affixed 
to  some  body  under  water,  and  contain  ten  to  twenty  eggs,  surrounded 
by  a  common  glaire.  Each  has  its  separate  shell,  ending  in  a  twisted 
thread  at  each  pole,  and  only  one  yolk.  When  the  derelopment  of  the 
eggs  ii  fhr  advanced,  the  capsule  is  torn  asunder,  and  the  eggs  come  out : 
some  days  later  the  covering  of  the  individual  egg  opens  and  lets  the 
embryo  escape. 

Laurent  meiitions,  in  the  same  place,  Ihat  seminal  animalcules  are 
found  in  the  egg  of  the  Limctx  ctgrestis.  He  says  iJso,  Ihat  the  grape- 
formed  organ  in  the  Hermaphrodite  Snails,  which  contains,  in  its  paren- 
chyma, seminal  animalcules  and  eggs,  is  provided  with  a  single  outlet,  to 
convey  the  egg  and  the  seminal  animalcular  fluid  into  the  first  chamber 
of  the  matrix;  while,  at  the  same  time,  the  secreting  organ  of  the  glaire 
supplies  the  necessary  proportion  of  jeUy.  The  matrix  only  supplies 
that  portion  which  forms  the  egg-shell ;  and  this  gradually  thickens  the 
nearer  the  egg  is  to  its  exit.  The  author  possesses  a  preparation  of  a 
Limcuc  atir,  which  died  during  the  formation  of  the  egg. 


CEPHALOPODA. 

Milne  Edwards  has  giyen,  in  the  Annates  des  Sciences 
Natnrelles,  xviii.  p.  331,  a  full  account  of  the  Spermatophora 
of  the  Cephalopoda,  in  continuation  of  his  obserrations 
made  with  Peters  in  Nizza,  and  already  mentioned  in  the 
former  year*s  Report.  Four  plates  belong  to  this  treatise, 
the  last  of  which  exhibits  the  male  organs  of  generation,  of 
the  S^yia  officinalis. 

'■  A.  Erohn  has  given  some  additional  remarks  on  the 
Structure  of  the  Eye  of  the  Cephalopoda,  in  the  Leopoldiner 
Acten.  xix.  11,  p.  41. 

B.  Ball  exhibited  to  the   Irish   Academy  the  following 
Cephalopoda,  as  a  contribution  to  the  Fauna  of  the  Irish 
3ea.     (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  348)  : — 
164 


MOLLUSCA — HETEROPODA.  121 

Sepia  qfieinalis ;  S,  rupellaria  (?) ;  Loligo  sagittcUa,  var.  (?) ;  X. 
9ubulataj  two  varieties  (?) ;  L.  media,  oad  a  yariely  (?) ;  L.  Eblavue ; 
Eledone  ventricoea;  Octopus  vulgaris;  Sepiola  Rondeletii;  Rossia 
Owenii  and  R.  JacMi;  Spirula  australis.  He  oonsiders  the  two 
Rossia  to  be  new.  R.  Owenii  has  large  aoetabula  placed  on  long  pedicles 
in  three  rows,  those  of  the  centre  row  being  not  more  tixan  half  the 
diameter  of  those  on  each  side ;  on  the  first  pair  of  arms  the  acetabula 
are  more  numerous,  more  equal  in  size,  and  smaller  than  on  the  others. 
R,  JctcobU  has  smaller  acetabula,  and  arms  proportionably  shorter. 

Peters  has  given,  in  MiiUer's  Archiyes,  1842,  p.  329,  some  contribu- 
tions to  the  anatomy  of  the  Sepiola;  thej  refer  to  the  ink-oigan  and 
parts  of  generation.  The  autiior  esteems,  as  of  doubtful  value,  the 
differences  between  the  species  of  this  genus  hitherto  described,  since 
the  smaller  breadth  of  the  cuticular  flap  which  unites  the  mantle  and 
head,  as  well  as  the  presence  of  an  under  eyelid,  can  ftimish  no  specific 
<^iaracter,  for  the  former  varies  very  much,  and  an  under  eyelid  is  pre- 
aent  in  all  the  Sepiola.  ^ 

Owen  has  received  from  Captain  Belcher  a  specimen  of  Na/utilus 
pompUius,  with  the  shell,  from  Amboyna.  The  position  of  the  animal 
in  the  shell  agrees  exactly  with  the  description  which  Owen  had  formerly 
given  of  it  in  his  Memoir  on  the  Pearly  Nautilus.  The  spire  of  the 
shell  is  covered  by  the  dorsal  fold  of  the  mantle,  and  is  lodged  in  the 
concavity  at  the  back  of  the  muscular  plate  above  the  head.  The  in- 
lundibulum  rests  upon  the  outer  wall  of  the  large  chamber  containing 
the  animal.    (Ploc.  ZooL  8oc.  1842,  p.  143.) 


PTEROPODA. 

Cantraine  mentions,  in  the  Bulletins  de  Bruxelles,  iz.  2, 
p.  340,  that  Odontostoma  rugulosum  is  Dentalium  trachea, 
Montagu,  and  calls  it,  accordingly,  Odontostoma  trachea, 

Odontostoma  Usviswmum,  id.  ib.;  testa  cylindrica,  arcUata,  vitrea, 
IsBvissima,  infeme  oblique  truncata,  subpapillosa,  dausa :  Golf  von  Ca^ 
gliari. 

Moller,  1.  c.  p.  4,  gives  a  new  Limacina;  L,  halea,  testa  turrita, 
anfir.  7 ;  spira  prominente,  apice  acuto. 


HETEROPODA. 

Milne  Edwards  has  now  published  his  Observations,  made 
along  with  Peters,   on  the  Organization   of  the  Carinaria 
165 


122  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

mediterranean  in  a  more  extended  state  tlian  formerly.  (Annal. 
des  Sc.  Nat.  xTiii.  p.  323 ;  Tide  Archiy.  1641,  ii.  p.  265.) 

Lorell  Beere  has  giren  a  plate  and  description  of  a  new 

species  of  Carinaria,  Tiz. : — 

C.  ^oci/if ;  shell  tmispaient,  camprc—ed  at  the  rides ;  keel  with  a 
rimple  straight  edge ;  yertez  small;  length  ^^" ;  breadth  1}'' ;  height 
2" :  habitat  unlmoini.    (Annak,  ix.  p.  140.) 


GASTEROPODA. 

PULMONATA. 

Description  des  limacides  de  rAmerique,  par  Amos  Binney« 
Boston,  1842. 

This  work,  tmfortunatelj,  has  not  jet  oome  to  hand.  The  author 
describes  all  the  speeies  of  LimacidoB  which  are  found  in  North  Ame- 
rica, with  Latin  diagnoses  and  English  descriptions,  aooompanied  with 
remarks  on  their  geographical  distribution  and  habits.  The  species 
Bie-^Limax  Jlavus,  itgrettU,  campe9tri$y  new  speeies ;  Arion  hortengis  ; 
Td}enophorug  (new  genus)  ccMrolinensU  (Limax  carolinengU,  Auct.) ; 
Philomycus  (Rafin.)  dorsalis,  Binn.    (S.  Rey.  ZooL  1842,  p.  221.) 

W.  H.  Benson  has  airanged  a  new  genus,  Ineilaria,  in  the  fiimilj  of 
the  IAma.cid<B,  which  only  differs  from  Limax  in  this,  that  the  body  is 
bordered  by  a  velum.  The  species,  /.  hUineaUij  is  livid,  with  two 
L&teral  and  one  mesial  stripe,  and  the  velum  is  sprinkled  with  brown 
points  and  spots.     (Ann.  ix.  p.  486.) 

The  Vitrina  ngaretina,  Beduz,  from  the  banks  of  the  Cazamanca, 
in  Africa,  described  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  1841,  is  to  be  found  figured  in 
the  Magas.  de  ZooL  1842,  pi.  59. 

Vitrina  zd)ra,  Le  Guillou ;  t.  rotundata,  umbilicata,  supra  depresso- 
conveza,  subtus  oonveziore,  hyalina,  flammulis  albis  et  spadiceis  oblique 
undulatis  omata;  anfraddbus  4  supra  tenuiter  striatis;  apertura  sub- 
dilatata,  umbilico  minimo ;  7  mill. :  Auckhind  Island.  (Rev.  Zool.  1842, 
p.  136.) 

PfeifTer  describes  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  187)  three  new  species  of 
Succinea,  S,  elegans,  reJUxa,  and  va/riegata,  from  Chili ;  and  remarks, 
that  they  belong  to  the  same  group  with  Helix  gallina-9ulta/na^  Chemn., 
in  which,  according  to  PfeifTer,  are  also  to  be  reckoned  Bulimug 
Broderipii  and  coquimbensisy  for,  on  account  of  the  want  of  a  columella, 
these  are  probably  true  Succinece.  D'Qrbigny's  observations  prove  that 
the  animal  of  the  S.  gallina-sultana  is  very  similar  to  Succinea  in  it« 
form  and  habits. 

166 


MOLLUSCA — GASTEROPODA.  123 

Lea,  in  the  Prooeed.  of  the  Amer.  Philosoph.  Soc.  1841,  p.  31,  giveg 
the  diagnoses  of  nine  Succinea:  8,  gracilis^  from  Java;  wiirdiana, 
from  Ohio;  totteniaoMtf  from  Newport;  nuttaUana,  from  Oregon; 
awreay  from  Ohio;  comdeaAML^  from  Martinique,  which  is  perhaps  8* 
hcUiotidea,  Mittre  (Rev.  ZooL  1841,  p.  65)  ifulgenSy  from  Cuba,  perhaps 
8,  sagra,  D'Orlngny;  oregonemiSf  from  Oregon;  and  injlata,  from 
South  CSarolina. 

In  the  Bey.  ZooL  1842,  p.  1,  is  to  be  fonnd  an  "  Essai  d^n 
Arrangement  de  plusieurs  MoUusques  du  genre  HeUx,  selon 
les  lois  de  leurs  rariations  specifiques,  par  Ch.  Porro." 

The  author  regards  the  foUowing  as  yarieties  of  one  species  :--&./«: 
etMTieoUma^  ¥6r, ;  eircwnorndtaj  F^r. ;  companyoni,  Anton ;  erycma, 
Jan. ;  globulcMris,  ZiegL ;  grohmannia/na,  PhiL ;  gualtericma,  F6t.  ; 
hispcmica,  Partsch  (non.  Lam.) ;  hospitanSj  Bonelli ;  marmorata,  F6t.  ; 
meHtengiSy  F^r. ;  mwralis,  MiilL ;  nebrodenns,  mandraliscaf  nidensis, 
F^r. ;  pacinicma,  PhiL ;  RaspaUli,  Pajr. ;  sege»ta/iMiy  Phil. ;  terpentina, 
Fdr. ;  signata^  F^r. ;  vplendensy  Drap. 

Mittre  describes  three  new  species  of  the  genus  Helix  in  the  AnnaL 
des  Sc.  Nat.  xYiii.  p.  188 : — H,  mmoricerms ;  testa  orbiculato-oonvez^ 
imperforata,  gLibriusoula,  albida  aut  lutesoente,  supeme  mamilis  friscis 
interruptis,  infeme  aliis  fasdam  fingentibus;  anfractibus  5  oonvezius- 
culis,  spira  prominula,  apioe  fusco;  hibro  margine  reflexo ;  fauoe  pallide 
rosea,  columella  subdentata ;  T*' :  Minorca.  H.  telonensis ;  testa  sub- 
depressa  aut  conrexiuscula,  oomea  tenui,  pelludda,  subtilissime  striata ; 
anfractibus  5  oonyezis,  ultimo  majore,  apertura  rotundata,  peristomate 
acuto,  simplioi,  umbilioo  magno ;  4''' :  Toulon.  H,  Nyeli ;  testa  orbi- 
eulari,  cannata,  supemd  depressa  subtus  oonreza  late  umbilicata,  sub> 
tilissime  striata,  grisea  yel  lutesoente,  supra  maculis  fuscis,  infra  duobus 
fiisoiis  omata;  apertura  angulata,  labro  albo,  tenui,  intus  maiginato, 
subreflezo;  5^"  \  Minorca. 

Souleyet  has  characterized  three  new  species  of  the  same  genus  in  the 
Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  101 : — H,  Chevalierii;  circular,  deeply  umbilicated; 
keel  slight,  brown,  with  a  chestnut  band ;  37  mill. :  Malacca.  H.  DiMron- 
deauii ;  circular,  with  a  keel ;  olive  brown,  obliquely  wrinkled,  striped 
crosswajs ;  41  null. :  Lu^n.  H,  Umra/Mmis ;  oonical,  umbilicated,  thin, 
closely  striped,  bright  brown;  16  mill.:  Cochin-China.  These  three 
species  have  been  figured  in  the  **  2iOologie  du  Voyage  de  la  Bonite." 

Le  QuUlou  has  increased  the  number  of  the  species  of  the  genus  Helix 
by  twenty-six,  for  the  diagnoses  of  which  we  refer  to  the  Rev.  ZooL 
1842,  p.  137.  Their  names  are  as  follows : — H.  umbilicata,  Sumatra; 
tvhgranosa,  N.  Australia ;  Nouleti,  Viti  Islands ;  recluziana,  habitat 
unknown ;  Jannellii,  N.  Australia ;  ta^omonisy  Salomon  Islands ;  deles- 

167 


124  R£PORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

9ertiana,  Warrior  Island  (StraitB  of  Tonret) ;  tritonUmU ;  "Sew  Guinea ; 
tuccinulata,  Gnaham ;  tematana,  Temate ;  crouanii,  Hamoa ;  aUmla, 
Temate ;  Valencienneiii,  habitat  unknown ;  appraximata,  Hogolen  and 
Temate,  arrawemUf  Arrow  Islandfl ;  hyalinay  Salomon  Islands ;  eon- 
eentricay  Yarao ;  aucklandica,  Auckland  Islands ;  oceanica,  Tahiti ; 
BlaifmlUi,  Arrow  Islands;  torticoll%$.  New  Guinea;  K%e»neri,  New 
Guinea ;  purpurottoma.  New  Guinea ;  qtictd/nfaseiata,  Temate ;  guU 
tata.  Coram ;  cyclostamata^  Warrior  Islands. 

Helix  Ouerinif  Pfeiffer  (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  304) ;  is  somewhat  more 
depressed  than  JET.  trochiformis,  F6t,  ;  brown,  wrinkled  lengthways ;  at 
the  keel  of  the  last  whorl,  and  at  the  base  of  the  others,  doselj  fringed 
with  hairs :   Plateau  of  the  Nil^erries. 

Helix  zeus,  Jonas,  ib. ;  umbilicated,  circular,  with  oblique  wrinkles 
and  eleyated  spiral  streaks;  the  last  whorl  angled;  superiorly  brown, 
with  yeUow  zigzag  lines ;  iuferiorlj  has  a  broad  brown  band :  Philip- 
pinesc 

Pfeiffer  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  85)  describes  sixteen  species  of 
HeliXy  which  were  collected  by  Cuming  on  the  Philippines,  and  hare 
been  named  by  Sowerby,  Broderip,  and  himself.  And  at  p.  150  of  the 
same  Tolume,  he  gives  descriptions  of  six  additional  species  from  the 
same  islands. 

Helix  Valtoni,  Loyell  Reeve  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  49) ;  ovate, 
depressed ;  dark  ruddy-brown  with  streaks  lengthways ;  aperture  with  a 
black  lip :  Ceylon.  It  is  figured  in  the  Conch.  Syst.,  and  is  especially 
characterized  by  its  curiously  speckled  epidermis. 

Helix  ravida,  Benson  (Ann.  iz.  p.  486),  sub-globular,  umbilicated,  with 
six  whorls,  somewhat  plaited  transversely  :  Chusan. 

H,  na/ninoide$y  id.  ib. ;  shell  sub-discoidal,  slightly  striated  in  a  ra- 
diating manner  above,  and  marked  below  with  distant  smooth  stri»: 
habitat  Singapore  ;  scarce  at  Chusau: 

In  the  first  number  of  PhUipprs  descriptions  and  plates  of  new  shells, 
the  fourth  plate  is  devoted  to  the  genus  Helix,  Most  of  the  species 
have  been  described  by  v.  d.  Busch,  and  are  already  contained  in 
Pfeififer*s  SymbolsB,  No.  2,  viz., — H,  Rumphiiy  gemina,  hatavicma, 
inquinata,  rotatoria:  all  from  Java.  Bensoniy  from  Bengal.  The 
H,  fhuUbf  Sow.,  is  also  figured ;  and  H,  conus,  Phil. ;  shell  conical ; 
keel  sharp ;  chestnut-brown,  with  yellow  sutures :  Java. 

Helix  tewnesaeensis,  Lea  (Proc.  Amer.  PhU.  Soc.  1841,  p.  31) ;  above 
plano-convex ;  convex  beneath ;  yellow,  obliquely  striped ;  umbilicated ; 
labrum  inwardly  concealed :  Cumberland  Mountains.  H,  mobilia^na, 
id.  ib.  p.  82 ;  globular ;  reddish-horn  colour,  shining ;  umbiHcated ;  aper- 
ture lunated,  labrum  reflexed :  Mobile,  Alab.  H,  minutiedima,  id.  ib. ; 
globular ;  brownish-horn  coloured ;  umbilicated ;  four  whorls ;  aperture 
roundish ;  labriun  sharp :  Cincinnati. 

168 


MOLLUSCA — GASTEROPODA.  125 

Petit  de  la  Sauasaye  distinguiflhes,  as  a  species  of  Helix  distinct  from 
the  (Str^tcuxfis)  cambaides,  D'Qrb.,  of  Chiquitos,  a  shell  from  Bahia, 
mentioned  bj  Moricand,  in  the  writings  of  the  Geneva  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. ; 
and  he  calls  it  H,  (Streptaxis)  dejecta.  It  has  two  teeth  on  the  labnun, 
while  in  the  H.  comhoides,  D'Orb.,  only  one,  of  a  much  larger  size,  is 
found.  The  author  also  gives  here  the  character  of  a  new  species, 
nelix  Ca/ndei;  testa  subovali,  albida,  nitida,  perforata,  anfr.  5-6, 
oonvexiusculis ;  apertura  rotundata,  edentula,  breve  refleza,  umbilico 
parvulo ;  5  mill. :  New  Granada.     (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  175.) 

Carocolla  cumberla/ndianaf  Lea  (Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  1840,  p.  289) ; 
whitish,  marked  with  brown;  widely  umbiUcated;  aperture  furrowed 
interiorly :  Cumberland  Mountains.  C  edgcuricma  (id.  ib.  1841,  p.  31) ; 
above  plain,  beneath  convex ;  bay ;  not  umbilicated ;  columella  has  one 
tooth :  Cumberland  Mountains. 

J.  C.  Jay  of  New  York  describes  two  new  species  of  Bulinms  (Rev. 
Zool.  1842,  p.  80).  B.  malleatu$ ;  testa  ovato-oblonga,  sub-ventrioosa, 
subtenui,  mgoso-malleata,  albida,  maculis  fuscis  subseriatis  irregulariter 
picta,  anfractibus  quinis,  ultimo  mazimo,  spira  conico-subacuta,  apice 
obtuso,  apertura  ovato-acuta,  intus  sublutescente,  columella  oontorta, 
labro  albo,  crassiusculo,  late  reflezo,  umbilico  ovato-oblongo ;  long. 
55  mUL ;  larg.  28  mill.  B,  fiilguratu$ ;  testa  oblonga,  solidiuscula, 
transversim  striato-undulata,  anfractibus  quinis,  conveziusculis,  ultimo 
dilute  olivaeeo,  flamnus  fuscis  fulgurantibus  interdum  confluentibus 
omato,  supeme  maculis  albis  altemis  cincto,  spira  conico-subacuta, 
decorticata,  dilute-rosea,  apertura  ovato-oblonga,  intus  subfulva  vel 
aurantia,  columella  plicata,  umbilico  oblongo,  labro  reflezo,  albido; 
long.  50  mill. ;  larg.  22  mill. :  both  species  are  from  an  island  in  the 
Pacific. 

A  new  Bulimus,  described  by  Souleyet,  is  to  be  found  in  the  same 
work,  p.  102.  B.  iMnbUicaris  ;  testa  umbilicata,  ovato-conica,  albido-rosea, 
IsBvigata,  anfr.  6-7  conveziusculis,  apertura  ovato-oblonga,  angustata, 
columella  subrecta,  refleziuscula,  labro  tenui,  subreflezo,  umbilico 
magno,  (^lindrico,  usque  ad  apioem  perspicuo ;  13  null. :  Bolivia. 

Dr.  J.  H.  Jonas  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  188)  describes  four  new 
Bulvtai.  B.  calobapttiSf  umbilicated ;  reddish,  with  yellow  wavy  bands. 
B.  hcdanaides,  yellow,  with  brown  red  bands ;  base  of  the  last  whorl 
green.  B.  aplomorphm^  yellow,  with  three  red  brown  bands.  B. 
iimplex,  green,  the  last  whorl  has  an  obtuse  angle:*  All  from  the 
Philippines. 

Pfeiffer    describes    (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.   1842,  p.  88)  five  species  of 

*  This  seems  a  proper  place  to  remark,  that  the  reporter,  in  his  abridgement 
of  the  specific  characters  here  and  elsewhere,  often  omits  those  particulars 
which  aire  most  distinctive. — Trans. 

169 


126         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

BinHmus  from  the  Philippines,  collected  bj  Cuming,  yiz.,  B.  hreviculus, 
CufMingii,  ligna/riuSy  jugla/ns,  and  nympha.  And  nine  species  of  the 
same  genus  aie  described  bj  him  at  p.  151,  viz.,  B»  cochliodes,  cuyoentii, 
ejfu$u$,  macroMtoma,  ramblonengis,  $olidu9,  tuhcarmatus,  uber,  and 
virens. 

Pfeiffer  also  describes  four  species  of  Bulimus,  fiom  Chili  (ibid, 
p.  186),  yiz.,  B,  Bridgem ;  yellow-brown :  pachychUus ;  strong ;  white : 
rhodcbcme ;  umbilicated ;  white  with  reddish  spots  and  flashes :  terebra- 
ns ;  wrinkled  lengthways ;  whitish ;  above  brownish>blue. 

BulifMAB  imeircigdinus  of  Reeve  is  green,  with  a  white  band  at  the 
sutures.  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  49.)  It  is  fiom  the  Philippines,  and 
was  first  figured  in  the  Conch.  Systematica.  Bulimus  ja/yanMs,  Lea 
(Proc  Amer.  PhiL  Soc.  1841,  p.  31),  oval  conical;  above  whitish, 
beneath  chestnut-brown ;  umbilicated ;  six  whorls :  Java. 

Partula  Dumartrayii,  Souleyet  (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  102),  testa  ovato- 
oonica,  pallide  olivacea,  supeme  fusca,  anfr.  6,  sub-convexis,  Isevigatis, 
apertura  obovata,  bilamellata;  lamella  palatali  validiore,  immersa, 
lamella  oolumellari  breviore;  labro  intus  incrassato  albido  aut  fusoo, 
eztus  tenue  compresso,  basi  subreflezo ;  umbilioo  mediocri ;  10  mill. : 
Sandwich  Islands.  P.  injlata,  Reeve;  testa  obeso-conica,  transversim 
tenuissime  striata,  albida,  epidemude  luteo-fusca  induta;  anfractu  ultimo 
angttlato-inflato,  umbilicato;  apertura  subquadrata,  labro  pianissimo 
expanse.     (Proc.  Zool.  1842,  p.  197.) 

Achatina  Perroteti,  Pfeifier  (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  305),  approximates 
to  several  species  of  the  genus  Glandina ;  smooth,  transparent ;  the  last 
whorl  measures  a  third  of  the  whole  length :  Plateau  of  the  Nilgherries. 

LoveU  Reeve  has  described  four  new  species  of  Ach^tma  (Proceed. 
Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  55) ;  which  have  been  figured  in  his  Conchologia  Sys* 
tematica,  vol.  ii.  A.  lactea;  cream-coloured,  striated  longitudinally: 
Zanzibar.  A,  tmcta;  whitish,  stained  with  large  longitudinal  spots; 
apex  rose  coloured :  Africa  (?).  A,  KrcmsU ;  chestnut  brown,  marked 
with  small  zigzag  stripes  except  on  the  last  whorl :  Cape  Natal,  Africa. 
A,  picta ;  bright  yellow,  with  green  bands  crossing  the  whorls ;  aperture 
round,  yellowish :  Cuba. 

Achatina  erecta,  Benson  (Annal.  ix.  p.  487),  whitish,  fusiform,  rough ; 
eight  whorls :  Macao. 

A,  twfhmata,  Lea  (Proc.  Amer.  PhU.  Soc.  1841,  p.  31),  whitish; 
obliquely  banded  and  spotted ;  sub-carinated.  A.  striata,  id.  ib.,  cylin- 
drical ;  striped  longitudinally ;  homy ;  eight  whorls :  both  are  from 
Siberia. 

J.  Forster  has  published  an  Essay  in  the  Acten  der  Leopoldiner  Aca- 
demic, voL  xix.  pars  2,  p.  249,  "  Ideen  iiber  die  Gebilde  der  Clausilien," 
in  which  he  separates,  and  describes  fully,  the  different  forms  of  the 
Clausilia  ventricosa,  not  as  species,  but  as  "  Gebilde'*  (forms),  to  which 

170 


MOLLUSCA — GASTEROPODA.  127 

he  g^yes  separate  names.  There  are  three  forms,  and  the  first  is  divided 
into  three  orders. 

Cla/unlia  pluviaHlts,  Benson  (Annul,  iz.  p.  486),  pale  olive  colour ; 
fourteen  whorls,  all  faintly  striated  transversely ;  at  the  base  of  the  lip 
an  oblique  solid  fold,  and  a  parallel  groove.  CI.  aculus,  id.  ib.,  brown> 
ish;  ten  or  eleven  whorls,  marked  with  faint  oblique  striae;  aperture 
with  two  or  three  teeth :  both  are  from  Chusan. 

Pupa  Hoppii,  MuUer  (Qroenl.  p.  4) ;  testa  detrorsa,  cylindraoea, 
obtusa,  IsBvi ;  columella  bidentata. 

The  Cyclostoma  cuvienammi  and  Mekmoatoma  Petit,  formerly 
described  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  1841,  have  been  figpired  in  the  Magas.  de 
Zool.  1842,  pi.  55,  56. 

Cyclostoma  Cfironnierii,  Souleyet  (Eev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  101);  orbi- 
cular; umbilicated;  white  with  brown  spots';  chestnut  brown  beneath; 
22  milL:  Lu^on.  0.  maculosa,  id.  ib.;  bulged  and  spherical;  umbili- 
cated, with  a  keel,  with  yellow  and  brown  lines  and  spots ;  14  mill. : 
Lufon. 

D'Orbigny  has  described  several  species  of  Cyclostoma  in  the  Hist. 
Nat.  de  Cuba.  C.  laiUabris,  allied  to  C  laJbeo,  but  shorter ;  conical  and 
longitudinally  striped.  C.ventricosa;  bellied  out;  pupa-formed;  smooth; 
rose-coloured;  anteriorly  violet.  C  awriculata;  cylindrical;  longitu- 
dinally striped;  umbilicated;  whitish;  anteriorly  violet.  C.  hiMdata; 
whitish ;  rose  coloured,  with  lamellated  striae  crossways ;  aperture  with 
two  borders.  C.pudica;  violet,  striated  crossways;  margin  of  aperture, 
above  the  umbilicus,  divided  into  two  flaps.  0.  Pretrei;  white ;  umbili- 
cated ;  lameUated  longitudinally ;  spinous  across.  C.  auheria/na ;  finely 
striated  crossways;  suture  deeply  crenated ;  labrum  simple.  C.  candeana; 
fiirrowed  across;  lameUa-like  striss  longitudinal;  suture  irregularly 
lamella-like  crenated ;  labmm  bipartite.  C.  delatreana ;  not  umbili* 
Gated ;  yellow  with  brown  bands ;  ribbed  lengthways ;  striated  across ; 
suture  crenated ;  aperture  ovaL  C.  sagra;  umbilicated ;  yellow,  spotted 
brownish-red  longitudinally  and  across;  cross  strise;  suture  simple; 
aperture  oval.  C.  poeyana;  deeply  striated  across;  brownish-yellow 
with  red  bands ;  suture  simple ;  aperture  oval. 

Several  new  species  of  CyclosUmia,  fix)m  the  Philippines,  are  to  be 
fi>und  described  by  G.  B.  Sowerby  in  the  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  80. 
C.  acuti-4narginatwnf  luzonicum,  canaliferum^  vaUdum,  Stainforthiif 
tuba,  phiUippina^rum,  altum,  pupimforme.  Cyclostoma  cincirmatensis 
of  Lea  (Ptoc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  1840,  p.  289),  has  this  character;— r 
t.  elevato-copica,  IsBvi,  nitida,  diaphana,  umbiHcata,  anfractibua  senis; 
apice  obtuso,  labro  margine  reflexo:  Cincinnati. 

D'Qrbigny  characterizes  a  new  genus,  Odontostoma  (the  name  has  been 
already  given),  in  the  family  of  Cyclostom<i  (Ramon  de  la  Sagra's  Hist. 
Nat.  de  Cuba,  MoUusques,  p.  237).    It  is  distinguished  from  Helicina 

171 


128         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl  : 

onljr  bj  the  margin  of  the  mouth  not  being  thickened,  and  bj  the  pre- 
■enoe  of  teeth  on  the  oolnmeUa,  which  are  continued  inwardlj  like 
lamells.  The  animal  seemg  to  want  an  operculum.  The  two  species  are 
from  Cuba.  O.  depre$sa  is  low  and  has  six  whorls:  O.  globulosa  is 
spherical,  with  fire  whoris:  both  have  two  lamelle  on  the  columella. 

Helicina  9CLffraiana,  lyOrb.,  Guy.,  is  distinguished  &om  H,  major. 
Gray,  by  the  thickened  unreflezed  margin  of  Uie  mouth.  H.  variegata, 
mo/rmorataj  and  lanieriana,  appear  to  correspond  with  yarieties  of 
PfeifTer's  species^,  ad^persa.  H.crassa;  thick;  spherical;  streaked 
lengthways;  bay  with  white  band;  the  angle  of  columella  toothed. 
H,  zephirina;  spherioo-conical ;  smooth;  reddish;  labrum  white.  H. 
petitiana;  conical;  yellow;  furrowed  across;  labmm  white;  angle  of 
columella  sharp.  H.  Sloanii  is  J7.  eonica,  Pfr.  H.  eonUa;  trochi- 
form;  yellow;  smooth;  aperture  triangular;  whorls  keeled;  angle  of 
columella  plain,  sub-dentated.  J7.  trochulina;  trochi-form;  smooth; 
angle  of  columella  convez ;  aperture  semicircular.  B.  elegant  appears 
to  be  i7.  rupe»tri»y  Pfr.  H.  elongata;  elongato-oonical ;  smooth ;  above 
as  it  were  hammered  obliquely ;  bright  yellow.  H,  rotunda;  spherical ; 
smooth ;  rose  coloured ;  angle  of  columella  emaiginated.  H.  dentigera; 
roundish ;  depressed ;  smooth ;  white  with  a  band ;  angle  of  columella 
dentated,  emarginated.  H.  minima;  roundish;  depressed;  smooth; 
bright  rose  colour;  less  than  the  preceding.  J7.  globulosa;  spherical; 
smooth ;  white  with  broad  bands :  all  these  are  from  Cuba. 

Sowerby  enumerates  more  than  sevenfy  species  in  his  monograph  on 
the  genus  Helicina,  L  c,  amongst  which  seyeral  axe  new.  H.  ja>maic- 
entis ;  H,  awrantiai,  Gray,  simillima,  sed  t.  magis  oonica  et  magis  tenui ; 
peritremate  pallidiore,  minus  incrassato.  H.  Brownii,  t.  globosa,  tenui, 
anfr.  ultimo  magno ;  apertura  semilunari,  labio  eztemo  reflezo,  paulu- 
lum  ezpanso,  prope  collumellom  indsura  elongata ;  labio  intemo  prope 
oollumellam  subcalloso ;  columella  obliqua,  acuta.  H,  lutea;  t.  globoaE^ 
subangulata,  IsBvi ;  labio  eztemo  paululum  ezpanso,  viz  incrassato,  labio 
intemo  leviter  incrassato :  Antilles.  H.  a^tUlarum,  t.  depressa,  magna, 
tenui,  leyiter  striata,  anfractu  ultimo  magno,  labio  intemo  tenui,  prope 
oolnmellom  paululum  incrassato,  columella  rotundata,  angusta,  obtusissime 
angulata ;  labio  eztemo  ezpanso,  reflezo,  postioe  subdepresso :  Antilles. 
H.  guadeloupeniis  (Zool.  Pro.  1842,  p.  7).  H.  ma,eulata,  t.  trapezoi- 
dea,  subangulata  supra  Infraque  conica,  laeri,  tenui,  mbrofasciata  et 
maculata,  labio  eztemo  reflezo,  subezpanso,  ad  basin  columeUee  tenui, 
columella  subcallosa,  ad  basin  attenuata,  operculo  comeo :  South  America. 
H.  polita  (Zool.  Proc.  1842).  H.  timilis  (Zool.  Proc.  1842).  H,  parva 
(Zool  Proc.  1842).  H.  maxima  (Zool.  Proc.  1842).  H.  pellueida ;  H. 
zephyrvMi,  Dud. ;  similis,  sed  columella  poene  recta,  subangulata :  Guiana. 
H,  pyramidalie  (H,  conica,  D*Orb.)  H.  angusHedm^a  (H.  acutisnma) 
•{Zool.  Proc.  1842).  H.  trochiformig,  ib.  H.  aglutinans,  ib.  //. 
172 


MOLLUSCA — :OASTER0P0DA.  129 

LazarvSj  ib.  //.  rotella,  t.  laBvi,  angulata,  viz  carinata,  labio  eztemo 
reflezo,  labio  interno  ezpanso,  columella' subangulata.  H,  piloga  (Zool. 
Proc.  1842).  H,  a/ngulata,  ib.  H,  cornea,  H.  orbiculatoB  {Oligyras 
orb.,  Btij),  simillizna  sed  t.  crassiori,  labio  eztemo  ad  basin  oolumellfe 
Bubemarginato,  columella  caUosa.    H,  minuta  (Zool.  Proc.  1842). 

The  species  from  the  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  are  also  published  in  the  Annals, 
z.  p.  400. 

Sowerbj's  monograph  of  the  genus  Pv>pina,  1.  c,  contains  nine  species. 
The  tezt  is  already  printed  in  the  Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.  1841,  p.  102. 
Vide  Archiv.  1842,  ii.  p.  390. 

R.  B.  Hinds  describes  two  new  species  of  Pupina,  P,  cmrea ;  golden 
yellow ;  aperture  with  a  notch  below,  emarginated  aboye  and  toothed : 
New  Quinea.  P.  mitU;  brown ;  a  red  line  on  the  sutures ;  aperture 
with  a  notch  inferiorly ;  above  emarginated  and  toothed :  New  Ireland. 
(Ann.  z.  p.  83.) 

Awricula  frumentum.  Petit  de  la  Saussaye  (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  105); 
brown;  columella  with  three  folds;  no  umbilicus;  8  miU. :  Peru. 
A.  cbvena,  id.  ib. ;  brown ;  cylindrical,  pointed ;  columella  has  three 
bright  yiolet  folds ;  labrum  inwardly  thickened  in  the  middle ;  no  umbi- 
licus ;  7  mill. :  Chili. 

Petit  de  la  Saussaye  describes  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  201),  siz 
species  of  the  genus  Attricula  as  new,  which  were  collected  by  Cuming. 
A.  tomatelUformu,  from  the  Philippines ;  doliolum,  from  Lu^on ;  redu- 
nana,  from  West  Columbia ;  ptfriformia,  ib. ;  ceylomca,  from  Ceylon ; 
pulchella,  from  the  Philippines. 

Carychium  esdle,  Lea  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  1842,  p.  109) ;  yeiy  high ; 
whitish,  striated  longitudinally ;  siz  whorls ;  three  teeth  in  the  aperture : 
Philadelphia. 

Loyell  Reeye  has  published  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  218 ;  and  z.  p.  74) 
a  synopsis  of  the  genus  Sca^rahus,  in  which  he  comprehends  eleyen 
species.  They  are  all  figured  on  a  plate,  which  also  belongs  to  the 
author's  Conchologia  Systematica.  Helix  clau$a,  Wagn.,  which  is 
included,  evidently  does  not  belong  to  this  genus.  The  Auricula 
Mca^aJxBua,  Quoy,  he  names  8c.  striatus.  There  are,  besides,  two 
new  species  described:  Sc.  lehithostoma,  which  is  distinguished  by 
the  bright  yelk-yeUow  colour  of  the  mouth:  and  8c.  pyra^nidatuB, 
the  most  oblong  of  the  species,  with  a  mouth  yellowish  and  highly 
enamelled. 

R.  B.  Hinds  describes  a  new  species  of  the  same  genus  from  the 
Feejee  Islands :  8c.  pollex  ;  chestnut  brown ;  strongly  striated  longitu- 
dinally.   (Ann.  z.  p.  82.) 

Lea  describes  some  species  of  the  genus  Phy$a  in  the  Proc.  Amer.  Phil^ 
Soc.  1841,  p.  32.  Ph.  hUd/reihiana,  from  Illinois ;  infiata,  from  Vir- 
ginia; troostemis,  from  Nashyille. 

173 


130  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLH : 

fienioii  notices  the  preeenee  of  PlanorbU  tpirorbis,  MiilL,  and  Lim- 
nom$  glaber,  Mull.,  in  Ireland.    (Calcutta  Journal,  vol.  ii.  p.  223.) 

Planorbu  papyrcLceus,  Benaon  (Ann.  ixw  p.  487) ;  very  minutely  ra- 
diato-atriated ;  keeled  at  the  margin ;  hollowed  on  both  sides.  PL  hemi- 
sphoBTulaj  id.  ib. ;  superiorly  oonyez,  beneath  hollowed ;  without  keel : 
these  are  from  Chusan.  PI.  regularis.  Lea,  Proc.  Amer.  1841,  p.  32 ; 
spherical ;  plain  superiorly,  beneath  narrow  umbilicated ;  transparent ; 
pale  yellow ;  three  whorls  keeled  superiorly :  United  States. 

PL  Imchanennsy  id.  ib. ;  lenticular;  keeled  at  circumference;  be- 
neath narrow  umbilicated ;  three  whorls :  Ohio.  PL  helhi9,  id.  ib. ; 
orbicular;  beneath  wide  umbilicated;  greenish-yellow;  four  whorls, 
keeled  above,  sub-keeled  beneath ;  interiorly  reddiBh-brown :  Tennessee. 

Lymnea  plicatula,  Benson  (Ann.  iz.  p.  487) ;  last  whorl  transversely 
with  pUdt;  the  suture  impressed;  spire  pointed,  generally  ferruginous. 
L.  minor,  id.  ib.;  smooth;  four  whorls;  fold  of  coUumella  obsolete: 
both  are  from  Chusan. 

Lea  describes  sixteen  species  of  this  genus  in  the  Proc.  Amer.  Phil. 
Soc.  1841,  p.  32,  viz.,  L»  phUadelphioa,  from  Philadelphia ;  griffiihiamaj 
from  Lake  Charlotte,  New  York;  nuttalliwna  and  hulimoides,  from 
Oregon ;  extgua,  from  Tennessee ;  planulata.  White  Sulphur  Springs, 
Va. ;  fiitifarmis,  Niagara ;  rustica,  Ohio ;  plica,  Tennessee ;  coarctata, 
Newport;  casta,  parva,  curia,  strigasa,  hirtlandicma,  frt>m  Ohio; 
rubella  fr^m  Oahu. 


CTENOBRANCHIA. 


NEW  QENERA  AND  SPECIES. 


VaXvata  bicarinata,  Lea,  Proc.  1841,  p.  83;  t.  orbicnlari,  supeme 
planulata,  bicarinata,  subcrassa,  supeme  cornea,  infeme  albida,  late 
umblHcata,  suturis  impressis,  spira  depressa,  anfractibus  quatemis  con- 
vezis,  apertura  rotunda,  intus  albida :  Schuylkill  Biver. 

Paludina  Breughelii,  Cantraine,  BulL  de  Bruz.  iz.  2,  p.  349 ;  testa 
ovato-conoidea,  solida,  oomeo-frdvescente,  epidermide  viridi-fusco ;  anfr. 
4-5  convezis;  apertura  ovali,  supeme  viz  angulata,  spiram  non 
sequante,  peristomate  continuo,  labro  simplid :  Malta. 

PaludvMi  mbfusca,  id.  ib. ;  testa  conoidea-depressa,  subperforata, 
oomeo-viridescente  aut  frdva  sub-epidermide  fusca ;  anfr.  3-4  convezis ; 
apertura  ovato-rotundata,  supeme  viz  angulata,  spiram  superante ; 
labro  acuto  simplici;  labio  refleziuscnlo,  subincrassato,  peristomate 
continuo :  Istria  and  Dalmatia. 

Paludina  quadrata,  Benson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  487,  olive  green,  with 
slight  transverse  plaits ;  furrowed  longitudinally.     P.  lecythoides ;  with 

174 


MOLLUSCA — CTENOBRANCHIA.  131 

transyerse  faint  folds ;  6-7  whorls ;  margin  of  mouth  somewhat  turned 
baek,  black.  P.  (Bithynia)  longicomis ;  four  whorls;  polished;  margin 
of  mouth  somewhat  turned  back,  blackish.  P.  (Bithynia)  striatula  ; 
polished ;  homy ;  margin  of  mouth  turned  back,  blackish,  wavy :  these 
are  all  from  Chusan. 

P€Uudma  seminalis,  Hinds,  Ann.  z.  p.  83 ;  obtusely  turreted ;  apex 
eroded;  mouth  bluish:  California.  (Allied  to  P.  nuclea  of  Lea.) — 
P.  regularis,  Lea,  Proc.  Amer.  Soc.  1841,  p.  34 ;  spherical ;  greenish 
horn  coloured ;  not  umbiHcated ;  five  whorls ;  mouth  large,  interiorly 
blue :  Ohio  (?),  P.  obtusaf  id.  ib. ;  cylindrical ;  greenish ;  slightly 
umbilicated ;  four  whorls :  Ohio.  P.  troostiana,  id.  ib. ;  bellied  out 
oonicaUy;  horn-yellow;  umbilicated;  mouth  large,  round:  Tennessee. 
P.  €ingulata,  coosaenais  and  cyclostomaforinis,  id.  ib.  p.  83,  from  the 
Coosa  River,  Alabama.  P.  incrasaata  and  coarctata,  id.  ib.  1843, 
p.  243,  fi*om  Alabama.  P.  hermondinma,  D'Orbigny,  Cub. ;  greenish ; 
umbilicated ;  anteriorly  slightly  keeled. 

D'Orbigny  describes,  in  the  Hist,  de  Cuba,  several  species  of  his 
genus  Paludestrina ;  viz.,  P.  a'viberia/na,  affi/ms,  candea/na. 

Lea  describes,  in  the  volume  already  quoted,  p.  34,  five  species  of  the 
giemiB  Anculosaj — troostiana,  gibhosaj  dentata,  ca/rinata,  variabilis; 
and  at  p.  83,  A.  rubiginosa,  hella,  griffithiana,  tuherculata;  and, 
1842,  p.  243,  A,  vacisa,  Foremani,  soUda,  flanwnata ;  as  also  Afrmi- 
cola  arbunUata  and  parva, 

lo  tenebrosa.  Lea,  ib. ;  testa  fosiformi,  subtenui,  subnigra,  Isevi,  spira 
oonica,  suturis  viz  impressis,  anfiraotibus  senis,  subplanulatis,  apertura 
irregnlariter  pyrifonni,  intus  purpurea :  Tennessee. 

Laouncvla,  nov.  gen.  Benson,  Ann.  iz.  p.  488,  testa  turbinata,  sub- 
globosa,  apertura  majori,  integra,  oblonga ;  peristomate  interrupto ; 
labio  subrefiezo;  umbilico  profimdo,  tortuoso.  There  is  one  species, 
L.  pulchella,  from  Chusan. 

Haldeman  makes  some  remarks  on  the  genera  allied  to  Melania. 
Pi/rena  amrita  he  is  indiaed,  on  account  of  its  fringed  mantle,  to  place 
with  the  CerithinoB  (genus  Claviger,  Hald.  ib.  vol.  zHi.  p.  216). 
Pirena  atra  he  considers  as  the  type  of  the  genus,  and  puts  it  in  the 
family  of  the  Melamai,  as  he  says  it  has  the  same  connection  with 
Melanapsis,  as  Mekmia  has  with  Anadoiay  in  respect  to  organization 
and  habits.    (SiUim.  Amer.  Joum.  vol.  zli.  p.  21.) 

The  genus  Mda/nia  is  remarkably  rich  in  newly  described  speoies. 
Two  species,  if.  ca/iM:ellata  and  M.  (Hermrniua  (?)  Swains.)  crebrieoBtis, 
from  Chusan,  are  described  by  Benson.  (Ann.  iz.  p.  488.)  In  the  first 
number  of  Fhilippi's  plates  and  descriptions  of  Hew  Shells,  the  first 
plate  is  dedicated  to  the  genus  Melaaiia ;  and  the  new  species  are  de- 
fined by  V.  d.  Bnsch.  M.  Wvnteri ;  turreted ;  greenish ;  near  the  suture 
a  row  of  pointed  protuberances ;  basis  striped :  Java.    Jf .  flammulata  ; 

175 


132  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

fVisiform ;  reddish-browi^,  with  rust  brown  flames  longitudinallj ;  eleven 
whorlB :  JaTa.  M.  ecronata ;  bellied ;  decollated ;  a  row  of  pointed 
protuberanoes  near  the  suture ;  three  whorls :  Bengal.  M,  semigranosa  ; 
longifih ;  decollated  at  the  point ;  four  whorls ;  two  granulated  lines  near 
the  suture ;  base  smooth,  with  black  lines :  Java.  M,  crassa  ;  bellied ; 
decollated ;  olive  coloured ;  glittering ;  2^  whorls :  Bengal.  M.  glans  ; 
longish  ;  smooth ;  decollated ;  two  whorls ;  mouth  bluish :  Java.  M, 
zonata  ;  oval ;  smooth ;  eroded  at  the  point ;  yellow  brown,  with  three 
black  bands :  Bengal  M.  teitudinaria ;  smooth ;  decollated  at  the 
point ;  yellowish  with  black  streaks ;  four  whorls :  Java.  M,  torquata  ; 
turreted ;  smooth ;  yellow  brown ;  4^  strong  convex  whorls :  Java. 
M.  terebra  ;  fusiform ;  greenish-grey,  with  points  and  black  longitudinal 
lines :  Java.  M.  omata ;  longish ;  smooth ;  olive  green ;  four  whorls ; 
adorned  superiorly  with  brown  spots :  Java.  M,  granum ;  small ;  bay ; 
latticed ;  eroded  at  the  points :  Java.  Besides  these  there  are  figured 
also,  Jf.  taherculata,  Miill.  (Melcmoideg  fuBCtolata,  Oliv.),  and  M. 
spmu/osa,  Lam. 

Lea  describes  many  Melcmice  in  the  different  annual  Proceedings  of 
the  Amer.  Phil.  Society.  Two  species,  M,  catenoides  and  hoyMnianaf 
from  Chatahooche  River,  1.  c.  1840,  p.  289.  In  the  volume  for  1841, 
p.  11,  he  divides  the  genus  into  nine  groups,  viz.,  smooth,  plaited, 
keeled,  burrowed,  striped,  knotty,  granulated,  latticed  and  spinous.  Of 
new  species  there  are  described,  twenty-five  smooth,  sixteen  plaited, 
five  keeled,  one  fuxiowed,  three  striped,  three  knotty,  one  granulated, 
and  two  latticed.  To  name  all  these  would  require  too  much  space,  and 
for  the  same  reason  we  omit  the  seven  additional  species  described  at 
p.  82,  and  the  twelve  others  shortly  described  in  the  volume  for  1842, 
p.  242.  Lea's  catalogue  extends  in  all  to  266  species  of  the  genus 
Melcmia,  of  which  forty-four  are  fossil. 

MeUmia  hrevts,  D'Orb.,  thick ;  smooth ;  brown  with  black  lines ;  four 
whorls.  M,  cvha/aicma,  id. ;  black  brown;  smooth;  oblong.  M,  canica  ; 
oblong  conical ;  smooth ;  brown  green ;  last  whorl  somewhat  keeled. 

Benson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  488,  forms  a  new  genus,  Batillaria,  with  (7«ri- 
thium  zonale.  Testa  turrita,  insculpta,  rudi ;  anfractibus  plurimis ;  aper- 
tura  oblonga,  infra  angustiore,  basi  truncata,  evasa ;  labro  sinuato,  supra 
emarginato,  infra  provecto,  labio  supra  callo  munito ;  columella  planata, 
basi  incrassata,  oblique  truncata,  canalem  vix  efibrmante ;  operculo  cor- 
neo,  tenui,  spirali,  multivertidllato.  There  is  only  one  species,  B.  zo- 
nalis, 

Menestho,  nov.  gen.,  Moller,  1.  c,  animal  pede  elongate,  angusto ;  ore 
simplice,  membrana  linguali  destitute  (?) ;  tentaculis  brevioribus,  crassius- 
oulis,  oculos  perparvos  ad  basin  intemam  ferentibus;  operculo  pauco- 
spirato,  testa  conico-turrita.  Turbo  albulus,  Faun.  Gropn.,  4'''.  Perhaps, 
nearly  allied  to  lAttorma, 

176 


MOLLUSCA — CTENOBRANCHIA.  133 

Riuoa  plica,  Cantraine,  Bull,  de  Bruz.  iz.  2,  p.  346 ;  smooth ;  milk 
white ;  oolunella  with  a  fold  above ;  allied  to  R,  manodanta,  Plulippi  : 
Sardinia.  B,  ttibventricoga,  id.  ib. ;  greenish  horn  oolouied ;  narrow  folds 
longitudinally  with  vertical  stripes;  labrum  outwardly  slightly  emar- 
ginated :  Ostia.  B,  mctrmorata,  id.  ib. ;  greenish ;  marbled  dirty  brown ; 
white  at  the  base ;  pointed  with  minute  stripes :  Sardinia.  B^punctum, 
id.  ib. ;  smooth ;  horn  coloured ;  labrum  inwardly  slightly  thickened ; 
peristome  complete ;  allied  to  the  B,  puncPultMn,  Phil. :  coasts  of  the 
Peninsula,  Sant  Antioco.  B,  obtusa,  id.  ib.;  obtuse;  smooth;  horn  coloured, 
yellow ;  three  whorls ;  suture  deep ;  peristome  complete :  Sardinia;  rare. 
B,  saHndum,  id.  ib. ;  obtuse ;  sub-umbilicated ;  smooth ;  horn  coloured, 
grey ;  apex  brown ;  four  whorls ;  mouth  roundish,  marginated ;  peristome 
complete :  Sardinia.  B.  eastcmea,  9crobiculata,  gldbuhM,  MoUer,  1,  c. 
fi*om  Greenland.    B,  ca/nbcRa,  a/uberictna,  gradata,  D'Orbigny. 

Bi89oina  cateshycma,  sctgraiana,  elega/ntissifnaf  striaUhcottata, 
hrotoniana,  sloamana,  D'Orbigny :  from  Cuba. 

Truncatella  scalariformis,  Reeve,  from  the  Pacific.  (Proc.  Zool. 
Soc.  p.  197.) 

AfnpullcMria  tasmama,  Le  Quillou  (Rev.  2iooL  1842,  p.  105) ;  coni- 
cal; five  whorls;  slightly  striped;  bay,  with  brown  interrupted  cross 
lines ;  umbilicus  deep ;  15  mill. :  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

Turritella  lactea,  MoUer,  L  c. ;  white ;  thirteen  wavy  ribbed  whorls. 
T.  poUx/rii,  Beck,  ib. ;  grey  violet,  with  twelve  rounded,  four  cornered, 
smooth  whorls.  T.  coshiJ^ata;  white,  with  twelve  to  fourteen  cylin- 
drical sharp  ribbed  whorls.  T.  caribasa,  D'Orb.,  slightly  undulated; 
whitish ;  twelve  whorls :  from  Cuba. 

Sailaria  EgchHchtii,  Holb.,  in  MoUer,  1.  c. ;  ten  fine  longitudinally 
striped  whorls,  the  inferior  quite  smooth.  8c,  hotessieriana,  D*Qrb., 
ten  flat  ribs;  eight  whorls;  the  last  anteriorly  fiirrowed  across:  Gua> 
daloupe.  Sc*  albida,  id. ;  narrow,  obHque,  leaf-like  ribs ;  nine  whorls. 
8c,  foliaceicogta,  id. ;  high,  posteriorly  widened  lamellffi ;  eleven  whorls. 
8c,  echinaticottaf  id, ;  undulating,  four-bristled  lamellae.  8c.  tmcina- 
ticosta,  id. ;  rose-coloured,  with  high  ribs,  hooked  posteriorly.  8c,  com- 
deama,  id.,  is  perhaps  8c,  acuta,  Pfr.    Archiv.  1840,  i.  p.  256. 

Lea  describes  a  new  species  of  the  genus  Patitheay  which  he  calls 
sordida  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  xlii.  p.  110).  Adams  declares  it  (ib. 
p.  392)  to  be  a  variety  of  Odostomia  trifida,  Qould ;  Actceon  trifidus, 
Totten.  He  also  remarks,  that  it  is  not  from  Boston,  as  Lea  asserts,  but 
frx)m  Dartmouth. 

Actasan  parvus,  Lea,  ib.  p.  Ill ;  acutely  conical,  smooth,  white,  um- 
bilicated,  columella  with  one  fold :  Delaware  Bay. 

Lovell  Reeve  has  published  a  monograph  of  the  genus  Tomatella,  in 
which  he  reckons  thirteen  species ;  among  these,  seven  are  new.  (Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  1842,  p.  58.) 

177  M 


134  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

I^framidelia  cmda  and  glant^  Reere.    (Proe.  tap.  dt.  p.  198.) 

Rednt  dsMribet,  in  the  Bey.  ZooL  1842,  p.  73,  some  new  speeiet  of 
NerUa : — N.  awnmlMi,  fnm  tbe  Philippines.  N.  E§mngtimif  fnm  New 
Hollend.  N,  (NmiHna)  cummgia/na,  from  the  FhiHppxnes  and  the 
Molueeas.  N,  (Neritina)  phadana^  Iran  St.  Domingo.  N.  (ClUhonJ 
rugata,  from  the  Philippines.  N,  (Clithon)  gandaHna,  from  the  South 
Sea  Islands.  N.  (CUihan)  aveliana,  from  Manilla.  N.  (NeritinaJ 
temiktia,  from  Sumatra. 

The  same  author  remarks,  ib.  p.  177,  that  the  Nerita  proper  are 
essentiallj  distinguished  from  the  Neridna,  bj  the  lAteral  snmmit  of  the 
sorfiioe  o£  their  AnimiAlu  being  incised,  and  not  bj  the  teeth  on  the 
inside  of  the  labmm.  He  also  describes  several  additional  new  species  : 
N,  corr<mUa,  New  Guinea ;  Longii,  Malabar ;  Le  OuiUauana,  Salomon 
Islands ;  mcwra  (Chemn.  Condi,  t.  pL  190,  f.  1948-49,  atrata^  Lam.), 
Polynesia,  Madagascar;  tenAra$a,  Solo  Island,  North  of  Borneo;  N. 
piiiformU,  Otaheite ;  N,  nUttreanaf  in  fresh-water  at  Qrasse  in  Pro- 
Tenoe ;  K.  fCUthan)  iouleyetanay  Otaheite ;  N,  (CHthon)  obseurata, 
Otaheite ;  N.  (Clithon)  ipinifera.  Island  of  Quaham ;  If.  (Clithon) 
menkecmay  Otaheite. 

Some  Neritinas  b j  Soulejet,  which  were  collected  during  the  yoyage  of 
the  Bonite,  are  to  be  feimd,  ib.  p.  269.  N.  indiea  appears  to  be  ^.  me- 
lanMoma  of  the  reporter.  N,  auiblata,  from  the  Philippines,  is  allied 
to  N,  mibcanaUculata,  Redux.  N.  towranennt,  allied  to  the  preceding : 
Cochin-China.  N.  vestita,  allied  to  N.  dubia ;  the  epidermis  is  drawn 
forward  over  the  labmm:  Philippioes.  N.  Gcmnardii;  green,  with 
black  undulating  longitudinal  lines,  lip  without  teeth :  Godiin-China. 

Neritina  armstrongiana.  Hinds'  Annals,  z.  p.  82;  black,  spotted 
with  golden  yellow ;  spines  upon  the  last  whorl ;  lip  with  one  bhiiit 
tooth :  Marquesas  Islands. 

Bedus  describes  twenty-one  spedes  of  Neritoe  from  Cuming's  ooUee- 
tion,  among  which  are  many  new.    (Proe.  ZooL  Soc.  1842,  p.  168.) 

Neritina  tri$ti$f  IVOrb.,  Cuba ;  black  with  white  points ;  four  whorls ; 
columella  dentated.  N.  mierotioma,  id.;  greenish  with  narrow  black 
undulating  longitudinal  lines ;  perhaps  Listeri,  Pfr.,  Archiy.  1840,  p.  255, 

Lesson  describes  (Bey.  ZooL  1842,  p.  187)  a  new  Neritina  {Nerip- 
teron)  giga$,  which  certainly,  as  Beduz,  ib.  p.  236,  has  already  asserted, 
is  identical  with  Neritina  granoea,  Sow.  Beduz  takes  this  opportunity 
of  diyiding  the  eared  Neritce  into  two  diyidons : — 1.  Neripteron  ;  t.  n»- 
yicelliformis,  labrum  postioe  supeme  et  infeme  productum,  interdum 
utmmque  canaliculatum.  The  spedes  of  this  section  are  N.  awriculata. 
Lam.,  tahitenHs,  Less.,  navicellina,  Guillou,  UcanaUoulatat  Bed., 
mibav/rieulata,  Bed.,  Mawitux,  Less.  2.  Clffpeohtm;  t.  rotundata 
sen  dypeifonms,  labrum  lateraliter  dilatatum  sen  auetum.  Spedes  N. 
latissima,  Brod.,  ca/riosa.  Gray,  oweniana,  Ghray,  rangiana,  Mus.  Par. 
178 


MOLLUSCA — CTENOBRANCHIA.  136 

dilatata,  Biod.,  gldbosa,  Brod.,  alata.  Sow.,  Nuttalli,  Red.,  gr€tno§at 
Sow.,  intermedia,  Sow.,  labiosa,  Sow. 

Recluz  describes  nine  species  of  the  genus  Navicella,  amongst  which, 
JV.  va>riahili8,  ou/mingicma,  clypeohum,  all  from  the  island  of  Mindanao, 
are  regarded  as  new.     (Proc.  p.  154.) 

Le  GKiillou  describes  fonr  new  species  of  NaHca  in  the  Rey.  Zool. 
184^,  p.  104 : — N,  quctdrifaeiata,  from  Msngaieya ;  N,  candidieeima, 
from  Vayao;  N,  ecmdaUna,  from  Sandal  Bay;  N,  pcMrvtUa,  from 
Borneo. 

In  Philipprs  plated  and  descriptions  of  new  shells,  No.  1,  there  is  one 
plate  dedicated  to  the  genus  Natica,  which  contains,  besides  JV,  rechh 
nana,  Desh.,  daplicata.  Say,  heros,  Say,  triseriata,  Say,  plumbea, 
Lam.,  conica,  Lam.,  senUmdcata,  Gray,  coneolidata,  Couthouy,  seyeral 
new  species.  N,  ajfinis,  y.  d.  Busch ;  oyal,  smooth,  with  white  and  red 
alternate  bands,  and  red  longitudinal  streaks;  umbilicus  wide,  with 
small  spiral  callosity :  Hab.  ?  N.  rhodostoma,  Phil. ;  white,  with  fiye 
rows  of  rust-brown  spots;  umbilicus  open;  columella  and  callosity  of 
columella  rose-coloured :  Hab.  ?  N,  alba,  Loy^n ;  smooth ;  greenish- 
white  ;  umbilicus  quite  dosed ;  labium  scarcely  callous :  Greenland. 
N.  pygmaa,  Phil. ;  white,  with  red  points,  and  three  indistinct  bands ; 
labyrinth  forms  partitions,  whilst  the  whorls  aboye  are  pressed  flat  to 
tlie  suture :  Hab.  ?  N",  s^tentrionalis,  Bedc.,  in  Moller's  Moll.  GronL ; 
spherical,  grey-red;  umbilicus  concealed  by  a  semicircular  callosity; 
operculum  challcy.  N.  nctna,  Moller,  ib. ;  spherical,  imperforate,  white, 
operculum  homy :  both  fiN>m  Greenland.  N»  vberina,  lyOrb.,  Cuba ; 
smooth  white,  six  whorls.  J^.  BCbgraiana,  id.;  white,  with  brown 
undulating  longitudinal  lines ;  is  perhaps  N.  puichella,  Pfr. ;  Ardiiy. 
1840,  p.  254.  N,  lacemula,  id.;  brown-red,  with  a  white  band 
anteriorly,  sutures  white. 

lyOrlngny  (Cuba)  adds  three  new  species  to  the  genus  NoHca,  Bed., 
yiz., — N,  tulcata,  striata,  lamelloea. 

Amauba,  noy.  gen.,  Moller,  Moll.  Gronl.  p.  7 ;  Animal  Naticis  affine ; 
pede  paryo,  compacto,  lobo  posteriore  destituto,  lobo  anteriore  profunde 
sinuato,  oculis  subcutaneis,  ad  basin  intemam  lobi  sitis ;  operculo  ter- 
miaali,  panooepiiato;  tesU  ovate,  imperfonta,  l»yi.  spira  pi«ducta. 
apertura  obpyriformi,  drdter  dimidiae  testes  longitudinis.  A,  xcmdida ; 
white,  shining :  Greenland. 

Sigaretus  helicaideus,  Le  Guillou,  Bey.  Zool.  1842,  p.  105;  milk 
white,  furrowed  yerticaUy,  striped  longitudinally,  with  an  umbilical 
cleft ;  17  mill :  Amboyna.    8,  (?)  grosnlandicuB,  Moller,  L  c  p.  10. 

Velutina  kmigera,  id.  ib. ;  auriform,  woolly,  bright  yellow. 

DelphinAila  calcaroidee,  Cantraine,  Bull.  Brux.  ix.  2,  p.  341 ;  testa 
parya,  orbiculata,  supra  plana,  infira  oonyexa,  late  umbilicata;  anfr. 
3-4,  ultimo  bicarinato;  carina  supema  spinis  armata,  infemacrenata; 

179 


136         RBPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

apertur  arotundato-oompreeia :  Gnlf  of  Cagliari.  D.  tyria,  from  New 
Holland,  imperialU,  tncMa,  formosa,  and  aculeata,  from  the  Philip- 
pines, haTe  been  described  bj  Loyell  Reeve,  Proc.  p.  102.  D.  tubercu^ 
iq0a,  D'Qrb.  (Cuba),  has  six  knobbed  cross  ribs,  and  four  whoris. 

RoteUa  $em%9triataf  lyOrb.  (Cuba),  whitish,  with  Vertical  stripes 
snperiorij ;  beneath  smooth,  transparent.  R,  dia^hcma,  id. ;  like  the 
preceding,  bat  without  stripes ;  probably  R,  puHUa,  Pfir.  R,  carinata, 
id. ;  keeled ;  in  other  respects  like  preceding.  R.  ttriata,  id. ;  striped 
longitndinallj,  with  open  umbilicos.  R.  anomala^  id. ;  smooth,  keeled, 
with  open  umbflicns. 

D'Orbigny  (Cuba)  divides  the  genus  Solarium  into  two  divisions. 
The  Solaria  proper  have  a  depressed  operculum  with  few  whorls; 
interioriy  with  an  elevated  protuberance ;  the  others  (Heliaeug)  have  a 
spiral  conical  operoulum.  To  the  latter  division  belongs  Sol.  Hd>erti, 
Desh. ;  8oL  Philippii,  Cantr. ;  Bull.  Bmz.  iz.  2,  p.  344  {Valvata 
striata,  Phil.) :  Sardinia.  8,  himlcatum,  D'Qrb.  (Cub.) ;  two  ribs  on 
the  periphery ;  above  them  five,  beneath  them  six  cross-ribs.  S.  del- 
phintUoides,  id.;  cross-ribbed,  white;  trochiform.  S.  inomatum ; 
frangible,  smooth,  with  a  light  keel. 

Lovell  Reeve  has  laid  before  the  2iOological  Society  seven  species  of 
the  genus  PJioruSy  Montf.,  amongst  which  four  are  new :  Ph,  exusttis, 
caleuliferus,  pallidulusy  and  corrugatua  (Proc.  p.  160).  AU  of  them 
are  figured  in  his  Conchologia  Systematica. 

Ckmeulus  Blainvilliif  Cantr.,  Bull.  Bruz.  ix.  2.  p.  344 ;  testa  orbicu- 
lato-conoidea,  umbilicata,  nitida,  leevi,  albicante,  lineis  obliquis,pleramque 
angulatis,  purpureo-lividis  picta ;  anfr.  5  oonvexis,  sutura  simplioe  dis- 
tinctis,  ultimo  depresso,  umbilico  mediocri,  spirato,  non  crenato,  albo ; 
apertura  ovato-depressa ;  labro  intus  sulcato,  oolumeDa  supra  unidentato- 
pHcata,  infra  subunidentata  aut  trituberculata :  Tripoli 

Troehu8  asteriacus,  genvmotus,  hanleyanuSf  modestus :  habitat  of  all 
unknown;  eximius,  from  Payana;  melanostoma,  from  New  Holland, 
are  figured  in  the  Conchologia  Systematica  of  Lovell  Reeve  (Proc.  p. 
184).  T.  hotesseriamua;  D'Orb.  (Cuba),  circular ;  umbilicated,  with  two 
lateral  elevated  stripes ;  variegated  white,  black,  and  red ;  columella  with 
one  tooth.  T.  canaliculatus,  id. ;  circular,  keeled,  whitish,  spotted  wavy 
brown,  umbilicated ;  one  tooth  on  the  columella. 

La,cuna  glacialia,  MoUer,  L  c. ;  testa  ovato-conica,  rufo-frisca,  anfr. 
5  cylindraceis,  plicis  membranaoeis  angustis,  dnereis,  confertis  or- 
natis. 

Margarita  glauca,  MoUer,  1.  c. ;  testa  oonoidea,  bsvi,  opaca,  albido- 
livida,  umbilico  mediocri,  anfr.  4  cylindraceis,  sursum  cresoentibus. 
M,  Vahlii,  id.  ib. ;  testa  conoidea,  hyalina,  nitida,  margaritacea,  umbi- 
lico angusto ;  anfr.  4-4}^  cylindraceis  sursum  crescentibus.  M.  (?) 
costulataf  id.  ib. ;  testa  minuta,  depresse  globosa,  lutea  anfr.  3  sursum 

180 


MOLLUSCA— CTENOBRANCHIA.  137 

creioentibtts,  cjlindricis,  plicis  oonfertif  transTersim  omatis;  umbiUoo 
angustiore ;  peristomate  oontinuo,  p»|ie  soluto. 

Phaticmdla  umbilicata,  D'Orb.  (Cuba),  umbilicated,  with  red  points ; 
white  and  red  spotted ;  the  last  whorl  angled  anteriorly.  P.  zdnina, 
id.;  mnbilicated,  with  oblique  lines,  and  red  or  white  spots;  perhaps 
P.  punctata,  P&. ;  Aiehiv.  1840,  p.  256.  P.  hrevis,  id; ;  umbilicated, 
white,  with  red  or  black  points ;  spire  very  short. 

Turbo  ticcumicus  and  variabilis,  from  the  Philippines ;  pulcher  and 
squanUger  ;  habitat  unlmown.    Lovell  Beeve  (Proc.  p.  185). 

OomM  victor,  Broderip,  Proc.  1842,  p.  54 ;  yellow,  with  white  spotisi, 
and  two  dark  brown  neddaoe  bands ;  Hab  ? 

MargineUa  caribosa,  D'Qrb.  (Cuba),  yellowish,  with  three  brown 
bands;  labrum  yellow,  smooth.  M.  aboU/neata,  id.;  yellow-red,  with 
three  white  lines.  Jf .  iubtriplicata.  Id. ;  three  folds  on  the  columella. 
M,  ovuliformis,  id. ;  white,  smooth ;  spire  oonoealed.  Jf .  la/valleeana,  id. ; 
appears  to  be  minuta,  Pfr. ;  Arch.  1840,  p.  259.  Jf.  sulcata,  id. ;  whitish, 
with  two  reddish  bands ;  ribbed  longitudinally ;  labrum  toothed  inwardly. 

Mingicula  semistriata,  D'Qrb.  (Cuba),  oyal-oonical ;  thick ;  whitish ; 
cross-striped  anteriorly;  columella  thickened,  with  two  folds;  labrum 
thickened  in  the  middle,  with  a  protuberance ;  2  milL 

OUviiui  miUola,  lyOrb.  (Cuba),  whitish,  with  undulating  brown  lon- 
gitudinal lines ;  columella  thickened,  with  one  fold. 

VohOa  deles$ertia/na,  Petit,  Mag.  de  ZooL  1842,  pi.  57;  spindle- 
shaped  ;  ribbed  longitudinally ;  margin  of  columella  wrinkled  yertically, 
with  three  folds  at  the  base;  labrum  sharp,  thickened  externally;  56 
nulL :  Madagascar.  Broderip  has  described  seven  varieties  of  Voluta 
auUca,  m  Proc.  ZooL  Soc.  1842,  p.  53. 

Mitra  anais.  Lesson  (Rev.  ZooL  1842,  p.  142) ;  t.  ovato-turbinata, 
IflBvi,  lutea,  fasciis  rufis  angulatis  omata ;  labro  deztro  crasso  unidentato, 
columella  bi-tridentatave :  Gambier  Islands.  M,  hicolor  and  casta, 
Swains. ;  Oliva  teJiAielcha  and  puekha  are  united  in  one  species  by  the 
same  author.  M.  a^nis,  id.  ib. ;  t.  cylindracea,  laeyi,  grisea  cum  lineolis 
flezuosis  nigris;  suturis  lineola  aterima  notatis;  ultimo  anfractu  basi 
transrerse  sulcato  et  nigrosericeo,  columella  sextiplicata :  Gambier 
Islands.  Jf.  dbliqua,  id.  ib. ;  t.  fusiformi,  laeyigata,  immaculata,  lutes^ 
oente,  fulvo  cincta  minutissime  transrersim  striata,  ultimo  anfractu  basi 
striate,  columella  quadriplicata  alba :  same  habitat.  Jf.  virginalis,  id, 
ib. ;  t.  fusiformi-turrita,  subulata,  longitudinaliter  transyersimque  striata, 
areolata,niyea,  columella  quadriplicata,  labro  extemo  denticulate:  Taiti. 
Jf .  grcenkmdica.  Beck  in  MoUer,  L  c. ;  spindlenshaped ;  reddish-brown ; 
smooth ;  finely  cross-striped ;  columella  has  four  folds. 

Admetb,  noy.  gen.  Eroyer  in  Moller  1.  c. ;  animal  pede  magno  antioe 
lato,  truncate,  sinuato,  postice  lanceolate,  capite  paryo,  rotundato ;  ore 
simplice  (proboscide  et  membrana  linguaG  destituto),  tentaoulis  longis^ 

181 


1 


138         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOY,  MDCCCXLII : 

filifomiibiif ,  oeulos  minutoi  in  tabercolif  ad  basin  exteriofem  ferentibnt ; 
opeitsulo  nullo ;  testa  oyata,  diaphana,  fragili ;  apertnra  oyata,  antioe  yiz 
■ubemarginAta,  oolumeUa  aicnata,  oblique  tnmcata,  labio  tenni,  recto. 

A,  critpOfj  n.  sp* 

Lesson  has  made  us  acquainted  with  some  ColtmbellcB  (Bev.  ZooL 
1842,  p.  184) :  O.  clathra ;  ooyeied  with  strong  longitudinal  and  yertieal 
ribs,  whidi  form  deep  fosssD  between  each  other;  three  folds  on  the 
columella:  Sandwich  Islands.  C.  \meevnoide9;  allied  to  lugubriBy 
Kiener;  with  black  ledges  and  red  hollows  between:  Aoapulco.  0. 
ampla;  furrowed  yerticallj;  labmm  within  has  numerous  folds;  3-4 
protuberances  on  the  columella:  Gambier  Idands.  C,  aphthtggera ; 
brownish  yellow,  minutelj  striped  across  with  regularly  placed  blackish 
laces ;  longitudinal  ribs  point  out  the  swelling  of  the  last  whorl ;  mouth 
white,  with  purple  on  the  columella,  on  whidi  are  white  points :  Acapuloo. 
C,  pulieariSf  has  longitudinal  ribs,  white,  with  regular  rows  of  black 
stripes  on  them ;  mouth  white,  with  black  spots  on  the  labmm :  Mar- 
quesas Islands.  O.  digitalis ;  ooyered  with  little  shields  like  a  thimble ; 
white,  with  some  yellow  undulations;  mouth  small,  white;  columella 
with  points  and  a  pad.     C  philippin<Mrum,  Reeve  (Plroc.  p.  199). 

Ebvma  jciponica,  Reeye,  from  Japan  (Proc.  p.  200). 

Terebra  pretiosa,  Reeye  (Proo.  p.  200). 

Buccinun  chliqwum  is,  according  to  Pfeiffer  =  B,  vtfreum,  Fir.  (Rey. 
Zool.  1842,  p.  26).  B,  genetta,  Lesson,  ib.  p.  237 ;  spindle-shaped,  with 
brown-black  streaks ;  folded  longitudinally;  striped  vertically;  last  suture 
has  many  warts:  Oran.  B,  ajinis,  id.  ib. ;  reddish-green;  smooth; 
labium  dentated  on  the  margin :  Pacific.  B.  phalcma,  id.  ib. ;  small, 
shining,  ribbed,  striped  vertically,  ribs  warty,  white,  with  reddish  lines 
on  the  spire ;  labrum  smooth,  thickened  internally,  pointed :  Acapulco. 

B,  Jlaridanum,  id.  ib. ;  chestnut-brown,  with  white  spots :  South  Sea. 
B,  tulipa,  id.  p.  238 ;  thick,  shining,  with  undulating  ribs ;  between  them 
numerous  stripes  with  little  white  warts ;  yellow :  Acapulco.  B.  ptk^ 
lica/ris;  small,  knobbed,  plaited  longitudinally,  grey,  with  blade  pro- 
tuberances and  white  stripes :  Sandwich  Islands.  B,  elegans,  fiom 
California,  and  B.  pyrottoma.  Reeve  (Plroc.  p.  199).  B.  tmdulatum, 
MoUer,  1.  c.  p.  11.    B.  icalariforme,  Beck.,  ib. 

Plcmiixis  circiwMitu,9i  Lesson  (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  187) ;  red,  deeply 
furrowed ;  epidermis  woolly,  red ;  mouth  wide,  toothed  superiorly ;  colu- 
meDa  dentated:  Acapulco.  P  a/reolatu»,  id.  ib. ;  white,  with  red  bands ; 
whorls  with  shields ;  sutures  granulated ;  mouth  small,  toothed  supe- 
riorly ;  labrum  furrowed  internally :  Tuti. 

Ricinula  iodostofna,  Lesson,  Mag.  de  Zool.  1842,  p.  58 ;  globular ; 
mouth  violet  (in  the  plate  rose-red);  epidermis  brownish;  surrounded 
by  brown  lines  and  six  black  bands ;  18'" :  New  Zealand ;  already  de- 
fined in  Rev.  Zool.  1840.     The  same  author  describes  two  new  species 

182 


MOLLUSCA— CTENOBRANCHIA.  139 

of  this  g«niu  in  the  IUt.  Zgol.  p.  102.  B.  nrfatoma  ;  globular ;  knotty ; 
month  yiolet  internally;  at  eireumferenee  white,  with  yellow  stripes; 
labram  internally  with  six  teeth ;  oolumella  four  wrinkles ;  three  cent : 
Gambier  Islands.  A.  men$truo$a  ;  grej,  wrinkled ;  margin  of  lip  with 
six  unequal  digitations;  mouth  orange;  fiye  warts  on  labmm;  threes 
folds  on  the  oolumella ;  twenty-four  mill. :  same  habitat. 

Some  new  species  of  the  same  author  are  added,  ib.  p.  186.  Pwrpura 
vioUicea ;  testa  parra  longitudinaliter  et  transyersim  oostata,  canoellata, 
grisea ;  apertura  riolaeea,  obliqua,  intus  dentata ;  canali  distincta,  oolu- 
mella l»vi :  Gambier  and  Marquesas  Islands.  P.  aterrima ;  t.  oyata, 
nigra,  spira  InreTi  acuta,  tuberculata,  transrersaliter  funiculata ;  apertura 
ampla,  nigra,  labro  tenui :  Crambier  Islands.  P.  aven^acea ;  t.  oyato- 
oblonga,  fusifonni,  atra,  transrersim  striata;  striis  perlatis,  apertura 
longitudinali,  labro  deztro  IsbtI,  oolumella  mfo-castanea :  same  habitat. 
P.  bieolar;  t.  ovata  transyersim  tenuiter  striata,  grisea,  striis  nigris, 
anfractibus  oonyezis,  spira  breyi,  ultimo  anfiractu  dilatato,  apertura  lon- 
gitudinali purpureo-atra ;  labro  dextro  IsbtI,  denticulis  intus  albis 
notato :  South  Sea  Islands. 

Oniecia  Dennisoni  and  9tr<>inbif(>rmi$,  Beeye,  Proo.  91 :  habitat  un^ 
known. 

Sowerby*s  monograph  of  the  genus  Aporrhais  contains  three  species : 
— A.  pespelecam ;  A,  petearbonis,  magis  tenui  quam  A,  petpeleccmif 
eanaUbus  elongatis,  labio  extemo  trilobate :  Mare  Medit. :  and  A.  oc- 
cidentalis  ;  testa  turrita  oonoentrioe  plicata,  spiraliter  striata,  canaHbus 
breyibus,  labio  extemo  unilobato.    Gray's  A.  senegcUenns  is  omitted. 

The  monograph  of  the  genus  Rostellaria,  by  the  same  author,  contains 
^nr  species : — M,  curvtrogtriMn,  Encycl. ;  cwrta,  Sow.  (Zool.  Proo.  1842, 
p.  165) ;  rectirostrum.  Lam. ;  and  Povestt,  Petit  MS.  (?)  The  latter 
species  has  been  described  in  the  Bey.  ZooL  1840,  p.  326;  and  has 
appeared  with  a  plate  in  the  Magas.  de  Zool.  1843,  pL  53. 

The  monograph  of  the  genus  Struthiokvnay  by  Sowerby,  contains  also 
iye  speciBs  (ib.) : — 8,  ttra/nwMa  (Murex  seromtneus,  GmeL);  8.  no- 
duloia.  Lam. ;  8,  ttierfiMs,  Sow.,  Zool.  Joum. ;  8.  gigas,  new  species ; 
stramineflB  simiHima,  sed  majore ;  angulo  anfiractuum  rotundata,  nodulis 
minoribus  omato ;  and  8,  cblita,  Sow.    Tankeryille  CataL  App.  p.  18. 

Sowerby  enumerates  fifty-eight  species  of  the  genus  8Pr<»nbu8f  ib.,  of 
which  the  following  are  new : — 8,  cri9patu$  (Proc  p.  143) ;  8.  8ibbaldii  ; 
t.  subdayata,  lasyi ;  spira  parya,  anfractibus  angulatii,  plicatis ;  ultimo 
magno,  yentricoso,  labio  interne  nigro-lineato ;  labio  extemo  interne 
striate,  medio  sub-incuryo ;  sinu  panro :  Ceylon.  ;Sf.  wmiformM ;  t,  conica, 
IsByi,  pallide  fulya,  fasdis  brunneis  interruptis  eincta,  yalide  angulata, 
spira  breylBsima,  anfractibus  ad  angulum  plicatis,  apertura  angustata, 
labio  extemo  yix  expanse ;  sinu  paryo.  8,  dMu,$ ;  form  of  a  cone ; 
labrum  slightly  drawn  forward,  and  internally  crenated.     8,  eiegam; 

183 


140         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDGCCXLII : 

t.  subelongtift^  foiiformi,  fpira  subeloiigsta,  anfractibiis  angnlatiB,  ad 
angnlum  plioatiB,  in  medio  mimite  taberculatis,  antioe  sulcatis ;  nltimi 
maigine  Tuioosa,  apertuia  ovali,  striata.  8.  hoBmoUoma;  ij  oTali 
ttriata,  longitiidiiialiter  plicata;  apertuia  loeea,  striata,  labio  extemo 
sinu  yalido.  8.  fimformU  ;  t.  fusifonni,  Invi,  antiee  subtnmeata ;  spira 
oonica  anfiactibas  prope  sutaram  nnisiiloatis,  ultimo  ad  mai^guiem  striato, 
doTBO  snbgibboeo,  apertura  aagostata,  labiis  intus  striatis  postiee  in 
canalem  spine  partem  decurrentem  attenuatis,  eztemo  oblique  tmncato, 
sinu  antioo  parro.  8.  terebellatus ;  t.  elongata  IsbtI  ;  spira  brevi,  an- 
fractu  ultimo  antice  oblique  truncato,  apertnra  interne  striata,  labio 
eztemo  tIz  ezpanso,  paulvlvm  inerassato,  sinu  antioo  indistincto,  sab- 
dentate.  8.  huJbulu9  (iSooL  Proc.  1842).  8,  glabratui ;  t.  subpyra- 
midali,  nitida,  apertnra  oTsli,  bicanaliculata,  columella  truneata;  labio 
eztemo  crasso,  reflezo,  antioe  subemarginato ;  opeiculo  ovali ;  anfractu 
ultimo  ad  dorsum  prope  sutnram  plicate.  8,  a/u$tralts  ;  t.  ovali,  rugosa, 
spiraliter  oostata,  spira  elongata,  anfractibus  angulatis,  plicato-tubercu- 
latis,  ultimo  oostis  tuberculatis  duabus;  apertura  lata,  labio  intemo 
antioe  gibboso,  labio  eztemo  ad  anfractus  duos  eloTato,  valide  ezpanso, 
unilobato,  intus  snlcato,  postioe  costis  duabus  magnis,  margine  crasso, 
snbinflezo,  intus  crenulato,  canali  recurvo :  Australia. 

8tr<mJbu9  pondera$u$,  PhUippi  (Abbild.  u.  Beschr.  neuer  Conch jlien, 
i.  1) ;  white,  with  rusty  yellow  longitudinal  spots ;  outer  lip  has  five 
brownish  yertioal  bands ;  whorls  tuberculated,  upon  the  last  a  compressed 
knob:  Pacific. 

8tronibus  Chemnitisii,  Pfir.,  has  been  by  Pfeifier  himself  reckoned  as 
identical  with  8tr,  pcmfront,  Swains.    (Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  2%,) 

Grimaud  de  Cauz  and  Gruby  have  described  the  organ  which  con- 
tains the  purple  fluid  in  the  Murex  hrcmdaris.  This  vesicle  is  two 
centimeters  long,  one  and  a  half  centimeters  broad  at  the  base,  and  is 
funnel  shaped.  It  is  situate  at  the  upper  part  of  the  body,  between  the 
head  and  liver.  This  is  properly  the  cavity  of  the  lungs,  it  opens 
between  the  margin  of  the  mantle  and  the  body  of  the  animal  The 
fluid  contained  in  it,  has,  at  the  same  time,  been  ezamined  by  the 
microscope ;  it  is  transparent  and  contains  oval  cells.  (Comptes  R^idus, 
vol.  zv.  p,  1007.) 

Mvrex  Cleryi,  Petit,  first  described  in  the  Rev.  Zool.  1840,  is  now 
figured  in-  the  Magas.  de  Zool.  1842,  pi.  54.  The  author  is  now  in- 
clined to  consider  this  species  as  identical  with  Typhis  Belcheri,  Brod. 

M,  8tevnforthii ;  habitat  unknown.    Reeve,  Proc.  p.  104. 

Of  the  genus  Triehotropis,  Sow.,  two  new  species,  &om  Greenland, 
are  to  be  found  in  Moller,  1.  c,  atla/nHca,  Beck,  and  conicay  Moll. 

Mangelia  HolboUii,  Beck,  ib.,  testa  conico-fusiformi,  tenera,  diaphana, 
albida,  IsBvi,  anir.  7,  conveziusculis  longitudinaliter  subtillissime  striatis, 
ad  futuram  rugosis. 

184 


MOLLUSCA— CTENOBRANCHIA.  141 

Many  apecies  of  Miller's  genus  Defrwi^cia  are  also  to  be  found  in 
Moller,  1.  c,  all  fiom  Greenland,  viz., — nobU%$y  sciUcuris,  exctrata,  woodi- 
ana  {Plewrotama  turricula.  Wood),  elegctns,  cinerea,  Pmgelii,  Beck, 
VaMiif  Bedk,  eylmdracea,  Bechii,  livida,  viridula  (Tritonium  inri- 
d/ala.  Faun.  Groenl.) 

Fu9U8  funiculatus,  Lesson,  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  104,  allied  to  F.  Petit- 
Thouarni,  Kienar :  Acapulco.  F,  roio-pcntif  id.  ib. ;  yellow  red,  with 
regular  tubercles ;  mouth  rose  coloured ;  six  cent. :  Oambier  Islands ; 
was,  id.  p.  212,  by  the  same  author,  joined  to  Fasetolariaf  but  it  wants 
the  folds  in  the  columella.  F.  imbricatus,  id.  ib.  p.  212. ;  striped  verti- 
cally ;  ribbed  longitudinally ;  whorls  concealed  by  small  lamellae ;  has 
two  keels  in  the  middle ;  six  cent. :  Chili,  Peru.  F.  pyruhides,  id.  ib. ; 
like  preceding,  but  without  longitudinal  ribs;  mouth  yellow:  Chili. 
F.  dnuatiis,  id.  ib.,  allied  to  Fvs.  sinuatus,  but  only  twenty-six  mill, 
long :  Chili.  F,  foUicus,  id.  ib. ;  rounded  longitundinal  ribs,  intersected 
by  wavy  laces  of  leaflets,  like  a  tile  roof;  between  these  tile-Hke  scales, 
the  laces  are  alternately  rose  coloured  and  white :  Taiti.  F.  frondomSf 
id.  ib. ;  similar  to  preceding ;  grey  with  some  black  laces :  Marquesas 
Islands.  F.  ventricoBUB,  id.  ib. ;  oval ;  bellied  with  regular  laces ; 
without  longitudinal  ribs :  Chili.  F.  latericeus,  Moller,  1.  c. ;  bright 
red,  with  a  glassy  epidermis  and  projecting  lines.  F.  Kroyeri,  id.  ib. ; 
bay,  with  undulating  impressed  lines.  F,  HoJhoUii,  id.  ib.;  white, 
smooth ;  epidermis  brown  yellow. 

Fasciola/ria  sulcata,  Lesson,  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  212 ;  eight  whorls, 
with  broad  longitudinal  ribs,  and  alternating  vertical  laoes ;  bay ; 
twenly-four  mill. :  Acapulco. 

Pleurotoma  perlata.  Lesson  (Bev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  143);  t.  parva, 
ovato-oblonga,  rufa,  perils  niveis  cincta,  spira  acuta,  apertura  ovali, 
canali  elongata :  Sandwich  Islands.  P.  fimiculatay  id.  ib. ;  t.  parva, 
oblongata,  turriculata,  rufa,  costis  drcularibus,  undulatis  lamellosisque 
tecta,  spira  acutissima,  apertura  longitudinali,  scissura  rotunda:  Aca- 
pulco. P.  apecioiay  Reeve :  habitat  unknown.  (Proc.  p.  199.)  P.  Bechii, 
id.  ib.,  from  the  Philippines. 

TurbineUa  paci/ica,  Lesson,  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  211,  allied  to  T.  cre- 
nvlatay  Eiener,  with  rounded  ribs ;  regular  vertical  stripes ;  eighteen 
mill.:  Sandwich  Islands.  T,  tmtends;  about  six  ribs  on  the  last 
whorl ;  labrum  furrowed  internally ;  columella  has  three  or  four  pads ; 
six  mill.:  Taiti.  T. pwrpuroides ;  has  the  appearance  of  a  Ricinula ; 
columella  has  three  vertical  pads :  Gambler  Island. 

T.  ifnperiaUB  and  vexillulum,  Reeve,  Proc.  p.  198.  According  to  a 
remark  of  L.  Pfeiffer,  Cerithiu/m  procerwm,  Kiener,  is  ss  C.  martini- 
anunhf  Pfir.  of  Lamarck,  oonfonnded  with  C,  vertagua, 

Cerithium  lacteu/m,  Eiener,  must  receive  some  other  name,  as  that 
one  has  already  been  used  by  Philippi.    Two  species  are  united  by 

185 


142         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Kieaer  under  the  mune  of  O.  §tercu9-wu§earumf  Say,  one  of  which  onlj 
oonnesponds  to  it  (ReT.  Zool.  1842,  p.  26).  C.  tfonce/totum,  Lea, 
(Sillim.  Amer.  Jouxn.  xliL  p.  Ill);  mib-umbflieated ;  funowed  longi- 
tndinallj ;  itriped  tnafrenelj ;  mouth  beneath  protracted  to  a  canal. 

Crepidula  acuta.  Lea  (Sillim.  Amer.  Jonm.  zlii.  p.  108) ;  convex, 
smooth,  farownish;  apex  pointed,  straight;  plate  triangular,  white; 
mouth  elliptical :  Delaware  Bay. 

Calyptraa  cinerea,  ReeTe,  Proc  p.  50,  ham  Gape  Horn. 

Owen  deecribes  a  new  genus,  Lithkdafhus.  It  diffbrs  from  Calyp- 
trcea  in  having  a  second  or  yentnd  shelly  valTe.  The  head  is  long  and 
sub-cylindrical ;  between  the  head  and  foot  is  found  a  peculiar  process* 
like  a  second  head,  but  which  is  only  a  duplicature  of  the  mantle.  The 
branchin  are  composed  of  two  short  parallel  rows  of  conical  processes. 
The  snout  encloses  a  long  homy  tongue.  The  species  is  called 
X.  hngiroitrU.    (Proe.  ZooL  Soc.  1842,  p.  147.) 


POMATOBRANCHIA. 

Of  this  dirision,   MoUer   only  gives   some  new   Greenland 
species. 

Bullosa  punctata  ;  shell  oblong,  white,  with  fine  pointed  lines. 

BuUa  twrrita;  small,  cylindrical,  white,  spire  drawn  forwards;  a 
narrow  umbilical  deft. 

B.  cortkata.  Beck ;  cylindrical,  imperforate,  yellow,  \rith  undulating' 
longitudinal  stripes ;  apex  sunk,  covered  by  the  swell  of  the  columella. 

B,  Bdnhardii,  Holb.  (J9.  insculpta,  Totten?)  B.  wbangtUata; 
bellied,  yellow,  angular  in  the  middle  of  the  whorl ;  spire  flat. 


GYMNOBRANCHIA. 

MiLNs  Edwakds  has  observed,  in  a  OalUopcsa  at  Nizza,  peculiar  canals 
which  communicate  with  the  anterior  portion  of  the  digestive  canaL 
There  are  two  longitudinal  vessels  from  which  many  branches  arise ;  the 
anterior  go  to  the  feelers,  the  others  pass  to  the  processes  on  the  back, 
usually  considered  as  gills,  where  they  ramify  two  or  three  times.  All 
these  vessels  are  soon  filled  after  the  animal  has  taken  food,  and  can  be 
easily  observed  from  its  transparency.  (Annales  des  Sc.  Natur.  xviii. 
p.  330.) 
Joshua  Alder  and  Albany  Hancock  have  given  descriptions  of  seven- 

186 


MOLLUSCA — QYMNOBRANCHIA.  143 

teen  new  species  of  Nudtbranchia,  which  were  found  at  Cullerooats,  on 
the  ooast  of  Northumberland.  (Ann.  iz.  p.  31.)  They  detected  ejes  in 
young  individuals  of  Doris  repcmda  and  OoniodorU  nodosa,  behind 
the  dorsal  tentacula ;  the  greater  opadtj  of  the  skin  generally  prevents 
their  being  observed  in  older  individuals.    The  new  species  are : — 

Doris  cLspera  ;  body  depressed ;  white  or  yellowish ;  cloak  filled  with 
spicules,  and  covered  with  obtuse  tubercles ;  branchias  consist  of  nine 
small  simply  pinnated  transparent  white  plumes ;  ^'\  D.  depressa ; 
body  much  depressed,  of  a  pale  sandy  colour,  spotted  with  orange  or 
reddish-brown ;  cloak  covered  with  delicate  pointed  papiUae,  and  having 
spiculsB  arranged  transversely  across  the  back;  ten  or  eleven  simple 
branchisB  in  a  horse  shoe  form ;  ^j^'\  D.  repasada ;  doak  covered  with 
minute  white  granular  tubercles ;  a  row  of  sulphur  yellow  spots  on  each 
side ;  branchiso  consist  of  four  or  five  broad  tripinnate  transparent  white 
plumes. .  D,  similis ;  body  rather  convex,  with  numerous  conical  white 
papillae ;  branchiae  of  nine  narrow  transparent  white  plumes,  tripinnate, 
with  a  strong  denticulated  central  rib. 

Polycera  oeeUata;  greenish  black,  with  irregular  ocellated  spots  of 
|Mtle  yellow ;  veil  interrupted  in  front,  continued  along  the  sides  of  the 
head  and  back  in  an  elevated  ridge  with  scalloped  edges,  and  terminating 
in  two  or  three  lobes  or  tubercles  on  each  side  behind  the  branchiae ; 
branchiaB  three  or  four  large  flocculent  plumes,  tripinnate ;  ^".  Triopa 
noihus,  Johnston,  may  be  the  young  of  this  species. 

Tritonia  felina  ;  rough  with  small  warts ;  spotted  with  reddish-brown 
and  white;  branchiae  stout,  two  or  three  times  branched,  six  on  each 
side  of  the  back ;  1".  Considered  distinct  from  T.  urborescens,  Cuv. 
T.ptdchella;  rose  coloured,  with  small  opaque  yellowish  tubercular 
spots ;  five  pair  of  branchiae,  the  front  ones  consisting  of  three  branches. 

MeliboBa  omata;  pale  yellow,  with  pink  streaks  and  spots;  very  much 
resembling  M.  coronata,  Johnst. 

Eolis  rosea ;  white,  tinged  with  rose  colour  and  buff  on  the  back ; 
'branchiae  arranged  in  fifteen  or  sixteen  dose-set  transverse  series,  five 
or  six  in  each  on  the  sides  of  the  back.  E,  obtusalis ;  ochrey-yellow, 
with  reddish-brown  blotches  on  the  head  and  back ;  about  twelve  rows 
of  branchiae.  E.  awra/ntia;  buff-coloured;  ten  or  eleven  rows  of 
branchiae.  E.  olivacea  ;  pale  yellow,  sprinkled  with  white  and  orange- 
red  or  brown ;  six  or  seven  rows  of  branchiae.  E,  hystrix  ;  white,  with 
olive  brown  spots  on  the  back,  and  a  row  of  large  blotches  of  the  same 
along  the  sides ;  six  or  seven  rows  of  branchiae.  E,  vittata  ;  pale  buff 
speckled  with  fawn  colour ;  head  rather  large  and  truncated  in  front ; 
six  or  seven  rows  of  branchiae.  E»  pallida ;  whitish-yellow,  with  white 
and  rose-coloured  spots ;  branchiae  crowded.  E,  minuta ;  yellowish- 
white  ;  branchiae  few ;  in  about  two  clusters.  E,  nana ;  yeUowish ; 
branchiae  in  seven  or  eight  rows. 

187 


144         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Arthur  Hill  Hassall  gires  some  remarks  on  the  Oymno- 

branchia  found  in  Dublin  Bay.     (Ann.  ix.  p.  133.) 

Lowe  has  described  a  new  genus  of  Cfymnobrcmckia  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc. 
1842,  p.  51),  and  names  it  Peplidia.  Corpus  limaciforme,  repens,  ob- 
longum ;  postioe  oompresso-triquetrom,  dorso  abrupte  cristatum  sea 
alato-carinatum ;  apioe  attenuate,  acuto.  Caput  antioe  veliferum ;  velo 
semidrculari,  maigine  fimbriato-laoero,  ciliolato ;  ore  inter  labia  baocalia 
subtus,  simplicL  Tentacula  duo.  Orificium  generationis  ad  colli  dez- 
trum.  BranchiaB  diplomorphsB ;  sen  in  medio  dorsi  ciica  anum  stellatim 
ramossB,  arbusculiformes,  ramis  pectinato-<nliati8 ;  et  per  latera  utrinque 
longitudinaliter  biseriatss,  conico-papilliformes,  papillis  apice  subdivisis, 
ciliatis.    One  species,  P.  maderoe. 

MoUer  also  describes  several  new  species  in  his   Index 

MoUuscorum  Grcenlandise ;  viz. : — 

Tergipes  rttpium  ;  yellow,  with  six  dorsal  papillsB  on  each  side,  which 
are  also  yellow,  with  white  tops  and  a  yellow  ring  at  the  base.  Doris 
litwrata.  Beck.;  depressed,  yellowish,  with  a  broad  chestnut-brown 
line  on  the  back ;  sixteen  branchiss.  D,  aeuHuscula,  Stp.  Euplocanvus 
HolbolUi  ;  prismatic  pale  yellow  green ;  anus  in  middle  of  back ;  three 
branchiie. 


ASPIDOBEANCHIA. 

Emarginula  €<moidea,  Lovell  Reeve.     (Proc.  p.  50.) 

CYCLOBRANCHIA. 

Patella  insesia.  Hinds,  Ann.  x.  p.  82;  oyal,  brown,  transyersely 
striolate,  internally  white ;  apex  with  white  spots :  California. 

P.  cerea,  Moller,  1.  c. ;  depressed,  milk  white,  rough ;  vertex  somewhat 
forward,  yellowish. 

PateUoida  depicta,  Hinds,  Ann.  x.  p.  82 ;  very  small,  linear,  white, 
with  irregular  broken  rays  diverging  j&om  the  apex ;  length  four  times 
the  breadth :  California. 

8iphona/ria  cha/ra^teristica,  Lovell  Reeve,  Proc.  1842,  p.  49 ;  from 
Panama. 

Pa^rtnophoruB  corrtigatus,  from  Madagascar;  and  P.  intermedius, 
from  the  Philippines,  have  been  described  by  Reeve.     (Pioc.  p.  50.) 


188 


MOLLUSCA — CONCHIPERA.  145 

TUBULIBRANCHIA. 

Vermetus  ebwrnetM,  Reeve.    (Ppoc,  p.  197.) 

CIRRIBRANCHIA. 

Dentalmm  longirostrum,  Reeve.    (Proc.  p.  197.) 

CONCHIFERA. 

Milne  Ebwards  has  discoyered,  in  Pecten  glaber,  male  and 
female  sexual  organs,  and  so  proved  the  hermaphrodite  nature 
of  these  animals.     Annales  des  Sc.  Nat.  xyiii.  p.  321. 

The  ovarimn  is  orange-coloured,  and  occupies  the  inferior  and  posterior 
half  of  the  abdomen ;  a  duct  comes  from  it,  which  penetrates  a  portion 
of  the  testis,  and  runs  between  the  basis  of  the  tentacula  to  the  top  of 
the  abdomen,  tenninating  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  branchisB.  The 
testis  occupies  the  larger  anterior  half  of  the  abdomen,  and  is  milk- 
white.  In  front,  it  passes  into  the  foot,  and  ends  in  two  small  openings, 
which  He  in  the  groove  of  the  under  margin.  Another  excreting  yellow 
organ  is  found  on  each  side  before  the  muscle  and  under  the  anterior 
end  of  the  branchia,  and  appears  also  by  its  outlet  to  stand  in  union 
with  the  foot.  It  may  perhaps  perform  the  function  of  an  accessory 
gland. 

Sowerby  has  described  some  new  species  of  the  genus  Pecten  (P»)c. 
p.  163),  viz. : — P.pictuSy  Philippines ;  ittperhuSf  veluHnus,  the  latter  from 
Madagascar ;  9erratuB,  Philippines ;  mtgapormus,  Singapore ;  crassico- 
8tatu8,  Japan ;  alholineatus,  Philippines ;  ^lendiduluSy  Singapore ; 
pseudolima,  Philippines.    All  these  are  figured  in  his  Thesaurus. 

Area  gakbctodes,  Benson ;  Annals,  iz.  p.  489 ;  rhomboidal,  anteriorly 
sub-angular,  posteriorly  rounded,  multi-radiated,  margin  smooth,  epider- 
mis brown :  Chusan. 

MoUer,  1.  c,  adds  three  sub-genera  to  the  genus  Nucula^  which  he 
characterizes  as  follows : — 

NucuLA ;  animal  sine  tubis  ezsertilibus,  pede  brevi,  crasso,  pallii 
parte  solum  inferiore  aperta.  Testa  subtrigona,  rotundata,  antice 
latiore,  prominente,  postice  obtusa,  circumdrca  arete  claudente;  serie 
dentium  acute  angulata,  dentibus  anterioribus  planis.  Two  new  species 
from  Greenland  are  described :  N,  corticata,  Holb.,  and  lenticula, 

189 


146         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOY,  MDCCCXLII : 

LxDA,  Schiun.  Atiim^l  tubit  brevibiiSy  tenuibus,  reciis  pnediium, 
pede  longo,  tenni,  flexili;  pallio  toto  aperto,  maiginibuB  simplicibus. 
Testa  transTernm  ovata,  Bolidioie,  antice  rotundata  postioe  plus  miniuve 
ekmgata,  ooaretata  tnmcata,  intus  pariete  nidimentali,  quae  tubulos  sepa- 
nre  yideretur,  praedita,  parte  truncata,  ubi  valvaB  paululum  hiajoi,  oostis 
duabia  obsoletis  diveigentibiu,  a  natibos  egredientibuB,  indusa,  aerie 
dentium  leyiua  angnlata,  dentibua  angulatia,  imbridformibus.  Z.  mad- 
lenta,  Stp.,  and  L,  compla/nata,  are  new  apeciea. 

YoLDiA,  Moiler;  animal  tubia  longia  curvatia  inatructnm;  pede 
magno,  valido;  pallio  toto  aperto,  marginibua  poatice  ciliatia.  Testa 
transyeraim  OYata,  fragili,  antioe  valde,  poatioe  parum  hiante,  antioe  et 
poatice  rotundata,  pariete  rudimentaU  tubulorum  destituta;  serie  den- 
timn  leyiter  angolata,  dentibns  angulatia,  imbricifonnibus.  Nucula 
arctiea,  Graj,  and  T,  cmffularis  {Nuc,  tnyalis,  Couth.  ?) 

The  genus  Unto  has  been  enriched  by  seyeral  new  species  in  Philippics 
description  of  new  Shells.  In  the  first  number  is  found  a  plate,  deyoted 
to  the  species  of  this  genus.  U,  parwM,  Barnes,  is  figured,  beodes  two 
that  are  new.  U,  temiffranoius,  y.  d.  Busch,  fiom  Mexico ;  roundish, 
ocunpressedy  mostly  ooyered  with  oblong  grains,  blackish,  internally  dirty 
purple  coloured.  U.  gnUia$uSf  Paireias. ;  small,  with  radiated  wrinkles : 
firam  New  HoUand. 

Two  spedea  from  Chuaan  are  described  by  Benson;  Annals,  iz. 
p.  i89.     U.  {Thelidermaf  Swains.)  Leaii,  and  U.  (TheHdetma)  diver- 

Lea  has  described  many  species  in  the  Proc.  of  Amer.  Phil.  Society. 
In  the  yolume  for  16il,  p.  30,  there  are  eig^t  spedes :  U,  mpoialentu 
and  tecofnatemiit  &om  Mexico ;  rajdhensU,  from  Calcutta ;  highyemU, 
Big.,  Bigby  Creek;  croc€^tu8,  Sayannah  Riyer;  ealloms,  Ohio;  dut- 
$ani€tnu8,  Sayannah ;  georgia/nu$.  Stump  Creek.  Again,  at  p.  82,  there 
are  flye  spedes :  U.  'br%t/mleya/MM,  Warrior  Riyer ;  regyUarU^  French 
Broad  Riyer;  tnoeatus.  Do.;  ipcurmu^  Holston  Riyer;  a/rgenUu*^  Do. — 
Anodonta  gtbba,  Benson,  L  c,  from  Chusan ;  A.  montezuma,  Lea  (Proe. 
Amer.  Phil.  Soc  1841,  p.  31),  from  Central  America;  A.  globosa,  id., 
from  Mexico. 

M.  Neuwyler  has  giyen  a  zootomical  contribution  on  the  oxgans  of 
generation  of  Unto  and  Anodonta  (Neue  Denksehr.  der  Allgem.  Sohweiz. 
Gesell.  Band,  yi  Neufchatel,  1842).  He  holds  that  these  animals  are 
hermaphrodite,  and  the  brown  gland,  which  lies  between  the  heart  and 
abdomen,  he  oonsidera  to  be  the  teatia. 

OastaUa  Duprei,  Reduz,  Rey.  ZooL,  p.  305,  without  longitudinal  riba ; 
dentibuB  oaidinalibua  tribus  aubyerticalibus ;  dente  laterali  antica  et 
mediana  in  yalyula  dextra  exterius  sulcata,  postica  biservata;  dente 
antica  suprema  in  yalyula  sinistra  interius  sulcata,  posticalibus  binia 
integerrimis :  Brazilian  Sea. 

190 


MOLLUSCA — CONCHIFERA.  147 

Marion  de  Proo^,  physiciaii  at  Nantes,  has  made  some  obserrations 
on  the  motion  of  the  Mytilut  edulis,  by  means  of  its  bjssus.  (Ann. 
des  Sciences  Nat.  zTiii,  p.  59.)  The  author  preserred  an  animal  in  a 
g^ass  vessel,  alive,  for  more  than  a  month.  It  stretched*  its  foot  out  of 
the  shell,  to  a  length  of  30  centimeters,  and  fastened  at  the  point  the 
end  of  a  byssus-thread  to  the  glass. 

MyHlu$  niger,  Benson ;  Annals,  iz.  p.  469;  testa  obbnga,  trigona; 
cardine  unidentato ;  natibus  subincurvatis,  decorticatis,  sub-epidermide 
albis,  nuuginibus  purpurascentibus ;  intus  maigaritaoeo^plendida,  mar- 
gine  purpureo :  Chuaan. 

Modiola  Chenui,  Redua,  Bev.  ZooL  1842,  p.  306 ;  furrowed  longitu- 
dinally, yeUow,  with  a  broad  brown  band  in  the  middle;  hairy  poste- 
riorly: Brazil 

Jf.  dlipHca,  Lea  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  zlii  p.  107),  with  purple  spots, 
radiated  stripes  posteriorly  and  in  front;  crenulated  at  the  margin: 
Delaware  Bay.  M,  pulex,  id.  ib. ;  smooth,  greenish  with  purple  lines : 
Do.  M,  smAotMia,  Benson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  489;  epidermide  olivaeea, 
obeciire  radiata;  ala  natibusque  strigis  flezuosis  spadiceis  omatis;  basi 
leviter  emarginata :  Chusan.  M,  cicerevla,  MoUer,  1.  c  p.  19 ;  spherical ; 
rough;  green-yellow;  2"^  M.  vitrea,  Holb.  in  MoUer  (with  Myi, 
decutgatue^  Mont.  9  ) 

Dreiisena  purpfircu^eni,  Benson,  Ann.  ix.  489.;  t.  oblonga  sub-quad- 
rata,  radiato-plicata,  sub-epidermide  albo  porpureoque  omata;  epidermide 
brunnea:  Chusan. 

Cardium  aquUiwum^  Mittre,  Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  xviiL  p.  191 ;  testa 
minima,  tumida,  subcordata,  gibba,  obliqua,  insBquilaterali,  flavo-Tires- 
eente,  macnlis  rufo-fusciB  et  albidis ;  oostiB  planulatis,  Invibus ;  natibus 
prominulis,  mfesoentibus ;  intus  violaoea ;  6"' :  Toulon.  C  elegantu- 
hum^  Beck  in  Moller,  L  c;  transversely  oval;  white,  with  twenty  or 
twenty-five  fine  tile  roof-like  ribs. 

Xucina  critiata,  Becluz,  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  270 ;  t.  ovato-subtri- 
gona,  depresso-plana,  valvula  sinistra  planissima,  dextra  vix  convexa, 
albido-vitrea,  pellucida,  concentrice  plicata ;  plids  inferioribus  strisefor- 
mibus,  postioe  attenuata,  angulata,  margine  superiore  oblique  recta,  acute 
crenata,  antioe  rotundata,  supeme  tenue  arcuatim  emarginata  ac  cristata ; 
apidbus  antice  recurvis :  Campeadiy. 

Cyclas  Sieenbuckii,  Moller,  1.  c. ;  unequal  sides ;  triangular ;  blunt 
anteriorly;  bellied;  smooth;  greyish-yellow:  Greenland. 

Cytherea  tffoua  and  ea;cav€Pta,  Hanley,  Proc.  p.  123.  Cyrena  pur- 
purea, Lea  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  xlii.  p.  106 ;  t.  rotundato-triangulari, 
ssquilaterali,  subinflata,  subcrassa,  diaphana,  et  purpurea  et  alba,  polita, 
striis  transversis;  natibus  prominentibus ;  margine  non  crenulato: 
Delaware  Bay.  C  €be»a,  Hinds,  Ann.  x.  p.  81 ;  flavo-virente ;  denti- 
bus  lateralibus  serrulatis ;  intus  palHde  vielaoea ;  Rivers,  Feejee  Islands. 

191 


148  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

O.  tendfroBa,  id. ;  fuBoo-virente,  dentibos  lateialibus  semilatis,  intua 
violaoea :  from  the  Mme  habitat 

CcMcula  fiiueata,  Benson,  Ann.  iz.  p;  490;  fiuoo-yurente,  polita, 
intns  et  ad  nates  yiolacea,  nuffgine  interioii  plernmque  nigresoente; 
extrinsecns  sukis  crebris  dicunidata :  Chnsan. 

Sanguinolaria  iridetcens,  Benson,  Ann.  ix.  p.  490 ;  albida,  exilissme 
transyerse  striata ;  latere  postioo  snbrostrato,  subangulato,  antioo  Ion- 
giore,  rotnndato :  Chnsan. 

PiMrMnabia  coitata,  Hanley,  from  New  Zealand.  (Proc.  p.  122.) 
Pi.  decora,  Hinds,  Ann.  z.  p.  81 ;  dnnamomeo-bninnea ;  valva  deztra 
planinscola,  sinistra  yentrioosa ;  pallide  yiolaoea  radiata ;  intns  yiolacea : 
California.  Astarte  globosa,  MoUer,  L  c.  p.  20 ;  triang^ular,  bellied, 
minute  yertical  stripes ;  jellow  brown :  Greenland. 

Loyell  Beeye  giyes  a  monograph  of  the  genus  Cfrcutatellaf  in  which 
nineteen  species  are  mentioned,  ten  of  them  new.  (Proc.  1842,  p.  42.) 
Thej  are  all  figured  in  his  Conchologia  Systematica. 

Pandorina  arenosa,  MoUer,  1.  c. ;  grej,  with  attached  sand :  Green- 
land. 

Solen  acuminatui,  Hanlej,  from  the  Blyer  Hooglej,  in  the  East 
Indies.  (Proc.  p.  122.) 

Duyernoy's  treatise  on  the  animal  of  the  Uffulina  rubra,  which  has 
been  briefly  noticed  from  the  Institute  in  last  year's  report,  p.  404,  has 
now  appeared  complete  in  the  Annales  des  Sc  Natur.  zyiii.  p.  110. 

Professor  Owen  has  published  an  account  of  the  Anatomy 
of  the  Pholadomya  Candida^  in  the  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1842, 
p.  150. 

The  animal  exhibits  the  characters  of  the  Acephdla  incltMa,  being 
completely  yeiled  in  the  cloak,  which  giyes  issue  only  to  the  siphonic 
tube  and  the  foot ;  it  presents,  howeyer,  in  addition  to  the  pedal  and  the 
two  siphonic  apertures,  a  fourth  orifice,  at  the  under  part  of  the  siphon, 
which  is  of  small  sizQ  and  circular  form,  and  which  appears  to  be  a 
supplementary  entrance  for  water  to  the  branchiae.  This  animal  is  dis- 
tinguished from  Panopcsa  OMgtralis,  not  only  by  an  accessory  bifrux»ite 
foot,  but  also  by  its  undiyided  branchiffi. 

Thracia  inceg^lis,  Adams,  SiUim.  Amer.  Joum.  xlu.  p.  145 ;  Ann.  x. 
p.  238;  fragile,  yery  inequiyalyed,  striated,  inequUateralj  posteriorly 
truncated ;  left  yalye  flat,  right  yeiy  oonyex ;  ossiculum  lunate,  semi- 
circular ;  1'  2'\  Th,  myopm,  Beck  in  MoUer,  1.  c. ;  the  latter  doubts 
whether  the  species  belongs  to  the  genus  Th/ra^da, 

The  first  number  of  the  Magas.  de  Zoologie,  1842,  contains 
a  Treatise,  by  Fr^d^ric  Cailliaud,  on  the  genus  Clavagella, 
192 


MOLLUSCA — TUNICATA.  149 

The  author  ascribes  the  perforation  of  this  animal  into  stone  to  a 
solrent  acid,  and  supposes  that  it  must  be  developed  in  veiy  small 
quantities  at  the  same  time,  otherwise  the  shell  itself  would  be  attacked 
by  it.  He  supposes  also,  that  the  animal  has  it  in  its  power  to  apply  the 
acid  to  anj  place  where  it  wishes  to  work ;  and  that  it  can  lessen  its 
effects  by  diluting  it  with  water,  if  the  acid  should  endanger  the  shell. 
He  supposes  the  small  tubular  openings,  which  Rang  thought  were  for 
the  passage  of  a  bjssus  (which,  however,  is  not  to  be  found),  are  for 
filling  up  the  cavities  often  left  by  other  animals,  in  perforating  the 
stone^  and  so  closing  up  all  entrance  to  its  abode.  They  may  be,  how- 
ever, quite  accidental,  and  not  special  characteristics.  These  animals 
undergo  great  alteration  at  different  periods  of  life,  by  which  one  may 
be  misled  to  distinguish  them  into  different  species.  The  author  reduces 
them  to  four,  which  he  has  figured  on  three  plates,  viz., — C  aperta. 
Sow.  (C,  lata,  Brod.  and  Desh. ;  C,  sicula,  delle  Chiaje) ;  C,  haJanorway 
Scacchi ;  C,  dongata,  Brod.,  and  G.  melitensis,  Brod. 


TUNICATA. 

There  are  some  new  species  of  this  division,  in  Moller's  work ' 
already  quoted :  viz. — 

Cynthia  gluHnans ;  yellow,  thin,  covered  with  sand. 

Ascidia  m(nK>cero$ ;  cylindrical,  tuberculated,  pale  red,  with  a  homy 
projection  between  the  openings.  A.  lurida;  flat,  brown-grey,  smooth; 
openings  lateral,  blackish. 

Cla/velina  cristallina;  spherical,  pedicled,  compressed  above,  clear 
like  glass,  minutely  tuberculated,  openings  whitish. 

Boltema  dliata  ;  kidney-shaped,  brown-yellow,  tuberculated,  fringed 
with  hairs ;  openings  reddish ;  pedicle  granulated,  fringed  at  the  end. 


193 


REPORT 


ON  THE 


CONTRIBUTIONS  TO  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  INSECTS, 

ARACHNIDA,  CRUSTACEA,  AND  ENTOMOSTRACA, 

DURING  THE  YEAR  1842. 


BY 


DB.  W.  F.  EBICHSON. 


A  Treatise,  displaying  profoniid  research  in  the  History  of 
the  Formation  of  Animals,  "  Uber  die  riickschreitende  Meta- 
morphose der  Thiere,"  by  Bathke  (Neuest.  Schrift  d.  Natiirf. 
Gesellsch.  in  Danzfg,.  iii.  Bd.  4  Hft.  Beitrage  zur  VergL 
Anat.  und  Physiol,  yon  Dr.  H.  Bathke,  Danzig,  1842),  is 
peculiarly  interesting  in  the  science  of  Entomology. 

The  author  calls  that  phenomenon,  where,  in  the  regular  course  of  the 
development  of  the  animals,  particular  foims  of  the  organism  shrink  up, 
or  even  disappear,  '<  Hetrograde  metamorphosis"  (ruckschreltende  me- 
tamorphose). This  may  either  happen  through  dissolution  (metamorph. 
retrogr.  per  dissolutionem),  or  through  solution  (met^iet.  per  solutionem). 
In  the  former  case,  the  organs  concerned  become  gradually  melted  away, 
while  their  elementoiy  parts  pass  into  the  mass  of  the  rest  of  the  or> 
ganism ;  in  the  second  case,  they  are  cast  off  with  the  cuticular  coverings. 
This  occurs  with  the  hind  legs  of  caterpillars,  the  legs  of  many  parasite 
crabs,  the  eyes  of  several  Entomostrcbcay  as  well  as  with  some  internal 
organs,  as  the  branchisB  of  the  larva  of  the  Dragon  Fly.  The  first  case 
must  always  precede  the  second ;  for,  as  the  author  remarks  in  regard  to 
the  eyes,  where  cornea,  lens,  and  pigment  are  thrown  off,  the  other  parts 

194 


INSKCTA.  151 

must  beocnne  absorbed ;  in  the  same  way,  for  example,  in  the  kgs^  the 
masdes,  &e.,  belonging  to  them  must  sfatink  up.  Besides  legs,  the  bran- 
chisB  of  the  lanne  of  different  inseofcs — their  simple  eyes  (which  the  author 
Yery  correctly  does  not  consider  as  correspcmding  to  the  ftttoie  oompU- 
eated  eyes  of  the  complete  insect), — also  the  saUvaiy  Tcssels,  and  the 
jaw-feet  of  many  Iheapoda,  which  are  afterwards  absorbed,  belong  to 
^e  oigans  which  are  lost  by  the  retrograde  metamorphosis.  This  meta- 
moxphosis  ^oWS  itself  in  the  most  striking  manner,  where  the  animals 
are  fixed  in  tiie  last  stages  of  life,  as  the  parasitic  Crustacea  and  the 
Lefmie$,  The  conseqnaioes  which  the  author  draws  from  his  researches 
inv, — ^Ist,  That  when,  through  the  retrograde  metamorphosis,  a  part  has 
Shrunk  up,  or  eten  completely  disappeared,  another  has  normalLy  formed 
itself  which  compensates  for  i^  or  undertakes  its  fonotion :  2d,  That  in 
swper  cases,  a  part  of  the  body  only,  at  one  place,  undergoes  an  absorp- 
titti,  whilst  anotiier  is  more  highly  developed ;  and,  dd,  That  by  way  of 
•zceptlen,  individual  portions  of  the  body  are  lost  without  being  replaced 
by  cihers,  as  is  chieiy  the  case  in  the  lower  Cratta,esay  wheire  the  author 
si^rposee,  that  all  the  fonctioiis,  and  with  them  also  their  oigans,  yield 
to  the  veiy  highly  impartant  derelopment  and  actiTity  of  the  ovgans  of 
propagation. 

Kolliker  has  carefully  investigated  the  incipient  derelop- 
ment of  particular  insects,  viz., — the  formation  of  the  larva 
in  the  ^g  of  the  Chironomua  jgonatus^  wbich  forms  the  Alga 
ffloeonema;  of  the  SinrnUa  eanescens^  Bremi,  and  of  Donacia 
ercissipes  (?).  (Observationes  de  prima  Insectorum  genesi  ad- 
jecta  articulatorum  eyolutionis  cum  vertebratorum  compara- 
tione,  Diss.  Inaug.  Scr.  Alb.  Kolliker.  Turic.  1842,  3  tab.) 

In  the  oradparison  with  the  development  of  t&is^  vertebrata,  the  author 
has  arrived  at  the  following  conclusiaiia: — 1.  In  articulated  animals,  the 
germinating  tissue  is  divided  into  a  serous  and  mucous  fold :  2.  From  the 
primitive  part  of  the  serous  fold,  the  abdoodnal  plates  (visceral  platten) 
sprout  out  towards  the  yolk,  grow  over  it,  and  unite  upon  the  yolk  side 
of  the  egg;  upon  the  cqiposite  side  of  the  fold  are  formed  the  dorsal 
plates;  they  do  not  grow  together,  but  form  themselves  into  the  hind 
limbs :  3.  The  wings  of  insects  are  the  lateral  limbs :  4.  The  first  traoea 
of  the  vertebral  column  show  themselves  in  the  diain  of  abdominal 
muscles  situate  between  the  nerves  and  the  intestinal  canal :  5,  The 
nerves  (animalischen  nerven)  take  their  origin  in  the  outer  part  of  the 
serous  fold ;  they  are  not^  however,  endosed  in  a  canal,  but  only  covered 
by  skin,  as  the  dorsal  plates  are  not  united ;  the  ganglion  of  the  brain 
also  takes  its  origin  from  the  primitive  part :   6.  The  organs  of  sense 

195 


152  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

belong  to  the  primitive  part  of  the  serous  fold  :  7.  The  mucous  fold  and 
the  intestines  are  formed  from  the  primitiye  part  towards  the  jtiHk,  so  that 
thej  pass  from  the  form  of  a  semi-canal  to  that  of  a  canal :  8.  The  moUth 
penetrates  the  ganglion  chain  and  the  primitive  part,  as  the  parts  of  the 
mouth  originate  from  the  latter :  9.  The  anus  has  its  place  in  the  joDc 
part,  or  between  it  and  the  primitive  part :  10.  The  liver  springs  from 
the  intestines;  the  other  glands  originate  by  themselves.  The  heart  is 
situate  on  the  jolk  side,  between  the  serous  and  the  mucous  fold.  The 
development  of  articulated  animals  is  thus  not  so  different  from  that  of 
the  vertebrated  animals  as  has  hitherto  been  supposed,  but  agrees  in 
important  parts.  The  author  assents  to  the  view  first  taken  by  Rathke 
and  Geoffipoy  St.  Hilaire,  according  to  which,  the  abdomiual  side  of  the 
articulated  animals  corresponds  to  the  dorsal  side  c^the  vertebrated; 
and  adds  also,  that  the  legs  of  the  articulated  animals  correspond  to  the 
dorsal  plates  of  the  vertebrated,  which,  in  the  former,  grow  to  free  limbs, 
in  the  latter,  unite  with  those  of  the  other  side,  and  so  form  the  canal 
for  the  spinal  manow,  and  only  in  fishes  form  themselves,  in  the  dorsal 
fin,  into  a  sort  of  organ  of  motion.  The  wings  of  insects,  as  above  men- 
tioned, correspond,  according  to  the  author's  view,  with  the  l^gs  of  ver- 
tebrated animals.  The  author  considers  the  branchiee  of  the  Cru8t<icea 
as  corresponding  to  the  wings  of  insects ;  but  they  are  always  united  with 
the  legs,  and  form  themselves  sometimes  into  organs  of  respiration,  some- 
times into  organs  for  steering,  since,  in  the  Crustacea  and  Entotnostraca, 
the  original  form  of  the  legs  is  that  of  the  cleft  feet,  one  arm  of  which 
often  becomes  an  oigan  of  respiration  (branohia). 

If  we  should,  as  Oken  has  done,  consider  the  wings  of  insects  as 
branchite,  the  comparison  may  be  made,  partly  with  the  larvae  of  insects, 
partly  with  articulated  worms.  The  researches  and  conclusions  of  the 
author,  already  ascertained  by  his  microscopic  observations  in  the  region 
of  physiology,  deserve  all  attention ;  with  regard  to  the  history  of  de- 
velopment in  the  egg,  the  relation  in  structure  of  the  vertebrated  and 
articulated  animals,  can  be  most  certainly  explained ;  and,  perhaps,  the 
comparison  between  the  two,  which  possesses  much  interest,  may  be 
farther  conducted  in  a  judicious  manner.  I  must  however  confess,  that 
I  have  no  doubt,  but  that  from  a  general  comparison  of  the  organization 
of  both  divisions  of  the  animal  kingdom,  the  conclusion  must  be  drawn, 
that  there  is  no  actual  identity  of  the  parts  of  the  body ;  but  that  a 
eomparison  can  be  instituted  only  in  reference  to  the  functions  of  the 
organs;  So  much  the  more  important  is  it  to  compare  the  development 
of  the  egg  in  both. 

Steenstnip's    work,    tjber   den   Generationswechsel    oder 
die   Pfortpflanzung   und    entwickelung    durch    abwechselnde 
196 


INSECTA.  153 

Generationen,  eine  eigenthiimliehe  Form  der  Brutpflege  in 
den  niedem  Thierclassen.  Copenhag.  1842,  8vo.,  has  attracted 
the  attention  of  zoologists  in  a  great  degree. 

In  the  articulated  animaLs,  the  author  recognises  (p.  121)  the  phe- 
nomenon of  the  yaried  generation,  only  in  the  change  of  the  swarms  of 
the  aphides,  which  lay  eggs  and  also  produce  liying  young;  but  he  finds 
also  an  allied  phenomenon  in  the  peculiar  nursing  swarm  of  wasps,  bees, 
ants,  and  termites ;  the  phenomena  of  life,  however,  arise  in  such  variety 
and  fulness  in  these  classes  of  animals,  that  it  is  almost  to  be  expected 
similar  varied  generation  wiQ  also  be  discove]:ed  in  other  families,  as 
soon  as  the  attention  of  observers  is  directed  to  it.  The  propagation  of 
gall  flies  {Cynvp%era)  at  least  in  one  respect  deviating  from  the  rule^ 
might  next  richly  merit  the  attention  of  physiologists  (v.  infr.) 

We  have  followed,  with  interest,  inquiries  on  the  use  of  the  antennad. 
Of  late  years  no  new  facts  have  come  to  light.  Bobineau  Desvoidy  alone 
(Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  Fr.  xi.  p.  23),  wonders  that  there  is  still  doubt  on  this 
point.  "  He  has  already  shown,  in  the  year  1827,  that,  in  the  crabs,  as 
the  outer  antennae  are  evidently  the  seat  of  the  sense  of  hearing,  so  the 
inner  ones  are  the  seat  of  that  of  smelling ;  and  afterwards  proved,  in 
his  Eecherches  sur  TOrganization  Yert^brale  des  Crustac^s,  Arachnides 
et  Insectes,  1828,  that,  in  the  Isopodes,  the  sense  of  hearing  is  no  longer 
doubtful ;  in  tiie  Arachmd^  it  is  wanting,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
parts  pointed  out  as  mandibles,  are  here  organs  of  smelling,  and  the 
poison  canal  in  them  corresponds  to  the  kchrymal  passage  of  the  higher 
animals.  In  the  insects,  the  antennae  are  organs  of  smelling,  and  usually 
also  of  touch.    They  have  no  organ  of  hearing  at  all." 


INSECTA. 

Partial  essays  on  this  class  have  been  laid  before  the  Pari- 
sian Academy,  by  Percheron  (Compt.  Bend.  d.  Seanc.  de 
TAcad.  de  Sc.  xiii.  n.  24,  and  in  Froriep  Neue  Notizen,  xxi. 
p.  49),  and  by  Bmlle  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  xvii.  p.  267). 

Neither  of  these  will  be  of  any  benefit  to  science,  as  they  are  not 
grounded  on  new  researches  on  the  different  orders. 

Percheron  takes  the  parts  of  the  mouth  as  characteristics  of  the  first 
rank,  and  divides  insects  into  Chewing  {Newroptera,  Orthoptera,  and 
Coleoptera)f  Chewing  and  Sucking  (Hymenoptera),  and  Sucking  (Hemip- 
tera,  Diptera,  Lepidoptera),  But  where  are  the  Strepsiptera,  which  can 
neither  chew  nor  suck,  and  also  all  the  wingless  orders  ? 

197 


154         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

BniM  oonaiders,  that  fhe  oiden  of  inseeli  aire  i^aoed  in  two  pafallel 
rows,  of  which  the  one  hM  the  parts  of  the  mouth  adapted  for  chewing, 
the  other  for  sacking.  The  Strepmptera  haye  occasioned  some  hesi- 
tation to  the  author,  because  he  did  not  know  whether  they  diew  or 
suck;  and,  indeed,  ihey  do  neitber.  The  HymetMptera  he  has  placed 
with  the  chewers,  although  thej  can  also  snok.  finally,  the  Ntwmp- 
t&ra  stand  among  tiie  chewers,  although  a  great  dlTision  of  them — 
tiie  PhryganeoB,  certainly  do  not  chew.  Again,  the  natural  order  of 
tiie  liee  is  split,  and  fhe  sucking  ones  have  receired  tiie  wery  improper 
name  of  an  order,  Zoophaga.  The  Tkrips  haye  also  receiyed  another 
new  name,  McUaeoptera. 

The  author  has  afteiwaids  extended  tiie  idea  of  the  douMe  row  to 
the  whole  animal  kingdom  (lib.  cit.  xyiiL  50,  298) ;  but  also  here  in 
a  manner  equally  usdess,  firom  his  superficial  knowledge  of  the  subject. 

Two  treatises  by  Glaser,  **  Von  der  Uebereinstimmung  swischen 
den  Characteren  der  Pflansen  und  der  an  ihnen  lebenden  Insecten,  im 
besonderen  der  Schmetterlinge,"  and  **  Parallele  zwischen  der  Elasse 
der  Insecten  und  dem  gesammten  Thierreibh,"  are  to  be  found  in  the 
Isis  (p.  6  and  13). 

Esquisses  Entomokgiques,  ou  Histoire  NatureUe  des  Insectes  les  plus 
remarquables,  par  M.  TAbb^  J.  J.  Bourass^,  Tours,  1843,  12  m.  K«  is 
only  known  to  me  by  name. 

Hope  (Transact,  of  the  Ent.  Soo.  of  Lond.  iii.  p.  129),  has  arranged, 
together,  all  the  insects  which  at  different  times  haye  seryed  for  the 
food  of  man.  Dierbach's  **  Uebersicht  der  gebrftuchlichsten  Arzneimittel 
des  Altertiiums  mit  besonderer  Riicksicht  auf  die  Werke  des  Dioscorides 
und  Plinius,  ein  Pharmocokgisclier  Versuoh."  Isis^  p.  103,  is  a  w<»rk  <^ 
like  nature. 

Siebold  has  arranged  the  preyious  obseryations  on  insects  which  haye 
been  infested  by  Fila/ria.    (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  146.) 

Villa  has  published  a  short  paper  (Note  su  Alcuni  Insetti  Osseryati  nel 
Periodo  dell  Eodisse  dell  8  Luglio,  1842,  Milano,  1842),  in  which  he 
describes  the  influence  of  the  eclipse  upon  the  manners  of  dif^ent  in- 
sects, whidi  he  obseryed  during  its  continuance.  The  insects,  in  general, 
were  yery  restless,  moyed  their  feelers  strongly  here  and  there,  and  hid 
themselyes.  Lepturce  and  Cetonice  ceased  to  fly,  and  remained  quiet  upon 
the  leayes.  lAbellula  fiaveola,  which  was  present  in  great  numbers,  disap- 
peared half  an  hour  before  the  darkness,  and  appeared  again  half  an  hour 
afterwards.  The  larger  HyvMfnoptera  also  disappeared.  Diptera,  on  the 
otiier  hand,  flew  tiU  the  commencement  of  the  eclipse.  The  OoedneilcB 
were  latest  in  concealing  themselyes.  Nootumai  insects  did  not  come  out. 
1 1^  once,  many  years  since,  during  a  total  eclipse,  in  the  open  air, 
and  made  similar  obseryations.  The  peculiar  anxiety  with  which  the 
insects  sought  to  conceal  themselves  struck  me  most  forcibly. 

198 


IKSBGTA.  155 

Remarks  conoerning  uuects  are  to  be  found  in  Ratcebuig'8  Fontwis^ 
sensdiaftlicfae  Reisen  dorch  yennhiedene  Gegenden  Deutschlands,  Berlin^ 
1842,  in  Brehm'B  Ausfitige  naoh  Brinnis  (Jbjb,  p.  409, 488, 566, 647, 752), 
and  KiiBtor't  Reiseberiobtesi  tma  Dalmatien  nnd  Montenegro  (Xsis,  p.  283, 
609,  743,  847). 

The  twentjT-aeoo&d  number  baa  appeared  of  Gennar'a  Fanna  Insecto- 
mm  EiuropB* 

^nyenin  d'nn  Voyage  dans  Tlnde  ex.  de  1834-39,  par  Adolphe 
Beleaaert,  Paris,  1843,  iL  yoL  8,  35  pL,  is  of  importance  for  a  know- 
ledge of  Indian  insecte,  which  I  here  defer  mentioning:,  as  the  portions 
an  Tnammalia  and  iHids  haye  already  been  taken  ap  in  this  year's  report. 
The  entomological  portion  has  been  executed  by  Gu^rin.  The  new 
species  haye  been  in  part  briefly  characterized  abeady  in  the  Bey.  ZooL, 
bat  they  are  here  more  minutely  described,  and  some  beautifully 
figured.  In  general,  what  has  been  said  of  the  insects  of  the  hig^ 
lands  of  the  Nilgherries,  is  particularly  worthy  of  attention  (T.  ii.  p.  3). 
The  type  of  the  European  is  here  mingled  with  the  Indian  Fauna. 
The  greater  number  of  the  species  belong  to  European  genera,  and  there 
are  also  found  seyeral  indigenous  to  Europe,  as  Coccinella  7'punctataf 
Vanessa  Cardmi,  PolyofMnatus  hceticus;  whilst,  on  tiie  dediyity  of  the 
mountains,  we  meet  with  pure  Indian  fimns,  Omithoptera  JSeliac<m, 
Stemoeera  chrym,  ISklgora  Ddessertii,  Macronota  Jlavo-maculata, 
Mylohris  Sides,  &c. 

In  the  zoological  numbers  of  the  "  VerhandL  oyer  de  NatuurL  Qes- 
chiedenes  der  Nederlandsche  Bezittingen,"  a  larger  treatise  by  De  Haan 
has  appeared,  which  treats  oi  the  Orthopterous  Fauna  of  Netherland- 
India,  and  will  be  mentioned  aftorwards. 

The  great  number  of  insects  collected  by  Cuming  on  the  Philippine 
Islands,  of  whidi  a  complete  series  of  species  has  been  deposited  in  the 
British  Museum  in  London,  might  weU  call  forth  a  more  extensiye  work, 
which  would  giye  a  profound  yiew  of  the  peculiar  relations  of  the  &una 
of  this  important  group  of  the  Indian  world.  These  yeiy  important 
materials  haye  only  been  partially  examined,  in  different  periodicals. 
During  this  year,  for  example,  tiie  CerambycidcB  haye  be^i  described 
by  Newman,  some  CwrculionidcB  by  Waterhouse,  and  some  Bugs  by 
Ad.  White. 

The  reporter  has  giyen  a  oontributi<m  to  the  Entomology  of  Van 
Diemen's  Land  in  these  Arohiyes  (8  Jahig.  1  Bd.  p.  83). 

**  A  report  on  Hie  Insects  of  Massachusetts  injurious  to  yegetation, 
pubfished  agreeably  to  an  order  of  the  legislature,  by  the  Commissioner 
on  the  Zoological  and  Botanical  Suryey  of  the  Stete,  Cambridge,  1841, 
8yo,"  is  a  yery  learned  work  on  the  Natural  History  of  the  Insects  of 
North  America.  The  autiior,  Th.  W.  Harris,  is  one  of  the  most  distin- 
guished entomologists  of  that  country,  and  has  executed  his  task  with 

199 


156  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

thorough  knowledge  and  the  greatest  care.  The  book  has  been  written 
for  a  wide  circle ;  and  while  thus,  on  the  one  hand,  it  contains  much 
which  is  onlj  subservient  to  introducing  the  subject  to  general  readers ; 
on  the  other,  it  is  rich  in  yaluable  information  on  the  habits  of  North 
American  Insects.  As  this  work  is  probably  but  little  kno¥m  in  Europe, 
I  shall,  in  the  course  of  this  report,  frequently  draw  attention  to  it. 

The  entomological  portion  of  lyOrbigny's  voyage,  which  had  been  in- 
termitted for  several  years,  has  been  renewed  by  Blanchard,  and  carried 
on  ¥rith  more  research  than  his  predecessor  devoted  to  it.  The  text 
lying  before  us,  reaches  to  the  end  of  the  Clcwicomia.  The  plates  axe 
in  advance,  but  they  cannot  be  here  noticed  until  the  descriptions  have 
also  appeared. 

The  zoological  portion  of  the  Voyage  autour  du  Monde,  1836-37, 
sur  la  Corvette  Bonite,  par  M.  Vaillant,  Pans,  1841-42,  is  not  yet 
accessible  to  me,  so  that  a  report  upon  it  must  be  postponed. 


COLEOPTERA. 

Herrm.  Meyer  has  analyzed  the  homy  shell  of  Beetles. 
(Miill.  Archiv.  f.  Anat.  iind  Phys.  1842,  p.  12.) 

In  order  to  remove  from  it  the  brittleness,  which  renders  fine  sections 
for  microsoopical  research  impossible,  it  is  necessaiy  to  soften  it  for  a 
long  time  in  caustic  potass.  By  this  means  an  epidermis  on  both  sides 
is  removed,  which  is  formed  of  one  simple  layer  of  cells,  placed  in  rows 
next  to  each  other.  The  internal  epidermis  is  veiy  thin,  the  walls  of  its 
cells  are  recognised  with  difficulty,  and  instead  of  the  usual  included 
substance,  each  cell  has  a  spicula  rising  up  obliquely  in  the  middle  of  it. 
The  middle  portion  of  the  homy  shell  is  composed  of  small  longitudi- 
nal fibres,  which  are  united  in  layers  by  simple  apposition,  of  which 
a  greater  or  lesser  number  are  joined  together  in  order,  so  that  the 
directions  of  the  fibres  of  each  layer  cross  at  angles  of  45°  or  90°.*  As 
to  whether  any  peculiar  connecting  substance  exists  between  the  small 
fibres,  the  author  is  still  doubtful.  Between  the  external  epidermis,  and 


*  The  original  of  this  difficult  passage  is  added. 

Es  lasst  sich  daranf  an  beiden  Seiten  ein  Epidermisiiberzug  ablosen,  der 
aus  einer  einfachen  Schicht  neben  einander  gereihter  Zellen  gebildet  wird. 
Die  inner  Epidermis  ist  sehr  diinn,  die  Granzen  ihrer  Zellen  sind  schwer  zu 
erkennen,  mid  statt  der  kerns  hat  jede  Zelle  einen  shrSgen  stachel,  der  sich  in 
ihrer  Mitte  erhebt.  Der  mittler  Theil  der  Homschale  ist  aus  StILbchen  zn- 
sammengesetzt,  welche  durch  Nebeneinanderlegung  imd  Anastomosiren  zn 
Sohichten  vereinigt  smd,  deren  nach  Unstttnden  eine  grossere  oder  geringere 
Zahl  aufeinandergefiigt  sind,  so  das  die  Richtungen  der  Stabe  der  einzelnen 
Schichten  sich  unter  Winkeln  von  45  oder  90*"  kreuzen. 

200 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  157 

the  peculiar  texture  of  the  homy  shell,  the  author  o1)8eryed  a  layer  of 
pigment  in  the  unsofbened  pieces,  which  seemed  to  be  composed  of  a 
homogeneous  substance. 

Observations  on  the  History  of  the  Metamorphosis  of  the  Coleoptera 
have  been  published  by  Goureau  (Ann.  d.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  zi.  p.  173), 
principally  in  reference  to  the  transformation  of  the  Beetle  from  the 
nymphnr-membrane,  and,  in  particular,  of  the  Pyrochroacoccmea.  The 
view  very  correctly  taken  by  the  author,  that  the  spines  and  bristles, 
standing  out  on  the  covering  of  the  nympha-membrane,  serve  to  retain  it 
in  its  place  on  the  evolution  of  the  Beetle,  and  thus  render  that  operation 
easier,  has  already  long  been  maintained  by  ourselves. 

The  reporter  has  continued  his  researches  on  the  larvas  of  the  Coleop- 
tera (Arch.  8  Jahxg.  1.  Bd.  p.  363),  with  reference  to  the  division  of  Qie 
LcumsllicomeB,  Heteromera,  Ciirculiones,  CercMnbyces,  Cucujidce. 

A  knowledge  of  the  larvae  Ib  of  great  importance  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  tho  Heteromera,  which  present  very  important  variations  in  this 
respect,  according  to  their  natural  families.  The  larvae  of  the  Melasoma, 
Tend)rione8,  Taxicomes,  Helopice,  and  Cistelines,  agree  very  closely ; 
and  from  that  the  idea  has  been  derived,  to  unite  aU  these  divisions  into 
one  great  natural  family,  which  is  also  accurately  enough  divided  from  the 
rest  of  the  Heteromera,  by  the  characteristic  marks  of  the  Beetle.  The 
Serropalpi,  (EdemeridcB,  Losgria,  Pyrochroa  (Pyrochroa  and  Pytho)^ 
and  Mordellaf  have  peculiar  forms  of  larvae.  The  larvae  of  the  Meloidoe 
are  only  satisfactorily  known  in  a  very  youthful  state.  Of  those  of  the 
Anihdcidce  and  Salpingidas  nothing  is  known. 

A  comparison  of  some  of  the  differences  presented  in  the  general  struc- 
ture of  the  body,  by  which  the  two  sexes  of  Beetles  are  distinguished 
from  each  other,  has  been  published  by  Hofimeister  (Sechster  Jahres- 
bericht  tlber  die  Thatigkeit  des  Yereins  fur  Naturkunde  in  Cassel,  ab- 
gestattet  d.  18.  Apr.  1S42,  von  Dr.  A.  Philippi). 

Some  remarks  on  the  natural  history  of  German  Coleoptera,  are  to  be 
found  in  the  Entomol.  Zeitung>  viz. :  BeitrUge  zur  nahem  Kenntniss  des 
Lebens  und  Fanges  einiger  Coleopteren  von  Banse,  Erasper  und  Matz 
in  Magdeburg  (p.  24) :  Entomologische  Mittheilungen  von  Dr.  Eosen- 
hauer  (p.  33,  50),  und  uber  die  an  und  in  alten  Zatinen  lebenden  Eafisr 
von  demselben  (p.  162.) 

Schaum  (Qermar  Zeitschr.  iv.  p.  172)  lias  published  a  contribution  to 
the  knowledge  of  the  Salt  Beetles  of  Northern  G^many ;  i.  e.  such  beetles 
as  are  only  found  in  the  salt  districts.  They  are  confined  to  a  few  fami- 
lies. The  half  of  them  are  Ca/rahicinas.  Next  to  these.  Water  Beetles, 
which  live  in  brackish  water  (Dytiacidce  and  HydropMlidce).  Among  the 
Staphylinidce,  some  species  of  Bledms ;  and,  besides  these,  only  two  of 
Heterocervs  (parallelus,  Gebl.,  and  femoraliat  Ullr.);  one  Pselaphug 
(BryaxU  Helferi,  Schm.) ;  and  one  Anthicus  (humilis), 

201 


158  RBPOBT  ON  200L0OY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

A  diaiertatioii  wbioh  has  appeased  in  Vienna,  ^  QiUBclam  genen  et 
ipaoiea  Ooleupterunun  Ajwhidnoatnit  Aaataup  pondnm  deacriptonun^  Diss, 
inaug.  Anct  QniL  Bedtenbacher,  Yind.  1842,  8^"  deaeribea  tarentx-dz 
ipedea  of  BeetleBy  of  wludi  two  onlj  constitate  new  genera  (t.  inf.) 

Heers  **  die  Kiiftr  der  Schweis,  mit  beoondeittr  BeriklEgichtigDng 
ilixer  geognph,  Yerbreitong"  (Ft  1,  No.  S),  haa  i^peared  in  the 
Neo.  Denkaohr.  d.  AUg.  Sdhweis.  Ooaollaoh.  £  cL  gesammten  Natorwias. 
5  Bi^  and  baa,  beaidea  been  printed  aepaiately,  18^.  Thia  woik  keepa 
equal  paoe  with  the  Fauna  Coleopt  Hehr. ;  and  the  ahoYe  number 
cofteaponda  to  the  third  number  of  the  latter  work. 

Hope  (Ann.  of  Nat.  Hiat  iz.  p.  494 ;  x.  p.  91)  has  deacribed  a  number 
of  new  apeciea  ficom  Western  Tropical  Africa^  so  lidi  in  Coleopieta;  also 
Imhof  (Beribht  iiber  die  YerhandL  d.  Naturf.  Getellach,  in  Basel,  Yom 
Aug.  1840,  bb  Juli  1842,  y.  Basel,  1843),  which  will  be  mentioned  more 
minutely  aflerwaida.  Those  of  the  former  are  mostly  tram  Gape 
Falmas,  thoee  of  the  latter  frcMn  the  hill  countiy  <^  Aquapim. 

Hope  has  made  a  conlributiou  to  the  Faona  of  Sjlhet»  by  describing 
fourteen  rare  and  beautiful  Beetles,  of  whidi  short  characters  are  giYon 
in  the  Fh)oeedings  of  the  Linnsean  Society  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  247)* 
These  are,  scYcn  LucamdiB,  one  Mimela,  one  Chry9oehroa^  four  Longi- 
ecme$^  among  which  is  a  new  genus,  Zcnoptenu,  and  one  8agra.  More 
minute  informatiDn  on  these  species  may  be  learned  from  the  treatise 
itself.  Of  the  new  genus  nothing  can  be  at  present  said,  as  nothing 
YOiy  ezact  has  been  stated  as  to  its  position  in  the  series  of  the  Longi- 
comes.  Hope  has  mentioned  a  number  of  Coleopterck,  collected  by 
Cantor  in  Chusan  and  at  Canton  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc»  p.  60) ;  but  we 
cannot  enter  more  minutely  on  them  here,  as  the  characters  giYen  of 
them  are  too  superficial*  to  recognise  the  species,  and  often  oYOn  doubts 
remain  whether  the  genera  are  correctly  defined.  It  is  to  be  desired 
that  a  more  ezact  description  were  giYen.  A  communication  upon  the 
Beetles  of  Port  Essington,  by  Hope  (Proceed.  Entom.  Soc.  p.  43), 
possesses  mudi  interest  for  the  Fauna  of  New  Holland,  as  the  north 
coast  of  New  Holland  was  till  then  quite  unknown ;  and  the  presence  of 
soYeral  genera  in  New  Holland  is  ascertained,  whidi  hitherto  had  not 
been  known  to  occur  there.  To  the  latter  bdong  Coprii  and  Megaee^ 
phala.  The  enumeration  is  partly  incomplete,  and  the  characters  giYen 
are  Yery  meagre  and  uncertain. 

Newman  has  published  a  lut  of  Beetles,  which  were  collected  at 
Port  Philip,  on  the  south  coast  of  New  Holland  (Entomologist,  p.  361^ 
361, 401, '413).  Were  this  catalogue  complete,  and  the  descriptionB  more 


*  For  example,  "  Sp.  19,  Lagria  nigrieoUiSy  Hope.  Flava,  antennis,  capite, 
thoraceqne  nigris,  elytris  pallide  castaneis,  Yillosis,  corpora  infra  piceo,  pedi- 
bos  conooloribus."    What,  then,  is  yellow  abo«t  the  animal  ? 

202 


INSBCTA— <K)LEOPTBILA.  169 

miniite,  an  important  oomporison  miglit  be  instituted  'between  the  Fauna 
of  tbe  oontiaent  of  New  Holland  and  the  island  of  Van  Diemen's  Land, 
as  the  inseots  described  by  me  wen  ooUected  at  Port  Fhdip,  a  point  lying 
ezBotly  opposite  to  the  latter. 

CiciNDXLiDJt. — This  ftniily  has  been  subjected  to  a  earefbl  Teviaon, 
in  respeet  to  their  systematic  diyision,  by  Lacordaiie  (Mdm.  d.  L  Soc 
Boy.  d.  Sc.  de  lA6gey  torn,  i  p.  85).  The  author  divides  them  into  five 
groops : — ^I.  McmtieoridcB  embraces  tiM  genera  Mcmtic^a,  PlatychUe^ 
AmbhfeheUa,  Ovmu, — ^11.  MegcbcephaMdiB,  distinguished  from  the  former 
as  well  as  fiom  the  rest,  by  the  pecuHsr  length  of  the  labial-palpi,  par- 
ticalarly  of  tiie  stem  (erroneously  taken  by  tiie  author  fbr  its  first  joint). 
OxycheHa  ;  CevUroch&Ua  {PaenidoaBychdla,  Gner.),  differing  fiom  Oxy. 
by  its  triang^nlar  labrum,  suddenly  narrowed  anteriorly,  and  elcmgated 
into  a  strong  point,  containing  the  O.  bipugtmlatay  Latr. ;  JS^urymorpAo, 
Hope;  Meffocephdla  {Apiema,  Enc),  confined  to  M,  $enegalenBUt 
which  the  author  distiagaishes  fiom  the  other  MegtieephcUcR  comprised 
by  Hope  under  Tetracha,  by  tiie  completely  rounded  shoulders  of  the 
^ytza.  It  is  the  only  one  that  is  wingless,  for  if.  4riignata,  which  the 
anthor  separates  as  a  wing^ss  species  in  the  genus  Tetraehay  is  com- 
pletely winged.  There  is  therefore  no  sufficient  generic  distinction 
in  the  absence  of  wings,  as  we  do  not  even  find  it  sufficient  finr  a  spe- 
<9fio  distinction,  it  often  enough  occius,  that  in  sudi  species  as  in  general 
toe  unwinged,  winged  individuals  are  found,  even  independent  of  oases 
arising  from  difference  of  sex.  For  this  reason,  I  consider  that  the  dis- 
tinction given  by  the  author  between  Megaeephala  and  Tetraeha,  is  as 
little  to  be  maintained,  as  he,  with  justice,  has  deemed  those  defined  by 
Hope,  according  to  the  number  of  the  teeth  on  the  mandibles.  Aniara 
(B^ulchrcblu),  the  s^taration  of  which,  though  scazoely  on  suffidoit 
grounds,  yet  tspf^ean  less  constrained.  Lastiy,  Iresia.  This  genus  can- 
not here  be  in  its  right  place ;  it  is  more  nearly  allied  in  its  habits  to 
Ekifro9opu8.  The  sculpture  of  the  elytra  resembles  mudi  the  CMyridCB, 
In  the  structure  of  the  antennsD  only,  /.  Lcbccrdairei  shows  the  character 
of  the  Megacephalidce,  In  the  J.  bMotataf  EL,  tiie  labial  palpi  scarody 
exceed  in  length  the  maxillary  palpi;  in  /.  Umctculata,  Kl.,  they  are 
even  shorter;  in  J.  Beahii,  both  are  of  tolerably  equal  length.  This 
differmoe  in  the  different  species  is  so  nindb  the  more  striking,  as  the 
first  three,  at  least,  stand  in  the  very  closest  relation,  and  the  author 
could  so  much  the  less  presuppose  it,  as  he  had  only  an  opportunity  of 
examining  the  first.  It  is  also  of  consequence^  as  it  shows  that  the 
relative  length  of  the  palpi  affords  no  satisfactory  mark  of  the  Megace- 
phalidci  and  CicindelidcB, — III.  CieindelidiB,  the  most  numerous  group. 
Oxygoma,  Man.,  and  Cicindela,  including  CkUoehroa  and  Abrotcelig, 
H<^,  CyUndera,  Westw.,  and  La/phyrOy  Dup.,  which  the  author  shows 
as  untenable,  have  simple  labial-palpi  and  antericNr  tarsi,  without  an 

203 


160  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

impreflsed  longitndiiud  line.  The  following  haTe  an  indented  line  on  thet 
anterior  tarri :  Euryoda  {Hepatodowta,  Hope,  but  which  name  the  aathor 
rejects,  at  the  labnun  has  only  five  crowded  teeth),  with  a  short  tran»- 
rerte  5-7  toothed  labrum  {C.  analig,  F.;  4rpunet€tta,  ¥.;  candnna, 
Dej. ;  verricolar,  Dej. ;  Leprimri,  Dej. ;  fettiva,  Dej. ;  omato,  KL ;  co- 
iofi,  KL ;  mirabUis,  Broil. ;  viridicyanea,  BnilL ;  all  from  the  Old  World). 
CkUonycha  has  a  long  three-toothed  labmm,  coToring,  in  a  great 
measure,  the  mandibles,  and  which,  in  the  $,  is  produced  into  a  spine ; 
it  differs  firam  OdowtocheUay  by  its  short  arched  body,  and  is  South 
Am^can :  C.  chcUyhea,  Dej.  Phyllodroma,  different  from  Odawto- 
cheUa  by  a  short  1-3  toothed  labmm ;  habits  rather  similar :  Ph,  igni- 
mollis,  new  species,  probably  Brazilian ;  O.  ctMrtUabrit,  and  aperta.  El., 
and  iemicyanea,  BrnlL  OdontocheUa,  Lap.,  corresponding  to  Dejean's 
first  division  of  Cicmdda  ;  Plochionocera,  Hope  (nodic&mU),  is 
quite  correctly  joined  to  it;  O.  ventralis,  duHgma,  Dej.,  Bericina,  Kl., 
fugipennis  and  tenebrico^af  KolL,  form  a  small  peculiar  group,  with 
shorter  body,  elytra  moro  or  less  impressed  (eingedriickten),  of  black 
hue  with  silky  gloss,  inhabiting  woods,  not  found  upon  leayes,  but  on 
the  banks  of  water.  Lastly,  those  haying  the  second  joint  of  the  labial 
palpi  thickened :  Physodewtera,  in  which  also  the  second  joint  of  the 
maxillary  palpi  is  swollen  (O.  Adonis,  Lap.,  from  Madagascar) ;  Distip- 
gidera,  Westw. ;  Megalomma^  Westw.  (I  published  some  criticisms  on 
these  genera  in  last  year's  report) ;  Apteroessa,  Hope ;  Dromica,  Dej. ; 
EuproBOpM,  Latr. — TV.  Collyrida.  The  throe  known  genera,  Theratesy 
Tricondyla  and  Collyris. — Y.  CtenostonUda,  The  genera  Psilocera, 
Brail,  (this  name  having  been  proviously  applied  elsewhero.  King's 
Pogonostoma  is  to  be  proferrod) ;  Proeephalus,  Lap. ;  Ctenottoma,  EL ; 
and  MyrmecUla.  The  latter  is  founded  on  a  small  new  species,  M,  pyg- 
moea,  from  Brazil,  differing  from  both  the  preceding  by  its  longer  labial 
palpi,  while,  in  habit,  it  holds  a  medium  between  them.  I  must  confess, 
that  from  our  specimen  of  this  Beetle,  the  difference  does  not  appear  to 
me  very  important,  especially  as  it  seems  impossible,  from  a  series  of 
twelve  species,  which  I  have  beforo  me  in  the  Berlin  collection,  to  disr 
tingnisli,  in  any  satisfiictory  way,  between  Jhrocephaku,  Ctenostoma,  and 
Myrmedlla. 

Megacephala  and  Oicindela  have  been  enriched  with  new  species 
from  several  quarters.  Megcbceph,  mgricollis,  dongata,  violdcea,  gror- 
ciliSf  Beiche  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  239),  are  from  New  Granada.  M,  cmstral- 
asicBf  Hope  (Proceed.  £nt.  Soc.  p.  45),  from  Port  Essington ;  the  first 
species  of  this  genus  known  in  New  Holland. 

Cicindela  litterifera  and  aubtruncata,  Chaudoir    (Bull,  de  Mosc. 

p.  801),  are  from  Astrabad,  on  the  Caspian  Sea ;  Calochroa  Strachani, 

Hope  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  z.  91,  14),  from  Sierra  Leone ;  Cic.  ocreata, 

eupriventris,  Fava/rgeri,  Reiche  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  240),  from  New  Granada ; 

204 


INSECT  A — COLEOPTERA .  161 

and  O,  ioscelu,  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  45),  from  Port  Essington, 
in  the  north  of  New  Holland. 

Schmidt  of  Stettin  has  made  some  interesting  observations  on  the 
larye  of  the  Cic.  eanvpestris  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  270),  from  which  it  appears, 
that  by  night  the  larva  leaves  its  habitation  for  prey.  The  pupa  is  also 
for  the  first  time  described  and  figured,  figs.  9-11. 

Cababici. — ^Rosenhauer  (Die  Lauf  and  Schwimmkafer  Erlangens,  mit 
beeonderer  Berdcksichtigong  ihres  Yorkommens  und  ihres  Verhaltnisses 
za  denen  einiger  anderer  Staaten  Europas,  Erlangen,  1842),  and  Safifiian 
(Die  Caraben  des  Regierungsbezirks  Arensbeig,  verglichen  mit  denen 
der  Mark  Brandenburg  in  Germ.  2ieitschrift.  iv.  p.  149),  have  made 
some  important  contributions  to  the  distribution  of  the  Ca/rabi  (including 
the  Cicmdelidce)  in  Germany.  The  former  has  given  a  careful  list  of 
the  species,  with  important  remarks  on  their  occurrence,  and  a  compari- 
son of  the  Fauna  of  Paris,  Switzerland,  Brandenburg,  Sweden,  and  Lap- 
land. The  latter,  on  the  other  hand,  goes  very  profoundly  and  carefully 
into  the  comparison  with  the  Brandenburg  Fauna.  In  general,  the  Mark 
is  richer  by  fifty-five  species  than  the  Amsberg  district,  which  wants 
the  genera  Omoph/ton,  Licinus,  Masoreus,  Cephalotes;  whilst  the  genera 
Callwtas  and  Olisthopug  are. present,  whidi  are  not  to  be  found  in  the 
Mark  (OlistJ^opus  rotwndatus  maj,  perhaps,  have  been  found,  at  least  I 
have  met  with  it  in  Pomerania ;  but  it  appears  to  like  a  clayey  soil,  of 
which  there  is  very  little,  at  least  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Berlin). 

The  Capably  according  to  my  experience,  are,  for  the  most  part,  very 
constant  to  one  soil  The  Fauna  of  Erlangen,  where  there  is  great 
variety  of  soil,  appears  to  confirm  this.  It  is  richer  by  twentynseven 
species  than  that  of  Amsberg ;  and  although  they  agree  in  having  fewer 
species  altogether  than  Brandenburg,  yet  it  differs  from  the  Amsberg 
Fauna  in  being  richer  than  it  in  most  of  the  families ;  only  the  Elor- 
phrini,  lAcimniy  and  Chkemini,  have  one,  the  Sccmtini  and  Aneho- 
fnenimiy  two  species  less.  Whilst  none  of  the  species,  native  to  Bran- 
denburg,  are  missed,  the  Erlangen  region  has,  besides,  CallUtus  and 
OlistJioptis,  also  PolysHchus. 

A  remarkable  fact,  in  Sufirian's  treatise,  is  the  presence  of  the  Co- 
raJbus  nodulo9us  in  the  Amsberg  Wood.  His  information  on  the  pre^ 
sence  of  the  Car,  pi^rpurascens,  which,  in  Western  Germany,  represents 
the  Eastern  0.  violacefiSf  deserves  all  attention.  He  considers  them  as 
one  species.  According  to  his  statement,  both  are  present  at  Mainz ; 
and,  according  to  Schmidt,  C  vioUiceus  is  constantly  found  on  hiUy  stony 
ground,  C.  pwrpiMrascens  in  iboist  meadows.  They  are  also  to  be  found 
in  the  Harz,  where  the  reporter  can  add,  that  an  intermediate  species, 
C.  exa»peratuSf  Duft.,  of  which  we  have  a  series  in  the  Berlin  collection, 
is  also  found ;  the  extreme  specimens  of  it  are  not  to  be  distinguished, 
the  one  from  C  violaceus  proper,  the  other  from  C»  purpvvnMceas. 

205 


162  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

AoeoidiDg  to  RotenhMiar,  ^ete  tliree  foanw  axe  fiNmd  at  Eriangen  at 
well  as  in  Austria.  There  are  still  some  other  foms  of  the  C.  woUueuB, 
which  are  looked  upon  as  peculiar  speoies;  and  in  other  species,  local 
yarieties  haye  been  considered  as  species  hj  entomologists,  which  De- 
jean,  ey«n  against  his  own  eonyiotion,  has  had  the  modestj  to  describe 
as  such. 

Fisdier  yon  Waldheim  (Bey.  ZooL  p^  270),  wishes  his  genns  (M- 
liithenet,  disallowed  by  Dsjeaa,  to  be  agun  established,  as  neoessarify 
separated  from  CcdoBoma  hy  its  peculiar  habit,  and  want  of  wings.  This 
necessity  acknowledged,  we  most  often  reckon  one  spedes  to  two  genera, 
as  it  happens,  that  one  and  the  same  species  is  sometimea  winged,  some- 
times wingless.  The  genns  CalHitheM$  would  thus  xeqniie  a  better 
foundation.  The  author  nekoDa  in  it  three  spedee:  €L  Pimdariy 
C.  M<a»€lwMkii  (Cwr.  arbiculaiM$,  Mdtadh.X  snd  a  Fittheri,  Mdn., 
from  the  Chinese  eonfiiiea.  Gndria  adds  a  fourth  species  (ibid.  p.  271)» 
C  Bdchd  from  Persia,  distinguished  from  O,  M^tsehoulshU  bj  the 
smoothness  of  the  upper  surface,  whilst  the  other,  aooordii^  to  Mots- 
diolulsk,  has  a  fine  scaly  coat. 

The  Helkumides  haye  been  subjected  to  a  reeyision  by  Beidie  (Ann. 
d.  L  Soc  Enl  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  323),  the  group  fixed,  the  genera  hitherto 
characterized  confirnied,  and  some  new  ones  added.  The  diy]si<m  of  the 
author  is  as  follows : — ^The  wingless  are,  Omphra^  Leadi,  with  trun- 
cated labrum ;  Hdluo,  with  long  labmm  concealing  the  mandibles.  The 
rest  are  winged :  one  group  haying  three  long  spine-like  lobes  to  the 
mentum,  and  (in  MctcrocheUue)  the  last  joint  of  the  labial-palpi  cylin- 
drical, or  (AccmthfiffUMis)  triangular  hatdietdiaped ;  in  the  other  group 
the  lobes  of  the  mentum  are  short  and  broad,  and  the  inner  one  remark- 
ably shorter.  The  labmm  is  either  short  and  truncate,  as  in  P/on^tds,  in 
which  the  posterior  angles  of  the  thorax  are  simple,  and  Dialod»ntu»,  in 
whidi  they  are  reflexed ;  or  has  a  projecting  tooth  in  the  middle,  in  Pieu- 
rac€miku9;  or  it  is  long  and  coyers  the  mandibles,  in  Helluamorpha, 
.Enigma  is  a  ninth  genus,  the  diavacters  of  whidi  Reiche  could  not 
make  out.    The  spedes  are  diyided  as  foUows  :-— 

Omphra,  East  Indian;  Atrto,  F.  (trwfis,  Leaok);  jmIoso,  <Urata,  Kl.; 
and  a  new  spedee,  O.  eompkmcUa,  from  anterior  India. 

Helhto,  New  Holland ;  eogtaiuSf  Bon. 

JikUgmaf  Newm.,  New  Holland ;  im,  Newm. 

MiJteroekdluBf  Kirby,  Hope,  East  Indian;  3-pu9M€auSy  Dej.  (jBms- 
mmi,  Hope,  4-9naot»^#iis,  Gndr). 

A€€mihog€niu8,  Rddie,  new  genus,  Asiatic  and  African;  impiohts^ 
Wied.;  gr<mdU,  Dej. ;  laibronMf  Dej.;  hmgnatus,  Reiche  (Mmacula^ 
tus,  Dej.) ;  biffuttatH9,  Qory ;  di9t<n€tus,  Wied. ;  dorsaZis,  SL ;  eruek^ 
fws,  Maro. ;  and  a  new  qtedes,  scapuiarUf  Reiciie. 

Pkme$e$f  MacLeay,  East  Indian ;  UmaoukUuB,  MacLeay  {siiffmaf  ¥., 

206 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  168 

which  the  author  plaoe»  hefe  upon  Hope's  authority,  does  not  bekmg  te 
this  group). 

DailodontuB,  Reiche,  new  genus,  South  American ;  OafennendSf  Dej.; 
ru.Jlpe9,  Broil. 

PletMr<iccmth/u8t  Gray,  American;  tuleipenms,  Gray;  Brmmliama, 
brevicollis,  Laeordairei,  Dej.;  cnbratusy  Beiehe;  unthracmM,  son- 
ffuinolentuSy  naid  ferrttffineus,  Kl. 

Hellucmorpha,  iMp.,  American.  HeroSf  Gray;  offathi^rwus,  Boq.; 
hellicoaa,  Lap. ;  unicolcr,  BrulL ;  mdanariaj  Reiche,  new  species ;  femo- 
rata,  Dej. ;  nigerrimaf  pubeKens,  Kl. ;  coracina,  Mannerii. ;  tparsa, 
Brull. ;  are  South  American,  with  slightly  thickened  antenn»  and  i^ortev 
thorax.  H.  pranitta,  laHccmu,  nigripenmSf  Clairvillei,  Dej.,  are  North 
American,  with  much  thickened  antennje  and  longer  thorax* 

{HdL  pygmcms,  Dej.,  does  not  belong  to  this  genus,  but  rather  to 
JHaphoruSy  in  Eeiehe's  opinion.) 

The  family  of  the  Carabi  has  been  enriched  with  a  number  of  new 
genera  by  Chaudoir  (BulL  Mosc  1842,  p.  832) ;  they  have  been  co- 
piously and  accurately  described,  but  the  distinguishing  characteristics 
have  not  been  prominently  noticed ;  other  new  genera  haye  been  founded 
by  Waterhouse  and  others,  so  that  during  this  year,  these  fosm  a  con- 
siderable series. 

Rhombodera,  Beiche  (Rerr.  Zool.  p.  313);  allied  to  LeUa  ;  the  thorax 
somewhat  rhomboidal ;  the  fourth  joini  of  the  tarsus  simple ;  the  daws 
with  a  blunt  tooth  at  the  base,  without  comb-like  toothing.  Rh,  virgata 
firam  New  Granada,  and  Rk.  atrorufa  from  Brazil 

Glfda,  Chaudoir  (BulL  Mosc.  1842,  p.  805),  founded  on  the  OymmdU 
omata.  El.,  an  intermediate  form  between  CymindM  and  CaUeida, 
agreeing  with  the  former  in  the  simple  fourth  tarsal  joint,  with  the  latter 
in  the  strong  hatchet-shaped  last  joint  of  the  labial-palpi. 

Coeleprosopug,  Chaudoir  (1.  c.  p.  839),  formed  on  the  Cfatascoput 
4t-4Ha€ulatus,  MacLeay,  which  differs  from  Catcucopu^  by  wanting  the 
tooth  on  the  mentum ;  but  how  it  differs  from  PenealuB,  MacLeay,  is 
yet  to  be  determined. 

LobodontM,  Chaudoir  (1.  c.  p.  841),  allied  to  Thffreopterus ;  the  tooth 
on  the  mentum  large  and  rounded.  L,  tringiMXtus ;  new  i^peeies  from 
South  Africa. 

SccpodeSy  Erich.  (Archiy.  1  Bd.  p.  123,  t.  4,  f.  1) ;  mentum  with  very 
short  side  lobes,  without  a  tooth ;  hind  legs  l(mg  and  slender;  eyes  very 
large.    8c*  Boops,  new  species  frmn  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

Scwrvphites,  MacLeay.  Under  this  name  Westwood  separates  (Arcana 
Ent.  p.  157),  a  small  group  of  the  species  of  8ea>ritS8,  from  New  Hol- 
land, as  a  sub-genus,  which  agree  in  the  want  of  wings,  the  wide  rounded 
abdomen,  and  the  cylindrical  last  joint  of  the  palpi.  He  has  de- 
scribed three  new  species,  loc.  cit.  p.  87,  and  beautifully  figured  them : — 

207 


164  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  ; 

8c,  B€tcchu9,  from  Swan  River,  8c.  l^enafUM,  from  New  Holland,  Sc, 
8Uenu$f  from  Swan  River ;  a  fourth  is  aAerwardB  added  (p.  157),  Sc, 
McicLeayi,  from  New  South  Wales ;  but  it  appears  to  me  to  be  the  same 
with  8c,  rotundipennis,  Dej.,  which  is  also  found  in  Van  Diemen's  Land. 
(Vid.  Arch.  1842, 1  Bd.  p.  95.) 

Gnathoxy$,  Westwood  (Aican.  Ent.  p.  89,  t.  23,  f.  2,  3),  a  distinct 
genus,  whose  position  is  still  doubtful;  the  habit  is  like  ScariteSy  as  is 
that  of  BaripuB  and  Cnetnacanthus ;  the  head  small,  and  the  mandibles 
simple  like  PterogtichuB;  the  antennse  and  the  exteriorly  dentated  tTbise, 
as  in  8cariU$f  in  which  gijoup  the  genus  may  for  the  present  stand ;  the 
mentum  is  toothless  on  the  emargination ;  the  tarsi  seem  to  be  simple. 
To  the  two  species  figured,  On,  granulans  and  irregularis,  from  Port 
Essington,  Reiche  (Rev.  ZooL  p.  121)  has  added  two  other  species, 
O.  obscwus  and  citatricosus,  from  Swan  River ;  and  Westwood  after- 
wards remarks  (Arc.  Ent.  p.  158),  that  he  has  seen  two  East  Indian 
species  of  this  genus  in  Paris. 

MystroptenUf  Chaudotr  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  844),  a  genus  of  DitomidcB, 
distinguished  from  PachycaruSy  Sol.  {cycmeuSy  01.),  by  the  presence  of 
a  sharp  tooth  on  the  mentum,  founded  on  the  Dit,  ccaruleus,  BruU.  Exp. 
d.  Morde. 

Chilotomus,  Chaudoir  (ibid.  p.  846),  founded  on  the  Dit  chalyhceus, 
FaM.  CoL  Pers.  Armen.,  without  a  tooth  on  the  mentum,  with  united 
elytra,  and  the  thorax  produced  behind. 

Brachyccdus,  Chaudoir  (ibid.  p.  848),  a  genus  of  HarpalidcB,  of  the 
form  of  Cratocerus;  mentum  with  a  broad  tooth ;  on  the  four  anterior 
tarsi,  the  first  four  joints  are  widened,  and  have  a  thick  coating  of  felt 
beneath.    Br,  Duponti,  a  new  species  from  the  Straits  of  Magellan. 

Loasomerus,  Chaudotr  (ibid.. p.  851)  is  certainly  identical  with  He- 
teroda^tyluSy  Gu^r.  (vid.  last  year's  report,  p.  206.)  The  new  name, 
however,  as  the  earlier  one  was  no  longer  free,  is  as  little  superfluous 
as  the  exact  description.  The  species  is  called  Z.  n^tyrioides,  and  is  the 
same  with  Heterodact,  ndMrioides,  Gu^r. 

Migadcps,  Waterhouse  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  136,  t.  3,  f.  2,  3),  re- 
sembling Sdenophorus ;  the  dilated  tarsal  joints  of  the  male  have  a 
thick  downy  felt  beneath ;  a  double  tooth  on  the  emargination  of  the 
mentum.  In  M,  virescens,  from  Terra  del  Fuego,  M,  falhla/ndicuSj 
f^m  the  Falkland  Islands,  M.  Darwinii  and  nigroccsruleus,  from  Terra 
del  Fuego,  the  intermediate  tarsi  of  the  male  are  evidently  dilated; 
whilst,  in  the  Jf.  ovalisy  from  Terra  del  Fu^go,  the  first  two  joints  only 
are  dilated  in  a  slight  degree. 

Megalottylusy  Chaudoir  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  855),  allied  to  Pcadlus,  with  an 
obtuse  rounded  tooth  on'the  mentum,  and  the  first  joint  of  the  antennae 
very  long ;  founded  on  five  species  from  New  Orleans,  which,  however, 
are  not  described. 

208 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  165 

Ahropus,  WaterlioiisQ  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p;  134^  t.  3,  f.  1),  fonned 
from  the  Metius  aplendidus,  Gii^. ;  differing  from  the  Metws  hcMrpoM- 
des.  Curt.,  which  is  the  tjrpe  of  the  genus  Metius,  bj  its  Anchomen/u9- 
lilce  form,  as  well  as  much  longer  antenne,  and  kibrum  not  distinctljr 
emarginate  in  front ;  but  the  most  important  difference  is  in  the  structure 
of  the  tarsi,  the  penidtimate  joint  of  which  is  distinctly  bilobed,  and 
iumished  beneath  with  membranous  appendages  in  both  sexes.  Ahroptu 
approaches  yeiy  nearlj  to  AntarcHa,  the  only  essential  difference  is, 
that  Anta/rctia  has  no  appendages  on  the  fourth  tarsal  joint. 

Amblytdus,  EricH.  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  129,  t.  4,  f.  2),  is  a  distinct  genus 
of  Pteroatichmai,  which  is  distinguished  particularly  by  the  bilobed  fourth 
tarsal  joint ;  and  in*  this,  as  well  as  in  the  colour,  approaches  many 
Tru/ncatipemue  ;  the  only  species  is  C  curttu,  F. 

Lestigna/thuSy  Erich,  (ibid.  p.  132,  t.  4,  f.  3),  is  a  genus  of  Ancho- 
menincB,  with  one  new  species,  L.  ewnor,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land* 
distinguished  principally  by  the  broad  toothed  mandibles  crossing  each 
other.  « 

OphryodactyliM,  Chaudoir  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  832),  allied  to  Dyteohu, 
differing  only  by  the  tooth  on  the  mentum  being  deft ;  the  tarsal  joints 
are  deeply  furrowed  at  the  sides,  so  that  they  seem  to  have  a  padded 
border.    0,  9ubviolaceus  is  a  new  species  £rom  BraziL 

ParanonmSy  Chaudoir  (ibid.  p.  835),  also  allied  to  Dytcohu,  and,  as  it 
seems,  chiefly  distinguished  by  the  tooth  on  the  mentum  being  some- 
what emarginate  at  the  point.  P.  Vhermimeri,  new  species  from 
Gnadaloupe. 

JSomotheSf  Newman  (Entomologist,  p.  402);  very  nearly  allied  to 
Euleptus,  Klug,  differing  chiefly  in  its  fonn,  as  the  thoarx  is  much 
narrowed  posteriorly ;  the  elytra,  more  rounded  at  the  sides,  flat,  striated, 
f '  lanugine  sericatft  macnlatim  omata."  H.  degcms,  from  Port  Philip ; 
a  second  species  is  Euleptits  BericeuSj  Erich.  (Arch.  1  Bd.  p.  131, 17)« 
The  essential  characteristics  of  the  genus  are  still  to  be  ascertained ; 
it'will  then  be  ^own  if  it  is  really  different  from  EuUptus* 

Cyphowma,  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc  Lond.  p.  46),  and  Cyrtoderus 
(ibid«  p.  47),  I  do  not  understand,  and  therefore  can  only  name  thenu 
The  former  is  between  JEnigma  {Hdluo)  and  CatiMCopus^  the  latter 
appears  to  its  author  to  be  allied  to  Zabrru,  The  species  Cyphowma 
unicolor  and  Cyrtodems  a/ugtralasicdy  are  from  Port  Essington. 

Molpu$,  Newman  (Entomologist,  p.  413) ;  of  this  also  I  know  nothing 
worth  mentioning.  The  author  has  not  pointed  out  its  position.  From 
its  very  large  eyes,  it  might  be  joined  to  Scopodes  (vide  supra),  but  the 
notice  of  it  is  very  slight.  M,  6-pu/nctatuSf  from  Adelaide,  appears  at 
least  to  be  different  frcon  the  8c.  hoops^  of  the  reporter. 

The  number  of  species  newly  described  is  great.  Of  European  spedes 
there  are  Dy$chiritM  salinuSf  Er.  Schaum  (Qerm.  Zeitschr.  iy.  p.  180), 

209  O 


n 


166  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Iband  in  all  the  nit  countries  of  north  Gcniianj ;  Ha/rpcbUii  tntneatutj 
Amara  plamiuculaf  Hcmmhtsaet^  (Lanf  nnd  Sdiwimmkftf.  Erkngen, 
p.  12, 21),  horn  Erlangen ;  and  thiee  mentioned  by^  Bedtenbacher,  from 
Aoatria  (Colaopt  Aoatr.)  Tix., — Elaphnu  UUriekU^  Dej.,  on  the  hanks 
of  riyen ;  Ptetoatichu  Jugtumif  Spitzy,  from  the  Anitxian  Alps ;  and 
8tenolophus  humeralig,  whidi  is  only  kngwn  to  me  hj  description, 
and  lesemhles  Baduter  humerali$. 

Chandoir  has  made  a  oonsiderahle  contribotion  to  the  knowMge  of 
the  Carabi  of  Western  Asia  (BulL  d.  1.  Soc  Imp.  de  Nat  de  Moeoow, 
1842,  p.  601),  hy  publishing  a  list  of  the  species  ooQected  by  Karelin  at 
Astrabad,  in  the  provinoe  of  Masanderan,  amoonting  to  seTenty-siz,  and 
of  whidi  many  are  new.  Drypia  anguttata,  perhaps  too  hastily  distin- 
guifihed,  firom  one  specimen  only,  by  seTcral ''  pfais*'  and  "  moins,"  from 
the  Z>.  emarffimakif  which  is  also  natiye  there ;  Zuphiwn  longkuculufn, 
resembling  Z.  olent;  Brachinuf  cmnulieomig,  eleffons,  ligutkUus,  fffU* 
tula,  $cuiellari$  ;  Anthia  Ma/nnerhdmii,  nearly  allied  to  A.  iexgwUata  ; 
Scarites  crenulaMs,  persicua;  Clivina  lamfrons,  Elaphrus  imprea-' 
dfron$j  PanagcBua  elongoiius,  Mann.,  not  differing,  in  Chaudoir's 
o^nion,  from  P.  crux  major  ;  ChkBniut  dinUdiatus,  fulvipea,  auriceps  ; 
Dinodes  anguslicollu,  Ka/relinU;  Pogonms  micons,  Anehomerwu  dia- 
cophoru9y  principally  distinguished  from  A.  prasinuB  by  the  larger 
dorsal  spot ;  Agonum  cibscwum,  Calathus  dUutus,  Poecihu  Kareliniif 
kBideoUU ;  Bothriopterui  lasvicoU%$,  PterogUehus  9ubcordatu8,  Pseudo-^ 
maim$  depUmaUis^  Lisaotargua  reticulatua,  Cepihalotea  longtcoUia, 
Leirus  parcUlelua,  Ama/ra  peraica,  Cdia  dbbreviata,  Acinopua  ewry^ 
eephaluay  enuMrginaiua  ;  Ophanua  atroeyaneua,  Harpalua  cribripennia. 
The  faona,  in  general,  agrees  pretty  closely  with  the  European ;  eTen 
the  newly  characterised  species  do  not  appear  satisfiKHxxrily  diffisrent. 
The  presence  of  an  Anthia,  which,  perhaps,  is  the  same  with  the  Indian, 
is  remarkable. 

Some  East  Indian  species  haye  been  described  by  Gndrin  in  Dele»- 
sert's  voyage :  HeUuo  ^-puaiulaiua,  Dej.,  which  was  joined  as  a  variety 
with  the  H,  ^-macuZahia  of  the  Bev.  ZooL ;  Orthogoniua  lateraHa,  from 
the  Island  of  Penang ;  CM,  bilunatua  belongs,  as  a  variety,  to  the  CM. 
Mdgherienaia  ci^he  Rev.  ZooL  ;  Chi,  Lafertei,  from  Pondichexiy. 

Of  the  African  Fauna,  ten  new  speciee  are  to  be  mentioned,  which 
Lucas  discovered  in  French  Barbary,  and  which  are  described  in  the 
Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  xviii.  p.  60 :  Cymindia  aeUfeenaia,  leucophthalma ; 
Skaritea  Le-Vaillantiiy  Ditomua  ruJUcmiay  Nebria  variabiHaj  very  like 
N.  hrevicollia;  OUslhopua  pwncHeoUiay  PoecUua  ha/rbaruar  Jf^umidicua 
eoarcta^ua,  Zdbrua  diatinctua. 

Hope  has  also  characterized  a  number  of  new  species  from  tropical 
Africa,  principaQy  from  Sierra  Leone  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  z.  91) :-  Deaera 
viridipenmaf  Galerka  a^hnacina,  CalUida  nigriventriaf  Ewrydera 

210 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  167 

biftuciata,  Orthogonias  latus,  longipemm,  Stracham,  d/Mus;  Oatfu- 
copus  Savctgei,  jucmvdMs;  Ozama  lutea,  BcariteB  Savagd,  Panagcgui 
Savagd,  Baddoni,  So/yersii,  Khigii,  tropieuB,  Erichsoni,  Strachani, 
growus,  Imhoff  has  also  described  a  nmnbeT  of  species  from  Guinea 
(Verh.  d.  Naturf.  GeseUsch.  in  Basel,  y.  p.  164) :  Caloioma  Quineenee, 
Cataseopus  femoralis  {8avagd,  Hope,  Westermcmni,  Dej.  Cat.) ;  0. 
niffripes  (ju&undus,  Hope,  soaioely  differing  &om  the  O.  senegatenns^ 
Dej.) ;  O.  speculcms,  PaatctgcBus  gra/ndk  (grosmu,  Hope) ;  P.  gccibri- 
collU,  Epomis  altemams,  Mario  ffumeensis  (senegalenm,  Dej.),  differing 
firom  M,  orientoMs,  by  the  somewhat  broader  form  and  ooarser  inner 
stritB  of  the  elytra. 

Beiche  has*  made  a  oonsSd^Mtble  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  Sonfli 
American  CambicincB,  in  the  Hey.  Zool.  p.  241,  272,  807,  by  the  de- 
floription  of  a  nmnber  of  new  species  from  Colnmbia,  principally  from 
New  Granada.  These  are, — ^two  species  of  Oasnonia,  one  OardUtes,  one 
LeptotT<ushdu9,  two  Cfalerita,  two  CymMidis,  thirteen  Caileida,  three 
Dromius,  two  Aspciday  fire  Ldna,  one  Coptodera,  two  species  of  the 
newly  diaracterized  genns  lUumthodera  (yide  sup.),  of  which  one, 
however,  is  Brazilian.  This  work  is  to  be  ccmtinued  in  the  next  year*s 
publication. 

The  Fauna  of  New  Holland  has  been  enriched  from  many  quarters. 
The  following  are  from  Port  Essington,  with  the  exception  of  the 
JEnigma  waicolor: — A,  eycMMpenne,  Cyphoioma  vmieolor  (yide  sup.), 
Cataseopus  ausPralcuicB,  Onataphcmus  (?)  licmoides,  Cyrtoderus  cms-^ 
tnUo/mm  (yide  sup.) ;  Hope,  Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  46.  Frran  Port  Philip : 
CaUeida  auturata,  Letna  caUida,  luctiiosa,  laculenta,  henifica,  irrita, 
moUis;  Feronia  Philippi,  Anchomenus  (?)  wigro-^gneua,  Homotes  eU^ 
gans  (yide  sup.) ;  Newman,  Entimiologist,  p.  867,  401.  From  Van  Die- 
men's  Land :  Calo9oma  Seha/yeri,  Scopodes  (yide  sup.)  hoops;  PlocMonus 
€mstralis,  CaUeida  focifiea,  Cymindis  cwrtaXay  inqmnata ;  HoApahts 
verHcalis,  promptas,  vestigialis;  PterosHchus  (PoecUus)  prolixus,  coror* 
cirms  {Argwtor\  soUidtus;  Anchomsnus  marginellus,  umbigwis; 
ESulep^us  sericeuSt  Dyscolus  cmstralis,  dUatatus;  LesUgnaihus  (yide 
sup.)  cwrsoTy  Erich.,  in  the  Archiyes,  1842,  L  p.  122-34. 

Westwood  has  laboured  excellently,  with  rich  materials,  at  the  Sca/n- 
tidcB  of  New  Holland.  The  genus  Ca/rewum,  Bon.,  forms  a  principal 
element — a  pure  New  Holland  form,  with  which  Amidius,  Leach,  is 
identical,  and  to  which  the  author  also  joins  Eutoma,  Newm.  Eleyen 
species  are  mentioned  (Arc.  Ent.  i.  81,  t.  21-23),  of  which  six  haye  been 
preyiously  described :  O.  BondlU  (O.  cycmeum,  Bon.) ;  mctrginatmn 
{Amid,  m..  Leach,  Boisd.) ;  perpUasumy  White ;  €y€un&wm  {Scetr,  cy€m.f 
F.) ;  Spenceiy  Westw. ;  inctUalm  (Eutoma),  Newm. :  two,  C  sma/rag^ 
dulwn  and  megacephahtm  (Eutomus  fnegacephatus),  from  Port  Es* 
sington,  also  published  by  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  46) :  three, 

211 


168  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

C.  politumf  from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  C  gemmatuni  and  tum/ptUoaum, 
from  Port  Eflsuigton,  are  new.  A  twelfth  spedes  is  C.  loculosum,  Newm. 
(Entomol.  p.  369,  Westw.  Arc.  Ent.  p.  158),  from  Port  Philip.  The 
Scarites  proper  belong  mostly  to  the  pecoliar  form  which  was  ahoye 
mentioned,  under  the  name  8€ariphit€t.  One  species  only,  Sc.  sculpHlu, 
does  not  belong  to  this,  but  is  nearly  allied  to  8c.  lateralis,  Dej.  The 
treatise  includes  also  the  new  genus  Onathaxys  (yide  sup.) ;  and  there 
is  a  beautiful  plate  of  the  8c.  Schr&teri,  Schreib.,  on  which,  as  the  names 
giyen  it  of  Heteroscelis  and  Hyperion  are  already  occupied,  the  generic 
name  Cam/ipylocnemus  was  bestowed  by  Westwood. 

Haliday  has  published,  as  his  opinion  on  the  systematic  position  of 
Adelotopu8  (Entomol.  p.  305),  that  the  almost  whoUy  smooth  antennae 
and  compressed  tarsi  of  the  genus  point  out  its  situation  among  the  Water 
Beetles ;  that  it  differs  in  essential  points  from  the  Oyrimdas,  and  for  the 
present  must,  therefore,  be  joined  to  the  DyHtcidas ;  that  Adelopug  does 
not  liye  in  the  water.  The  beetles  are  to  be  found,  according  to  Dayis's 
report,  under  the  bark  of  Eucalyptus  (ibid.  p.  306).  There  would  be  no 
reason  against  this  opinion,  did  not  the  swimming  tarsi  form  an  essential 
character  of  the  Dytiscidcc,  and  the  Adelotopus  has  none.  Besides,  the 
antennae  are  not  smooth ;  in  Adelotopus^  they  are  certainly  more  thinly 
haired,  but  in  the  allied  genera  they  are  just  as  thickly  so  as  in  the  rest 
of  the  Ca/rabi. 

Newman  (ibid.  p.  365),  following  Haliday,  would  establish  for  these 
beetles  a  peculiar  order  (I),  in  the  same  rank  with  the  CaroihiteSy  Dytis- 
citesy  and  Oyrimtes,  and  standing  in  the  middle  between  them,  under  the 
name  of  Pseudomorphites.  The  number  of  the  species  of  this  group  has 
reoeiyed  an  accession,  particularly  those  of  the  genus  Adelotopus:  A^ 
hcemorrhoidalis  Erich.  (Arch.  1843,  i.  126,  50),  fr^m  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  is  perhaps  the  same  with  A..%nquinaMs,  NewnL  (EntomoL  366, 
50),  from  Port  Philip;  also  A.  scohftides,  Newm.  (ibid.  n.  51),  from  the 
same  place;  A.  dytiscides  (ibid.  p.  365,  note),  from  Adelaide;  and 
SilpJhomorpha  guttigera,  Newm.  (ibid.  p.  367,  52),  from  Port  Philip. 

Dytisoi. — Rosenhauer  (die  Lauf  und  Schwimm-k&fer  Erlangens)  has 
giyen  a  correct  list  of  the  Dytisci  of  Erlangen,  and  a  comparison  with 
other  fauna.  Erlangen  has  89  species,  Switzerland  nearly  the  same 
(87  spedes):  Sweden,  103,  and  Mark  Brandenburg  100,  are  richer: 
Lapland  73,  and  Paris  72,  poorer.  (According  to  the  inyestigations  of 
Apetz,  Osterland  [Gotha,  or  Upper  Saxony]  has  75  species ;  the  difference 
principally  lies  in  the  genus  Hydroporus.) 

The  true  Colymbetes  conspuPus,  Sturm,  has  been  determined  by 
Eiesenwetter  (Ent.  Zeit.  88).  It.  is  distinguished  frrom  C  collaais^  not 
only  by  its  larger,  and  broader  form,  but  also  in  the  nmrln^g  of  the 
elytra,  and  especially  in  the  formation  of  the  fore  claws  in  the  male. 

Two  new  European  species  of  Hydroporut  haye  been  described  by 

212 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  169 

'Aub^  (Ann.  d.  1.  Ent.  Soc.  d.  Fr.  xL  p.  229).  H,  Schofumei  is  from 
Sicily,  H,  poUmicus  from  Warsaw.  Of  the  latter,  the  description  of  the 
male  is  added  (ibid.  p.  345).  A  third  new  species  is  H,  loMtus,  Schaum 
(Germ.  Zeitschr.  ir.  p.  187),  from  Mansfeld  Salt  Lake. 

Kiellerup  (Eroyer's  Nat.  Tidsskr.  iy.  p.  318,  337)  asserts,  that  Hali-^ 
plus  fluviatiliSf  Aubd,  is  identical  with  H,  ruficollis,  and  H.  lineatuBf 
Aub^,  with  jET.  cbliquus^  as  they  pass  into  each  other.  I  have  not  ob- 
serf ed  such  transitions.  H,  JluviaHlis  and  ruficollis  are  yery  eyidently 
distinguished ;  neither  haye  I  oyer  found  H,  obliqwus  and  Imeattis  in 
company.  Haliplus  ater,  Redtenbacher  (Coleopt.  Aust.  p.  8),  allied  to 
the  H,  impresmiSy  but  quite  black,  appears  to  be  a  doubtful  species,  and 
the  more  so,  as  one  indiyidual  only  has  been  found. 

New  New  Holland  Dytisci  are  Efjmect^M  helvoltts,  Erich.  (Arch.  1842^ 
i.  p.  134),  from  Van  Diemen's  Land ;  and  Cybigter  intula/ns,  Colymbetet 
nMnosUgma,  and  Hydroporus  collaris,  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  47)y 
from  Port  Essington. 

Schiodte  has  giyen  a  description  of  the  azygos  system  of  neryes  of 
the  pharynx  in  the  AcilvM  mdcatus,  in  Eroyer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iy. 
p.  104, 1. 1. 

Gtbini. — ^The  German  Cfyrim  haye  been  subjected  to  a  complete  reyi- 
aion  by  SufPrian  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  219).  The  presence  of  the  G.  strigipenms, 
Suffir.  (striaPus.  Aub^),  in  Northern  Germany  (at  Elberfeld  and  Stettin), 
is  worthy  of  attention.  With  G.  mwrmus  Suffiian  joins  O,  csneus. 
Leach,  cdratus,  Steph.,  as  weH  as  a  yariety  G.  cmthrciciwus,  St.,  and 
G.  dorsalis,  GyU. ;  but  he  considers  the  G»  ameus,  Aubd,  as  the  same 
with  G,  opacus,  Sahlberg,  so  that  the  former  represents  the  species,  the 
latter  a  dark  blacldsh  yariety.  Finally,  he  separates  a  third  species, 
G.  rdtens,  Parr.,  frrom  both  these,  which  is  found  in  the  South  of 
Europe,  and  which  unites  to  the  form  and  the  smooth  interstices  of  the 
striae  in  both  sexes  of  the  G,  mergtu,  the  black  inflexed  nuugin  of 
the  G.  ma/rmu8.  The  remark  which  the  author  appends,  that  he  has 
often  obseryed  the  OrectochUus  villosus  swimming  about,  in  the  day 
time,  on  the  surface  of  water,  is  chiefly  important  on  this  account,  that 
it  does  away  with  an  opinion  expressed  by  Ahrens,  that  the  O.  villoma 
is  a  nocturnal  insect,  and  preyents  this  from  becoming,  through  frequent 
repetition,  an  accredited  fru;t. 

Dineutes  Gouldii  and  Gyrimu  iridis,  Hope,  are  new  species  from 
Port  Essington,  in  New  HoUand.    (Proceed.  Ent  Soc.  p.  48.) 

Stafhtlini.  —  Holme  has  published  some  remarks  on  the  habits, 
manners,  &c  of  British  Brachelytra  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lend.  iii.  p.  108). 
They  chiefly  refer  to  Stephens^  lUustrations.  The  author  remarks,  in  an 
appendix,  that  many  of  the  supposed  species  in  that  work  Stephens 
himself  has  reduced  in  his  Manual,  which  has  since  appeared,  and  that 
a  still  greater  reduction  must  be  made,  since  he  has  conyinced  himself^ 

213 


170         REPORT  OK  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

'by  an  impeefekm  of  Kirby't  ooUection  (Stephen  haa  arranged  his  work 
on  tluB  fiunilj  ehiefly  fiom  Kirby'a  MS8.),  that  many  of  the  typical 
•pecimena  are  only  iaunatore  individnals  of  well  known  spedea ;  but  be 
has  unfortunately  loat  hia  notes.  Several  speoiea  are  defined  as  new : 
StaphyUnfM  iompolkut  (pethxpsfiisccthu,  Gr.),  Raphirus  mgrieamut 
Omalmm  meBomeku,    They  all  iqypear  to  me  doubtfoL 

Miirkel  has  disoorered  and  described  five  new  and  distinot  species 
among  the  Staphylini^  which  live  in  the  nests  of  the  Formica  fuUginomi 
(Enl  Zeit  p.  142) ;  they  all  behmg  to  the  groap  of  Aleoehofrc^  and  acre, 
MynMdowia  eognaUi^  loHcoUia  ;  Owypoda  vktaUtf  Aleochara  inquUina, 
Ewyuia  c^owmtuUa, 

LathrMum  longicame,  Redtenbacher  (CoL  Anstr.  p.  8,  n.  5),  appears 
to  me  the  same  with  Lath.  angutikoUe  (Qen.  et  8p.  Staph.  50S-7). 
Jaoobson  remarks,  in  referenoe  to  the  doubts  raised  by  me  about  the 
Lathr,  elangatwn,  Qyll.  (Eroyer  Natarhist  Tidsskr.  iy.  p.  344),  that 
he  has  foimd,  among  a  number  of  Scandinavian  individuals,  some  agree- 
ing with  Qyllenhal's,  as  well  as  some  with  my  description ;  whether, 
and  how  they  are  different,  except  in  the  fonnation  of  the  penultimate 
segment  of  the  abdomen  in  the  male,  is  not  more  exactly  men- 
tioned. 

Aub^  has  described  several  Staphylini  from  the  south  of  Europe 
(Ann.  d.  L  Soc  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xL  p.  234) ;  Ocyput  gieului  and  pkbnipen- 
nts,  from  Sicily,  are  allied  to  the  0»pedator;  Pcedenu  htiitamcus,  fmm 
Portugal,  simOar  to  the  southern  variefy  of  the  P.  Uttomlu,  but  distin- 
guished by  the  smaller  spherical  thorax,  longer  elytra,  and  legs  nearly 
black,  is  particularly  easy  to  be  recognised  from  tiie  black  intermediate 
femora,  which  in  the  P.  Uttoralig  are  yellow. 

The  reporter  has  described  Aleochctra  tpeeuUfera  as  a  new  species 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  134). 

Blanohard  has  published  the  Staphylini  of  lyOrbigny's  voyage.  The 
new  species  are,  Staphyli'Mis  luctuoms,  from  Bolivia,  placed  by  the 
author  near  8t,  villoms  and  variegatua,  and  compared  with  the  8t,  ery- 
^irocephahUf  but  should,  periiaps,  stand  nearer  the  8t.  erithacm;  8t. 
jcmMnipewnii  near  the  8t.  BophiriMM  and  hUiMris,  from  Bolivia ;  8L 
enbratipenmBi  ibid. ;  8t,nigreteeM,  from  Monte  Video,  near  the  Stfiu- 
dcomis,  Germ. ;  8t,  chryioptenu,  BrulL,  from  Bolivia,  a  good  and  dis^ 
tinct  species,  the  bad  figure  of  which  induced  me,  doubtfrdly,  to 
refer  it  to  8t  ncbUia;  8t.  trtsHs,  BL,  from  Monte  Video;  I^ilonthus 
GmtdichaudU,  from  Bio  Janeiro,  P^.  rubranMCulatus,  from  Monte 
Video,  Ph.  pcUlipe^  from  the  islands  of  Parang,  all  three  with  five- 
punctured  strifiB  on  the  thorax ;  Sterculia  tplendida^  from  Bolivia,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  golden  red  posterior  part  of  its  body,  incorrectly  called 
Julgens  on  the  plate  by  Bnill^,  and  also  so  cited  by  myself;  CryptoUwm 
bcu€Ue,  from  the  islands  of  Parang ;  Cr,  erythrothoraa^y  from  the  district 

214 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  171 

of  Bio  Janeiro,  both  compared  with  Cr,  hicolor;  La4haMfMn  futvipet^ 
£oin  the  isliuids  of  Panuoi ;  PinophUw  maiuSj  Brail.,  from  Coirienies ; 
P.  cribraius,  from  Brazils ;  P.  lividdpemiU  and  dbscwruSy  from  the  i&Iands 
of  Panm4. 

BupRKSTiDjs. — ^HarriB  has  published  some  information  on  the  habits 
of  North  American  Bupre9ti  (Ins.  of  Massachus.  p.  iff),  B,  (Chako- 
phora)  virginica,  Dniry,  which  shows  itself  towards  the  ^d  of  Maj  and 
in  Jane,  is  lilce  our  B,  mariana ;  the  larra  liyes  in  the  wood  of  the 
different  species  of  pines,  and  becomes  rery  detrimental  to  these  trees. 
B.  (Dicerca)  divarkata,  Saj,  preys  on  the  wild  (JPruwus  serotmoij  and 
garden  dierry,  also  on  pear  trees.  The  larva  of  the  J3.  (ZHcerca)  hurida^ 
P.,  is  n^ore  exactly  described;  it  lives  in  the  hickory.  B.  (OhryiO' 
bo^J  denies,  lives  in  oak  stems.  B,  (Chr»)  femarata,  F.,  in  -fig 
trees^  also  on  white  oaks.  B,  (Chr,)  fahoguttata,  Harr.  (New  EngL 
farmer,  viii.,  TcLch^fpterU  Drummondif  Kirby),  lives  in  the  stems  of 
the  white  pine.  B.  (Ohr,)  HcMrrigU,  Hentz  (small  glittering  bluish- 
green  ;  the  sides  of  thorax  and  the  thighs,  in  the  £,  cQpper-ooloured) ; 
lives  as  a  larva  in  small  boughs  and  shoots  of  the  same  tree. 

The  reporter  has  described  three  new  spepies  from  Van  Diemen's 
Land;  Stigmodera  virgineaf  Mddbam  hypocriia,  prisea  (Arch.  1843, 
L  p.  135). 

Bortolini  has  given  an  ample  description  of  the  natural  history  of  the 
Supr.  FiiMcii  (Nov.  Comm.  Acad.  Scient.  Bonon.  v.  p.  87>  t.  8) ;  the 
larva  lives  in  the  wood  of  the  pear  tree,  and  is  very  prejudicial. 

EuoNBMiBBS. — Nematodes  strepens^  Eedtenbacher  (Col.  Aust  p.  9),  ig 
Tharopi  melasoide»,  Lap.,  leorhipis  Lepa/ygei,  Dej. 

EiiATEaiDA. — In  the  Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.  of  Lond.  (1842,  p.  73),  is  to 
be  found  a  notice  of  a  papw  of  Hope's,  on  a  division  of  the  JSlaterida, 
which  IB  defined  as  a  peculiar  family,  Phyllophoridce,  It  contains  the 
genera  Phyllophorus,  H.  {El,  gigas,  F.);  Tetrakibtis,  Serv.  (nine 
sp&deB);  Fiezophyllvs,  H.  (two  new  species);  Oxynopterus,  H.  (El, 
nmcranatus,  01.,  and  four  new  species) ;  Leptophylhts,  H.  (a  new  species) ; 
Pectoceraj  H.  (two  new  species).  The  genera  are  all  new  except  Tetra- 
idbus ;  but  I  am  not  able  to  give  their  essential  characteristics  from  the 
descriptions  published;  and  as  the  author  himself  refers  us  to  the 
plates  by  Westwood,  we  must  wait  for  these  before  entering  more  par- 
ticularly on  this  treatise. 

Germar  (Zeitschr.  iv.  p.  43),  has  arranged  a  peculiar  group  out  of 
those  El<Uerid(Bf  in  which  the  forehead  is  gradually  flattened  anteriorly. 
The  new  genus,  CrepidomevmSf  was  established  by  the  reporter  in  the 
Archives  (1842,  i.  p.  140) ;  it  differs  from  the  others  by  the  third 
and  fourth  tarsal  joints  having  beneath  them  a  heart-shaped  membrane. 
There  are  three  species  described,  C,  fulgidas,  dec<yratus,  and  UieniaPiiSf 
all  from  Van  Diemen's  Land.    Among  the  others  with  simple  tarsi,  in 

215 


172         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDOCCXLII .' 

■ome  (A.)  the  thighs  are  inwaidly  hollowed  and  abruptly  widened: 
LudkUf  Latr.,  Beliophoru9f  Esch.,  TamicephaluB,  Latr.,  Hemiaps,  Eseh. 
LudiuB,  with  a  distinctlj  separate  apparent  joint  at  the  point  of  the 
eleyenth  joint  of  the  antennn,  containn  EL  ferrug%neu$,  L. ;  L.  coracinu§, 
ttom.  North  America;  El,  thesms.  Germ. ;  and  Z.  deecnu,  new  species 
firom  Valparaiso.  BdiophoruB,  Each.,  haying  the  ekrenth  antennal 
joint  undiyided  and  slender,  was  first  characterized  by  the  articiilati<m 
of  the  hind  1^  being  at  the  an^  of  the  dilated  thigh ;  it  is  confined 
to  the  B.  ed)rionoide$t  Esch.,  fimm  the  Cape;*  the  other  species 
mentioned  bj  Esch.,  EL  tnucronahM,  OL,  which  he  did  not -know, 
has  been  described  as  a*  different  genns,  and  been  named  by  Hope 
Oxynoptenu  (yide  sap.).  TamieephaluSf  Latr.  (Megacnemitu,  Esch.), 
has  also  a  simple  eleyenth  antennal  joint,  but  the  thighs  are  consider- 
ably dilated  towards  the  inside  at  the  bend ;  the  only  species  is  T.  $am^ 
guinieoUis,  Latr.  Hemiop$f  with  its  labrom  emarginated  anteriorly, 
contains  J7.  fiavus,  Lap.  {luteus,  Dej.),  from  Jaya ; .  H,  mgripes.  Lap., 
Germ. ;  and  H,  chinentU,  new  species  from  China.  In  the  others,  (B.) 
the  thighs  are  gradually  dilated  internally.  Carymbites  has  only  the 
second  antennal  joint  small,  the  third  of  the  form  of  the  fourth.  Dia- 
canthuB  and  PriiHiophMs  haye  the  second  and  third  antennal  joints 
small,  the  third  at  least  narrower  and  shorter  than  the  fourth.  In  the 
former,  the  thorax  is  shorter,  and  the  elytra  become  broader  behind 
the  middle.  This  distinction,  howeyer,  does  not  appear  to  me  satis- 
factory.  I  would  rather  say,  that  in  Diaca/rUhus,  the  mouth  is  coyered 
by  the  prostemum,  in  PrisHlopJwu  it  remains  free ;  in  which  case,  at 
least,  Latreille's  typical  species,  E»  mektncholieus,  would  remain  in  the 
latter  genus,  and  D.  corporomu  and  tuhmetcUlicus,  two  new  spedes  from 
North  America,  coHcUUy  Payk,  and  guttcOus,  Dej.,  would  belong  also  to 
PrisHlophus,  P.  Uxvigatus  ;  Beichei,  a  new  species  from  South  Carolina ; 
and  morio,  F. ;  which  together  form  a  small  sub-diyision  with  projecting 
mesostemum;  also  cethiops,  Hbt.,  and  innHwis,  Germ,  (depresiutf 
Meg.),  are  to  be  placed  under  Diacanthug.  Thus,  Corymbiteg  contains 
twenty-fiye,  Diaecmthui  twenty-eight,  and  PrigtUophvs  thirteen  species. 
Finally,  CardiorhiwMy  Esch.,  difibrs  from  the  former  by  the  emargi- 
nated labrum.  The  number  of  its  species  moitioned  is  not  more  than 
eleyen,  but  the  author  has  not  had  the  use  of  the  Berlin  collection  during 
his  labours  at  this  genus. 

Germar  (ibid.  p.  98)  has  brought  together  the  species  of  the  genus 
Campiostemus,  taking  ^ope's  enumeration  as  his  basis.  (Vide  Ann. 
Nat.  Hist.  yiii.  p.  453.)  A  number  of  Hope's  species  are  either  unknown 

*  Beliopkorug,  £soh.  mit  ungetheiltem  II.  Fiihlergliede,  und  sehr  schmalen, 
erst  an  der  Einlenkung  der  Hinterbeine  im  Winkel  erweiterten  Schenkel- 
deoken  ist  anf  den  B.  cebrionoidet  Esch.  von  Cap  bcschrl&nkt. 

216 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  173 

to  him,  or  somewhat  doubtful,  firom  that  gentleman's  unsatisfiustorj  diag- 
noses. Some  species  are  added,  viz., — O.  violatu$,  Bsng^foveolatus,  Ma- 
labar ;  as  well  as  seyeral  more  exactly  described,  viz., — O.  Latreillei,  Dej., 
fiom  Cochin-China,  probably  agreeing  with  Hope's  species  of  the  same 
name,  which  is  therefore  retained ;  C.  rutUans,  Chevr.,  from  Manilla. 
*  There  is  still  another  new  species  to  be  added,  which  Gudrin  (Deless. 
Jour.  d'Voj.  dans  llnde,  ii  p.  37)  has  described  under  the  name  of  Caanp- 
909terMM  Latrdllei,  and  which  appears  to  be  different  fiom  aU  the  others, 
in  haying  a  fine  white  coat  of  hair,  more  or  less  thick :  it  was  disoovered 
at  Pondicherrj. 

Redtenbacher  has  described  three  Austrian  species  (Col.  Aust.  p.  11) : 
E,  (Ampedim)  fulvtts  is  a  small  beetle,  which  differs  from  Ampedus  by 
its  membranous  appendages  on  the  tarsal  joints,  so  that  U,  (8erico8omu$) 
lugem  should  rather  bel<mg  to  Ampedus.  E,  (Ectinus)  wbceneus,  Ziegl., 
appears  to  me  properiy  to  stand  under  PrittUophus.  Desyignes  (Entor 
mologlBt,  p.  326)  has  characterized  a  new  British  species,  Elat.  rufi- 
tarmu,  which  appears  to  belong  to  Ampedus,  and  to  be  allied  to  the 
E,  nigrinus, 

Agrypwus  grcmdis,  Hope,  is  a  large  New  Holland  Ektter  from  Port 
Essington.    (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  48,) 

Of  the  Fauna  of  Van  Diemen's  Land,  the  reporter  has  described  (Arch. 
18i2,  i.  p.  136)  one  new  species  of  Lctcon,  six  of  MonocrepidiuSf  one  of 
Mela/noaicmthus,  one  of  PristUophus,  three  of  the  new  genus  CrepidO" 
menMs  (vid.  sup.),  and  also  one  new  genus  Atelopus,  allied  to  DolopkiSi 
but  removed  from  the  other  genera  with  an  arched  forehead,  by  the 
fourth  tarsal  joint  being  proyided  with  a  membranous  appendage ;  con- 
taining four  new  species.  As  the  name  Atelopus  is  already  in  use 
among  the  amphibia,  it  should  be  altered  to  Acroniopus, 

RniPicERiDA. — Three  new  New  Holland  species  of  Rhipicera  haye 
b^n  recorded  by  Westwood.  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  64.)  Rh,  attenuata, 
pumilio  (from  Swan  Biyer),  and  hru/nnea. 

Ctfhonidjb. — ^The  reporter  has  described  a  new  species  of  Ctfphon 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  O,  cMstralis  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  144). 

LAMFTBiDiB. — Dicckhoff  (Eut.  Zoit.  p.  117)  has  published  his  obserya* 
tions  on  the  light  emitted  by  the  species  of  Laanpyris ;  he  proceeds  on  the 
supposition  that  it  seryes  the  insect  as  a  protection  against  animals  of 
prey.  Robert  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  zyiii.  p.  379),  relates,  that  he  had  a 
La/mpyris  $  in  his  hand,  which  shone  so  brightly  that  he  could  read  small 
writing  when  held  near  it ;  a  ^  was  found,  and,  after  a  few  moments, 
the  sexes  had  united ;  that  then  the  light,  which  was  at  first  bright, 
gradually  lessened,  and  after  half  an  hour  was  completely  extinguished. 
When  he  cut  a  lAx/mpyris  $  transyersely  into  two  pieces,  the  light  gra- 
dually disappeared  in  about  the  same  space  of  time,  but  it  could  be  again 
called  forth  if  the  posterior  parts  of  the  body  were  placed  near  a  lighted 

217 


174         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

amdle,  periiapf,  in  oonnqiienoe  of  the  heat ;  bat  it  was  onlj  within  the 
fiift  thirfy-dx  hoon  that  this  took  place,  and  but  once. 

liYciDM. — The  reporter  has  remarked  (Aroh.  1842,  i.  p.  100),  on  the 
genera  Lyeu$,  Lygtstopt&nu  {DictycpteruB,  Ghi^.),  Porroctoma,  and 
M4tricrhynekMSf  that  thej  contain  the  species  with  a  proboscis ;  but  tiiai 
onlj  three  of  them  can  be  maintained:  Ly€U9  (distingnished  by  the 
mdimentarir  mandibles),  and  lAfgistopteruiy  both  with  antenne  at  the 
base  of  the  proboscis;  and  Porroitoma,  with  them  attached  to  the  fine- 
head.  Each  of  these  has  a  long  and  a  short  proboscal  diyision ;  Me^ 
triorhync?iu$,  Ghidr.,  is  the  short  proboscal  diyision  of  Porrattama, 

In  the  same  Tolmne  (p.  144),  scTeral  species  are  described  from  Van  Die- 
men's  Land;  Porrostama  erytkr^terum,  P.  (MetriorK)  ru/ipennu  (the 
tatneLye.ru/ipenm8,  F.),  P.  (M,)  nujurginctt%t8,di9coide»s;  Anarhynchut 
geutellarU.  Buquet  has  made  known  fire  South  American  species  of  the 
form  which  corresponds  to  the  genns  Dict^fopteniu,  Ondr.  (Eev.  ZooL 
p.  6) :  L.  regcdit,  hwmercUis,  from  Bogota ;  ^fasdatuB,  impericdii,  ftom 
Columbia ;  4r€0ttatuiy  from  BrariL  It  is  to  be  remarked,  that  the  first 
species,  Lycus  succincttis,  Latr.,  is  in  Humboldt's  collection,  and  that 
the  generic  name,  Lygiitoptnvs,  used  long  ago  hj  Mulsant,  is  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ou^rin,  which  Latreille  has  used  in  another 


Telbfhoudjb. — ^Bedtenbadier  has  characterized  Canthar%$  mgripes 
as  anew  species  from  the  Schneeberg,  in  Austria  (Col.  Aust.  p.  13) ;  but  it 
is  the  same  with  C.  bcurbara,  F.,  pallida,  Rossi ;  which,  besides  Barbery, 
is  also  found  in  Portngal,  Italy,  and  Switzerland.  CantharU  nobiU- 
Uxta  of  the  reporter,  is  a  new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch. 
1842,  i.  p.  146). 

Meltbides. — Redtenbacher  has  described  a  new  Austrian  spedes  of 
the  McUa^hii  (Col.  Aust.  p.  14),  Anthocamus  fuHvus ;  the  reporter  has 
described  another  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842.  i,  p.  147), 
Attahts  abdommalis, 

Graells  has  described  a  new  Spanish  Dagytes,  allied  to  the  2>.  ndbUis, 
but  of  flatter  shape,  as  D,  ciliatut  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  £nt.  d.  Fr.  zi.  p.  221, 
t.  10,  f.  3-6).  It  liyes  on  the  flowers  of  Cistus  fnongpeU&Mis,  and 
aWidMs, 

Clbrii.  —  A  comprehensive  work  on  the  CUrii,  founded  on  the 
Berlin  collection,  has  appeared  by  Klug  in  the  Schriften  der  KonigL 
Acad,  der  Wissensch,  ''  Versuch  einer  systematischen  Bestunmung  und 
Auseinandersetzung  der  Gattungen  und  Arten  der  Clerii,  einer  Insecten 
familie  aus  der  Ordnung  der  Coleopteren."  Systematical  arrangement  is 
here  difficult,  as  the  genera  are  very  nearly  allied  to  each  other ;  nu- 
merous repetitions  of  individual  forms  and  colours  occur  in  each,  so  that 
the  appearance  is  quite  deceptive ;  besides,  a  great  number  of  smaller 
divisions  and  groups  are  found,  which  are  neither  sufficiently  marked 

218 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  175 

for  genera,  nor  do  they  stand  in  immediate  connection  with  the  forms 
taken  as  typical.  Under  these  circumstances,  the  author,  in  order  to 
avoid  the  error  of  splitting  too  much,  has  chosen  the  plan  of  determin- 
ing a  limited  number  of  genera,  but  distinguishing  all  the  variations 
which  occur  within  them;  and  noting,  as  sub-genera  with  their  own 
names,  those  farther  removed. 

First,  the  genera  with  five  distinctlj  jointed  tarsi. 

I.  CylidnMj  divided  into  two  groups, — 1.  {CyUd^nxs^  Spin.)  with  a 
concealed  labnim :  C.  cycmeug,  ¥.,famatfa8,  Lap.,  and  two  new  species, 
O.  cibdommcUis,  from  Braail,  balteaM$,  from  the  Cape ;  and,  2.  (Dencps, 
Stev.)  with  the  firont  of  the  head  emaiginated  and  the  labrunf  fiee : 
a>lbofa9ciatu8,  Charp. 

n.  Tillu8.—A.  Claws  twice  toothed  before  the  tips.— 1.  (TUhis)  Body 
slender,  antennn  long  and  serrated :  T.  elongatus,  to  which  T,  hyalitmsy 
Sturm,  and  })imaevblajta%y  Don.,  are.  joined  as  varieties. — 2.  Body  slender, 
thorax  constricted,  antenna  doubly  pectinateid :  T.  pectinicomie,  new 
species,  native  country  unknown. — 3.  (Cymobtkodera,  Gray)  Antenna) 
filiform,  last  joint  gradually  becoming  pointed,  not  much  longer  than  the 
preceding :  Hopeiy  Gr.,  o^lindhieollis,  Chevr.,  inomatuSf  Say,  and  four 
new:  fnwnnoratus  &om  Mexico,  proliojus  and  conftagratus  from  Orinoco, 
cingulat^M  fix>m  the  Cape.— 4.  Antennas  shorter,  sub-serrated,  the  last 
joint  as  long  as  the  two  preceding:  T,  compremcomisy  new  species 
fiom  the  Cape.  —  5.  {MiMsroUhM,  Kl.)  Antennt»  ten-jointed,  the  tenth 
as  long  as  all  the  others  together:  f^rmmatus.  Say. — 6.  (Tilloidea, 
Lap.)  Antenna-  short  and  serrated,  labrum  transverse :  T,  rubricollis, 
Gndr.  (piiheMem,  Lap.),  trcmwersalia,  Charp.,  unifitseiatus,  F.,  and  a 
new  species,  notatvs,  from  the  East  Indies.  B,  Claws  with  only  one 
tooth  before  the  tips. — 7*  {Callitheres,  Dej.)  The  last  joint  of  the  labial- 
palpi  transverse  (quergezogen) ;  peculiar  to  Madagascar :  a.  (Patients, 
Lap.)  Antenna  broader  towards  the  tips,  serrated  from  the  fifth  joint, 
tarsal  joints  of  equal  breadth,  tips  of  elytra  rounded  continuously: 
tricolor,  Lap.,  and  two  new  species,  cMlicua  and  vidwus,  h,  {Joda/nms, 
Lap.,  Ccdlitkeres,  Spin.)  An^ennn  broader  and  serrated  towards  the 
tips,  the  first  two  joints  of  the  hinder  tarsi  somewhat  compressed,  elytra 
elongated  and  pointed :  acutipenms,  Lap.  c.  (Xylobius,  Gudr.)  Antennse 
broader  towards  the  tip,  compressed,  with  the  last  joint  rounded,  tarsal 
joints  of  equal  breadth,  tips  of  elytra  rounded  continuously :  aztx/reus, 
Kl.,  and  three  new  species,  ven/iMtu$,  longuluB,  pulcJiellua.  d.  Antennas 
as  in  c,  tarsal  joints  and  tips  of  elytra  as  in  l>:  fastigiatus,  new  species. 
e.  Antennae  scarcely  serrated  near  the  tips,  tarsal  joints  and  tips  of 
elytra  as  in  a ;  awncomu9,  new  species. — 8.  (PfUloealus,  KL)  Palpi 
the  same,  antennas  bluntly  serrated,  body  elongated:  tuccinctus  and 
0onatu8,  from  the  Cape. — 9.  {Clerononms,  Kl.)  Antennas  tiiickened 

219 


176         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

towardt  the  tip,  thorax  ihort :  biplagiahju  (bHnaculatui)^  new  species 
fiwm  Mezioo. 

in.  JMocera,  Kirbj;  four  species:  P.  variegata,  Sarbj;  trinotata, 
new  species  firom  Columbia ;  sptnosa  (CL  tpinomUf  F.,  Till,  ^-pwnctatut. 
Lap.) ;  and  P.  bi^tumat  new  species  from  Braiil. 

In  the  following  genera  the  first  tarsal  joint  is  shorter,  bat  jet  dis* 
tinctly  recognisable. 

rV.  Clerus. — 1.  (Chnadius,  Lap.)  Eyes  dose,  upon  the  top  of  head, 
deeply  emarginated  beneath,  daws  dentated,  hinder  tarsi  with  the  joints 
indistinctlj  separated,  and  the  penultimate  one  onlj  haying  a  double- 
flapped  appendage:  a.  Tarsal  joints  compressed,  triangular  fix>m  the 
sixth ;-  thorax  cylindrical,  oblong :  CL  proUxtu  (O.  indictM,  Lap.),  and 
one  new  spedes,  CL  mode$tu%;  both  fiom  Jaya. — b.  Joints  of  the  antenn» 
oblong,  narrowed  at  both  ends,  thorax  rounded  on  the  sides,  constricted 
posteriorly:  CL  ne&uJostis  (O.  trifaseiatuSj  Lap.) — 2,  (8tigmatw/m^ 
Gray).  Eyes  and  daws  as  in  1,  the  hind  tarsi  formed  like  the  others : 
cicindelaideM,  Gray,  and  fnwtUkuriuSy  F. — 3.  (Thancttin/ut,  Latr.)  Eyes 
distant,  on  the  top  of  the  head,  emarginated  beneath,  antennsB  with 
(generally  three)  broader  terminal  joints,  daws  toothed  beneath,  tarsal 
joints  of  equal  length ;  the  typicfd  group,  containing  forty-fiye  spedes, 
of  whidi  twenty-nine  are  new. — 4.  Only  differing  from  3  in  the  tarsi,  in 
whidi  the  last  joint  is  as  long  as  the  two  preceding :  CL  MUric<thu,  new 
spedes  from  Van  Diemen's  Land. — 5.  Eyes  distant,  on  the  top  of  the 
head,  a  little  emarginated  beneath,  temunal  joints  of  the  labial-palpi 
transyersely  hatchet-shaped,  daws  simple,  the  form  of  body  resembling 
Opihu:  CI.  4:rmaculatfus,  F.,  ahd(>mvMilu,  Germ.,  %ndieu%,  F.,  &om 
the  Cape,  marmoratusy  Dej.  {Not.  cfUnenm,  F.),  ibid.,  and  CL  nUtia, 
new  spedes,  from  the  Cape. — 6.  {Thanerocleru8,  LefV.)  Eyes  distant, 
on  the  top  of  the  head,  emarginated  beneath,  terminal  joint  of  the  labial- 
palpi  slightly  hatchet-shaped,  daws  simple,  last  tarsal  joint  as  long  as  aU 
the  others :  iongtMneut,  Say,  Buguetii,  LefV.,  and  one  new  spedes,  der- 
mettaides,  from  Arabia  Felix. — 7.  (Pezoponu,  Kl.)  Wingless,  and  with 
simple  claws,  in  other  respects  like  3,  only  differing  by  the  head  being 
large,  and  the  anterior  angles  of  the  dytra  not  projecting :  coarctcttus, 
new  spedes  from  the  Cape. — 8.  (Lemidia,  Spin.)  Eyes  not  emarginated, 
strongly  projecting,  antennsB  eleyen-jointed,  with  dilated  terminal  joints, 
claws  simple :  nitena  (Hydnocera  nUens,  Newm.). — 9.  (Hydnocera, 
Newm.,  PhyllobcBnua,  Dej.)  Eyes  not  emarginated,  projecting,  wide 
apart,  antennsB  yery  short,  ten-jointed,  with  a  button-shaped  terminal 
joint,  labrum  not  emarginated :  a.  Claws  dentated :  hwrneralis.  Say,  and 
six  new  species :  basalts  from  Columbia,  attenuatus,  lividus  from  Brazil, 
hr€bchypteru$,  tuturalis  from  North  America,  tendlus  from  Mexico. 
h.  Claws  simple :  gteniformie,  new  species  from  Brazil. — 10.  (Evenus^ ' 
Lap.)     Like  9,  but  the  body  elongated,  the  lablal-palpi  very  long,  with 

220 


INSECT  A — COLEOPTERA .  1 77 

an  oblong  and  slightly  hatchets  shaped  terminal  joint,  the  hind  legs  long, 
the  hind  tarsi,  at  least  the  first  three  joints,  without  membranous  ap- 
pendages: E.  JUiformis,  Lap.,  from  Madagascar. 

Y.  Ptychopteras,  (This  name  cannot  be  a  good  one,  on  account  of 
the  dipterous,  genus  Ptychoptera,  In  the  first  plan  of  this  work,  which 
was  contained  in  the  "  Monatsberichten  der  Acad."  of  1837,  the  genus 
was  named  PlacocervSy  and  it  is  only  by  mistake  that  this  name  has 
not  been  retained.)  Labial-palpi  long,  with  a  triangular  terminal  joint ; 
antennae  broad  and  flatly  compressed  from  the  third  joint,  short,  broadest 
in  the  middle :  P.  dimidAatus,  the  only  species,  from  Cafferland. 

YI.  Aodna,  Eirby:  containing  a  single  species,  analis,  Eirby,  not 
different,  perhaps,  from  the  ruJUa/ms,  Perty. 

In  the  following  genera  the  first  tarsal  joint  is  so  much  shortened 
that  the  tarsi  are  apparently  four-jointed. 

Vn.  Opilits  (Notoxus,  F.) — 1.  MaxOlary-palpi  filiform,  appendage 
of  the  tarsal  joints  undivided :  0.  porcatus,  F. 

In  all  the  following,  the  terminal  joint  of  the  maxillary-palpi  is  hatchet- 
diaped. — 2,  Antennae  proportionally  thin ;  appendage  of  the  tarsal  joints 
lobed:  O.  mollis^  L.,  damesticus,  St.,  pcdlidus,  01.,  vmvittatu8,  Ross. 
(fcuciatus,  Steph.),  and  six  new  species,  Ueniatus  from  Eagusa,  thoraci- 
cus  from  Maoedonia,yronta^i8  from  Constantinople,  tropicus  from  Sennaaf, 
dnetus  from  Senegal,  cbscurus  fr^m  the  Cape. — 3.  Like  2,  but  the  ter- 
minal joint  of  the  antenna  double  the  length  of  the  preceding :  inter^ 
rtipttis  from  Senegal,  hascUis  from  Sinai. — ^.  Like  the  preceding,  but  the 
ninth  and  tenth  antennal  joints  turbinate,  the  eleyenth  abnost  as  long  as 
all  the  rest  together :  guberosus  from  Madagascar. — 5.  The  last  three  an- 
tennal joints  dilated ;  in  other  respects  like  the  preceding,  a.  Body  of 
the  more  common  oblong  form :  tristisj  and  coUosub  from  Madagascar, 
jpatKciiM  from  Van  Diemen's  Land.  h.  (PlatycleruSf  Spin.)  Body  broad 
and  flat :  plaaiatiie  (Clervs  pL,  Lap.). — 6.  (Trogodendran,  Qu^.)  An- 
tennse  thickened  towards  the  tips,  appendage  of  the  tarsal  joints  undi- 
yided :  fasciculatus  {CL  fasc,  Schreib.) 

YIII.  JBlrymcmthaSy  Kl.,  Spin.;  agreeing  with  Trichodeg  in  the 
antenn&e  and  palpi,  habit  rather  that  of  OpiluSy  thighs  all  thickened, 
tibiss  curved,  tongue  deeply  and  sharply  emaiginated,  terminal  joints  of 
the  labial-palpi  cup-shaped :  E,  gemmcOiLS,  frH}m  the  Cape. 

IX.  Trichodes,  The  typical  Trichodes  have  distinctly  dub-shaped 
antenniB.  There  are  seventeen  species  (a  great  number  of  which  are 
nominal).  T,  nobilis  from  Constantinople,  and  omUcus  from  the  Cape, 
are  new.  A  small  group  peculiar  to  New  Holland,  with  the  antennie  only 
a  little  thickened  at  the  point,  forms  the  genus  Zenithicola,  Spin.,  with  TV. 
augtraUs,  Boisd.,  matabUis,  Newm.,  and  one  new  species,  Tr.  ocharopua. 

In  the  following  genera  the  tarsi  are  apparently  four  jointed,  as  the 
fourth  joint  is  rudimentary  and  concealed  in  the  emargination  of  the  third. 

221 


178  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

X.  Covynete$, — 1.  (CoryiMfet,  Steph.)  Tenninal  joints  of  the  palpi 
aliDOft  hatdhet^aped,  the  jomts  of  the  dab  of  the  antennse  do  not  lock 
together :  C.  ewruleu$  (Cler.  camU,,  De  Geer),  rujlccmis,  St.,  and  the 
following  new  ones,  putiUit»  from  Sardinia,  g&niculatus  from  Portugal 
and  Andalusia,  anedU  and  peetorcUh  firam  Cafferland. 

In  the  foUowing,  the  tenninal  joint  of  the  palpi  is  almost  acmninate : — 
9.  (Oorffnetes,  'HhL  Neerobiaf  Steph.)  Qnb  of  antennsB  broad,  with  a 
large  and  almost  qnadrangnlar  terminal  joint :  0.  viol€ieeus,  rvtfipeB,  rufir- 
cMii. — 3.  The  joints  of  the  club  of  antennss  of  equal  siae  locking  to  ea^ 
other:  C.  teutelkirUf  DL,  hicdor.  Lap.,  collari$,  Sch.,  defunetorwm,  WaltL, 
and  two  new  species :  C.  rubrieoUis  and  ater,  ftom  the  Cape. — 4.  Joints 
of  the  club  of  antenna)  separate :  O.  dMcolor  and  pcUUpet,  new  species 
fiom  Mezioo. — 5.  (Notatten'm,  Dej.)  AntennsB  gradnallj  thickened  to- 
wards the  point,  bodj  flat,  linear :  O.  ffiridiB  (Anob*  vir.,  Thnnb.)  and 
Hi/wnbergU  (Anob.  cceruleum,  Thnnb.) 

XI.  GyUgtus,  Kl. ;  palpi  filiform,  antennas  stnmgly  pectinated  from 
the  fonrth  joint,  daws  broadly  dentated  below  the  point :  O.  v<MriMl%$, 
from  the  Cape,  is  a  spedes  yarying  in  odour,  with  the  habit  of  Eno- 
pitum  9angMWM€oUe. 

XIL  Enopliwa,  Latr. — ^1.  Palpi  with  a  cylindrical  terminal  joint, 
daws  broadly  dentated  below  the  point :  E,  tanguinieoUe,  diumecmey 
and  three  new  spedes :  E,  nMrinwn  from  St.  Domingo,  velutinwn  from 
Brasil,  lepidwn  from  Caba. — 2,  Palpi  with  a  hatdiet-shaped  terminal 
jdnt,  tarsal  joints  of  equal  length :  a.  Claws  simple :  E.  serrcoicome,  F., 
pilaaum,  Forst. ;  ma/rginatwn,  Say ;  viridipenney  Kirby ;  JEfr6«^,  Gray ; 
trifouciatum  (Clerus),  Laporte ;  ramieome  (Ohariema  ramicormsy  Perty) ; 
ffesHtwn  (Brcbchymorpha  vestit,,  Chevr. ;  CoryMt.y  tpeetahiUsy  Laporte); 
and  ten  new  ones :  genieulatwn  from  Monte  Video,  alciccmey  poiHcwny 
ruJlpeSy  omatumy  decorumy  fasciadatwn,  icopa/rUmiy  leuoophcBwn  from 
Birazil ;  fugax  frx>m  Colmnbia.  b.  Claws  dentated :  a.  AntennaB  eleven 
jointed :  («i^ac«um  and  IwrMwin  from  Brazil;  b.  AntennsB  ten  jointed : 
^-punctatfMny  Say ;  and  fiye  new  ones :  ^-notatmny  12-puncUxhMn  from 
Brazil ;  ^ontaminatumy  pilo9wn  frx>m  Columbia ;  crimtum  from  St.  Jdm's 
(West  Indies). — 3.  (EpiphksuSy  Dej.)  All,  or  the  hibial-palpi  alone, 
with  pointed  terminal  joints,  aatennn  very  short,  eyes  large,  emargi- 
nated  internally,  first  joint  of  the  hinder  tarsi  elongated,  daws  dentated 
at  the  base :  eight  new  species  from  Brazil ;  and  one,  dutrophum  from 
North  America. — 4.  (Piatynk^ptera,  Chevr.)  Palpi  short,  with  a  strong 
hatehet-shaped  terminal  joint,  antenn&e  strongly  cranpressed,  the  first 
seven  joints  extremely  short  and  dose  together,  elytra  posteriorly 
strongly  dilated :  lyeiformey  Chevr.,  and  one  new  species,  E,  aanpUtUumy 
from  BraziL — 5.  (Ichneay  Lap.)  Terminal  joints  of  the  palpi  almost 
acmninate,  antennae  broadly  flattened,  ten  jointed,  the  six  before  the 
three  terminal  of  unequal  breadth,  elytra  not  dilated :  lyncide^.  Lap., 

222 


.  INSECTA — COLEOPTBRA.  179 

and  aevmi  new  species :  mekmwrumf  prasnuiumy  ma/rginellumy  lateraUt 
suturale,  fTOin*Brazil ;  op<MiMn,  from  Cayenne  and  Sorinani ;  (Uerrwmm 
from  Mexico. 

In  all  219  species,  contained  in  the  Berlin  collection,  have  been 
minutely  examined,  and  thirty-two  *of  the  more  distinct  figured  at  the 
end  of  the  treatise;  fifty-nine  doubtful  species,  or  only  known  by 
description,  are  mentioned. 

Cheyrolat  has  described  a  number  of  Clerii  from  South  Africa  (Rev. 
Zool.  p.  276),  which,  for  the  most  part,  are  not  doubtful  as  species, 
although,  perhaps,  they  do  not  generaUy  belong  to  the  genera  to  which 
he  has  assigned  them  with  a  query.  Among  seyen  spedes  of  Notascus  9 
the  N.  (9)  versicolor  is  a  TUlus,  and  certainly  the  same  with  T,  (PhUo- 
calus)  guccinctiUy  EL  (vide  sup.)  j^.  (?)  cbioletus  and  a/picalis  are 
perhaps  near  the  following,  N.  (?)  fasdolatus,  which  seems  to  agree  with 
T,  (Cymatodera)  obgoletus,  Kl. ;  JV^.  (?)  virescena  and  latu$,  with  a  broad 
round  head,  short  rounded  thorax,  and  flat  elytra,  are  unlmown  to 
me ;  finally,  N,  (9)  marmoratus  is  a  Clerus  (CL  ma/rmoratus,  Kl.) ;  and 
N.  sdbrinua  perhaps  is  only  a  variety  of  the  same.  Clems  ?  altenMrns, 
and  TUlus  ?  9aeemctu»  are  unknown  to  me,  as  weU  as  the  new  genua 
Micm^pfteruB  (brevipenmsjy  which  in  habit  must  resemble  an  Aptmus* 
Nothing  is  said  of  the  generic  character,  nor  is  the  form  of  the  antennae 
given.  DozocoUetus  obl&ngus,  is  Clerus  (Pezoporus)  coarctaPm^  El., 
characterized  as  a  new  genus,  with  the  habit  of  Ctenogtoma, 

Some  new  Clerii,  from  Port  Philip,  New  Holland,  have  been  described 
by  Newman  (Entomologiat,  p.  363).  A  new  genus,  Xcmthoeerus,  cor- 
responds  to  Th,  trogodendroriy  Spin.  (Opt7us,  p.  El.)  Besides  the  CI, 
fiuciculaius,  Sdireib.,  the  author  adds  his  CI.  aplendidats,  dmplex  and 
ptdcher,  and  a  new  species,  X.  idoneus.  Pylus,  with  a  thick  body,  and 
a  protuberance  in  the  middle  of  the  sides  of  the  thorax,  has  likewise  a 
new  species,  P.  hieinctus.  ThanasMmiis  ckccvnctus,  ctcerbuSf  confugus ; 
OpHua  congruup  (very  like  the  0.  moUis),  and  Hydnocera  canfecta, 
are  also  new.  The  most  of  these  species  are  found  on  the  flowers  of 
the  Eucalyptus,  Newman  (ibid.  p.  402)  has  added  another  new  species, 
Pffhjts  cmtkiddes, 

Ptiniores. — Newman  (Entomologist,  p.  403)  has  described  three  new 
forms  from  Port  Philip,  in  New  South  Wales,  which  he,  probaldy  incor- 
rectly, ascribes  to  this  family :  Synercticus,  with  antenn»  moniliform, 
and  the  terminal  joint  pointed,  round  eyes,  heart-shaped  thorax,  broader 
convex  elytra,  short  legs,  heteromerous  tarsi ;  8,  heteromeruSy  taken  on 
the  flowers  of  the  Eucalyptus,  Epiteles,  with  large  extended  head, 
strongly  crooked  mandibles,  long  palpi,  witii  the  terminal  joint  s<»ae- 
what  thickened  and  truncate,  kidney  shaped  eyes,  short  antennse  den- 
tated  from  the  fifth  joint,  narrow  thorax  of  equal  breadth,  elytra 
scarcely  covering  the  abdomen,  short  legs,  swollen  thighs,  and  "  quasi'* 

223 


180         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

fiT&gointod  tani;  E,  €<mtumax,  taken  horn  under  the  bark  of  the 
Eueahfptui.    DeretaphruB,  yid.  under  Col^dii,  * 

XyUHnuB  omatuB,  Qermar  (Faun.  Ins.  Eur.  22,  2),  black  with  a  grey 
haby  ooat,  and  the  tip  of  the  striped  and  pointed  elytra  red,  is  a  new 
species  from  Hungary. 

PtinuM  exulans  of  the  reporter,  is  fixxm  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch. 
1842,  i.  p.  147). 

Lnhof  has  enriched  ApaU  with  three  new  species  from  Guinea  (Ver- 
handL  d.  Naturf.  Ges.  su  Basel,  r.  p.  176) :  A.  producta,  tonta,  and 
erimtcMTsU,  The  reporter  has  added  one  from  Yan  Diemen's  Land, 
A.  collaris  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  148). 

Harris  (Lis.  of  Massachus.  p.  52),  has  described  two  new  North 
American  species,  Lymexylon  iericeum,  and  Hyleccetug  americanus. 
He  is  in  doubt  if  the  former  actually  belongs  to  Lymexylon,  In  this  I 
do  not  agree  with  him.  A  female,  howeyer,  is  alone  known  to  me.  On 
the  other  hand,  in  the  HyleecBtus  americanug,  the  presence  of  a  single 
red  ocellus  in  the  middle  of  the  forehead,  as  in  AUctgmMis,  &c.,  is  yery 
striking,  and  appears  to  indicate  that  this  beetle,  which  is  not  known 
to  me  from  personal  inspection,  is  incorrectly  placed  under  HyUeoebua, 
The  reporter  has  also  added  a  new  species  to  this  small  group,  Lymeacy- 
lon  auatraU,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  147)< 

SiLFHALEs. — In  D'Qrbigny's  Voy.  d.  I'Am^.,  Blanchard  has  described 
the  following  new  species  of  this  family : — Necropharus  didytnus^  Brull., 
and  N.  scrutator,  BL,  both  from  Boliria ;  SUpha  apicaUs,  BrulL,  frt>m 
Potosi  (Boliyia) ;  S,  erythrura,  Blanch.,  fr!om  Monte  Video ;  8.  dUci- 
eoUis,  BrulL,  from  Boliyia;  the  last  agrees  with  the  8.  co/yennenns^ 
Sturm.  Cat.  1826,  t.  2,  f.  10,-  whilst  the  one  preceding  is  identical  with. 
8.  hcemorrhoidalis,  St. 

Agyrteg  glaher  (Tritam,  glabr.  Payk.,  GylL,  Zett.),  from  the  north  of 
Sweden,  has  been  figured  by  Germar  (Faun.  Ins.  Europ.  22, 1). 

CijUops  auitraUs  of  the  reporter,  is  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch. 
1842,  i.  p.  243). 

Schiodte  (Kroyer's  Naturhist.  Tidsskr.  iy.  p.  107)  has  corrected  .an 
error  of  Leon  Dufour,  who  had  represented  8Upha  as  having  an  azygoe 
secreting  organ  of  the  urinary  bladder,  cpusisting  of  a  yessel,  and  a 
bladder  yoiding  into  the  rectum.  That  bladder  is  the  caecum,  and  the 
yessel  a  yessel-like  appendage  to  it,  similar  to  the  corresponding  parts  of 
Dyti9€U9^ 

Palpatobes. — ^Aub^  (Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  de  Fr.  xi.  p.  233)  has  enriched 
the  gronp  of  the  Scydmcmvs  thoracicus  with  two  new  species :  8c.  la- 
ticdlis,  from  the  Jura,  is  double  the  size ;  8c.  mmuti8$im/u$,  from  the 
island  of  Louyier,  is  only  half  the  size  of  8c.  thoracicus. 

8cydmcBnug  aaitidotus,  Helf.,  has  been  figured  by  Germar  (Faun.  Ins. 
Eur.  22,  3), 

224 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  181 

NiTiDULARiiB. — The  reporter  (Germ.  Zeitsch.  iy.  p.  225)  has  attempted 
a  sjstematie  division  of  this  family,  and  divided  it  into  six  groups, 
according  to  the  number  of  the  maxillary  lobes,  the  proportions  of  the 
tarsal  joints,  &c. : — 1st  Group,  Cateretes,  with  two  narrow,  long,  maxillary 
lobes,  and,  as  in  the  four  following  groups,  very  small  fourth  tarsal 
joint;  it  is  divided  into  the  genera  Cercua,  Latr.  (pedicidcMrivs^  &c.,  six 
species),  and  Brachypterus,  Kug.  (gravidus,  urticce,  &c.,  nine  species), 
the  former  having  simple  daws,  the  second  dentated ;  the  latter  differs, 
besides^  by  a  small  segment,  which,  in  the  male,  is  found  at  the  point  of 
the  posterior  part  of  the  body,  &c. 

The  following  groups  have  a  single  maxilLuy  lobe : — 2d  Qroup,  Car- 
pophilini,  distinguished  from  the  following  group  by  strong  shortened 
elytra,  which  leave  two  or  three  segments  of  the  posterior  part  of 
the  body  free:  Mystrops  (three  new  species);  Colaatus  (formerly 
Colopterus,  Nit.  rwpta,  F.,  eighteen  species,  all  American);  Brctchy- 
peplvs  (first  descrjlbed  in  these  Archives,  1842,  L  p.  148,  four  species, 
of  which  two  are  from  Van  Diemen's  Land);  CUlcBua,  Lap.  (besides 
the  species  characterized  by  Lap.  &om  Madagascar,  a  new  one  from 
Columbia);  Canotdua  (Stewus  conicus,  F.,  eight  species,  all  finom 
America) ;  CcMrpophiliu,  Leach  (twentynaeven  species) ;  and  Ecnomasw 
(with  one  new  species  from  Senegal). — dd  Qroup,  Nitidulinas,  forming 
the  central  point  of  the  whole  family ;  the  genera  are  grouped  aoodrding 
to  the  antennal  furrows  on  the  under  side  of  the  head ;  these  are  either 
converging  in  Epu/rcea  (antennal  furrows  obsolete ;  N.  cutiva,  &c.,  thirty 
species),  Nitidula  (bipustulataf  six  species),  Perilopa  (two  new  species), 
Saronia  (Jf.  punctoHsgimaf  three  species),  Prometopia  {Nit,  6~maculataf 
Say,  two  species),  PsHotuSy  Fisch  (Nit.  comuta,  F.,  three  species),  Platy- 
chora  (Nit.  LdHuiij  Dej.,  two  species),  Axyra  (one  new  species  from 
Guinea),  I^hcena  (two  new  species  from  Java) ;  or  the  antennal  furrows 
are  straight  and  parallel,  in  Ipidia  (Ips.  4b-notata,  ¥.);  or  they  are 
behind  the  eyes,  arched  round  externally  in  Amphotis  (Nit.  ma/ryin- 
ata,  F.),  Lcbiopa  (Nit.  undulata.  Say,  ten  species  from  America), 
Omogita  (N.  colon,  three  species),  Pkenolia  (Nit.  grossa,  F.),  Stelidota, 
(N.  ttrigoaa,  Sch.,  seven  species). — 4th  Group,  Strongylvnce,  differing 
from  the  preceding  group,  by  the  breast  having  projections ;  i.  e.,  the 
pro-sternum  juts  out  posteriorly ;  the  posterior  margin  of  the  thorax  ia 
either  locked  to  the  anterior  margin  of  the  elytra,  or  it  grasps  strongly 
over  them.  To  the  first  sub-division  belong  Tkalycra  (Strong,  sericeus, 
&t. ;  N.fervida,  GylL.),  jEthina  (one  new  species  from  Madagascar),  Pria, 
Steph.  (Nit.  dulcama/rcB,  IlL,  four  species),  MeligetheB,  Steph.,  Hebctsau 
(Sphonid.  cmcde,  F.,  four  species),  Ocmlodes  (one  new  species  from  New 
Holland),  Lordites  (four  new  species),  Pocadius  (Nit.  ferruginea,  F., 
five  species).  To  the  second  sub-division  belong  Ciimptodea  (SphcBrid. 
gcutellatum,  Sturm.,  thirty-nine  species,  partly  with  dentated,  partly 

225  P 


182         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

with  simple  claws,  all  American),  Cyllodes  (Strong,  ater,  Hbt.,  five 
species),  Cyckramua,  Kug.  {^kcerid,  luteum,  F.,  three  species),  Am- 
phicrossus  (Nit.  ciliata,  01.  Enc,  three  species),  PcUlodes  (Strong, 
annulifer,  Hffg.,  Lap.,  four  species),  Oxycnemus  (one  new  species  from 
Brazil),  TrtocontM  (Nit.  a^ccdis,  Er.,  in  Mejens  Reise) ;  the  last  three 
genera  are  distingaished  by  ebngated  and  narrow  hinder  tarsi. — 5th 
Group,  IpincB,  differing  from  the  NitidulinoB  by  the  concealed  labnun ; 
containing  three  genera:  Crypta^rcha,  Shuck.  (N.  strigata,  F.,  ten 
species),  Ips  (nine  species),  and  Rhizophagus,  Hbt.  (one  new  species  from 
North  America).  So  far,  with  the  exception  of  the  genera  Meligethes 
and  RhizophagvSy  the  species  of  the  Berlin  collection  are  quoted,  and 
the  new  ones  described  (exclusive  of  those  of  Madagascar,  in  consequence 
of  Elug*s  labouring  at  the  fauna  of  that  island) : — The  6th  Group,  Tro- 
gontincBf  is  only  slightly  mentioned ;  it  differs  from  the  former  in  the 
formation  of  the  tarsi,  in  which  the  first  joint  is  the  shortest,  and  often 
scarcely  observable.  According  to  the  general  opinion,  a  single  maxillary 
lobe  only  has  also  been  ascribed  to  this  group ;  but  later  investigation 
has  convinced  me,  that  the  inner  one,  which,  in  groups  2-5,  is  alone 
present,  is  here  so  far  back,  and  connected  with  the  outer,  that  it  is 
usually  scarcely  to  be  observed.  I  shall  attempt  soon  to  fix  the  genera 
of  this  group ;  but  have  here  to  remark,  that  the  Peltides  (Peltis  and 
ThymaluBy  but  not  Colohicus)  still  belong  to  the  family  of  the  NitidAi- 
la/ri<By  but  stand  so  near  to  the  TrogotitinaSf  that  they  can  hardly  be 
separated  from  them  as  a  peculiar  group.  *> 

Blanchard  has  described  a  pretty  considerable  number  of  new  species 
of  Nitidula/rice,  in  D'Orbigny's  Voy.  d.  TAmer.  Mer ;  but  «rhich,  for 
the  most  part,  remain  doubtful,  on  account  of  their  undefined  generic 
marks,  and  insufficient  descriptions,  in  which  the  most  essential  charac- 
teristics are  passed  over ;  on  which  account,  I  can  only  ment j§n  the  spe- 
cies by  name,  without  venturing  to  express  an  opinion  to  which  of  the 
genera,  recognized  by  me,  they  belong :  Ips.  e^envna,  BL,  from  Bolivia ; 
NitidAila  villoma,  BL,  ibid. ;  N.  nigro-maculata,  BL,  ib.  (probably  a 
Ldbiopa,  but  it  is  impossible  to  fix  the  species);  N.  lata,  BL,  ib. ; 
N.  hrevipennis,  from  Peru ;  N.  pollens,  BL,  from  Corrientes ;  Strongy- 
Itis  M-rubrum,  Brull.,  from  Bolivia  (a  beautiful  Ca/mptod^,  allied  to 
my  C.phaleratus) ;  8tr.  tristis,  Lap.,  from  Brazil  (is  Ca/mptod.  scutellor- 
Pus,  Sphcerid,  scutelL,  Sturm.) ;  Str.  nigritus.  Lap.,  from  Monte  Video 
(appears  identical  with  my  Campt,  mela/naritts) ;  Str.  humeralis,  Brull., 
from  Corrientes  (a  better  defined  Caanptodes);  Str.  thoracicus,  Lap., 
from  Chiquitos,  in  Bolivia  (doubtful) ;  Str.  meUmwrus,  BL,  in  Bolivia, 
caught  on  the  mimosa  and  other  flowers  (doubtful) ;  Str.  villosus,  BL, 
from  Moxos  in  Bolivia  (apparently  a  Pocadius). 

HisTERES.  —  Aubd  has  described  three  new  European  species  of 
Ahroffus  (Ann.  d.  L  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  231) ;   A.  atomarvm,  caught 

226 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  183 

once  at  Fontainbleau,  and  A.  punctum,  from  Italj,  resemble  the  A. 
nigricomis ;  A,  parvulvs,  found  at  Fontainblean,  in  a  decayed  oaJc,  is 
very  similar  to  my  A.  granulunif  and  differs  only  in  the  elytra  being 
much  closer  punctured. 

In  D'Qrbigny's  Voy.  d.  TAm.  Mer,  this  family  has  been  increased  by 
Blanchard  with  a  number  of  new  species  :  Hololepta  attenuata,  from 
Bolivia ;  Saprinua  omatm  (this  name  has  already  been  given  by  the 
reporter  to  the  S,  interrwptus,  Fisch.),  allied  to  the  8.  decoratus  of  the 
reporter,  and  S.  patagonicuSj  both  abundant  in  Patagonia ;  8,  nigritu, 
from  Maldonado  and  Monte  Video ;  8,  erythropus,  from  Buenos  Ayres ; 
8*  piceua  (this  name  also  is  not  free,  as  Hist,  piceus,  Payk.,  is  a  8apn- 
nuB),  from  Corrientes;  8.  impresnfrons,  from  Bolivia;  8.  atro-nitiduSf 
from  Corrientes.  8apriwu8  mcisu8y  of  the  reporter,  from  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  is  also  to  be  mentioned  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  152). 

Debmbstzni. — A  new  species,  Megatoma  adspersa,  has  been  found  by 
B'Orbigny  abundantly  in  Bolivia,  in  houses  and  walls ;  and  has  been 
described  by  Blanchard,  in  tbe  Voy.  d.  TAm.  Mer. 

Megatoma  morio  and  Trogoderma  riguum  of  the  reporter,  are  two 
new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  152). 

Btbbhii. — This  fanuly  has  been  treated  of  by  Stefiahny  in  an  excel- 
lent dissertation,  "  Tentamen  MonographisB  Byrrhotum "  (also  printed 
in  Germar's  Zeitschr.  f.  d.  Entomol.,  iv.  p.  1).  The  difficult  and 
hitherto  much  mixed  species  are  firmly  established.  The  genus  Byrrhus 
is,  following  Stephens'  arrangement,  confined  to  such  as  have  the  antennae 
gradually  thii^ened ;  and  also  show  some  variations  in  the  form  of  the 
terminal  joint  of  the  maxillfEry  palpi,  the  shape  of  the  lobes  of  the 
labium^  the  toothing  of  the  mandibles,  and  in  the  presence  or  absence 
of  a  membranous  appendage  on  the  under  side  of  the  third  tarsal  joint, 
which  are  used  for  Ihe  certain  distinction  of  the  species.  B.  seahru 
pennis,  approximating  to  the  B.  gig  as,  fr^m  the  Styrian  Alps ;  B.  regalis, 
Dahl.,  from  the  Banat;  B,  insignia,  near  to  the  B.  nmrinus,  from 
Turkey ;  B,  decorus,  allied  to  the  B,  lariensis,  Heer,  from  the  Banat ; 
and  B.  s&niellaris,  Esch.,  from  Kamtschatka,  are  new.  The  B,  Btriatus 
of  this  author  is  the  same  with  B,  gldbratus,  Heer.  The  genus  8ynca- 
lypta,  Dillw.,  with  a  three-jointed  dub  of  antennae,  contains  B,  setiger, 
SL ;  B,  CMrenwnuB  and  pudlhus,  St. ;  and  a  third  new  species,  8»  stridto- 
punctata,  Dej.,  from  Spain.  PedilophoruB,  a  new  genus,  with  a  five- 
jraited  dub  of  antennae,  broad  tibiae,  and  the  thiid  tarsal  joint  with  an 
a|)pendage,  is  founded  on  B.  auratuB,  Duft.  (nit&ns,  Germ.)  Simple- 
caria.  Marsh.,  with  a  fEve-jointed  club  of  antennse,  narrow  tibiae,  simple 
tarsi,  embraces  B,  BemtBtriatuB,  F.,  and  picipeB,  01.  1  have  also  found 
tiiat  Amphicyrta,  Esch.,  which  Dejean  places  between  the  ChtysofMlcB 
and  Colaspes,  belongs  to  this  feumily.  It  has  filiform  ant^inlae,  the  third 
tarsal  joint  has  a  membra&ous  appendage,  and  narrow  tibiae  With  im- 

227 


184         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

perfect  tarsal  grooves;  the  known  species  are,  A.  denttpes.  Each.,  from 
Califomia;  and  A.  chrygomelina  from  the  west  of  the  Bockj  Moim- 
tains  in  North  America. 

Michrochoetes  gcopariug  and  Linmichus  mistralts  of  the  reporter, 
are  two  new  species  of  this  fiunilj  from  Yan  Diemen's  Land  (Ardi. 
1842,  i.  p.  153). 

Macbodactyli. — Pamus  longipes,  Bedtenbacher  (Col.  Austr.  p.  14, 
n.  12),  from  the  brooks  of  Austria,  is  the  same  with  P.  substriatus, 
MtilL,  Dumerilii,  Latr. 

Blanchard  has  describe^  two  new  species  in  D'Orbigny's  Voy.  d. 
I'Amer.  Mer.,  Pamus  ptibescens  and  Pota/mophilus  cinereus,  Bl.,  of  the 
size  of  P.  acuminatus,  both  from  Gorrientes. 

HsTEBocEBiDJt. — Elosenwetter  has  published  an  excellent  work  on 
Heterocerus  (Germ.  Zeitschr.  iy.  p.  194,  t.  3).  The  species  of  this  genus 
closely  resemble  each  other,  so  that  hitherto  there  have  been  no  frmda- 
mental  distinctions ;  but  a  minute  examination  has  brought  to  light  a 
surprisingly  rich  collection  of  them.  The  author  describes  twenty 
species  examined  by  himself,  and  thirteen  of  these  are  certainly  natiye 
to  Germany.  Among  these, — H.  pa/rallelus,  GebL,  and  H.  femoralis,  in- 
habit salt  districts ;  H,  fossor,  ma/rginatus,  F.,  hispidulus  (marginatus, 
Pz.),  ohsoletus,  Curt.,  Icevigatus,  Panz.,  obliterates,  fusculus,  are  pretty 
widely  distributed ;  JET.  intermedins,  at  Berlin  and  Stettin ;  sericcms,  in 
Saxon  Switzerland  and  Austria  (also  Italy);  pulchellus  at  Leipsic; 
mwrvaus,  found  by  Dr.  Bosenhauer  at  Augsburg;  H,  miwutus,  Dej.,  is 
from  the  south  of  France ;  H.  Jlavidus  from  Italy  (Sea/rah,  fi,  Bossi) ; 
J7.  euphratictis  and  minimus,  have  been  collected  in  Mesopotamia ;  H, 
limbatus,  Kn.,  from  North  America ;  H.  vaHus  and  lituratus,  from  St. 
Thomas  in  the  West  Indies.  The  following  species  hare  only  become 
known  to  the  author  by  description :  H,  dubiiis,  F.,  from  the  East  Indies ; 
H.  pallidAis  and  pusillus.  Say,  from  North  America ;  H,  hamifer  and 
nanus,  Gen^,  from  Sardinia ;  in  all  twenty-fiye  species,  of  which  two- 
fifths  are  new. 

Htdbophilidjs.  —  Bobert  (Ann.  Sc.  Nat.  xyiiL  p.  378)  has  proyed 
that  Hydrophilus  piceus,  eyen  in  the  state  of  a  perfect  beetle,  does  not 
feed  on  water  plants  but  on  water  snails  (Lim/ncBus), 

A  new  German  species,  Hydrcena  d&ntipes,  Mark.,  discoyered  by 
M&rkel  at  Pima,  has  been  described  and  figured  by  Germar  (Faun.  Ins. 
Euiop.  xxii.  5).  Hyd/robius  ma/rgvnicollis  and  assimUis,  Hope,  from 
Port  Essington  (Proceed.  Ent.  See.  p.  48) ;  and  Cercyon  dorsaJe  of  the 
reporter,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  153),  are  new  New 
Holland  species. 

The  description  of  the  Hydrophili,  for  D'Orbigny's  yoyage,  began 
by  BroUd,  has  been  finished  by  Blanchard  (yide  Jahresb.  f.  1838,  p. 
314).    The  following  are  described  in  the  new  number :  Hydrophilus 

228 


INSECTA — COLEOPTEBA.  185 

(TropUtemus)  doncUiSf  Br.,  firom  Brazil;  H.  Tr,  lepid/M,  Br.,  from  the 
Parang  in  Entre  Bios ;  also  IT.  (PhUydrvs)  pallipes,  Br.,  from  Monte 
Video ;  H.  Ph,  stridtui,  Br.,  from  Goirientes ;  H.  Ph.  gibbus,  Br.,  in 
the  Parani  behind  Corrientes ;  JJ.  Ph.  femoratus,  Br.,  from  Corrien- 
tea ;  Berows  pallipes,  Br.,  in  the  Parang  in  Corrientes ;  B.  cUtemoms, 
in  the  Rio  Negro. 

Lamellicobnbs. — Mulsant  has  published  an  important  work  on  this 
family ;  **  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Col^ptdres  de  France,  Lamellioomes, 
Paris,  1842.''  Much  praise  is  due  to  him  for  his  extension  of  the 
nomenclature,  and  the  attention  he  has  bestowed  on  the  natural  history 
of  these  insects,  especially  in  their  earlier  states.  We  have  descriptions 
and  figures  of  the  lame  of  Onthopha>gu8  vacca,  Aphodius  peccMri^ 
VcUgus  henwpterus,  Dorcus  pa/rallelopipedus,  .M»(Uu9  scarahceoidetf 
and  Sinodendron  cylindricu/m.  The  division,  in  general,  is  pretty  much 
the  same  as  that  of  Latreille ;  the  Lmnellicomes  are  separated  into 
the  naturally  very  different  Petalocerides  and  Priocerides,  the  former 
into  the  groups  of  the  CopridoR,  AphodidaSy  Trogidics,  Oeotritpince, 
Orycteske,  CallicnemicB,  MeloUmthiituB,  and  Cetanice,  all  yery  correctly 
determined ;  but  the  group  of  the  CallicnemicB  cannot  be  maintainable, 
since,  of  the  two  genera  which  compose  it,  CcUicnemis  and  PcLchypus, 
the  former  appears  to  me  to  belong  to  the  preceding,  the  latter  to  the 
following  group.  In  the  farther  diyision,  Mulsant  has  much  that  is 
new  and  peculiar,  so  that  we  must  often  recur  to  this  work.  As,  how- 
eyer,  in  his  systematic  researches,  he  has  confined  himself  to  the  French 
Fauna,  a  great  part  of  his  divisions  will  require  a  wider  foundation. 
Every  variety  should  not  be  granted  a  peculiar  name,  for  where,  then, 
would  be  the  limit  of  nomenclature  ? 

Leon  Dufour  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  zviii.  p.  162,  t.  4,  5)  has  made  a  com- 
parison of  the  larv»  of  Cetonia  aiMrata,  and  Dorcus  pa/rallelopipedus, 
according  to  their  external  as  well  as  internal  structure,  and  has  come 
to  the  conclusion  that  the  8ca/rah€eid<B  and  lAiccmidas  may  be  divided 
into  two  families.  In  the  former,  the  abdominal  plexus  of  the  nervous 
system  is  composed  of  a  mass  of  ganglions  soldered  together ;  in  the 
latter,  of  a  chain  of  knots  proceeding  from  each  other.  The  alimentary 
canal  in  the  former  has  three  collars  of  blind  bags,  a  large  lateral 
cecum,  and  the  gall  vessels  ending  in  numerous  windings,  closely 
applied  to  each  other;  in  the  latter,  the  canal  has  a  single  collar  of 
rudimentary  blind  bags,  a  csecum  not  lateral,  and  simple  gall-vessels. 

He  also  brings  forward  many  external  difierences,  but  which  are 
not  comprehensive,  as  they  only  refer  to  the  C.  a/urata.  It  is  to  be 
desired,  that  anatomical  researches  were  multiplied.  He  is  not  ac- 
quainted with  De  Haan's  important  work  on  this  subject. 

Beiche  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  59)  has  commenced  a 
correct  description  of  the  OoprophcKfi,  beginning  with  the  Ateuchidce 

229 


186  KEFORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

and  the  apterous  diyiskm.  The  genera  with  tarsi  on  the  fore-legs  are : 
Aulacium^  Dej.  {MintopkUu$,  Lap.),  indnding  the  only  known  New 
Holland  spedes,  A.  carinatum,  Beiche  (AuL  Hollanduje,  Dej.) ;  Coprce^ 
C1M,  Beiche,  difiering  fix>m  the  preceding  by  the  simple  rounded  posterknr 
angles  of  the  thorax,  is  not  jet  sufficientlj  defined,  as  the  specimen  of 
the  C  hemigphoBricuSy  P^ron  (from  New  Holland),  in  the  Paris  collection, 
according  to  Liatreille  and  Gudrin,  wants  the  antennie  and  parts  of  the 
mouth ;  Te9M/rodonj  Hope  {At,  hoUandias,  F.),  only  kno?m  to  the  adthor 
from  Hope*s  plate,  and  placed  here  coigectiirally.  In  the  others,  the 
anterior  tarsi  are  wanting :  Circ^wun,  Latr.  {A.  B€tcchus,  F.) ;  Eucra- 
nium,  Dej.;  OlyphideruSf  Westw.,  which  has  two  —  P<ichy90fna  and 
MnemaHum,  MacL.,  having  a  single  spine  on  the  intermediate  tibias. 

Westwood  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  61)  has  made  known  two  new  New 
Holland  genera  of  AteuchidcB,  CephcUodeandua ;  dypens  in  medio 
4-dentatus,  dentibns  intermediis  valde  elongatis,  prothoraz  magnus 
8-angalaris,  pedes  yalde  elongati,  tarsi  antici  distincti,  breyes:  O. 
amUger,  Temnoplectron ;  dypens  in  lobos  dnos  minntos  obtusos  pro- 
dnctus,  prothoraz  lateribus  rotnndatis  (et  cum  elytris  subcontinuis) 
antioe  parum  anguBtior;  tarsi  antid  minuti;  ungues  subtus  denticulo 
instructi :  T.  rotwadwm,  from  Melyille  Island.  To  the  genus  Tesaero- 
don  (At,  HollcmdicB,  F.),  he  adds  two  spedes,  T,  angulatus  firom 
Swan  Biver;  and  T,  piceus  from  Port  Essington;  the  latter  is  also 
described  by  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  44). 

Westwood  has  also  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  58),  pointed  out  some  new 
genera  of  the  same  family:  Arach/nodes  and  Nemos,  however,  alone 
belong  to  the  Ateuchidce,  both  formed  at  the  expense  of  EpilUaus,  Dej. ; 
the  former  (Circ.  nitiduvn,  Lap.),  with  the  mentum  not  emarginated, 
slender  labial-palpi,  sides  of  the  prothorax  angular  and  reflexed ;  long 
legs,  and  the  last  tarsal  joint  running  out  to  a  small  spine ;  Nemos  (Circ, 
pygmoeum.  Lap.),  mentum  strongly  emarginated,  labial-palpi  very  short 
and  thick,  sides  of  the  prothorax  rounded,  shorter  legs,  and  crooked  tibisa. 

The  following  belong  to  the  real  Copridce,  having  tibiae  broader 
towards  the  end,  and  the  tarsal  joints  of  the  hind  legs  gradually 
narrower :  Macroderes,  almost  hemispherical,  with  emarginated  clypeua, 
very  large  prothorax  rounded  at  the  ddes :  the  type  is  Ontliophagus 
Oreenii,  Kirby ;  Uroxys,  oblong,  somewhat  flat,  dypeus  sharply  24obed 
anteriorly,  sides  of  prothorax  angular  in  the  middle,  elytra  pointed 
posteriorly,  elongated  fore-legs,  and  (in  the  one  sex)  tibiae  angular 
internally ;  U,  cvprescens  from  Columbia. 

Westwood  has  mistaken  the  genus  Scatonomua  of  the  reporter; 
both  the  species  mentioned  by  him,  Se.  myrmidon  (Onth.  myrmidon, 
Lacord.)  from  Cayenne,  and  Se,  sma/ragdinus  from  Brazil,  belong  to 
Onthocharis,  Dej.,  from  which  Scatmomvs  is  essentially  very  different. 
Anomiopus,  with  two  new  Brazilian  species,  A,  virescms  and  nigricans, 
230 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA .  187 

is  distinguished  with  difficulty  from  Onthochwru,  by  the  very  broad 
hind  legs ;  at  least,  in  the  Berlin  collection,  I  have  a  series  of  species  be- 
fore me,  in  which  a  gradual  transition  is  found  in  the  hinder  tarsi,  £rom 
the  broadest  form,  as  in  the  Anomiopus,  to  the  narrower,  as  existing  in 
the  O.  fnymddon. 

The  genus  Buhas,  Meg.,  has  been  distinguished  &om  OnitiSf  by  Mul- 
eant  (CoL  Fr.  p.  76),  from  having  no  scutellum,  nor  any  firee  space 
in  place  of  it ;  the  first  joint  of  the  labial-palpi  not  smaller  than  the 
second,  the  body  tolerably  oonyez,  and  the  prothoraz  forming  projections 
anteriorly ;  the  spedes  are  O.  hUan,  F.,  and  hubcUus,  01. 

Hope  has  described  some  new  species  of  CopridcB  from  Western 
Africa  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  494) :  Oymnoplewrus  hila/risy  IcRtus,  and 
Heliocopria  DicmcB, 

The  New  Holland  Fauna  has  been  enriched  with  eleven  species  of  On- 
thophagus,  five  from  Port  Essington  by  Hope  (Proceed.  £nt.  Soc.  p.  43), 
and  six  from  Van  Diemen's  Land*  by  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  IM). 

The  presence  of  the  genus  Copris  in  New  Holland,  appears  to  be  con- 
fined to  the  north  coast.  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  44)  describes  a 
species,  C.  glabricollie,  from  Port  Essington,  and  mentions  that  he  is  in 
possession  of  three  other  species  from  Melville  Island. 

The  AphodiidcB  have  been  divided  by  Mulsant  (Col.  Fr.  p.  160,  &c.) 
into  two  divisions,  and  the  number  of  genera  increased.  The  first  divi- 
sion, AphodicMriiy  with  narrow  hinder  tarsi,  and  distinct  claws  upon  them, 
is  separated  into  three  sub-divisions : — 1.  AphodiatCB,  has  normally  the 
striflB  on  the  elytra  with  simple  interstices,  the  head  flat  or  slightly 
convex,  half-six- angled  or  semicircular,  and  then  slightiiy  emarginated 
anteriorly;  weU  developed  membranous  maxillary  lobes.  1.  Colobop- 
terus ;  elytra  truncate,  not  completely  covering  the  pygidium ;  A.  error- 
ticus.  The  following  genera  (2-6)  have  the  clypeus  laterally  dilated 
before  the  eyes.  2.  Coprimorphus ;  first  joint  of  the  hind  tarsus  as 
long  as  the  four  following  put  together ;  A.  scrutator.  3.  Ewplewrus ; 
scnteUum  long,  back  of  the  elytra  flat ;  A.  mbterraneua.  4.  Otophorus ; 
scutellum  long,  back  of  the  elytra  convex,  dilatation  of  the  sides  of  the 
dypeus  forming  a  right  angle ;  A,  TujemorrhoidaUs.  5.  Teuchestes  ;  like 
4,  only  the  dilatation  of  the  sides  of  the  clypeus  is  rounded;.  A.fowyr, 
6.  AphodiiM;  scutellum  short;  A,  gcrybcblcMrniSf  conjugatuSf  fxtens, 
^metariuSj  rubens,  Dej. ;  alpicola,  new  spedes,  from  Savoy ;  vem/uSf 
new  species,  from  the  South  of  France ;  ater,  grcmcmus,  bimcuiulatus, 
plagiatus,  ^r^maculatus,  trutis,  esGigwuSy  new  species ;  pudllus,  Hbt. ; 
manticola,  Dej.,  new  species  ;  hydrochceris,  F. ;  sordidus,  F. ;  lugensy 
Cr. ;  imm/undaSy  Or. ;  nitiduhiSy  F. ;  merda/rivs,  F. ;  ferrugineus,  Dej., 

*  One  of  these  has  been  called  0.  hirculusy  a  name  under  which  a  species, 
abundant  in  Brazil,  has  been  described  by  Mannerheim,  and  which  must 
therefore  be  altered. 

231 


188         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

new  speeies ;  Uvidu$,  01. ;  lineolatus,  HL  ;  mdanasHctttB^  Schiipp.,  Schm. ; 
inqwinaMu,  F. ;  pictus,  St. ;  testulatug,  Or. ;  ttietieus,  Pz. ;  cantputus. 
Or.;  ^-guttoHu,  Hbt.;  terieatuij  Zgl.;  obMurtM,  F. ;  porcus,  F.  In 
the  two  following  genen  (7  and  8)  the  dypeni  Ib  little  if  at  all  dilated 
laterally.  7.  Acronus ;  clypeus  semiciicolar,  posterior  border  of  tha 
prothoiax,  at  leaat  in  the  middle,  not  maxginated;  A,  ducus,  Jnr.; 
ruJlpeBf  L. ;  Iwridus,  F. ;  depreamu,  Kng. ;  Peeari,  F.  8.  Melinopteru$  ; 
cljpena  semihexagonal ;  A.  prodronwu,  Brahm. ;  obliteratus,  Heyd. ; 
contaminatuSj  Hbt.  9.  Trichonottu ;  differing  fi!om  the  preceding  by 
the  hairy  prothoraz;  A,  terapha,  F.  10.  HeptaulacuB,  has  seven 
furrows  on  the  elytra,  with  rib-like  interstiees ;  A.  mm,  F.  ;  nivcUis  {aus, 
yar.,  Oyll.),  and  testwUnarius,  F. — Second  sab-diyision :  AfnmosciatcB ; 
head  strongly  arched,  dypens  semicircular  deeply  emarginated,  the 
maxillary  lobes  short  and  fringed.  A  single  genus :  11.  AtMnoBcius ; 
A,  elevatut,  F. — Third  sub-diyision :  PUwrophoratas ;  ten  rib-like  in- 
terstices of  the  strisB  on  the  elytra,  the  sixth  and  eighth  shorter  than 
the  seyenth.  12.  Pktffiogonus  ;  elytra  truncate  obliquely  to  the  suture ; 
A,  arenarius,  IlL  13.  Oxyomv* ;  head  simply  dotted ;  A,  porcatus, 
F.  The  following  haye  the  head  coyered  with  eleyated  granulations. 
14.  Platytomus;  prothorax  fringed,  and  without  transyerse  furrows, 
first  joint  of  the  hinder  tarsi  dilated  triangularly ;  P.  sabuhmM,  Dej., 
rare  in  the  South  of  France.  15.  Pleurophorus ;  prothorax  as  in  the 
preceding,  first  joint  of  the  hinder  tarsi  narrow  and  of  equal  breadth ; 
A,  ccews,  Panz.  16.  Rhyasenwu;  prothorax  fringed  with  short  bristles 
on  the  sides,  the  back  transyersely  frurowed ;  A.  porcatus,  F. ;  verru- 
cosus, new  species,  from  Marseilles. — The  second  diyision,  i^ommo- 
diarii,  has  the  hind  legs  thickened,  the  hind  tarsi  with  gradually  smaller 
joints  and  indistinct  daws.  17.  DiasHcttAs ;  prothorax  without  fringes 
and  cross  furrows;  A,  sabuleti,  Payk.  18.  PfomMnodius;  prothorax 
with  cross  furrows,  and  set  with  short  little  bristles  on  the  sides; 
A,  sulcicoUis  and  parcicoUis,  HI. 

There  is  certainly  much  good  in  this  arrangement,  though  the  diarao- 
ters  usually  employed  are  preferable,  and  the  marks  of  the  genera  are 
often  yery  minute  and  undefined*  An  examination  of  the  extra  European 
species  will  establish  some  of  them  and  alter  others,  and  espedally  giye 
the  proper  rounding  to  the  divisions.  The  AmrnceciatcB  wUl  then  assume 
a  less  subordinate  rank  in  richness  of  species.  The  genera  Coprimorpkus 
and  EupletMTus  cannot  be  separated ;  but  Colohopterus  and  Teuchestes, 
as  well  as  Acrassus,  appear  yeiy  natural  groups  of  species.  Heer  has 
shown,  that  Diagtictus  (sabuleti)  is  the  proper  PiBammodius,  Gyll.,  and 
does  not  belong  to  the  AphodudcBy  but  the  Trogidce.  (V.  Jahresb.  f. 
1841,  p.  225). 

Aphodius  Zenkeri,  Germar,  has  been  figured  in  his  Fauna  Ins.  Eur. 
22,  6. 

232 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  189 

Aphodius  erows  of  the  reporter  is  a  new  species  from  Van  Diemen's 
Land  (Aich.  1842,  i.  p.  157). 

To  the  Trogidce  the  reporter  has  had  the  Trax  augtroUanoi,  Latr., 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (ibid.  p.  158), 

Germar  has  written  an  excellent  monograph  on  the  spherical  Trogidas 
(Zeitschr.  iy.  p.  109, 1. 1).  Thej  form  four  genera;  some  are  completely 
spherical  (the  posterior  angle  of  the  prothorax  quite  rounded) :  SphcBro- 
marphns,  with  ten-jointed  antennae,  broad  flat  tibie,  long  and  thin  tarsi, 
contains  fifteen  species  from  different  parts  of  America,  hitherto  all  un- 
described;  Synarmogtes,  with  nine-jointed  antenna,  broad  flat  tibi», 
short  tarsi :  containing  two  species  from  Madagascar,  Aca/nthoc.  tibialis, 
Kl.,  and  scctbroitu,  Laporte.  In  the  others,  the  sphere  is  incomplete 
(the  prothorax  has  blunt  angled  posterior  comers) :  Clceotus  has  nine- 
jointed  antennsB,  triangular  tibi»,  short  tarsi;  two  new  species  from 
Columbia.  Lastly,  Acaa^thocerus,  MacLeay,  with  ten-jointed  antennie, 
triangular  tibias,  pretty  long  tarsi ;  nineteen  species,  of  which  seven  have 
already  been  described  in  diflerent  places,  and  one  (aphodioides)  even 
under  four  names.  Thus  thirty-eight  species  are  known ;  of  these,  two 
are  from  Madagascar,  the  others  belong  exdusively  to  America;  for 

A.  senegalengis.  Lap.,  owes  its  name  to  an  error  in  its  locality,  which 
is  Cayenne,  so  that  Dejean's  name  of  A,  striatus  should  be  employed. 

Mulsant  has  enriched  the  Geotru^idce  with  one  new  genus,  Thorectes 
(Col.  Fr.  p.  367),  which  differs  from  Qeotrupea  by  the  soldered  elytra, 
rudimentary  wings,  and  the  dub  of  the  antennsB,  in  which,  when  it  is 
folded  up,  the  middle  fold  is  not  concealed ;  G,  Icevigatus,  F.  The  name 
is  synonymous  with  Thorictus,  Qerm.  I  cannot  conyince  myself  of  the 
utility  of  this  genus,  and  would  rather  consider  it,  as  well  as  Cerate- 
phyusy  as  a  sub-genus  of  Geotrupes, 

Mulsant  has  enriched  Bolbocerus  (ibid.  p.  350,  1. 1,  f.  15,  16)  with 
a  distinct  new  European  species,  B.  gaUicug,    It  has  much  similarity  to 

B.  AEneas,  but  the  upper  side  is  glossy  black,  the  scutellum  not  dotted ; 
diflerent  from  the  North  African  B,  hocchus,  by  the  simple  conical  head- 
horn  of  the  male,  &c.  Many  New  Holland  species  of  this  genus  have 
become  known,  principally  belonging  to  the  north  and  west  sides.  Bain- 
bridge  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  of  Lend.  iii.  p.  79)  has  described  a  series  of 
them:  B,  Kithyi,  latus  (same  with  B,  frontalis,  Gudr.  Yoy.  de  le 
Fayorite,  both  females),  serricoUis,  hastifer  (same  with  Athyreus  recti- 
camis,  Gu^.,  ibid.,  but  really  a  Bolbocervs),  7'tubereulatus,  Jissiccmis, 
trituberctUatus,  The  first  species  is  from  Melyille  Island,  the  rest  from 
Swan  Biyer.  Hope  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  43)  also  describes  B.  Kirbyi, 
from  Port  Essiogton,  besides  three  new  spedes,  B,  neglectus,  rotwndor- 
tus,  both  females ;  B.  rtibescens.  The  two  latter  are  amongst  the  smallest 
spedes.  The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  105)  has  shown,  that  the 
genus  Elephastanitts,  MacL.,  is  untenable,  as  E,  proboscideus  is  only 

233 


190  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

an  aberrant  male  of  Bolbocerus,  and  certainly  B,  austrcUasicBy  Kirby, 
is  the  female,  upon  which,  also,  the  genus  Bolbocerus  is  founded. 

The  reporter  has  increased  the  group  of  DynasHdce  with  one  new 
genus,  Pimelopus,  which  has,  in  common  with  Cheiroplatys,  Hope,  the 
hind  legs  strongly  thickened,  with  leaf-like  terminal  spines,  &c.,  but  is 
distinguished  by  its  three- toothed  anterior  tibin,  also  three-toothed  man- 
dibles, five-toothed  maxillm,  and  a  body  more  swollen.  One  species, 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  P.  p&rcellua  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  159) ;  also 
Cheiroplatys  mcelivs  of  the  reporter  (ibid.  p.  158). 

Waterhouse  has  made  known  a  Beetle  of  Yaldiyia  as  OrycUymor- 
phtM  (?)  piettu  (Entomologist,  p.  261),  which  Ghi^rin  has  already 
described  as  O.  variegatus.  The  author  was  only  acquainted  with  the 
female,  so  that  his  opinions  with  regard  to  the  definition  of  the-  genus 
are  not  well  grounded. 

In  the  group  of  Rutelidce,  Gu^rin  has  characterized  a  new  genus, 
Barymorpha  (Delessert  Voyage,  ii  p.  40,  t.  11,  f.  2),  which,  in  most 
points,  agrees  with  Parastasia,  but  difiers  in  the  daws  of  the  hind  tarsi 
being  equal  and  simple ;  B.  himciculataf  the  only  species,  is  from  the 
island  of  Penang,  on  the  coast  of  Malacca.  Parastada  has  also  been 
enriched  by  the  same  author  with  a  new  species  from  the  same  place, 
P.  cbscu/ra ;  and  Westwood  has  added  another,  P.  rufopUta,  from  Sylhet 
(Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  55). 

Harris  (Ins.  of  Massachussets,  p.  23)  mentions,  that  the  Pdid/nota 
punctcUa  is  often  found,  in  great  quantity,  on  the  wild  and  cultivated 
vine,  the  leaves  of  which  they  gnaw,  and  do  much  harm  to  the  fruit. 
They  fly  by  day.    The  larva  lives  in  decayed  wood. 

Mulsant  has  divided  the  MelolonthidcB  (CoL  Fr.  p.  405)  into  four 
groups,  MeloUmtha/ricB,  Serica/ricB,  AwymobUj/ria,  and  Hoplicmce,  the 
characters  of  which  are  only  given  in  regard  to  the  European  ones, 
and  taken  from  the  daws  alone ;  the  author  distinguishes  the  SericaruB 
from  the  Mddontha/noBy  by  their  daws  being  so  cleft  at  the  point,  that 
the  under  tooth  is  broader  and  blunter  than  the  upper.  I  have  formerly 
remarked  (Arch.  1  Jahrg.  i.  p.  261),  that  in  this  division  the  labrum  is 
concealed,  so  that  the  anterior  margin  of  the  mentum  lies  immediately 
upon  the  clypeus ;  there  are  also  some  other  characters  which  are  found 
united  in  the  European  Seriacasy  and  which  extra  European  genera  have, 
individually,  in  common  with  them.  The  AnonuUa/rioi  are  distin- 
guished by  simple,  and,  in  general,  remarkably  unequal  hind  daws. 
This  is  always  the  case;  but  it  does  not  distinguish  them  from  the 
Hoplia/ricBf  for  which  the  author  gives  a  single  hind  daw  as  a  charao- 
teristic,  as  the  greater  number  of  the  extra  European,  espedaJly  the 
numerous  South  African  forms  of  this  division,  have  two  simple  unequal 
claws  like  the  Anomalarice.  The  want  of  tiie  terminal  spines,  on  the 
hind  legs,  should  rather  characterize   the  Hopliarice,     The  division 

234 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  191 

SericcmcB  here  contains  the  genera  Serica  (pnmnea)y  with  double-toothed 
anterior  tibiae,  nine-jointed  anteniise,  with  an  elongated  laminated  dub 
in  the  ^,  and  somewhat  truncated  maxillary  palpi ;  OmalopUa  {holso- 
sericea.  Scop.,  va/nabili$,  F.),  with  double-toothed  anterior  tibisB,  ten- 
jointed  antennae,  pointed  maxillary-palpi ;  Br<ichyphylla  {ruricola,  F.), 
with  double-toothed  anterior  tibiae,  nine-jointed  antennae,  and  the  hind 
margin  of  the  clypeus  depressed  on  each  side,  and,  in  consequence,  haying 
a  projecting  posterior  angle ;  Triodonta  (AquUa,  Dej.,  Lap.),  with  triple 
toothed  anterior  tibiae,  indistinctly  ten-jointed  antennae ;  and  HymenopUa, 
Esch.,  with  triple^toothed  tibiae,  nine-jointed  antennae,  and  claws  fur- 
nished beneath  with  a  membranous  border.  Under  the  Hoplia/ncB  the 
author  separates  the  HoplicB  with  ten -jointed  antennae,  as  a  peculiar 
genus,  Deca/meria,  although  the  male  abne  distinctly  possesses  the  ten- 
jointed  antennse  and  not  the  female. 

Mulsant  has  described  several  new  species :  Anoana  scutella/ria,  Chevr., 
from  the  South  of  France,  resembling  the  avstralia,  Sch. ;  Rhijsotrogus 
thoradcvSf  Dej.  (is  maculicoUu,  Villa,  Heer) ;  Rh,  cicatricoaus,  chiefly 
inhabiting  the  south,  plentiful  at  Lyons ;  Rh,  ma/rgmipes,  Cherr.,  also 
in  the  south,  especially  at  Bordeaux ;  Rh.  viciwus,  Dej.;  HymenopUa 
Chev^rolatii,  in  the  south  of  France,  at  Lyons,  upon  Festuca  elatior, 
different  from  the  Portuguese  H,  sPrigosa  (Mel,  atrigosa,  HI.) 

Heer  has  published  a  valuable  treatise,  "  Uber  geographlsche  Yer- 
breitung  und  periodisches  Auftreten  der  Maikafer."  He  here  shows 
a  three  years'  cycle  of  development.  Rosenhauer  also  asserts,  for  the 
Erlangen  district,  a  three  years'  period.  Katzeburg  (ibid.  p.  39)  adduces 
his  farther,  experience  in  favour  of  a  four  years'  cycle. 

Gu^rin  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  6)  has  remarked,  that  several  species  of  Rkizo- 
tragus,  of  Algiers,  are  wingless;  and,  in  consequence  of  this  circum- 
stance, have  peculiar  habits;  he  therefore  proposes,  that  they  should 
form  a  peculiar  sub-genus,  under  the  name  of  Geotrogus,  There  are 
four  species  cited,  one  of  which  is  new ;  Rh.  Magagnosciif  which  must 
have  a  great  similarity  to  the  Rh.  diepdr,  only  the  hind  tarsi  of  the  ^ 
are  thin,  and  scarcely  longer  than  the  tibiae,  while,  in  the  rest,  they  are 
a  half  longer ;  I  do  not  know  if  this  is  the  case  in  the  other  three  species 
enumerated  under  Qeotrogus;  both  sexes  of  Rh.  dupar.  Gory,  wiU 
belong  to  this  sub-genus  (the  same  is  also  the  case  with  the  RJi.  Gabcb- 
lu8,  Buq.,  which  is  not  mentioned) ;  of  Rh.  Gera/rdii  and  Amphytus 
(not  Evphytus),  Buq. ;  the  fenuiles  only  belong  to  it,  the  males  being 
true  winged  Rhizotrogi. 

Hope  has  mentioned  some  new  species  from  Wei^tem  Africa  (Ann. 
Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  495) ;  Popillia  suloipennis,  luteipen/nis,  cyanoptera, 
Lepidiota  Sa/vagei,  Euchlora  circv/mcincta. 

Anuoplia  theicola,  Waga  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  273, 
t.  11,  f.  9),  was  found  in  a  packet  of  Chinese  tea. 

235 


1 


192  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

The  reporter  has  made  some  oontnbutions  to  the  knowledge  of  New 
Holland  Melolonthas  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  160-170).  The  position  of  the 
genus  Cryptodus  (p.  106)  I  have  left  doubtfiiL  I  haTO  since  oonyinoed 
myself,  that  this  genus,  in  a  wider  sense,  does  belong  to  the  MeloUmthcBj 
and  certainly  to  the  division  of  the  Cyclocephalites,  Lap.,  where  it  ap- 
proaches nearest  to  Lcmvproput,  Lap.,  which  is  also  to  be  reckoned  in  that 
group.  The  species  fiom  Van  Diemen's  Land,  described  by  me  (ibid, 
p.  160),  Or.  a/t^thracinvis,  is  probably  the  same  with  Cr,  tcLgmcmnicmuSf 
Westw.  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  34). 

Seyeral  new  genera  have  been  characterized,  of  which  Silopa  (with 
eight  species) ;  Nepytis  (one  species) ;  SduUa  (two  species),  stand  in 
the  middle  between  the  proper  Melolonthas  and  Sericce,  as  they  have, 
in  common  with  the  former,  the  distinct  protniding  kbnim,  and  with 
the  latter,  the  short  blunt  mandibles,  and  broad  shield-like  femora. 
They  correspond,  perhaps,  partly  to  the  genus  Sericestis,  Dej. ;  Scitala 
espedaJly  belongs  to  it ;  different  forms,  however,  appear  to  be  inter- 
mixed. The  new  genus  Telwra  (one  new  species)  is  somewhat  more 
aberrant,  as  its  femora  do  not  more  than  cover  one  segment  of  the 
abdomen.  One  Lipa/retuB  and  one  Phyllotoevs  (Macrothops)  are  also 
described. 

Hope  has  characterized  one  new  genus  from  Port  Essington,  Phoenog- 
nathus  (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  45) ;  "  Pachypo  affine,  pedibus  posticis  longis- 
simis,  caput  in  medio  comutum,  labrum  porrectum,  oonicum,  mandibular 
exsertae,  antennie  9-articulat8B  maxillie  lobiB  minutissimis,  prothorax 
antice  subretusus,  elytra  conica  postice  vaMe  attenuata."  One  species, 
Fk,  JSrichsonii ;  3"'  long ;  doubtful,  in  my  opinion.  Also :  SericestkU 
Oouldii,  not  belonging  to  the  genus  characterized  by  me,  but  to  a 
new  one,  which  1  have  provisionally  marked  in  the  Berlin  collection  with 
the  name  of  Col/pochUa  ;  Lipa/retra  nigricollis  ;  and,  lastly,  Moechidius 
rufus.  Westwood  has  given  the  diagnoses  of  five  new  species  of  McBchi- 
divs  (comprehending  the  last),  which  1  here  mention  by  way  of  supple- 
ment (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  40). 

In  the  Ins.  of  Massachusetts,  Harris  has  contributed  some  valuable 
information  on  North  American  MdolontMdcd.  Areoda  la/nigera  is  par^ 
ticularly  injurious  to  pear  trees,  without,  however,  sparing  others.  It 
appears  in  May  and  June,  and  flies  in  the  morning  and  evening.  The 
genus  PhyUophaga,  Harris,  takes  a  preponderating  rank  in  North 
America  (described  in  1826,  afterwards  called  AncyUmycha,  by  Dejean) ; 
Ph,  quercina,  appears  in  May  and  June,  in  masses,  flying  by  night, 
chiefly  destroying  the  leaves  of  the  dherry  trees.  The  larv»  eat  the 
roots  of  grass,  so  that  the  turf  can,  in  spots,  be  lifted  up  like  a  carpet ; 
Ph,  fratemay  Harr.,  somewhat  smaller  than  the  preceding,  slenderer, 
the  dots  upon  the  prothorax  and  the  elytra  not  so  distinct,  the  three 
raised  lines  on  the  elytra  scarcely  to  be  perceived,  otherwise  like 

236 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  193 

the  former ;  appears  in  June  and  July ;  lees  numerous,  habits  similar ; 
Ph,  hirticulay  Kn.,  appears  at  same  time ;  common.  In  other  places, 
Ph,  georgica/na  {Mel,  georg,,  Schonh.)  appears  in  masses  in  May  and 
June.  Melolontha  vctriolosa,  Hentz.  (this  is  the  true  Mel.  occidentalis, 
L.),  is  found  at  some  points  of  the  coast,  in  multitudes  but  seldom  uniyer- 
sallj.  The  nocturnal  Omcbloplia  veapertina  and  sericea  gnaw  the  leaves 
of  the  Ro9a  rubiginosa.  Anofnala  coeld>Sy  Germ.,  to  which  perhaps  Mel. 
vctricms  and  Itmcola,  F.,  belong,  is  found  in  great  quantity  on  the  dif- 
ferent species  of  Sumach,  which  it  often  entirely  strips  of  leaves ;  and, 
since  1825,  has  begun  to  spread  itself  over  the  wild  and  cultivated  vine. 
Mcbcrodactyhns  avhtpmosusy  commonly  called  '*  rose-bug"  in  North 
America,  appearing  at  the  season  of  the  rose-blossom,  and  generally 
upon  roses,  has  in  latter  years  very  much  increased,  and  extended  itself 
to  other  plants,  particularly  the  vine  and  fruit  trees,  and  may  be  esteem- 
ed the  worst  of  all  MelolonthidcBf  as  it  not  only  consumes  the  leaves,  but 
also  the  blossoms  and  fruit.  The  development  from,  the  ^;g  to  the 
beetle  takes  place  in  it  within  a  year. 

The  MeUtophiloB  have  been  treated  of  in  Burmeister's  *^  Handbuch 
der  Entomologie,  3  Bd.,  Coleoptera  LameUicomia  Melitophila." 

Mulsant  (CoL  Fr.  p.  519)  divides  the  group  CeUmiid<B  into  three  sub- 
divisions :  Valg<Mii,  Trichiariiy  and  Cetonia/rii.  The  first  differs  from 
the  others  by  the  hind  legs  diverging  from  each  other.  The  last  sub- 
division is  separated  into  three  genera :  Cetonia,  with  a  knob-like  dilated 
apophysis  of  the  1»reast,  the  others  with  a  simple  one ;  Oxythyrea  (aHctica)^ 
tibias  double-toothed;  Tropinota  {hirtella,  L.,  hirta,  F.),  with  triple- 
toothed  anterior  tibise.  Under  the  last  genus  a  new  species,  Tr.  Reyi, 
is  mentioned,  which  has  hitherto  generally  been  confounded  with 
Tt.  hirteUa,  and  is  minutely  distinguished  by  the  author :  it  had  already 
been  described  by  Gharpentier  (Hor.  ent.)  as  C.  crinita, 

Westwood  has  contributed  much  to  the  knowledge  of  this  group  in  his 
Arcana  Entomologica;  a  peculiar  treatise  is  devoted  to  the  GoUaifddce 
of  Asia  (p.  113).  He  adds  to  the  genus  Narydus,  as  a  sub-genus,  Cypho^ 
nocepJicUuB,  which,  at  the  first  sight,  especially  in  the  form  of  the  horns 
of  the  head,  resembles  Dicronocephalus  (Hardtiuichit)^  but  agrees  with 
N€vryciu9  in  the  parts  of  the  mouth,  and  differs  by  the  simple  anterior 
tibisB  of  the  <^.  N.  (Cyphonoceph.)  gma/ragdulugy  is  a  beautiful  East 
Indian  beetle.  Mycteristes,  with  the  sub-genus  Phcedimtui  and  Jwmnos, 
are  next  mentioned,  from  which  M.  rhdnophyllua  $,  and  J.  Raylii  ^,  are 
figured;  the  genus  Rhombarhina,  Hope,  with  nine  species,  is  men- 
tioned, of  which  Rh,  apicalis  from  Nepal,  Rh.  microeephala  from  the 
Himalayah,  Rh.  clypeata  from  Japan,  are  new ;  and  Rh.  japonica  and 
hyacmthinay  Hope,  are  figured ;  a  tenth,  Rh.  piUpes,  only  cursorily 
mentioned  by  name,  is  afterwards,  p.  192,  again  introduced  as  a  variety 
of  Rh.  MeJUi.  A  new  genus,  Anomalocera^  has  been  described  by  Hope, 

237 


194  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

and  is  here  figured ;  the  long  aoteimal-clulMi  of  the  male,  as  well  as  the 
longer  and  narrower  thoraeic  spines,  distinguish  it  from  the  preceding 
genus.    A,  Pa/rrii  is  from  the  Himalajah.     TrigonocephahMy  Hope,  is 
represented  as  a  peculiar  genus,  with  four  species ;  of  these  plates  are 
giyen  of  Tr.  nepalemU  (Hardtvickii),  i,  DelesserHi,  and  a  new  one, 
TV.  Sawndeniij  from  the  East  Indies ;  the  fourth,  Tr,  Ccmtori,  Hope, 
according  to  Westwood,  does  not  differ  from  the  first.      Under  the 
name  Heterorhina,  he  comprehends  those  of  which  the  males  have 
not  the  fore-legs  remarkably  long.      It  is  principally  formed  from 
GhfiatKocera  and  Dieheros,  Gory.    The  different  species,  eren  those 
nearest  allied,  deriate  in  the  characteristics  of  the  sex  and  the  form  of 
the  maxillary  lobes,  the  latter  vary  also  in  different  indiyiduals  of  the 
same  species,  and  eyen  in  one  and  the  same  individual ;  there  belong 
to  it  of  Asiatic  species — for  the  genus  is  also  common  in  Africa — 
OncUhoe,  nigrit<Mrti$f  HopH,  Gory ;  dlives,  Westw.  {MacLea/yi,  Goty, 
pretiosat  MacL.) ;   MaeLeayi,  Kirby  (pretiosa,   Esch.) ;  decora,  JJL 
{(^-mcbculata,  F.);  amncena,  Hope;  punctatigmna,  Westw.  (jucunda, 
Hope);  tibialis^  Westw.;  glaberrima,  Westw.,  new  East  Indian  species ; 
BengalentUf  Hope  (melanariay  Gory) ;  jucunday  Germar  (»maragdina, 
Gory);  elegcms,  F. ;  oUviueay  Gu^r.;  himacula,  Wd.  {Wiedema/nni, 
MacLeay) ;  confusay  Westw.  (bimaculata,  Gory) ;  Cwoera  (Diceros  <?i*v., 
Newm.) ;  Childrenn,  new  species  from  Bengal ;  hicomis,  Latr.  {Dicker, 
plagiatvs,  Gory) ;  omata  (Dick,  om.,  Hope) ;  higuttata,  Westw.,  new 
species  from  the  Philippines ;  decora  {Dich,  dec,.  Gory) ;  PeteUiy  Buq. ; 
which  last  scarcely  differs  from  the  preceding.     These  twenty-three 
species  are,  with  few  exceptions,  figured  with  dissections. 

Westwood  has  illustrated  the  QoUathidas  of  Africa  in  a  similar 
manner.  At  the  top  stand  HypselogefMa  and  OoUathvs  with  the 
three  known  species,  O,  giganteuSy  Lam.,  which  he  examined-  in 
the  Glasgow  collection ;  Drwrii,  Westw.  (9  regiugy  Kl.) ;  and  Cacicus 
(9  prmcepSy  Hope).  Of  Mecynorkma,  Hope;  M,  Pohfphemue  9,  and 
torquata  i  and  9»  &ro  represented  in  excellent  plates.  Under  Cerato- 
rhina  the  author  comprehends  Dicronorhinay  Hope;  and  EudicelUty 
White;  the  group  Dicronorhina  is  composed  of  mieansy  Druiy, 
which  the  author  holds  to  be  different  from  that  found  at  Senegal,  and 
to  which,  on  this  account,  he  gives  a  new  name,  cavifrons ;  tplendens, 
MacLeay ;  and  both  sexes  of  a  splendid  new  species,  C,  derbycma, 
Melly,  from  the  interior  of  South  Africa^  are  very  beautifully  figured. 
The  second  group,  HudiceUay  White,  contains  Daphnis,  Buq. ;  SmithU, 
MacLeay;  Morgani,  Wh.;  frontalUy  Westw.;  the  two  latter  are 
figured ;  OralUiy  Buq. ;  and  one  new  species,  C.  (Eud,)  ignitay  West#., 
from  the  Gold  Coast.  The  third  group,  Ckeirolasiay  Westw.,  is  a  new 
fi>rm,  where  the  anterior  tibias  of  the  male  are  unarmed  either  outwardly 
or  inwardly ;  but  on  the  fore-legs,  on  the  inside,  the  tip  of  the  thigh, 

238 


INSECTA— COLEOPTERA.  195 

the  base  of  the  tibia,  and  the  daw-joint,  are  covered  with  thick  hairs ; 
the  colour  is  not  metallic,  the  upper  suifaoe  is  ornamented  with  spots  of 
felt :  C  Ch,  Bwrkei  from  South  Africa.  Tatn/rhina  (NireuSf  Schaum) ; 
Coelorrhina  (Ai-m(icv,lata,  F.,  av/rata,  Westw.) ;  and  Stepho/norrhma, 
Burm.  (jguttata,  01.);  form  the  three  following  groups.  The  next 
genus,  Tmesorrhina,  Westw.,  has  the  short  thoracic  apophysis  in 
common  with  the  preceding,  but  differs  in  the  unarmed  head  of  the 
male;  Tm.  concolor,  new  species  from  Sierra  Leone,  and  Jris,  F. 
{okmabiUs,  Bainbr.)  The  new  genus,  Aphelorrhina,  Westw.,  agrees 
with  the  preceding  in  the  unarmed  head,  but  differs  in  a  long  thoracic 
apophysis;  A.  dmillima,  formerly  figured  as  Tmesorrh,  s.,  is  a  new 
species  firom  Sierra  Leone.  To  these  are  added  Dym/usia  (cyanea, 
01.,  and  punctata,  Sch.) ;  Bothrorrhina  (refiexa  and  och/reata.  Gory) ; 
Chordodera  (5-Uneata,  F.,  and  pentaehordia,  Kl.) ;  and  Plcedorrhina, 
Burm. ;  (depressa,  Gory,  cmcta,  Voet.,  pkma,  Wd.,  medianay  Westw., 
new  species  from  Cape  Palmas ;  abbreviata,  F.)  The  African  species 
of  Heterorhina  are : — Africa/na,  Drury ;  viridi-^a/nea,  PalL,  Beaur. ; 
vnonoc&ros,  Gory ;  sutwoMa,  F. ;  algoerms,  Melly,  a  new  species  from 
South  Africa,  of  which  the  male,  with  two  long  horns,  approaches  the 
East  Indian  form  of  Dicheros ;  JlavipeiMiis,  Westw.,  likewise  new ;  also 
Feigtha/meliif  chloris,  and  sma/ragdina.  Gory.  Lastly,  the  new  genus, 
AniMrrhma,  Westw. ;  the  different  species  exhibiting  Taxied  formation 
in  the  head;  the  thoracic  apophysis  conical,  projecting;  the  tibiae  in 
the  male  all  simple,  in  the  female  the  anterior  tibiae  three>toothed, 
the  posterior  with  spines  below  the  middle :  the  species  are,  himaculata, 
Dej.  {Jlavoma,eulata,  F.) ;  v/n\h(mata.  Gory ;  3-vittata,  Schaum ;  hicolor, 
Burm. ;  natalendst  Hope.    The  last  three  species  are  figured. 

Another  treatise  of  Westwood  (ibid.  p.  125,  t.  32),  represents  several 
remarkable  CeUmiai  of  Madagascar :  Bothrorrhina  rejtexay  Schizorhina 
ChMriniiy  new  species;  and  plwrnigera  {Ceton,  phi/m,.  Gory);  and 
ChromoptiUa  diversipeB,  Westw.,  a  new  genus,  which,  to  the  Trichia- 
like  form  of  body,  unites  the  hairy  covering  on  the  legs,  similar  to  that 
of  the  preceding  species. 

The  same  author  also  figures  (ibid.  p.  103,  t.  28)  some  remarkable  new 
CetonicB  of  the  East  Indies  and  New  Holland :  Schizorhma  obUquata, 
from  New  Holland;  8ch.  BesHi,  from  Norfolk  Island;  Macronota 
Mea/regU,  from  the  Himalayah ;  M.  BafiesioMa,  from  Sumatra ;  if.  trigtis, 
from  Java ;  if.  vitHgera,  from  Mysore ;  lastly,  he  figures  (ibid.  p.  1S7) 
t.  48,  f.  6),  an  African  species  of  the  genus  Inca :  I,  lineola,  Westw., 
from  Sierra  Leone. 

'  There  are  also  two  new  species  firom  Western  Africa,  Diplognatha 
admixta,  and  CeUmia  cmcticolHsy'Hope.    (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  494«) 

In  the  voyage  of  Delessert,  Gu^rin  has  given  an  etching  of  the  head 
and  parts  of  the  mouth  of  the  genus  Centhrognathus  ;  a  beautiful  plate 

239 


196         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

of  Ool  (Trigcnophorout)  DeUnerHi;  m  well  as  oopions  descriptions  of 
the  CeUmia  ooUeeted  bj  Delessert  (Chuathocera  oUvaeea,  Macronota 
picta,  Cet.  McUayana,  Chtyi,  rufimttata). 

Saunders  has  characterized  two  new  species  fimn  the  north  of  India, 
Crema$tocheilu8  (Ccmochilus)  CampbelUi,  and  C.  brutmeus.  (Proceed. 
Ent.  Soe.  p.  51.) 

Among  the  LueanidcB,  Molsant  has  described  (GoL  Fr.  p.  582)  a 
genns,  HexapJiyUuB,  which  he  had  characterized  (1838)  in  the  Ljons 
*<  Ann.  d.  Sc.  Phys.  et  Nat.  publ.  par  la  Soc.  d'Agric./'  but  which  has 
hitherto  been  little  known ;  it  differs  ftom  Luc<invs  only  in  the  greater 
number  of  antennal  plates,  a  characteristic  which  is  not  essential  in 
Luecmug,  and  in  which  the  species  nearest  allied  show  yariation.  The 
species,  J7.  Pon&}r%anti,  Muls.,  which  was  found  once  at  Lyons,  does  not 
appear  to  me  to  be  new,  but  identical  with  L.  harbctrosia,  F. 

Hope  has  characterized,  as  new,  spedes  of  Lucanus,  from  Western 
Africa  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  494),  L,  Savtigei,  picipenms,  cMgulatug, 

Ghidrin  has  figured,  in  Delessert's  Souy.  (p.  48, 1. 12,  f.  3),  under  the 
name  of  Lucanus  Delestertii,  a  variety  of  the  Z.  hicolaTf  OL,  in  which 
the  yellow  of  the  sides  of  the  elytra  gradually  dilates  posteriorly. 

DorcuB  LessonU,  Buquet,  is  a  new  Chilian  species.  (Ann.  d.  L  Soc. 
Ent.  d.  Fr.  xL  p.  283, 1. 12, 1.) 

The  species  of  the  genus  La/mprima  haye  been  catalogued  by  the 
reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  108).  The  males  of  one  group  haye  the 
single  terminal  horn  of  the  anterior  tibias  yery  broad  and  hatchet- 
shaped:  L.  LatreiUii,  MacLeay  (omea,  Boisd.);  L.  q>lendens,  new 
species;  L.  fulgiday  Boisd.  (cmrata,  MacLeay);  L.  ruHlans,  new 
species ;  here  also  belongs  X.  c^nea,  MacLeay  (Lethr.  cBneut,  Fab.)  In 
the  others,  the  same  terminal  horn  of  the  anterior  tibiss  is  narrower 
and  knife-shaped :  L,  viridisj  new  species ;  and  L,  Micardi,  Reiche. 
L,  pygnuxa,  MacLeay,  is  doubtful. 

Two  Guinea  species  of  Pasaahu  haye  been  described  by  Lnhof  (Yerh. 
der  Naturf.  Ges.  zu  Basel,  y.  p.  171) :  P.  paaxuticus,  like  tiie  P.  6ar6attcs, 
F.,  but  the  antennal  dub  is  three-leayed  (in  that  it  is  fiye-leayed),  is 
new;  the  other,  P.  dcbsyplewrus  (p.  172),  appears  to  me  identical  with 
P.  planicepB,  Esch. 

Tenebbiones. — The  Marquis  de  Br^me  has  published,  in  the  Rey.  Zool. 
p.  81  and  106,  and  also  under  a  separate  title,  "  Monographic  de  quelq. 
genr.  de  Col^opt^res  h^t^rom^res  appartenant  it  la  tribu  des  Blapsides, 
8yo.,  ayec  une  planche  au  trait.  Paris,  1842 ;"  a  monograph  of  one  group 
of  Blapsides,  which  embraces  Misola/mpus,  Sphcerotu/s^  and  some  other 
aUied  genera.  Misola/mpus  has  four  species,  of  which  two  are  new : 
M,  ludtcmicuSf  like  the  M,  giblmkbs,  but  the  dots  upon  the  head  and 
prothoraz  are  more  isolated  and  deeper,  the  elytra  without  striae  and 
irreg^ularly  dotted,  is  from  Portugal ;  and  M.  Bcmibwri,  with  rows  of 

240 


INSECT  A — COLEOPTERA.  197 

superficial  points  and  extremely  finely  dotted  interstices  on  the  elytra, 
from  Andalusia.  Spha^rotus  has  eight  species,  in  three  sub-divisions : 
Spk,  cwrvipes,  Kirby ;  cribratuB,  new  species  from  Paraguay ;  loevigatvs 
and  costatvMy  new  species  from  Brazil,  have  a  longish  oonvez  prothoraz ; 
8ph.  poUtus,  new  species  from  Mexico,  has  a  longish  but  less  convex 
prothorax,  narrowed  anteriorly ;  Sph,  gravidus,  thoracicvs,  mexica/nus, 
new  species  from  Mexico,  have  a  shorter  and  flatter  prothorax,  also  the 
£Ye  penultimate  joints  of  the  antennae  less  conical.  ZopMus,  a  new  genus, 
founded  on  the  Helops  rufo-pictus,  Wied. ;  HeUofuguSf  Guer.  (AmphywSf 
Dej.),  with  the  three  species  described  by  Guerin  in  the  Mag.  de  ZooL  ; 
lastly,  a  new  genus,  Dmonvm,  allied  to  Heliofagus,  but  the  clypeus 
not  distinctly  divided  from  the  forehead,  the  prothorax  almost  of  the 
breadth  of  the  elytra,  &c.,  with  a  single  new  species,  D.  perforatfmy  from 
Mexico.  In  the  separately  published  treatise,  the  generic  characters 
are  figured. 

In  the  group  of  the  OpatrtdcR,  the  reporter  has  described  (Arch.  1S42, 
i.  p.  172)  one  new  New  Holland  genus,  Cestriwus,  with  two  new  species 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  which  has  the  habit  of  Opairwn,  but  is 
apterous,  and  differs  in  the  undilated  anterior  tibifie,  &c. 

Schiodte  has  given  a  description  of  the  internal  structure  of  OpottrtMn 
sabulogwm  (Kroyer,  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  204). 

Westwood  (Proceed.  ZooL  Soc.  1841,  p.  66)  laid  before  the  Zoological 
Society  of  London,  a  paper  on  some  TenebrionidoB  of  .tropical  Africa,  in 
which  several  new  species  are  described :  Chiroscelia  bifenestreUa  and 
p<i88aloides ;  Prioscelis  {Iphius,  Dej.)  Baddoni  and  crassicomis,  from 
GKiinea ;  and  OdontopfM  tristis,  frY)m  Senegal  ?  There  is  a  continuation, 
in  the  Proceedings  for  1842,  p.  117.  Besides  seven  species  of  Nyei^ 
hates,  N.  mcerens,  confwfus,  punctatus  {Helopa  pwnct.,  F.),  hypocrita 
(Iphthin,  hyp,,  Dej.,  gmneensis,  Westerm.),  tra/ngversalis,  hrevicomis, 
rottmdicoUis,  four  new  genera  are  described :  CcUostegia  ;  large,  oblong, 
sides  of  prothorax  serrated  towards  the  anterior  angle ;  antennae  short 
and  thick,  the  7'lOth  joints  larger  than  the  rest,  the  eleventh  still 
larger  and  somewhat  pointed ;  the  interior  maxillary  lobe  has  a  hooked 
tooth  at  the  point,  all  the  thighs  with  two  spines  near  their  apex,  tibiae 
sinuated  on  the  inner  side  both  above  and  below  their  middle :  C  ptMr- 
pwtipenms,  from  Ashantee.  Negioticus ;  short,  round,  strongly  gibbous, 
inner  maxillary  lobes  without  hooks,  terminal  joints  of  the  maxillary 
palpi  hatchet-shaped,  antennae  compressed,  a  little  thickened  towards  the 
point,  legs  simple,  mesostemum  forming  a  blunt  projection :  M,  fia- 
vapictus,  from  the  Gold  Coast.  Ogcosoma;  short  and  very  broad, 
antennae  thin,  scarcely  thickened  towards  the  point,  both  maxillary  ap- 
pendages membranous,  prothorax  convex,  all  the  angles  sharp,  elytra 
convex  with  interrupted  ribs,  legs  thin  bristly:  O,  grcuMdcMre,  from 
Ghunbia.    Megaccmtha;  thick  and  convex,  eyes  kidney-«haped,  inner 

241  Q 


198  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

maxillary  lobe  membranoufl ;  antenne  long,  the  last  joints,  from  the 
seyenth,  somewhat  broader ;  prothoraz  rounded,  legs  long,  anterior  thighs 
with  one  tooth,  anterior  tibiss  crooked,  middle  tibi»  in  the  male  serrated 
intemallj  (on  the  anterior  tibiie  the  tooth  and  crook  is  stronger  in  the 
male) :  M,  tend/roia,  from  Ashantee. 

Of  two  New  Guinea  species  described  by  Imhof  (VerhandL  der  Na- 
turf.  Ges.  zu  Basel,  y.  p.  174),  one,  IphtfUmv^  crenato-striatus,  is  identical 
with  the  N^ct,  hypocrita,  Westw. ;  the  other,  Tenebrio  gmneends,  is 
known  nnder  the  name  of  T.  aubrugosuBj  Dej. 

The  reporter  has  described  seyeral  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land 
(Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  174),  namely,  UpU  (Iphthin.)  (mgulatus^  Tenebrio 
hunUUs,  cohfdioidesy  corvinus, 

Hope  (Gtt^r.  Magas.  de  ZooL  Ins.)  has  figured  Cdka/r  (?)  inhuoMitus 
(pi.  89),  and  Monomma  rednoiu/m  (pi.  87),  both  from  Gum.  Anim^. 
The  latter  is  nearly  allied  to  M.  marginata  (Tritoma  m..  Fab.),  but  is 
not  the  same ;  the  former  must,  at  all  eyents,  be  more  minutely  exa- 
mined to  determine  its  genus. 

A  monograph^  by  the  Marquis  de  Br^me,  on  the  group  Cosgyphidce, 
Paris,  1842,  has  reached  me,  but  I  must  defer  my  report  upon  it  till 
next  year,  when  it  will  be  completed.  From  the  notice  in  the  Eey.  Zool. 
1843,  p.  46),  it  is  at  present  to  be*  understood,  that  the  author  unites  the 
Helasus  (with  the  exception  of  dlibe)  with  Cosgyphus,  and  diyides  the 
former  into  four,  the  latter  into  two  sub-genera. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  175)  has  described  Cilibe  peltata  as  a 
new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  and  founded  a  new  genus,  Saragus, 
upon  the  8ilpha  loevicolUs,  F.,  which  (1.  c.  p.  171,  t.  4,  f.  7)  was  placed 
with  the  PedinilxB,  but  which  now  appears  to  me  more  closely  allied  to 

Imhof  has  enriched  the  group  of  the  HelopicB  (Yerhandl.  d.  Naturf. 
Ges.  zu  Basel,  y.  p.  175)  with  two  new  species  of  Stenochia,  St.  criM- 
pennis  and  cupripes,  and  one  of  the  (still  undescribed)  genus  Hyhonotus, 
Dej.,  H»  femoralis  ;  all  from  Guinea. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  175)  has  described  three  new  species  of 
AdeUwm  from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  and  characterized  two  new  genera : 
OUsthoBna  (p.  177,  t.  4,  f.  8),  and  Titcma  (p.  178,  t.  4,  f.  9) ;  the  former 
with  one,  the  latter  with  two  new  species. 

The  new  genus,  Ulodes  of  the  reporter,  belongs  to  the  Diaperialoe, 
and  has  one  new  species,  U,  verrucosus^  frt)m  Van  Diemen's  Land  (1.  c. 
p.  180,  t.  5,  f.  1).  BoUtophagus  Sapphira,  Newman  (Entomologist, 
p.  404),  from  Port  Philip,  appears  to  be  a  yery  distinct  new  species. 

McMrgus  ohscwrus,  Redtenbacher  (Col.  Austr.  p.  17))  from  Austria,  may 
be  placed  as  s3monymous  with  Teneb.  madens,  Charp. 

A  new  genus,  Blepusa,  of  the  group  CisteUcUe,  has  been  described 
by  Westwood  (Transact.  Ent.  Soc.  iii.  p.  69,  t.  3,  f.  3).    It  is  AllecuH- 
242 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  199 

fonn,  with  membranous  appendages  on  the  middle  tarsal  joints,  distin- 
guished by  the  transyerse  hatchet-shlaped  terminal  joint  of  the  palpi. 
Bl,  coUata;  glossy  black,  with  alternately  elevated  interstioes  of  ^e 
punctate  strisB  on  ihe  eljtn;  &*'  long ;  probably  from  Mexico. 

CUtda  ndfiMripes,  Thihlf  Eedtenbacher  (CoL  Aust.  p.  18),  has  already 
been  described  by  Germar  under  the  same  name  (Spec.  ins.  nov.) 

MoBDBLLOinss. — MovdeUa  promucua  is  a  new  species  of  the  reporter's 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  181). 

SALPiNGinjB. — The  reporter  has  remarked  (1.  c.  p.  183),  that  the  Euro- 
pean species  of  Salpingus  separate  into  two  forms :  the  one  (Sphairiestesy 
Kirby :  S,  ater,  picece,  bima-culatu»f  foveolatus)  has  the  last  fiye  joints 
of  the  antennsB  imperceptibly  thickened,  and  the  margins  of  the  pro- 
thorax  simple ;  the  other  (SalpiTigus,  Latr.,  lAsiodemaf  Curt. :  8.  curaor, 
dentatus)  has  the  last  three  ant^inal  joints  remarkably  thickened,  and 
the  margins  of  the  pxothorax  dentated.  Between  these  stands  Salp, 
h^bridfu,  firom  Van  Diemen's  Land,  which  agrees  with  the  latter  in  the 
antennae,  and  with  the  former  in  the  prothorax. 

Laoriari^. — ^In  this  family  might  be  reckoned  an  insect  from  Gmn. 
Animd,  which  Hope  figured  under  the  name  of  MegcUocera  rvbricoUU 
(€hi^.  Mag.  de  2iOoL  Ins.  pL  88.)  It  is  slender,  with  spreading  serrated 
antennas  with  triangular  joints,  projecting  eyes,  punctate-striate  elytra, 
and  small  and  lobed  penultimate  tarsal  joint. 

Amthicid js. — Dr.  Schmidt  of  Stettin  has  published  a  treatise  on  the 
European  species  of  ^fitAictw,  in  the  Entomol.  Zeitung  (p.  79, 122, 170, 
193).  He  divides  the  AnthicuSf  F.,  into  three  genera:  Notoxtu, 
Geoff.,  with  squarish  mandibles,  and  filifonn  antennae,  also  easily  to 
be  recognised  by  the  comuted  prothorax ;  AnthictM,  with  triangular 
mandibles,  and  somewhat  filiform  antennas ;  OchthenonMis,  Dej.,  with 
triangular  mandibles,  and  dub-shaped  antennas.  Six  species  of  Notoxu% 
are  mentioned,  of  which  three  are  new :  N,  major,  Dej.,  from  different 
parts  of  the  South  of  Europe ;  N.  cmnatug,  from  the  Tyrol,  nothing 
more  perhaps  than  a  slight  yariety  of  the  N.  corrwUus ;  and  N,  nUles, 
a-  good  species  from  the  Banat,  chiefly  differing  from  N.  cwnutusy  by 
the  truncated  points  of  the  elytra. 

Thirty  species  of  Anthicfia  are  described:  among  these,  as  new, 
No.  4.  A,  terminatuSf  Dej.,  from  Corfu,  a  species  yaiying  much  in 
colour,  with  whidi  No.  12.  A,  ruficoUU,  is  to  be  united  as  a  yariely ; 
No.  6.  A,  longicoUUy  from  Hungary  and  Italy ;  No.  11.  A,  tristiB,  from 
the  South  of  France ;  No.  12.  A,  rufieoUMy  from  the  South  of  France  and 
North  of  Italy  (yariety  of  No.  4.  A,  terminatust  Dej.) ;  No.  13.  A.  tmi- 
fasdatus,  Dej.,  from  the  Tyrol,  North  of  Italy,  and«South  of  France 
(already  figured  as  A,  fasciatus,  Cheyr.  in  Guer.  loonogr.  Rdgn.  An.) ; 
No.  14.  A,  nuynogrcMmMMy  Kunze,  from  Nice  (same  with  A.  cinettM, 
Road,  ajims,  Dej.) ;  No.  15.  A,  sardcusy  Kunze,  from  Sardinia ;  No.  16. 

243 


200         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

A,  amomiu,  from  Avignon  (teneUMi,  Hoffg.,  Dej.) ;  No.  18.  A.  mela/na^ 
rtfM,  from  Maneillefl  (lame  with  phmJbeus,  I^JO  \  No.  19.  A,  vmcolor, 
from  Stjiia,  Hungary,  and  France ;  No.  20.  A.  brevis,  from  Marseilles ; 
No.  21.  A,  caUotuB,  ibid,  (same  with  A,  hruMneu$y  Yert6  S^n.) ;  No.  22. 
A.  feneitratus,  Dej.,  from  Italy  and  the  South  of  France;  No.  25,  A. 
instabiUs,  Hoffg.,  from  the  Sonth  of  France  and  Spain ;  No.  26.  A. 
cueiUarUt  fitvm  Hungary  and  Italy ;  No.  27.  A.  hUeicomis,  from  Upper 
Bavaria ;  and  No.  SO.  A,  pulcheUuB,  Dej.,  from  the  South  of  France  and 
Spain.  The  genus  Ochthenomut  contains  one  new  species,  O.  dnuatus^ 
Kunze,  from  Italy  and  the  South  of  France,  with  the  0.  tenuicoUis, 
widely  distributed  in  the  South  of  Europe  {Notox.  ten.,  Rossi,  O.  ctngtts- 
tatus,  Dej.) ;  to  the  latter  also  belongs  Laporte's  A,  dongatigtimus,  for 
which  he  prefers  the  generic  name  EndonUa,  which  is  not  a  whit  more 
correct  than  that  of  Dejean,  and  deserves  no  more  attention. 

The  Marquis  de  la  Fertd  S^nectdre  has  fronished  another  contribu- 
tion to  the  knowledge  of  the  species  of  Anthieus  (Ann.  de  le  Soc.  Ent. 
de  Fr.  ^  p.  247). .  He  has  described  and  partly  figured  fourteen  species, 
found  at  a  single  spot  at  Perpignan:  A,  guttatus,  Hoffg.,  Dej.  (this 
delineation  is  founded  on  one  furnished  by  Dejean ;  in  the  Hoffinannsegg 
Collection  the  species  is  named  by  Alters,  the  4b'guttatus,  Rossi ;  it  is 
therefore  not  new) ;  A,  ajlnu  (is  a  variety  of  A,  dnctus,  Rossi,  and 
certainly  A.  monofframmug  var.  y,  Schmidt) ;  A,  l)rwnneus  (same  with 
eaUosuSf  Sdim.) ;  A.  cmtonioB  (doubtful,  perhaps  a  variety  of  the  A,  ter- 
minatfu,  Dej.) ;  A.plwmbeus,  Dej.  (same  with  mekmcMiius,  Schm.) ;  A, 
teneUuSf  Hof^.,  Dej.  (same  with  A,  amoenvs,  Schm.) ;  A,  Bremei,  a 
species  very  nearly  allied  to  the  humiUs,  Germ.,  and  Wjpornis,  Dej., 
which,  however,  appears  to  differ  by  slenderer  1^,  shining  underside, 
&c.  (it  is  the  same  with  inqwdtor,  Qeaii) ;  A,  minwtus,  allied  to  the 
preceding,  but  the  vertex  is  not  pointed  posteriorly  (same  with  cu/nor, 
Qen6,  9aUmb$,  Helf.) ;  A,  mela/nophtJialmus,  a  very  distinct  species 
(like  several  of  the  others  it  is  found  also  in  Italy,  but  especially  in 
Sicily);  A, piUcJiellvs,  Dej.;  lastly,  the  author  gives  a  description  of 
the  A,  instabiUs,  Hoffg.  There  are  several,  as  may  be  inferred  from 
the  remarks  appended,  which  have  been  also  described  by  Dr.  Schmidt, 
partly  under  the  same,  partly  under  other  names. 

Two  new  species  have  been  described  by  the  reporter,  from  Van 
Diemen's  Land,  Anthieus  strictus  and  vinctus  (Arch.  18^,  L  p.  182). 

XylopMlus  nigrinus,  Germar,  Faun,  Ins.  Europ.  22,  7,  8  {£  and  $), 
is  a  new  German  species,  which  has  received  from  the  reporter  the  same 
name  in  the  Berlin  collection. 

YEsicAzmA. — The  genus  Meloe  has  received  an  addition  of  three  new 
species  from  Ghi^rin  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  338) :  M,  foveolata  from  Tripoli,  is 
distinguished  from  M,  cicatricomu  and  coriarius,  by  the  pitted  elytra ; 
it  must,  therefore,  perhaps  stand  next  to  M,  etythrocnemui ;  M,  hume- 

2U 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  201 

raHs,  from  an  elevated  plain  of  the  Cordilleras ;  and  M,  a/ndeneiSf  from 
the  top  of  the  Andes ;  both,  have  the  terminal  spines  of  the  posterior 
tibiae  simple,  like  M,  ccmcellatusy  but  differ  firom  it,  the  former  by  its 
defl  daws,  the  latter  by  its  entire  simple  ones.  The  latter  is  deoep- 
tively  like  the  M.  Klugii,  but  is  distinguished  firom  it  by  the  terminal 
spines  of  the  tibi»  and  the  claws. 

Harris  gives  some  information  oonoeming  the  oocnrrenoe  of  the 
North  American  species  of  l^tta  (Ins.  of  Massadius.  p.  109).  Most  of 
the  species  seem  to  prefer  the  potato  plant,  especially  the  L,  vittata  and 
cinerea,  which  attack  it  in  masses ;  X.  ma/rginata  prefers  the  ClematU 
virffinia/na,  also  CI.  vioma  and  critpa;  L,  atrata,  F.,  the  SoUdago 
altitdma.  The  Meloe  cmgusHcolUSf  Say,  which  is  common  in  autumn, 
and  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  the  Eanunculi  in  preference,  also  attacks  the 
potato  plant. 

CuBcuLioNiDjs. — ^The  second  half  of  the  sixth  (second  supplementary) 
volume  of  Schonherr's  great  work,  '*  Genera  et  Species  Gurculionidum," 
has  appeared.  It  contains  the  groups  CleonideSy  MolytideSf  and  Byno- 
pides.  In  the  first,  the  genus  Cleon/u$  is  rightly  extended  by  the  sup- 
pression of  Bothynoderus,  as  also  that  o£EpiccBru8  by  Chraphorinus  ;  on 
the  other  hand,  a  number  of  new  genera  are  added,  viz., — Phcutologus, 
nearly  allied  to  QronapB,  but  differing  in  the  form  of  its  body ;  and 
Bhyparosanwu,  resembling  LittroderuSy  both  South  African  forms ;  Byr- 
9opages,  approadiing  Hylobivs,  native  of  Kamtschatka ;  Strcmgaliodetf 
differing  from  Barynotus  by  the  prothorax  being  lobed  before  the 
eyes  (von  Bar.  vorztiglich  durch  das  vor  den  Augen  gelappte  Halsschild 
unterschieden.),  with  a  Chilian  species;  Catcptes,  standing  nearest 
Liaphlceus,  from  New  Zealand ;  Catapionua,  from  Cashmere,  allied  to 
LiophlcBus  and  Barynotus;  Ampkidees,  Mexican;  Odontorhdnvs,  from 
Persia,  very  near  Barynotua ;  Tropiphorus,  principally  separated  from 
B<MynoUi8  by  the  want  of  the  scutellum,  containing  the  B.  mercuaiaUSf 
ca/rinatus,  gkbaPue,  &e, ;  Perp&rut,  New  HoUand,  having  the  habit  of 
OHorhffnchuB ;  Pa/Mcoptbs,  formed  from  the  Baaynotua  erinaceuSf  Say; 
MegcUonyetiSf  Chilian ;  Bhydidophloeus,  containing  the  Cwc,  aUnpes, 
01.,  frx>m  Madagascar ;  Bastactea,  Brazilian. — ^Under  the  MolyHdes,  the 
old  genus  Molytes  is  divided  into  Molytes  (coronatua,  &c.),  Trydbiua 
(ten^nioides,  Pall.,  &c.),  AnUorhynchua  (bajuhu,  tnonctchua,  &c.),  and 
Leiaaamua  (ovatuluay  Clairv.,  dec.)  Sotasmua,  nearly  allied  to  PUnthu8f 
and  CyUndrorhinuay  Ghidr.,  both  from  New  Holland;  Macrotanua 
from  anterior  Asia,  nearly  approaching  Phytonomus,  are  also  newly 
diaracterized.  Finally,  by  way  of  appendix,  Procas,  Steph.,  is  added ; 
Erirkinua  Steveni,  Schonh.  iii.,  placed  in  it,  and  its  situation  shown  to 
be  next  Lepyrua, — To  the  Byraopideay  8ynthocua,  from  Africa,  Periegea, 
from  the  Caucasus,  BorborocoBteat  from  Persia,  Hypocokbua,  from 
South  Africa  (one  of  the  twenty  species  was  previously  joined  with 

245 


202  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

8paHecent$\  and  J^ptpeckw,  firam  the  interior  of  Oayenne,  haye  been  added 
aa  new  genera ;  besides  this,  almost  all  th^  earlier  genera  are  enridied 
with  new  species ;  as  the  typical  specimens  of  the  earlier  descriptions 
were  mostlj  giyen  back  to  their  owners,  and  thus  served  no  longer  for 
comparison,  it  oonld  not  be  ayoided,  that  freqnentlj  known  species  were 
described  as  new,  an  error  of  slight  consequence  in  the  yery  great 
utility  of  the  work.  I  haye  remarked,  in  the  report  for  1839,  p.  257^ 
that  the  genus  EublepharuSf  SoL,  which  the  author  mentions  under  the 
Cleonides,  as  distinct,  but  unknown  to  him,  fidls  under  Lophotus,  Scfa. 
(.^orhinus,  Er.) 

Labram  and  Lnhoff  haye  concluded,  with  the  tenth  number,  a  yolume 
of  their  **  Gattungen  der  Russelk&fer,"  and  also  given  a  review  of  its 
contents.  This  tenth  number  contains  Mecoeerus  divernpeSf  Imh.,  a 
new  species  from  Guinea ;  an  exact  analysis  and  copious  description  of 
the  previously  characterized  genus  Denterocrates  ;  BlaherusfallcLX,  Sch., 
from  the  Cape;  a  new  species  from  Madagascar,  under  the  name  of 
ApodertM  camelus,  Sch.,  which  was  called  by  Elug,  in  the  Berlin  collec- 
tion, Ap,  castaneuB  ;  as  a  new  species,  the  Rhynchites  grcmdis,  from,  the 
Philippine  Islands,  which  is  the  Rh.  ccelestmus,  Schonh.  (PhiUppensis, 
Ghevr.) ;  Cuma/rotua  coccinelloides,  Sch.,  from  a  drawing  by  Geimar 
(fresh  specimens  are  thickly  dusted  with  yellow) ;  the  true  Platymerus 
Oerma/ri,  Sch.,  because,  in  the  first  number,  PL  Dregei  was  represented 
under  this  name. 

Some  Rhynchophorous  Beetles,  of  Van  Diemen's  Land,  haye  been 
described  by  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  p.  183-212),  viz.,-— one  Anthnbut, 
two  TropidereSf  one  Rhinotia,  one  Rhynchites  (Auletes),  two  Ewthyn- 
chu$f  one  AmUallus,  two  Aterpu»,  one  Pelororhinus,  one  Rhinaaia,  one 
Steriphus  (new  genus  allied  to  Plmthus),  two  Amycterus,  one  Nothrodes 
(characterized  as  a  new  genus  of  the  group  Otiorh/ynchidcBf  but,  as  it 
seems  to  me,  coming  under  the  genus  Pantopcffus,  since  published  by 
Schonherr),  four  Mandalotus  (a  new  genus  most  nearly  allied  to  Tylo- 
deres),  two  OrthorhintMy  one  Erirhintbs,  one  Notionomus,  one  Crypto- 
plus  (a  new  genus,  allied  to  Anoplus),  one  Meriphui  (a  new  genus  of  the 
group  Erirkmce),  one  DiapelnMis  (a  new  genus  near  to  Anthonomus)^ 
eight  CryptorhynchaSy  three  AccUles,  one  Cyllorhamphus  (ranking  with 
Mitr^horus,  Sch.),  three  Melcmterius  (a  new  genus  most  nearly  allied 
to  Chalcodermus,  Sch.),  two  Rhyncolus,  one  Tomicus,  one  Cryphahts. 

Seyeral  new  East  Indian  CurculionidcB  have  been  made  known  by 
Gu^rin  iu  Delessert's  Voyage  (ii.  p.  51-54) :  Mecocerus  ffibbosus,  Epi- 
somus  montcmuSf  Bcmdius  neelgheriensis,  Myllocerus  subfasciattMf 
from  the  Nilgherries ;  if.  Fdbricii,  from  Pondioherry. 

Waterhouse  (Proceed.  Ent.  See.  p.  62 ;  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  68)  has 
described  two  new  genera,  allied  to  Rhynckites: — Mmurus;  rostrum 
elongatum  ad  apioem  dilatatum,  antennae  elongatse  tenues  versus  medium 

246 


INSBCTA — COLEOPTERA.  203 

Tostri  insertaB  ll-«rticulat8B  articolis  basalibus  sub-nqualibus,  elytra 
oblonga  abdomen  tegentia :  M.  testaceus,  firom  Chiloe ;  and  Metopon ; 
antemiflB  tenues  ad  basm  rostri  insertae  ll-articulatss  articuliB  basalibuis 
aob-flBquaUbns  tribos  ultimis  dayam  sub-solidam  foimantibtis :  M,  mA- 
turalis,  a  new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land.  To  this  latter  genus 
tbe  RhynchiteB  (Auletes)  mekmocephahis,  described  bj  the  reporter 
(Arch.  1842,  i.  185,  n.  112),  appears  to  belong. 

Gu^rin  has  given  an  excellent  iconographical  anrangement  of  the 
species  of  Evpholus,  in  the  Magas.  de  Zool.  (1842,  Ins.  pi.  96,  97). 

Waterhouse  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  302)  b^gan  a  monograph  on  the 
Philippine  species  of  Apocyrtus. 

Several  new  species  from  Austria  have  been  described  by  Eedten- 
bacher  (Col.  Austr.  p.  19-21): — Phytonom/ua  maculatvs,  Dahl,  living  on 
the  Verbaacwm  pklomaides;  OHorhynchuB  momdihulaais,  Hylednus 
Butu/ralis, 

Germar  has  made  some  very  valuable  observations  on  the  synonymes 
of  different  European  CurcuUonidce  (Entom.  Zeit.  p.  2  and  98).  A 
present  from  Mr.  Walton,  of  English  Cwrculionidce,  very  exactly  de- 
fined according  to  Marsham,  Kirby,  and  Stephens,  gave  rise  to  this 
treatise;  an  account  is,  therefore,  given  principaUy  of  the  English 
species  hitherto  imperfectly  known  on  the  continent.  Schmidt  (ibid, 
p.  110)  has  shown,  that  the  Swedish  author^,  under  Otiorhynchus  ater 
and  niger,  have  not  meant  the  Fabrician  species  of  the  same  name 
{yilloio-punctatus,  Sch.),  which  is  not  found  in  Sweden,  but  a  variety  of 
the  O.  tenebricoMS,  Junker  (ibid.  p.  63)  has  pointed  out,  that  by  Bh, 
viminalia,  F.,  recently  developed  yellow  individuals  of  the  Orchestes 
quercus,  as  they  appear  in  summer,  are  meant,  whilst  the  completely 
coloured  individuals  show  themselves  in  spring  as  soon  as  the  oaks  bud. 

Goureau  has  published  a  long  essay  on  the  natural  history  of  the 
Pissodes  pint  (Ann.  de  le  Soc.  Ent.  de  Fr.  xi.  p.  53).  Dr.  Schmidt 
(Entom.  Zeit.  p.  273,  fig.  3-7)  has  described  the  metamorphosis  of  the 
Lixus  gemellatusy  Sch.,  which  lives  in  the  stalks  of  Cicuta  viraaa, 
Leunis  (ibid.  p.  190)  has  made  known  his  experience,  that  the  larva  of 
Brachyta/rsu8  scabrosus,  lives  in  the  coccus  of  the  CcMrpiiMM  hetulus, 
in  which  also  the  metamorphosis  goes  on,  so  that  the  beetle  proceeds 
frx>m  the  coccus  pustule. 

Schiodte  has  investigated  the  internal  structure  of  the  OHorhynchus 
atro-apteru8  (Kroyer,  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  212). 

Harris  has  imparted  much  information  on  the  different  Rhyncho- 
phorous  Beetles  of  North  America  (Ins.  of  Massachusetts,  p.  53-76). 
Bruchus  pisi  is  so  injurious  to  the  growth  of  peas,  that  in  many  dis- 
tricts they  cannot  be  cultivated.  Attelaibus  analia  and  hipusiulatus 
are  found  upon  oak  leaves.  Several  species  of  Rhynchites  are  hurtful 
to  the  vine,  particularly  Rh,  hicolor,    Pandeleteius  hilciris  lives  on 

247 


204  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII . 

the  white  oak,  —  the  beetle  on  the  leaves,  the  hurva  in  the  stem. 
HyldbiuB  pale9,  Hbt.,  lives  in  pine  wood ;  also  JET.  picivoruSf  Gferm.,  and 
Piuodes  Strobi,  Peek  (nemorentis.  Germ.),  often  destroying  tracts  of 
several  thousand  acres  of  wood.  In  gardens,  C<motractelu9  nenv^hwr, 
Hbt.  (argula^  ¥.),  is  particularly  detrimental,  chiefly  to  plums,  but  also 
to  several  other  fruit  trees ;  it  pierces  the  fruit  as  soon  as  it  is  formed, 
and  there  lays  its  egg.  The  larva  gnaws  the  firuit,  which  decays  and 
falls  off  as  soon  as  the  larva  is  grown.  The  metamorphosis  goes  on  in 
the  ground.  If  these  insects  are  numerous,  no  plums  ripen.  The  same 
beetile  causes,  by  its  perforation,  warty  ezeresoences  on  the  younger 
twigs,  in  which  also  larvas  are  found,  and  in  consequence  of  the  drcn- 
lation  of  the  sap  being  disturbed,  the  branches  die  above  these  galls. 
Calandra  grana/tia  and  oryzce  are  destructive  almost  every  where  to 
the  grain  laid  up  in  granaries,  the  latter  not  only  to  the  rice,  but  also 
to  the  maize.  Of  Bark  Beetles,  the  Hylurgus  terebrans  is  found  in  the 
pitch  fir ;  H,  dentatus,  Say,  in  the  red  cedar ;  Tomieus  exemM,  Say,  in 
the  pitch  fir ;  T,  pini.  Say,  in  different  species  of  pines ;  Seolytus  pyri, 
Peck  (not  an  Eccoptogaster,  rather  a  TonUeuB),  in  pear  trees,  in  the  sap 
of  the  branches,  which  die  in  consequence  of  its  gnawing. 

Homung  (Entom.  Zeit.  p.  115)  discovered  a  number  of  Bark  Beetles 
inhabiting  Betel-nuts  (Areca  hatecku).  Bostrichus  dactyliperda,  F., 
was  most  numerous ;  B,  palmicola  and  carpophagus,  both  allied  to  the 
preceding,  occurred  more  rarely.  B.  arecoe,  a  small  new  species,  was 
abundant. 

Brenthides.  —  Harris  has  given  some  information  concerning  the 
larva  of  the  Brenthug  (Arrhenodes)  Hptentrionu  (Ins.  of  Massachus. 
p.  60).  When  full  grown,  it  is  above  1"  long,  and  scarcely  1'"  thick; 
almost  cylindrical,  only  somewhat  flat  beneath ;  white,  with  the  excep- 
tion of  the  last  segment,  which  is  homy  dark  brown,  hollowed  out 
obliquely  posteriorly  and  dentated  at  the  margin.  The  thoracic  segment 
bears  legs,  and  at  the  end  next  to  the  body  there  is  a  fleshy  pseudo  \&g, 
flrom  which  it  is  very  evident  that  it  has  no  alliance  with  that  of  the 
Cvrcalumidce,  but  rather  with  that  of  the  ElateridoB,  or  perhaps  still 
more  the  ColydiL  Farther  comparison  must  show  how  far  it  may  agree 
with  the  one  or  the  other.  According  to  the  opinion  of  the  author,  the 
larva  bores  in  the  wood ;  the  female  pierces  with  her  thin  proboscis  the 
bark  of  the  white  oak,  and  lays  an  egg  in  each  perforation.  The  larva 
makes  cylindrical  passages  in  the  hard  wood,  which  it  always  keeps  free, 
as  it  pushes  out  the  chips  to  the  external  opening  with  the  last  segment 
of  its  abdomen,  so  that  these  passages  are  easily  detected.  The  change 
to  the  pupa  takes  place  in  the  larva-passage.  The  pupa  has  upon  its 
back  transverse  rows  of  smstll  spines  and  sharp  teeth,  which  probably 
serve  to  retain  the  cuticle  when  the  beetle  escapes. 

Harris  would  place  the  Brenthides  at  the  end  of  the  CurcuU(midcPf 

248 


INSECTA— COLEOPTERA.  205 

but  the  reporter  is  of  opinion,  that  the  difference  ia  too  considerable  for 
the  Brenthides,  which  have  hitherto  been  considered  as  a  totally  ano- 
malous member  of  that  familj,  to  be  farther  united  with  it. 

A  plate  of  Cephalobarus  macrocepJialus,  Sch.  ($),  has  been  given 
by  Labram  and  Imhoff  (Qatt.  der  RiisseMfer,  10  Lief.) 

CoLTDii. — Several  new  genera  have  been  characterized : — 

Deretaphrus,  Newman  (Entomologist,  p.  403),  is  «o  far  mistaken  by 
its  author,  that  he  reckons  it  with  the  Ptimtes.  It  is  most  nearly  allied 
to  Bothrideres,  Dej.  {Lyct.  contrctctug,  F.),  and  differs  principally  in 
the  antennae  having  not  the  first  but  second  penultimate  joints  larger. 
There  are  four  species  mentioned  from  Port  Philip ;  of  these,  however, 
only  the  first,  2>.  fossuSy  from  which  the  generic  characters  are  taken, 
and  probably  also  the  second,  Z>.  puteus,  belong  to  this  genus ;  at  all 
events,  the  last  two,  D.  ilhimiB  and  vittatus,  are  true  Bothaideres. 
The  Berlin  collection  contains  three  other  species  of  real  Deretaphrus^ 
from  different  parts  of  New  Holland. 

PtfCftomenM  of  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  214,  t.  5,  f.  4),  hitherto 
oonfounded  with  Cerylon,  shows  striking  varieties  in  the  formation 
of  the  antennas  in.  its  different  species.  The  native  P.  teretrntng 
has  ten-jointed  antennae ;  P.  mlcicollis  {Cerylon  a.  Germ.),  has  only 
eight-jointed  ones,  both  with  a  knob-shaped  thickened  terminal  joint. 
Other  species,  as  P.  r^fiexus  and  haimatodeB  (Lyct),  Say,  as  well  as  the 
new  species  firom  Van  Diemen's  Land,  P.  fiiliginomis,  have  eleven- 
jointed  antennae,  with  a  two-jointed  dub. 

LatamehM  of  the  reporter  (ibid.  p.  213,  t.  5,  f.  3)  is  heteromerous, 
therefore  differing  fiom  the  remaining  genera  of  this  fiunily  in  the 
number  of  tarsal  joints,  but  showing  much  agreement  with  Sivrrotriwn^ 
Coxehis,  &c.,  which  have  all  the  tarsi  only  four-jointed :  X.  ptifbescen$ 
is  a  new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

Lcmgelcmdia,  Aub^  (Ann.  de  le  Soc  Ent.  de  Fr.,  zi.  p.  225,  t.  9, 
£  2-6),  is  a  new  genus,  remarkable  in  many  respects,  which  has  been 
placed  by  its  author  in  this  family.  It  has,  with  a  proportionably 
longer  prothoraz,  the  appearance  as  well  as  the  antennae  of  Ditoma,  but 
wants  eyes,  and,  like  all  blind  insects,  is  apterous.  The  tarsi  are  all 
only  three-jointed.  L.  cbnophthalma,  discovered  in  France  by  Lange- 
land,  lives  in  the  earth  in  the  mouldering  remains  of  plants. 

Ditoma  mterrupta  of  the  reporter  is  a  new  species  from  Van  Die- 
men's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  L>  215). 

The  internal  structure  of  the  Saarotrmm  muticwn  has  been  described 
by  Schiodte  (Erbyer,  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  209),  as  that  of  a  remark- 
able variety  of  Opatrumf  with  which  the  author  found  a  great  agree- 
ment. The  circumstance  is  passed  over,  that  the  six  gall- vessels  are 
here  fixed  by  their  ends  to  the-  thin  gut,  whilst  in  the  Opatrum  they 
form  loops. 

249 


206         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLU  .' 

Favwidm, — ^A  newly  diMOYeied  East  Indian  Pautws  has  been  laid 
before  the  LinnsHui  Society  bj  Westwood,  under  the  name  of  P.  hear- 
eyanuM  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  z.  p.  409).  It  belongs  to  the  second  division 
of  the  genus,  approaching  PlatyrhopaluB,  in  haying  the  penaltimate 
joint  of  its  labial-palpi  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  terminal  joint, 
and  is  onlj  distinguished  from  Poussus  cognatus  hj  the  antennae. 

Qermar's  Thorictus  belongs  to  a  family  still  midefined,  of  which  he 
has  figured  a  snudl  Sicilian  species  as  Th.  ffrandicollis,  (Faun.  Ins. 
Eur.  xzii.  4.) 

CucujiFBs. — ^Letzner  (Arbeit,  d.  Sehles.  Gesellsch.  f.  VaterL  Knhnr, 
i.  j.  1842)  opposes  the  assertion  of  Gjllenhal,  in  legaid  to  the  sexes 
of  the  Chicujus  depresfUB,  as  his  obsenratians  on  liying  beetles  have 
conyinoed  him,  that  the  heteromeious  indiyiduals  are  not,  as  supposed 
by  GyUenhal,  the  males  but  the  females.  It  appears,  howeyer,  from  the 
account,  that  he  is  deceiyed  by  the  oyipositor  of  the  females.  The 
larya  of  this  rare  beetle  has  also  been  obseryed  by  him.  It  appears 
to  agree  yery  nearly  with  the  larya  of  Brontes,  described  by  the  reporter ; 
it  liyes,  for  a  year  at  the  most,  under  the  bark  of  old  fir  posts. 

The  new  genus,  Platiius,  of  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  216)  has 
the  closest  agreement  with  Cucuju$,  and  principally  differs  in  the  first 
tarsal  joint  being  as  large  as  the  following  one :  PL  fuscus  is  from  Van 
Diemen's  Land. 

Phksostichus,  Eedtenbacher  (Qu»d.  GoL  Austr.) ;  has  the  antennae 
with  three  larger  terminal  joints ;  the  prothorax  with  teeth  on  the  sides ; 
the  tarsi  are  described  by  the  author  as  heteromerous.  On  a  specimen 
which  I  had  an  opportunity  of  examining,  I  found  fiye  joints  on  all  the 
tarsi,  but  the  first  was  certainly  yery  short.  There  is  here,  peihaps,  also 
a  similar  distinction  of  sex  as  in  Cucujus.  PJU,  denHcollie  is  like  a 
Salpingus,  dull  black,  finely  downy,  with  two  sinuated  dark  yellow 
bands  on  the  elytra ;  it  is  found  under  the  bark  of  the  maple  tree. 

StemmoderuSf  Dej.,  has  been  published  by  Spinola  (Ghi^r.  Mag.  de 
Zool.  1842,  Ins.  pi.  91).  This  beetle  stands  in  near  relationship  to 
to  Rhysodes;  the  antennae  are  rather  short;  the  joints  cylindrical  and 
closely  connected;  the  head  conyex  beneath;  the  eyes  large  and 
kidney-shaped;  the  labrum  homy;  mandibles  flat,  toothless,  with  a 
simple  point;  the  mentum  not  quite  concealing  the  opening  of  the 
mouth ;  the  maxillary  palpi  rather  long,  with  an  oblong-K)yal  terminal 
joint  truncated  at  the  point ;  legs  elongated ;  tibiae  simple ;  tarsi  eyi- 
dently  fiye-jointed.  St,  migulcmsy  Bej.,  ^m  Senegal,  is  castaneous ; 
4"'  long;  the  forehead  has  three  protuberances,  flat  in  the  middle, 
swollen  out  on  each  side  into  two  great  bladder  like  pads;  the  pro- 
thorax  is  covered  posteriorly  by  two  knobs  like  balls,  but  flat  on  the 
back;  the  elytra  furrowed,  with  anterior  angles  strongly  projecting 
forwards. 

250 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  207 

The  reporter  has  described  two  Brontes  from  Van  Diemen's  Land, 
one  Dendrophagus,  and  one  8ilv<MMM,  as  new  species  (Arch.  p.  217). 

LoNoiooBMES. — ^The  species  of  this  fanulj,  collected  by  Cuming  in  the 
Philippine  Ishinds,  have  been  described  hy  Newman,  though  not  with 
sufficient  accuracy.  (Entomologist,  p.  243,  275,  288,  298,  318, 369, 381.) 

From  Harris's  observations  on  the  North  American  CerambiddoB 
(Ins.  of  Massachus.  p.  77),  it  appears  that  the  larva  of  the  Priowis 
laticolliSf  Dnuj,  (brevicomis,  F.)  lives  in  poplars ;  that  of  the  Steno- 
eorus  (Ceraephorus)  cinctus,  Brury,  {garganicus,  F.)  in  hickory  trees, 
boring  through  the  stem  in  all  directions ;  Ekbphidion  putator  (Stenoc), 
Peck,  is  found  in  the  black  and  white  oaks,  and  according  to  Peck's 
observations,  the  larva  lives  in  the  pith  of  the  boughs,  and  at  last  gnaws 
through  the  wood,  and  undergoes  its  metamorphosis  when  lying  on  the 
ground.  CalUdiwm,  bajuhta  and  violcbcewn  have  been  brought  from 
Europe,  and  become  native  to  North  America.  The  beautiful  Clytus 
epeciosus,  Say,  (Hayi,  Griff.)  is  occasionally  destructive  to  the  sugar 
maple,  into  the  wood  of  which  the  larva  bores ;  that  of  the  CL  JUxuosus 
lives  under  the  bark,  and  in  the  alburnum  of  the  Bdbinia  pseudacada. 
The  larva  of  the  Saperda  calca/rata,  Say,  lives,  like  our  S.  ccMrcharias, 
in  the  stems  of  different  species  of  poplar ;  that  of  the  8,  Wvittata,  Say, 
in  apple  trees,  to  which  they  do  great  injury,  as  weU  as  in  various 
trees  and  bushes,  but  origmally  it  preferred  the  North  American 
Aronioe,  The  larva  of  the  8^  (Oherea)  tripunctata  lives  in  the  pith  of 
the  branches  of  a  species  of  bramble  (Btibus  villoius),  which  is  cul- 
tivated abundantly  for  the  sake  of  its  fruit  resembling  the  currant. 
Dewnocerus  palliatus  is  found  upon  the  elder  tree ;  the  larva  lives 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  branches  in  the  pith.  The  larva  of  the 
Rhagium  Imeatum  lives  under  the  bark  of  the  pitch  fir,  which  comes 
off  by  its  gnawing,  and  the  tree  is  destroyed. 

Spinola  has  published  a  valuable  treatise  on  the  systematic  arrange- 
ment of  the  PrionidcB  (Mem.  deUa  R.  Acad.  d.  Sdenz.  d.  Torrino.  2,  Ser. 
V.)  He  comprehends,  in  one  large  division,  all  those  beetles  in  whidi 
the  first  three  tarsal  joints  are  covered  beneath  with  hairy  felt,  and  the 
fourth  is  very  sn^all  and  narrow,  and  united  to  the  fifth,  as  the  Curcvr- 
UonidoB,  CercmbycidcBy  and  ChrysomelidcB.  This  division  he  separates 
into  two  groups,  either  as  the  prothoraz  consists  of  tergum,  epistema, 
and  presternum,  or  only  of  a  single  piece,  generally  of  a  teigum  and 
presternum.  The  first  group  contains  the  BruchidcB  and  Halticas  (both 
defined  as  springing,  which  is  not  suitable  for  the  former,  as  all  spring- 
ing insects  have  straight  tibiae;  those  with  crooked  tibiae,  like  the 
BruchidcB,  however  much  the  thighs  may  be  thickened,  are  not  spring- 
ers), the  Hispidas,  OallerucidoB,  ChrysomelidcB,  and  Priomdce.  The 
second  group  contains  the  CerambycidcB,  Lamice,  and  CurculionidoB. 
The  Prionidas  are  separated  from  tiie  rest,  by  the  cylindrical  anterior 

251 


208  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

hips  lying  in  oonesponding  sockets.  This  gives  an  excellent  character 
for  the  group  of  the  IVionidcB,  In  some,  as  Maeradontia,  the  proster- 
num  is  not  separated  by  a  suture,  and  the  whole  prothoraz  consists  of  a 
single  piece,  so  that  the  separation  of  the  IVumMKo;,  from  the  rest  of  the 
CercMnbycidaSf  cannot  be  justified  on  fliis  ground ;  at  least  if  the  larrsB 
be  also  taJcen  into  consideration,  which  have  the  greatest  agreement  with 
the  Cerambyces  proper,  and  particularly  the  L^twres, 

The  new  genus  Rhipidoeerus,  Westwood  (Transact.  £nt  Soc.  iiL 
p.  70,  t.  3,  f.  2),  is  one  of  the  few  forms  of  CerambycidcB  with  flabeUate 
antenne ;  in  both  sexes  these  aro  of  the  length  of  the  body,  in  the  male 
the  third  and  following  joints  have  each  a  long  fan-like  branch,  in  the 
female  they  are  simple ;  the  prothorax  has  one  spine  on  each  side ;  the 
elytra  are  simple  and  rounded  at  the  end ;  the  legs  short  and  similar. 
In  many  points  this  beetle  resembles  a  Lamia ;  in  others,  particularly 
the  minutely  punctured  elytra,  a  8tenocoru$,  Westwood  places  it 
between  Phoenicoeenis  and  Polyoza ;  it  approaches  nearest  the  latter 
genus,  at  least  the  parts  of  the  mouth,  eyes,  and  joints  of  the  antennte 
indicate  its  situation  among  the  PrionidcB.  Eh,  australnsicB ;  dark 
green  with  fine  yeUowish  hairs,  and  leddish-brown  antennae  and  legs ;  is 
a  native  of  New  Holland.  The  generic  name  is  actually  identical  with 
Rhipicera. 

A  new  European  form  of  Prionidas  has  been  described  by  Mulsant^ 
under  the  generic  name  of  PrincbiuB  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Fhys.  publ.  par  la 
Soc.  d*Agriculturo  d.  Lyon,  v.  p.  107,  1. 11,  f.  1).  It  resembles  Macro- 
toma,  having  likewise  the  third  antennal  joint  as  long  as  the  two 
following  ones  put  together ;  the  eyes  are  almost  without  emargiuation ; 
the  prothorax  is  transverse  and  quadrangular,  having  a  smaU  tooth  on 
the  posterior  angles ;  the  tibi»  are,  however,  unarmed ;  but  I  know  not 
wherein  it  diifers  firom  Ergates,  JPr.  My€Mrdi  is  found  in  Corsica, 
under  oak  bark ;  it  greatly  re^mbles  Pr,  Oerma/ri,  Dej.,  {scutellarU, 
Germ.)  and  it  is  principally  distinguished  by  the  broader  prothorax ;  it 
may  very  likely  be  the  male  of  that  insect,  particularly  as  in  Ergates 
faber,  a  similar  distinction  of  sex  is  seen ;  at  all  events,  the  iV.  Oermaai 
is  diffused  over  the  islands  on  the  west  side  of  Italy.  The  Berlin  col- 
lection was  enriched  by  Schuppel  with  a  beautiful  specimen  of  this  rare 
insect,  which  was  caught  at  CagHari  in  Sardinia. 

Newman  (EntomoL  p.  351)  has  founded  a  new  genus  CnemopUtes,  which 
ought  to  be  received ;  it  has  the  anterior  tibias  dentated  on  the  outer  side* 
He  includes  in  it  Pr,  tpinicoUiSy  MacLeay  (King's  Voy.  ii.  449),  to 
which  he  adds,  as  a  synonyme,  Mallodon  OMstralis,  Boisd. ;  also  a  new 
species  Cn.  edulis  from  Port  Philip ;  and  lastly,  Mallodon  ma/nUlcBy 
Newman  (EntomoL  p.  247),  from  Manilla.  Maerotoma  austra^is  of 
the  reporter  (Arch.  p.  218),  from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  may  be  added, 
and  perhaps  also  Mallodon  insulare,  Hope  (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  48>. 

252 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  209 

from  Port  Esslngton.  It  has  already  been  remarked  in  last  year's 
report,  that  the  genus  Oncinotus  of  the  reporter  (ibid.  p.  219,  founded 
upon  iV.  {ircv>atu8,  F.)  falls  under  TaxeuteSf  Newm. 

Blanchard  (I'Instit.  p.  23)  has  made  known  a  beetle  from  Tangiers, 
under  the  name  of  Prionus  Favieriy  which  is  very  injurious  to  the 
palm  trees.    It  may,  howeyer,  be  83monymous  with  Pr.  for/lcatus,  F. 

Newman  has  described  two  new  species  from  Manilla,  Macrotoma 
cBgrotunhf  and  absurdum  (Entomol.  p.  247). 

There  are  two  new  American  species  of  PnonicUB,  Callipogan 
Lemoineiy  Beiche  (Gu^.  Mag.  d.  ZooL  Ins.  pL  d8),  from  New  Qranada, 
distinguished  from  the  O.  ha/rbatus  by  a  broad  longitudinal  band  of 
white  felt'  on  each  elytron,  interrupted  anteriorly;  and  Derobrachus 
Levintwrieri,  Buquet  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  203,  pL  9,  f.  1), 
from  Columbia. 

The  new  genera  of  the  group  Cerambyddce  are: — 

Euchroa,  Qudrin  (Deless.  Sout.  d'un  Voy.  d.  Tlnd.  ii.  p.  56, 1. 14,  f. 
1),  allied  to  Pa^hyteria,  but  certainly  not  distinguishable  from  Nircsus, 
Newman,  as  also  the  species  E.  dimidiata,  Gudr.,  from  Pnlu  Penang, 
is  the  same  with  N,  tricolor,  Newm. 

SclethniSy  Newm.  (Entomol.  p.  247),  founded  upon  the  Ibidion 
amosnum,  Gu^r.,  is  very  different  from  Ihidion,  and  resembles  a 
Tricondyla, 

Ceredum,  Newm.  (ibid.  p.  322),  allied  to  Ohrium,  with  a  narrow 
head  elongated  anteriorly ;  includes  three  new  species  from  the  Philip- 
pine Islands,  Obr,  vmmite  and  cetkiops  (p.  247),  and  C,  raripilum 
(p.  322).  Newman  remarks,  that  the  New  HoUand  Call,  mtortwn  and 
vUe,  perhaps  belong  also  to  this  genus  (ibid.  p.  223). 

Omot€9  and  Sophron,  Newm.  (ibid.  p.  353,  354),  are  two  new  genera 
from  New  Holland,  apparently  allied  to  Callidmm,  which  at  present  I 
do  not  know,  and  cannot  disooyer  the  essential  characteristios  from  the 
description. 

Mecynopus  of  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i  p.  222),  belonging  to  the 
Necydalidcs  ;  elytra  ns  in  Stenopterus  ;  antennas  and  legs  long,  especi- 
ally the  hind  ones ;  thighs  only  slightly  thickened.  M.  cothwmatus 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

BLanchard  has  again  attracted  discussion  to  the  Pwrpwricewus  Loreyi, 
Duponch.  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  49).  He  takes  the  yiew  of 
Buquet,  that  the  Eburia  stands  near  it,  and  the  E,  dimidiata,  Chevr., 
nearest,  but  thinks  that  both  these,  in  some  '*  plus  "  and  ^  moins,"  yary 
from  Eburia,  and  either  form  a  peculiar  genus  Heterops,  or  Ceraspho- 
riM,  Coccoderus,  and  CJdorida,  must  be  united  with  Eburia. 

Redtenbacher  has  described,  as  a  new  Austrian  species  (GoL  Austr. 
p.  24),  Callidium  scahricolle,  Meg.,  but  it  is  the  Call,  mwricatwm, 
Dalm.,  GylL 

253 


210         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDOCCXLII : 

DeUu9  fvtgax^  Seir.  (Callid,  /,,  Fab.),  it  figoied  by  Gemuur  (Faun. 
Ins.  Eun^.  22,  9). 

SeToral  species  fiom  French  Barbaiy  haye  been  described  as  new  by 
Lucas  (Ann.  d.  Se.  Nat.  xviiL  p.  184).  Of  these  the  more  remarkable  are, 
— Ho/maticJieruB  Mirbeekiit  which  is  hardly  anj  thing  else  than  H,  veltir- 
tinuSf  Dej. ;  H.p<Uudiva,gu8,  which,  so  far  as  I  can  conjecture,  does  not 
differ  fiom  the  J7.  Nerii,  Cheyr.,  of  the  reporter  (mawritanicus,  Buq.)  ; 
Pwrpuricenus  harbarus,  which  I  hold  as  a  yarietj  of  the  P.  Desfan- 
tainU  (S.  Wagn.  Algier.  iiL  162) ;  He^f>erophane8  rotwndicoUig,  tomen- 
totuB,  and  ajfmu;  and,  histly,  CalUdiwrn  thorctcicwn^  Dej.,  which  has 
been  already  described  by  Mnlsant  under  the  same  name,  and  is  the 
troe  CaMid,  melancholicumj  F. 

Newman  mentions,  as  new  species,  horn  the  Philippine  Ldands 
(Entomol.  p.  2^),  four  HamaticheruSf  three  CalUchroma,  one  Polyzo- 
nuSf  two  Arhopalus,  fiye  Clytug,  and  one  (EtiMna,  on  which  he  remarks, 
that  this  genus  differs  from  Petalodes  only  by  the  simple  antemue,  and 
that  therefore,  perhaps,  it  may  be  the  female  of  it. 

Hope  mentions,  as  new  species  fiom  New  Holland  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc. 
p.  48),  PlaccBderug  auitraloMCBf  8tenochom9  vicimus,  cruciger,  Xy$- 
trocera  <iu$tr(U<mas,  CalUdium  ewingtoni,  firom  Port  Essington ;  and 
Newman  (Entomol.  p.  S52),  Phoraca/ntha  imbellis,  Callidium  arttfex^ 
terebrcms,  Omotes  cucvjides,  Sophron  vnomatwmy  from  Port  Philip. 
The  reporter  has  described  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  220),  Stenocorus  proBcox, 
Merapctchys  aericcmSf  Phacodes  pergonatus,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

The  group  of  Lctmice  has  been  enriched  with  a  long  series,  not  only 
of  new  species,  but  also  of  new  genera,  through  the  labours  of  Newman, 
on  the  Beetles  collected  by  Gunung  at  the  Phillippine  Islands.  It  would 
be  difficult,  howeyer,  for  me  to  point  out  the  characters  of  the  new 
genera,  as  the  author  has  often  stated  them  in  a  yery  uncertain  manner, 
and  frequently  left  yery  essential  circumstances  untouched ;  for  example, 
the  thoracic  formation,  eyen  where  it  is  yery  remarkable.  There  are 
mentioned  (EntomoL  p.  275,  &c.),  Batocera,  with  four  species,  of  which 
three  are  new ;  AnopJUophora,  one  new  species ;  ManoJiommua,  twelye 
species,  of  which  ten  are  new ;  Mimomorpha  (p.  322),  a  new  genus,  with 
one  new  species ;  Lctmia  (pulchellator,  Westw.),  (p.  288) ;  Agelasta,  a 
new  genus,  but  which  does  not  seem  to  differ  from  CoptopSy  Sery.,  with 
three  new  species,  to  which  C.  cedificator  might  be  added;  Ahyna 
(p.  289,  29Sy  323),  a  new  genus,  allied  to  the  preceding,  with  fiye  spe- 
des;  EuoUa  (p.  290),  a  distinct  new  genus,  with  two  new  species ;  C<icia 
(p.  290),  a  new  genus,  with  a  tuft  of  hair  on  the  fourth  antennal  joint, 
containing  two  new  species ;  Planodes  (p.  323),  a  new  genus,  with  one 
new  species;  Doliops,  Waterh.,  with  two  species:  D,  curculionides 
and  geometricus,  Waterh.,  the  latter  characterized  by  Waterhouse  (Proc. 
Ent.  Soc.  p.  55) ;  Agnia  (p.  291),  a  new  genus,  allied  to  Ptyckodes,  con- 

254 


INSECT  A — COLEOPTER  A .  21 1 

taining  two  new  species ;  Plocia  (p.  292),  a  new  genus,  which  apparently 
must  be  near  Colobothea  and  Leptocera,  as  well  as  Hypsioma,  with  two 
new  species ;  Hispomorpha  (p.  323),  a  new  genus,  Hke  a  Hispay  with 
one  new  species ;  Achthophora  (p.  292),  a  new  genus,  Hke  Hypsiomay 
with  two-  new  species ;  Thysanodes  (p.  292),  a  new  genus,  but  which 
should  not  be  separated  ftom  Stheniasy  Dej. ;  the  species,  T,  jttcunda,  is 
Cer.  crocatusy  01. ;  Onoma,  with  two  species,  of  which  one  is  new ;  Apo- 
mecyna,  with  one  species,  considered  as  new;  Astathes  (p.  299),  the 
same  as  the  genus  Tetra>ophthalmu8  of  Dejean,  which  name  is  inappli- 
cable, with  two  new  species ;  Phceay  with  two  new  species ;  Eu8tat?ie8 
(p.  300),  a  new  genus,  with  one  new  species ;  Tetraglenea  (p.  300),  a  new 
genus,  like  HippopsiSy  but  with  four  eyes,  completely  separated,  two 
oblong  ones  on  the  vertex,  and  a  small  round  one  on  each  side  of  the 
head,  far  removed  &om  the  antennae,  containing  one  new  species; 
U^apJ^ra  (p.  301),  also  allied  to  Hippopgis,  with  only  two  eyes ;  Colo- 
botheay  one  species ;.  Olenea  (Sphenura,  Dej.,  Lap.,  which  name  should 
be  altered,  as  it  already  belongs  to  a  genus  of  birds),  with  seven 
species ;  Isosceles  (p.  318),  a  new  genus,  including  Oherea  seminigra, 
Chevr.,  and  two  new  species,  but  properly,  perhaps,  corresponding  to 
Oberea,  Dej.,  as  I  do  not  find  that  the  species  fix)m  Manilla  differ  from 
the  rest,  such  as  oculatay  &c. ;  under  Saperda  are  two  species  generically 
very  different,  S,  ustulata  of  the  reporter,  and  Colobothea  albonotata 
(leucospilay  Westw.) ;  Homonoea  (p.  319),  a  new  genus,  including  that 
of  Urocahfmmujby  Westw.,  which  name  the  author  has  not  retained,  as  it 
refers  to  the  tail-Hke  prolongation  of  the  elytra  of  the  H.  longimanay 
which  is  not  common  to  aU  species ;  Ichthyodes  (p.  321),  a  new  genus, 
nearly  allied  to  the  preceding,  with  one  new  species ;  Demodes  (p.  322), 
a  new  genus,  with  one  new 'species;  Pterolophia  (p.  323,  370,  381),  a 
new  genus,  with  ten  species ;  and  lastly,  a  series  of  species,  which  are 
described  from  specimens  so  mutilated  and  fisuled,  that  it  hardly  rewards 
the  describer*s  trouble.  There  is  also  a  new  generic  name,  Microlophia 
(p.  383),  but  without  generic  characters. 

Guerin  (Deless.  Voy.  dans  Tlnde,  ii.  p.  61)  has  characterized  a  new 
genus,  Centrwray  which  is  allied  to  Apomecyna  and  Hatlia,  but  is  dis- 
tinguished from  them  by  its  ventricose  elytra,  posteriorly  produced  into 
diverging  spines;  .from  C&rcoptera,  Spin.,  by  its  undilated  cheeks,  and 
from  Urocalymmay  Westw.,  by  wanting  the  tooth  on  the  sides  of  the 
prothoraz.  Perhaps  Sap.  lynceay  01.,  belongs  to  this  genus,  ifrhich  is 
founded  on  a  new  species,  C.  costatay  from  the  Nilgherries.  Pelctrgo- 
derus  tessellaPus,  Gudr.,  perhaps  belonging  to  the  genus  Agma,  Newm., 
if  that  is  different  from  Pela/rgoderus  ;  Saperda  (Sphenura)  44»ototo, 
Gudr.,  a  Stiba/ray  Hope,  very  nearly  allied  to  Sap,  morbillosa,  F.,  and 
Sap,  (^hen.)  nmltiguttatay  Gudr.,  are  new  species  from  the  same 
mountains  (ibid.  p.  58-60). 

255 


212         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

The  following  new  genera  belong  to  the  New  Holland  Fauna : — Pen- 
taeomniay  Newm.  (EntomoL  p.  361) ;  a  small  Lamia^  with  the  third  and 
fourth  antennal  joints  greatly  elongated,  and  the  fifth  bearing  a  tuft  of 
hair ;  one  spine  on  the  sides  of  prothorax,  and  slightly  thickened  thighs. 
Sfftnpheletes  (ibid.  p.  362),  corresponding  in  form  to  Latn,  Solandri,  F. 
Zygoeera,  Dej.,  was  described  by  the  reporter  from  its  external  character 
(Arch.  1842,  L  p.  224) ;  and  a  new  genus,  lUcenay  characterized  for  a 
small  fi>rm  of  Saperda,  with  simple  daws,  distingoished  by  the  palpi, 
the  last  joint  of  which  is  very  large  and  sharp  pointed. 

Rhtftiphora  piperita,  tuberculata,  detrita,  Hathlia  laeteola,  ^li- 
neata,  Ivaedla,  mekmocephala,  of  Hope  (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  49),  are 
new  species  from  Port  Essington.  Aca/nthodertu  ingl(friu8,  Penta- 
cosnUa  scopcma,  Rhytiphara  mixta,  caprvaa,  Symphyletes  nodosa,  of 
Newnuin  (EntomoL  p.  361),  are  fiom  Port  Philip.  Lamia  pao'dalis  of 
Newman  (ibid.  p.  414),  is  fiom  Sydney.  Zygocera  ca/nota  and  Illaena 
exilis  of  the  reporter  (L  c.  p.  223,  225)  are  fix>m  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

I  am  doubtfhl  concerning  the  position  of  the  genos  CaUipyrga,  Newm. 
(EntomoL  p.  413),  with  one  new  species,  C  twrrita  ;  it  has  rather  small 
eyes,  not  emarginated  towards  the  base  of  the  antennas. 

Spalaccpsis,  Newm.  (EntomoL  p.  303),  is  a  remarkable  new  American 
genus.  It  has  the  form  of  Hippopds,  but  differs  in  the  eyes,  which  are 
small  and  round,  and  situated  on  the  sides  of  the  head,  distant  from  the 
base  of  the  antennas.  In  this  it  agrees  with  Tetraglenes  (vide  supra), 
only  the  eyes  on  the  yertez  are  here  wanting.  There  are  three  species, 
Sp.  atellio  from  Brazil,  8p,  »tolata  and  mfiusa  from  East  Florida. 

There  are  two  Austrian  Saperda,  S,  (Phytoeda)  v/nHnata  and  hig%^ 
tata,  Redtenbacher  (CoL  Aost.  p.  25,  26) ;  the  seocmd  is  ahready  de- 
scribed in  the  first  volume  of  the  BulL  Moeo.  yon  Zoubkoff^,  as  8. 
bipunctata. 

8.  (PhytoBcia)  cirteenns,  8.  (Oberea)  maouUcoUis  and  moMrita^nica, 
Lucas,  are  three  new  8aperdai  from  North  Africa  (Ann.  des  So.  Nat. 
xYiii.  p.  187). 

In  the  group  of  Leptwridcd,  Mulsant  has  described  the  known  Toxotus 
cvnctus  {R}iagiu/m  cincUis,  Fab.),  as  a  new  species,  under  the  name 
T,  dentipes  (Ann.  des  Phys.  publ.  p.  le  Soc.  d'Agric.  de  Lyon,  y.  p.  109, 
1. 11,  f.  2 ;  CoL  de  Fr.  Lamellicom.  Suppl.) 

Hope  has  noticed  Rhagiomorpha  wnicolor  and  plagiata  as  new 
species  from  Port  Essington  (Proceed.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  49). 

Pseudocephalus,  Newm.  (EntomoL  p.  353),  is  a  remarkable  new  genus, 
which  I  mention  here  at  the  conclusion  of  the  Longicomes,  as  its  posi- 
tion seems  doubtful,  although  the  author  places  it  in  this  family  after 
Callidiwirn,  The  eyes  are  not  emarginated;  the  antennas  somewhat 
more  than  half  the  length  of  body,  rather  thickened  towards  the  point 
(in  the  figure  they  become  rather  thinner),  the  first  joint  elongated ;  the 

25^ 


INSECTA — COLEOPTERA.  213 

head  is  large  and  round ;  the  prothoraz  narrow,  tumid  m  the  middle  Of 
each  side ;  the  legs  long,  the  thighs  somewhat  dub-formed  and  thickened ; 
the  tarsi  (in  the  aotompanjing  woodcut)  thin,  not  at  all  formed  like  the 
tarsi  of  the  CerambyddcB,  Yet  there  is  as  little  stated  concerning  their 
form  as  of  the  palpi.  Ps,  formicideSf  firom  Port  Philip ;  2^'^'  long ; 
resembling  an  Anthicus, 

Chrtsomelinis. — HarriQ  (Ins.  of  Massachus.  p.  95, 109)  mentions  the 
following  North  American  species : — Criocerw  ^lineata,  01.,  lives  both 
as  a  beetle  and  larva  on  the  potato  plant ;  the  latter  covers  itself  with  its 
excrement  like  our  C.  merdigera.  Hitpa  rosea,  Web.,  {quado'atay  F.) 
lives  on  the  apple  trees,  upon  Amekmchier  ovalis  and  Pyrus  arbuti- 
folia,  Higpa  satwralis  upon  Rcbmia  pseudctcctcia.  The  larva  of  Caa- 
tida  oMrichalcea  lives  upon  bitter-sweet  (SoUmum  dulcamara),  and 
upon  different  species  of  bind-weed,  especially  Convolvulus  sepiwn, 
Galeruca  calmariensis  has  been  introduced  from  Europe,  and  increased 
80  much,  that  the  elm  trees  were  eaten  bore  by  their  larvse,  at  Baltimore, 
in  1838  and  1839.  G,  vittata,  F.,  is  also  very  detrimental,  especially  to 
cucumbers,  melons,  &c.  Haltica  puhescens  also  feeds  on  the  cucumber ; 
and  various  Crucifero!  are  attacked  by  H,  striolata  (Crioc,  sir,,  F.) ; 
and  the  H,  chalyhea,  111.,  is  destructive  to  the  vine.  The  large  orange 
coloured  black  spotted  larvsB  and  the  pupsB  of  Chrysomela  Z-maculata, 
F.,  live  on  the  Asclepias  syriaca ;  and  the  white  larvie,  marked  with 
dark  dorsal  Hnes,  and  square  lateral  spots,  of  Ch/r.  scalaris,  Hve  upon  the 
lime  (TiUa  a/mericana)  and  elm;  Chr.  cceruleipennis,  Say,  like  our 
Chr.  polygoni,  from  which  it  can  hardly  be  distinguished,  lives  upon  Po- 
lygonum  aviculare.  Eumolpus  awratus,  F.,  is  found  upon  Apocynuva 
androscemifoHum,  Clythra  domicama  upon  sumach ;  CI,  guttata  upon 
oaks.  Chlcmvys  gibbosa  upon  bilberries.  Cryptocephalus  luridus  upon 
wild  indigo ;  while  most  of  the  other  species  of  the  last  genus  live  upon 
the  different  kinds  of  oak. 

Dr.  Schmidt  (£nt.  Zeit.  p.  27)  has  described  a  new  German  Lema, 
L,  Suffriami  ;  it  is  most  nearly  allied  to  L.  brtmnea,  and  differs  chiefly 
in  the  under  side  of  the  first  two  antenna!  joints,  the  breast,  the  knee- 
joint,  and  the  extreme  tip  of  the  claws,  being  blacL  There  is,  however, 
only  one  individual  (from  Erfurt)  at  present  known. 

L^tomorplia  JUiformis,  Dej.,  from  Sicily,  has  been  described  and 
figured  by  Germar  (Faun.  Ins*  Eurqp.  22. 10). 

Gravenhorst  and  Scholtz  have  made  some  observations  on  the  meta- 
morphosis of  the  CassidcB  (Yerhandl.  der  Kais.  Leop.  Acad.  d.  Naturf. 
ziz.  11.  431,  t.  73).  They  found,  that  upon  the  reflexed  fork  of  the  last 
segment  of  the  abdomen,  the  rejected  skin  remains  sticking,  and  that 
upon  this,  and  not  immediately  upon  the  fork,  the  larva  lays  its  excre- 
ment, which  serves  for  its  protection.  The  form  of  the  excrement  varies 
in  different  species.     The  larva  of  one  species,  belonging  perhaps  to 

257  R 


214  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl  : 

O.  fnargaritaeea,  has  three  cast  akiiis  upon  the  fork,  but  no  excrement. 
The  krvtt  of  0.  murrcM,  equuiris,  vtridu,  and  tigrina,  hare  also  been 
obserred.    The  larva  of  a  Bengal  Cauida  is  figured. 

Newman  has  enriched  the  genus  P<urop$M  (EntomoL  p.  414)  with  ten 
specieB,  which  have  been  mostly  taken  at  Port  Philip,  on  Eucalypti, 
He  has  given  only  short  diagnoses,  so  that  most  of  the  species  cannot  be 
detennined  with  certainty.  Two  of  them  are  Fabrician  species,  viz. : — 
P.  Hrcwmdata,  N.,  is  Chrys.  rujip€9,  F. ;  and  P.  fallaXy  N.,  is  Chr. 
moriOy  F.  The  reporter  has  described  twelve  new  species  of  the  same 
genus,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  226>d0). 

Bfatsek  has  given  an  arrangement  of  the  Silesian  Chry$omelidce  (Ar- 
beit, der.  Schles.  Ges.  fiir  YaterL  Kultur.  1842,  i.),  but  which  only  refers 
to  TimcMTcha  and  Chrys&mela,  in  the  sense  of  Dejean.  The  former  oon* 
tains  three,  the  latter  nineteen  species:  Timcbrcha  tplendens,  Kohler, 
according  to  the  short  description,  must  be  Chrys,  rufa,  Meg.,  Duft. ; 
Chr,  atra  is  certainly  not  that  of  Dahl,  which  is  a  native  of  Sicily,  but 
a  peculiar  and  different  species,  allied  to  the  Chr,  henUtphcerica, 

Of  the  four  species  described  by  the  reporter  from  Van  Diemen's  Land 
(Arch.  1842,  i.  230),  two,  Chr.  congtricta  and  pctci/ica,  belong  to  a 
peculiar  New  Holland  form,  which  agrees  with  Helodes  in  the  pointed 
terminal  joint  of  the  pidpi,  and  differs  by  the  daws  being  dentated  at  the 
base.  The  two  others,  Ch.  luteieamig  and  orpAotia,  belong  to  Phcedon. 
ColatpU  jugulaais,  C.  (odontionopa)  viridulaf  and  proxima,  of  the 
reporter  (ibid.  p.  232),  are  from  the  same  place.  Odontumopa,  Chevr., 
is  distinguished  from  the  true  CoUupis,  by  two  small  teeth  projecting 
at  the  anterior  margin  of  the  dypeus  (ibid.  p.  119). 

Saunders  has  laid  before  the  Entomological  Society  of  London,  his 
researches  on  the  New  Holland  Cryptacephali,  anoompanied  by  short 
reniarks,  but  not  suffident  from  which  to  form  a  judgment,  at  least  in 
re^^ird  to  the  newly  characterized  genera,  since  no  notice  is  taken  of  some 
most  important  points,  sudi  as  the  form  of  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
prothorax,  the  scutellum,  the  insertion  of  the  head,  and  proportion  of  the 
tarsal  joints.  Aporoeera  is  allied  to  Clythra  (Proc.  E.  S.  p.  53) ;  antennae 
two-thirds  of  the  length  of  the  body,  thorax  gibbous  in  front,  and  as 
broad  as  the  elytra :  A,  bicolor,  and  apicaUsy  from  New  South  Wales ;  A, 
chalyhea  (ibid.  p.  57)  from  Port  Essington.  Mitocera  (p.  54) ;  antennae 
one-third  as  long  again  as  the  body,  which  is  sub-elongate  and  flattened, 
thorax  sub-quadrate :  M,  viridipenmi,  from  Swan  River.  Dieenopaii  ; 
antennae  not  half  the  length  of  the  body,  the  third  to  fifth  joints  long,  the 
remainder  short,  forming  a  kind  of  lengthened  dub :  D.  hosmatodes,  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land.  Ochrcpds  (p.  56) ;  antennae  as  long  as  the  body, 
joints  gradually  increasing  in  size  from  the  sixth,  not  different  from  the 
following,  except  in  its  pale  colour :  0.  vermicular,  wuttralis,  erosa, 
melanocephala,    Idiocephala  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  xi.  p.  317,  formerly  in 

258 


INSECTA— COLEOPTERA.  215 

Pr.  B.  8.  p.  64,  called  Anodonta) ;  atitainaB  in  the  female  half  as  long  as 
the  hodj,  snb-ciaTate,  in  the  male  ahnost  the  length  of  hody,  the  joints 
firam  the  sixth  of  eqnal  length  (in  other  vespeets  agreeing  with  our  Cryp- 
toc^phahu)  :  J.  Boei,  nlbUineay  pulehdlaf  effampewMM^  ficmv€niri$^ 
rugosa  (Pr.  £.  S.  p.  G6},  stim/M,  UtamaMea,  DannnU^  $emibrunn€a 
(Ann.  Nat  Hist  p.  317).  HeUd^morpha  ;  antennss  fililcom,  body  long, 
OTal,  eompressed:  H.  atra,  asnea,  metalUctb  (Ft,  E.  8.  p.  65). 

The  reporter  (Aich.  1842,  L  p.  119)  obsenred,  that  the  genns  CadnvuM 
and  Odontoderus,  Dej^,  were  lemarkahle  for  their  broad  soles,  formed 
as  in  Cassida,  thickkd  corered  beneath  witii  felt;  with  the  daw  joint 
scBiealy  projecting  beyond  the  segments  of  the  third  joint,  but  show- 
ing no  ftssential  difbranoe  between  themselves ;  in  these,  as  in  Orypto- 
e^phalns  proper,  the  month  is  ooTeied  by  a  peculiar  hood>  formed  by  the 
prc^rudxag  margin  of  the  prostemnm,  whilst  P<uhyibr(MkMj  Dej.,  which 
fi>rm  appeaza  to  be  unknown  in  New  Holland,  possesses  the  veiy  essen- 
tial charaeteristic,  thai  the  mouth  is  not  retracted.  Another  New  Hol- 
land genns,  Ditropidtu,  Chevr.,  Dej.,  has  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
prothoraz  deeply  sukate  on  both  sides ;  the  middle  is  protruded  between 
the  etytra,  the  small  points  being,  hollowed  out  &r  the  reception  of  the 
acntellnia,  which  is  pointed  at  both  ends,  and  is  not  elevated.  The  pro- 
atemum  fbmis  no  projection  over  the  mouth.  Neither  of  these  forms  is 
contained  among  the  above  genera  diaracteriaed  by  Saundeors.  The 
reporter  has  described  three  new  spedes  of  Ditropidus  (ibid*  p.  233). 

Several  new  Austrian  MaiHccB  have  been  described  by  RedtenboNsher 
(CoL  Anst  p.  27) :  H.  (Bakmomorpha)  cireumdataf  H.  (Ttinodactiffla) 
fUgricepgf  H.  (Aphihana)  CampoMUah  The  last,  wluch  is  nearly  aDied 
to  H,  euphorbia^  is  £ound  upon  Cijumpamfala  rotnndifMa,  The  re- 
porter (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  235)  has  described  H,  (Oraptodera)  corruaccb, 
JPsyUiodea,  chUrophama^  from  Van  Diemen*s  Land ;  and  ehaitetsmed 
one  new  genns,  Armpoda^  which  is  allied  to  DiboUa  and  P^Uiode^^ 
espedally  by  the  very  strong!^  thickened  posterior  thighs,  differing 
firom  botii  by  the  toothed  daws;  from  the  Ibrmer  by  the  simple  tenninal 
apine  of  the  posterior  tibia,  from  the  latter  by  the  deven-jointed  antennas, 
and  the  hinder  tarsi  articulated  to  the  point  of  the  tibiss.  This  genus  is 
peculiar  to  New  Holland.  A>  bifircna  is  a  speoiefr  from  Van  IHemen'i 
Tiflndi 

EnoTTuniB.  —  Laoordaare's  work  on  tins  fimdly  (Monographie  des 
Erotyliens,  Paris,  1842),  is  a  most  sdentifio  publication;  important 
from  its  great  ridmess  in  spedes,  and  also  from  its  systematic  divi- 
sions. A  series  of  genera,  Ibrmed  merdy  aosording  to  their  habit, 
is  heie  defined  in  a  scientific  manner,  and  often,  indeed,  with  quite 
different  limits.  As  this  indispensable  work  must  certainly  be  in  all 
hands,  1  may  presume  that  the  author's  arrangement  is  known  (vide  also 
Entom.  Zeitung.  1843,  p.  132),  and  rather  employ  my  space  in  making 

259 


216         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

tome  remarks  on  it.  The  author  haa  introdiioed  a  new  characteristic, 
namelj,  the  greater  or  leaa  conyexity  of  the  fiusettes  of  the  ejes.  This 
preaenta,  indeed,  an  excellent  distinction,  and  he  has  found  it  constant 
in  each  genus.  Only  one  striking  exception  has  hitherto  occurred  to 
me,  riz., — ^in  the  I$ehyrui  inngnis  the  eyes  are  fine  grained,  while  else- 
where in  this  genus,  and  even  in  the  allied  J.  v€nu$tu$,  thej  are  rough* 
The  inner  maxillary  lobe  is  armed  with  two  hooks  in  the  Erotylvrup 
proper ;  I  find  the  same  in  Eneau8te$,  to  which  the  author  ascribes  a 
simple  tooth  on  the  lobe;  and,  in  fact»  this  genus,  in  other  respects 
also,  joins  most  closelj  to  Aulaeocheiku.  On  the  other  hand,  «  hooked 
(but  not  with  daw-like  hooks,  therefore  unarmed)  inner  nuudllaiy 
lobe  is  found  in  the  Triplax  cenea^  whilst  in  *r.  rustica  it  has  the  usual 
protruded  quadrangular  form.  OocycMus,  with  the  terminal  joint  of 
both  pair  of  palpi  equally  large,  does  not  appear  to  me  essentiallj  dif- 
ferent from  I»chyru$,  where,  in  the  proportions  of  each  terminal  joint, 
many  yarieties  are  to  be  met  with,  and  O.  tarsatui  (from  Cuba,  not 
Columbia)  completely  agrees  in  the  form  of  the  body  with  the  small 
Ischyrif  although  0,  violaceu$  differs  a  little ;  the  blue  colour  also  is 
present  in-  Ischyrus,  and  with  regard  to  the  generally  yellow  terminal 
joints  of  the  antennn  in  the  Oocyanus,  upon  which  the  author  lays  so 
much  stress,  the  same  is  also  endemic  in  the  West  Indian  ones,  and 
present  in  the  most  different  families  and  genera,  even  in  the  Tene- 
hrianes  (for  example  Blapstinus),  and  is  therefore  to  be  disr^arded 
in  this  point  of  yiew.  Among  the  Erotylince  proper,  there  are 
sereral  genera  only  differing  in  habit  (habituellen  merkmalen);  thus 
Erotylus,  ZoncMrins,  and  Eurycardius,  agreeing  in  all  other  respects, 
the  two  latter  do  not  seem  to  me  maintainable  as  genera.  One  of  the 
most  extensire  genera  and  richest  in  forms,  is  Brachysphenus,  and  I 
agree  with  the  author  in  placing  all  the  forms  in  one  genus;  it  is 
habit  only  which  separates  this  genus  fiom  .MgithiM,  and  they  may 
perhaps  yet  be  united.  The  Erotylus  Bfiquetii,  Laooid.,  also  appears 
to  me  to  be  a  Brachygphenus,  This  fiimily  is  most  difficult  to  arrange, 
and  we  must  do  justice  to  the  author,  to  whom  the  attempts  of  previous 
writers  were  rather  perplexing  than  advantageous,  by  adding,  that  he 
has  succeeded  in  his  task  in  a  very  remarkable  manner.  The  number 
of  species  described  is  very  great,  those  of  Columbia,  indeed,  surprisingly 
numerous ;  the  descriptions  extremely  dear,  so  that  another  monograph 
could  scarody  be  found  which  renders  its  subject  so  easy,  and  even,  iu 
the  present  case,  without  plates. 

Dejean  has  made  some  observations  on  the  above  work  (Ann.  d.  1. 
Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xL  p.  285),  but  they  do  not  touch  on  any  thing  of 
importance.  I  may  add  here,  that  Chevrolat  (Rev.  Zool.  1843,  p.  79) 
has  published  his  remarks  on  several  of  the  Erotyli  of  Fabricius  and 
Olivier.    It  is  quite  correct,  that  E,  sphacelatus  and  ijmifa%ciatu»j  F., 

2m 


INSECTA— COLEOPTERA.  217 

belong  to  Spkeniscus;  E,  6-fa»ciatu$,  F.,  to  D&ryphora;  on  the  other 
hand,  the  autiior  is  in  error  when  he  considers  Er,  (Zoncur,)  mcUcus, 
found  so  named  in  the  Lnnd  collection,  as  the  real  E.  fasciattis,  F* ;  for 
first,  Fabricius  does  not  appeal  to  that  collection,  and  secondlj,  from  his 
description  of  the  parts  of  the  mouth,  he  appears  to  have  had  before 
him  a  Helopia, 

The  natural  history  of  the  Triplcum  nigripermu  (rusHca)  has  been 
described  by  Leon  Dufour  (Ann.  d.  L  Soc.  Ent.  de  Fr.  zi.  p.  191),  the 
account  of  the  larva  is  exact.  It  is  curious,  that  the  author  will  not 
acknowledge  four  or  five  black  points  in  the  situation  of  the  eyes,  as 
the  organs  of  sight ;  he  found  no  labial-palpi  (palp.  lab.  inyisibiles). 
He  met  with  the  larva  in  the  Boletus  kispidus  ;  it  goes  into  the  earth  to 
become  a  pupa,  and  the  nympha  remained  attached  to  the  larva  case 
when  burst  open.     The  beetles  are  frightened  by  light. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  120)  places  Etigis  in  this  family; 
it  differs  firom  DcbcnCf  Episcapha,  and  Triplatomay  only  in  the  first 
three  tarsal  joints  having  no  covering  of  felt  beneath.  A  new  genus, 
ThaUis,  difiering  from  EngU  chiefly  in  the  membranous  lateral  portions 
of  the  tongue  being  far  protruded,  is  founded  upon  three  new  species 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (ibid.  p.  237).  Phalacrus  hru/rmeus  of  the 
reporter  is  from  the  same  place  (ibid.  p.  239). 

CocciNELLiDiB.  — ^  Cocctnella  frenata^  ScyvrvniM  vmtralis,  discolor^ 
stragulatus,  Corylophus  tfioracicus,  fasdatus  of  the  reporter  are  new 
species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (ibid.  p.  239). 

Endomtchidjs. — The  reporter  has  characterized  a  new  genus,  Da/ulis 
(ibid.  p.  241,  t.  5,  f.  5),  which  is  most  closely  allied  to  Dapta,  espe> 
cially  agreeing  in  the  form  of  the  antennal  club ;  but  the  third  antennal 
joint  is  not  elongated,  and  the  last  joint  of  the  labial-palpi  is  strongly 
thickened ;  the  second  tarsal  joint  is  lobed.  2>.  dmiccides  is  from  Van 
Diemen's  Land. 

Lathbidii.  —  Redtenbacher  (Quaed.  Gen.  et  Spec.  Col.  Austr.  p.  21) 
has  described  a  beetle,  under  the  name  of  Rhopalocerus  ferrugineuB, 
as  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  it  is  already  known  under  the  name  of 
Monotonia  Ronda/ni,  Vill.,  and  for  which  a  peculiar  genus,  SpartyceruBy 
has  already  been  established  by  Motschoulski,  in  the  Bull.  Mosc.  1837. 
On  the  remark,  that  this  last  name,  if  correctly  spelt,  has  already  been 
twice  employed,  Motschoulski  altered  it  to  Apdstus  (Bull.  Mosc.  1840, 
p.  186),  a  name  which  requires  some  improvement  before  its  reception. 

Redtenbacher  gives  an  excellent  description  of  the  beetle,  but  I  cannot 
confirm  his  account  of  the  tarsi  being  four-jointed ;  I  find  only  three 
joints,  as  in  Monotomay  to  which  this  genus  is  nearly  allied,  although 
it  difiers  remarkably  in  the  thick  antennsB,  and  the  proportion  of  the 
joints  of  the  palpi.  The  small  basal  joint,  which  Redtenbacher  de- 
scribes, is  perhaps  the  articulating  head  of  the  first  joint.    Motschoulski 

261 


218         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDGCCXLII  : 

(Ball.  Mo0e.  1887,  ▼.  t.  7,  f.  6)  dmwt  the  three  jomts  quite  eoReetljr, 
aHhongfa  eat  of  proportum,  bat  his  aeooimt,  that  the  third  joint  ieenis 
oompoied  oi  two  or  tfavae,  is  at  all  eyents  an  enror. 

Bedtenbaeher'a  M^notama  4^/weolahim  {C6L  Anat.  p.  38)  agiees  with 
Aube's  M.  4^faveolata.  The  latter  (Ann.  d.  L  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  2, 6er.  1, 
p.  20, 1848)  doubts  the  oonectnefls  of  Motschoulaki's  aoeount,  that  he 
had  ducoyered  the  same  inteet  (1884)  in  Bag^eataEO,  as  it  was  quite  new 
to  him  when  he  saw  it  with  Aube  (1836).  Motsbkmkki  is  amiojred 
that  I  should  haye  doabted  his  aooount  (JaloMber.  fur  1887,  p.  208) ; 
I  only  placed  the  reqponiibility  for  it  on  its  anthiCHr.  L(Mridm9 
eoHatus  of  the  reporter,  is  a  new  ^edes  from  Van  Diemen's  Land 
(Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  202). 

PscLATBiDJi. — The  reporter  has  puUished  a  species  of  this  ftmily 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  Batrimu  austrulU  (ibid.  p.  248).  Schaum 
has  disooyered  a  Brycune  in  the  salt  lake  at  MansliBld,  which  he 
described  as  Br,  pukhella  (Gen^),  (Genu.  Zeitsohr.  iy.  p.  182),  and 
afterwairds  (ibid,  oorrections)  he  remarked,  that  it  is  identical  with 
Br.  Hdferiy  Schmidt  (Diss.  d.  Psebph.) 


ORTHOPTERA. 

CHABFBirriER  has  published  three  new  numbers  of  his  '*  Oirtfa^itera 
Descripta  et  Depicta." 

Siebold  has  giyen  a  list  of  the  OrtlicpUra  (in  LaJ^ille's  sense)  which 
are  found  in  Prussia  (Preuss.  Proy.-Blatt.  27  Bd.  p.  548).  Forty  species 
haye  been  obseryed  by  him,  yiz., — three  For^fictUidos,  three  BkUke, 
three  AchetidcB,  eleyen  LocttaHdce,  twenty  Acridecs.  The  presence  of 
the  Forjicula  giga/ntea  on  the  sea-ooast  of  the  low  ground  at  Danaig, 
from  whence  it  was  sent  to  our  oolleotion  by  Professor  Qrube,  is  de- 
serying  of  notice.  The  author  giyes  a  yery  graphic  account  of  the 
chirping  of  the  AcridecB  and  LoousHdee.  The  scraping  of  the  hind  legs 
of  the  former  against  the  floor  has  been  obseryed  not  merely  in  Oon^ho- 
ceruB,  where  each  species  has  its  own  peculiar  way  of  doing  it,  so  that 
the  indiyidual  species  are  easily  recognised  by  their  chirping ;  but  alao 
in  (Edvpoda  and  Tetrix  (the  latter,  perhi^,  moying  the  under  wings). 
In  the  Locu8tid(By  the  author  shows,  that  the  chirping  is  accomplished  by 
the  strong  ledge-like  rib  of  the  inner  margin  of  one  elytron  being  rubbed 
up  and  down  on  the  crenated  transyerse  ledge  of  the  drum  of  the  other 
(under  one). 

A  yery  important  treatise  has  appeared :  "  Bijdragen  tot  de  Keunis 
der  Orthoptera,  door  Dr.  W.  De  Haan."  It  is  also  contained  in  the 
Yerhandl.  oyer  de  Natuurl.  GescMed.  der  Nederlandsche  oyerzeesche 
262 


INSECTA — ORTHOPTERA.  219 

Besittingen,  Zool.,  Noe.  6, 7, 8, 9.  In  these  numbei^,  the  familiefl  Bla4tcB, 
McmUdas,  PhaamidcRj  AcrideoB,  and  Looustida,  are  completed,  and  that 
of  the  AehetidcB  oommeaioed.  The  number  of  species  described  and 
figured  is  great,  and  manj  of  them  axe  new;  American  and  African 
species  aze  ako  added,  and  those  of  Japan  are  arranged  in  order,  aeoord- 
ing  to  their  agreemrait  with  those  of  the  Netherland's  India.  The 
author  has  paid  great  attention  to  the  geographical  distribution.  With 
regard  to  sjstem,  we  msy  remark,  that  he  considers  the  families  named 
as  genera,  and  the  newer  genera  only  as  sub-divisions  and  groups; 
theiefi>re,  when  he  oouM  characterize  new  ones,  he  does  not  name  them, 
although  thej  are  fully  defined. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i  p.  244)  has  described  a  number  of 
species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  and,  at  the  same  time,  drawn  atten- 
tion to  the  preponderance  of  apterous  species  in  that  fauna.  About 
one  half  of  them  showed  neither  traces  of  elytra  nor  under  wings ;  a 
fimrth  had  elytra  but  no  under  wings,  and  most  of  these  were  only 
stumps ;  and  only  one-fourth  of  the  species  was  completely  winged,  and 
capable  of  flying. 

FosncuLiDiB. — The  reporter  has  described  two  new  species  of  Farjir' 
eula  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (ibid.  p.  246).  The  one,  F,  ruJUeps, 
without  under  wings ;  the  other,  F,  paci/icaf  also  wanting  the  elytra. 

Blattidjs. — De  Haan  (1.  c.  sup.)  has  described  as  new,  among  the 
BlattcB  of  the  Netherland's  India,  the  following : — Periplcmeta  zonata, 
Hagenb.,  Jlavicmeta  and  concinnar  Hagenb.,  from  Java ;  Epilampra 
maooMCMrienns,  from  Macassar ;  Na/uphosta  hilwiMita,  from  Java ;  N, 
circumdata,  from  Sumatra.  De  Haan,  in  his  division,  has  paid  atten- 
tion principally  to  the  absence  and  the  proportionate  length  of  the 
wings ;  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  245)  has,  on  the  other  hand,  shown, 
that  like  most  of  the  Orthoptera,  here  also  winged  and  wingless  spe- 
cies occur  in  the  same  genus,  as  ServiUe  veiy  correctly  states.  Of  the 
new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (ibid.  p.  247),  Peripla/net0  me- 
kmaria,  atrata,  and  aterrima,  are  completely  destitute  of  wings  and 
elytra,  as  well  as  BlcUta  trivittataf  which  approximates  the  BL  deci- 
piene,  Qerm.    BL  mcMrcida  has  wings. 

Sdls  (Transact.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  iiL  p.  103)  has  described  the  egg- 
shelk  of  several  BlattcB  from  Jamaica^ 

Mamtidxs. — ^De  Haan  has  described  and  figured  many  new  species 
(1.  c.  8.) :  MamtU  vaUda^  Hagenb.,  from  Timor  and  Amboynii ;  hii8aU9 
and  Jlava,  from  Java ;  tinuMnentU,  from  Timor  and  Amboyna ;  herbac^y 
from  Japans  novoB^uinem,  from  New  Guinea ;  trifasdatay  from  Brazil ; 
hif€uciataf  -from  Cuba;  heteroptera,  Servilld,  and  tortricoidea,  from 
Java.  OxypUvs  (the  author  divides  this  as  a  sub-genus  from  Mantis^ 
because  the  species  are  less  than  1''  in  length ;  in  the  M<mtu  they  are 
longer ;  there  are,  however,  other  characters,  especially  the  number  of 

263 


1 


220         REPORT  OK  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

■pines  on  the  anterior  thighs) :  phyllopus  and  punctata,  fiwm  Java^; 
iobiceps,  fieom  Sumatra;  Ucinguiata,  croMiipes,  reticulata,  andpla/M- 
cep$,  from  Jaya  and  Borneo.  Harpax  9wmatra/fia,  ftom  Padang.  A 
new  group  resembling  OxypiluB,  but  haying  lobes  on  the  posterior 
thighs:  M,  oUgonewra,  from  Sumatra^  Jara,  and  the  Moluccas;  Jf. 
homeensis,  from  Borneo.  BUpharU  Kuhlii,  Thetpis  thoradca,  and 
artnata, 

Charpentier  (Orth.  Desc.  No.  5)  has  figured  Vates  nuicropteru$  (Jfont; 
tnacr.,  Stoll.,  Mant,  I6bipc$,  Licht.,  V,  mocropt,  and  arbus,  Burm., 
Theoclyt,  lobipc^,  Serr.,  EmpuM,  lobipe»,  Qriff.);  Ma/ntU  cofUTtnna 
{$,  M,  arataria,  De  Oeer,  M.  aurantiaca,  Barm.,  M,  4^4nctcui€Ua, 
Serv. ;  $,  M,  eoncinna,  Perty,  Sery.,  M.  tricolor,  Buim.) ;  Mantis  an- 
nulipes,  Serv.,  Acanthop§  tinuata  (Jfont.  tinuata,  Kirbj,  A,  mortui- 
folia,  Sery.  (?) ;  the  author  oonsiden  M,  tinuata,  StolL  (?),  M.  anffulata, 
Licht.,  A,  eroaa,  Sery.  (?),  A.  futcifoliut,  Burm.,  as  its  $) ;  and  A,  tes- 
idata,  a  male  similar  to  that  of  the  preceding,  the  female  of  which  is 
not  jet  known,  found  in  Brazil. 

Westwood  (Arcana  Ent.  L  p.  161,  t.  41)  has  figured  a  new  and  yeiy 
distinct  species  of  the  genus  Toxodcra,  Sery.,  which  difiers  from  Ser- 
yille's  species  by  the  points  of  the  ejes  being  obliquely  directed  forwards 
(in  both  without  fiusettes),  and  yerj  slightly  lobed  posterior  thighs; 
therefore  he  giyes  it  a  peculiar  sub-generic  name,  HeUrochasta,  The 
particularly  large  species,  2*.  {H,)  tenuipe$,  comes  from  SenegaL 

De  Haan  (1.  c.  s.)  has  reduced  the  genus  Deroplaty$,  Westw.  (Choe- 
radodit,  Gu^r.),  to  two  species,  as  he  unites  Z>.  aaida,  Westw.,  as  i, 
with  the  2>.  lobata ;  and  the  i  figured  by  him,  the  2>.  rhowAAca,  Hagenb. 
(dedccata,  Gu^r.),  appears  to  agree  with  D.  cmgugtata,  Westw.  On 
the  other  hand,  Gu^rin  (Deless.  Voy.  dans  I'lnde,  ii.  p.  ^,  t.  IS)  has 
enriched  this  genus  with  a  distinct  new  species,  Chosradodis  truncata, 
from  Singapore. 

Spbctba. — The  new  species  of  this  family,  described  and  fig^ured  by 
De  Haan,  are  as  follows  (1.  c.  s.) : — Heteropteryx  (Gray)  Mulleri,  from 
Sumatra;  Phyllium  celebicum,  from  Celebes;  Pritoput  (Platytehis) 
Horgtohii,  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope ;  AtceplMuma  (Perlamorpha) 
ForstenU,  from  Celebes ;  Creoxylus  Jflavicomis,  from  Borneo^  afinig 
and  viridim4irginatu8,  from  Jaya ;  Xeroderus  laceratus,  from  Sumatra ; 
Necrogcia  (Platycrania,  Gr.)  acanthocephala,  tpinicept,  and  dtocon- 
thoB,  from  Jaya,  fuBcoawaulata,  from  Borneo,  nigroa/nnulata,  from 
Jaya,  tordida  and  pulchella,  from  Sumatra,  rubictmda  and  jularis^ 
from  Jaya,  nigrofasciata,  from  Sumatra ;  PJuuma  conocepluUu^in,  from 
Sumatra,  is  a  distinct  unnamed  f<»m,  with  wings  as  long  as  the  abdomen, 
elytra  one-fourth  of  the  length  of  the  wings,  and  a  short  dilated  abdomen ; 
in  the  $,  the  yertez  is  elongated  into  a  cone  directed  backwards.  Tropido- 
deres  Bojei,  from  Macassar;  brachypterus,  from  Sumatra;  Maclottii, 

264 


INSECTA— ORTHOPTERA.  221 

from  Jaya;  galapterum,  from  Stunatra;  Haplopus  bicutpidatut  and 
bituberculatus ;  Cyphocrcmia  Reintv<zrdHif  from  New  Gxdnea;  Cla- 
doxera  Dia/rdi,  from  Java ;  Bacteria  nematodes,  from  Java ;  nodosa^ 
horn  Sumatra;  nipanemie,  from  Japan;  Aeanthoderut  japonicuSf  from 
Japan ;  noli-vne-tangere  and  phyllopuSy  from  JaTa ;  hifoliatuB,  verru- 
cosus, from  Sumatra ;  Pa^chymorplia  coronata,  from  Jaya  and  Amboyna ; 
Bacillus  Javanus,  from  Jaya. 

Charpentier  (Qrth.  Desc.)  has  figured  Cladoxerus  phyllinus  (S,  Phi- 
halosoma  LepeUetieri,  $,  Cladomorpha  phyllmus,  Sery.),  from  Brazil ; 
and  Phasma  vinosum  (Necroscia  vin,,  Sery.),  from  Borneo. 

AcHETiD^.^— Ratzeburg  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  267)  has  drawn  attention  to  a 
sexual  distinction  in  the  abdomen  of  the  Mole-cricket  (Qryllotalpa  vul- 
garis) ;  in  the  male,  all  the  eight  abdominal  segments  are  formed  pretty 
much  alike,  while,  in  the  female,  the  last  two  are  remarkably  small,  and 
the  penultimate  appears  to  be  slightly  shortened,  towards  the  sides,  into 
a  semicircular  form,  in  the  liying  animal.  The  author  farther  remarks, 
that  the  female  watches  her  eggs  after  haying  laid  them. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  249)  has  described  a  Mole-cricket  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land,  Qryllotalpa  ausPralis,  which  is  distinguished  by 
the  want  of  under  wings  in  the  male. 

Harris  (Ins.  of  Massachus.  p.  122)  mentions  three  species  of  Acheta^ 
in  Massachusetts,  liying  in  the  open  air: — A.  aibbreuiata,  identical  with 
Seryille's  of  the  same  name ;  A,  nigra,  wholly  black,  with  yery  short  or 
rudimentary  wings ;  6'''  long ;  A.  (Nemobius)  vittata,  S-4f"  long,  with 
only  the  stumps  of  tegmina ;  dusky  brown,  sometimes  passing  into  black ; 
three  black  stripes  on  the  yertez,  one  on  the  sides  of  the  prothoraz,  pass- 
ing on  to  the  tegmina,  which  are  generally  lighter  coloured ;  the  posterior 
thighs  haye  three  rows  of  oblique  black  stripes  on  the  outside.  They 
are  found  in  company,  in  the  day  time,  on  the  meadows  and  roads. 

LocusTiDiB.  —  Numerous  species  haye  been  described,  and  partly 
figured  by  De  Haan  (1.  c.  s.) : — Hetrodes  cervina,  EL,  firom  the  Cape. 
Ephippigera  trilineata  from  Tripoli ;  va^omis,  IQ.,  from  Syria ;  L, 
bicolor,  a  peculiar  apterous  form,  frrom  Sumatra.  L.  novce-guineai,  also 
a  peculiar  form.  Xiphidion  stramineu/m.  El.,  from  Egypt ;  longipevvne 
from  Sumatra ;  lepidum  and  melamiMn,  from  Jaya.  Pkcmeroptera  chlo^ 
ris,  pocefolia,  ajid  pa^umpunctata,  from  Jaya ;  triticifolia  fixmi,  Borneo ; 
adusta,  from  New  Guinea ;  celMca,  from  Celebes ;  quinquenervis,  from 
Jaya  and  Japan  (falcata  is  also  cited  from  Japan) ;  ccwicifolia,  frrom 
Borneo ;  pilipes,  from  Japan ;  trichopus,  frrom  Jaya ;  ensis,  from  Borneo 
and  Japan ;  loliifoUa,  from  Jaya ;  hordeifolia,  fix>m  Timor ;  S-seriata, 
from  Jaya.  Phylloptera  crassifolia,  and  nitidifoHa,  from  Jaya;  For^ 
stenii,  from  Celebes ;  retifoUa  and  ca/rinata,  from  Jaya.  Pseudophyllus 
crenifoUus,  from  Borneo;  novas-hollcmdioB,  from  Sumatra  and  Port 
Jackson.  Aprion  wrcufoUa,  from  Sumatra ;  ampullaeea,  from  Jaya  and 

265 


222         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOY,  MDCCCXUI : 

Sninatra ;  r^tin^hmatginata,  firam  Borneo ;  ktifoUa,  fiuee$cm$^  and 
brevifoUa,  from  Java.  QnnihocUta^  Hagenb.,  a  new  form  foanded  on 
L.  voratB,  Stolb.,  difen  from  iifUMtottoma,  bj  the  broad  adea  of  the  tani, 
from  LiHro§e€lis,  by  the  abort  apinea  of  the  anterior  tibis  and  the  not- 
elongated  maTilbHy-palpi ;  it  aeema  to  be  more  nearly  allied  to  Pro- 
chUui,  BmlL  8aga  mimUa,  from  the  Gape.  A  peonliar  unnamed 
group,  which  has  narrow  tegmina,  rounded  winga  of  the  length  of  the 
abdomen,  chink-like  openings  on  tibe  anterior  tibiae ;  a  laxge  head,  with 
the  vertex  prodnoed  forwards,  the  prothorax  truncated  poaterioiij,  pro- 
sternum  with  two  apines,  and  the  ovipoaitor  long,  narrow,  and  curved, 
indudes  L.  megaeephcUat  from  New  Ghiinea,  and  X.  laticepg,  from  Am> 
bojna.  Canocephaku  cutpidatutf  KL,  from  Brazil ;  acanthoeeruBf  of 
which  the  native  country  is  unknown;  fnuero,  from  Amboyna;  pkmu- 
pina,  from  Java ;  orattietps,  from  Japan.  DecHeus  Biirgeri,  from  Japan. 
LoeuBta  loboemis,  from  New  Guinea;  awnatrcma,  from  Padang  {viri- 
distkna  is  also  found  in  Japan).  Bapkidcphoru$  mormora^iM,  cu^omimm, 
from  Cuba.  QryUaoru  phrffganoidei,  £mm  Java ;  fitmigaUi  and  Ser- 
villd,  from  Borneo ;  podoca^$9Ui,  from  Java. 

The  reporter  haa  noiioed  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  249)  three  new  species  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land ;  two  of  them,  Agrofcia  laieralis,  and  Xiphidkun 
bilineatumy  have  stumps  of  tegmina ;  the  third,  QrgllaerU  orndf^ofis, 
is  completely  apterous. 

*  Adam  White  (Gray's  ZooL  MisoeU.  ii  p.  7S)  has  deacribed  a  remark- 
able new  form  from  New  Zealand,  under  the  name  of  Deincicrida 
heteracantha.  He  thinks  it  must  be  an  An<i9toetama,  Gray ;  the  arm- 
ing of  the  breast,  the  two  strong  spines  of  the  prothorax,  and  two  strong 
teeth  of  the  excavated  mesothorax  and  metathorax  agree  with  that  genus, 
the  mandibles  are  much  shorter,  the  labial-palpi  thickened  at  the  point, 
the  maxillary-palpi  very  long,  the  laat  joint  slightly  thickened  at  the 
point,  the  antennao  twice  and  a  half,  and  the  hinder  legs  twice  as  long 
as  the  body;  the  posterior  tibisB  quadrangular,  the  angles  armed  with 
very  sharp  spines  placed  alternately ;  the  body  brown  above,  yellow  be- 
neath. 

Harris  (L  c.  s.  p.  126)  mentions,  among  the  species  found  in  Maasa- 
chusetts  I'—Baphidophora  maculata  (Oryllug  nMeukUus,  Harr.  Catal. 
of  Ins.  of  Massachus.,  whioh  is  apparently  identical  with  PhebkmgoptU 
lapidicola,  Burm^)  living  am<mg  stones  and  rubbish ;  Pla^typkyUum,  eon- 
cavwm,  Harr.,  in  the  EncycL  Amer.  vol.  viii.,  is,  as  the  author  reasonably 
conjectures,  Loe,  perqdUata,  F. ;  Platyph/yUiMn  perwp,,  Serv. ;  Oyrto- 
phyUiis  penp,,  Burm.  Harris  diatinguishes  a  species  allied  to  the 
PhoMheropiera  oblongifolia  (Locusta  M.,  De  Geer),  as  Ph»  cmgustifoUay 
by  the  narrower  tegmina  and  much  shorter  and  stronger  curved  ovipo- 
sitor of  the  female.  OrckelimtMn  agUe,  Serv.  (Loousta  ag.,  De  Geer), 
is  not  found  in  Massachusetts;  but  there  are  two  new  species:  — 

266 


INSBCTA — OETHOPTERA.  228 

0.  vulgare,  allied  to  the  species  above  meationed ;  but  it  difSsrs  in 
the  tegmina  being  as  long  as  the  under  wings,  and  the  mak  having  two 
blaek  sjpoU  upon  them ;  it  is  very  plentifiil  in  the  meadows :  O.  graeile 
is  Uke  the  preoeding,  but  amaller  (its  length  to  the  tip  of  the  wings  is 
7-8''0'  ^  wings  projecting  a  litiJe  ftom  beneath  the  t^gsiisa^  and  the 
male  haying  no  bLaek  spots  upon  them.  Lastly,  a  spedes  of  Ccnoeer- 
phaJhM,  which  is  mentioned  in  the  CalaL  of  Ins.  of  Maasachna.,  under  the 
name  of  ens^er,  and  appears  to  the  author  to  be  different  firaan  C,  dU- 
timilis,  SeiY. ;  it  is  green,  with  a  wMtiah  head,  and  has  the  mark  <^  a  U 
under  the  tooth,  whioh  is  directed  downwards  to  the  cone  on  the  fore- 
head, the  ovipoflitQir  of  the  female  is  straight,  and  above  1^'  long,  the 
length  to  the  tip  of  the  tegmina  1  j-^''. 

Charp«[Ltier  (1.  c.  s.)  has  figured  both  aezes  of  Phemeroptera  ma- 
crapoday  Bum.  {dalmaHnaj  Serv.);  Ph.  crue»ta,  Bum.,  and  a  new 
German  species,  Locusta  ca/udata,  resembling  the  L»  viridUdmaf  but 
smaller,  and  with  a  longer  ovipositor,  and  without  the  brown  stripe  on 
the  head  and  prothorax,  or  the  brown  on  the  inner  baee  of  the  tegmina, 
and  having  a  blai^  spine  on  the  posterior  thighs. 

The  LocustoB  occurring  in  Denmark  have  been  arranged  hy  Schiodte 
(Krc^er  Naturhist.  Tideskr.  iv.  Xo.  3,  p.  316).  There  are  seven 
spedes. 

Siebc^  re«d  his  observations  (m  the  sparmatozoa  of  the  LocuaHdof, 
at  the  meeting  of  Naturalists  at  Mainz  (1842).  Thej  are  of  a  peculiar 
fixrm,  consisting  of  a  long  flat  body,  which  gradually  passes  into  a  long 
very  tender  thread,  terminated  by  a  Y-shaped  appendage.  This,  as  well 
as  the  body,  is  stiff;  but  the  threads  axe  very  flexible.  In  the  simple 
receptaculum  senunia  <ff  the  flmude  LqoubUb,  after  copulation,  the  semi- 
nal mass  is  found  to  be  contained  in  several  bags ;  in  these  are  observed 
peculiar  filiform  bodies,  winding  round  each  other  witb  undulating  mo- 
tions. On  minute  examination,  it  was  discovered,  that  these  filiform 
bodies  were  composed  of  the  spermatozoa,  which  attach  themselves  to 
each  other  by  the  V-shaped  appendage.    (Amtl.  Bericht,  Sibq,  p.  223.) 

AcRiDiTBs. — Charpentier  (1.  c.  s.)  has  enriched  this  funily  with  one 
new  genus  Sphenaaifium  (Fasc.  vi  t.  31),  most  nearly  allied  to  Pyrgo- 
morphay  by  its  oblique  fiiee,  with  the  top  of  the  forehead  projecting  for- 
wards, fourteen-jointed  antennss  and  large  daws  on  the  hinder  tarsi,  but 
apterous,  with  small  narrow  stumps  of  tegmina,  and  a  short  thickened 
body,  fusiform  in  the  middle ;  8ph,  purpuraaeena  is  from  Mexico  (a  whole 
aeries  of  nearly  allied  spedes  of  this  excellently  conceived  genus,  and  all 
from  the  same  country,  are  preserved  in  the  Berlin  collection).  Charpen- 
tier has  also  figured  Tropinotus  diacoideus,  Serv.  (t.  32),  and  Acridium 
toMraatfwm,  Serv.  (t.  22)^  both  from  Brazil ;  Eremdbia  nvuricata,  QryU, 
murieatuSf  Pall.  (t.  23),  from  the  south  of  Russia ;  and  E,  limbata  (t.  24), 
a  new  spedes  from  Turkey. 

267 


224         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Weitwood  (Arcana  Entom.  i.  p.  66, 1 17)  lias  figured  a  gigantic  new 
■peciet  of  Opsomala,  O.  gigantea,  fiom  Sierra  Leone  [O.  gladiator  9 
Wettwood  bas  published  no  insect  xaAet  the  name  of  O.  gigantea^  and 
O.  glad,  is  on  the  same  plate  with  Bactrophara],  with  a  new  genns,  Bac- 
trophora^  which  has  a  short  obtuse  tooth  on  the  prostemnm,  a  large  head 
with  a  strong  staff-like  process  on  the  forehead,  twenty-fonr-joihted  an> 
tennn  a  little  compressed  and  articulated  to  the  base  of  the  process  of 
the  forehead,  between  and  near  the  large  projecting  ejes,  short  fore-legs ; 
jB.  cTomtnons,  3^"  long :  native  conntry  nnlmown. 

Westwood  (ibid.  p.  99,  t.  26)  has  given  a  monograph  on  the  genus 
Ifostcur,  Perty,  which  approaches  Proscopia  hj  its  ascending  head,  and 
the  fewer  (perhaps  onlj  thirteen)  jointed  antennse.  To  the  Soutii  American 
species,  made  known  by  Perty  and  Serrille,  he  adds  three  East  Indian : 
— M.  apicalUy  from  Sumatra ;  Jf .  vitrea^  from  Java ;  Jf*  guttata,  ttam 
Sumatra  and  the  Philippine  Islands. 

Among  the  numerous  AcridujB  described  by  De  Haan  (L  c  s.)  are 
the  following  new  species : — Truaalis  psittacina,  from  Java.  OpsafncUa 
bicolor,  from  Java  and  Japan ;  tceniata,  from  Java.  PyrgMMnrpha  chlo' 
ri>pus,  and  hannatoptera,  from  Java ;  nowB^uineas,  from  New  Guinea 
and  Borneo ;  hrachyptera,  from  New  Quinea.  Trigoncpterya  punctata, 
from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  Acridium  consa/nguineum,  from  Macas- 
sar;  Hagmbachii,  from  Java.  Oxya  obtusa,  from  Java ;  injuicata,  from 
the  Sunda  Islands;  dimidiata,  from  Amboyna;  ojfims,  from  Sumatra; 
microptera,  from  Java ;  wndstrigata,  from  New  Guinea*  Acridium  fna- 
cula-luteat  fvom  Sumatra,  forms  a  pecular  type  between  Oxya  and  CEdi- 
poda,  with  a  homed  prostemuuL  (Eddpoda  mbfatciata,  from  the  Island 
of  Samu,  near  Timor ;  caliginosa,  from  the  Gape  of  Good  Hope ;  vul- 
nerata,  from  Java ;  ^-maculata,  fit>m  the  Cape.  Mastax  agrionotdes^ 
from  Borneo  and  Sumatra ;  cycloptera,  from  Java ;  crenata,  from  Borneo. 
Hymenotes  a/rcuatus,  from  New  Guinea.  Tetrix  corwita,  phyllocera, 
and  Jiexodon,  from  Java;  cepkalica,  from  Sumatra;  grctcUis  and  dUc^- 
tata,  from  Java ;  gibibotay  from  Japan ;  hrevis  and  ema/rginataf  from  New 
Gfuinea* 

Of  the  reporter's  five  species  from  Van  Diemen*s  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i* 
p.  250),  Truxalis  viatica  and  Mesops  pedestris  are  completely  apterous ; 
Acridium  ambuloM9  has  stumps  of  tegmina  but  no  wings ;  CalUpta^muB 
hajuhiB  and  Tetrix  argillacea,  have  the  wings  perfect  but  rather  short* 

Harris  (Ins.  of  Massachus.  p.  132-155)  has  added  many  new  species 
of  this  fiimily : — Acridium  alutacewm  is  dark  yellowish-brown,  with  a 
pale  yellow  dorsal  line  upon  head  and  prothoraz ;  a  slightly  elevated 
keel ;  tegmina  semitransparent  and  with  irregular  brown  patches ;  wings 
transparent  and  colourless,  but  with  a  network  of  dark  yellow ;  the 
abdomen  has  transverse  rows  of  small  blackish  patches ;  the  posterior 
tibisB  reddish,  with  yellowish  white  spines  having  black  points ;  If  long. 

268 


INSECTA— ORTHOPTERA.  226 

Acrid,  flavQvittatum ;  oliye-brown,  with  a  yellow  stripe  on  Mch  side 
from  the  forehead  to  the  points  of  the  tegmina ;  the  posterior  tibiao 
and  tarsi  blood-red  with  black  pointed  spines ;  it  appears  to  be  identical 
with  CdloptenuB  femoratuSf  Burm.,  and  is  very  hurtful  to  gardens. 
LodMta  ((Edipoda)  coraUina,  is  perhaps  identical  with  (E,  phoBnicop- 
tera,  Burm.  L,  mcmtima ;  ash-grey,  the  face  spotted  with  white ;  l^e 
tegmina  minutely  spotted  with  brown,  semitransparent  at  the  point ; 
wings  pale  yellow  at  the  base,  with  a  band  of  blackish  spots  in  the 
middle ;  posterior  tibiae  pale.  With  black  tipped  spines ;  j-li"  long : 
very  abundant,  but  only  near  the  coast.  L.  oequaUs;  wings  bright 
yellow  as  far  as  the  middle,  then  haying  a  broad  black  band ;  posterior 
tibias  coral-red,  with  a  white  ring  under  the  knee ;  1^''  long.  L,  lati- 
pennis  ;  wings  broad,  their  lower  half  bright  yeUow,  then  dark,  with  a 
regularly  spotted  band  in  the  middle ;  posterior  tibiae  bright  yellow, 
with  a  black  ring  under  the  knee,  and  a  broad  black  tip.  L,  ma/muh- 
rata  ;  grey,  marbled  with  yellow  and  black ;  the  lower  half  of  the  wings 
yellow,  the  middle  haying  a  broad  black  band,  and  the  point  two  black 
patches ;  posterior  tibiae  coral-red,  haying  a  black,  then  a  white,  and 
sometimes  again  a  black  ring  under  the  knee,  and  a  black  point ;  *J-^*' 
long.  X.  eucerata,  allied  to  (E,  fene%traU$^  Sery.,  but  the  wings  are 
yellow,  not  red  at  the  base.  L,  nebulosa  ;  wings  transparent,  with  dark 
tips  and  a  dark  brown  stripe  on  the  anterior  margin ;  posterior  tibiae 
brown,  with  a  broad  white  ring  under  the  knee ;  8-12'"  long ;  yery 
common.  Harris  distinguishes  a  sub-genus,  Tragocephalaf  by  the 
antennae,  which  are  shorter  than  the  prothoraz,  and  slightiy  thickened 
towards  the  point,  the  more  oblique  face  and  the  month  placed  nearer 
the  breast.  It  includes  Acr.  viridi-fasciatum,  De  Oeet  (Cfryll,  virgi 
fWJmuSf  F.,  ch/nfsomelaSf  Gm.,  Acr.  ma^ginattmi,  01.,  hemipteritm,  Pall., 
Beany.) ;  and  two  new  species :  Tr.  %nfu9Cata  ;  dusky  brown ;  prothoraz 
finely  keeled ;  tegmina  slightiy  spotted  with  brown ;  wings  transparent, 
pale  greenish-yellow  at  the  base,  with  a  large  dusky  doud  towards  the 
middle  of  the  posterior  margin,  and  a  black  stripe  on  the  anterior;  pos- 
terior tibiae  brown  with  a  broad  whitish  ring  under  the  knee ;  length  f ; 
on  the  pasture  lands  of  Massachusetts  from  May  to  the  end  of  July. 
Tr,  radiata;  nut-brown;  prothoraz  keeled  aboye;  tegmina  wholly 
brown  but  transparent  at  the  tips;  wings  transparent,  netted  with 
brown  and  with  black  longitudinal  yeins  slightly  green  at  the  base,  a 
large  dark  doud  in  the  middle  of  the  posterior  margin,  and  a  brown 
stripe  on  the  anterior ;  posterior  tibiae  reddish-brown,  somewhat  paler 
under  the  knees ;  length  aboye  1'' ;  rare  in  Massachusetts  and  North 
Carolina.  A  second  sub-genus,  Chloe'alHs,  with  a  still  more  oblique 
face,  longer  antennae,  a  depression  in  front  of  each  eye  for  the  reception 
of  the  first  antennal  joint,  prothoraz  without  a  keel,  almost  truncate 
posteriorly,  and  yery  short  wings  and  tegmina ;  might  be  arranged  under 

269 


226  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

€fompho€erus.  It  nuntaint  thne  new  apedeB :  L,  CM.  eongperuk ; 
reddiah-bRNni  spotted  with  blaik,  *  black  stripe  upon  the  head  behind 
eaeh  eye,  and  eoatmiiad  mkng  eaeh  side  of  the  prothoraz ;  tegmina 
nth6r  oblongHyTBl,  bright  yellowiah-biown,  with  small  da^k  brown 
ptttdiea;  wings  H["  long;  posterior  tibkB  pale  zed;  almost  V  long. 
X.  CK  abordva;  brown;  tegmina  spotted,  with  black  covering  tw»- 
thiids  of  the  abdomen;  posterior  tibi»  ooral-ied,  whitiak  nsder  the 
knee.  Both  foond  an  the  pasture  lands  in^  Jolj,  and  distingiiished  onlj 
by  the  ooloor.  L.  CK  ctirt^pMints,  nearl/  allied  to  the  O.  pa/raUelu^ 
Zett ;  tiffliina  in  the  male  as  long  as  the  body ;  wings  somewhat  shorter. 
Among  seven  spedes  of  the  genns  Tetrix^  five  are  new,  namely:  — 
T,  donalii,  ^-nMeulatOf  bUineata,  wordida^  and,  with  T.  ortiaAaj  Say, 
belong  to  the  diviBum  with  firarteen-joiDted  antenna,  the  point  of  the 
head  projeeting  before  the  eyes,  and  the  prothoraz  elongated  over  the 
end  of  the  abdomen ;  but  as  these  species  only  ditiRar  in  oolour,  it  is 
possible  that  they  may,  some  of  them,  be  only  varieties  of  each  other; 
the  two  other  spedes  bekmg  to  the  division  with  twenty-two-jointed 
antennsD :  T.  kUerolis,  Say,  with  longer  prothoraz,  and  T.  |HSrtf^f>«i»nis, 
a  new  species,  dijSering  from  the  preceding  by  the  prothoraz  not  being 
prolonged  over  the  end  of  the  body,  and  its  much  shorter  wings. 

Tbbmitixa.  —  Qnerin  has  remarked,  conoendiig  the  sezes  of  the 
TemUteM  (Rev.  2ML  p.  27S),  that  the  malas  are  as  yet  wholly  on- 
known  ;  for  although  Bumeister  has  characterized  ih»  female  as  entirely 
^^teroos,  and  all  the  winged  individuals  as  males,  yet  he  has  convinced 
himself,  by  the  anatomical  ezandnatien  of  a  great  number  of  them,  that 
every  winged  termite  is  not  a  male,  but  may  be  a  young  female.  Those 
which  are  called  workers  Gnerin  holds  to  be  female  larv»,  those  eaDed 
soldiBrs  he  thinks  must  be  male  lame.  He  is  certainly  ri^^  when  he 
considers  the  apterous  temites  as  females,  fi>r  the  greater  number 
bek>ng|i  to  tlat  sez ;  but  there  are  some  among  the  winged  individuals, 
which,  by  attention,  can  be  distinguished  from  the  common  ones,  and 
which  are,  to  all  appearance,  males.  Observation  alone  can  show  what 
becomes  of  the  soldiers ;  all  assumptions  on  this  point  appear  to  me  to 
be  mere  oongecture. 

Pbblariji.  —  The  comprehensive  and  complete  monograph  on  this 
fiumly  by  Pictet,  '*  Histoire  Natnrdle  g^n^rale  et  particoli^re  des 
Insectes  N^uroptdies,  FamiUe.des  PerHdes.  Qendve  et  Paris,  1841, 
8vo.,  pL  53,"  is  now  completed.  The  near  relation  of  these  insects  to  the 
Orthoptera  has  not  escaped  the  author,  and  he  has  veiy  nearly  (without 
knowing  my  opinion),  of  his  own  accord,  determined  to  unite  them  to  that 
order  (p.  99).  The  earlier  states  have  been  ezamined  with  particolar 
care ;  the  anatomieal  relations  have  also  been  regarded,  without,  how- 
ever, studying  them  in  a  very  minute  manner.  Their  great  similarity 
in  this  respect  to  the  locusts,  is  striking ;   but  there  are  considerable 

270 


INSECT  A — ORTHOPTERA .  227 

▼ariatioD0;  Perla  hiphmctata  has,  in  the  mtestiiuil  cooal,  a  ring  of 
eight  blind  sacs  at  the  end  of  the  stomach,  a  csBcum,  and  nnmerons  gall 
Tessels ;  in  other  species  the  number  of  the  latter  is  less ;  in  Chhrcperla 
the  blind  sacs  are  small,  and  reduced  to  six  in  number,  the  osBcnm  is 
wanting,  and  the  gall  vessels  axe  onlj  twenty,  and  much  shortened;  in 
Nemawra  the  blind  sacs  are  wanting,  and  the  gall  vessels  are  still  fewer. 
Similar  variations  occur  in  the  form  of  the  under  lip,  as  the  parts  pointed 
out  by  me  as  lobes,  appear  to  vary  in  their  extent  of  development. 

Pictet  has  had  the  advantage  of  a  very  great  su^ly  of  species, 
so  tiiat  this  formerly  small  fiunily  has  now  arrived  at  considerable  size. 
Twenty-eight  of  the  species  described  are  still  unknown  to  him;  the 
number  of  those  examined  by  him  amount  to  100,  of  which  nearly  two- 
thirds  are  new.  Of  these  100  species,  twenly-seven  are  spread  over  a 
great  portion  of  Europe;  nine. are  peculiar  to  Switzerland,  six  to  the 
north,  and  nine  to  the  south  of  that  country.  There  are  two  Egyptian 
species ;  eight  from  Asia,  viz.,  —  one  Siberian,  one  from  the  continent 
of  India,  two  firom  the  Sunda  Islands,  four  from  Japan.  There  are  two 
species  from  New  Holland.  America  has,  in  all,  thirly-seven,  viz., — seven- 
teen from  the  United  States,  five  from  Mexico  and  Columbia,  three  from 
Chili,  ten  from  Brazil,  and  two  inhabit  a  great  part  of  that  continent. 

Pictet  recognises  six  genera,  whioih  are  partly  divided  into  sub-genera. 

I.  Kollcma,  new  genus,  with  setaceous  very  long  maxiUary-palpi,  a 
very  huge  projecting  external  maxillary  lobe,  small  mandibles,  and 
large  netted  and  veined  wings.  One  spedes  of  considerable  size,  of 
which  the  native  country  is  unknown. 

n.  PUranarcys,  Newm.,  netted  and  veined  wings,  short  setaceous 
maxiUary  palpi,  of  which  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  joints,  are  dilated 
externally.  Pt.  protcBug,  N.,  and  Perla  retioulata,  Burm.,  and  Pt. 
thalia,  regalis,  and  bildba,  Newm. 

IIL  Eu&thema,  Westw.,  strong  netted  and  veined  wings,  moderately 
long  simple  setaceous  maxillary-palpL  E.  tpectabilU,  Westw.,  from 
the  Swan  River. 

IV.  Perlay  Geof&.,  simply  veined  wings,  setaceous  palpL  Contains  the 
following  sub-genera : — 1.  Dictyopteryx  ;  the  terminal  part  of  the  sub- 
marginal  space  crossed  by  transverse  nerves;  the  longitudinal  nerves 
there  are  often  irregular,  the  wings  rounded,  the  head  small :  P.  mioroce- 
phcUa,  Pict. ;  and  ^Ye  new  species. — 2,  NepheUon  ;  the  terminal  part  of 
the  sub-marginal  space  witiiout  transverse  nerves ;  but  the  branch  of  the 
sub-marginal  nerve  ramifies  considerably,  and  is  irregular :  Isogem/us 
nubecula  and  frontalU,  Newm.,  and  two  new  species. — 3.  Acroneuria  ; 
wings  elongated  with  the  terminal  part  of  the  sub-marginal  space  crossed 
by  transverse  nerves ;  and  the  longitudinal  nerves  are  irregular ;  head 
broad ;  mandibles  with  one  tooth :  one  new  species,  P.  <Mreno9a,  from 
North  America,  which  perhaps  may  be  united  to  P.  obnormis,  Newm.  -* 

271 


228         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

4.  Perla  ;  the  termiiial  part  of  the  sub-maigixial  space  has  no  transyene 
nerves,  and  the  branch  of  tiie  under  rib  without  ramificationsy  or  with 
one  or  two  reg^nlar  bifurcations ;  the  maiginal  cell,  at  .the  point,  has  at 
least  two  transyerse  neryes :  P.  hipu/nctata,marginata,  and  in  all  forty- 
two  species,  which  are  divided  into  seven  groups,  chiefly  according  to 
colour. — 5.  Chloroperla,  Newm. ;  differs  from  Perla  in  the  maiginal  cell 
at  the  end  being  without  transverse  nerves,  or  only  having  a  single  one : 
P.  virescens,  Pict. ;  rufes€en$,  venosa,  Steph. ;  and  three  new  European 
and  three  exotic  species. — 6.  Isopteryx  ;  small  species ;  almost  wanting 
the  anal  space  of  the  posterior  wings :  P,Jlava,  Fourcr. ;  apieaUs,  Newm. ; 
and  in  all  seven  species. 

y.  Ca/pnia. — Filiform  palpi,  long  anal  set® ;  with  two  sub-genera : — 
1.  Capaia ;  without  transverse  neryes  at  the  end  of  the  wings :  P.  niffra, 
Pict. ;  Sembl.  pygmoBa,  Burm. ;  and  one  new  species. — 2.  Oripopteryx  ; 
with  numerous  transverse  nerves  at  the  end  of  the  wings :  Semhl,  gra- 
eUuy  Burm.,  and  one  new  species,  from  Brazil. 

VI.  Nemf^wra, — Filiform  palpi,  small  or  rudimentary  anal  setse; 
with  three  sub-genera : — 1.  TcBnopteryx  ;  antennal  joints  of  equal  size, 
rudimentary  3-jointed  anal  setae :  N.  nebulosa  {Phryg,  neb,,  Lin.),  tri- 
fasciata,  Pict. ;  in  all  six  species. — 2.  Leuctra,  Steph. ;  second  tarsal 
joint  very  short ;  scarcely  any  anal  setae ;  wings  narrow,  rolled  together, 
so  as  to  be  semi-tubular:  N*  cylindrica,  De  Qeer,  &c.';  in  all,  seven 
species. — 3.  Nemoura  ;  wings  usually  lying  flat,  the  nerves  of  the  para- 
stigma  forming  an  ;^,  which  is  not  the  case  in  Leuctray  with  which  this 
sub-genus  agrees  in  its  other  characters :  N.  variegata,  cinerea,  01. ;  in 
all,  eight  species.  AH  those  species  are  figured  which  are  known  to  the 
author  from  personal  observation. 

LepiemencB,  —  Gervais  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  47)  has 
published  a  new  genus  under  the  name  of  Nicoletia,  having  an  oblong 
somewhat  compressed  scaleless  body;  thorax  scarcely  so  broad  as  the 
abdomen,  the  three  segments  pretty  equal ;  three  moderately  long  setae 
at  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen ;  the  branchial  legs  on  the  abdomen  very 
distinct.  N.  geophila  and  phytophUa  ;  the  one  found  in  hot  houses,  the 
other  in  the  woods  around  Paris. 


NEUROPTERA. 

LoBW  has  published  some  excellent  obseryations  on  the  anatomical 
relations  of  the  Neuroptera,  as  at  present  limited.  (Qermar's  Zeitschr. 
iv.  p.  423.) 

The  insects  formerly  referred  to  Neuroptera,  with  incomplete  meta- 
morphofiiB,  which  I  have  united  to  the  Orthdpteraf  also  agree,  in  their 

272 


INSECTA— ORTHOPTERA.  229 

internal  structure,  in  a  striidng  maimer,  with  the  Orthoptera  proper. 
The  other  Newroptera  are  essentially  different,  particularlj  in  the  num- 
ber of  the  gall  vessels,  of  which  eight  at  most  are  found,  and  in  the  sepa- 
ration of  the  two  last  plexus  of  nerves,  which  in  the  Orthoptera  are 
joined  together.  In  the  internal  structure,  as  weU  as  in  other  respects^ 
the  three  primarj  divisions  of  the  NetMroptera  differ  considerably  from 
each  other.  The  Pcmorpates  are  distinguished  bj  the  thin  bag-like 
appendages  of  the  genital  organs,  which,  in  the  Hemerdbii,  are  small  and 
like  pustules ;  both  agree  in  the  simple  receptaculum  seminis,  also  in  the 
form  of  the  ovaries,  which  contain  pectinated  egg-tubes,  in  the  compres- 
sed form  of  the  ^sticles,  the  proportionablj  great  length  of  the  vasa 
deferentia,  and  the  extraordinary  shortness  of  the  ductus  ejaculatorius ; 
in  this  last  point  the  Phrygwneas  also  agree,  though  widely  different  in 
other  respects.  The  author  explains  the  appendages  which  open  into  the 
ductus  seminis  as  seminal  bladders ;  the  contents  of  these  generally  long 
and  bag-shaped  vessels  confirm  this  opinion,  as  they  correspond  to  the 
appendages,  generally  in  pairs,  which  open  into  the  ductus  ejaculatorius. 

Hemerobii. — Lefebvre  (Gu^r.  Mag.  d.  Zool.  Ins.  pi.  92)  has  described 
and  figured  a  new  and  distinct  species  of  Aicalobphus,  A,  Napoleo,  from 
Swan  River,  in  New  Holland,  and  at  the  same  time  given  an  arrange* 
ment  of  the  genus.  He  proposes  to  arrange  it  as  a  group,  under  the 
name  of  AacalapMdes,  which  will  include  two  sub-divisions, — Olophr- 
thalmi  and  Schizophthalmi.  This  distribution  into  genera  is  as  fol- 
lows:— 

I.  Olcphthahni, — The  anal-nippers  in  the  male  sometimes  visible,  some- 
times invisible :  in  the  former  case  the  wings  either  have  an  appendage, 
as  in  Ptynx  (costatuSy  Burm.),  or  have  not,  as  in  Azesia  (Napoleo^  v.  s.) 
In  the  latter  case  the  wings  are  not  appendaged  as  in  Amosa  {mb^ostor- 
tu8f  Burm.) 

n.  Schizophthalmi, — The  anal-nippers  in  the  male  are  sometimes 
visible,  sometimes  invisible.  In  the  former  case  they  are  partly  project- 
ing, either  with  lateral  lobes  at  the  anus,  in  the  female,  as  in  Deleprocto- 
phylla  (ausPralis,  Lefeb.),  or  without  them,  and  the  anal  nippers  in  the 
male  strong,  as  in  Procta/rrelabis  {ha/matug.  El.,  capensis,  F.,  OMnuli^ 
eomis,  Burm. ;  in  the  first  the  anal  nippers  are  forked,  in  the  others 
simple ;  a  new  species  differs  from  this  latter,  by  the  wings  being  repand 
at  the  inner  margin),  slight  and  simple  as  in  Ascalaphus,  with  the  hinder 
wings  dilated  at  the  inner  margin  (A.  italicus,  F.,  longicomis,  ictericuSf 
Charp,  &c.),  and  as  in  Hybris,  with  undilated  hinder  wings  (Ja^awus, 
Burm.)  The  anal-nippers  are  situated  partly  at  the  end  of  the  abdomen, 
as  in  Acheron  (one  new  species),  with  the  wings  projecting  over  the  ab- 
domen, and  antennas  dentated  at  the  base,  on  the  inside.  In  the  other 
case  (anal  nippers  of  the  male  not  visible),  the  wings  are  either  appen- 
dicled,  as  in  Orphni  (appendiculatus,  ¥.),  or  not,  as  in  Suhpalaaa 

273  S 


230         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

(where  the  wings  and  antennas  ihow  manj  TariationA,  the  wings  aie : 
a.  Constricted  at  the  base,  as  in  macroc€ru$^  Bonn.,  with  the  antennae 
longer  than  the  wings,  and  *  new  species  in  which  they  are  scarcelj  so 
long  as  the  wings :  5.  Simple,  as  in  M<icLeaycmuB  Benex,  Buim.,  4rp%inc^ 
tatus,  Bonn.,  fiavipt$.  Leach  and  others :  e.  The  hind  wings  dilated  and 
more  or  less  repand  at  the  inner  margin,  as  in  venicohr,  with  the  an- 
teonaB  longer ;  and  mtrinameniU,  F.,  and  others,  with  the  antennas  of  the 
same  length,  or  shorter  than  the  wings.)  Finally,  the  genus  Puer  (niger^ 
Borkh.),  differing  by  a  very  wide  net-work  on  the  wings. 

HoweTer  much  the  profonndness  of  this  dirision  may  be  admowledged, 
yet  I  cannot  withhold  my  objection,  that  a  part,  which  like  the  nude 
anal-nipper,  is  differently  formed  in  almost  eyery  species,  should  be  used 
primarily  for  founding  genera,  the  yeiy  nomenclature  of  which  is  also, 
for  the  most  part,  objectionable. 

A  new  M{inti$pa,  a^pUalxB,  from  Rhodes,  has  been  described  by  Loew 
(Germ.  Zeitschr.  iv.  p.  433).  A  new  genus,  PtychoptiB,  Newman  (En- 
tomol.  p.  415),  has  the  following  diagnosis : — ^*  Generi  Chrysopa  affinis, 
at  alarum  nervuris  aliter  diapositis."  The  species,  Pa.  mtmica,  from 
Adelaide,  in  South  Australia,  is  certainly  very  distinctly  represented  on 
the  title-page,  yet  not  so  that  the  generic  characters  can  be  made  out 
from  it. 

Lastly,  I  may  mention  here  an  insect,  described  by  Westwood  as 
inhabiting  the  Spongilla  JlwviatilU  (Trans.  Ent.  Soo.  iii.  p.  105,  t.  8). 
It  may  be  best  compared  with  the  larra  of  Hemercbius  ;  the  antennas 
are  long  and  setaceous,  four  brisUes  project  from  the  mouth  as  fiir  as 
the  antennas,  approximating  in  pairs,  one  strcmger  and  one  finer,  they 
represent  mandibles  and  maxillas ;  the  palpi,  upper  lip,  and  tongue  are 
wanting.  The  first  seren  segments  of  the  abdomen  haye,  on  the 
under  side,  each  a  pair  of  jointed  flat  appendages,  which  are  eridently 
branchias,  as  two  vessels  are  easily  observed  in  each  of  them.  He  is 
in  doubt  to  which  order  this  insect  may  belong ;  he  is  most  inclined 
to  suppose  it  a  neuiopterous  larva;  however,  there  is  a  possibility  that 
it  may  be  the  larva  of  Acentropus.  From  its  very  near  alliance  to  the 
larva  of  HemerMus,  I  have  no  doubt  that  it  belongs  to  an  insect  of  this 
family ;  the  chief  distinctions  of  the  species  are,  indeed,  conditional  on 
their  abode  in  the  water.  Similar  organs  of  respiration  are  also  finmd 
in  Sialis^  but  this  larva  stands  much  nearer  SemerMwi,  and  so  I  may 
ooigecture,  that  it  is  that  of  Simfra,  Burm.  Westwood,  on  the  sup> 
position  that  it  is  a  perfect  insect,  has  given  it  the  name  of  Branehw- 
toma  gpongilUe.  (See  a  paper  by  Qrube,  in  the  Arch.  Naturgesch. 
1843,  i.  p.  331,  t.  10.) 


274 


iNSECTA — ^HYMENOPTEHA.  231 


HYMENOPTERA. 

SiEBOLD  hu  publiahed  Ids  lesearohes  on  the  Beoeptaciiliim  Seminie  of 
the  female  Hymenoptera,    (Qenn.  Zeitchr.  iy.  p.  262,  t  2,) 

There  are  two  principal  types  shown  in  the  formation  of  thi^part, 
which  agree  with  Uie  two  ehief  diyisions  of  the  Hymenaptera,  aeoording 
to  the  form  of  the  laryie.  In  the/rse  type,  the  reoeptaoolnm  senunis  is 
diBtingniflhed  by  a  duotits  seminalis,  a  capsula  seminalis,  and  a  glandula 
appendicularis.  There  were  examined, — 1.  FormiddaSf  where  the  parts 
in  question  are  disproportiona^y  large ;  2.  Apida,  where  they  are  found 
in  the  working  bees  in  a  yery  undeyeloped  condition ;  3.  Andremdas; 
4.  Ve9pid<B,  where,  in  the  workers,  these  parts  are  found  more  distinciLy 
formed  than  in  the  working  bees — eyen  in  the  PolittcB  the  workers  are 
only  distingQished  ftom  the  egg-laying  females,  by  the  empty  oyary 
and  reoeptacnlum  seminis;  5.  Scoliadce;  6.  MuHUidce;  7*  CrabrO' 
nidcB;  8.  Bembecida;  9.  ChryHdcB;  10.  Cynipid€B,  where,  through 
the  presence  of  these  parts  alone,  Hartig*s  assumption  of  the  existence 
of  androgynity  will  be  disproyed;  11.  PUromalini;  12.  Chelonidaf; 
13*  EvumadoB;  14.  Braconidce;  15.  IchMumonidai,  where  the  seminal 
capsule  is  always  yery  small.  In  the  second  type,  the  reeeptaculum  semi- 
nis forms  a  simple  swelling  of  the  yagina,  in  which  can  be  distLoguished 
neither  ductus  seminalis,  nor  a  separate  capsula  seminalis,  nor  glandula 
appendicnlaris :  to  this  belong  the  TentJiredinidoe,  of  which  a  consider*- 
able  number  of  different  genera  haye  been  examined.  The  Uroceridait 
Dfyina^,  and  CodrincBy  have  not  yet  been  examined  by  the  author  in 
relation  to  the  parts  in  question. 

A  periodical,  "  Memoria  per  seryire  alia  storia  natqrale  di  alconi 
imenotteri  del  Cay.  Ouis.  Qen^,  Plt>f.  di  ZooL  n«  r.  u.  di  Torino,  soc.  att 
d.  Soc  Ital.  d.  Sdenz.  res.  in  Modena :  Modena,  1842/'  contains  some 
excellent  obseryations  on  the  habits  of  indiyidual  Hymmoptera, 

Dispositio  Methodica  Spec.  Scand.  ad  Fam.  Hymenopt.  nat.  ab  A.  G. 
Dahlbom,  Lund,  1842,  is  the  precursor  of  a  systematic  work,  of  which  at 
present  the  first  number  only  has  appeared,  extending  to  the  Linnnan 
genus  8phex,  The  families  and  genera  are  illustrated  on  synoptical  tables, 
according  to  their  characteristics,  and  a  yiew  giyen  of  the  Swedish  species. 

The  reporter  has  spoken  of  the  Hymenopterous  Insects  of  New  Hol- 
land (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  252),  and  described  a  number  of  species  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land. 

TENTHBEDiNiDiB  and  SiBicEs. — Saxesou  has  published  a  list  of  the 
TentlvredinidKB  and  Sirices  hitherto  found  on  the  Harz  (Vier  Venseich- 
nisse  als  BeitrSge  zur  Kenntniss  der  Fauna  und  Fbra  des  Harzes, 
gedr.  f.  die  Mitglieder  des  wissenach.    Vereins  des  Harzes,  1842).    It  is 

275 


232  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

aooompanied  by  many  yalnable  remarks  on  their  appearance.    Lennis 
has  made  known  a  list  of  the  TenthredinidcBf  foimd  in  Hildesheim  and 

« 

the  adjoining  Harz  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  42). 

P.  Huber*  (M^m.  d.  L  Soc.  d.  Phys.  et  d'Hist.  Nat.  de  Gen^ye,  ix. 
pt.  2)  has  described  the  natural  history  of  the  larya  of  a  Lyda,  which  is 
found  rarely  upon  hazel  bushes,  and  forms  a  house  for  itself  by  rolling 
up  strips  of  the  leaves.  It  has  not  arrived  at  its  change,  therefore  the 
species  remains  undetermined.  (This  treatise  has  also  been  noticed  in 
the  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  xi.  p.  241,  and  Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  1843.)  West- 
wood  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  xi.  p.  376)  remarks,  that  this  larva  may  belong  to 
the  Lyda  manita,  of  which  he  has  given  a  short  account  in  his  *^  In- 
troduction" (v.  2,  p.  107,  f.  71, 11).  This  determination  appears  to  me 
still  doubtftd,  as  Westwood  observed  the  larva  upon  roses ;  and  I  hold  it 
probable,  that  a  similar  habit  may  be  common  to  the  leaf-eating  larvas 
of  several  Lydoi. 

Harris  has  made  some  interesting  remarks  on  the  natural  history  of 
several  North  American  TenthredAnidcB  and  Sirices,  in  the  **  Ins.  of 
Massachusetts.*'  Cimbex  uhnif  Peck  (male  Amenccma,  Leach),  lives 
on  the  common  and  American  elm.  A  Lophyrus,  L,  abietis,  Harris, 
lives  on  pines.  It  is  very  like,  or  identical,  especially  the  caterpillar, 
with  Z.  rufus,  El.  Sekmdria  vitis  lives  on  the  vine ;  the  slimy  cater- 
pillar of  the  8,  roBOB,  on  the  rose ;  8.  cerasi  (Tenthr,  c,  Lin.,  T.  cetkiops, 
F.)  also  exists  in  North  America  upon  fruit  trees,  especially  the  pear. 
Tremex  columba  lives  in  pear  trees,  and  elms,  &c.  The  larva  is  attack- 
ed by  Pimpla  atrata.  Urocerus  albic(Mmis,  F.,  is  foimd  in  pine  wood ; 
also  the  new  species,  U.  nitidua,  different  from  U.  ju/vencus,  by  its 
brighter  colour  and  shorter  antennas ;  and  U,  cibdominalU,  probably  the 
male  of  the  preceding,  in  the  white  pine.  There  are  two  new  species  of 
Xiphydriay  X.  albicomis  and  mellipes;  and  of  Orysmis,  besides  the 
0.  terminalis,  Newm«,  and  8ayi,  Westw.,  there  is  a  third,  O.  qfinis, 
Harris,  which  possibly  may  be  only  the  male  of  the  latter. 

IcHNEUMONiDJS. — Drcwscn  has  proved,  by  observing  their  pairing, 
that  Icfvneumon  culpatory  Schr.,  is  the  true  female  to  /.  9putator,  also 
that  Pimpla  flavipea  is  the  true  male  to  P.  stercorator,  while  Graven- 
horst  has  described  as  such  the  male  of  P.  grammellce  (Kroyer  Natur- 
hist.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  103).  The  reporter  (Arch.  1842, 1  Bd.  p.  255)  has 
described  several  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land :  Icfmewmon  peti- 

*  By  way  of  appendix,  I  may  mention  here  another  treatise  by  the  same 
author  (ibid.),  ia  which  he  has  g^ven  some  pretty  observations  on  the  Cocci- 
nella  globosa,  111.,  but  which  contains  nothing  essentially  new^  as  it  is  ah-eady 
known  from  other  sources,  that  the  species  named^  as  well  as  some  other  Coc 
ctnellcB,  are  plant  eaters.  The  generic  name  of  Subcoccinella  is  already  the 
third  proposed  for  the  above  species,  which,  contrary  to  all  rule,  has  been 
enrolled  among  Saponarice  (S.  vor  Bericht^  p.  258). 

276 


INSECTA — HYMENOPTERA.  233 

torivSy  licitatoriuSf  promisgorius,  Cryptug  (Phygadeuon)  va/riegatoTy 
Ophion  fuscicomU,  The  first  species  only  has  any  peculiarity,  and  as 
at  present  several  allied  species  are  before  me,  wiU  give  occasion  for  the 
formation  of  a  separate  genus  belonging  to  New  Holland.  The  rest 
have  altogether  a  European  stamp. 

Braconidjs. — Schiodte  (Kroyer  Naturhist.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  315)  has 
remarked,  that  Lepton  attenuator^  Zetterstedt,  Ins.  Lappon.,  is  the 
insect  described  by  him  (1837)  as  Copimira  rvmator,  Zetterstedt  did 
not  know  the. female,  his  description  appears  to  apply  at  a  Ccelinius, 
(See  my  Report  for  1838,  p.  296.) 

Helcon  indAiltor  of  the  reporter  is  a  new  species  &om  Van  Diemen'p 
Land  (Arch.  184:2,  i.  p.  258). 

EvANiDiB. — Spinola  (Rey.  Zool.  p.  188)  has  described  three  new  spe- 
cies of  Eva/rda :  facialis  firom  Mexico,  chUevms  from  ChiU,  crassicor- 
nis  from  Columbia. 

The  reporter  has  described  a  new  species  of  Megalyra :  rufipes,  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  258). 

CYNipiDiE. — Hartig  (Germ.  Zeitschr.  iy.  p.  395)  has  published  his 
farther  inyestigations  into  the  natural  history  of  the  Cynips,  Although 
he  withdraws  his  former  assertions  (see  the  preceding  annual  report) 
concerning  the  internal  structure  of  the  male  Cynips,  still  he  draws  atten- 
tion to  this  family  in  a  physiological  respect,  by  showing  that  the  males 
of  some  species  are  unknown ;  such  are,  especially,  Cynips  divisa  and 
C  ^ercuS'foUiy*  which  he  obtained  in  great  numbers,  partly  from  galls 
and  partly  caught  in  the  open  air;  he  also  remarks,  that  in  the  breed- 
ing of  Cynips  from  gaUs,  the  absence  of  the  male  cannot  be  accidental; 
that  moreoyer,  whole  genera  («.  g.  Cynips  with  tweniy-eight  species)  are 
without  males,  while  in  the  rest  {e.  g.  AuUix  and  Synergus)  both  sexes 
of  all  the  species  are  found ;  and  thinks,  that  from  the  comparison  of  the 
internal  structure  of  the  one,  and  both-sezed  Cynipidas,  something  more 
certain  will  be  discoyered.  Siebold  is  at  present  busy  with  these  inyes- 
tigations, so  that  we  may  shortly  expect  a  solution  from  that  quarter ; 
howeyer,  it  appears  to  me,  that  he  should  not  neglect  these  so  called 
Inquilini.  Hartig  has  certainly  expressed,  in  his  first  treatise  (Germ. 
Zeitschr.  ii.  p.  178),  that  they  not  only  liye  parasitically  in  and  on 
gtrange  galls,  but  also  on  their  proper  inhabitants ;  he  has  not  howeyer 
added,  that  this  is  nothing  more  than  conjecture.  The  constant  presence 
of  two  forms  of  Cynips,  in  all  galls,  is  striking,  and  might  easily  lead  to 
the  supposition,  first  made  by  Hatzeburg  (Mediz.  Zool.  pt.  ii.  t.  21),  that 
a  compound  sexual  relation  here  occurs,  as  is  also  the  case  in  other  orders 

*  The  author  mentions,  that  Professor  Batzeburg  had  told  him,  that  he  was 
in  possession  of  a  male  of  this  species.  Upon  farther  examination,  the  Pro- 
fessor has  informed  me,  that  he  is  now  conyinoed  of  the  contrary. 

277 


234  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

of  inieeta.  We  know,  for  example,  that  BnipUio  Memnon  has  three  dif- 
ferent forma  of  the  female,  in  colour  and  form  of  the  wings.  And  if 
Hartig  separatee  the  InquUini,  as  genera,  from  the  prodnoers  of  the 
galls,  the  likp  has  happened  with  the  two  forms  of  the  female  of  Dytiacus. 
The  most  important  fact  against  such  an  assunption,  seems  to  be  his 
statement,  that  different  kinds  of  Ct^ips  have  the  same  InquiUni.  I 
mention  the  above  only,  that  the  obserrer  may  bear  in  mind  facts  whidi 
will  probably  open  another  point  of  view  to  him.  In  my  opinion,  there 
can  be  no  question  concerning  a  relation  in  flieir  breeding,  as  both  forms 
appear  together  in  the  same  gaUs,  and  therefore  they  spriiig  from,  con- 
temporary broods. 

Hartig,  at  the  same  time,  makes  an  addition  to  the  spedes,  enriching 
Cynipt  with  fourteen,  Andricus  with  one,  Tertu  with  one,  Aukuc  with 
two,  Synerffus  with  six,  Co^umcupU  with  three,  Figkes  with  one,  Pdlo- 
gcLSter  ¥rith  two  new  species.  Two  genera  are  also  characterized :  Syno^ 
phrut,  nearly  allied  to  Dicutrophugy  but  distinguished  by  the  great  length 
of  the  first  abdominal  segment^  which  coyers  the  rest  both  on  the  upper 
and  under  side :  S,  poUtug,  collected  by  Eollar  from  the  gall  of  QuercuB 
cerrU,  XydUupu^  a  form  c(£Figite$f  with  a  pedioeUed  abdomen,  doubtleas 
agreeing  with  Oallaspidia,  Dalhb.  (t.  inf.) :  X.  kevigatus  and  rugews, 
both  fixMn  Styria.  The  generic  name,  8cytode$^  ulretAj  used  elsewhere, 
the  author  has  changed  for  Amblynatus, 

Dalhbom  has  published  a  little  work,  which,  as  the  title  shows,  is  a 
monograph  of  the  two  genera  named,  "  Onychia  och  CaUaspidia  tvenne 
for  Scandinayiens  Fauna  nya  Insekt-Slilgten,  horande  till  GraUaple- 
Stecklames  naturliga  grupp,  Monografisk  bearbetning  2  Planch,  och. 
2  Synopt.  Tabell.,  Lund  1842.''  Onychia,  Haliday,  contains  three  spe- 
cies :  O.  bicolor  {Figit.  hie.  Fonsool.) ;  0.  ediogaater  {Evcm,  ediog^  Eob6», 
Cyn.  ediog,,  Pans.) ;  and  0.  custUeata  (.F%.  actU.,  Brebiss.) — CalUupidia, 
Dalhbom  (with  which  the  more  recently  recorded  genus  Xy<U4Mpi$, 
Hartig,  agrees,  vid.  sup.),  is  related  to  Figites,  as  AmichariB,  Dalm.,  is 
to  CynipB — it  has,  namely,  a  long  pediculated  abdomen,  and  contains  two 
species :  C.  De  FcnBcohmbei,  Dalhb.  (Figitea  notata,  Fonsc.) ;  and  G. 
Weattffoodi,  Dalhb.,  a  new  spedes  discovered  by  the  author  in  GotUand. 
The  three  tables  appended  give  a  list  of  the  Cynipida^  natives  of  Scan- 
dinavia, the  distinctions  of  whidi  are  partly  illustrated  by  plates. 

Harris  (Ins.  of  Massadius.  p.  395«40O)  has  made  some  observations  cm 
the  North  American  Cynipidce.  They  are  mostly  found  on  oaks,  the 
largest  are  on  the  leaves  of  the  red  oak,  and  belong  to  the  CyiMpa  can- 
Jhientus,  (!)  Harr.  From  Oynips  oneratnSf  Hair.,  originate  galls  on  the 
small  branches  of  the  white  oak,  which  resemble  Sodom  i^iples.  Cynips 
nuhilipennis  raises  galls  on  oak  leaves  of  the  sise  and  colour  of  cur- 
rants. Cynipi  temvnator,  Harr.,  one  of  the  smallest  spedes,  lays  its 
eggs  round  the  small  brandies  of  the  white  oak,  and  the  individual 

278 


INSECTA — ^HYMENOPTERA.  235 

lary»  rest  in  seed-like  cells,  surrounded  by  one  common  gall.  Upon 
foses  axe  found  Cynips  hicoior,  in  single  galls,  about  the  sixe  of  peas; 
C  dichroceniB,  in  woody  galls  on  the  stem;  C,  setnipicetu,  in  warted 
woody  gaUs  on  the  root. 

Chalcidibjb. — Walker  has  oonlinued  his  description  of  the  Chalci- 
didis  oollected  by  Darwin  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  z.  p.  113).  From  Valpa- 
raiso there  are  one  Tcrymug,  two  Callimone,  one  Asa/phu,  one  Xom- 
protottts,  one  Zyr«us-»a  new  genus,  the  characters  of  which  are  not 
giyen — one  PterotMUug,  two  Entedon^  one  Euhphui,  two  Teir(Mtiehtu 
— a  genus  formed  by  Haliday  from  the  Cirrospilui  lycidcLs.  From  Yal- 
divia  (p.  271)  are  one  PachylarthruSf  one  IHcyclvs,  three  Lamprotatus^ 
one  PteromaluSy  one  CkMerocerus,  one  Platygaster,  one  I$u>stemma,  one 
Romilms;  this  last  genus  is  new,  but  here  also  the  characters  are 
omitted.  The  same  author  (Entomologist,  p.  334)  has  continued  his  de- 
eeriptions  of  new  ChaleididcB :  Isosoma  ege9ta,  Selimnui  diorei,  Pte- 
roTMUfM  Bryee,  PLfilgimaSj  sxA  BtUedon  daurisei,  are  £rom  Geneva ; 
Smura  iamyruif  from  Mexico;  3m,  pyUu,  of  unknown  locality;  8m, 
d(Mre$j  ChaXew  ar9d$,  Hook&ria  hydwra,  from  Bnuril.  BeUm^MM  is  a  new 
genus,  aeemingly  allied  to  BiwrytwMi, 

CHSTsiDizxji Gudrin  (Rot  Zool.  p.  144)  has  described  twenty  spe- 
cies of  this  fiunily :  StUbum  viride,  from  Madagascar;  StiSmm  6-de9»- 
tatwm,  from  S^iegal  and  Algiers  (the  latter  is  not  a  8tilhum^  but  Chrys. 
nobilis,  EL,  Pyria  etilboides,  Spinola) ;  Ch/rygis  (Pyria)  MouaUU^ 
OheudUf  and  hiapUota^  fr<em  Madagascar;  orientcUU,  from  Sumatra; 
also  a  curious  Chrytis,  with  a  siz-toothed  point  to  its  abdomen,  Ohr.  in* 
wuUuiSf  from  Cuba ;  Chr,  syrioca,  with  a  four-tootiied  point,  from  Syria ; 
^pmeopaiia,  from  CSiiii;  MUgU  and  Orceldi  {Chr.  analis,  Spin.),  from 
Barcelona ;  igniventer,  frtmi  Algiers  (probably  Chr.  scutdUirU,  F.,  sup- 
posing the  blue  mar^  of  the  end  of  the  abdomen  to  be  oyerlooked) ; 
Mumiiy  frwn  Senegal ;  Chr,  trwMOta,  from  North  America  {Pyria  tri- 
dmMy  £nc.) ;  bra9iUmti%,  from  Brazil ;  Polmieriy  from  S^iegal ;  Chr, 
belia,  from  Madagascar,  with  a  toothless  point  to  the  abdomen ;  a  new 
sub-genus,  Heurocera,  formed  from  a  Chilian  species :  PL  viridis,  only 
differs  from  Chrysis  in  the  antennas  being  dilated  in  the  middle  exter- 
nally, and  the  point  of  the  abdomen  slightly  four-toothed ;  lastly,  Hedy- 
chmm  viride,  from  ConstanHna. 

Ckabbonida.  —  Qen^  (L  c.  p.  29)  has  published  his  remarks  on  the 
Sdgmus  ater ;  as  this  small  insect  is  abundant  in  Italy,  he  supposes  it 
to  be  very  useful,  from  destroying  the  Aphides, 

SpHBOiDiB. — ^Dalhbom  (Disp.  Meth.  p.  2)  has  formed  a  peculiar  genus, 
Pga/nymophUa,  from  those  species  of  Avrvmophila  which  have  a  cme- 
jointed  peduncle  to  the  abdomen.  Among  the  PompUidce  he  has  eha- 
Taotericed  (ibid.  p.  3)  a  new  genus,  Isonotu/s,  which  includes  the  P. 
eangmnolentM,  F.,  and  which  principally  differs  from  Pompilus  by  the 

279 


236         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

diffeiently  formed  dawi.  At  a  later  period  (Entom.  Zeit.  p.  214)  he 
oonyinoed  himself,  that  in  PompiluB  the  daws  present  great  varieties,  so 
that  I$onotus  is  distingaished  from  PampiluSf  preferably,  by  the  head 
being  closely  attached  to  the  collar,  and  the  proportionably  large  clypeus. 
The  name  has  been  already  applied  by  Perty  to  a  genus  of  beetles. 

Westwood  (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  p.  53)  has  giren  an  account  of  an 
imdescribed  New  Holland  Pompilus  (audax,  Westw.),  the  pupie  of 
which  were  found  at  Port  Lincoln ;  each  pupa  was  in  a  cell ;  seyeral  of 
these  cells  were  attached  together,  and  seemed  formed  of  a  succession  of 
short  transverse  layers ;  it  appeared  evident,  that  these  nests  had  not 
been  enclosed  in  a  burrow,  but  were  eztemad,  the  materials  having  been 
brought  from  a  distance.  In  one  of  the  cells  the  remains  of  a  very  large 
spider,  which  had  evidently  served  as  the  food  of  the  enclosed  larva, 
were  found. 

Bembbcida. — ^The  reporter  has  described  a  new  species,  Bembex  fwr- 
eata,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  184:2,  i.  p.  266). 

Saftgites. — Gen^  has  made  known  some  important  discoveries  in  the 
habits  of  the  Polochrum  repcmdum.  He  found  small  black  barrels  in 
the  nests  of  Xylocopa  violacea,  which  Spinola  asserted  to  belong  to 
them,  out  of  which  he  had  reared  the  Pol,  repcmdwm.  Prof.  Zendrini 
has  made  similar  experiments  at  Pavia,  so  that  it  appears  frx>m  this, 
that  Polochrwm  repcmdwn  lives  as  a  parasite  in  the  nest  of  Xylocopa 
violacea  (1.  c,  p.  25). 

Thtnnida. — GKi^rin  (Mag.  de  ZooL  ins.  pi.  99-105)  has  subjected  to 
revision  the  genera  of  Thynnida,  characterized  by  him  in  Duperrey's 
work,  adding  some  new  ones,  and  illustrating  them  all  by  figures.  These 
investigations  still  leave  much  to  be  desired,  and  even  yet,  scarcely  one 
of  the  genera  is  sufficiently  characterized  to  be  recognised. 

As  a  comprehensive  monograph  is  expected  frx>m  Mr.  Shuduird,  it 
does  not  appear  to  me  proper  to  go  deeper  into  details,  than  to  name  the 
newly  characterized  genera  and  species :  Rhagigaster  hoBmorrhoidalis,  a 
new  species  from  Swan  River ;  Agriomyia  marginilahris,  ajfmu.  West- 
woodii,  abdominaliSf  new  New  Holland  species ;  for  the  last  two,  with 
longer  antennse  and  long  fringes  at  the  posterior  margin  of  the  head,  the 
author  proposes  a  generic  name,  Tachynomyia  ;  Thyn/ntM  Shucka/rdiij 
JlcmlaiJbris,  new  New  Holland  species;  Catocheilus,  a  newly  charao- 
terized  genus,  closely  allied  to  Agriomyia,  but  the  labrum  is  quite 
concealed  under  the  projecting  clypeus,  and  the  last  joint  of  the  maxil- 
lary-palpi rudimentary ;  (7.  Klugii,  from  Swan  River,  is  a  new  species, 
of  which  both  sexes  are  described ;  Thynnoides  mgrtpes,  a  new  species 
from  Swan  River.  LophocheiluBy  differing  from  Thywnoides  by  the 
labrum  being  haiiy  at  the  margin  and  truncated,  short  maxillaB,  only 
slightly  hairy  at  the  outer  margin,  and  especially  by  the  lip,  to  which 
the  tongue  appendage  is  drawn  in,  and  always  provided  with  a  long  tuft 
280 


INSECTA — HYMENOPTERA.  237 

of  hair :  L,  villoiuSy  L.  dittinctus,  and  L,  (?)  collarie,  new  New  Holland 
tpecies. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842»  i.  p.  262)  has  described  several  new  species 
firom  Van  Diemen's  Land :  Thywrms  Olivieri,  of  which  Myzme  aptera, 
01.,  is  the  female ;  Th.  senilis  and  ferviduSt  the  former  belonging  to  the 
first,  the  latter  to  the  third  of  Klug's  sub-diyisions,  and  Th,  humilis,  a 
female ;  lastly,  a  new  genus,  Ariphron,  has  been  characterized  (tab.  5, 
f.  8)  from  an  individual  female,  which  varies  from  that  of  Thywaus  by 
having  simple  claws,  and  the  abdomen  not  being  swollen,  &c.  The 
species  is  called  A,  hicolor. 

MirriLLAsi^. — The  reporter  (1.  c.  p.  261,  262)  has  described  two  new 
species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land,  Mutilla  soluta  and  hlcmda, 

DoBTLiD^. — Westwood  has  given  an  excellent  view  of  this  group 
(Arcana  Ent.  i.  p.  73,  pi.  20),  for  which  the  labours  of  Shuckard  have 
laid  the  foundation.  Labidus  is  enriched  with  several  new  species,  viz., 
the  division  with  a  triangular  pedicel  to  the  abdomen,  with  L,  BwrchelH 
firom  Brazil,  which,  however,  may  be  identical  with  L,  Fa/rgeavii, 
Shuck.  {LatreUld,  Lepell.),  supposing  that  an  error  has  occurred  in  the 
account  of  the  size  (14''').  Our  specimens  of  this  insect  have  a  dilata- 
tion on  the  mandibles  internally  below  the  point,  which  the  author's  figure 
does  not  show.  Also  with  L,  Servillei  from  Par&.  The  division,  with 
a  transverse  quadrangular  pedicel,  has  been  increased  with  one  small 
sub-division,  viz., — such  as  have  moderately  long  legs ;  in  this  are  two 
Brazilian  species,  L,  Ha/rtigii  and  Esenbechiif  both  distinguished  by 
long  tufts  of  hair  on  the  sides  of  the  abdomen ;  the  other  species  of  this 
division  have  remarkably  short  legs.  To  those  described  by  Shuckard, 
are  added  X.  Fonscolomhii,  Oravenfiorstii,  Spinolce,  Walherii,  Erich- 
Bonii,  aU  &om  Brazil.  The  genus  ^nictus  has  been  enriched  with  a 
second  species,  ^.  certus,  whose  native  country  is  unknown ;  Dorylus 
and  RhogtMis  contain  only  the  species  described  by  Shuckard.  On  the 
plates,  several  of  the  new  species,  and  the  parts  of  the  mouth  of  LdbiduSt 
are  figured.  Westwood  thinks,  that  the  Dorylidce  approach  the  ants  by 
the  separated  first  ring  of  the  abdomen,  and  he  considers  them  as 
belonging  to  the  same  group ;  at  all  events,  they  stand  nearer  these  than 
any  other  family. 

Fobmicahi^. — ^Robert  has  laid  some  observations  on  the  habits  of  the 
ants  before  the  Parisian  Academy  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  zviii.  p.  151,  and 
Froriep,  N*  Notiz.  zxiv.  p.  113).  One  of  them  concerns  the  roads  which 
F,  rufa  makes  outside  the  nest.  When  the  swarm  is  old  and  strong, 
ten  roads  run  pretty  regularly  from  the  nest  in  the  form  of  rays,  as 
&r  as  the  gunounding  country  pennits,  at  legulap  distanoes,  and  only 
in  very  extreme  cases  deviating  from  the  straight  direction.  The  author 
could  follow  these  roads  for  47  metres;  nay  once,  where,  from  the 
nature  of  the  ground,  only  five  were  formed,  for  77  metres.  He  explains 

281 


238  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  HBCC^XUI : 

tihe  paroeqpce  of  man/  other  inaecU  in  ants'  neate,  particularly  the  larva 
of  Cetonia,  by  their  feeding  upon  the  rotten  wood  collected  in  the  neat; 
but  doubta  whether  they  are  atooeptabb  to  the  inhabitants. 

The  high  ten^rature,  which  is  found  in  the  interior  of  the  ante' 
neeta,  does  not  ariae  ficim  the  mass  of  inaeets  themaehrea,  bat  :&oni  the 
decompoeitiop  of  animal  and  yegetable  renuuna  there  gathered  together, 
fbr  a  like  temperatore  ia  fimnd  in  deserted  nests.  This  last  remark 
appears  to  me  rery  important  in  gaining  a  correct  view  of  the  accumu- 
lations of  the  ant,  and  their  connection  with  so  many  fellow  inhabitants. 
The  ants  prepare  for  themselves  a  sort  of  boggy  bed  under  their  nest, 
and  fiivour  the  preaenoe  of  other  insects  in  it,  whidi,  as  they  feed  upon 
the  boggy  mass,  further  its  decomposition,  and  by  this  means  tiie  de- 
ydopment  of  heat. 

Fred.  Smith  (Transact  Ent.  Soc  London,  ilL  p.  151)  has  made  some 
obsenrationa  on  several  British  Ants,  principally  with  regard  to  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  different  states.  His  account  is  deaerving  <^  notioe. 
He  states,  that  the  ants  seize  upon  and  carry  into  their  nest,  the  Aleo- 
€haroB  ibund  there  (Myrmedania,  Lomechu$a^  AjUmekM,  PeUa\  and  if 
they  attempt  to  fly  away,  they  are  taken  again  and  brought  back. 

Qen^  has  given  an  excelknt  desaiption  of  the  natural  history  of  the 
Myrmica  rediana,  of  which,  although  distributed  over  all  Italy,-  and 
living  in  chinks  of  walls  and  cracks  in  the  bark  of  old  trees,  the  sexes 
are  not  yet  satisfiictorily  determined  (L  c  p.  3). 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  256)  has  described  four  new  spedes  of 
Formica,  and  diaracterized  a  new  genus,  AMby&pone,  which,  belonging 
to  the  group  Ponere$y  has  the  form  d  mandibles  commaa  to  Jfyrmmo, 
F.,  and  is  distinguished  by  its  veiy  small  eyes.  The  workers  alone,  of 
the  single  species,  A.  auatndii,  were  at  that  time  known;  the  female 
has  now  been  procnzed. 

YispABB  JB. — Qen^  has  made  an  observation  on  the  presence  cfFUaina 
in  the  Hom^  Vetpa  crahro  (L  c.  p.  20).  He  placed  the  wonns  which 
came  from  the  body  of  the  insect  in  water,  where  they  lived  ftr  a  long 
while,  as  if  in  their  natural  element. 

AriABBiK.  —  Thwaites  (IVoceed.  Ent.  Soc  p.  57)  beUeyes,  that  the 
Proiopia  (Hylceus)  is  not  parasiticaL  He  has  reared  two  specimens  from 
the  stalks  of  bnunUes,  the  bunowa  in  whidi  exactly  agreed  in  width 
with  the  thickness  of  the  insect,  and  there  were  no  other  bees  sauili 
enough  to  hare  made  tiiem,  and  likely  to  be  ionnd  in  that  situation, 
except  Heriodes,  which  do  not  occur  in  that  neighbouriiood  (Bristol). 
The  cells  lie  in  a  row  doae  bdiind  each  other,  the  males  fbremost,  se 
that  they  must  first  creep  out  It  is  very  desirable,  that  we  duaild  find 
ont  upon  what  the  larva  fseds,  as  the  bee  possesses  no  external  oontri- 
yanoe  £»  e»7ing  ia  pollen.  FiT«  .pecies  of  tl»  niM  gim»  hare  be«n 
characteriaed  as  new  by  F.  Smith  (ibid.  p.  58) ;  but  with  a  diagnosis 

282 


INSECT  A — STEEPSIPTEIJA.  239 

which  is  not  now  sufficient  in  a  genus,  so  rich  in  species  distinguished 
firom  each  other  with  difficulty. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  267)  has  described  several  new  species 
of  the  group  And/remdoRy  from  Van  Diemen's  Land :  JProaopis  alcyonea, 
ffylcBus  fcunUiariif  Andrena  ehalybeata,  infima, 

QesD6  (L  c.  p.  21)  relates,  that  Oamia  ferruginea,  Latr.,  which  in 
the  beginnuig  of  t^ii^  appears  yery  j^ntifuUj  on  the  sea-ooast  of 
Sardinia,  ^rms  its  nest  in  tiie  shells  of  hind  snails,  particularly  Hdw 
t^emUculcUa  and  rhodostoma  (|n<ana). 

Fried.  Kodi,  of  Stuttgart,  spoke  at  the  meeting  of  Natural  Historians 
at  Mainz,  on  the  sexual  relations  of  bees,  in  which  a  new  view  was 
giren  of  the  proceedings  of  the  male>  yiz., — ^that  they  do  not  unite  with 
tiie  queen,  but  deposit  the  seminal  fluid  in  the  cells.  Mtiller  of  Oden- 
bach,  howeyer,  has  disproved  completely  this  ungrounded  and  indistinct 
4M8ertion  (Amtl.  Bericht  iiber  d.  20  Versamml.  d.  deutsch.  Naturf.  u. 
Arste  zu  Mainz  in  Septr.  18^,  p.  196). 

^inola  (Bev.  ZooL  p.  216)  has  reverted  to  the  sexual  relations  of  the 
Melip^nei,  as  he  doubted  my  account  of  the  fruitful  fiamale  (Report 
for  1840,  p.  219).  My  expression,  they  were  (vjelmal)  ''  many  times" 
larger  tliaa  the  workers,  had  been  tranalated  to  him  "  souveat"  (often). 
A^rwards  (ibid.  p.  267)  he  has  asserted,  that  he  received  a  female  of 
M,fulv^e$,  which  was  smaller  than  the  workers,  and  many  were  found 
in  one  nest  The  opinion,  however,  that  these  individuals  were  actually 
fbmales,  is  not  well  founded.  The  idea  newly  entertained,  that  the  indi- 
viduals of  the  Triffona  <mgustfula  usually  seen  are  females,  I  mint  again 
combat,  for  this  is  exactly  one  of  those  species  of  which  the  Bexiin  ool- 
ledaon  posseses  «  male,  queen,  and  worker,  takea  from  their  nest  (Vide 
Eeport  for  1840,  p.  209). 


STREPSIPTERA. 

SiEBOLD  has  cleared  up  the  natural  history  of  iliese  insects  by  very 
Interesting  and  extensive  observations,  of  which  he  gave  a  brief  report 
at  ihe  meeting  of  Natural  Historians  at  Mainz  (1842),  (Amt.  Bericht,  &e. 
p.  211).  The  most  important  pcunt  is,  that  the  winged  individuals 
hitherto  known  are  only  males;  that  l^e  females  live,  like  larvae,  in 
their  victim ;  and  that  the  six-legged  insects,  formerly  called  parasites, 
are  the  young  larvae,  which,  after  they  have  sought  out  a  new  animal  to 
dwell  in,  and  have  penetrated  the  posterior  part  of  its  body,  lose  their 
foot  when  they  next  cast  the  skin,  and  become  hrvae  provided  with  a 
mouth,  but  no  anal  opening. 

As  the  masteriy  work  of  the  author  is  oopously  quoted  in  these 
Archives  (1843»  i  p.  137,  t.  7),  I  may  refer  to  it. 
283 


240  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 


LEPIDOPTERA. 

LvFEBYBB  (Ajin.  de  le  Soc.  Ent.  de  Fr.  zi.  p.  5)  has  anew  drawn  atten- 
tion to  the  importance  of  exact  obseryation  of  the  nervnres  in  the  wings 
of  Batterflies,  and  given  many  hints  how  their  varieties  are  to  be  used 
in  systematic  division.  He  has  considerably  advanced  our  knowledge  of 
this  portion  of  their  structure,  as  he  has  found  out  a  sheath  between  the 
anterior  and  posterior  nervures,  viz., — a  fold  which  stretches  inwards  from 
the  outer  margin  to  the  middle  oelL  The  treatise  has  also  been  abridged 
in  the  Rev.  ZooL  p.  52 :  there  are  figures  which  illustrate  it. 

Fischer  Edl.  von  Bosslarstamm's  excellent  work,  ''  Abbildungen  zur 
Berichtigung  und  Erganzung  der  SchmetterHngskunde,  besonders  der 
Microlepidopterologie,*'  has,  unfortunately,  concluded  with  the  twentieth 
number.  On  the  other  hand,  Freyer's  *'  Neue  Beitrage  zur  Schmetter- 
lingskunde  mit  Abbildungen  nach  der  Natur,''  is  happily  progressing 
undisturbed.    (The  5d-68th  numbers  are  before  me  for  this  report.) 

Hering  continues  his  many  valuable  and  copious  contributions  to  the 
Lepidoptera  of  Pomerania  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  5). 

Many  observations  of  different  collectors,  on  the  Butterflies  of  Eng- 
land, are  to  be  found  in  the  Entomologist,  p.  258,  260,  277,  283,  356^ 
357,  358,  389,  393,  394,  396,  408) ;  also  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  365. 

Bambur  has  begun  his  labours  on  the  Lepidoptera,  for  his  Fauna  of 
Andalusia.  I  have  not  yet,  however,  received  the  number,  and  its  ap- 
pearance is  only  known  to  me  by  the  judgment  pronounced  upon  it  in 
Lefebvre's  treatise  mentioned  above. 

New  Lepidoptera  of  West  Russian  Asia  have  been  desccibed  by 
Eversmann  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  543). 

Harris  has  given  an  excellent  view  of  the  natural  history  of  the  most 
important  Lepidoptera  of  North  America  (Ins.  of  Massachus.),  including 
much  that  is  new ;  but  which  I  hesitate  to  extract.  It  would  be  well 
if  one  of  our  entomological  periodicals  would  give  a  comprehensive 
abridgement  of  the  work. 

The  Butterflies  of  Merian  have  been  systematically  arranged  and  illus- 
trated by  Freyer ;  and  are  accompanied  with  remarks  (Isis,  p.  18,  327). 

Pafilionidje. — Westwood  has  given  a  critical  view  of  the  African 
species  of  Papilio  (Arcana  Ent.  i.  p.  145,  t.  37-40).  There  are  figured : 
P.  Thersamder,  F.  (t.  38,  f.  1,  2) ;  Lalandei,  God.  (t.  37,  f  1,  2) ; 
cyno^a,  F.  =  Zerynthius,  Boisd.  (t.  40,  f.  3,  4) ;  BdgduvallianuSy 
Westw.,  new  species  firom  Ghiinea  (t.  40,  f.  1,  2) ;  trophonius,  Westw. 
(t.  39,  f.  1,  2) ;  adamastor,  Boisd.  (t.  38,  f.  3) ;  a^amedeB,  Westw.  (t.  39, 
f.  3,  t.  37i  f.  3).  This  last  is  only  a  variety  of  adama%tor,  with  which 
it  is  united  by  many  intermediate  forms.  The  author  joins  P.  cenea, 
StoU.  (not  Linn.)  to  the  P.  trophoniu^t ;  but  at  present  I  do  not  agree 

284 


INSECTA— LEPIBOPTERA.  241 

with  him,  as  they  are  strDdngly  difTerent  in  colour,  and  I  cannot  assume 
for  them  a  difference  of  sex,  as  the  specimens  in  the  Berlin  collection 
are  both  of  the  same  sex.  It  is  to  be  remarked,  according  to  Westwood, 
that  P.  cmtenor.  Dr.,  an  Afirican  insect,  as  well  as  Agapenor,  F.  (not 
Boisd.)  is  policenes,  Or.,  and  polyxenes,  Enc. ;  also,  that  <Mitheu$y  F.,  is 
antha/ne,  Enc,  and  a^npenor,  Boisd. ;  that  messalinay  Stoll.,  is  cynorUif 
Boisd.  (not  Fab.) ;  that  hippocoon,  F.,  is  Westermavmi,  Boisd. ;  finally, 
that  P.  Orestes,  F.,  is  probably  an  East  Indian  Eques,  allied  to  the 
Nomius,  Esp.,  perhaps  with  a  mutilated  tail. 

Westwood  adds  (ibid.  p.  189)  two  new  species  from  the  Gold  Coast : 
P.  eha/ropus,  allied  to  P.  nireu>s,  and  P.  hesperus. 

Many  species  of  Pcipilio  haye  been  described  and  figured.  Westwood 
(Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  36)  has  given  the  diagnosis  of  a  series  of  new 
species  from  Sylhet:  P.  bootes,  astorion,  chcMra,  ccutor,  pollux,  arc- 
tttms.  The  last,  which  is  widely  distributed  in  the  Himalaya,  and  the 
first,  are  also  figured  (Arcan.  Ent.  t.  27  and  31).  Doubleday  has  also 
described  (Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  u.  73),  as  from  Sylhet :  P.  ga/nesa,  P.  pohf- 
eucteSf  and  xenocles,  from  Nepal  and  Assam,  of  which  the  first  agrees 
with  the  P.  (vrctwrus,  the  second  with  hootes,  Westw. ;  the  third  must 
be  the  same  with  polhix,  W. 

Adam  White  has  made  known  two  new  species  from  the  island  of 
Penang :  P.  va/runa  and  iswa/ra  (Entomol.  p.  280). 

From  the  same  place,  and  from  the  coast  of  Malacca,  Gudrin  (Deless. 
SouY.  ii.  68-71,  1. 17-19)  has  figured  some  species  previously  charac- 
terized in  the  Ker.  Zool. :  P.  Delessertii  (perhaps  melcmides,  De  Haan), 
P.  neptimius,  P.  sattf^ti/us  (=  nephelus,  De  Haan),  P.  bra/may  Gu^r. 
(ibid.  p.  71)  =  Palimt/rus,  De  Haan.  P.  ccmapus,  Westw.  (Ann.  Nat. 
Hist.  ix.  p.  37),  from  Melville  Island,  is  a  species  allied  to  the  P.  pom- 

f9U>fl. 

Westwood  has  figured  a  new  species  from  Mexico  (Arc.  Ent.  i.  p.  67, 
1. 18),  P.  mantezuma;  and  has  given  upon  the  same  plate  a  figure  of 
P.  pelaus,  F.,  an  American  species  whose  locality  is  not  exactly  known. 

Elopsch  (Arbeit,  der  Schles.  Ges.  f.  vaterl.  Kult.)  has  given  some 
observations  on  the  caterpillar  of  the  P.  podalirius. 

Pierides, — A  new  species  of  Anthocharis  has  been  discovered  by  Cap- 
tain Charlon  at  Emsilah  in  Barbary,  and  has  been  made  known  by 
Donzel  under  the  name  of  A,  charlonia  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi. 
p.  197,  t.  8,  f.  1).  It  is  a  male,  allied  to  the  Belia  and  Belemiajmt 
with  a  sulphur-yellow  ground  colour. 

Various  new  species  have  been  described  by  Doubleday  (Gray,  Zool. 
Miscell.  ii.  p.  7S) :  Leptalis  atthis,  from  Mexico ;  L»  cydno,  of  unknown 
locality;  IKeris  thestylis,  from  Sylhet;  P.  lalage,  ibid.,  distinguished 
by  its  sickle-shaped  anterior  wings ;  P.  jcmthe,  from  Sierra  Leone,  neax 
to  P.  hedyle,  Cr.,  and  probably  only  a  variety  of  it;  P.  anactorie,  from 

285 


242         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

South  AfiricA,  appean  to  be  female  of  CAmwe,  BoiscL ;  Bh4>docm>a  lyco- 
ria$,  with  a  diflfbrent  shape  of  wiiig  ftom  8ylh4t, 

Danaides, — Dcmaw  chloe,  GuMn  (Deless.  Sout.  ii  p.  71)  ia  a  new 
•pedes  from  the  island  of  Penang. 

Nyn^phalidei. — Oodartia  is  a  new  genus,  charaeterued  by  Lucas 
(Ann.  d.  L  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  295,  f.  12, 11).  He  notifies,  amongst 
its  characters,  the  rounded  section  of  all  the  wiogs :  O,  wMMki^asca* 
riengii  is  firom  Madagascar. 

Frejer  (Beitr.  60  Hft.  t.  365,  p.  117)  has  separated  a  Norwegian  But- 
terflj  as  Argyn»i$  o$»iamUf  horn  A.  aphirape  ;  but  it  appears  to  me  to 
be  a  bright  coloured  Tariefy  of  <Mphirape  rather  than  the  ossiomctf, 
Hiibn.  The  same  author  (ibid.  t.  343, 385)  has  figured  beautiful  yarie- 
ties  of  LimeniHa  populi  and  Apatura  iri$,  as  well  as  the  earlier  states 
of  these  insects. 

Gudrin  (Deless.  Sout.  11,  p.  72)  has  described  ArgymUs  tmalia  as  a 
new  species  from  the  coast  of  Malacca,  and  given  a  plate  and  exact 
description  of  his  Vaneua  eudoxia,  from  the  same  place. 

Sahfridw, — Frejer  (Beitr.)  has  represented  the  earlier  states  of  Hipp, 
phasdra  (t.  373),  galatea  (t.  379),  dt^anira  (t.  391),  and  iMtgeria  (t  403). 
He  has  also  given  a  plate  of  J7.  aristcBiu,  Bon.,  male  (t.  397),  from 
Sardinia ;  of  Iphu,  a  yariety  from  the  anterior  range  of  the  Caucasus 
(t.  367) ;  and  distinguished  as  a  species  H.  aatyrum  from  H,  philea. 
Hub.  (Batyrum,  O.)  It  is  only  a  slight  variety  (with  a  broader  and  whiter 
band  on  the  under  side  of  the  posterior  wings,  and  smaller  ocelli  on 
ihem),  to  which  there  are  sufficient  transitions. 

Several  new  species  from  the  Nilgherries  have  been  described  by 
Gudrin  (Del.  Souv.  ii.  p.  74,  1  24):  Satyrtu  (Cylh)  neelgheriensii, 
very  like  the  Sat,  europa,  and  probably  only  a  local  variety ;  &•  Adol- 
phei  and  8.  chenu, 

Lycamides. — Freyer  (Beitr.)  has  figured  the  following  (partly  new) 
species :  Lyeama  rkymnuB,  Fr.,  dam<me,  £v.,  cmUiroa,  Boisd.,  from 
Russia  (t.  386),  and  X.  }>dU$,  Fr.,  from  Turkey  (t.  398).  GuSrin  (Deless, 
Souv.  ii.  p.  78,  t.  22,  fig.  1)  has  figured  a  new  spedes,  Po/yomma^iM 
nyMUiy  from  Pondicherry. 

The  history  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  Th^cla  %$ocrate$,  has  been 
described  in  the  Transact.  Ent  Soc.  of  Lend.  (ii.  p.  1),  in  which  it  is 
asserted,  that  the  caterpillars,  which  live  in  pomegranates,  bore  their 
way  out  of  the  fruit,  and  spin  a  web  round  the  stalk,  that  the  fruit  may 
not  fall  ofi^;  then  creep  in  again  and  become  pupse.  Downes  has  de- 
served the  same  caterpillars  (Calcutta  Joum.  of  Nat  Hist.  ii.  p.  408),  and 
cannot  confirm  either  the  spinning  round  of  the  stalk,  nor  the  becoming 
pc^sB  in  the  fruit ;  but  only  found,  that  the  caterpillar  came  out  of  the 
pomegranate  in  which  it  lived,  and  was  changed  into  a  pupa  on  the  out- 
side of  it.    He  found  no  pupa  within  a  pomegranate. 

286 


INSECT  A — LEPIDOPTERA .  243 

Hetfperidoi. — Frejer  (Beitr.)  has  figozed  a  sexies  of  species  belongiiig 
to  the  genus  Syrichthus,  Boisd.,  but  some  of  them  I  thmk  are  doubtful : 
M,  crtbeUum^  Ey»  (t.  349,  f.  1),  is  not  different  £rom  ff,  teudluan,  O. ; 
H.  cynarce,  Boisd.  (ibid.  f.  2),  is  certainly  onlj  a  yarietj  of  JET.  carthanU^ 
with  which  it  is  united  through  imperceptible  traositions ;  also  J7.  Mor- 
rvbii,  Ramb.,  £nom  Andalusia,  can  be  hardly  any  thing  else  than  a  local 
variety  of  H,  althecB. 

Heip.  BrnjanUniif  GruSrin  (Deless.  Souy.  ii  p.  79^  t.  22,  f.  2),  is  a 
splendid  new  species  from  the  NUghenries. 

Sphinoidje. — ^H.  Doubleday  (EntomoL  p.  357)  has  related,  that  he 
found  in  his  breeding  cage  8mermthu$  ocellatut,  male,  and  Sphin$e 
ligustri,  female,  in  copula,  whilst  several  individuals  of  both  sezes^  and 
both  species,  were  found  at  the  same  time  in  the  same  cage. 

Gu^rin  (Deless.  Souv.  ii.  p.  80,  t.  23,  f.  1)  has  described  Deilepkila 
niffU,  a  new  sphinx  of  Pondicherry,  allied  to  the  Sph.  vehx,  F.,  and 
(p.  80)  a  variety  of  the  Macroglosia  hylaa,  from  the  Nilgherries. 

SEsiARiiB. — Nickerl  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  68)  has  published  his  observations 
in  correction  of  Odisenheimer's  account,  that  the  caterpillar  of  the  Se$ia 
euliciformU  Hves  under  the  bark  of  birch  trees,  and  never  penetrates 
into  the  interior  of  the  stem,  whilst  that  of  the  8.  nMUUkefornUs  lives 
in  plum,  apricot,  and  apple  trees,  and  certainly  never  is  found  in  the 
interior  of  the  stem.  Freyer  has  also  given  a  figure  of  the  former 
(Beitr.  61.  Hft  t.  362,  f.  2).  The  same  author  (ibid.  f.  3,  p.  132)  has 
characterized  a  new  species,  8.  serratiformu,  from  Hanover,  which  seems 
to  me  to  be  identical,  according  to  the  incomplete  figure,  with  8.  rhk^ 
gujrfarmMj  O. ;  also  two  new  species,  8,  iriannuliformis  (!)  and  mMani- 
formM  (! !),  from  Turkey  (t.  404) ;  and  lastly,  Ckkncmra  orbonata,  Fr. 
(t.  351),  from  the  Steppes  at  Sarepta. 

Cbmlovidm.  —  Freyer  (Beitr.)  has  figured  Eupr^pria  nmplcnia^ 
Boisd.  Ind.  (t.  392),  but  with  the  well-grounded  remark  (5  Bd.  p.  16), 
that  it  may  be  only  a  variety  of  the  E,  niKiculosa  ;  similarly,  in  the  Berlin 
collection,  E.  honesta,  Fr.  (t.  344),  from  Southern  Russia,  is  arranged  as 
a  variety  oiE,  nMOulosa;  E.  fnatronaUs,  Fr.,  is  also  only  a  remarkable 
variety  of  E,  ploMtaginis.  On  the  other  hand,  E.  mtercUa,  Fr.,  is  a 
very  marked  species  (already  noticed  by  Pallas),  (t.  356,  with  the  cater- 
pillar), from  the  Salt  Steppes  of  Southern  Russia. 

Costa  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soa  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  239,  t.  9,  f.  7,  8)  has  shown, 
that  Callimorpha  donna  is  only  a  local  variety  of  C.  dominula  ;  it  is 
found  in  Calabria ;  another  is  found  in  the  Abruzzi,  which  agrees  with 
dominula  in  the  markings  on  the  wings,  and  the  abdomen  has  the  colour 
of  donna* 

Qudrin  (Deless.  Souv.  ii.  p.  83)  has  enriched  the  genus  Gfynautoeera 
with  five  new  species :  0.  «u»r^%7iato,  from  the  island  of  Penang  (also 
native  to  Java);  nMCulariaj  from  MaUcca;  phalana^riaf  from  Java 

287 


244  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOY,  MDCCCXLII : 

(periiap0  a  yarietj  of  9ph,  peetinicomUy  L.,  ttberina.  Or.) ;  duHncta, 
from  Malaooa ;  ajfinisy  ibid.,  and  Pondicheny ;  also  Hazis  mala/yanuB^ 
firom  Malaoca;  Euchdia  gratioia,  CaUimorphaf  Ma/rchaliiy  Arctia 
montana,  and  inddcaf  firom  the  Nilghemes. 

Bombycet, — Joly  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  115)  has  given  a  notioe  of  a  plague  of 
caterpillan  of  the  LipctrU  ditpa/r,  in  the  oak  woods  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Toulouse,  in  the  yean  1837,  38,  39. 

Frejer  (Beitr.)  has  given  figures  of  the  earlier  states  of  Hcwpyia 
bicuspU  (t.  363),  and  Notodonta  quema  (t.  387).  He  has  (ibid.  t.  380) 
pointed  out  the  difference  between  lAthona  complana,  griseolay  ou* 
reola,  luteola,  helveola,  and  deprena, 

A  new  North  AfrSnuT^  species,  Bomb.  pJUlopalut,  from  Constantine, 
has  been  described  and  figured  by  Donzel  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr. 
xL  p.  198,  t.  8,  f.  2). 

Oudrin  (Deless.  Sony.  ii.  p.  94,  t.  27)  has  described  three  new  species 
fiK>m  the  Nilgherries,  which  are  neaxly  allied  to  each  other:  Bamb^ 
JUtvicollis,  collaris,  and  Adolphd. 

NooTViDJi. — ^Doubleday  has  given  a  list  of  the  NoctuidcBt  natives  of 
England,  according  to  Gu^n^'s  division  (Entomologist,  p.  297)* 

European  Noctutdce,  some  newly  characterized,  and  others  previously 
not  figured,  have  been  figured  by  Freyer  (Beitr.)  and  Germar  (Faun. 
Ins.  Europ.) :  Cymatophora  lintea,  Fr.  (t.  370),  from  Turkey ;  AgrotU 
velum,  Kuhlw.  (Germ.  t.  13),  erupta,  Kulhw.  (Germ.  1. 15),  mtmna, 
Fr.  (t.  364),  are  German  species ;  A.  fusca,  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  393),  and 
cataUucaf  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  399),  from  the  mountains  of  the  south  of 
Europe ;  A,  Heydenrekhii  (Germ.  1. 14),  from  Dalmatia,  figured  by  Fr. 
(t.  393)  as  Hadena  fatidica,  Hiibn.  Hadena  ctmentata.  Germ.  (t.  16), 
from  Sicily ;  Ontpwrgeri  {dentina,  var.),  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  394),  from  Swit- 
zerland; a/rctica,  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  394),  from  Lapland;  Miselia  fUsut, 
Germ.  (t.  18),  from  Sicilj ;  Ma/mestra  cervina,  G.  (t.  19),  from  Iceland; 
Mythdmna  alliacea,  G.  (t.  20),  and  Gortyna  xcunthenes,  G.  (t.  22),  from 
Sicily ;  Leuca/nia  fiava  (Fr.  370),  X.  mtmidM/m,  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  .395)» 
Z.  Andereggii,  Fr.  (t.  395),  L.  zecB,  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  406),  X.  carieiB,  Fr* 
(t.  401),  and  Xylina  wax,  Fr.  (t.  370),  from  Hungary;  Cleophana^ 
LaMdeti,  Fr.  (t.  395),  from  Switzerland ;  Anthophila  cretula,  Fr.(t.  360), 
from  Kagusa;  A.  gignalis,  Fr.  (t.  360),  from  Hungazy  (Ofen). 

Bentlej  (Entomologist,  p.  254,  317)  has  given  some  critical  remarks 
on  different  species  of  Agrotis  and  Ca/radrina, 

Freyer  (Beitr.)  has  figured  the  following  Noctuidce,  with  their  cater- 
pillars : — N,  soliMris  (t.  345) ;  luctuosa  (t.  .346),  of  which  the  caterpillar, 
having  sixteen  feet,  differs  widely  from  that  of  the  former  with  only  twelve 
feet,  and  agrees  generally  with  that  of  the  following,  N,  leucameloB 
(t.  347),  so  that  the  Iti^tuoaa  must  be  removed  from  the  genus  Acontia 
to  Catephia;  all  the  three  are  found  upon  the  Canvolvuli.    ChtculUa 

288 


INSECT  A — LEPIDOPTERA.  245 

Simtonici,  Hii.  (t.  357) ;  N.  uncmimiSf  which  Freyer,  judging  from  the 
caterpillar,  would  remove  from  Apa/mea  to  Hadena,  whilst  Boisduyal 
places  it  in  his  genus  Luperina  (t.  371) ;  Cymatophora  ficmcomia 
(t.  375),  Xanthia  citrago  (376),  Triphcena  Jimbria  (t.  381),  Eadena  leu- 
^ophcsa  (t.  382),  EeliotkU  inca/mata  (t.  383),  Catocala  electa  (t.  407). 

Brjuid  (Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xL  p.  37,  t.  4,  f.  1)  has  given  a  descrip- 
tion and  figure  of  the  caterpillar  of  Eriopus  pteridis,  which  is  very  rare 
in  France.  Both  the  sexes  of  StiJbia  $tagnicola  have  been  described  by 
Graslin  (ibid.  p.  303,  t.  13,  f.  1-7),  with  the  complete  history  of  its 
metamorphosis.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  weak  form  of  the  fly,  and 
robust  caterpillar,  corresponding  entirely  with  those  of  Hadena  or 
Orthosia.  It  lives  exclusively  on  Chrammece.  He  has  also  described  the 
habits  and  caterpillar  of  Dicmthosda  hiteago  (ibid.  313, 1. 13,  f.  8-10) ; 
it  feeds  on  Silene  infiata,  the  egg  is  laid  on  the  outside  of  the  plant  in 
the  beginning  of  June,  the  larva  penetrates  the  nearest  knots  of  the  stalk, 
and  descends  gradually  through  the  stalk  to  the  root ;  it  is  at  its  full 
growth  in  August,  and  becomes  a  pupa  in  the  ground. 

Some  remarks  have  been  made  on  Diphthera  ludifica  in  the 
"  Entom.  Zeit.,"  by  Eosenhauer  (p.  35)  and  Richter  (p.  165). 

Many  new  species  of  the  NoctuidcB  of  Southern  Russia  (or  rather 
West  Russian  Asia)  have  been  made  known  by  Eversmann  (Bull.  Mosc. 
1842,  p.  543-555),  and  Freyer  (Beitr.) :  Agrotis  valeddca,  Boisd. 
(Fr.  t.  351),  cidumbrataf  Ev.  (p.  543),  immunda,  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  3),  deser- 
ticola,  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  4),  rustica,  Ev. ;  Hadena  leucodon,  Ev.  (Fr.  t.  359), 
ochroitigmay  Ev.;  Maanegtra  cervina,  Ev.  (p.  546),  infemalis,  Ev. ; 
Muelia  mmMuosaf  Fr.  (t.  351) ;  Leucania  alopecura,  Boisd.  (Fr. 
t.  359),  maculata,  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  4),  lineata,  Ev. ;  Ca/radrina  sqiialida, 
Ev.,  exUis,  Ev. ;  Orthoda  cavernoga,  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  3) ;  Cosmia  tmbufa, 
Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  359) ;  Gortyna  morio,  Ev.  {Apa/mea  morio,  Fr.  t.  388) ; 
Xanthia  ferrago,  Ev.  (Fr.  t.  364) ;  Cucullia  rimula,  cinera^ea,  mixta, 
Uornata  (Fisch.),  Fr.  (t.  352) ;  BalsamitcBy  Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  358,  with  the 
caterpillar) ;  incana,  Ev.,  Fr.  (t.  388) ;  fraadatrixy  Ev.  Fr.  (t.  388), 
fucJmanaf  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  6,  0.  Fuchsii,  Fr.  t.  388),  pvstulata,  Ev.  (t.  5, 
f.  5),  propinqua,  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  7) ;  Pluda  v/ralierms,  Fr.  (t.  389,  PL  illus- 
tris  vaa*.  uralensU,  Ev.  p.  554),  macroga/imna,  Ev. ;  Ana/rta  cora,  Fr. 
(t.  389) ;  HeliothAs  pulchra,  Ev.  (t.  5,  f.  8) ;  AnthophUa  concinnula, 
Boisd.  (Fr.  t.  360),  pa/raXlela,  Fr.  (ibid.),  am^imta,  Ev. 

Germar  (Faun.  Ins.  Europ.)  has  also  figured  some  West  Siberian  Noc- 
tuidcB :  Hadena  ca/ncellata,  Caradrma  chaldadca,  Cucullia  argyrea, 
magnificaf  and  Jla/mmifera ;  of  these,  however,  the  first  four  have  been 
Already  figured  by  Freyer,  the  third  even  earlier,  by  Esper,  under  the  same 
name ;  the  last  is  the  same  with  Cue.  hiomata,  Fisch.,  Bull.  Mosc.  1839. 

lonthe,  a  remarkable  new  genus  of  Noctuidce,  has  been  characterized 
by  E.  Doubleday  (Entomol.  p.  297) ;  the  anterior  wings  are  narrow,  the 

289  T 


246         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

posterior  stronglj  produoed  at  the  anal  angle,  the  abdomen  yeiy  long, 
with  a  thick  pencil  of  hairs  at  the  end;  the  fly  has  yeiy  much  the 
appearance  of  the  PyraJidcB,  bnt  the  author  finds  a  nearer  alliance  to 
the  genera  OpMusa  and  Ophidere» ;  the  species  J.  uf/Jbrina^  is  a  new 
discovery  from  Sylhet. 

Qeombtbipjs. — Freyer  (Beitr.)  has  made  known  several  new  German 
species :  Qnopho$  falconaria,  Fr.  (t.  377),  from  the  Alps ;  Larentia 
lariciataf  with  its  caterpDlar,  which  is  found  on  larch  trees  (t,  366) ;  and 
L,  arceuthata,  with  its  caterpillar,  on  the  juniper  (t.  372). 

NfMneria  agarithariaf  Dardoin,  is  a  new  French  species,  the  cater- 
pillar of  which  is  found  on  the  Ulex  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  zL 
p.  201,  t.  8,  f.  3,  4). 

Gu^n^  (ibid.  p.  243)  has  observed,  that  in  the  summer-brood  of 
Ennomos  Ulwaaria,  the  male  moth  only  is  slightly  sprinkled  with 
atoms,  and  the  ground  colour  is  a  yellow  varying  into  roee-red ;  on  the 
under  side,  the  brighter  lines  are  rose-red  instead  of  white ;  the  female, 
instead  of  grey-green,  is  ochre-yellow ;  the  lines  of  the  under  wings 
rusty-yellow,  often  scarcely  observable,  and  the  fringes  of  all  the  wings 
are  a  lively  rust-yellow;  both  sexes  also  are  somewhat  smaller.  A 
similar  proportion  is  found  in  illustraria.  He  is  inclined  to  consider 
dduna/riaf  Hiib.,  as  a  corresponding  variety  of  lunaaia, 

Freyer  (Beitr.)  has  figured  the  following,  with  the  caterpillars  and 
pupsB :  Boarmia  soctona,  Hiib.,  found  on  Spa/rtium  acoparium  (t.  348) ; 
Acidalia  certcMrtia,  Fr.  (cervmata  and  certata.  Hub.),  on  the  barbeny, 
the  caterpillar  very  unlike  the  A,  dubitaria,  Fr.  {dubitata,  Hiib.),  the 
fly  of  which  it  closely  resembles ;  it  lives  on  white  and  black  thorns 
(t.  402) ;  Acid.  dUutaria  (t.  408). 

Some  new  species  from  West  Russian  Asia  have  been  made  known  by 
Eversmann  (BulL  Mosc.  1842,  p.  556),  and  Freyer  (Beitr.) :  Ewnomas 
efrcbcta/ria,  Mreptaria,  Fr.  (t.  353) ;  Fidonia  hadicLria,  Fr.  (t.  354) ; 
Chfiophos  lapidiM/ria,  Fr.  (t.  353) ;  Acidalia  albidentaria,  Fr.  (t.  354) ; 
A.  stramentataf  appensata,  aj^ectata,  Ev. ;  Cida/ria  pulchrariaf  Ev. 
(t.  6,  f.  9,  Fr.  p.  390) ;  Zerene  albidata,  Ev.  (t.  6,  f.  10). 

Zerena  fasciaris  and  Evbolia  indicaria,  Gu^rin  (Deless.  Souv.  iL 
p.  96,  t.  26,  f.  5,  4),  are  two  new  GeometridcB  from  the  Nilgherries. 

Ptbalid^. — Some  new  species,  from  West  Russian  Asia,  have  been 
described  by  Eversmann  (Bull.  Mosc.  1842,  p.  558)  :  Herminia  rectalis, 
PtfraJis  nocttialis,  Botys  languidalis,  Choreutei  pullulalisy  PyroAMta 
atro-eangmnalis,  pdtalis  (t.  6,  f.  11),  fu/rvalis  (f.  12)^  aru/ndinalit^ 
(f.  13),  Hercyna  scahralis. 

ToRTBiciDJB. — Fischer  von  Rosslerstamm  (Abbild.  t.  98),  has  given 
an  exact  representation  of  Tortrix  Icevigana,  W.  Vz.  Eversmann, 
(Bull.  Mosc.  1842,  p.  562)  has  described  Totrix  gilvama  and  hydrar- 
gyrana  (t.  6,  f.  14),  from  West  Russian  Asia. 

290 


INSECT  A — LEPIDOPTERA.  247 

TiHSiDiB. — Frejev  (Beitr.  378-384)  has  separated  from  each  other  the 
nearly  allied  species  of  Ypom&nmta:  Ihelicella,  Fr.  {r&rella^  Hiib.), 
paddla,  mcUinellay  eognatella,  wonymella.  He  has  also  (ibid.  t.  404) 
figured  a  new  species,  P%cts  wagnerella,  from  Turkey. 

Fischer  von  Bosslerstamm  (Abbild.  Ft.  20)  has  illttstrated  Lita 
terdla,  W.  Vz.^  Mhituma  juniperetta,  "L,,  Palpula  rctitrdla,  Hiib., 
and  the  fbUowing  new  species :  LcLmpros  monastricellay  found  on  high 
hills  at  Vienna;  Elachista  treitschhiella,  at  Vienna,  flying  oyer  the 
Comua  mcucula  ;  Ypsolophus  doloseHus,  hinotdlus,  sepa/ratellvs,  impa- 
relhis,  also  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Vienna. 

The  same  author  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  200)  has  also  shown,  that  many  species 
haye  been  confounded  under  Ochsenheimeria  (Pkygcu)  tawrella,  which 
he  has  carefully  separated  and  amply  described :  0.  tawrella,  W«  Vz., 
and  urella,  Heyd.  (new  species),  haye  rough  scaly  antennae :  vcicculeUa, 
Heyd.  (tawrdlay  Hiib.  f.  188),  has  smooth  ones ;  the  last  has  been  eon-' 
founded  with  the  true  taurdlaf  W.  Vz*,  by  Tieischke,  Duponchel,  and 
Zeller;  a  fcmrth  species,  still  more  deyioting,  but  allied  to  taurella,  is 
0.  bubaldla,  Hiib.  f.  376  (erroneously  276).  The  earlier  states  of  aU 
the  species  are  unknown. 

The  history  of  the  deyelopment  of  the  GdecIUa  lapella,  Linn.,  has 
been  giyen  by  Loew  (Entom.  Zeit.  p.  257)»  and  a  yery  full  description 
of  the  fly  by  Zeller  (ibid.  p.  25&).  The  latter  is  of  importance,  as  the 
insect  yaries  greatly.  The  fly  of  the  same  name  of  the  Vienna  Gatal.,^ 
Hiibner,.  FabiiciuSy  and  Stephens,  belongs  to  Tm,  ganomdla,  Tr^  On 
the  other  hand,  Gd.  aativdla,  Mtzn.,  Zell.,  is  identical  with  Q.  lapella, 
Linn.  Loew  found  the  caterpillar  in  the  heads  of  burs ;  but  Zeller  found 
the  fly  in  plaees  where  no  burs  were  near,  where,  therefore,  the  cater- 
pillar must,  in  all  probability^  haye  had  some  other  nidus. 

Von  Heyden  spoke,  at  the  meeting  of  Naturalists  at  Mainz,  upon  the 
genu0  N^Hcula,  Heyd.,  and  FUcheriaf  ZelL  To  the  former  belong 
T.  amrdla,  F.,  argentipeddlaf  Zell.,  cmtifolidla,  Heyd.,  sericopeza^ 
ZelL,  socidla,  Hc^..  Their  caterpillars  haye  only  two  pairs  of  in- 
complete legs,  and  six  pairs  of  abdominal  props.  The  caterpillar  of 
the  N.  cewHfoHdlaf  already  known  by  Degeer  and  Goze,  has  lately 
erroneously  been  taken  for  a  parasitical  larya.  In  some^  species  the 
caterpillar  has  not  arriyed  at  its  Ml  growth  m  autumn ;  when  the  other 
leayes  wither,  these  still  retain  their  necessary  nourishment,  so  that  the 
cellular  tissue  in  the  eircumference  of  tiieir  habitation  remains  green. 
The  caterpillars  of  FUcheria  are  quite  destitute  of  feet  (AmtL  Bericht., 
te.  p.  208). 

Eyerflmann  has  described  some  new  species  from  the  west  of  Russian 
Asia  (Buli  Mosc.  1842,  p.  563) :  ChUo  ctcutellus,  Phycis  9qwdiddla, 
prapinqfudla,  Adda  ^Jkuarapulverella, 

Gu^rin  and  Perrotet  haye  laid  before  the  Parisian  Academy  a  pap^ 

291 


248  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

upon  a  moth,  Elachitta  coffeella,  which  is  very  injurious  to  the  coffee 
plantations  on  the  Antilles.  The  caterpillars  mine  into  the  leaves  of  the 
coffee,  where,  after  they  have  fed  from  fifteen  to  twenty  days,  they  spin 
themselves  up,  three  or  four  in  each  leaf,  and  in  about  a  week  come  out 
from  the  pupa,  so  that  forty  to  forty-five  days  may  be  reckoned  for  one 
generation  (Listitut.  p.  185 ;  see  also  Rev.  Zool.  p.  24, 126, 167). 


DIPTERA. 

Lbon  Dufoto  has  published  some  general  remarks  on  the  internal  struc- 
ture of  the  Diptera  (Institut.  p.  169). 

According  to  his  account,  the  cord  of  nerves  uniting  the  chain  of 
ganglions,  is  here  simple,  while  in  other  insects  it  is  double ;  he  found 
the  number  of  ganglions  in  Tvpula,  CuleXy  AgUuSf  and  Bombylitis,  to  be 
nine ;  in  Tabanus,  StrcOiamySf  and  Rkagio,  seven ;  in  Syrphus,  three ; 
in  Conops,  two ;  and  in  Musca,  only  one. 

A  new  work  by  Zetterstedt,  **  Diptera  Scandinaviss,  1  tom.  Lund. 
1842,  8vo.,"  is  important,  partly  from  the  considerable  number  of  new 
species,  and  partly  by  the  proposed  divisions,  in  which  he  has  taken  a 
step  well  worthy  of  attention;  however,  it  is  rather  uncertain,  the 
author  haying  confined  hi.  yiew  to  the  Scandinayian  species.  The  na- 
tural  characteristics,  either  of  genera  or  families,  cannot  be  determined, 
without  examining  the  group  in  its  whole  extent  and  development. 

An  ''  Ubersicht  der  Zweiflugler  Lief-und  Kurlands,"  has  been  pub- 
lished by  Gimmerthal  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  639).  An  appendix  contains 
remarks  on  the  recorded  species,  and  descriptions  of  those  newly  dis- 
covered. 

''  Dipterologische  Beitrage,"  by  ZeUer  (Isis,  p.  807),  contain  excellent 
observations  and  descriptions  of  several  newly  discovered  species. 

Macquart's  Diptdres  Exotiques,  vol.  ii.  part  2^  Paris,  1842,  will  be 
considered. 

Le  Ouillou  has  described  the  new  Diptera  (seven  species)  collected  by 
him  in  his  voyage  round  the  world  (Rev.  ZooL  p.  314). 

Patterson  has  made  some  observations  on  the  appeiininoe  of  clouds  of 
Diptera  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  6). 

CuLiciDiB.  —  Culex  australis  of  the  reporter  is  a  new  species  from 
Van  Diemen's  Land  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  270). 

CniRONOMiDiB. — Zeller  (Isis,  p.  807)  has  given  his  observations  on  the 
habits  of  the  Hydrobcenus  lugubriSf  Fries  {Pdlocerus  occuItoMSy  Ruth., 
Chirononms  occultans,  Meig.)  These  smaU  gnats  appear  in  masses^ 
in  the  beginning  of  spring,  on  puddles  and  ditches.  They  sail  on  the 
water  with  their  wings,  but  never  fly. 

292 


INSECTA — LEPIDOPTBRA.  243 

CsciDOMTziD  js. — Professor  Henslow  has  drawn  attention  to  a  doubt- 
ful point  in  the  natural  history  of  the  Ceddomyia  tritici,  viz., — Whether 
the  larva  undergoes  metamorphosis  in  the  ground,  or  if  it  remains  in  the 
ears  of  com.  He  was  not  able  to  rear  one  indiyidual  of  the  numerous 
larvae  which  he  procured  £rom  the  sifting  of  the  chaflf.  (Report  of  the 
Eleventh  Meeting  of  the  British  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science,  held  at  Plymouth  in  July,  1841.    London,  1842,  p.  72.) 

Edw.  Herrick  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  of  Science,  zli.  p,  153)  has  made 
some  cursory  observations  on  the  Hessian  Fly  (Ceddomyia  destructor)^ 
and  its  parasites.  The  author  is  of  opinion  that  the  insect  was,  in  fact, 
introduced  from  Europe ;  and  produces  much  evidence  that  it  is  found 
native  there*  Its  parasites  are  small  Hymenoptera ;  viz., — 1st,  A  still 
undescribed  Platygaster:  2d,  Ceraphron  destructor.  Say,  which  the 
author  thinlcs  is  a  Ewrytoma ;  apterous  individuals  are  found,  which  are 
perhaps  female :  3d,  An  undescribed  species  of  Chalcididce,  also  having 
apterous  females :  4th,  An  undescribed  Oxywre*  The  first  species  lives 
in  the  eggs,  the  others  in  the  nympha. 

TiFULARiDEji. — Zeller  (Isis,  p.  808)  has  given  an  exact  description  of 
the  larva  of  the  Linmobia  digtinctimma.  It  was  found  in  May  on  the 
under  side  of  the  leaves  of  the  Anemone  nemorosa,  in  which  it  eats 
oblong  holes. 

Stager  (Kroyer  Naturch.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  202)  discovered  the  larva  of 
Dixa  nigra  in  a  pond.  It  is  brownish-grey,  2'"  long,  cylindrical ;  the 
middle  thoracic  ring  broader  than  the  rest ;  and  a  pencil  of  fine  bristles 
projecting  over  the  head,  at  the  anterior  projection  (vorderecke) ;  the 
last  ring  not  longer  and  narrower  than  the  rest,  ending  in  two  ^ely 
fring^ed  lobes,  between  which  is  foimd  a  three  jointed  process,  covered  at 
the  point  with  bristles ;  the  lobes  of  the  tail  serve  as  suckers ;  the  fourth 
and  fifth  rings  of  the  abdomen  have  each  a  couple  of  sucking  pads  on  the 
under  side ;  the  larva  moves  by  means  of  this  sucking  apparatus  and  of 
the  mouth.  The  nympha  is  reddish-brown,  which  state  lasts  four  or 
five  days. 

A  new  genus,  PterelachMus,  has  been  characterized  by  Rondani  (Gudr* 
Rev.  Zool.  p.  243 ;  Mag.  de  Zool.  1842,  Ins.  pL  106) :  Antennae  thirteen* 
jointed,  the  joints  from  the  third  reniform  (judging  from  the  plate),  the 
last  small  and  spherical ;  palpi  as  in  Tipula ;  the  wings  reduced  to  small 
stumps ;  legs  not  very  long.  The  male  is  unknown.  Pt.  BerteU  is  found 
in  autumn  on  the  Parmasian  Hills,  in  the  walls  of  old  buildings. 

The  reporter  has  described  a  new  species  fiom  Yan  Diemen's  Land, 
Megistocera  padfica  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  270). 

HiBTEiDiB. — A  new  genus,  Asthenia,  has  been  characterized  by  West« 
wood  (Gudr.  Mag.  de  Zool.  1842,  Ins.  pi.  94).  He  places  it  near  Ma* 
eropeza,  Spha^romias  and  Hydrdbcenus ;  but  the  large  eyes,  which  are 
close  together  above,  point  out  a  near  alliance  to  Simulium,  from  which 

293 


250         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDGGCXLII  : 

the  new  genu  differs  by  the  wing-yeiiiB,  elongated  legs,  fifteen-jointed 
antenn»  and  fiye-jointed  palpL  The  repraBentation  of  a  pair  of  bzoad 
dentated  mandibles,  serrated  internally,  originates  in  an  error ;  at  least 
they  are  wholly  without  example  in  this  division  of  the  Diptera.  The 
•pedes,  A.fa»eia^j  is  from  Albania. 

Zeller  (Isis,  p.  800)  has  described  the  larra  of  the  PeftUhetria  holoBe- 
rieea ;  it  is  found  on  moist  land,  under  the  grass,  fidlen  leayes,  &c.  It 
is  \l'  long,  black,  with  four  rows  of  spines  above  direoted  backwards,  four 
rows  of  small  adpressed  spines  beneath,  and  a  black  shining  head ;  it 
changes  in  April  into  a  black  spinous  nympha.  He  has  (ibid.  p.  811) 
united  BUbio  clavipest  Big.  (Johawniit  F.,  ephippmmf  ZelL),  aa  the  male 
to  B,  dor9cU%$  and  Jlavicollia^  Mg.  B.  fiUviooUii^  Qimmerthal  (BulL 
Mosc.  663),  appears  to  be  a  yariety  of  this  species. 

Tabanida — ^Zeller  (Lds,  p.  812)  has  made  some  valuable  remarks  on 
the  speoies  observed  by  him.  He  also  describes  seven&l  new  ones :  jTo- 
bantM  wdeUcuM^  Yery  near  the  T.  hovinuB:  T.  tricolor^  a  very  pretty 
species  from  South  Russia ;  ChrysopB  pckraUelogrammuB,  like  the  Chr, 
r€li€tu9,  Zetterstedt  (Dip.  Scand.)  has  described  several  new  Swedish 
species :  Tabanua  latifrom,  atricomUfJlavicepSy  nigricomky  nigerrimui, 
m€tculi€&mi$,  niblunatieomis.  The  reporter  (Arch.  1842.  L  p.  273)  has 
described  three  new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land :  Tahanu$  exulanSf 
gregariuSf  gentilU, 

AsiLiDiB.  —  Zetterstedt  (1.  c.)  has  enriched  this  family  with  three 
new  species :  Laphria  lappanica,  formerly  considered  as  a  variety  of 
the  X.  rufipeiy  from  which  it  differs  by  the  black  fore-legs,  and  in  other 
respects ;  from  the  south  of  Lapland.  Dasypogon  luteicomit,  from  the 
south  of  Sweden.  Leptogwter  ciUtriventru,  found  in  Sweden  and  Den- 
mark. 

Lcmpria  ckuipennii  (1),  Le  Quillou  (Rev.  Zod.  p.  314),  is  also  a  new 
species,  from  Triton  Bay. 

MiDASiDJt. — ^Harris  (Ins,  of  Massachusetts,  p.  406)  has  given  some 
information  on  the  natural  history  of  these  insects.  The  larva  and  pupa 
generally  resemble  those  of  the  Anli,  The  former  ia  cylindrical,  nar- 
rowed anteriorly,  rounded  posteriorly,  and  lives  in  rotten  wood.  In  the 
latter,  the  abdomen  terminates  in  a  forked  point,  the  head  has  eight 
horns,  and  round  each  ring  there  is  a  series  of  anudl  teeth,  directed 
backwards,  though  at  first  they  point  forwards.  The  fly  is  deaoribed 
as  being  predatory. 

XTLOPHAOii]XB.--J)rew8en  (Kroyer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  103)  has 
remarked,  that  the  larva  of  Xylophagui  ater  does  not  live  on  wood,  but 
is  predatory;  and  that  the  larva  of  I)frochroa  coccmea  and  Tipukt^ 
especially,  were  attacked  by  it. 

Lbptidjs. — ^Zetterstedt  (Dipt.  Scand.)  has  introduced  a  new  genus  into 
this  family :  Ptiolina,  Stag.,  for  the  species  of  Atherix,  with  the  last 

294 


INSECTA — ^LEPIDOMERA.  251 

antennal  joint  oval,  and  hATing  a  bristle  at  the  end,  containing :  A,  ch- 
9cu/ra,  Mg.,  and  a  new  species,  A,  nigra,  Leptis  gtiffmaiica,  ephippium 
t:merea,  Chrysopila  l^ta,  are  new  species. 

Thereua  and  Pdlocephala,  Zett.,  differing  from  Thereua  hj  the  bald 
under  part  of  face  (containing  Th,  imberbis.  Pall.,  eonJinU  and  eximia^ 
Mg.,  lapponieaf  Zett.),  he  places  with  the  Anthracidas,  His  Th,  a/n- 
fwdata  is  a  new  species  from  the  south  and  middle  of  Sweden.  Th, 
venuita  of  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  272)  is  another,  &om  Van 
Diemen's  Land. 

BoMBYLiEDJi. — Zetterstedt  (Dipt.  Suec.  p.  190)  has  mentioned  a  new 
species,  Bombylius  oUbibarbis,  which  is  nearly  allied  to  the  B,  nUnOTf 
but  double  the  size,  and  distinguished  by  the  long  third  joint  of  its  an- 
t^msB  and  black  knees. 

Westwood  (Gudrin  Mag.  de  ZooL,  Ins.  pi.  dO)  has  given  a  short 
monograph  on  Systropus,  Wd.  To  the  two  species  described  by  Wiede- 
mann, he  has  added  three  new  ones :  S.fienoides,  from  Mexico ;  8.  fwmi- 
pen/nis,  from  Brazil;  8,  ewmenoides,  from  the  North  of  India.  The 
Berlin  ooUection  possesses  a  species  from  Brazil,  which  agrees  with  8, 
fumipennis  in  the  black  anterior  thighs,  but  the  posterior  are  very 
thick,  which  is  not  mentioned  by  Westwood ;  it  is,  therefore,  probably 
dijSerent.    We  also  possess  an  undescribed  species  from  South  Africa. 

HYBOTiNiDiB. — Stilger  (£[r6yer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  98)  has  sifted 
the  synonymes  of  the  species  of  Ocydromia :  Oc,  flavipes  and  ruficollUt 
Mg.,  are  $  and  $  of  one  species,  and  form  the  genus  Leptopeza,  Maoq. ; 
Oc,  ru/ipeiy  Mg.,  he  considers  as  a  distinct  species,  of  which  the  ^  is 
•till  doubtfld ;  Oe,  icutellata,  Mg.,  is  only  a  brighi  variety  of  the  O. 
glabricula  {$),  Fall.,  to  the  $  of  which,  also,  O.  danalis  and  nigti- 
p&nwUf  Mg.,  and  fnelanapleura,  Loew,  are  joined. 

Zetterstedt  (Dipt.  Scand.)  has  characteriEed  a  new  species,  O.  mgrtpeB, 
found  (mce  in  Oland;  also  of  L^tcpeza^  tibialis,  borealis,  from  Lap- 
land ;  flavimwutf  nigripes,  from  Norway*  Of  Hybas :  infuwatus,  Stag., 
from  Lund.  Of  (Edalia :  sHgmateUa,  distinguished  from  (E,  hybotina 
by  the  undivided  margin  of  the  mouth.  Gimmerthal  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  665) 
has  mentioned  (Edalia  penvuOa  as  a  new  species,  which  has  the  poste- 
rior thighs  feathered  on  each  side. 

Tachtbbomisa. — Zetterstedt  (Dipt.  Scand.)  has  characterized  a  new 
genus,  Phyllodromia,  differing  from  Hemerodromia  only  by  the  long 
antennal  bristles,  containing  H.  mdcmocephala,  F.,  vocatoria,  Fall., 
and  aWiietaf  Zett.  For  the  greater  number  of  the  new  species  in  this 
family,  I  refer  to  the  work  itself.  Gimmerthal  (Bull.  Mosc.  p.  667)  has 
described  Tachydromia  hnmnipes  as  a  new  spedes. 

EnriDA.  —  A  number  of  new  species  of  the  genera  Hila/ra,  Wiede- 
mam/iia,  Empis,  and  Rhamvphom/yia,  axe  described  by  Zetterstedt  (Dipt. 
3cand.)     Stager  (Kroyer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  102)  has  remarked, 

295 


252  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

that  the  length  of  the  proboeeis  in  EmpU  and  Rhamphamyiay  cannot, 
as  is  often  done  bj  Meigen,  be  referred  to  difference  of  sex,  as  the 
membranons  sheath,  which  surrounds  the  opening  of  the  month,  some* 
times  bulges  out  in  the  straggles  of  death,  by  which  the  proboscis  is 
unnatnrallj  lengthened. 

DoucHOFiBA. — ^An  exeellent  monograph  on  the  Danish  DoUchopidcf 
has  been  undertaken  by  Stttger.  The  first  part  only  has  at  present 
appeared  (Kroyer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  1),  embracing  the  D.  lamdli- 
ferij  with  leaf-like  appendages  to  the  male  organs  of  generation.  The 
author,  in  this  work,  haa  brought  to  light,  and  taken  as  a  foundation,  the 
admirable  treatise  of  Stannius  (Isis,  1831).  Syhistroma  (three  species) 
and  Ammobatei  (three  species)  are  each  enriched  with  one,  and  Doli- 
chopus  (forty-one  species)  with  nine  new  species.  He  has  given  a  plan 
for  dividing  the  DolichoptdcB  with  filiform  appendages  to  the  male 
organs  of  generation  (ibid.  p.  340),  which,  as  the  genera  are  grouped 
according  to  the  antenna!  bristles,  corresponds,  in  general,  with  the  divi- 
sion of  Macquart ;  however,  it  is  more  carefully  elaborated,  and  he  has 
better  sifted  the  genera,  Argyra  and  Porphyropg  especially.  It  is  to  be 
hoped  the  author  will  soon  publish  the  remainder  of  this  plan  in  the 
second  part  of  his  monograph. 

ZeUer  (Isis,  p.  831)  has  made  some  remarks  on  different  Dolichopidas^ 
He  has  given  the  name  Sciapus  to  the  genus  Pdlcpus,  Meig.,  as  Pdlopui 
and  Ptilopa  cannot  well  stand  next  each  other.  Four  species  have  been 
more  minutely  examined  by  him ;  the  $  of  Syhistroma  nodicomiSf  Mg.^ 
is  described,  and  a  new  species,  Dolichopus  pectmifer. 

Macquart  (Dipt.  Exotiq.)  has  described  a  series  of  new  extra  European 
species  of  this  family,  of  the  genera  Fgilopits.  and  DoUchopu$,  The 
reporter  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  273)  has  also  made  known  a  new  species  firom 
Van  Diemen's  Land,  Pdlopus  ingenMU*. 

Stratiomydjb. — Macquart*  (Ann.  d.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  p.  41,  t.  4,  f.  2) 
has  characterized  a  new  genus,  which  has,  in  common  with  Berts,  the 
eight>ringed  third  antennal  joint,  and  with  Stratiomys  the  long  first 
antennal  joint  and  double- spined  scutellum,  but  is  distinguished  by  the 
under  part  of  face  forming  a  strong  projection,  which  receives  the  pio- 
boscis  in  an  emargination ;  hence  its  name,  Exochogtofna.  The  only 
species,  E,  nitida,  black,  with  yellow  tibiae,  blackish  wings,  2f '  long, 
has  been  discovered  in  France. 

.  Zeller  (Isis,  p.  825)  has  described  a  new  species  of  8a/rgus  fiom 
Hungary,  8,  melampogon,  nearly  approximating  the  S.formamiSf  Schr., 
but  distinguished  by  the  black  beard  and  blackish  wings. 

Zetterstedt  (Dipt.  Scand.)  has  described  the  following  new  species : — 
StraHomys  ruficomis^  chiefly  distinguished  from  SU  hydropota  by  the 
red  antennsB,  black  only  at  the  extremest  tip ;  Nemotelus  notatus ; 
Packygaster  tarsalis ;  Ckryiomyia  cyaniventru;  Sargus  nubeculoms, 

296 


INSECTA — LEPIDOPTERA.  263 

differing  from  8.  cuprarius  by  its  smaller  size  and  dark  base  of  the 
tarsi,  which,  in  the  other,  are  yellow ;  8.  nigripes,  which,  however,  better 
agrees  with  8.  nitidus,  Meig.,  than  the  one  defined  as  such  by  the 
author,  remarkably  differing  in  size,  &c. 

The  larva  of  Clitdlaria  ephippium  has  been  found  out  by  Zeller ; 
it  is  very  similar  to  that  of  Sargus.    (Isis,  p.  826, 1. 1,  f.  35.) 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  272)  has  described  a  new  species  itom 
Van  Diemen's  Land,  Odontomyia  stricta. 

Stbphid^.  —  Schummel  (Arbeit,  der  Schles.  Ges.  fur  Vaterl.  Kult, 
1842,  p.  15)  has  continued  his  list  of  the  SyrpMdcB  observed  in  Silesia, 
embracing  the  genera  Pa/r<igu8,  Aicia,  8phegina,  Baccha,  Po/r,  dispar^ 
Sph.  eleganSf  Baccha  nigricomis,  are  new  species. 

Gimmerthal  (BuU.  Mosc.  p.  668)  has  characterized  two  new  species  of 
Paragua :  P.  albipes  and  nigritu8,  the  former  of  which  appears  to  agree 
with  the  i  of  the  P.  diepar,  Schumm. ;  also  (p.  670)  one  new  species  of 
CheUoda :  Ck,  cUra, 

Stager  (Kroyer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  320)  has  distinguished  with 
great  care  and  exactness  the  Danish  species  of  Platychdrusy  Enc.  {svlb* 
genus  of  8yrph%ui)  &om  each  other.  The  species  are, — 1.  man%catu8f 
Mg.(?);  2,peltatu8,Mg.;  3,  8Cutatu8,Mg,;  4:,  clyp€atu8,Mg,;  5,  qua- 
dratic, Maoq.  (?),  the  $  is  recognisable  by  the  bluish  forehead,  narrow 
pointed  abdomen,  want  of  the  four  pairs  of  spots,  &c. ;  6.  scambvs,  Stag.» 
(8ccBv,  clypeata,  yar.,  Zett.  Ins.  Lapp.),  distinguished  as  a  species  by 
its  greater  size,  yellow  anterior  legs  with  long  black  bristles,  fringelesa 
middle  tibiae  of  the  $  crooked  and  somewhat  hollowed  internally ;  T.fuX- 
viventris,  Maoq. ;  8.  albimcmuSf  Mg. ;  9.  Ocytni,  Mg.  (^  lobatus,  Mg.) 

Zeller  (Isis,  p.  830)  has  remarked,  that  the  genus  Doros  has  not  as  yet 
been  distinguished  from  8yrphuB  by  any  character  which  is  universally 
applicable. 

Zeller  (Ent.  Zeit.  p.  65)  has  drawn  evidence,  from  cases  of  mixed 
union  observed  by  himself,  in  favoor  of  the  view  taken  by  Macquart,  of 
the  identity  of  the  Volucella  plumata  and  bomhyla/ns.  The  reporter 
(ibid.  p.  113)  has  shown  the  same,  by  the  description  of  the  varieties 
found  in  tiie  Berlin  collection,  of  which  the  first  (bombyla^  passes^ 
by  fi>ur  intermediate  steps  (among  which  is  hcemorrhoidaJisy  Zett.),  gn^ 
dually  into  the  sixth  (plumata),  which,  by  a  seventh  variation,  is  brought 
back  to  the  first  (bombylans). 

The  history  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  Volucdla  tnonts  has  been 
investigated  by  Schmidt  (ibid.  p.  20).  He  found  the  larvsB  in  September 
in  a  wasps*  nest,  both  in  the  brood-cells  and  in  the  exterior  coverings. 
When  the  whole  wasps'  nest  was  put  into  a  glass  half  filled  with  earth, 
the  larvae  went  into  the  earth,  remained  in  it  until  March,  and  in  April 
became  pupae.  This  larva  has  also  been  found  by  Gu^rin  and  Le^ 
pelletier  in  wafps'  nests,  but  was  confounded  with  the  F.  bombylant 

297 


254  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLU  : 

obferred  hj  Reaumur  in  the  neets  of  humble-bees,  which,  eyen  as  a  krya, 
is  specifically  distinct. 

The  larva  of  the  Sjfrphui  albottriaitus  has  been  minutely  described 
by  Zeller  (Isis,  p.  828). 

Maoquart  (Dipt.  Exotiq.)  has  described  a  considerable  number  of 
extra  European  species,  and,  at  the  same  time,  characterized  many  new 
genera:  MixogcLtUr,  agreeing  with  Ceratopkya,  Wd.,  in  the  form  of  the 
antennsB,  but  differing  by  haying  the  wing-reins  and  the  form  of  body 
of  C<mop8 ;  the  only  new  species,  which'  is  from  the  Brasils,  should 
therefore  be  named  M.  canopaidet  (not  conopioidcB).  Under  the  genus 
Megatpii,  E,  chrytophygusy  Wd.,  and  E,  crosttM,  F.,  are  separated 
from  Eriitaliij  on  account  of  the  size  of  their  scutellum.  Plagiocera^ 
differing  from  EristcUis,  by  the  transTcrse  last  antennal  joint,  oontainiog 
MiUiia  cruciger  and  rujlcnu,  Wd.,  which  the  author  considers  as  varieties 
of  each  other,  and  to  which  MaUota  milenformi$,  Maoq.,  Suit,  k  Buff., 
belongs,  is  correctly  remoyed  from  the  MilesicB  and  placed  nearer  Eris- 
tal%$.  DoUchogynay  with  one  new  species,  D.foidatay  fi!om  Chili,  much 
resembles  Belophihtg,  but  differs  by  tiie  broader  third  antennal  joint,  the 
under  part  of  face  arched  in  its  whole  breadth,  and  particularly  by  the 
great  length  of  the  male  organs  of  generation,  to  which  the  name  refers. 
Jmatimna  (a  name  already  used  by  Dejean),  differing  from  Eriitalis  by 
the  open  marginal  cells  of  the  wings,  from  HelophUug  by  the  thick  cutide 
of  the  middle  part  of  the  body,  from  McUlota  and  Merodon  by  the  form 
of  the  third  antennal  joint,  &c.,  is  formed  from  the  ErxBtaUs  poiticatutt 
F.,  and  includes  a  new  species,  said  to  be  East  Indian,  I,  orientaUg, 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  272)  has  described  a  new  species,  Erii- 
talu  vedculcuis,  from  Van  Diemen*s  Land,  and  Le  Quillou  (Bey.  Zool. 
p.  314)  another,  E,  tplendens,  from  the  Solomon  Islands. 

CoNOPARiD^. — ^Zeller  (Isis,  p.  835)  has  published  his  obseryations  on 
the  species  of  this  family. 

Conopi  ioleafamUi  is  a  new  species  characterized  by  Gimmerthal 
(Bull.  MoBC.  p.  672). 

Von  Heyden  remarked,  at  the  meeting  of  Naturalists  at  Mainz  (1842), 
that  the  larva  of  Myopa  lives  in  the  body  ofEtuera  (AmtL  B6rioht,«&c. 
p.  209).  The  particular  species  of  Eueera  which  is  referred  to,  as  weU 
as  of  Myopa,  is  not  stated. 

(EsTRACiDiB. — Some  observations  on  the  (Entridoi  have  been  made  by 
Sells,  in  the  Transact.  Ent.  Soc.  ilL  p.  72.  He  does  not  assent  to  the 
assertion  of  Clark,  that  the  effect  of  the  larvn  of  Gatterap?Ulu9  is  salu- 
tary; on  the  contrary,  when  present  in  abundance,  they  destroy  the 
health  of  horses ;  and  in  two  cases  of  horses,  which  had  died  suddenly, 
the  coats  of  the  stomach  were  found,  on  dissection,  to  be  perforated  by 
these  larvsB.  Farther  observations  (p.  76)  are  given  on  (Estr%i$  2k>vw, 
to  which,  as  a  synonyme,  (E.  ericetorunif  Leach,  belongs. 

298 


INSECTA — LEPIDOPTERA.  265 

Zeller  (Isis,  p.  839)  has  giyen  a  minute  description  of  the  (Egtrus 
sUnmlatar,  01.,  with  the  well  founded  remark,  that  it  is  identical  with 
the  Lapland  CS,  tTcmvpe^  F. 

MuscARiDiB. — ^A  number  of  new  species  of  different  genera  have  been 
eharacterized  by  Gimmerthal  (Bull.  Mosc.):  Sarcophaga  aUnpennUf 
LucUia  violacea,  Pyrellia  fasciata,  Hylem/yia  ftawetcens  and  o^/i- 
neata,  Sapramyza  d-punctata,  Cephalia  ^rpunctoOa,  Phora  guadrata. 

The  species  described  by  Guillou  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  315),  are,  Ph/rissopoda 
cyanea,  from  Tahiti ;  Scurc<^haga  propinqua,  from  the  Isle  of  France, 
Isle  of  Bourbon,  and  St.  Helena ;  CalUphora  dasyophthalmay  &om  the 
Auckland  Islands,  and  O.  magdlamica,  &om  the  Straits  of  Magellan, 
both  very  like  the  C  vomitoria,  but  the  former  is  distinguished  by  rough 
eyes,  the  latter  by  yellow  cheeks  and  palpi  with  black  tips;  Musca 
ocecmica,  from  different  parts  of  the  South  Sea,  distinguished  from 
M.  corvina  by  yellowish  halteres  and  the  almost  straight  transverse 
nervures  of  the  wings. 

Rutilia  tpeciosa  of  the  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  273)  is  a  new  species 
from  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

Zeller  (Isis,  p.  840)  has  published  an  important  contribution  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  species  of  Oonia,  He  has  enriched  that  genus  with 
three  new  species,  in  addition  to  the  O.  fascUUa  and  <2msa,  Mg. : 
O.  trifaria  (perhaps  identical  with  G.  capitata,  Mg.,  but  different  from 
O,  capitata,  Deg.,  Fall.),  O.  lateralis,  and  G.  gimpleo!,  all  from  Silesia. 

According  to  a  communication,  made  by  Yon  Heyden,  at  the  meeting 
of  Naturalists  at  Mainz  (1842),  the  larva  of  Gymnosoma  lives  as  a  pa- 
rasite in  Pentatoma  (AmtL  Bericht.,  &c.,  p.  209). 

Stager  (Kroyer  Naturh.  Tidssker.  p.  319)  has  distinguished  three 
species,  confounded  xmderAtomogaster  triqu^tra{Ant?iamy%a  trig.,  Wd.) : 
A,  Ma,cqu(Mrti  {triquetra,  Maoq.),  tibialis  and  triquetra,  Wd.,  Mg., 
FalL;  the  last  differs,  by  shorter  antennie,  two  spines  on  the  middle 
thighs,  and  smaller  size ;  the  others  have  longer  antennae,  and  only  one 
spine  on  the  middle  thighs ;  the  second  has  the  anterior  tibisB  and  the 
middle  tarsi  yellow. 

Waga  (Aon.  d.  Soc  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  277;  1. 11,  f.  13-17)  has  cha- 
racterized a  new  genus,  Adapgilia,  which  is  allied  to  Sepedon  and  T^ 
tanocera ;  with  the  former  it  agrees  in  the  greater  length  of  the  second 
antennal  joint,  but  the  posterior  thighs  are  not  thickened,  the  abdomen 
in  the  $  is  oval,  in  the  $  *'  compressed  conical :''  A,  coa/rctatay  reddish- 
yellow,  with  brown  spotted  wings,  was  discovered  at  Warsaw. 

De  BrSme  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xL  p.  183,  pL  7>  f.  2)  has  cha- 
racterized a  new  species  of  the  genus  CeratitiSf  MacLeay ;  he  has  shown 
that  C  dtnperday  MacLeay,  is  identical  with  Trypeta  capitata,  Wd., 
for  which  Macquart  haa  formed  the  genus  Petalophoray  and  that  the  old 
species,  which  is  found  in  the  Canary  Islands,  Isle  of  France,  and  the 

299 


256  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

Ea«t  Indiei,  ranst  be  iwin«d  Ceratitit  eapitata ;  tiie  'tew  species 
C.  hitpanita,  &.,  U  from  A  "''■I""*,  and  shonld  he  distinguished  from 
the  older  ipen^  bj  the  shorter  leiigth  and  deeper  setting  of  the  lobed 
briatles  of  the  forehead,  which  fbim  the  oliief  chancteristicof  tbegeons, 
M  well  is  ij  the  black  cokmr  of  the  lobei^  which  in  tbe  other  «re 
whitish.  These  distinctions  ^ipear  to  me  donbtfn] ;  Wiedemann  giTCi 
the  colour  of  the  lobes  expveaslj  as  black,  which  mj  ohsravations  «oi>£nn, 
and  I  can  find  no  other  diS^nce  between  C.  capitata,  &om  the  Isle  of 
Fianoe,  and  a  specimen  fomi  Sicilj,  than  that  these  bristles  in  the 
latter  are  somewhat  shorter,  and  not  so  remarkably  long  as  the  luitlkir 
has  given  them ;  it  might  be  held  as  an  individnal  difference. 

Bachmann  (Ent  Zeit.  p.  363)  has  made  some  remarks  iqion  Trypeta 
dgnata,  Mg.,  the  laira  of  whidk  lires  in  ihe  snbetance  of  sweet  and 
bitter  cherries ;  and,  aooording  to  C.  Wagner's  obserratitm,  is  firand  in 
the  fruit  of  the  Lonicera  xglottettm. 

Von  SieboU  (Oerm.  Zfata^.  iv.  p.  389,  1. 1,  f.  1-3]  has  remarked 
Uack  protaberanees  on  the  abdtmien  of  Baeiliut  Rottii,  which  proved, 
OD  more  minute  examination,  to  be  the  forked  breathing  processeB  of  the 
onu^e- jellow  larva  of  a  fly,  4'"  long,  sticking  in  the  body ;  he  did  not 
succeed  in  rearing  these  parasitical  larvK. 

PcFiPABi. — The  reporter  (Arch.  1812,  i.  p.  274)  has  described  a  new 
spedea  from  Van  Diemen's  I^nd,  Omithomyia  nigrieorttU. 


HEMIFTEBA. 

A  pBCDUAft  ^iparatus,  for  connecting  the  anterior  and  posterior  wingi 
in  the  Htmipttra,  baa  been  discovered  and  described  hy  Asbton  (Tnos- 
acL  Ent  Soc.  iiL  p.  95).    In  Notoaeeta  glauca  vte  found,  on  the  under 
ude  of  tbe  anterior  wings,  at  the  posterior  margin,  two  small  homj 
ptojections,  which  together  form  a  small  tubolarchanneL    A  minute  pro- 
jection of  tbe  rib-tike  thickened  anterior  mai^pn  of  the  posterior  wings  is 
bent  upwards  and  backward,  and  grasped  in  this  channel   In  Oentrotw* 
CMHuiwi,  a  small  portion  of  thb  anterior  mar^  of  the  posterior  wings, 
is  turned  upwaids,  and  frran  this  springs  a  small  homj  process,  directed 
backwards,  which  fits  into  a  recess  of  the  posterxv  margin  of  the  anterior 
vrings,  tbe  edge  of  which,  at  that  point,  is  bent  down  aid  reflected  for- 
ning  a  small  channel  for  the  reception  of  the  above  process. 
wooeas  of  tbe  posteriiv  wings  is  finely  dentaled.    The  former 
lening,  whidi  is  the  firmer,  a[q>earB  peculiar  to  the  Stterop- 
itter  to  the  HomapUra ;   in  the  fiumer,  the  position  of  the 
tt  the  union  of  the  bomj  and  membranous  portion  of  the 
in  the  latter  at  the  point  of  tbe  last  nervuie  of  the  anterior 

300 


INSECT  A — ^HEMIPTERA.  267 

PcNTATOMiDA.  —  Schiodte  (Krojer  Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  335)  has 
explained  his  views  on  the  presence  of  the  clasping  pieces  in  the  Penta- 
tomidcB.  In  one,  thej  are  only  present  in  the  male,  viz., — SHretrvs,  Lap., 
also  Asopus,  with  abdominal  bristles  and  dilated  anterior  tibise  (OplomuSf 
Spin.),  ScvMllera,  Qerm.,  Coelogloasa,  Germ.,  Arctoeoris,  Germ* ;  in  the 
others,  they  are  found  in  the  males  and  the  females,  yiz., — JRsacasta, 
Germ.,  the  proper  Paekycori$,  Barm.,  and  the  African  forms  of  HalySf  as 
H,  9errata,  F.,  and  cincta,  Herr.,  Sch&ff.  (which,  as  Schiodte  remarks,  are 
different).  He  has  also  (ibid.  p.  279)  illustrated  the  Fabrician  species  of 
Tetyra,  contained  in  the  royal  collection  at  Copenhagen,  by  copious 
and  exact  Latin  descriptions.  The  synonymy  has  been  subjected  to  a 
thorough  reyision.  This  is  an  excellent  work,  from  which  I  can  here 
only  give  the  cursory  remark,  that  the  author  rejects  the  generic  names 
Callipha/ra  and  Callidea,  as  interfering  with  Calliphora,  Macquart, 
and  Calleida,  Dej.,  and  substitutes  for  them  Philia,  Adam  White 
(Transact.  Ent.  Soc.  iii.  p.  85)  has  felt  the  same  necessity,  frx>m  the 
similarity  of  the  latter  name  to  CcUUdium,  and  proposes  to  substitute 
for  it  Hahn's  name,  Chrytocoris. 

Adam  White  has  commenced  his  labours  on  the  Hemiptera,  collected 
by  Cuming  on  the  Philippines,  by  describing  the  new  PentatomidcB 
(Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  ii.  p.  79) :  Callidea  sellata  with  the  variety 
chromatica  ;  C,  9pecio9a,  dorsalis  ;  Platatpis  xanthogrammaf  M%mgo, 
8c^pio,  The  treatise  here  breaks  off,  and  it  is  to  be  regretted,  that  the 
size  of  the  three  species  of  Platans  is  omitted,  as  their  definition  is  not 
easy  without  it,  and  it  would  be  as  well  to  append  it  to  the  continuation 
of  the  work.  He  has  also  described  a  new  species  from  Sierra  Leone 
(Entom.  p.  406),  Probcenopi  dramedUibrius  ;  it  is  distinguished  as  a  new 
genus,  by  the  protracted  head,  the  prothorax  forming  a  projection 
anteriorly,  which  may  be  compared  to  that  of  the  Notoxui  monoceroSf 
and  a  very  broad  scutellum,  which  covers  the  whole  abdomen;  the 
tibiae  are  without  spines;  the  tarsi  seem  two-jointed;  it  is  placed  pro- 
visionally next  Podops  and  Coptowma.  The  same  author  has  also 
described  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  ilL  p.  84)  several  new-  Hemiptera,  among 
which  are  the  following : — Tectocoris  Childreni,  from  Nepal,  for  which, 
and  T.  Drwrad,  HaArdwicHi,  ajffinis,  &c.,  he  founds  a  peculiar  sub- 
genus, Pcsdlochromaf  distinguished  from  T.  Ba/nksii  and  cya/nipes,  by 
having  a  shorter  head,  squarer  in  fr^nt,  more  compressed  antennal 
joints ;  Callidea  (Callipha/ra)  hifasciata,  from  an  island  in  the  South 
Sea ;  pa/rentwm,  from  Australia  (?)  ;  Callidea  exarnvfuvns,  Burch.,  fr^m 
South  Africa ;  C.fascialiBf  from  the  East  Indies ;  O.  Morgani,  from  Sierra 
Leone;  Scutellera  {Triganowma)  interrupta,  from  Teneriffe,  differing 
from  8c,  lineataf  by  having  only  three  yellow  longitudinal  bands  on  the 
prothorax,  the  lateral  of  which  are  shortened  anteriorly.  He  has  founded 
a  new  genus,  ColeotichuSy  for  the  New  Holland  Tetyra  coetata,  F., 

301 


258         REPORT  OK  ZOOLOOY,  MDCCCXLII : 

which  approximates  Teiyra,  Barm,  (EwrygoMUr,  Lap.),  and  Pachycoris, 
and  its  chief  chancteriatio  appears  to  be,  that  the  thoracic  groove 
for  the  proboscis,  reaching  to  the  hinder  legs,  gradnallj  dilates  pos- 
teriorl7,  so  that  its  walls  extemallj  pass  round  the  trochanter. 

Another  new  genus,  Coriplatui,  White  (ibid.  p.  90,  t.  7,  f.  3),  with  one 
new  species,  O,  deprumu^  from  Demerara,  is  allied  to  Sciocorisy  DinidoTf 
&o.  It  has  a  long  scatelkun,  contracted  in  the  middle,  reaching  to  the 
end  of  the  abdomen,  and  lobed  lateral  margins  of  the  prothorax.  He 
has  also  described  (ibid.)  Dryptoeephalus  (?)  Pertyiy  from  Brazil,  to 
which  the  sub-generic  name,  Cephaloplatus,  has  been  given,  as  it  differs 
from  the  others  hj  the  two-lobed  head  and  much  lai^r  eyes ;  MHa  (?) 
graeilU,  from  Congo,  with  the  kmg  proboscis  of  an  Atdocera,  but  with 
the  second  antennal  joint  <7lindrical  and  not  compressed;  JSlia  (Mega^ 
rhynchHB,  Lap.)  camosa,  from  Gambia. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  275)  has  noticed  the  foDowing  new 
species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land:  —  Cydoktu  australis,  iepulchraU$; 
AMoput  nwmmiulans  ;  Cimeac  inoultus;  Atelocenu  labiduSy  grandiccr^ 
ni$;  Rhynchocoris  Ugata, 

Schiodte  (Krojer,  Natnrh.  Tidsskr.  iy.  p.  237)  has  subjected  the 
genus  Cephalo€t»MM,  Duf.,  to  a  very  dose  examination ;  ocelli  want- 
ing; composite  eyes  present,  but  small  and  divided,  one  part  on  the 
upper,  another  on  the  under  side.  O.  kUUraideiy  Duf.,  has  been  al- 
ready described  by  Fabrieius  as  Oydntw  scao'ahcBoides  ;  this  and  a  new 
species  from  Travancore,  in  India,  0.  mdoUmthoidet,  are  caiefuUy 
described. 

Germar  (Enl  Zeit.  p.  68)  has  more  eorxectly  distinguished  JElia 
(Pentatoma)  o^Mfimato,  F.,  and  KlugU,  Hahn,  and  drawn  attention  to 
a  third  species,  nearly  allied  to  the  font,  j£t,palleiMy  Kiist.,  which  seems 
abundant  in  the  north,  and  may  be  the  real  Cim.  €tewnUnatu8y  L. 

GoBxiDJi. — Germar  (Faun.  Ins.  Eur.  1. 11)  has  figured  an  insect  from 
Turkey,  under  the  name  of  Aradus  obseurus,  which,  however,  belongs 
to  tlus  family,  and  is  most  nearly  allied  to  PieudophL  lobatuB,  Herr. 
Sch&ff.;  ha  describes  the  proboscis  as  three-jointed,  and  the  ocelli  aa 
wanting,  on  which  its  generic  name  is  grounded ;  in  our  specimens,  I 
find  four  joints  to  the  proboscis,  and  ocelli  on  the  bngitudinal  eleva^ 
tions  of  the  forehead  directed  laterally,  and  therefore  easily  overlooked, 
unless  viewed  from  the  side.  He  has  also  figured  (ibid.  t»  12)  Phyllo- 
fnorphtu  erinckceust  from  Turkey ;  which  however  had  been  made  known 
(1841),  under  the  same  name,  by  Herr.  ScfaafEer.  A  new  species  of 
the  same  genus  has  been,  pointed  out  by  Westwood  ( Arcan.  Ent.  i.  Add. 
and  Corr.),  Ph*  pellicula,  from  tropical  Africa. 

Adam  White  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lond.  iii.  p.  92)  has  described  several 
new  species :  SpcMrtocerus  (?)  erythramelas  from  Braail  (it  k  8p,  hicoloTy 
Herr.  Schaff.) ;  Sp.  dartalis,  from  Mexico ;  and  Cerbus  (Derepieryx) 

302 


INSECJA — HEMIPTERA.  259 

Qroflfii,  and  HardmcMi^  froxa  Nepal.  The  sub-genus  Derepten/x  has 
the  abdomen  laterally  dilated  outside  the  hemelTtra ;  the  sides  of  pro- 
th<»raz  much  dilated  and  projecting  anteriorly  before  the  head. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  18^,  1.  p.  278)  has  characterized  a  new  jspeciea 
inm  Van  Diemen's  Land,  Hypselopua  incamatus. 

Lyq^itbs. — Lygaim  mutilatus^  Pachymerus  lacertamM,  tarquatas^ 
and  nigrocBneus,  of  the  reporter,  are  new  species  &om  Van  Diemen's 
Imd  (ibid.  p.  279). 

Cafsins^b. — Phytocoria  varicomU  of  the  reporter  is  also  from  Van 
Diemen's  Land  (ibid.  p.  280).  Adam  White  (Trans.  Ent.  Soc.  Lend.  iiL 
p.  93)  has  described  Calliprepes  Chrayii,  from  Nepal^  a  new  form  of 
this  family,  which  appears  yeiy  aberrant ;  and  EucerocorU  Westwoodiit 
from  Sierra  Leone,  firom  whence  also  E,  nigricep$t  Westw.,  has  its 
origin,  and  whose  locality  has  hitherto  been  unknown. 

AiiAmEDiB,  —  A  new  species,  from  Yan  Diemen's  Land  has  been 
described  by  the  reporter,  AraCkt8  cmstrcUia  (Arch.  1842,  i  p.  281). 

ItEi>uviNi.^ — The  reporter  (ibid.)  has  enriched  this  family  with  two  new 
genera :  Isodemvus,  with  an  extremely  flat  body,  no  ocelli^  and  with  lobes, 
for  holding,  between  the  daws,  with  one  new  species,  J.  pieman ;  and 
Dicrotelus,  resembling  Pygolampk  and  Stenopoda,  but  differing,  by 
dentated  daws,  &c.,  with  one  apterous  ^pedes,  D.prolixus;  besides 
four  new  species.  Nobis  geniculata,  Pirates  fuliginomMj  AtUms  <mm- 
tralis,  Enusa  juncea,  all  from  Yan  Diemen's  Land.. 

Galgulidji. — MononyoB  suberoius  of  the  reporter  is  from  the  same 
place  (ibid.  285). 

FuLGosEiDA. — Gu^rin  (Deless.  Souv.  ii.  p.  66,  t.  16),  has  giTen 
splendid  plates  of  Fulgora  Delessertii  and  mbocellcbtck  (see  Eeport  for 
1839,  p.  321).  F.  rajah,  formerly  diaracterized,  is  here  shown  to  be 
identical  with  F.  pyrorhyncJms,  I>on. 

Westwood  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  118)  has  published  several  new 
spedes,  with  short  but  dear  descriptions :  Fulgora  (Pyrops)  Spinola, 
aJlied  to  the  F,  camdelaHa,  from  Mysore  and  Assam ;  guttulata,  from 
Northern  India ;  virescens,  from  India ;  F.  (Episcius,  Spin.  ?).  amabilis, 
from  Mexico ;  EurybrOiChis  insignis,  from  Malabar. 

.  The  same  author  (LinnsBan  Transact,  xix.  p.  1)  has  published  a  very 
valuable  paper  upon  the  genus  Derbe,  F.,  of  which  previously  only  a  veijr 
slight  sketeh  was  given  (see.  Report  for  1840,  p.  242),,  and  to  which  he 
has  now  appended  several  additions.  The  generic  name,  Derbe,  is  oon£ned 
to  those  South  American  species  which  are  of  a  stout  form,  have  longex 
legs,  a  proboscis  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  abdomen,  shorter  antennas, 
and  longer  naked  wings ;  with  them  he  places  2>.  hoemorrhoidalis,  F. ;  * 

*  The  D,  hwmorrhoidcUis,  of  the  Berlin  oolleetion,  differs  from  the  generic 
igrfio  of  Westwood,  in  the  wing-veins^  &o. 

303 


260         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

D.  nei'vota,  of  the  Berlin  oollection  (StoU.  f.  160)»  and  two  new  species: 
/>.  Befnittriata  and  strigipennis,  from  BraziL 

A  seoond  genus,  MyMta,  is  formed  of  those  species  from  South 
America  which  have  a  slighter  form,  shorter  legs,  a  proboscis  not 
reaching  bejond  the  hind  legs,  moderately  long  antennso,  shorter  and 
broader  dusty  wings.  In  this  are  D,  pcUlida,  ¥.,  Perch. ;  tqtiamigera, 
eoMtalU,  punetum,  test€icea,  nivea,  F. ;  and  three  new  species :  M,  <ilbi- 
peimk,  from  Mexico  (Vera  Cnu) ;  M.  Ictctifiora  and  iubfcudata,  from 
BraziL — Diogpolis,  Westw.  (formerly  Lydda,  Westw.),  is  a  New  Holland 
form,  with  a  shorter  proboscis,  short  antennas,  and  long  anterior  wings, 
yery  narrow  and  rounded  at  the  point :  D.  eUmgatay  F.,  is  the  only 
species  known,  and  is  from  New  South  Wales. — Thra^da,  Westw.,  with 
long  antennae  (double  the  length  of  the  head),  three  keels  on  the  dypeus, 
and  yery  long  narrow  anterior  wings,  tnmcate  at  the  point,  is  founded 
on  D.  sinuosa  and  nervota  {Bohemarmiy  Westw.),  Bohem.,  from 
Sierra  Leone,  to  which,  is  appended  a  Jayanese  species,  Thr,  java/aica, 
'•^Phenice,  Westw.,  comprehending  D.  fritiUariSf  fasciolata,  and  std- 
lulata,  Bohem.;  dypeus  as  in  the  preceding ;  antennas  short;  shorter 
anterior  wings  rounded  at  the  point ;  also  differing  from  all  the  preceding, 
by  its  longish  remarkably  emarginated  eyes ;  ocelli  distinct. — ^A  couple 
of  yery  small  and  extremely  tender  insects,  from  St.  Vincent's,  in  the 
West  Indies,  approaching  the  genus  AnoHa,  Kirby,  form  the  genus 
Pata/ra,  Westw. ;  eyes  large,  emarginated  beneath ;  ocelli  indistinct ; 
yery  large  warty  second  antennal  joint :  P,  guttata  and  albida,  Westw. 
— Cenchrea,  Westw.,  has  large  eyes  emarginated  beneath,  below  them 
are  distinct  ocelli ;  small  antennas  with  a  roundish  tuberculated  second 
joint:  one  species  C.  donalis,  Westw. — Lastly  (ibid.  p.  20)  Zeugma 
is  characterized,  which,  by  its  wing  yeins,  occupies  a  position  between 
Derbe  and  Mygidia^  but  (judging  from  the  plate)  differs  by  the  keels  o£ 
the  forehead  continuing  on  to  the  clypeus,  and  the  posterior  tibiae  haying 
a  spine  in  the  middle :  one  new  spedes  Z,  vittata,  of  unknown  natiye 
country. 

MEMBRACiDEiB. — Ouc  ucw  specics,  SmUta  informiSf  from  Brazil,  has 
been  characterized  by  Westwood  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  119). 

CicADiED^. — Eyersmann  (BulL  Mosc.  1842,  p.  797)  has  giyen  a 
notice  on  the  dropping  willows  of  Orenburg.  The  cause  of  the  drops 
was  the  laryas  of  an  Aphrophora,  which  yery  much  resembled  the  A. 
tpumaaiaf  but  was  more  oblong,  and  of  a  uniform  yellow-grey.  He 
names  it  A,  lacrymans;  it  is,  howeyer,  distinguished  by  FaUdn,  as 
A.  salicia. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  285)  has  described  Aphrophora  aUn- 
eincta,  and  Eurytnela  hictTicta,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

According  to  Harris  (Ins.  Mass.  p.  184)  Tettigonia  vitist  Harr.  Amer. 
Encyd.  xyiii.  43  (1'''  long,  pale  yellow,  two  stripes  on  the  head ;  the 

304 


INSECTA — HEMIPTERA.  261 

posterior  part  of  pTothorax,  the  scutellum,  the  root,  a  broad  middle  band 
and  some  stripes  near  to  the  blackish  point  of  the  tegmina,  are  red ; 
head  lunate ;  ocelli  situated  close  under  the  ledge  of  the  forehead),  is 
yerj  hurtful  to  the  foreign  as  weU  as  natiye  Tine.  Another  species, 
T.  Fc^HB  (pale  green,  tegmina  and  wings  clear,  the  last  joint  of  hinder 
tarsi  bluish,  head  lunate,  ocelli,  on  the  margin  of  the  forehead),  injurious 
to  the  Windsor  bean. 

Stmdulantes. — Westwood  (Arcan.  Ent.  i.  p.  92,  t.  24,  f.  1),  has  cha- 
racterized a  new  genus,  Cystosoma,  which  differs  most  essentially  from 
Cicadaf  in  the  abdomen  in  the  male  being  swollen  into  the  shape  of  a 
bladder,  and  the  veins  of  the  anterior  wings  forming,  from  the  middle, 
sexagonal  meshes :  C  SoMndersii,  new  species  &om  New  Holland.  On 
the  same  plate  figures  are  also  given  of  Polyneura  duccUis,  Westw.^ 
and  Hemidictifa  frondoaa,  Burm.  (ibid.  p.  97).  Westwood  has  given 
an  enumeration  of  the  species  of  Cicada,  with  opaque  anterior  wings, 
and  has  increased  them  by  two  new  species :  0.  mea/rsianaf  from  the 
Himalayah,  and  G,  dives,  from  Sylhet,  which  are  beautifrilly  figured  on 
tab.  25,    (See  also  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  118.) 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  286)  has  described  a  new  species, 
O.  torrida,  from  Van  Diemen's  Land.  It  may  be  noticed,  that  this 
species  only  appears  in  dry  summers,  and  seasons  of  great  heat  and 
drought ;  and  its  song  is  heard  during  the  greatest  heat  of  mid-day. 

PsYLLiDiB. — Under  the  name  of  Diraphia,  used  by  Illiger  for  Livia, 
Waga  has  characterized  a  new  genus  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  x.  p.  275, 
t.  11,  f.  11,  12),  which  is  very  closely  allied  to  Livia,  and  differs  chiefly 
by  the  second  antennal  joint,  which  is  much  smaller  (about  one^foiuth  the 
length  of  antennae),  and  simply  oval.  The  anterior  comers  of  the  head, 
also,  are  not  pointed  but  rounded :  D.  linibata,  m  bushes  at  Warsaw. 

The  reporter  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  286)  has  described  Peylla  hiteola  anc^ 
mOfasciata,  new  species  from  Van  Diemen's  Land, 

APHiDiB. — Spence  (Transact.  Entom.  Soc,  of  Lond.  iii.  p.  98)  describes 
the  ravages  of  these  insects  in  the  orchards  of  Devonshire.  The  injury, 
in  his  opinion,  is  done  by  the  blossoms  dying,  in  consequence  of  the 
leaves  being  sucked  by  these  insects  before  their  development. 

Hofinann  Edl.  von  Hofroannsthal  has  published  a  work,  called  Die 
Caruba  di  Ghiidea,  Vienna,  1842.  A  plate  in  it  represents  the  gall  of 
Pigtacia  terebintfrna,  with  the  Aphis  which  inhabits  it. 

Harris  (Ins.  Mass.  p.  190)  considers  the  former  of  two  Aphides  found 
in  Massachusetts  to  be  Aphis  ca/ry<B,  Harr. ;  a  La>chnAis,  with  a  soft 
woolly  black  body,  four  rows  of  small  transverse  spots  on  the  back,  black 
wing-veins  and  reddish-brown  tibiae,  ^"  long ;  it  sucks  the  branches  of 
the  Ca/rya  pordna.  The  other.  A,  saliceti;  probably  also  a  Lachrvus, 
V  long,  black,  without  spots ;  the  short  honey-knobs,  the  third  antennal 
joint,  the.  legs,  and  the  veins  of  the  transparent  wings,  tan  yeUow ;  i\ 

305  U 


262  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDOCCXLII : 

Urm,  in  mmw,  on  th«  under  nde  of  the  bianchei  of  different  wJllowt, 
and  appean  winged  in  October.  The  other  speciet  mentioned,  seem  to 
agree  with  the  European ;  at  one,  which  liyes  on  the  roots  of  plants 
(4.  g»  the  Chinese  aster),  agrees  with  A.  nidicum ;  another,  on  peach 
trees,  with  A,  penieas,  Sols.  The  A,  kmigera,  Haosm.,  is  also  beginning 
to  show  itself  in  Ameriffl!,  though  not  as  jet  rerj  widely  distributed* 


THTSANURA. 

Wa«a  (Ann.  d.  L  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  zL  p.  264,  1. 11,  f.  5^)  has  made 
known  a  new  species,  distingaished  hj  its  size,  under  the  name  of 
Achorute$  hielanemii.  It  is  a  true  Pockira,  and  is  placed  beside  the 
P.  {trmata,  Nic.  It  is  found  in  the  low  grounds  of  the  Forest  of  Bielany, 
on  the  bank  of  the  Vistula,  near  Warsaw,  in  great  abundance.  The 
author  remarks,  that  at  first  the  young  ones  have  no  trace  of  the  spring- 
ing-fork,  and  questions  whether  the  species  of  An>wrophorut  (Lipara, 
Burm.)  may  not  be  the  young  of  this  genus.  Paul  Qerrais  has  made  a 
new  genus,  Anoura,  for  the  Achoru4e$  tuberculatui,  Nic,  to  which  he 
has  added  a  second  species,  A.  roiea.  The  characters  are  not  giren. 
(Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  zL  p.  47.) 


PARASITA. 

Tbis  order  has  been  treated  of  by  Denny  in  a  comprehensiye  monograph, 
**  Monographia  Anopluromm  BritannisB ;"  or  an  Essay  on  the  British 
Species  of  Parasites,  Lond.  1842,  Svc,  with  twenty-six  coloured  copp^^ 
plates.  As  the  extensive  researches  of  Nitzsch  on  the  Epizoa  do  not 
seem  to  have  been  published,  tiiis  work  not  only  fills  up  an  evident  gap 
in  entomological  literature,  but  will  also  give  an  impulse  to  the  investi- 
gation of  these  little  regarded  animals.  The  definition  of  species,  of 
which  a  considerable  number  of  new  ones  have  been  observed  by  the 
author,  is  well  illustrated  by  engravings.  The  division  into  genera  and 
sub-genera  is  that  of  Nitzsch,  only  there  is  a  new  sub-genus,  Nitzchia 
(N".  Bwrmeiiteriy  from  the  Swift),  added  under  lAothewn,*  Exact  in-^ 
vestigations  on  the  parts  of  the  mouth  are  unfortunately  omitted.  The 
author  has  been  content  to  give  again,  in  PedicukiSf  t&e  erroneous 
figures  of  earlier  observers. 

Qurlt  (Mag.  f.  d.  ges.  Thierheilk.  8  Jahrg.  4.  St.  p.  409,  t.  4,  und  0 
Jalirg.  1.  St.  p.  1, 1. 1)  has  given  an  excellent  representation  of  the  para« 

*  Nitzsoh  has  already  long  had  the  honour— at  least  it  is  so  intended — of 
Isnding  his  name  t^  a  geatts  of  intestinal  wwms, 

306 


INaSCTA — ARACHNIDA.  26^ 

•itie  inaects  liying  on  our  domeitio  fowls  and  mftininiilift.  The  plates  are 
masterly,  and  although  unooloured,  far  excel  those  of  Denny.  Two  new 
species  hare  been  observed  by  him:  Ornithobitu  €biM^ri$j  on  the  goose; 
and  Trichodectu$  caproe,  in  the  goat» 


FOSSIL  INSECTS, 

Ungeb  has  made  some  remarks  on  the  fossil  insects  in  the  clay  slate  of 
Radoboj,  in  Croatia  (Yerhandl.  der  Kais.  Loop.  Acad.  d.  Naturf.  six.  ii. 
p.  415).    They  exceed  all  other  fossil  remains  of  animals,  in  the  number 
of  genera,  species,  and  individuals,  accompanied  also  by  the  traces  of 
very  many  sorts  of  plants ;  and  what  is  strange,  fishes  and  their  scales 
are  found  together  with  them  on  one  and  the  same  piece  of  slate; 
many  of  them  exhibit  marks  of  commencing  putrefaction,  while  others 
seem  as  if  the  animal  had  been  buried  alive.    Hym&noptera  are  most 
numerous,  especially  ants ;  next  Diptera,  Coleoptera,  Hemiptera,  and 
Nev/roptera,  and  even  the  coloured  wings  of  a  butterfly  have  been 
found.     He  has  given  figures  of  several  Diptera,  viz., — Bhipidia 
extincta,  major;  Bibid  Mwrchinsonis,  gracilis,  lignoHuSy  giganteus,  en- 
terodeius  ;  Leptogaster  Hellii.    There  is  also  an  Essay  by  Charpentier 
(ibid.  XX.  p.  401,  t.  21-23),  *'  Uber  einige  fossile  Insecten  aus  Radoboj 
in   Croatien,"    in  which  are  represented  the  remains  of  (Edipoda 
mela/nosticta,  Myrmeleon  hrevipennie,  retictUatue ;  LibdhUa  plaiyp- 
tera.  Sphinx  atavus,  Hylotoma  (?)  dneracea^  Termes  pristinui.    His 
remarks  on  the  origin  of  these  remains  are  worthy  of  attention,  as  they 
throw  some  light  on  the  important  geological  question,  what  sort  of  ca- 
tastrophe destroyed  the  former  creation.    These  insects,  in  the  author's 
opinion,  belonged  to  the  land  and  air ;  their  tender  parts  are  preserved 
in  such  a  way,  -Uiat  the  view  of  their  having  been  swallowed  up  by  a 
deluge  cannot  be  maintained.    It  is  rather  to  be  assumed,  that  they  have 
been  killed  by  currents  of  air,  and  have  fiillen  down,  enveloped  in  a 
shower  of  dust  and  ashes,  or  been  covered  by  a  fine  shower  of  slime ; 
an  examination  of  the  place,  and  their  position,  may  lead  to  a  more 
certain  conclusion.    That  they  were  destroyed  during  the  catastrophe 
is  probable,  as  dead  insects,  in  the  open  air,  are  very  soon  consumed  by 
other  insects. 


ARACHNIDA. 

OBtnsE  has  given  some  €£  the  results  of  his  researches  on  the  anatomy 
of  the  Araeh/fhida  (J.  MtUler's  Arch.  f.  Anat.  u.  Physiol.  1S42,  p.  296). 
They  contain  many  important  hints,  among  others,  that  the  part 

307 


264  BEPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

nraallj  called  the  tongae,  lies  above  the  opening  of  the  mouth,  and 
therefore  may  be  oonridered  as  the  upper  lip;  that,  at  least  in  the 
Argyroneta  and  Epeira,  minutely  investigated  by  him,  the  ring  form 
of  the  stomach  is  only  apparent,  and  that  it  arises  from  the  anterior 
extremities  having  their  points  lying  immediately  upon  each  other, 
without,  however,  communicating  with  [uberzugehen]  each  other ;  that 
the  heart  6f  the  spiders  and  scorpions  possesses  lateral  openings,  and  is 
surrounded  by  a  membranous  reservoir,  with  which  it  communicates 
through  these  openings. 

The  development  of  the  Lycosa  toccata  has  been  observed  by  Bathke 
(Froriep.  Notiz.  xziv.  p.  165).  A  list  of  the  AracJmida  observed  at 
Chusan  has  been  published  by  Cantor  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  491) ;  they 
belong  to  the  genera  Attus,  ThonUsus,  Hypoplatea^  Lathrodectus  (?), 
Ulohorus,  Tetragnatlia,  Epeira^  and  PhaloAngium,  and  are,  with  the 
exception  of  the  Epeira  faiciata,  Walk.,  considered  as  new,  and 
shortly  characterized. 


ARANEiE. 

Blackwall  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  407)  has  laid  before  the  Lumiean 
Society  of  London  his  further  observations  on  the  British  Spiders* 

Dhassidji. — Oraells  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  205)  has  made 
some  excellent  observations  on  the  Mahnignatte  (Lathrodectus  l^-guP' 
tatus,  Boss,  malmignatua,  Walk.),  partly  on  its  habits,  and  partly  on 
its  poisonous  qualities;  the  Mahnignatte  is  found  principally  in  the 
district  of  Tarragona,  in  Catalonia,  where,  however,  it  was  unknown 
previous  to  1830,  but  became  a  nuisance  in  the  years  1830, 1S33,  and  1481. 
It  makes  an  irregular  net  in  small  hollows^  by  means  of  which,  and  its 
poisonous  bite,  it  overcomes  insects  which  are  many  times  larger  than 
itself;  it  also  forms  a  neatly  constructed  cell)  which  is  concealed  beneath 
dry  leaves,  and  serves  as  its  lurking  place.  X»  oculatus -and  erebus  are 
found  in  the  same  places  with  the  Malmignatte,  and  are  of  similar 
habits.  The  author  remarks,  that  the  Malmignatte  years  were  also  locust 
years. 

MvoALiDiB. — Numbers  four  to  six  of  the  ninth  volume  of  the  Arach- 
nida,  by  Koich,  contain  only  Mygalidce,  viz., — if.  avicularia^  L.,  and 
hirsutissima,  a  new  species  from  South  America ;  M.  versicolor,  zebra. 
Walk.,  diversipei,  plcmta/ris,  cmth/racina,  lycosiformis,  detrita,  from 
Brazil ;  pltmiipes,  from  Surinam ;  rosea,  Walk.,  fr^m  Chili ;  IcBta,  cassia, 
from  Porto  Rico ;  drassiformis,  inccma,  from  St.  Thomas ;  cafreriana, 
funebris.  Walk.,  from  South  Africa;  jawcmensis,  Walk.»  from  Java; 
v/rsma,  convexd,  felvaa,  locality  unknown ;  also  Octinopus  coffer,  fr^m 
the  Cape ;  loricOftus  frvm  Mexico ;  tarsalis  and  longipaipus  from  Monte 

308 


AEACHNIDA — SOLIFUG^.  265 

Video;  and  a  new  genus,  Teratodes,  with  long  strong  legs,  very  long 
palpi  (g),  and  a  small  but  elevated  prominence  for  the  eyes^  on  the  top 
and  at  the  sides  of  which  they  are  situated ;  with  one  new  species,  T, 
deprestuSy  from  Bra2dl. 

Dtsdbbidjs.  —  Hentz  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  zli.  p.  116)  has  charac- 
terized a  new  genus,  ^ermophora ;  it  has  the  eyes  in  two  little  clusters, 
«o  that  three  equally  large  stand  on  each  side,  dose  to  each  other;  the 
legs  are  moderately  long,  thin,  the  first  pair  the  longest,  then  the  fourth 
and  second  almost  of  equal  length ;  the  mandibles  short,  spherical,  with 
yery  small  daws ;  it  resembles  Pholcua  in  the  parts  of  the  mouth,  but 
has  shorter  legs,  and  only  six  eyes.  Sp.  meridionalis,  found  in 
Alabama,  in  dark  places  under  rubbish ;  it  makes  a  yery  loose  web.  The 
female  makes  no  web ;  she  carries  about,  in  her  mandibles,  her  eggs, 
glued  to  each  other,  until  the  young  come  out. 

The  genus  Argyroneta,  according  to  the  excellent  researches  of 
Grube,  approximates  to  the  Dysderidce,  and  will,  perhaps,  require  to  be 
characterized  as  a  peculiar  family ;  besides  the  pleura,  it  has  trachese, 
which  arise,  pencU-Lped,  from  Lrt  stem.  opeLg  behind  the  ^rJ, 
and  haye  this  peculiarity,  that  they  do  not  ramify  (J.  MtQler's  Archiy. 
1842,  p.  300).  In  a  yery  interesting  treatise  on  the  habits  of  the 
Argyroneta  aquatica  (Preuss.  Proy.  Blatter,  1S42),  the  same  author 
adds  the  important  fact,  that  in  these  spiders,  the  distribution  of  vessels 
is  confined  to  the  abdomen,  and  is  not  to  be  found  in  the  anterior  part 
Bs  in  other  spiders,  so  that  the  tracheae  in  it  occupy  their  place ;  pro- 
bably the  air  which  surrounds  the  spider,  when  it  dives  underwater, 
comes  out  of  the  tracheae.  This  air  keeps  off  the  water  by  a  peculiar 
coating  of  varnish,  and  it  disappears,  according  to  the  author's  experi- 
ments, when  scratched  under  water  with  a  needle,  and  is  not  seen  when 
the  insect  dives,  if  the  varnish  has  been  previously  removed  by  the 
application  of  ether. 


SOLIFUG^. 

pHBTNiDiB. — Van  der  Hoeven  (Tidsschr.  v.  Natuurl.  Geschied.  en 
Physiol,  ix.  p.  68, 1. 1)  has  made  a  careful  examination  .of  the  genus 
Phrynus,  partly  having  for  his  object  the  external  and  internal  ana- 
tomy of  the  Phrynus  medius.  The  following  remarks  are  made  on  its 
internal  structure:  —  The  intestinal  canal  is  straight,  without  lateral 
branches  going  to  the  liver  or  the  pancreas  [(?)  Fettkorper],  as  in  the 
scorpions.  Of  the  sexual  parts  the  author  6ould  give  no  account.  The 
nervous  system,  so  far  as  it  lies  in  the  cephalothorax,  appeared  to  the 
author  to  consist  of  a  large  ganglion,  from  which  radiated  branches  go 
off  to  the  legs ;  a  chord  passes  backwards,  which  divides,  in  the  abdomen, 

309 


266  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

into  two  branchet)  from  which  filamentf  go  off,  at  acate  aaglea,  to  the 
different  parts.  The  respiratory  organs  are  situated,  one  pair  between 
the  first  and  second,  and  one  between  the  second  and  third  poetericr 
segments  of  the  body,  and  consist  of  about  eighty  folds  lying  dose  npon 
each  other.  Finally,  he  giyes  a  copious  and  minute  account  of  the 
species  figured  or  described  by  different  authors,  among  whom,  how- 
ever, we  miss  Koch,  who,  in  the  eighth  volume  of  his  '<  Araehnida,*'  has 
figured  a  series  of  species  (see  Report  for  1840,  p.  246).  It  appears  £rom 
this  treatise,  that  the  Berlin  collection  is  very  rich  in  this  genus ;  and 
I  shall  not  delay  complying  with  the  desire  of  the  author,  occasionally  to 
give  some  information  concerning  them. 

ScoBFiomDJi. — In  the  first  number  of  the  tenth  volume  of  his  '^  Araeh- 
nida,^  Koch  has  figured  the  following  new  scorpions: — I§chnuru$ 
melampuSf  from  the  Cape ;  OpUtophthalmu%  pallipes,  ibid. ;  Va^ovU 
nitidulfu,  from  Mexico ;  V,  caroUnu9,  from  Carolina ;  V.  Jlavescens, 
from  Braail;  F.  atperulus,  from  Mexico,  probably  identical  with 
V,  mexiccMug ;  Broihea$  hanariensie,  from  La  Plata ;  Br,  nxgrocinC" 
tus,  locality  unknown;  Br.  erythrodactyluSf  from  Bnudl;  Scarpwi 
aravitzenns,  from  the  Banat,  nearly  allied  to  8c.  hanaticus;  8c.  tiou- 
pUentU,  from  Qreeoe,  very  slightiy  differing  from  8c.  italicu8» 

Quyon  (Rev.  Zool.  p.  17;  Tlnsitut.  p.  43)  has  reported  to  the 
Parisian  Academy,  that  there  are  four  species  of  scorpions  found  near 
Algiers,  and  that  the  effects  of  the  sting  of  8c.  occitcmus  are  purely 
loeal,  and  di»ppe»  within  twenty-fonr  hon«.  In  smaU  uiinuds,  SD«ii 
as  dogs,  cats,  and  rabbits,  the  consequences  may  prove  fatal.  Merits 
Wagner  has  given  a  careful  account  of  the  Algerine  soQrpions  (Reis.  in 
Algier,  iiL  p.  215-221) ;  he  has  observed  five  species,  and  given  an 
exact  account  of  them,  and  of  the  difierent  strengths  of  their  poison. 

Obisidxsji. — ^A  new  species,  Chelifer  Bravainif  from  Algiers,  has 
been  pointed  out  by  Gervais  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  £nt.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  46). 

Qaleodidejs. — Koch  has  given  a  systematic  view  of  this  family  in 
these  Archives  (1842,  i.  p.  350),  which  has  made  known  a  great  series  of 
species,  almost  exclusively  from  the  Berlin  collection;  they  are  divided  into 
Ayb  genera,  of  which  the  most  striking  variation  is  in  the  number  of  the 
tarsal  joints :  8olpuga,  Licht. ;  the  second  and  third  pairs  of  legs  have 
&ur  tarsal  joints,  the  fourth  have  seven  besides  the  heel  joint:  ten 
species,  one  from  Egypt,  and  the  others  from  the  Cape.  Qaleodu,  OL ; 
the  second  and  thiid  pairs  of  legs  have  two  joints,  the  last  three :  seven 
species,  distributed  between  anterior  India,  South  Russia,  and  Egypt, 
JSllopus;  the  three  pairs  of  legs  with  two  joints,  the  hindmost  with- 
out daws :  one  new  species  from  South  Africa.  Rhcuc,  Herm. ;  a  short 
unarticulated  tarsus  to  all  the  legs,  terminal  joint  of  palpi  concealed : 
four  species,  from  Arabia  and  Egypt.  Olutfia;  longer  and  thinner 
lUnarticulated  tarsi  to  all  the  legs,  free  terminal  joint  of  palpi ;  seven 

310 


ARACHNIDA — ACARI*  367 

■peeief ,  one  from  Portugal,  the  rest  from  Central  America  (to  the  latter, 
•eyeral  species,  figured  in  Ghi^r.  Mag.  d.  Zool.,  are  to  be  added). 

OPILIONES. 

Gebvais  (Mag.  d.  Zool.  1842,  Arachn.  pi.  2-5)  has  described  and  figured 
two  new  species :  Gonyleptes  planters,  Gu^r.,  from  the  Straits  of  Ma- 
gellan, and  Stygnus  inflaius,  Gu^r.,  from  Cayenne ;  and  characterized  a 
new  genus  Phalangodes,  which  is  nearly  identical  with  Pach/ylus,  Koch ; 
defining  also  the  species  Ph,  anacosmettis,  perhaps  from  New  Holland — 
it  is  probably  the  same  as  P.  granulatus,  KolL,  from  Chili.  There  iff 
also  a  species  of  Cosmetidce  added,  under  the  name  of  Cosmetus  fiavi- 
cinctu8.  It  is  not  a  true  Cosmetus,  as  it  has  double  protuberances  on 
the  hinder  part  of  its  back ;  but  whether  it  be  a  FUrtea,  or  one  of  Koch's 
allied  genera,  is  not  certain,  as  the  number  of  the  tarsal  joints  is  not 
noticed.  It  is  found  at  Bogota,  and  is  distinguished  frx>m  the  other  Cos- 
metida  by  the  rough  spinous  hind  legs. 

ACARI. 

Oi7R  acquaintance  with  this  order  has  been  essentially  increased  by 
Koch's  *'  tlbersicht  des  Arachnidensystems,  3  Hft.  1  und  2  AbtheiL" 
These  two  numbers  extend  to  Hyd/rcbcfjfu^idai  and  TromUdidcs. 

The  first  division  of  the  mites  is  formed  of  the  Water-iiccMriy  with 
swimming  feet,  in  two  families :  Biyer-acari,  HygrobatideSy  and  Pond- 
acari,  Hydrachnides,  the  former  having  two,  the  latter  four  eyes.  The 
Hygrobatides  consist  of  the  genera  Atase,  Dug. ;  Nesosa,  K. ;  Fiona,  K., 
Hygrobates,  Hydrochoreutes,  K.  (including  the  genus  Spio)  ;  Arrhet^ 
urus.  Dug. ;  AtracHdes,  Acereus  (formerly  Tiphys,  K.) ;  IHplodontus, 
Dug. ;  Maricay  K.  The  HydrdchrUdes  consist  of  Limnesiay  K. ;  Hy-^ 
drachna,  Miill. ;  Hydryphantes,  K. ;  Hydrodoma,  K. ;  EuUm,  Latr. 

As  a  second  division,  the  author  correctly  separates  the  Marshr^acariy 
which,  although  living  in  the  water,  or  at  least  in  moist  places,  have  no 
swimming  feet,  and  therefore  have  not  the  power  of  swimming.  These 
AoaH  have  a  long  thick  proboscis,  narrowed  by  steps  [stufenweise  abge- 
setzten],  seven-jointed  legs,  of  which  the  two  anterior  pairs  are  separated 
from  the  two  posterior  pairs  by  a  wide  space.  To  this  group  belong  the 
genera  LimnochareSf  Latr.,  Tkyas,  K.,  both  living  in  water,  and  creep- 
ing awkwardly  under  it ;  Smarts,  Latr.,  and  Alycus,  K.,  both  living  on 
moist  ground  or  under  wet  moss. 

The  L<mdr<tcaa%  form  the  third  division  (as  the  author  has  afterwards 
corrected  it ;  for,  by  mistake  in  the  text,  Ma/nh-aeari  is  printed),  having 
seven-jointed  legs,  without  moveable  bristles  on  them,  and  a  little  hook 

311 


V 


268  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

on  the  )>omt  of  the  mazillaiy  lobes ;  living  on  the  ground.  The  first 
family,  Trombidides,  have  free  fiisiform  palpi,  the  penultimate  joint  of 
which  resembles  a  claw,  and  the  terminal  joint  is  articulated  at  its  base, 
as  an  immoTeable  appendage ;  the  eyes  are  on  a  little  projection  at  the 
sides  of  the  proboscis :  Confined  to  the  genus  Trombidiwnf  F.,  composed 
oi  thirty-fiye  species,  among  which  T.  grandisdrnvm,  from  the  Cape ; 
T.  barbatum,  from  Senegal ;  T.  Jlavipes,  from  the  south  of  France ;  T. 
hirsuHstimum,  from  Greece,  are  described,  and  figured  as  new.  The 
second  family,  Bhyncolophides,  the  author  distinguishes,  by  the  eyes 
being  placed  sidewards  on  the  back  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  body :  It 
contains  the  genera  RhyncolophuSy  Dug. ;  Smaridiaf  Dug. ;  Eryth/rceus, 
Latr. ;  Stigmceus,  K. ;  Caligonus,  K. ;  Raphignathus,  Dug. ;  AcHneda, 
E. ;  TetromychuSf  Dug. 

A  fourth  division,  the  Rtmning-^icari,  is  formed  of  such  as  have 
siz-jointed  legs,  and  a  small  pair  of  nippers  at  the  point  of  the  maxillary 
lobes.  The  only  family,  Ewpodides,  has  two  small,  scarcely  visible  eyes, 
the  fore  and  after  parts  of  body  distinctly  separated  from  each  other, 
free  ^iform  palpi,  and  a  short  proboscis,  elongated  fore-legs,  serving  for 
walking  and  feeling,  and  contains  the  genera  Bryobia,  Scyphdus,  PentOr- 
leus,  LmopodeSf  Enpodes,  Tydeus,  K.,  which  prefer  moist  places. 

Gervais  has  noticed  various  AccMri  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  £nt.  d.  Fr.  zi.  p. 
46) :  Holothyru»  is  a  new  genus  of  the  family  of  the  OribatidcB,  with 
its  body  convex  above,  shield-shaped,  flat  beneath,  marginated  laterally, 
the  upper  surface  consisting  of  a  single  piece ;  no  eyes,  long  four-jointed 
moveable  palpi,  legs  long,  and  with  daws :  one  species,  H,  coccinella, 
locality  unknown.  Dermcmysfus  coriaceus,  living  on  the  wings  of  the 
Ve^pertilio  noctula ;  another  Dermcmysaus  was  found  under  the  scales 
of  Coluber  natriof.  Ixodes  Walkemjerif  from  the  rhinoceros ;  /.  Btbroni, 
from  a  boa ;  /.  coxalis,  from  a  New  Holland  sldnk,  are  also  named. 

Gurlt  has  given  an  admirable  representation  of  the  Acctri  living  as 
parasites  on  domestic  animals.  (Magaz.  f.  d.  ges.  Thierheilk,  ix.  Jahrg. 
1.  St.  p.  18, 1. 1.) 

A  discovery  of  Dr.  G.  Simon  has  attracted  much  attention,  viz., — that 
of  an  AccMTUs  living  in  the  human  skin  (Mull.  Arch.  f.  Anat.  u.  Physiol. 
1842,  p.  218, 1. 11).  '  Henle  has  also  found  the  same  animal,  and  given 
an  account  of  it  in  the  Zurich  "  Offentlichen  Beobachter"  (Dec,  1841). 
He,  however,  so  fiir  mistook  the  nature  of  the  animal,  as  to  consider  it 
as  an  intestinal  worm.  At  a  later  period  (Bericht  iiber  die  Verhandl.  d. 
Naturf.  Gesellsch.  in  Basel  v.  p.  191)  Miescher  also  communicated  his 
observations  upon  it,  which  confirm,  in  general,  those  of  Simon,  and  in 
individual  cases  are  more  ample.  Simon  found  Acari  of  ^^^^^  long,  first 
in  comedones,  and  soon  after  in  healthy  hair-sacs  of  the  human  skin ; 
and  it  was  soon  evident,  that  they  might  be  there  without  being  pre- 
judicial. Usually  only  one  Acarus  was  found  in  a  hair-sac,  sometimes 
312 


ARACHNIDA — ACARI.  269 

two,  rarely  more ;  but  in  one  dilated  sac,  containing  many  hairs,  a  com- 
pany, of  thirteen  individuals  was  discovered.  The  examinations  were 
mostly  confined  to  the  skin  of  the  nose  (Simon),  and  the  external  organ 
of  hearing  (Henle,  Miescher).  Simon  observed  three  different  states  of 
the  animal,  which  in  many  points  varies  remarkably  &om  other  Acari, 
principally  in  the  legs,  which  are  short  stumps  like  those  of  the  Tardi- 
grades,  furnished  at  the  end  with  claws.  In  the  most  frequent  form  the 
body  is  long  and  narrow,  linear,  the  abdomen  much  elongated,  and  there 
are  four  pair  of  legs.  The  parts  of  the  moufh  are  composed  of  a  rather 
short,  prominent  proboscis,  which  is  formed  by  an  under-lip  resembling 
a  myrtle-leaf,  and  pointed  mandibles  lying  upon  it,  and  a  pair  of  two- 
jointed  palpi,  the  little  knob-shaped  terminal  joint  of  which  is  moveable 
in  all  directions.  In  other  forms  the  tarsi  are  the  same ;  but  the  abdo- 
men is  remarkably  shortened  and  conical.  A  third  form  has  the  long 
but  still  slenderer  form  of  body  of  the  first,  but  only  three  pairs  of  legs. 
This  last  I  consider  as  the  youngest  condition,  the  second  the  more 
advanced.  It  does  not  appear  to  me  probable,  that  the  development  is 
concluded  in  these  three  forms,  and  further  observation  is  required. 
The  internal  structure  is  as  yet  unknown,  as  also  the  organs  of  propa- 
gation. So  long  as  this  is  the  case,  it  remains  doubtful  whether  all  these 
forms  may  not  be  young  states  of  an  Acarus,  perhaps  of  a  quite  different 
shape,  and  found  in  other  places.  With  this  impression,  Simon  has  not 
given  it  a  generic  name,  but  only  marked  it  as  Aca/rus  folliculorum, 
Miescher  was  not  satisfied  with  this  name,  and  has  called  it  Macrogaster 
platypus. 

Another  Acarus  has  been  found  four  times  in  comedones  of  the 
human  skin,  by  Prof.  Erdl,  and  is  figured  in  Jul.  Yogel  Icones  Histologiae 
Pathologicse,  t.  21,  f.  7>  It  is  not  accurately  defined ;  but  the  figure  points 
to  a  DermanyseuSy  almost  exactly  agreeing  with  the  D.  avium,  even  to 
the  longer  proboscis,  which  considerably  projects  beyond  the  palpi. 

For  some  time  there  was  much  noise  in  England  about  an  experi- 
ment by  Crosse,  who  obtained,  by  galvanism,  a  peculiar  species  of 
Acarus,  The  matter  was  brought  before  the  Entomological  Society  of 
London  last  year.  Newport  made  a  communication  from  a  Mr.  Wheekes, 
who  had  obtained  Aca/ri  in  the  same  way  as  Crosse.  Gray,  on  the  other 
hand,  stated,  that  Children  has  also  instituted  a  series  of  experiments 
at  the  British  Museum,  precisely  similar  to  those  of  Crosse,  without  ob- 
taining a  single  Acarus  (Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  p.  55 ;  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  69). 
It  was  afterwards  mentioned  in  the  Entomologist  (p.  307),  that  an  Ento- 
mologist in  Exeter  (not  named)  had  proved  the  Acarus  of  Crosse  to  be  a 
well-known  species  widely  distributed  in  houses,  and  added,  that  Crosse 
had  a  whole  nest  of  them  in  his  house,  without  beiag  aware  of  it ;  and 
80  it  happened,  that  if  one  of  them  accidentally  got  into  his  apparatus^ 
he  believed  that  he  had  obtained  it  by  his  experiment. 

313 


270         REPORT  ON  200L00T,  MDCCCXLII : 


PYCNOGONIDES. 

This  order  has  reoeiyed  an  aooession  of  new  species  from  H.  Goodsir 
(James.  Edinb.  New.  Fhilosoph.  Joum.  zzziL  p.  136,  t.  3)  :  PhoxuMli- 
diwn  globotwn  (with  globular  swollen  thighs),  from  Orkney ;  PaUeru 
circulariSf  from  the  Frith  of  Forth ;  Pephredo  MVsuta,  from  the  German 
Ocean ;  Nymphon  John$tonii  (ibid.) ;  N,  pellucidum  and  N.  minutum, 
from  the  Frith  of  Forth ;  N,  spinoium,  locality  not  given.  The  new 
genus  Pephredo,  has,  as  characteristics :  daw-shaped  jaws ;  three-jointed 
palpi,  of  the  length  of  the  short  cylindrical  proboscis ;  six-jointed  egg- 
bearing  tarsi ;  the  first  tarsal  joint  small ;  no  accessory  claws ;  in  general, 
it  resembles  Phanodemui  co$t.  (S.  Archiy.  1843,  1  Bd.  p.  181),  but 
differs  in  the  form  of  body,  which  is  narrow  and  contracted  like  Nymphon^ 
while  in  the  former  the  body  is  orbicular ;  so  that  the  two  genera  cannot 
be  united.    P^hredo  comes  nearer  Nymphon. 


CRUSTACEA. 

Caktob  has  cursorily  made  known  the  Crtutaeea  obseryed  at  Chusaa 
(Ann.  Nat.  Hist  iz.  p.  490).  These  are, — Corctnus  olivaceuSf  new 
species  (greenish-oliye  aboye ;  beneath  white,  with  a  single  spine  on  the 
anterior  part  of  the  internal  margin  of  the  femur) :  Sesarma  tetror' 
gona,  new  species  (aboye  green,  beneath  greenish-grey ;  arms  and  claws 
red) ;  8e;  quadrata,  £dw. ;  Pti^kenum  orfuUua,  OL ;  Sguilla  mantU,  F. ; 
and  an  undefined  Limulus. 


DECAPODA. 

Bathkb  has  made  a  contribution  to  the  natural  history  of  the  Decapoda, 
in  the  Neuest  Schr.  der  Naturf.  Gesellsch.  in  Danzig,  3  Bd.  4  Hft.  p.  23, 
which  finishes  the  notices,  cursorily  made  already  in  yol.  yi.  of  these 
Arch.  1  Bd.  p.  241,  on  A$tacu$  ma/rinus,  Pagwrus  hemhardus,  Oalathea 
rugosa,  and  Hyai  a/raneue ;  and,  at  last,  after  repeated  inyestigations 
into  the  deyelopment  of  the  river  cray-fish,  he  comprehends  the  history 
of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  Decapoda  under  the  following  general 
points  of  view : — 

1.  Thomson's  important  discovery  of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  OrtM- 
ta^ea,  formerly  doubted  by  the  author,  is  completely  confirmed. — 2,  Per- 
haps no  Decapod  comes  from  the  egg  complete  in  exterior  form ;  even 
in  the  river  cray-fish,  in  which  the  deviation  is  smallest,  the  want  of 

314 


CRUSTACEA — DECAPODA.  271 

the  four  lateral  leaves  of  the  caudal  fan,  and  the  pzoportionably  shorter 
and  thicker  thoracic  and  thinner  caudal  parts,  is  to  be  remarked.  In 
the  lobster,  the  posterior  feet  are  wanting,  and  the  ambulatory  feet 
have  appendages  for  the  purpose  of  swimming ;  the  young  of  Pcbgurut^ 
OcUathea,  Cro/ngon,  Pakcnwn,  and  Hyas,  have,  when  they  leave  the 
egg,  neither  abdominal  members,  posterior  legs,  nor  gills ;  the  propor- 
tions of  the  cephalothorax  and  abdomen  are  quite  different ;  the  former 

has  often  poooesses  which  afterwards  become  contracted 3.  The  most 

essential  difference  of  form  between  the  young  and  adult  is,  that  the 
thoracie  portion  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  abdomen,  during  growth,  if 
retiorded  more  or  less  in  its  development,  and  with  it,  also,  that  of  the 
ambulatory  legs  and  gills.  These  parts  are  farthest  advanced  in  their 
development  in  the  river  cray-fish ;  whilst  in  Po^rterus,  Galathea,  &c.» 
they  are  altogether  wantmg.— 4.  The  equalization  of  these  differencea 
oocors,  in  the  lower  grade,  by  alterations  of  the  proportions  (aa  is  the 
case  in  the  river  cray-fish),  in  the  higher,  by  the  transformation  of 
individual  parts,  as  well  as  of  the  whole  body. — 5.  The  varieties  of  form 
between  tiie  young  and  adult  individuals  of  the  same  species  are  greater, 
in.  an  inverse  ratio,  to  the  degree  of  development  in  which  the  embryo 
leaves  the  egg. — 6.  The  following  are  the  causes  of  the  metamorphosia 
of  the  Dec(ipoda: — a.  Portions  of  the  body  are  afterwards  formed: 
d.  Those  already  present  increase  in  size,  without  essential  alteration  of 
form :  c.  Or  they,  at  the  same  time,  alter  in  form :  d.  On  the  contrary, 
other  parts  are  retarded  in  their  growth :  e.  Others,  again,  are  entirely 
cast  off. — 7.  It  is  worthy  of  attention,  that  the  river  cray-fish,  wheii  it 
comes  from  the  egg,  can  only  creep,  while  the  young  of  the  sea  Decapoda 
swim. — 8.  With  regard  to  the  limbs  of  the  Deca/poday  the  rule  in 
general  seems  to  be,  that  they  divide  into  two  branches,  and  as  develop- 
ment proceeds,  each  branch  takes  a  different  form  and  direction,  (If 
we  find  in  Decapoda  and  Stomapoda,  the  giU-bearing  members  simple, 
but  those  without  gilla  deft,  the  conclusion  is,  that  the  gills  correspond 
to  the  second  branch  of  the  limbs.  But,  according  to  Rathke's  obser- 
vations on  the  lobster,  the  case  is  different;  the  gills  are  formed  by 
themselves,  and  one  branch  of  the  ambulatory  feet  becomes  wholly  obli- 
terated).— 9.  In  some  Cru$t<icea,  the  deft  feet  remain  during  life  (MysU), 
— 10.  However  much  the  young  lobsters  resemble  Schizapoda^  particu- 
larly in  their  organs  of  motion,  the  development  in  these,  in  general, 
goes  upon  quite  a  different  plan. — 11.  All  the  Ampkipoda,  without  ex- 
ception, appear  very  like  their  parents  at  the  time  they  leave  the  egg ; 
in  other  orders,  particularly  the  Decapoda  and  Isopoda^  great  differences 
exist. 

H.  Goodsir  (James.  Edinb.  New  Philos.  Joum.  xziii.  p.  181)  has  con- 
firmed, in  opposition  to  Westwood,  Thompson's  discovery  of  a  change  of 
the  Deeepoda^  in  Careinvs  moenas  and  Pagwms  bemAordus,  without 

315 


272  REPORT  ON  iSOOLOGY,  31DCCCXL1I : 

his  being  aioqiiainted  with  what  had  been  done  on  this  point  by  German 
Zoologitti. 

Krojer  hat  given,  in  his  monograph  on  the  northern  species  of  Hip- 
polyte,  his  obeerrations  on  the  deyelopment  of  Hippolyte,  Homarus, 
and  Cymopolia.  The  embryo  of  Cymap.  Caranii  is  distinguished  &om 
the  embryo  of  other  Bnuhyura^  as  only  the  hindmost  pair  of  the  tho- 
racic members  project  externally.  (Dorsal  and  frontal  spines  first 
show  themselves  after  the  first  exuviation.)  The  representation  of  the 
embryo  of  the  lobster  agrees  essentially  with  that  of  Rathke.  The 
young  of  Hippolyte  polcMris  have  very  large  sessile  eyes,  inclining 
towards  each  other;  the  antennae  placed  under  the  eyes,  the  inner 
being  three-jointed,  the  outer  six-jointed,  and  with  a  two-jointed  leaf- 
like appendage ;  the  foot-jaws  are  cleft,  the  outer  branch  of  the  second 
and  both  branches  of  the  third  pair  elongated ;  the  ambulatory  feet  short 
and  simple ;  the  members  of  the  swimming-tail  consist  of  one  common 
basal  joint  and  two  leaflets. 

Joly  (Instit.  p.  239 ;  Rev.  Zool.  p.  229)  has  observed  the  young  of 
Hypolyte  Deimarutiif  which,  as  they  come  from  the  egg,  have  schizo- 
podouB  feet,  like  those  of  Myns ;  the  front  divided,  a  shovel-formed  tail, 
no  caudal  members,  three  pair  of  thoracic  feet,  very  large  sessile  eyes, 
unjointed  antennal  processes,  and  no  gills.  He  could  not  completely 
distinguish  the  formation  of  the  mouth  in  the  little  animal,  at  moat 
2^''  long,  yet  he  distinguished  the  mandibles,  two  pair  of  perfectly  de- 
yeloped  maxillae,  and  a  single  pair  of  foot-jaws.  The  young  of  this  spe- 
cies evidently  show  many  deviations  from  that  observed  by  Kroyer,  yet, 
in  other  respects,  the  H,  Desmarestii  differs  from  the  true  ffippolytes. 
It  is  a  fortunate  circumstance,  that  observations  on  the  development  of 
the  Decapoda,  which  is  so  various,  are  thus  iucreasing. 

The  Decapoda  of  Ireland  have  been  enumerated,  and  a  list  furnished, 
accompanied  by  valuable  remarks  on  their  distribution,  by  W.  Thompson 
(Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  274:).  The  part  of  this  enumeration  before  me 
contains  the  Brachyura, 

Parthbnopii.  —  Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas  (Archiv.  du  Mus.  d*Hist. 
Nat.  ii.  p.  479,  t.  28)  have  made  known  two  new  species,  one  of  which 
forms  a  new  genus,  called  EurynolambrvSf  because  it  unites,  the  charac- 
teristics of  EtMrynome  and  Lambrus.  The  carapace  is  strongly  dilated 
at  the  sides,  covering  the  second  and  third  pairs  of  feet ;  the  basal  joint 
of  the  external  antennae  very  large,  anteriorly  soldered  to  the  front,  the 
moveable  portion  inserted  beside  the  groove  of  the  internal  antennae : 
the  species,  E.  cbustraUs,  is  from  New  Zealand.  The  other,  Oryptopodda 
a/aguloMby  native  country  unknown,  is  distinguished  from  the  Cr.fomir- 
cata,  by  the  crenated  margins  of  the  carapace. 

Gbapsoidei.  —  One  new  species,  Orapsus  strigilatus,  Adam  White 
(Gray  Zool!  Misc.  ii.  p.  78),  from  New  Zealand,  is  allied  to  Chr,  varius. 

316 


CRUSTACEA — DEC  APOD  A.  273 

HoMOLii. — ^Milne  Edwards  and  Lucas  (Arclii?.  du  Mus.  d'Hist.  Nat. 
ii.  p.  463,  t.  24-27)  haye  eharacterized  a  new  species  of  the  genus 
Lithodes :  L.  hrevipes,  from  the  South  Sea,  distinguished  by  the  short- 
ness of  the  rostrum  and  the  legs. 

HippiDES. — The  same  authors  (ibid.  p.  474,  t.  28)  have  founded  a 
new  group,  called  Albtmhippa,  indicating  its  close  alliance  to  AUmnea 
as  well  as  Hippa  ;  the  four  antennas  are  of  equal  length,  the  external 
thicker,  the  internal  deft  at  the  point ;  the  peduncle  of  the  ejes  slender, 
cylindrical ;  both  anterior  feet  have  double  fingered  daws :  the  native 
country  of  the  A,  tpinosaf  which  was  unknown  to  the  authors,  is  the 
coast  of  Peru. 

AsTACiNi.  —  A  new  sub-genus,  PcMranepJvrops,  has  been  formed  by 
Adam  White  (Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  ii.  p.  79),  from  P.  planifrans,  a  new 
species,  found  by  DiefPenbach  in  the  Riyer  Thames  in  New  Zealand. 
The  author  places  it  between  Astacus  (Potamobius)  and  Nephrops ; 
the  eyes  are  large,  as  in  Nephrops,  the  sides  of  the  second  section  of  the 
carapace  haye  a  spine,  as  in  Astacus  (but  a  long  series  of  the  species  of 
Astacus  haye  not  this  spine  !) ;  the  rostrum  has  three  teeth  on  the  sides  j 
the  scale  of  the  external  antennae  projecting  far  oyer  the  thickened 
joints ;  the  first  two  joints  of  the  internal  foot-jaws  spinous  on  the  out- 
side ;  the  middle  leaf  of  the  caudal  fin  of  one  piece ;  the  first  pair  of 
feet  more  slender  than  in  Nephrops,  the  claws  only  flatly  channeled 
with  few  rows  of  spines ;  of  the  four  other  pairs  of  feet,  the  first  is  the 
shortest  (in  Nephrops  the  last),  the  second  the  longest,  the  last  two  of 
about  the  same  length.    Form  that  of  Astacus* 

Caiudes. — ^Eroyer  (yide  Sel.  Natury.  og  math  Afh.  ix.  D.)  has  given  a 
very  exact  account  of  the  northern  species  of  the  genus  Hippolyte. 
There  are  fourteen  species  described,  grouped  as  follows : — A.  The  ex- 
ternal foot-jaws  with  one  palpus,  but  without  the  whip-like  appendage. 
a.  Legs  also  without  it :  H.  sma/rcbgdma,  new  spedes  from  the  coast  of 
Norway. — B.  Palpi  and  whip-like  appendage  to  the  external  foot-jaw. 
h.  Whip-like  appendage  to  the  first  pair  of  feet :  H,  Fahricii,  from 
Greenland,  c.  Whip-like  appendage  to  the  first  two  pairs  of  feet :  H, 
Oaimardii,  Edw. ;  H.  gtbba,  new  spedes  from  Spitzbergen ;  H,  mutila, 
new  spedes  from  the  coast  of  Norway,  d.  Whip-like  appendage  to  the 
first  three  pairs  of  feet :  H.  Sowerbei,  Leadi  (Comcer  spinus,  Sow.) ;  H, 
macilenta,  new  species  from  Greenland ;  H,  turgida,  new  species  frt)m 
the  coast  of  Spitzbergen,  Greenland,  and  the  north  of  Norway;  H. 
PkipptU,  new  species,  ibid. ;  H,  pusiola,  new  spedes  from  Christians- 
sund. — C,  Whip-like  appendage,  but  no  palpus  to  the  external  foot-jaws. 
«.  Whip-like  appendage  to  the  first  two  pairs  of  feet :  H.  poUms,  Sab., 
very  abundant  on  the  coast  of  Greenlaud,  also  found  at  Spitzbergen  and 
the  coast  of  Norway ;  H.  horealis,  Owen,  ibid.  /.  Appendage  to  the  first 
three  pairs  of  feet :  H,  aculeata,  O.  Fabr.  {Cctnc*  gronlandicus,  J.  Chr. 

317 


274  RBPORT  OM  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCZLII : 

.  Fab.) ;  H,  mierocero$,  new  tpedet  from  QieenUuid.  The  same  author 
(Nator.  Hift  Tidnkr.  ir.  p  217)  hat  illutrated  the  northern  epecieB  of 
Crang&n*  He  diyidet  them  into  three  genera :  Argis^  Ei^  without  tob- 
trom,  the  eyes  almoet  concealed  under  the  carapace,  parallel,  much 
longer  than  thick ;  branchin  and  second  pair  of  &et  as  in  Crangon  ;  the 
legs  of  the  fourth  and  fifth  pairs  dilated  at  the  point;  swimming  feet: 
Oran^on  /or,  Owen.  Crangon,  in  its  present  limits,  has  a  short  ros- 
trum, free  direrging  thick  eyes,  five  pairs  of  branchisB  (no  absorbed 
branchia  on  the  foot-jaws  of  the  second  pair),  the  second  pair  of  feet 
ending  in  daws,  the  legs  of  the  fi>urth  and  fifth  pairs  pointed,  ambula^ 
tory  feet :  Cr.  horea$,  Phipps ;  O.  nanus,  small  new  species  found  in 
the  South  Cattegat,  and  Cr.  vulgaris,  F.  8abinea,  Owen,  differing  from 
Crangon  by  six  pairs  of  branchiss,  and  also  by  the  branchial  rudiment 
present  on  the  fi>re-feet  of  the  second  pair,  and  by  a  very  short  second 
pair  of  feet  without  daws ;  with  the  species  8.  T-carinata,  Owen ;  Cran- 
gon 7'Carinata,  Sabine,  Edw. 

The  genus  Cuma,  Milne  Edw.  (Ann.  de.  Sc.  Nat.  ziii.  p.  292),  and 
which  was  afterwards  rejected  by  the  same  author  (Hist.  Nat.  d.  Crust. 
iiL  p.  553),  with  the  remark,  that  it  is  probably  the  larra  of  tk  Decapod, 
has  been  pointed  out  by  Eroyer  (Natorh.  Tidsskr.  iii.  p.  503.  t.  5,  6. — 
Isis,  1842.  p.  915),  who  found  eggs  in  a  female,  as  a  perfect  form  and  an 
independent  genus,  whidi  is  increased  with  four  new  spedes,  yiz., — (7. 
Edwa/rdiii,  from  the  South  of  Greenland,  apparently  blind ;  C.  Bathkii, 
nasica  and  lucifera,  in  the  Cattegat.  AH  these  spedes  haye  five  seg- 
ments  of  the  anterior  part  of  body,  beddes  the  cephalic  portion,  while 
Edward's  C.  Audouimi  has  only  four. 

STOMOPODA. 

Cabidioides. — H.  Goodsir  (James.  Edinb.  N.  Phil.  Joum.  zzziii.  p.  17^ 
t.  2.)  has  described  a  new  genus  and  three  new  species  of  this  family. 
The  new  genus,  TJiemisto,  has  a  near  relation  with  Mytis,  and  is  distin- 
guished by  the  first,  second,  and  fifth  pairs  of  the  caudal  members  being 
jointless  and  simple;  those  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  are  more 
strongly  developed ;  deft  feet.  To  this  two  of  the  new  species  belong : 
Th,  longi^pina  and  hrevispina;  the  third  is  Cynthia  Flemingii:  aU 
three  are  from  the  Frith  of  Forth. 


AMPHIPODA. 

Oammakina. — ^This  family  has  been  enriched  by  Kroyer  (Naturh.  Tidsskr. 
It.  p.  141.)  with  a  number  of  new  northern  genera  and  spedes.  Hie 
new  genera  are : — Opis,  agreeing  with  Anonyx,  even  to  the  very  large 

318 


CRUSTACSA — AMPHIPODA.  276 

fore-feet:  O.  Etchrichtii,  from  Oreenlaad,  4^''  long.  Stegocephalus : 
eyes  apparently  wanting,  head  very  large,  almost  concealed  by  the 
large  shield-formed  epimera,  which  also  covers  the  legs ;  upper  antennn, 
with  a  rery  small  jointless  whip-like  appendage ;  the  mandibles  with 
very  short  jointless  palpi ;  feet  simple :  8t,  injlaius,  from  Greenland^ 
V  long.  Phoxus;  head  very  large,  anteriorly  produced  and  pointed; 
antennsB  on  its  under  side,  the  two  pairs  standing  one  behind  the  other; 
both  have  a  thick  pedicel ;  the  mandibles  haye  very  long  palpi ;  tiie 
two  anterior  feet  formed  for  grasping:  Ph,  Holbdlii  and  pUMno9U9, 
Pantoporeia  ;  the  first  pair  of  feet  with  claws,  the  third  pair  grasping ; 
the  seventh  with  a  shield-shaped  dilated  first  joint ;  epimera  large :  P. 
femorataj  from  Greenland.  PivrdcUisca;  the  fourth  joint  forming  a 
hand  on  the  first  and  second  pairs  of  legs,  the  fifth  and  sixth  a  daw,  yet 
so  that  the  sixth  joint  is  elliptical  and  spinous  at  the  margin ;  epimera 
very  small :  P.  etupidata,  from  Greenland.  Promedeia ;  the  feet  of  the 
second  pair  small,  no  daW-like  hand,  but  on  the  third  and  fourth  pairs 
the  two  terminal  joints  unite  into  a  long  daw,  which  forms,  with  the 
third  and  fourth,  a  grasping  hand ;  epimera  short,  the  fourth,  fifth,  and 
sixth  pairs  of  the  abdominal  members  formed  for  leaping :  P.  fasciata, 
fix>m  Greenland.  Ampeliica,  like  AmpJUtoe ;  the  seoond  pair  of  feet 
simple,  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  have  a  hand,  the  palm  of  whidi  is 
formed  from  the  third,  the  fingers  horn  the  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth 
joints :  A,  Eschrichtii,  from  Greenland.  PhotU;  the  first  two  pairs  of 
feet  have  a  daw-shaped  hand,  the  fifth  is  curved  backwards,  standing 
reversed,  with  rudimentary  daw-joint ;  the  epimera  very  large :  PA. 
Reinha/rdi,  from  Greenland.  (Edieeros  ;  forehead  elongated  to  a  more 
or  less  pointed  or  blunt  proboscis,  whidi  always  sweUs  into  a  transparent 
reddish  yellow  knob ;  eyes  apparently  wanting ;  the  two  anterior  pairs  of 
feet  have  a  large  claw-shaped  hand,  the  seventh  pair  very  long  and  thin : 
(E.  9a>ginatuB,  not  rare  in  the  Greenland  Seas,  also  on  the  north  coast  of 
Norway.  Lafystius  ;  head  depressed,  terminating  in  a  proboscis ;  the  two 
short,  strong,  fusiform  pairs  of  antennas,  articulated,  one  behind  the  other, 
under  the  proboscis ;  the  eyes  on  the  upper  surfiw^  of  the  head ;  the  first 
pair  of  feet  very  slender,  the  hand  linear,  the  second  short  and  strong, 
with  the  hand  quadrate,  the  rest  strong-dawed ;  epimera  of  middling 
size ;  L.  iturionis,  in  great  numbers  under  the  pectoral  fins  of  the  stur- 
geon, also  on  the  SquaL  galeus;  the  only  parasitic  Amphipod  yet 
known. 

The  new  spedes  of  the  known  genus  are : — Leucothoe  clypeata,  firom 
Greenland;  L.  glacialis,  from  Spitzbergen;  Oammarug  dentatus, 
firom  Greenland ;  Aocmthanotus  ir^flatus,  from  Spitzbergen  and  Green- 
land ;  Ischyroceros  cmguipss  and  latipes,  from  Qreenland  ;  Podocen^ 
Lectehu,  living  in  a  cuticolar  tube-like  Cerapui.  The  author  remarks, 
that  with  regard  to  the  form  of  the  seoond  pair  of  feet,  the  female  is  a 

319 


276  REPORT  OK  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

Podocerus,  the  male  an  Ericthiynius,  This  genus  most  therefore  be 
abolished.  In  the  genus  Anonyx,  Kr.,  he  has  remarked,  that  in  the 
male,  the  antennas  are  not  only  longer,  but  the  inferior  are  even  pro- 
vided with  a  number  of  small  cuticular  appendages,  which  probably 
•enre  for  laying  hold  of  the  female  in  copulation.  To  this  may  be  added 
A,  appendiculosus,  of  which  A,  lagena  is  the  female.  The  same  relation 
is  found  in  the  aboTe-named  genera,  Opist  PhoxU,  and  Ampelisca,  and  is 
also  present  in  the  Amphitoes  ;  so  Amphitoe  crenulata  and  inermia  are 
male  and  female  of  the  same  species,  &c 

Htpbbina. — Guerln  (Bey.  ZooL  p.  214, 1. 1,  f.  1,)  has  made  known  a 
new  genus,  CysHsoma,  with  two  triple-jointed  antennae ;  the  first  two 
pairs  of  feet  small,  terminating  in  daws,  the  other  legs  long,  narrow, 
and  flat,  the  fifth  pair  longest ;  distinguished  from  Daira  by  the  un- 
equal legs ;  from  Themisto  by  the  want  of  the  under  antennas ;  from 
Primno  by  the  daws  on  the  fore  pair  of  feet.  The  species,  O.  NepPunus, 
of  unusual  size  (3''  4f"),  comes  from  the  Indian  Ocean. 

Oaprellima. — ^H.  Goodsir  (James.  Edinb.  N.  PIul.  Joum.  zxxii.  p. 
183,  t.  3)  has  described  four  species  of  Caprella^  observed  in  the  Frith 
of  Forth.  0.  ^tnosa,  of  the  author,  is  distinguished  from  O.  phasma,  by 
the  position  of  the  spines  on  the  central  rings  of  the  body;  C,  tubercviata^ 
is  probably  identical  with  Gu^rin's  species  of  the  same  name ;  C,  lasvist  . 
of  the  author,  seems  to  agree  with  C  linearis,  Hbt.,  and  C,  linearis,  of 
the  author,  must  therefore  be  a  new  species.  He  appends  some  remarks 
also  on  their  habits  and  internal  structure.  They  live  in  deep  water  on 
coral  reefs,  are  very  deliberate  and  slow,  sit  upright  as  they  fasten  them- 
selves by  the  hind  legs,  and  bring  small  animals  to  their  mouth  with  the 
antennae.  They  often  cast  their  skin.  The  alimentary  canal  is  simple 
and  straight,  pulsating  irreg^ularly ;  the  long  narrow  ovaries  at  each 
side  of  the  alimentary  canal  are  also  subject  to  this  pulsation.  They  arQ 
each  composed  of  a  single  row  of  eggs. 

ISOPODA. 

AsBLLOTA. — The  genus  Tcmais,  Edw.,  has  been  increased  by  Kroyer 
(Naturh.  Tidsskr.  iv.  p.  167,  t.  2)  with  a  series  of  new  species,  viz. : — 
T.  Savignyi,  from  Madeira ;  T,  Edwardsii,  ibid ;  T.  duhius,  from  Ba- 
hia ;  T,  gracilis,  from  Spitzbergen ;  T,  tomentosus,  from  the  Norwegian 
Sea ;  T.  Oerstedii  and  T.  curcuUo,  from  the  Qresund. 


MTRIAPODA. 


4( 


Notes  on  Myriapoda'^  have  been  published  by  Walker  (Entomol. 
p.  237,  293).     They  relate  chiefly  to  the  young  state  of  several  species, 

320 


ENTOMOSTRACA.  277 

without  exactly  defiiung  tlie  age  of  indiyiduals  in  qnestion ;  nor  is  the 
development  followed  out.  Cantor  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  493)  jias 
enumerated  the  Myriapoda,  collected  bj  him  at  Ghusan.  There  are 
three  species :  Scolopendra  marntcms  ;  and  two  new  ones,  Polydernnm 
bicolor,  and  Scutigera  rufipea, 

Chilognatha. — A  new  genus,  Seolapendrella,  with  one  pair  of  ocelli, 
has  been  pointed  out  bj  Geryais  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  zi.  p.  47)  : 
8c,  notacantha,  inhabits  the  gardens  of  Paris. 

Chilopoda. — Newport  (Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.  p.  177)  has  enriched  the 
family  of  the  OeophiUdcB  with  some  new  genera. — 1.  MecUtocephahis  is 
distinguished  by  the  elongated  head,  and  contains  M.fenrugineuB,  Koch ; 
M,  maxiUariSy  Oery. ;  and  three  new  species :  M,  ptmctifrons,  from 
India;  M.  Chiildingiif  from  St.  Vincent  (West  Indies);  and  M^py/nc- 
tildbium,  habitat  not  known. — 2.  NecrapMceophagus,  sub-genus  of 
OeophiluSf  correi^nding  to  the  Geaph.  l&rifficomes,  Gery.,  contains  the 
O.  langicomis,  Leach  (electricvs,  Gery.) — 3.  Oonibregmatus,  with  short 
transyerse  front ;  projecting,  thick,  folded  lip,  adapted  for  suction ;  long 
body,  consisting  of  more  than  160  rings,  of  which  the  two  or  three  last 
are  dilated  and  tuberous ;  small  posterior  graspers  for  creeping.  The 
G,  Oummgii,  a  new  species,  5''  bng,  is  from  the  Philippines.  The  author 
supposes,  that  Geophilus  Walkenaeri  may  belong  also  to  this  genus. 


ENTOMOSTRACA. 

PHYLLOPODA. 

An  ample  treatise  on  a  new  Entomostracony  allied  to  the  Limnadia, 
lately  disooyered  at  Toulouse,  and  called  Iscmra  cycladioides,  has  been 
published  by  Joly  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  xyii.  p.  293).  Subsequently  (ibid, 
p.  349)  he  has  communicated  some  farther  inyestigations  on  the  allied 
animals  hitherto  known,  from  which  it  appears,  that  the  genera  Igcmray 
Joly,  Estheriay  Riipp.,  and  Cyzicus,  Audouin,  come  together ;  and  that 
iBaura  cycladioideSy  Joly  (=  Cyzic.  Bravauii,  And.),  from  France; 
Limncbdia  tetracerat  Erynicki,  from  Russia ;  and  Estheria  dahcUacermg, 
Riipp.,  from  Nubia;  are  three  species  of  this  genus,  for  which  the  author 
has  retained  his  name  Iscmra,  Audouin's  name  has  remained  uncon- 
firmed, although  it  possesses  the  right  of  priority  to  tiie  Estkeria  of 
RiippoIL  The  essential  characteristics  of  the  genus  consist  in  this, 
that  the  yery  mollusk-like  shell  has  projecting  whorls,  and  that  the  pear- 
shaped  process  of  the  front  in  Lim/nadia,  is  wanting  in  this  genus. 
The  shell,  as  in  many  biyalye  shells,  has  yery  distinct  concentric  striae, 
but  such,  in  fewer  number,  are  also  found  in  Limnadia^  which  in  this 
respect,  howeyer,  offers  some  yariety.  In  Isaura  cycladioidesy  the 
shell  resembles  much  that  of  a  Cyclas;  it  consists  of  a  number  of 

321  X 


278         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

lajen,  united  by  animal  matter,  and  laid  above  one  another,  but  which 
can  be  separated  bj  maoeratian  in  caustic  alkali.  The  alimentaiy  canal 
is  siviple,  without  cecum ;  it  also  wants  saHyarj  glands  and  Hver.  The 
vascular  system,  in  grown  individuals,  is  not  easily  examined.  The 
organs  of  respiration  appear  chiefly  to  be  the  membranous  feet,  which 
have  a  great  similarity  to  those  of  the  seventh  or  ninth  pairs  of  Apus* 
The  males  are  distinguished  by  a  pair  of  peculiarly-formed  grasping- 
feet,  which  are  situated  before  the  branchial  members ;  besides  these,  no 
male  organs  could  be  found.  The  ovaries  of  the  female  resemble  those 
of  Apus ;  but  no  external  passages  could  be  found.  The  author  con- 
siders, as  the  brain,  a  flattened  part,  situated  under  the  eyes,  which 
sends  up  a  thin  process  towards  them,  while  the  optic  nerves  pass 
off  from  the  posterior  extremity.  The  oesophageal  ring  and  ganglionic 
chain  could  not  be  perceived.  The  isaura  always  swims  with  the  back 
upwards,  not  by  means  of  the  branchial  membranes,  but  only  by  their 
ramose  rudder-like  members,  which  the  author  calls  antennae.  Con- 
fervsQ  were  found  in  the  intestines  as  nourishment.  Copulation  takes 
place,  as  the  author  had  abundant  opportunity  of  observing,  by  the  male 
grasping,  with  his  daws,  the  under  margin  of  the  shell  of  the  female, 
and  penetrating,  with  the  end  of  his  body,  between  the  two  shells. 
How  the  seminal  fluid  arrives  at  the  egg,  the  author  has  not  observed. 
The  fertility  is  very  great.  He  counted,  in  one  female,  a  thousand  eggs. 
The  development  of  the  young  agrees,  in  a  great  degree,  with  those  of 
Branckipvis  and  Artemia,  as  they  come  out  of  the  egg.  They  have  two 
pair  of  large  rudder-shaped  membranes,  the  second  of  which  afterwards 
shrinks,  as  the  branchial  members  develop  themselves.  At  first  neither 
blood  nor  circulation  can  be  seen ;  after  six  days,  globules  of  blood,  and 
dorsal  vessels,  show  themselves ;  and  the  beginning  of  the  shell  appears, 
like  a  horizontal  membrane,  upon  the  back.  Two  days  afterwards,  the 
shell  becomes  perpendicular,  and  encloses  the  little  animaL  The  bran- 
chial members  are  then  found  so  far  developed,  that  the  second  pair  of 
rudder-shaped  members  have  dieiappeared ;  while,  on  the  contrary,  the 
first  pair  have  attained  a  greater  degree  of  development. 

Waga  (Ann.  d.  1.  Soc.  Ent.  d.  Fr.  xi.  p.  261, 1. 11,  f.  1-4)  has  made 
known  a  new  species,  BrcmcMpTis  torvicamis,  which  is  remarkable  for 
the  great  hook-formed  organs  of  the  male,  which  are  twisted,  and  send 
off  several  branches.  He  found  it  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Warsaw, 
in  a  deep  dirty  puddle. 


SIPHONOSTOMA. 

H.  D.  GooDSiR  (James.  Edin.  New  Philos.  Joum.  xxxiiL  p.  178 ;  Ann.  d. 
Sc.  Nat.  xviii.  p.  18S)  has  given  some  observations  on  the  development  of 
322 


CIRRIPEDIA.  279 

Caligus.  The  ovaries  lie  in  the  fore-part  of  the  bodj,  often  even  before 
the  stomach ;  the  eggs  come  out  first  into  the  inner,  and  then  into  the 
outer  OTiduets.  The  latter  haye  a  peculiar  construction,  which  necessi- 
tates a  gradual  progression  of  the  egg.  It  has,  namely,  transrerse  seg- 
ments at  regular  distances,  which  must  be  broken  through  by  the  ripest 
egg,  before  it  can  force  itself  into  the  next  empty  celL  The  lairsB  are 
like  those  of  Cyclops  and  Lemcea, 


CIRRIPEDIA. 

A  NOTICE,  by  Hinds,  is  to  be  found  in  the  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  256, 
that  he  met  with,  at  sea,  in  north  latitude  36^  9^,  west  longitude  164°, 
Anatifa  grouped  together  in  bunches,  without  any  marks  of  attachment 
to  foreign  substances.  The  water  was  likewise  full  of  minute  animals  of 
the  most  lively  motions.  The  Anatifa  was  present  in  astonishing  num- 
bers, and  332  English  miles  were  travelled  amongst  them. 

A  notice  of  the  presenoe  of  small  fossil  Entomostraca  in  Sussex, 
in  limestone,  has  been  given  by  John  Fhilipps,  in  the  Proceedings  of 
the  British  Association,  1841,  p.  64.  They  are  small  Cyprides,  whidi 
are  found  in  the  inferior  strata  of  limestone.  Isotelus  megistoa,  Locke 
(Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  xliL  p.  366,  t.  3),  is  a  huge  new  TrilMte.  It 
differs  from  T.  gigas,  by  a  bristle-formed  process  of  the  posterior  comer 
of  the  shield. 


323 


REPORT 


ON  THE 


CONTRIBUTIONS   TO   THE   NATURAL   HISTORY   OF   THE 
ANNELIDES,  DURING  THE  YEAR  1842. 


BY 


PEOFESSOK  C.  TH.  V.  SIEBOLD  OF  ERLANGEK 


Oersted  has  rendered  much  serrice  to  the  correct  knowledge 
of  the  Annelides,  in  haying  described  the  Doraihranchiata 
of  Greenland;  and  subjected  the  genus  Nais  to  a  more 
minute  reyision,  in  regard  to  the  species  natire  in  Denmark. 

From  his  first  treatise,  *^  Udtog  af  en  Beskrivelse  af  Groenlands  An- 
nulata  dorsibranchiata,  Erojer,  Natnrh.  Tidsskr.  B.  4,  Hit.  2,  1842, 
p.  109/'  we  leam,  that  O.  Fabricius  biew  twentj-seyen  Dornbrcmchi- 
ata  ;  and  Oersted  haying  added  sixteen  new  ones,  forty-three  are  now 
known  in  Qreenland,  Of  these,  ten  species  are  in  common  with  Den- 
mark, which  possesses  forfy-two;  and  three  with  France,  which  has 
fifty-one  species  of  these  animals.  In  the  enmneration  of  the  species, 
Oersted  has  not  only  exactly  discriminated  them,  and  added  their 
synonymes,  but  he  has  also  giyen  the  characters  of  the  genera. 

Of  the  family  of  the  AphroditecBf  fiye  species  are  enmnerated :  Xept- 
donote  scabraf  cirrata,  and  ptmctata ;  Polynoe  langa ;  and  Pholoe 
minuta. 

Of  AmphiiMymeaif  he  mentions  as  new  Euph/rowne  horealis,  Oerst., 
oorpore  flayescente  oyato-oblongo,  segmentis  26-27,  eminente  capitis 
parte  elongato-oyali,  tentacnlo  uno  semigloboso,  branchiis  9-10  bi-tri- 
partitis,  cirro  superiore  nullo. 

To  the  Evmicece  he  adds  the  Onuphis  EschrichHi,  Oerst. ;  corpore 
supra  conyexo,  subtus  piano,  segmentis  50-60,  stria  transyersa  fusca 

324 


annelideTs.  281 

in  quoque  segmento,  oims  postoocipitalibus  longitudinem  capitis  sequan-^ 
tibus,  pionis  (ramis)  in  segmentis  duobns  primis  ezoeptis,  brevissimis, 
branchiis  bipartitis  basi  pinnarum  affizis. 

Of  Nereides  nineteen  species  are  eniuneirated.  Oersted  divides  the 
genus  Nereis  into  the  sub-genera,  Nereis,  L.,  Lycoris,  Say;,  and  Hetero- 
nereis,  Oerst.;  the  latter  principally  characterized  bj  its  anteriorly 
twisted  round,  and  posteriorly  flattened  body.  To  Nereis  pelagica, 
and  diversicolor ;  Phyllodoce  maculata,  Syllis  armillaris,  Eulalia 
viridis ;  Eteone  fia/ua  and  longa,  and  Nephtys  cceca,  all  of  which 
Fabricius  has  mentioned.  Oersted  adds  the  following: — Heteronereis 
paradoxa,  Oerst.  {Nereis  longissima,  Johnston  ?) ;  Heteronereis  assimi- 
lis,  Oerst.  (Nereis  renalis,  Johnst.  ?) ;  and  Heteronereis  aretica,  Oerst., 
capite  elongato  oonico  4-5  segmenta  sequentia  longitudine  aequante, 
maxillis  parum  tortis  crenulatis,  parte  antica  corporis  ez  20  segmentis 
constante  lobis  pinnarum  partis  anticse  omnibus  abbreyiatis  rotundatis^ 
cirro  superiore  quater  vel  quinquies  longiore  quam  lobo  primo ;  in  parte 
postica  lobo  primo  subacuminato,  ceteris  abbreviatis  rotundatis,  cirro 
superiore  prominentiis  9-10  distinctis  prsedito. 

PoLTBosTBicHus  is  characterized  as  a  new  genus,  with  the  following 
diagnosis: — Corpus  lineare  diepreissum  ex  duabus  partibus,  anteriore  et 
posteriore  forma  inter  se  discrepantibus,  constans.  Caput  appendicibus 
tentacularibus  11  instructum,  palpi  duo  minuti,  4  tentacula,  cirri  tenta- 
culares  quinque.  Os  inferum  absque  maxillis.  Oculi  ducx  In  antica  cor- 
poris parte  pinnsB  oonnatae  setis  falcatis  prseditee,  in  postica  pinnae 
discretae,  in  superiore  setae  compositas  falcatas.  Cirrus  superior  diversae 
formas  in  antica  et  postica  corporis  parte,  cirrus  inferior  nuUus.  This 
genus  is  represented  by  P,  longisetosa,  Oerst.  {Nereis  corniculata, 
Miill.?) 

Phyllodoce  groenla/ndica  is  new ;  corpore  viridi  depresso,  capite  cor- 
date paulo  latiore  quam  longiore  antice  truncate,  cirris  tentacularibus  in 
segmentis  duobus  anterioribus  affixis,  segmentis  brevissimis,  branchia 
superiore  subrectangulari  verticali,  branchia  inferiore  subelliptica  in 
mediis  segmentis  apice  sursum  versa,  setis  capillaribus  30-40.  Another 
new  species,  Phyllodoce  vridsa,  Oerst.,  may  perhaps  serve  for  founding 
a  separate  genus:  corpore  viresoenti  teretiusculo,  capite  conico  duplo 
longiore  quam  latiore,  cirris  tentacularibus  in  segmentis  duobus  anteri- 
oribus affixis,  segmentis  mediis  longitudine  latitudinem  corporis  aequan- 
tibus  subhexagonis,  ceteris  utramque  extremitatem  versus  regulariter 
decrescentibus,  branchia  superiore  subpentagona  subhorizontali. 

Eteone  cylindrica  is  mentioned  as  new  by  Oersted,  with  the  follow- 
ing diagnosis:  —  Corpore  tereti,  capite  abbreviate  conico,  branchia* 
superiore  compressa  subovali  a  pinna  valde  remota. 

Nephtys  longisetosa,  Oersted,  is  also  new;  lamella  superiore  trian- 
gulari  aequo  longa  ac  pinna,  cirro  superiore  nullo,  spatio  inter  pinnas 

325 


282         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

altitodiiiem  pumn  inferknis  sabriiLoentei  lamella  inferiore  horizontali 
breyioie  pinna  apioem  Tenoa  aoguttiore,  setis  capiUaribuB  oonferda 
pinnia  ter  longioribna. 

Oerated  oonaiden  ^  Lwvibrieu$  eapitatus  of  Fabriciiia  to  be  a 
Olycera;  and  he  adda  to  thia  genua  a  Qlyc,  aeio<a,-raegmenti8  pinnaa 
geientibiia  ez  duobua  minoribna  oampositia,  pinnia  et  dzria  et  lignla 
banchiali  destitutia  qnadrilobia  elongatia  (duplo  longioribna  qnam  altia) 
tribua  lobis  oonida  obtuaia,  quarto  multo  breyiore  rotundato,  TnaTnilla 
parya  in  quoque  latere  B^gmentoruni  a  pinnia  yalde  remota,  setia  pro- 
ductia. 

Of  Alicia,  Fabriciua  baa  only  mentioned  CirratuliM  barealis,  Lam. 
(Luanbricus  cirratuSf  F.)  To  thia  Oerated  adda  Ophelia  bicornis.  Say., 
Seolcplos  amUger,  Blainy.,  and  the  following  new  worma: — Scoloploa 
minor,  Oerat. ;  capite  globoeo,  in  aegmentia  anterioribua  utraque  pinna 
papillia  inatracta,  in  poaterioribua  pinna  auperiore  minutisaimo  rotun- 
dato,  pinna  inferiore  multo  majore  aocuminata,  appendicibua  caudalibua 
4  filiformibus. — Ophelia  mamillata,  Oerat. ;  aegmentia  25-28  aingulo 
ex  annulia  3  yiz  conspicuia  oomposito,  ligolis  branchialibua  in  segmento 
6to-14mo  margine  interiore  duobua  prondnentiia  preeditia,  singulia  aeg- 
mentia poaterioribua  duobua  paribua  mamillarum  lateraUum  inatructia, 
papillia  analibua  11  minutiaaimia  omnibua  ejuadem  longitudinia  et  aecundo 
quoque  ejuadem  latitudinis. — Arenicola  piscatarwn  haa  alao  been  men- 
tioned hj  Oerated  aa  a  Greenland  Annelide, 

In  a  aeoond  treatiae  (Eroyer  Tidaakr.  ant.  dt.  p.  128,  Conapectua 
generom  specierumque  Naidum  ad  Faunani  Danicam  pertinentiuin) 
Oerated  reyiewa  the  Daniah  Naides,  which  he  plaoea  in  three  diyiaions, 
aooording  to  the  number  of  their  bundlea  of  briatlea: — 1.  Segmenta 
omnia  aetia  auperioribua  inatructa.  In  thia  he  plaoea  hia  new  genua, 
LuMBRicoNAia,  containing  one  apeciea  only,  yiz., — L,  marina,  Oerat., 
which  forma  a  connecting  link  between  the  amall  LvmbricincB  and  the 
Naides, — 2.  Segmenta  quatuor  anteriora  (interdum  aola  duo)  aetia 
auperioribua  deatituta.  In  thia  Oerated  arrangea  Proto  digitata.  Ok. ; 
Stylaria  paludosa,  Lam.  (Nais,  prohosddea,  Mtill.) ;  and  the  new 
genua,  Sbrpbntina,  Oerat.,  with  the  under  lip  drawn  forwarda,  contain- 
ing the  aingle  apeciea  S.  quadriatriata,  Oerat.  (Nais  serpentina,  Miill.) 
The  genua  Naia  approximatea  thia,  without  any  projectiona.  To  it 
belong  the  J^.  eUnguia,  MiilL,  and  N.  harbata,  MiiU.,  and  two  new 
onea,  yiz. : — N.  uncinata,  Oerat. ;  corpore  ex  20-25  aegmentia  oon- 
atante  pellucido,  aetia  aub-quatemia  et  auperioribua  et  inferioribua 
uncinatia  ejuadem  formsB  in  omnibua  aegmentia:  and  N.  littoralis, 
Oerat.;  corpore  ex  20  aegmentia  conatante  pellucido,  aegmentia  medua 
duplo  longioribna  quam  latia,  poaticia  breyiaaimia,  aetia  omnibua  uncina-. 
tia  in  antioo  pare  pinnarum  7-8  yalde  porrectia,  in  oeteria  3-4  pro- 
minulia. — 3.  The  third  diyiaion  of  the  Naides  posaeaaea  Choetogaster ; 

326 


ANNELIDES.  283 

segmenta  omnia  pinnis  superioribns  destitata:  and  Aeolosoma;  setis 
capillari'bns  priedita.  Under  the  Chastogaster  Oersted  arranges  Nats 
diaphana,  Qniith. ;  and  in  Aeolosoma  the  A,  Ehrenbergi%  Oent.,  which 

*  may  be  Aeol.  decorum,  Ehrb.  et  Aeol,  Hetnprichii,  Ehrb.  ? 

Bathke  (Neueste  Schr.  der  naturf.  6es.  in  Danzig.  B.  iii. 
Heft  4, 1842,  p.  56)  has  published  a  very  minute  description 
of  the  AmphUrite  auricoma,  with  beautiful  plates. 

Rathke  observed  this  worm  alive  on  the  Norwegian  coast.  The  mouth 
is  without  jaws,  and  beset  on  both  sides  with  a  tuft  of  fifteen  tentacles, 
capable  of  being  much  elongated  and  shortened,  and  two  red  blood- 
vessels shine  through  them.  These  tentacles  secrete  a  glutinous  slime, 
and  are  covered  on  their  upper  surface  with  very  vibratile  cilia.  Close 
upon  the  notched  fold  of  skin  which  envelopes  the  tuft  of  tentacles,  there 
is  found  on  the  vertex,  on  each  side,  a  transverse  row  of  thidL  golden 
yellow  bristles,  which  are  put  in  motion  by  several  bundles  of  muscles. 
The  margin  between  the  occiput  and  upper  side  of  the  head,  is  edged  by 
an  indented  fold  of  skin,  which  runs  out  anteriorly  to  a  pretty  long  and 
thick  cirrus ;  the  post-occipital  segment  has,  on  each  side,  a  somewhat 
smaller  cirrus,  and  the  second  and  third  rings  of  the  body  have  a  golden 
yellow  branchia,  the  leaves  of  which  glitter  strongly.  On  the  inner  side 
of  the  tuft  of  bristles,  and  the  leaf-like  projections  found  upon  them,  is 
remarked,  on  each  of  the  other  segments  of  the  body,  a  round  and  rough 
protuberance ;  four  such  protuberances  are  situated  on  the  mesial  line,  on 
the  abdominal  side  of  the  first  four  body  rings ;  these  rough  portions  of 
skin  probably  serve  for  defending  the  animal,  when  it  slips  out  of  the 
tube  in  which  it  is  concealed.  The  anal  part  of  the  body  consists  of  two 
halves,  of  which  the  one  resembles  a  heart,  furnished  with  indented 
lateral  margins,  while  the  other  smaller  half  represents  a  moderately 
thick  oval  leaf.    The  anus  is  placed  where  those  two  parts  join  together. 

From  the  contents  of  the  alimentary  canal,  Rathke  concludes,  that 
this  animal  is  nourished  only  by  the  slime  of  the  sea.    As  neither  eggs 

*  nor  seminal  fluid  were  found  in  the  cavity  of  the  body,  it  is  probable, 
that  it  possesses  separated  sexual  organs.  How  the  eggs  and  seminal 
mass  get  out  of  the  body,  is  not  dear,  and  Rathke  supposes,  that  for  this 
purpose,  openings  are  placed  on  the  sides  of  the  body,  near  the  different 
bundles  of  bristles.  A  quadri-partite  glandular  mass,  situated  on  the 
first  and  second  rings  of  the  body,  on  the  abdominal  side,  with  an  opening 
externally  in  the  first  ring,  probably  serves  for  the  secretion  of  a 
cement,  which  the  worm  uses  in  making  its  arenaceous  tube. 

We  have  also,  by  the  same  author  (op.  cit.  p.  84),  the  description 
of  the  hitherto  little  known   Siphonostoma  phimosum  (Amphitrite 

327 


284  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

plumo^a.  Mull.),  which  Kathke  observed  in  the  sliniy  bottom  of  the  sea 
on  the  Norwegian  coast.  It  has  sixty-fonr  rings,  each  of  which  has  two 
pair  of  bundles  of  bristles ;  the  bristles  are  simple,  longitudinaQj  striated 
on  the  npper  surface,  and  furnished  on  the  inner  with  moderately  thick  * 
transYcrse  septa.  The  whole  upper  surface  of  the  body  is  rough,  with 
small  dose  set  warts,  which  secrete  slime ;  the  epidermis  has  an  oliye 
green,  and  the  corium  a  slight  rosy  hue.  The  four  cornered  opening  of 
the  mouth  is  situated  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  body,  in  a  short,  almost 
infundibuli-form  proboscis ;  close  upon  this  are  found  two  whitish  con- 
tractile tentacles,  which  are  provided  with  a  longitudinal  Airrow ;  behind 
these  tentacles  there  are  eight  cirri,  twisted,  round,  and  of  a  greenish 
colour ;  they  stand  in  two  rows  behind  one  another.  The  animal  can 
draw  all  these  parts  completely  within  the  body ;  when  stretched  out, 
they  lie  protected  under  the  long  bundles  of  bristles  of  the  first  two 
rings.  The  contents  of  the  intestinal  canal  appeared  to  be  an  animal 
pap,  mixed  with  earth  and  sand.  The  blood  of  this  worm  is  intensely 
green.  Rathke  also  corrects  Otto's  description  of  Siphonostoma  diplo- 
chaitoBf  in  so  fiur  as  to  have  shown,  that  the  double  mouth,  which  Otto 
ascribed  to  this  animal,  is  only  the  effect  of  the  too  close  approximation 
of  the  opposite  lateral  margins  of  the  otherways  simple  mouth.  Ck>sta 
has  also  corrected  this  error  (Archiv.  1842,  B.  ii.  p.  322). 

Mihie  Edwards  (Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  tom.  xviii.  1842,  p.  126)  has  given 
an  account  of  the  internal  structure  of  the  anomalous  Per^atusjuUformis, 
from  which  it  appears,  that  this  creature  is  not  a  Myriapod,  but  should 
be  correctly  enrolled  among  the  AnneUdes. 

We  learn,  from  a  minute  anatomicfil  investigation  which  Krohn  has 
made  of  StemcLspis  tJialassemoides  (Miill.  Arch.  f.  Physiol.  1842, 
p.  426)  that  Otto  had  looked  at  this  worm  in  the  reversed  position,  and 
has  described  ihe  posterior  parts  as  the  anterior.  Its  proboscis,  according 
to  £[Tohn*s  account,  is  an  anal  tube ;  and  the  vesicula  analis,  mentioned 
by  Otto,  points  out,  externally,  the  position  of  the  brain  at  the  anterior 
end  of  the  body.  The  little  tufts,  situated  under  the  two  oval  marks 
(verrucsB  frontales.  Otto),  close  above  the  anal  tube,  Krohn  has  recog- 
nised as  blood-vessels.  The  sexual  organs  lie  in  the  posterior  cavity  of 
the  body,  and  contain,  in  the  male  individuals,  seminal  threads,  and  in 
the  female,  distinct  eggs. 

Leuckart  (Zoolog.  Bruchstiicke,  ii.  1841,  p.  104)  has  described  an  in- 
teresting Annelide,  Qeoscolex  mammus,  which  was  found  in  loam  in 
Brazil,  not  far  fix)m  Rio  Janeiro.  Its  length  was  three  feet  three  inches ; 
but  when  in  life  it  must  have  been  eight  or  nine  feet.  Preserved  in 
spirits  of  wine,  it  has  now  a  bladdsh-brown  colour.  It  belongs  to  the 
setigerous  AnneUdea,  and  stands  very  near  LuTnbricus.  Leuckart  has 
characterized  the  genus  under  the  name  of  Geoscolex,  as  follows: — 
Corpore  lumbridformi,  ore  bilabiato,  labiis  latis,  ab  annuli  primi  mar> 
328 


ANNELIDES.  285 

gine  anteriore  sejunctis,  intemis  (protractilibiu?) ;  clitello  in  anteriore 
corporis  parte  posito,  parum  ab  orificio  oris  remoto ;  setis  in  singulo  cor- 
poris annulo  (ditelli  ftninilifl  ezceptis,  setis  4  tantmn  instructis)  octo  in- 
ferioribas,  in  annul  is  anterioribus  per  paria  approzimatis,  in  iis  partis 
corporis  posterioris  sensim  inter  se  magis  remotis.  Species :  O,  maxi- 
mfus ;  oorpore  annulis  plnsquam  400  instructo,  colore  nigricante  ?  Lenckart 
distinguished  in  this  worm  an  anterior  portion,  a  ditellus,  and  a  trunk. 
The  anterior  portion  is  thickest,  and  consists  of  fourte^i  rings.  The 
ditellus  is  formed  of  nine  rings,  and  leaves  free,  as  it  does  not  quite 
surround  the  bodj,  a  furrow  of  ^-4i'"  upon  the  under  surface.  The  last 
ring  of  the  extraordinarily  long  trunk  is  rounded  obtusely ;  but  whether 
the  opening  found  in  it  be  actually  the  anus,  is  a  matter  of  doubt,  since  a 
piece  of  the  body  might  easily  have  been  torn  off.  The  first  three  small 
rings,  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  body,  are  ribbed  longitudinally ;  be- 
tween the  fourth  and  fifth  rings  of  the  cliteHus,  on  the  under  side,  near 
the  thickened  margin  of  the  clitellus,  Leuckart  discovered  a  small  round 
elevation,  in  the  middle  of  which  was  a  small  hole,  evidently  the  sexual 
opening.  On  the  anterior  margin  of  most  of  the  body  rings,  except  the 
first  thirteen  of  the  anterior  portion,  and  some  rings  of  the  cliteUus,  there 
are  two  small  openings  on  the  under  side,  which  he  supposes  to  be 
branchial  apertures. 

Hofimeister  has  written  a  very  excellent  dissertation  on  lAMnbricvMB ; 
**  De  vermibus  quibusdam  ad  genus  Lumbricorum  pertinentibus."  Bero- 
Uni,  1842.  To  avoid  repetition,  it  wtil  be  discussed  with  another  treatise, 
by  the  same  author,  on  land  AimelideSj  in  next  year's  report. 

Stein  has  published  a  short  description  of  the  sexual  parts  of  the  (re- 
genwurm)  grub  (Mull.  Arch.  1842,  p.  270). 

Loven  has  given  an  interesting  contribution  to  the,  as  yet,  whoUy  un- 
known histoiy  of  the  development  of  the  Annelides  (Archiv.  1842,  th.  1, 
p.  302,  and  Ann.  des  Sc.  Nat.  t.  xviii.  1842,  p.  288).  He  caught  in  the 
sea,  small  creatures,  in  the  form  of  an  oval  disc,  and  a  hemisphere  arose 
from  the  disc.  The  disc  was  beset,  at  the  margin,  with  a  double  row  of 
vibratile  cilia.  On  the  upper  side,  near  the  margin,  a  mouth  was  dis- 
tinguishable, set  with  cilia ;  and  on  the  top  of  the  hemisphere  was  an 
opening,  apparently  the  anus.  Upon  the  under,  slightly  arched  side  of 
the  disc,  was  observable  an  opaque  spot,  with  two  small  points.  The 
hemisphere  became  gradually  elongated,  divided  into  transverse  rings, 
and  the  spot,  above  mentioned,  became  gradually  more  opaque,  and 
acquired  two  filiform  appendages ; — ^in  short,  the  creature  changed  into 
a  Nereid;  but  its  last  metamorphosis,  unfortunately,  could  not  be 
watched  to  the  end. 

De  Filippi  has  published  his  researches  on  the  genus  Clepdne,  ^*  Let- 
tere  del  Dott.  F.  de  Filippi  sopra  TAnatomia  e  lo  Sviluppo  delle  Clep- 
sine.  Pavia,  1839."    He  has  here  more  exactly  characterized  a  species, 

329 


286  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

fbfmerly  giTen  hy  him  as  new,  Ol^dne  $angu{nea.  Its  intestines  pos- 
sess nine  red  lateral  dose  sacs,  which  are  forked  at  their  dosed  end ; 
and  its  two  ejes  form  oblong  somewhat  irregular  spots.  The  spedes 
has  some  resemblanoe  to  Clepnne  paludota^  but  is  not  so  pointed  ante^ 
riorlj,  and  especially,  is  not  so  soft  as  it.  It  also  differs,  by  its  blnish 
green  colour,  from  tiie  dark  green  Clepnne,  It  has  the  habits  of  Clep- 
tine  camplanata,  and  readily  attaches  itself  to  stones  and  mussels.  Of 
the  internal  stmcture  of  the  CUpdne,  which  is  fuUy  described,  we  may 
notice  particularly,  that  De  Filippi  recognised  a  direct  connection  be- 
tween the  digestire  canal  and  the  system  of  blood  yessels,  by  whidi  the 
blood  sucked  by  the  leech  fiK>m  the  moUusca,  after  a  short  stay  in  the 
intestines,  passed  immediately  into  the  blood-yessels ;  and  these  animals 
thus  gained  their  supply  of  blood  by  transfusion.  The  same  peculiarity 
also  exists  in  HcBmocha/rit ;  but  not  in  Sanguiaugaj  HcBmopgU^  nor  in 
Nephelisj  whidi  gorge  whole  animals  as  well  as  blood. 

Wahlberg  has  described  a  new  leedi,  which,  in  Sweden,  supplies  the 
place  of  the  medicinal  one  (Froriep's  Neue  Notizen,  Bd.  23,  p.  296). 
The  ground  colour  of  its  strong  warty  skin  is  black  brown,  with  six 
broad  coal-black  dorsal  stripes,  and  small  white  points  standing  round 
the  body,  on  each  fifth  segment.  Its  egg  capsule  is  formed  like  that  of 
the  medicinal  leech.  Some  observations  are  giyen  upon  this  by  We- 
deke  (Fror.  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  21,  p.  183).*  The  leeches,  when  they  wish 
to  lay  their  eggs,  leave  the  water,  and  creep  many  yards  away,  to  seek  a 
comfortable  bed  under  moist  loose  earth.  Here  they  emit,  from  their 
swollen  maw,  a  sUmy  green  coherent  fluid,  through  which  they  trail  the 
body  as  &r  as  the  sexual  aperture.  They  lay  their  eggs  in  this  yiscous 
matter,  and  glue,  with  the  saliva  flowing  from  their  mouth,  a  paste 
round  about  the  egg  capsule,  which  hardens  and  forms  the  well-known 
spongy  covering.  When  this  is  done,  each  leech  draws  itself  backwards 
out  of  the  egg  capsule,  4ind  twists  its  two  sexual  apertures  together. 

The  copulation  of  Hirvdo  piscitbtn  has  been  observed  by  Brightwell 
(Ann.  Nat  Hist  ix.  p.  11,  and  Fror.  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  22,  p.  65).  Ac- 
cording to  him,  a  white  substance  was  perceived  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  the  sexual  openings ;  the  eggs,  which  these  leeches  attached  to  the 
sides  of  a  glass  vessel,  were  very  small,  oblong  oval,  hard,  of  a  reddish- 
brown  colour,  having  longitudinal  elevated  ridges  on  the  sides.  In  each 
egg,  which  was  covered  with  a  white  filmy  web-like  secretion,  was  pro- 
duced one  young  one,  with  four  eyes,  on  the  thirtieth  day.  This  was 
ascertained  by  detaching  an  egg,  and  keeping  it  in  a  glass  by  itself. 
Besides  this  leech,  Brightwell  observed,  in  the  fresh-waters  of  England, 
the  following : — HcBmopsis  scmguisorhaf  Sav. ;  Sanguisuga  medicma- 
lis,  Sav. ;  NepheliB  vulgaris,  Sav. ;  Nephelis  tess^lata,  Hainv.,  the 
abdomen  of  which  was  covered  with  young  to  the  number  of  143 ;  Clep- 
sine  complanata  and  hyalina, 

330 


ANNELIDES.  287 

The  following  Irish  Aumdides  hare  been  ennmerated  hj  Thompson 
(Ann.  Nat  Hist.  vii.  p.  482) : — Nemertes  grcLcilU,  Johnst. ;  Nem,  lacti- 
florea,  Johnst. ;  PhylUne  Mppoglom^  Lam.  (Hirudo  hippoglossi,  Midi.) ; 
CcmneUa  trilineata,  Johnst.  (Gordvus  ctnnulatus,  Mont.) ;  Glosnpora 
tubereulata,  Johnst. 

Rathke  has  added  a  new  spedes  to  the  rery  little  hiown  familj  of 
NemertvMB,  which  he  has  named  Borlasia  striata  (Neuest.  Danz.  Schrif. 
p.  93).    It  was  disooyered  on  the  coast  of  Norway.    It  is  about  the 
thickness  of  a  crow-quill^  and  a  foot  in  length ;  the  body  is  almost 
round,  narrowed  posteriorly,  and  marked  with  black  stripes,  alternating 
with  twelve  clearer  ones.    At  the  anterior  margin  of  the  body  a  small 
opening  was  found,  which  Rathke  did  not  regard  as  the  mouth,  which 
lies  farther  down  on  the  abdominal  side,  and  represents  a  large  longitu- 
dinal deft.    On  the  right  and  left  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  body  is  a 
boat-shaped,  superficial,  longitudinal  furrow,  to  which  a  strong  bundle 
of  nerrous  fibres  passes  firom  the  red  ganglion  of  the  brain,  on  which 
account  Rathke  is  inclined  to  think  these  furrows  are  the  seat  of  more 
acute  sensation.    Before  them,  eight  or  nine  yery  small  black  ooellated 
points  are  obseryable.   The  slimy  thickish  cuticular  coyering  has  a  num- 
ber of  slight  segmental  ftirrows.    The  intestine,  running  out  straight  at 
the  posterior  end  of  the  body,  contained  a  whitish  slimy  fluid,  ftom  which 
Sathke  conjectures,  that  this  worm  sucks  its  nourishment  from  other 
white-blooded  animals.    As  a  great  number  of  small,  thin,  cuticular 
sacs,  which  were  attached  in  a  single  row,  behind  each  other,  on  the 
inner  wall  of  the  body  of  this  worm,  contained  in  some  indiyiduals  dis- 
tinct  eggs,  and  in  others  a  fine  granular  substance  (semen),  Rathke 
assumed,  that  it  possessed  separated  sexes;  but  he  could  not  discover 
sexual  openings  in  these  sacs.      Under  the  dorsum  runs  a  very  long 
snow-white  and  spiral  canal,  which  is  very  muscular,  and  can  be  bulged 
out,  like  a  proboscis,  at  the  opening  first  mentioned.  He  could  not  make 
out  its  use.    It  does  not  belong  to  the  sexual  parts,  as  very  young  spe- 
cimens, which  had  neither  sexual  bladders  nor  testes,  yet  possessed  this 
organ.    The  abdominal  nerve  of  this  worm  is  composed  of  two  white 
cords,  which,  arising  from  the  ganglion  of  the  braiu,  run  down  on  the 
lateral  margin  of  the  body,  far  separate  from  each  other,  without 
forming  ganglions.    Other  Naturalists  do  not  agree  with  this  view  of 
the  organs.    Dr.  G.  Johnston  takes  the  two  nervous  oords  for  blood- 
vessels, and  the  cerebral  ganglion  for  a  heart.    Ehrenbei^  holds  the 
alimentary  canal  to  be  an  egg  passage,  and  the  white  spiral  organ  is,  he 
thinks,  the  intestinal  canal;  while  Huschke  takes  the  latter  for  a  se- 
minal vessel,  and  the  bulged-out  proboscis  for  the  penis.   The  researches 
of  Quatrefiiges  (I'Institut.  p.  427>  1841)  agree  better  with  those  of 
Rathke.    He  describes  the  nervous  system  of  Nemertes  as  two  long 
threads,  running  down  on  both  sides  of  the  body,  which  arise  from  two 

331 


288         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

gaagliom,  united  by  a  eroM  band ;  four  threads  go  to  the  anterior  parts 
ftom  these  ganglions,  two  of  whieh  can  be  traced  into  the  large  ejes. 
Digardin  also  has  fonnd  a  similar  organization  in  another  species  of 
Nemertu, 

Leuckart  has  giyen  a  copious  account  of  the  remarkable  genus, 
Mtzostomum,  which  Utos  as  a  parasite  upon  the  C<muitula,  aud  forms 
a  link  between  the  AnneUdes  and  Trematoda  (Zool.  Bruchst.  iii.  1842 ; 
HelminthologiBche  Beitr.  p.  5). 

He  characterizes  this  genus,  founded  bj  himself,  as  follows : — Corpore 
molli,  clTpeiformi ;  supra  depresso  vel  convexo,  infra  organis  suctoriis  et 
motoriis,  tam  acetabulis  (s.  bothriis)  quam  hamulis  oomeis  10,  in- 
structo;  ore  antico,  simplice,  prominente  (tubuloso?)  retractili.     As 
Leuckart  only  examined  specimens  preserved  in  spirits  of  wine,  many 
parts  of  the  structure  have  remained  concealed  from  him,  so  that  his 
yiewB  of  these  parasites  may  be  incorrect.    The  examination  which 
LoY^n  has  made  of  living  individuals  (Arch.  1842,  B.  i.  p.  306,  and  Ann. 
d.  Sc.  Nat.  t.  xviii.  p.  291,  and  Amtlich.  Ber.  uber  die  19te  Yersamml. 
deutscher  Naturforch.  Braunschw.  1842,  p.  82)  gives  us  a  very  good  idea 
of  the  structure  of  Myzostomum,  and  puts  us  in  a  condition  to  conjec- 
ture the  real  use  of  the  shrivelled-up  parts  seen  by  Leuckart.    Myzo^ 
tomum  cirriferum,  Leuck.,  is  furnished  with  the  following  diagnosis : — 
Corpore  orbiculari,  margine  cirrato ;  acetabulis  in  utroque  latere  5,  ha- 
mulum  simplioem  emittentibus ;  hab.  in  mari  septentrional!,  Comatule 
euTopaeflB  parasitus.    Lov^n  has  frequently  found  this  species  on  Coma- 
tula  europ€Ba  on  the  west  coast  of  Denmark.    The  whole  surfiice  of 
the  body,  the  margin  of  which  is  covered  by  twenty  cirri,  shows  vibra- 
tile  motions.    On  the  middle  of  the  dorsum  are  two  slight  elevations. 
On  the  abdominal  surface  is  found,  anteriorly,  the  fleshy  proboscis, 
which  csD.  be  completely  drawn  in ;  on  the  sides  there  are  five  pairs  of 
stumps  of  tarsi,  and  between  these,  four  pairs  of  acetabula;  on  the 
margin  of  the  orbicular  body,  on  each  side,  are  the  two  male  sexual 
openings,  and  the  simple  vulva,  together  with  the  anus.   Of  the  internal 
organs,  Lov^n  has  described  the  nervous  system,  the  intestinal  canal 
with  its  appendages,  the  male  and  female  organs  of  generation.    Of  the 
latter,  the  ovarium,  with  its  ramifications,  occupies  the  whole  disc,  and 
contains  spherical  eggs.     Lov^n  concludes,  firom  the  lively  motions  with 
which  the  spermatozoa  of  this  hermaphrodite  animal  swim  about  in  the 
water,  that  its  eggs  become  impregnated  by  the  spermatozoa  after  they 
are  laid ;  with  which  supposition  the  reporter  is  inclined  to  agree,  as 
the  spermatbzoa  of  these  hermaphrodite  water-animals  stiffen  in  the 
water.    The  reporter  cannot' h&lp  remarking,  that  it  would  have  been 
most  desirable,  had  Lov^n  described  somewhat  more  exactly,  the  ovary, 
and  the  difierent  steps  of  development  of  the  eggs  of  this  animal,  for  the 
organ  described  by  him  as  an  ovarium,  evidently  resembles  that  organ  of 

332 


ANNELIDES.  289 

excretion,  which,  in  many  Trematoda,  discharges  itself  at  the  posterior 
end  of  the  body,  and  which  also  pushes  out  its  contents  backwards, — 
an  action  often  mistaken  for  the  laying  of  eggs.  Each  stump  of  a 
foot  consists  of  three  parts,  the  last  of  which  is  furnished  with  fbur 
retractile  horn-like  hooks.  By  these  feet,  this  parasite  reminds  us  of 
the  lower  CrustiAceaf  but  it  cannot  perhaps  be  united  to  them,  because 
the  yibratile  organs,  which  cover  the  superior  sfu&joe. of  My  zogtomum  are 
altogether  foreign  to  the  Crustacea,  insects,  and  Ara^fmida. — Leuckart 
describes  another  species,  under  the  name  of  Myz»  costatum :  Corpore 
depresso,  ovali  margine  crenulata,  dorso  oostato;  aoetabulis  suctoriis 
hamuHferis  separatis,  aoetabulis  utrinque  4  et  hamnlis  in  utroque  latere 
5 ;  hab.  in  mari  rubro,  Gomatulss  multiradiatsB  parasitus. — A  third  spe- 
cies, Myz,  glaibrwny  has  the  following  diagnosis : — Corpore  orbiculari, 
dorso  oonyexo  et  maiginibus  glabris,  infra  concavo ;  aoetabulis  in  utro- 
que latere  5,  hamulum  simplioem  emittentibus ;  hab.  in  man  Mediter- 
raneo,  Comatulae  mediterranesB  (europaefe)  parasitus.  This  species  varies 
from  Myz.  cirriferum  almost  only  by  the  absence  of  cirri ;  and  Leuckart 
himself  has  some  doubt  of  these  two  species  being  distinct^  since  it  is 
improbable,  that  two  quite  different  species  of  a  parasitic  genus,  should 
live  upon  one  and  the  same  animal  in  different  seas.  He  also  hazards  a 
conjecture,  whether  the  presence  of  cirri  may  not  perhaps  point  only  to 
a  youthful  condition.  The  reporter  is  convinced,  that  Myz,  glahrwn 
and  cirriferum  belong  to  one  species,  and  that  the  former  is  an  indi- 
vidual in  which  the  cirri  have  shrunk,  or  become  otherways  lost.  He 
infers  this,  from  a  specimen  which  he  has  taken  from  a  Comatula  euro- 
pasa  at  Cattaro,  in  which,  besides  the  ^Ye  pairs  of  stumps  of  feet,  he 
distinctly  recognised  four  pairs  of  acetabula,  which  Lov^n  likewise  saw, 
and  Leuckart  had  probably  overlooked ;  and  the  margin  of  the  disc  of 
which  he  found  covered  with  twenty  very  small  projections,  which  the 
reporter  supposes  may  be  the  shrunk  or  cast  off  cirri. 

A  work  of  Duvemoy,  which,  according  to  its  title  (Considerations  sur 
les  Animauz  Articulds,  sur  les  limites  de  ce  type,  et  sur  la  place  qu'il 
doit  occuper  dans  les  cadres  de  la  m^thode  natureUe.  Paris,  1841), 
should  contain  only  general  remarks  on  the  AnnelideSf  has  not  yet  come 
to  hand. 


das 


REPORT 


ON  THB 


CONTRIBUTIONS   TO   HE  LMINTHOLOG  Y, 

DURING   THE   YEAR   1842. 


BY 


PBOFESSOB  C.  TH.  V.  SIEBOLD  OF  EBLANGEN. 


An  Essay  has  been  published  bj  Steenstrap,  *'  Uber  den  Generations- 
wechsel  oder  die  fortpflanzung  nnd  Entwickelnng  dutch  abwechselnde 
Generationen,  eine  eigenthiunliche  Form  der  Brutpfl^e  in  den  niederen 
ThierUassen,  Copenhagen,  1842,"  which  will  create  an  epoch  in  Hel- 
minthologyf  and  be  read  hj  eveiy  Naturalist  with  the  greatest  interest. 
He  has  arranged,  and  attempted  to  point  out,  a  series  of  remarkable 
phenomena,  which  have  been  disooyered  in  the  propagation  of  certain 
lower  animals,  but  which  could  not  hitherto  be  explained,  and  haye 
therefore  stood  quite  isolated ;  that  one  and  the  same  original  idea  is 
found  expressed  in  them,  which  he  designates  by  the  name  of  (Gmercb- 
Honswechsel)  transmutable  generation.  This  original  idea  of  nature  is, 
that  an  animal  bears  a  brood,  which  is  neither  like  the  mother-animal 
nor  becomes  so ;  but  this  unlike-one  itself  brings  forth  a  brood,  which, 
in  form  and  all  other  relations,  returns  to  the  mother-animal ;  so  that  it 
again  finds  its  like,  not  in  its  own  brood,  but  in  its  successor  of  the 
second  or  third  link,  &c.  In  the  orhicvlar  Medusoe  and  bulbous  Polypi, 
Steenstrup  has  satisfactorily  followed  out  this  generation  through  its 
different  links.  Among  the  Helmdnthes,  the  Trematoda  are  particu- 
larly subject  to  such  a  change,  and  traces  of  it  are  found  in  yarious 
other  orders  of  these  animals.  The  reporter  must  completely  assent 
to  the   intelligent  yiew  which   Steenstrup   takes  of  the  remarkable 

334 


ENTOZOA.  291 

metamoTphosis,  to  which  the  larys  of  Trematoda,  hitherto  known  as 
Cercarke,  are  subject ;  bat  he  cannot  agree  with  him  in  assuming,  that 
the  generation  of  the  CercaricB  is  now  completely  understood ;  for  here, 
as  will  be  afterwards  pointed  out,  there  are  considerable  gaps  to  be 
filled  up.  In  no  single  species  of  Trematoda  is  this  change  completely 
known :  here  or  there  several  links  are  wanting  in  the  chain  of  the  me- 
tamorphosis, which  must  be  supplied  by  direct  observation,  before  we 
can  look  upon  the  cycle  of  the  different  links  of  any  one  of  them  as 
concluded.  The  reporter  has  no  doubt,  but  that  these  gaps  will  be  filled 
up,  especially  as  Steenstrup's  excellent  idea  points  out  a  way  to  that 
object.  In  following  it  in  order  to  develop  these  wonderful  metamor- 
phoses of  the  Helminthes,  we  must  not  allow  conjecture  to  slide  into  the 
series,  and  imperceptibly  assume  the  place  of  approved  fiict. 

The  early  and  much  misunderstood  theory  of  equivocal  generation, 
particularly  as  regards  the  engendering  of  intestinal  worms,  is  now 
beginning  to  lose  its  weight  with  English  Physicians.  Dr.  Watson  is 
inclined  to  the  opinion,  that  the  Helmmthes  are  introduced,  as  germs  or 
eggs,  within  the  human  body  (London  Med.  Gaz.,  May,  1812,  part  2. 
vol.  ii.  p.  231) ;  and  he  questions,  whether  some  of  the  Entoeoa  may 
not  be  originally  Ectozoa.  Against  the  doctrine  of  equivocal  generation 
he  relates  the  following  circumstance,  told  him  by  Abemethy: — A 
healthy  flock  of  sheep  were  driven  through  a  considerable  tract  of 
country,  and  one  of  them  on  the  way  broke  its  leg,  and  had  to  be  car- 
ried on  horseback.  For  one  night  the  flock,  with  the  exception  of  the 
maimed  one,  rested  in  a  marshy  meadow,  and  every  individual  was 
seized  with  the  rot  but  itself;  it  escaped  the  disease,  and  had  no  liver- 
fluke.  Watson  asks,  whether  it  may  not  be  assumed,  that  the  flock 
swallowed  the  eggs  of  the  fluke  with  the  fodder  they  crept  from  the 
moist  meadow.  The  eggs  nught  then,  as  is  the  case,  especially  with 
HelmintheBy  shut  up  in  cavities,  be  conveyed  by  the  blood  to  the  liver. 
The  reporter  has  often  heard  this  opinion  expressed  by  Physicians  and 
Naturalists ;  but  he  cannot  conceive  how  the  eggs  of  HelmmtheBy  re- 
maining passive  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  an  <».niniii.l^  should  get  into 
the  vascular  system,  which  is  everywhere  shut  up  from  it.  However, 
he  is  also  perfectly  convinced,  that  many  HehnrnthM^  after  throwing  off 
the  egg-covering,  can  pass,  in  their  embryo  state,  through  the  paren- 
chyma, to  the  organ  suitable  to  th^n.  Hammerschmid  made  a  valuable 
observation  on  the  origin  of  Hehnmihes^  at  the  fourth  meeting  of  Italian 
Literati  at  Padua  (Berliner  Vossische  Zeitong,  14tii  Oct.  1842),  viz.,— 
that  Ten^yrio  molitor  is  afflicted  with  intestinal  worms  when  it  feeds 
on  flesh,  and  is  &ee  fiom  them  when  it  consumes  meal. 

A  remark  of  Dr.  Wolfring  may  be  mentioned,  on  the  geographical 
distribution  of  the  Helminthes  (Medic  Corresp.  Blatt  bayerlsoh.  Arzte, 
18^,  p.  805).    He  described  the  district  of  Thalmessingen  as  a  valley 

335 


292  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIl : 

through  which  the  Thallack  flows,  and  snrrouiided  by  two  rows  of  lofkj 
cakareoos  hiUs,  that  fiiniish  a  Tory  hard  water,  containing  many  earthy 
ingredients.  The  soil  is  yery  damp ;  and  most  of  the  buildings  stand 
upon  wet  foundations,  so  that  cellars  are  rarely  to  be  met  with.  The 
food  of  the  inhabitants  is  mostly  meal,  salted  and  smoked  beef,  and 
much  pork.  The  disease  of  worms  is  here  yery  common,  and  has  been 
so  from  a  yery  remote  period.  Tasnia  toUwrn  and  Atcaris  lumbrieoides 
are  particularly  abundant.  Now,  a  league  beyond  this  district,  the 
disease  is  yery  rare. 


GORDIACEA. 

Ak  Essay  by  Berthold,  published  some  years  since,  has  again  appeared 
last  year,  with  additions,  "  Uber  den  Bau  des  Wasserkalbes  (Gordius 
aqtiaticus),  Gotting.  1S42,"  and  deseryes  our  attention  so  much  the 
more,  as,  till  yery  lately,  our  knowledge  of  this  animal  has  been  yery 
defectiye.  When  the  reporter  places  the  Oardicbcea  as  a  separate 
order  of  Helminthes,  he  has  oonyinced  himself,  in  the  most  precise 
manner,  by  direct  obseryation,  of  the  entozootic  life,  which,  at  certain 
times,  the  Oordiut  aquatieuB  leads ;  but  he  could  not  resolye  to  incor- 
porate it  with  the  Nematoidea^  since  it  diifers  remarkably  in  its  ana- 
tomical structure. 

Berthold  found  the  Gordius  aquaticus  generally  in  brooks  and  small 
springs  about  Gottingen.  Its  colour  is  sometimes  a  bright,  sometimes  a 
more  sombre  brown.  The  head-end  forms  a  white,  semi-transparent 
arch  behind,  which  the  dark  hue  makes  a  sort  of  ring,  from  which  two 
dusky-coloured  stripes  run  longitudinally  down  the  whole  body ;  the  pos- 
terior end  of  the  body  presents  a  horizontally  lying  fork,  at  the  under 
angle  of  which  the  anus  opens.  The  reporter  must  here  correct  Ber- 
thold's  assertion,  that  this  fork  is  only  present  in  male  indiyiduals ;  for, 
according  to  his  experience,  there  are  not  so  many  male  Gordii  to  be 
met  with  as  females,  which  possess  a  rounded  anal  extremity.  The  anal 
opening  (which  the  reporter  besides  considers  as  the  sexual  opening)  is 
found  in  the  female,  in  the  centre  of  the  obtuse  end  of  the  tail.  Ber- 
thold describes  the  cuticle  of  the  Gordius  as  composed  of  two  layers,  the 
outer  consisting  of  a  reticulated  tissue,  the  meshes  being  bounded  by  six 
unequal  sides,  and  pores  are  present  where  the  mesh-threads  meet  at 
the  different  angles.  This  membrane,  according  to  Berthold,  is  yery 
yascular ;  but  the  reporter  could  neither  discoyer  the  yessels,  nor  the 
pores  mentioned  by  him.  He  recognised  in  it  only  an  epidermis, 
composed  of  an  angularly-netted  epithelium,  the  cells  of  which  were 
arched  somewhat  outwardly;  and  probably  Berthold  took  the  calibre 

336 


ENTOZOA — aORDIACEA.  293 

of  them  for  pores.   The  second  outicular  layer,  which  Berthold  describes 
and  figures  as  a  tissne  of  meshes,  composed  of  oblong  nooses,  the 
reporter  could  not  find ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  he  saw  a  fibrous  tissue 
lying  under  the  epidermis,  and  connecting  it  with  the  muscular  layer, 
and  which  might  be  compared  with  the  oorium.    It  consists  of  elastic 
yellow  threads,  crossing  each  other  obliquely  from  right  to  left.    These 
threads  He  crowded  together  in  quantity  without  number :  each  indivi- 
dual thread  seems  to  run  along  the  whole  body  of  the  worm  without 
interruption,  winding  spirally  either  to  right  or  left.    If  the  cnticular 
layer  be  separated  ftom  the  muscular  beneath  it,  many  threads  of  that 
described  as  the  fibrous  remain  on  the  muscular  layer,  while  more  or 
less  stick  to  the  epidermis,  and  on  its  inner  surface  make  a  net-work  of 
greater  and  smaller  lozenges ;  they  also  giye  a  fibrous  appearance  to 
the  torn  or  cut  margins  of  the  cuticular  and  muscular  layers.    Berthold 
has  certainly  seen  these  threads ;  for,  in  describing  the  cuticular  system 
of  the  Gordius,  he  here  and  there  mentions  fine  threads,  tender  little 
fibres,  &c.    He  describes  the  organs  of  motion,  quite  correctly,  as  a 
tolerably  thick  muscular  layer  lying  under  the  cuticle,  and  inclosing  the 
intestines  like  a  tube :  it  is  composed  of  longitudinal  fibres.    He  could 
not  precisely  determine  whether  these  stretch  along  the  whole  body  of 
the  worm,  or  are  only  short,  and  He  with  their  beginnings  and  ends, 
behind  and  near  each  other,  but  conjectures  the  latter.    The  reporter  is 
of  the  same  opinion,  since  this  muscular  layer,  when  torn  across,  pre- 
sents a  net  of  longitudinal  meshes.   The  individual  colourless  unstriated 
muscular  fibres,  according  to  the  reporter's  observation,  resemble  very 
thin  ribbonnshaped  stripes,  which  lie  with  their  surfaces  close  to  each 
other,  and  so  form  the  muscular  covering  which  glitters  like  satin.    The 
reporter  could  not  perceive  the  transverse  fibres  whidi  should  cover  the 
longitudinal  muscles  externally ;  but  he  has  quite  convinced  himself,  as 
well  as  Berthold  has  done,  that  the  Gordius  aquaticus,  in  its  motions, 
keeps  constantly  one  and  the  same  length  and  thickness.    Witii  regard 
to  the  other  organs  of  this  animal,  the  results  which  the  reporter  drew 
from  his  investigations,  difer  so  much  from  those  of  Berthold,  that  he 
will  first  premise  these  researches,  in  order  afterwards  to  compare  them 
with  his  own.    Berthold  believes  that  he  has  discovered  the  nervous 
system  of  the  Gordius,  to  be  two  slender  threads,  not  properly  confined, 
running  parallel  beside  each  other  under  the  intestinal  canal.    The  dark 
longitudinal  bands  which  run  down  the  body,  point  out  the  position  of 
the  longitudinal  vessels  situated  under  the  skin,  one  of  which  runs  as  an 
artery  in  the  brown  dorsal  stripes,  and  two  as  veins  beside  each  other  in 
the  abdominal  stripe.   With  these  vessels  the  above  mentioned  cuticulo- 
vascular  net  coheres ;  and  this,  according  to  Berthold,  is  for  the  process 
of  respiration.    He  had  not  seen  traces  of  actual  circulation  of  blood  in 
this  vascular  system.    The  mouth  of  the  animal  is  placed,  eccentrically, 

337  Y 


294         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

in  the  white  lemi-traiuptient  arch.  The  intestiiie  it  a  veiy  thin 
■imple  eanal,  which  nms  on  the  abdominal  side  of  the  walls  of  the  body, 
and  ends  in  a  Yery  short  doaea,  oonunon  to  it  and  the  female  sexual 
openings.  A  thin  vessel  winds  along  with  this  intestine,  which,  arriyed 
beneath,  discharges  itself  into  the  common  canal  of  the  two  female  sexual 
organs,  and  is  looked  upon  by  BerthoM  as  a  testis.  Extenud  ozgans  of 
copulation  are  wanting.  Berthold  describes,  as  the  female  sexual  organs, 
two  wide  tubes  running  along  the  whole  body,  filling  up  for  the  most 
part  its  walls,  which  oommenee  above  and  near  the  beginning  of  the 
alimentary  canal,  and  internally  are  united  to  each  other.  About  one^ 
Ihurth  indi  ftom  the  anus,  they  join  into  a  common  canal,  forming  a 
doaca  with  the  end  of  the  intestine.  These  oyarian  tubes  are  only 
loosely  united  to  the  neighbouring  wall  of  the  body,  and  have  a  very 
regular  articulated  appearance,  like  the  body  of  a  tape-worm.  The  walb 
are  composed  of  two  cutides,  the  exterior  (the  firmer)  forming  the  tape- 
worm-like rings,  while  the  interior  seems  very  loose,  and  presents  a 
tissue  of  meshes  like  a  spider's  web,  with  very  fine  egg  cells.  These 
meshes  must  be  vessels.  Berthold  has  observed  numerous  litUe  balls 
come  out  firom  the  anus,  whidi  are  composed  each  of  an  immense  number 
of  eggs.  In  the  early  part  of  spring  the  Gordii  contain  no  eggs,  but  a 
scanty  milky  fluid,  composed  of  very  small  granules. 

Sudi  is  Berthold's  account.  With  regard  to  the  nervous  system,  the 
reporter  has  had  as  little  success  as  he  had.  His  longitudinal  vessels 
were  not  to  be  found ;  and  the  cuticula-vasoular  net,  described  in  con- 
junction with  them,  is  probably  nothing  else  but  the  fibrous  tissue  lying 
under  the  epidermis.  The  two  tubes,  running  within  the  cavity  of  the 
body,  on  the  abdominal  side,  the  reporter  has  never  missed  either  in 
male  or  female  individuals :  that  lying  next  the  abdominal  wall  was  al^ 
ways  much  stronger  than  the  other.  Both  had  fleshy  walls,  and  con- 
tamed  a  dear,  fluid,  mixed  here  and  there  with  small  grains.  The 
reporter  could  not  discover,  either  the  superior  origin,  or  the  under  end 
of  the  two  simple  thick-walled  tubes :  That  one  of  these  may  be  an 
intestinal  canal  is  probable ;  but  the  reporter  cannot  find  a  single  proof 
that  the  otiier  is  a  testis.  The  greatest  part  of  the  cavity  of  the  body  is 
filled  up  by  a  peculiar  cellular  tissue,  which  leaves  firee  a  channel-formed 
space  on  the  abdominal  side,  within  which  the  two  simple  tubes  just 
mentioned  run ;  besides,  two  hollow  cavities  stretch  through  the  cellular 
tissue  longitudinally,  until  they  approach  the  posterior  end  of  the  body, 
where  botii  unite  into  one,  and  discharge  themselves  at  the  opening  of 
the  after  part  of  the  body.  The  reporter  questions,  whether  the  cellular 
tissue  forms  the  two  thidc-walled  tubes  lying  dose  beside  each  other  in 
the  mesial  line,  and  passing  into  a  common  tube  posteriorly.  According 
to  Berthold's  description  of  the  female  sexual  organs,  such  might  actually 
be  the  case,  for  the  double  egg-tubes  mentioned  by  him,  are  evidently 
388 


ENTOZOA — GORDIACEA.  295 

the  cellular  tissue  leoognised  by  the  reporter.  We  may  thus  ooniider 
this  cellular  parenchyma,  as  two  tabes  glued  dose  together.  They  are 
In  the  male  indiTidual  the  testes,  in  the  female  the  oyarian  tubes.  The 
eonstmeticm  of  the  walls  agrees  generally  in  both  sexes;  but  still 
there  is  a  certain  spedfie  difference.  The  walls  of  the  testicular 
tubes  are  entirely  colourless,  and  consist  of  a  double  layer  of  cells, 
lying  close  upon  each  other,  which  Berthold  held  to  be  ^g-cells. 
Each  cell  has  a  distinct  round  kemeL  The  form  of  the  indiyidual 
eells  is  always  obl(mg,  with  rounded  comers.  Its  thickness  is  only  half 
its  breadth.  Sometimes  they  ccmtain  a  greater  or  less^  quantity 
of  a  very  fine-grained  mass.  The  cellular  walls  of  these  tubes  have 
an  extraordinary  resemblance  to  the  par^iehyma  of  a  plant.  The  two 
cavities  of  the  testicular  tubes  contain  a  very  fine-grained  milk-white 
mass,  which,  on  pressure,  oozes- out  at  the  opening  of  the  caudal  fork. 
This  may,  therefore,  certainly  be  oonddered  as  the  sexual  opening.  The 
granular  mass  of  the  testes,  when  ynwed  by  the  microscope,  consists  of 
very  small  cells,  between  which,  when  taken  firom  the  lower  part,  oblong 
coi|>uBoles,  thinned  at  one  end,  appear,  of  the  length  of  0.076'''  to  0.089"', 
and  are  evidently  spermatozoa.  In  the  female  individuals,  the  walls 
of  the  ovarian  tubes  are  mudi  thinner,  consisting  only  of  one  simple 
layer  of  colourless  oeDs.  These  have  distinctly  kernels,  and  here  and 
there  a  fine-grained  mass  within  them ;  they  are  not  obbng,  but  rather 
spherical.  The  hollow  cavity  of  each  tube  contains  an  innumer- 
able quantity  of  eggs,  glued  together  like  bunches  of  grapes ;  each  egg 
has  a  defined  nucleus.  In  the  upper  portion,  the  individual  eggs, 
which  compose  the  bunches,  are  of  an  oval  or  pear  shape ;  lower  down, 
tiiey  become  more  rounded,  encompassed  by  a  clear  space,  through  which 
they  again  become  glued  together,  before  and  beside  each  other,  as  longer 
and  shorter  strings  of  eggs;  the  nucleus  cannot  now  be  recognised, 
as  perhaps  the  white  granular  yolky  mass  conceals  it.  At  the  under- 
most end  of  the  cavity  of  the  body,  in  the  female,  was  found  a  thin-skinned 
bag,  of  two  lines  long,  filled  with  a  great  number  of  oblcmg  moveable 
bodies,  resembling  the  spermatozoa  of  the  male  Chrdii,  A  milky  mass 
oozed  out,  on  pressure,  £rom  the  opening  found  at  the  blunted  posterior 
end  of  the  body  in  the  female,  and  which  consisted  of  eggs  and  lively  sper- 
matozoa, so  that  the  bag  may  be  compared  to  a  receptaculum  seminis ; 
but  the  reporter  must  add,  that  the  individual  eggs  far  exceeded  in  size 
the  snail  cells  of  the  testicular  contents,  and  the  latter  certainly  are  only 
undeveloped  spermatozoa. 

The  description  which  Dujardin  has  given  of  a  male  Oordms  aquor- 
ticus  agrees  very  well  with  that  of  the  reporter  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1842, 
t.  xviii.  p.  142). 

Dujardm  saw  no  aperture  for  the  mouth  in  this  worm,  which  was  not 
the  case  with  the  reporter.   It  is,  however,  extremely  difficult  to  find,  and 

339 


296         REPORT  OK  ZOOLOGY,  HDCCCXLII  .* 

I WM  nerer  Me  to  trace  a  ooniiectiaii  between  this  opening  and  either  of 
the  tubes  which  nm  akmg  the  abdomen ;  naj,  it  has  sometimes  appeared, 
that  this  mouth  was  nothing  but  a  superficial  deepening  of  the  tender 
cuticle  which  arches  the  anterior  end  of  the  body.  Dujardia  has  oor- 
zeotlj  reoognised  the  threads  of  the  fibrous  layer  situated  under  the 
epidermis,  which  cross  each  other  in  an  oblique  direction.  He  has  not 
beOn  able  to  find  the  small  tubes  on  the  two  brown  longitudinal  stripes, 
held  hj  Charret  and  Berthold  for  abdominal  and  dorsal  yessels.  The 
muscular  layer  lying  under  the  cuticular  covering,  he  agrees  with  the 
reporter,  in  describing  as  composed  of  longitudinal  fibres,  which  lie  on 
each  other  in  lamellae.  He  found  the  cavity  of  the  muscular  cylinder 
filled  with  a  cellular  mass,  enclosing  a  longitudinal  canal,  containing  a 
homogeneous  white  mass.  Under  the  name  of  Oordius  toloscmuSf  Du- 
jardin  describes  a  new  species  (ibid.  p.  146) ;  but  the  reporter  cannot 
perceive  that  it  difiers  from  Ch>rdiu8  €bquaticvs.  He  observed  the  epi- 
dermis of  the  female  individuals  with  rounded  caudal  end,  to  be  com- 
posed of  many-cornered  convex  cells,  while  that  of  the  males,  with 
forked  caudal  end,  had  quite  a  difibrent  construction,  as  here  and  there, 
between  the  cells  of  the  epithelium,  larger  projecting  spots  (disques)  lay 
scattered.  The  fibrous  layer  following  on  the  epidermis,  the  muscular 
layer,  and  tke  cellular  tissue  filling  the  cavity  of  the  body,  he  describes 
in  the  Chwdius  toloacmus,  ^  and  $>  quite  as  they  are  in  Qorddue  aqua- 
Hcu8.  He  recognised,  in  the  individual  cells  of  the  cellular  tissue,  dis- 
tinctly, the  nucleus  and  the  fine  granular  contents ;  he  also  found  here, 
that  the  cellular  tissue  enclosed  a  double  canal,  which  was  filled  with  |i 
homogeneous  substance.  It  is  a  pity  that  Dujardin  did  not  examine  this 
exactly  with  the  microscope,  as  his  practised  eye  might  have  succeeded 
in  finding  out  the  difierence  between  the  contents  of  the  testicular  and 
ovarian  tubes. 

In  this  Oordius  also,  Digardin  found  the  head  end  imperforate,  and 
covered  with  a  transparent  cape ;  behind  the  head  he  perceived  a  small 
opening.  He  gives  the  colour  of  this  Chrdius  as  blackish ;  the  males, 
which  were  darker  than  the  females,  had  an  oblong  aperture  before  the 
caudal  fork,  while  the  females  were  perforated  obliquely  at  the  rounded 
caudal  end. 

The  specific  difference  between  O.  aquaticus  and  G,  tolo%a/n,us,  as 
given  by  Digardin,  is,  that  the  latter  possesses  an  epidermis  minutely 
reticulated,  and  the  former  has  no  epidermis.  This  distinction  certainly 
arises  only  from  an  error  in  Dujardin's  observations. 

Dujardin  has  described  another  animal  allied  to  the  Oordiua,  under 
the  name  of  Mermia  nigregcens  (ibid.  p.  129,  and  rinstitut.  1842, 
p.  256 ;  also  Archiv.  G^n.  de  M^decine,  t.  xiv.  1842,  p.  488).  This 
worm  was  found  veiy  abundantly  after  rain,  on  moist  ground,  and  some- 
times also  after  a  strong  morning  dew,  on  newly  delved  beds.    He 

340 


ENTOZOA— -aORDIACEA.  297 

belieyes  that  the  Mermis  lives  as  a  parasite  in  the  larva  of  the  May-bug, 
and  that  the  latter,  when  the  ground  in  which  it  lives  is  moister  than 
usual,  is  obliged  to  press  its  parasites  out  of  its  bodj,  which  also  seek 
for  an  exit,  in  order  to  have  an  opportunity  of  depositing  their  eggs  in 
the  earth.  He  remarked,  of  a  MermU  which  he  kept  above  eight  days 
in  water,  that  it  desired  to  get  out,  and  actually  did  escape,  and  laid  its 
«gg8  on  a  dry  place ;  where  also  it  was  dried  up,  and  did  not  again 
revive  in  water.  Left  to  themselves,  they  probably  spend  a  long  while 
in  water,  when  they  feel  no  farther  impulse  to  the  laying  of  eggs. 

The  Mermis  is  100-125  mUl.  long,  0.5  to  0.6  null,  thick;  of  a  white 
colour,  with  a  streak  shining  through  firom  its  interior,  out  of  which  the 
eggs  develop  themselves.  The  body  tapers  anteriorly,  and  behind  the 
head  is  somewhat  constricted ;  the  head  itself  is  truncated  anteriorly,  and 
has  an  angular  appearance,  in  consequence  of  several  projecting  papillae ; 
the  tail-end  is  obtusely  rounded.  About  fifteen  null,  from  the  head  is 
found  a  transverse  cleft  surrounded  by  padded  margins,  which  represents 
the  vulva,  but  it  is  neither  connected  with  an  uterus  nor  an  egg-canal.  The 
surface  of  the  body  seems  quite  smooth ;  no  anus  could  be  found.  With 
this  account,  the  observations  which  the  reporter  had  an  opportunity  of 
making  on  a  worm  of  this  species,  found  in  water  at  Danzig,  agree  pretty 
closely.  The  cuticle  of  MermiSf  according  to  Dujardin,  consists  of  three 
different  parts, — 1.  A  thin  epidermis ;  2.  A  layer  of  fibres  that  cross  each 
other  obliquely,  running  spirally  and  uninterrupedly  through  the  whole 
length  of  the  body ;  and,  3.  A  cartilage-like  hollow  cylinder,  formed  of 
from  fifteen  to  thirty  homogeneous  and  concentric  layers.  This  car- 
tilaginous cylinder  decreases  in  thickness  in  its  passage  forwards,  while 
posteriorly  the  thickness  increases.  The  reporter,  in  the  MermU 
examined  by  him,  has  not  been  able  to  discover  this  structure,  but  he 
found  the  cylinder  to  be  composed  of  two  muscular  layers  of  compressed 
longitudinal  fibres  and  distant  transverse  fibres.  Dujardin  mentions 
the  muscular  cylinder  of  longitudinal  fibres  as  situated  under  the  third 
cartilaginous  cuticle.  On  the  head,  five  or  six  very  small  papillao  are 
observable,  under  which  are  found  depressions,  which  are  connected  by 
small  openings  with  the  empty  space  surrounding  the  oesophagus.  A 
broad  baaid  runs  along  the  inner  surface  of  the  muscular  cylinder,  firom 
which  Dujardin  supposes  the  eggs  proceed.  The  reporter  also  obseirved 
these  two  bands,  but  cannot  convince  himself,  that  double  rows  of  spots, 
of  egg-germination,  were  present  in  them.  The  intestinal  canal  is  simple, 
as  from  the  simple  mouth  a  narrow  oesophagus  passes  into  the  dilated 
intestine,  which  is  gradually  lost  posteriorly.  The  dusky  stripe  of  the 
worm  proceeds  firom  the  black-coloured  eggs,  which  the  reporter  found 
enclosed  m  a  narrow  bag,  but  which,  according  to  Dujardin's  account, 
should  be  ia  connection  with  the  above  mentioned  problematic  ovaries. 
The  form  of  these  eggs  is  very  remarkable ;  each  consists  of  a  colourless 

341 


298         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDOCCXLIl : 

lonnd  OAptule,  from  which  a  fibioiis  fimiculiiB  arises  at  both  poles,  for 
attaching  them  to  the  base  of  the  oyaries.  The  xeporter  saw  the  eggs 
with  these  capsules  lying  free  in  the  ahreadj  mentioned  tabes ;  some  of 
them  on  the  one  side,  others  e^en  on  both  sides  had  two  separate  fibred 
eords.  The  darkish  egg-oovering  enclosed  in  the  capsule  contained  some- 
times aa  embryo,  which  resembled  the  young  Nematoidea;  it  had  a 
bludt  tail-end  and  a  strongly  thickened  head-end,  on  which  the  reporter 
distingoished  a  protrusible  prickle  or  bulging  out  oesophagus. 

Dujardin  giyes  the  following  diagnosis  of  this  new  genus : — Mermu, 
Corpore  longissimo  fiUformi,  elastico,  antioe  parumper  attenuato ;  capite 
Bubinflato,  ore  terminali  minimo  rotundo;  intestine  simplice,  postioe 
obsolete,  ano  nuUo ;  vulva  antica,  transversa.  In  all  respects,  this  worm 
is  worthy  of  a  particular  genus,  whidi  forms  the  transition  fixHn  the 
Gordii  to  the  NemaMMea,  It  has,  in  common  with  Gordiutt  the  highly 
characteristic  fibrous  layer  under  the  epidermis,  as  well  as  the  want  of 
an  anus ;  whUe  the  muscular  walls,  with  the  two  bands  running  aloog 
them,  rather  remind  us  of  the  NemaUndea^  although  the  internal  struc- 
ture of  this  worm  is  stUl  very  enigmatical  to  the  reporter. 

The  observations  hitherto  made  on  the  FilarioB  of  insects  have  beeqi 
collected  t<^ther  by  the  reporter  (Entom.  Zeit.  184:2,  p.  146).  He  hap 
sought  to  direct  the  attenticm  of  Entomologists  to  this  interesting  subject 
in  Helminthology,  that  a  more  exact  knowledge  may  be  acquired  on 
these  parasites  of  insects,  which  appear  to  differ  much  from  the  Filarial 
of  vertebrated  animals,  for  as  yet  almost  nothing  has  been  said  of  their 
internal  structure;  they  have  <mly  been  sometimes  superficially  com- 
pared with  Filariay  and  sometimes  with  Oorditu,  In  how  far  this  call 
has  had  the  desired  effect  on  Entomologists,  the  reporter  will  be  able  to 
mention  in  next  year's  report ;  only  this  much  may  be  mentioned  here, 
that  he  has  come  to  the  conviction,  that  insects  harbour  various  thread- 
shaped  worms  totally  different  from  the  Nemaioide^,  and  one  species  of 
which  is  identical  with  Oardiua  o^aticus. 


NEMATOIDEA. 

A  CURIOUS  account  has  been  given,  in  various  periodicals  (London  and 
Edinb.  Monthly  Joum.  of  Med.  Sc.  1842,  p.  599,  Froriep^s  Neue  Notiz. 
Bd.  24,  p.  256,  and  Microscop.  Joum.  May,  184:2),  of  a  Trichocephalfu 
ajfiniSf  found  in  the  enlarged  and  gangrenous  tonsil  of  a  soldier  at 
Fort  Pitt,  after  death.  The  identity  of  this  worm  with  the  whip-worm 
(peitchen-wurm),  found  only  in  ruminating  animals,  cannot  be  received 
unconditionally  without  a  more  exact  description. 

Busk  (Microscop.  Joum.  1841,  p.  33)  has  given  a  description  and 
figure  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  body  of  TrichocepkaluB  dttpcir,  which 
342 


ENTOZOA — ^NXMATOIDEA.  299 

u  yesry  incomplete,  when  eontrasted  with  Mayer's  oopioiui  work  on  the 
same  sabject  (Jahresb.  18^). 

De  la  Harpe  (Gkirlt  und  Hertwig's  Mag.  f.  Thierheilk.  1842,  p.  14) 
foand,  in  the  fatty  degenerations  of  sheep's  longs,  a  complication  of  rery 
small  wonns  and  dusters  of  eggs,  which,  he  could  not  doubt,  proceeded 
from  Strongylus  fila/ria,  a  parasite,  that,  at  the  same  time,  ooTered  the 
famgs  in  great  number. 

Bayer  has  published  an  excellent  paper  on  Wofm-aneurism  and  the 
StrongyluB  a/rmatuB  minor.  Bud.  (Ardiiy.  de  M^«  Comp.  par  Bayer^ 
Paris,  No.  1,  Oct.  1842,  p.  1 ;  Becherches  Critiques  et  nouyelles  obser- 
Tations  sur  TAneuiysme  Yennineuz,  et  sur  le  StrongyhM  ormatM 
mmor.  Bud.,  par  Bayer ;  and  Froriep's  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  28,  p.  ^23). 

According  to  Bayer's  inyestigations,  the  wonn-aneurism  almost  always 
deyelopes  itself,  in  SoUdwnguhua  animals,  in  the  arteria  mesenterioa 
anterior,  and  generally  in  adult  and  old  indiyiduals.  He  found  the  cavi- 
ties of  the  aneurismal  dilatations  sometimes  narrowed^  or  quite  filled  up  by 
a  growth  of  fibrous  layers ;  in.  the  smaller  depositions  of  these  layers  only 
few  Strongyli  were  present,  but  in  those  of  larger  size,  they  were  found 
in  greater  number ;  they  were  often  also  met  with  in  ike  ossified  arterial 
walls  of  the  aneurism.  Bayer  has  neyer  seen  the  internal  arterial  coat  of 
such  worm-aneurisms  perforated  or  ulcerated ;  the  worms  remain  between 
the  layers  of  the  fibrous  deposition,  never  between  the  coats  of  the  artery. 
Worm-aneurisms,  it  is  believed,  do  not  bunt,  as  they  are  always  aceom- 
panied  by  hypertrophy  of  the  arterial  walls ;  but  Bay^,  in  opposition  to 
this  opinion,  asserts,  that  the  Strongyli  pierce  the  walls  of  the  arteries 
and  so  get  into  the  cavities.  He  also  objects  to  the  assumption  of  Mor- 
gagni,  Budolphi,  Laennec,  Otto,  and  others,  that  the  tubercles  in  the 
walls  of  arteries,  containing  Strongyli,  cause  the  formation  of  aneurism^ 
as  such  tubercles  are  only  found  in  dogs  and  without  aneurisms.  The 
most  of  the  Strongyli  are  found  in  the  fibrous  deposits,  and  project 
sometimes  with  the  head,  sometimes  with  the  tail ;  only  a  few  lie  free  in 
the  aneurismal  cavities.  The  red  colour  of  these  worms  does  not  proceed 
firom  the  blood  sucked  in,  but  firom  resting  upon  it  and  being  washed 
with  it.  The  description  of  the  worms  themselves  contains  nothing  new. 
A  case  of  aneurism  has  been  given  by  Gruby,  in  the  coeliac  trunk  of  a 
horse,  in  the  cavity  of  which  fibrous  deposits  and  Entc^goa,  resembling 
Aicarides,  were  found ;  certainly,  however,  they  could  have  been  nothing 
else  than  individuals  of  Strongyku  armaPiM  minor, 

Leudkart  found  a  Strongylus  in  the  small  intestine  of  Myoaus  gUs 
(ZooL  Bmchst.  iii»  Helminthol.  Beitr.  1842,  p*  38),  which  he  has  charac- 
terized as  Su  gracilM  in  the  following  way : — Capite  eziguo,  elongate, 
obtusiuscuks  aloto;  ore  orbiculari;  bursa  maris  ampla,  oostulata, 
margine  Imiter  incisa;  &min»  parte  corporis  posticso  crassiove,  in 
mucronem  (caudam)  tenuiorem  depressum  exeunte.     The  colour  is 

343 


300  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  IfDCCCZLlI : 

bxawnifh-wliite ;  the  length  of  female  4'",  of  male  2f*'.  He  has  alsO 
diiooYered  another  interestmg  round  worm  in  the  firontal  nniu  and  cri- 
bfiform  bone  of  Mugtela  putariuM  mnAfcma  (ibid.  p.  43),  which  appears 
to  belong  to  Spiropteraf  and  has  been  furnished  with  the  following 
diagnosis ;  8p.  (?)  ntuicola^ — Capite  indiscreto,  ore  ovbiculari  nudo; 
maris  parte  corporis  posteriore  recta,  alis  brerissimis,  pene  mediocri, 
Cauda  post  alas  breyissima  apice  aculeo  annata ;  feminn  cauda  acuta,  Tiz 
distincta,  parum  inflexa.  The  hinder  part  of  the  bodj  in  the  male  is  not 
spiral ;  the  colour  of  these  parasites  is  red ;  the  length  of  male  6^"'y  of 
female  8-12"^  Leuckart  obsenred  a  short  pointed  prickle  projecting 
from  the  posterior  end  of  the  bodj  in  the  male,  which  he  considers  as  an 
organ  ofincitement,  and  which,  perhaps  in  copulation,  assists  in  holding 
fitft  the  female.  The  digestiye  canal  is  provided  with  a  short  oesopha- 
gus, narrow  anteriorly,  dilated  posteriorly,  which  passes  into  a  stomach 
and  intestine ;  the  sexual  parts  are  the  same  as  in  Asca/ris  and  Strongy- 
lu8 ;  the  females  are  yiyiparous.  He  found,  Kkewise,  a  round  worm, 
agreeing  with  Atcaria  tncisa,  enclosed  in  a  peculiar  transparent  mem- 
brane, fastened  to  the  abdominal  fur  of  Sarex  Utragonurus  (ibid.  p.  39). 
The  worms  were  5-9'''  long,  and  no  sexual  organs  could  be  distinguished 
in  them,  which  seems  to  oonfirm  the  opinion  of  Creplin,  that  no  round 
worm,  enclosed  in  a  membrane,  possesses  such  organs.     . 

Mayer  (Neue  Unters.  aus  dem  Qeb.  der  Anat.  and  Phys.  1842,  p.  9) 
has  seen,  in  female  individuals  of  Oxywris  vemUcuUMrU,  a  very  great 
number  of  seminal  animalculae  of  the  length  of  y  ^^'^ ;  they  lay  between 
the  eggs,  in  a  crooked  shape,  with  pointed  ends. 

Gluge  has  found  the  eggs  of  the  AscmtU  nigroveno$a  in  the  lungs  of 
frogs,  without  any  trace  of  that  entozoon  in  these  organs  (I'Institut. 
1842,  p.  131,  and  Arehiv.  G^^r.  de  M^d.  t  xiv.  1842,  p.  364).  He 
consequently  beUeves,  that  these  eggs  were  taken  into  the  lungs  in 
respiration,  and  looks  on  this  phenomenon  as  an  argument  against  spon- 
taneous generation.  Mandl  has  made  the  same  observation,  and  drawn 
from  it  the  same  conclusion  (Froriep's  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  23,  p.  200) ;  his 
account,  in  fiict,  agrees  so  exactly  with  that  of  Gluge,  that  one  might 
suppose  there  was  a  mistake  in  the  name  of  the  author. 

A  new  case  of  worm-abscess,  observed  by  Hecking  at  Waxweiler  on 
the  Rhine,  is  to  be  added  to  those  mentioned  in  former  reports  (Preuss. 
med.  Vereinsz.  1842,  No.  42,  p.  187).  He  had  to  poultice  an  in- 
flamed swelling  of  the  navel  in  a  girl  of  four  years  old,  and  when  the 
tumour  burst,  three  dead  maw-worms  with  eggs  escaped;  the  navel 
dosed,  but  after  two  months  another  painful  tumour  occurred,  which 
went  on  to  suppuration,  and  again  discharged  some  maw-worms. 

Farther  observations  have  been  made  on  Entozoa  in  the  blood  of  the 
vertebrata.  Vogt  has  discovered  a  quantity  of  i^^orio-like  worms  in  the 
blood-vessels  of  several  frogs  (MtQler's  Arch.  1842,  p.  189),  as  Valentin 

344 


EXTOZOA — NEMATOIDEA.  301 

has  formerly  done  (▼.  Arch.  1840,  ii.  p.  189,  and  1841,  ii.  p.  34:2).  He 
also  found,  like  Valentin,  the  ooyerings  of  the  pupae,  or  cysts,  in  the 
cavity  of  the  body  of  the  same  frogs :  many  of  these  cysts  contained 
Filaria  similar  to  those  in  the  blood.  If  the  cysts  in  the  intestine  were 
whitish-coloured,  they  contained  small  Filaria,  and  no  worms  were  found 
in  the  blood ;  but  if  the  cysts  were  brown,  they  were  then  without 
JPV7aWa,  and  the  blood  was  full  of  them.  Their  head  was  truncated,  the 
tail-end  pointed,  and  in  their  interior,  Yogt  could  distinguish  an  intes- 
tinal canal  and  ovary.  This  ovary,  in  the  opinion  of  the  reporter,  could 
have  been  nothing  else  than  the  remains  of  the  yolk,  which  remains  for 
a  longer  while,  as  a  cellular  mass,  in  the  already  escaped  embryos  of 
the  Nematoidea,  Vogt  found,  in  the  abdominal  cavity  of  a  firog,  two 
gross  of  female  Filaria  more  than  an  inch  long,  with  developed  sexual 
organs,  swollen  with  eggs  and  embryos.  As  the  latter  resembled  the 
little  worms  observed  in  the  blood,  Vogt  thought  that  the  presence  of 
these  FUa/ria  in  the  blood  of  frogs  might  be  explained  as  follows : — The 
pregnant  females  deposit  their  brood  in  the  abdominal  cavity;  the 
young  perforate  into  the  great  vessels,  circulate  for  a  while  with  the 
blood,  and  at  last  become  fixed  to  a  particular  spot ;  they  now  become 
surrounded  by  fibrous  layers,  and,  after  attaining  to  maturity  in  their 
cysts,  break  through  into  the  abdominal  cavity,  in  order  there  to  deposit 
their  young.  Whether  these  Filania  do  attain  to  maturity  in  the  cysts 
the  reporter  very  much  doubts,  as  neither  he  nor  Creplin  have  found 
encysted  Nematoidea  with  the  sexual  parts  developed. 

Miescher  has  seen  the  small  Nematoidea  described  by  Vogt  almost 
uniformly  in  the  blood  of  frogs  (ibid.  p.  191). 

The  reporter  may  add,  from  a  treatise  by  Charles  Lee,  which  he  has 
just  seen,  that  a  Filaria  papillosa  was  observed  in  the  anterior  cham- 
ber of  the  eye  of  a  horse  at  New  York,  which  seemed  to  occasion  no 
uneasiness  to  the  animal,  and  only  rendered  the  aqueous  humour  muddy. 
(8illim.  Amer.  Joum.  vol.  xxxix.  1840,  p.  278.) 

Barkow  (tJbers.  der  Arbeit,  and  Verand.  der  schles.  Gesellsch.  to 
vaterl.  Eult.  1839.  Breslau,  1840,  p.  93)  has  hazarded  the  conjecture, 
that  the  Entozoa  of  those  warm-blooded  animals  which  hybemate,  do 
also  fall  into  the  dormant  state  when  the  lower  temperature  of  their 
habitation  renders  them  less  inclined  to  motion.  He  found,  in  the 
stomach  of  a  hedgehog,  killed  during  its  winter  sleep,  several  specimens 
of  Physaloptera  cloMsa,  without  any  signs  of  life,  but  which  became 
lively  so  soon  as  they  were  placed  in  warm  water. 

Steenstrup  has  hinted  (0^.  ant.  cit.  p.  110)  that  BphoBTula/ria  hombi 
(v.  Arch.  1838,  ii.  p.  297)  may  perhaps  be  the  nurses  (keimschlaiiche, 
germ-bags)  of  certain  Nematoidea,  an  opinion  which  the  reporter  finds 
improbable,  since  8phagrula/ria  possesses  distinct  sexual  parts  with  real 
«gg8,  which  had  entered  on  the  process  of  evolution. 

345 


302         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Henalow  hai  given  leTeral  notioes  on  the  remarkable  VtMo  iriiici 
(Microsoop.  Joorn.  Lond.  1841,  p.  36),  which  oonfinn  tiie  obeerrationf 
of  Bauer  on  this  worm't  tenadly  of  life.  Henslow  eaw  dried  heaps  of 
theae  woims  oome  to  life  again  in  water,  even  when  taken  from,  ears  of 
wheat  of  six  years  old.  Eggs  and  yonng  Vibrione$f  howeyer,  when  onoe 
dried,  always  remain  dead.  The  worms  i^pear  not  only  in  wheat,  but 
also  in  rye,  oats,  and  barley,  when  these  sorts  of  grain  are  sown  along 
with  wheat  affected  by  Vibrumes ;  bat  they  do  not  spread  oyer  these 
crops  in  the  same  degree  as  oyer  wheat.  They  are  killed  in  the  grain 
by  scalding  with  hot  water,  which  procednre  Henslow  proposes  as  a 
remedy  fat  the  disease. 

Sdiiodte  has  obserred  Filaria  from  J-^  of  a  line  long  in  the  stomach 
of  CctrabuB  elathratus  and  CcUoscfna  sericewm  (Genera  og  Species  af 
Danmarks  Elentherata.  Ejobenhayn,  1840-41,  i.  p.  82).  He  fonnd 
Sniozoa  only  twice  in  Dyti$c%,  although  he  dissected  a  great  number  of 
them  (ibid.  ii.  p.  412).  In  the  one  case  the  worm  was  a  pretty  large 
Filaria,  which  was  found  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  head  of  a 
DytiscuB  marginalii  ;  in  the  other  initance,  the  worm,  of  only  one  line 
long,  with  pointed  posterior  end,  and  without  distinct  intestinal  canal, 
belonged  to  no  genus  yet  characterized.  This  parasite  lay  oonoealed 
under  the  external  muscular  tunic  of  the  crop  of  an  AdHtu  suleatus. 

Qruby ,  who  found  ^^xr»a*like  worms  in  small  sacs  of  the  perxtonseum 
of  frogs,  of  |.  J  millim.  in  size,  also  saw  the  eggs  of  Entozoa  circulating 
with  their  blood,  and  in  the  dorsal  canal  (I'lnstitot  1842,  p.  239.  Arch. 
G^n^r.  de  M^dedne,  t.  xiy.  1842,  p.  483,  and  Froriep's  Neue  Notiz.  Bd. 
24,  p.  136).  He  found,  besides,  Ascarides  in  the  sheaths  of  the  primi- 
tiye  bundles  of  neryes,  and  eyen  between  the  primitiye  threads  of  the 
latter ;  they  moyed  slowly,  and  were  ^j^—^  millim.  in  length.  They 
were  surrounded  in  the  lungs  by  a  yellow,  hard,  and  conyex  substance. 
After  Gruby  had  injected  eggs  of  Entozoa^  mixed  with  serum,  into  the 
great  muscular  cutaneous  yein  of  the  frog,  he  saw  them  standing  still  in 
the  capillary  system  of  the  organs,  particularly  of  the  lungs;  but  he 
could  follow  the  deyelopment  of  the  embryo  in  them.  The  eggs  became 
surrounded  by  exhaled  coagulable  matter,  which  forms  the  yellow  sub- 
stance  in  the  lungs. 


ACANTHOCEPHALA. 

Stebnstkup  considers  most  of  the  Eckinorhynci  hitherto  known  as 
nurses  (keimsohlaiiche)  (Op.  ant.  dt.  p.  Ill) ;  but  in  this  he  goes  too 
far,  for  they  possess  fuUy-deyeloped  sexual  parts,  and  are,  besides,  of 
different  sexes ;  while  the  nurses,  according  to  Steenstrup's  yiew,  bring 
forth  their  brood  independent  of  oyaries,  or  copulation  with  male  organs. 

346 


BNTOZOA — ^TREMATODA.  303 

That  SteeuBtrup  found  amaU  Echinorhynchi  within  separate .  capsules 
on  the  mesenteTy,  liver,  and  intestine  of  a  plaice,  is  a  new  Toncher  in 
pvoof  of  the  nomade  habit  of  these  animals. 


TREMATODA. 

Crbplin  has  described  a  new  MonoBtomum  (M,  expcmva/m),  from  the 
upper  portion  of  the  small  intestine  of  a  riyer-^agle  (Flussadlers),  which 
is  distinguished  by  the  fore-part  of  the  body  being  extraordinarily 
flattened  and  broad  (Arch.  1842,  i  p.  327).  In  the  broad  part  Creplin 
observed  an  organ  composed  of  granular  balls ;  the  very  small  mouth  had 
an  acetabulum,  and  a  still  smaller  pharynx,  from  which  the  oesophagus 
ran  to  the  middle  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  body ;  from  this  spot,  on  each 
side,  an  intestine  went  down  to  the  end  of  the  hinder  part.  Two  vascular 
trunks  stretching  down  on  the  inner  side  of  the  intestinal  tubes,  which, 
in  one  specimen,  contained  in  some  places  white  coagulated  masses,  are 
perhaps  the  oigans  of  excretion  that  dischaige  posteriorly,  and  which 
the  reporter  has  met  with  in  different  Monostoma,  The  dendritic 
ovaries  begin  in  the  latter  half  of  the  flat  fore-part  of  the  body,  and 
stretch  on  both  sides  to  the  extremity.  The  wide  uterine  canal,  the 
commencement  of  which  Creplin  could  not  And,  runs  with  many  wind- 
ings through  the  anterior  half  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  body ;  the  end  of 
the  uterus  must  perforate  a  pear-shaped  white  knot  in  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  body,  and  then  open  externally  on  the  middle  of  the 
abdominal  side.  The  brown  eggs  of  the  uterus  are  pretty  large,  oval» 
with  a  small  knot  at  the  narrowed  end.  The  two  testes,  lying  behind 
each  other  in  the  posterior  part  of  the  body,  have  very  deep  indenta- 
tions, by  which  they  seem  divided  into  radiated,  or  fan-shaped  branches. 
Creplin  could  trace  only  one  vas  deferens,  and  that  from  the  posterior 
testis:  it  passed  into  two  spiral  seminal  receptacles  before  it  ended 
in  the  receptaculum  cirri.  It  is  to  be  lamented,  that  this  extremely  flat 
worm  could  not  be  examined  when  alive. 

MonoBtomwfn  mutahile  has  been  figured  by  Leuckart  (Zool.  Bruehst. 
op.  ant.  cit.  iii.  p.  35),  with  the  remark,  that  Nitzsch  had  sent  him, 
under  the  name  of  Monostomum  aspersum,  a  parasite  from  the  nasal 
sinus  of  AncbB  fuligulay  which  was  very  nearly  allied  to  the  Mon,  flo/vum 
of  Mehlis. 

Mayer  has  re«)gm«»d  flidcering  movemente  in  the  yaiKmlar  system  of 
Amphiatomum  subclavatum  (Neue  Untersuch.  ant.  dt.  p.  24).  The 
black  balls  which  Mayer  saw  in  canals,  forming  an  arch  at  the  posterior 
part  of  the  body,  and  considered  as  ovula,  or  yolk,  are  the  ex<»«ment8 
of  the  excreting  organ  of  this  worm,  which  discharges  at  the  hinder  part 

347 


304         EEPOBT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MOCCCXLII : 

of  the  bacL    Theie  little  balls  appear  blackish  coloured  when  the  lig^t 
falls  through  them,  and  white  when  it  fidls  on  them. 

Diitomum  hepaticum  has  been  found  bjDayal  in  the  vena  portarom, 
and  its  hepatic  branches,  of  a  man,  to  the  number  of  five  or  six  indiyi- 
duals,  fiom  11-14'''  hmg,  and  4-^"  broad  (Gaz.  Med.  de  Paris,  1842, 
No.  49,  and  Zeitschr.  f.  die  gesammte  Mediz.  y.  Oppenheim,  Bd.  23, 
1843,  p.  86.) 

A  Dietamumf  discoyered  by  Otto  in  the  8qualu8  grieeus,  has  been 
more  correctly  described  by  Greplin  as  Digt.  veUporum  (Arch.  1842, 1, 
p.  336).  Its  size  is  somewhat  aboye  three  inches.  The  abdominal  ace- 
tabulum lies  yery  fkr  forward,  so  that  the  neck  is  only  3'"  long ;  on  the 
middle  of  the  latter  the  genital  pore  projects,  like  a  little  hillock.  The 
excretory  pore  is  distinctly  placed  at  the  end  of  the  after  part  of  the  body, 
Creplin  remarked,  in  that  part  of  this  animal,  three  broad  bluish  spots, 
situated  behind  each  other.  The  two  posterior  eyidently  proceeded  firom 
the  two  testes,  the  third  and  foremost  led  from  the  organ  of  egg-geimi- 
nation,  which  the  reporter  has  not  yet  missed  in  any  Trematoid  worm. 
The  eggs  of  this  DtBtamum  are  yery  small,  slender,  roundish,  oyal,  and 
brown  coloured. 

A  new  parasite  has  been  found  by  Leuckart  in  the  frontal  sinus  and 
labyrinth  of  the  cribriform  bone  of  Mustela  putorius  (ZooL  Bruchst. 
iiL  p.  33)  which  he  has  described  in  the  following  way :  —  Coipore 
tereti,  oyato,  antioe  crassiore,  rotundato-obtuso,  postioe  attenuate,  acuto ; 
poris  orbicularibus,  poro  antico  parum  prominente,  poro  yentrali 
majore ;  oollo  nullo.  Its  length  was  1^'",  ite  colour  brown.  He  also 
discoyered  another  Distomum  in  the  kidneys  of  Sorex  fodiens  (ibid. 
p.  34).  He  calls  it  Dist.  truncatiMn,  and  gives  the  following  diagnosis : 
— Corpore  tereti,  antioe  crassiore,  rotundato-obtuso,  postice  attenuate, 
truncate-obtuso ;  pons  remotis,  poro  antico  orbiculari,  non  prominente ; 
poro  yentrali  minore,  apertura  transyersa;  oollo  nullo.  Its  length  was 
2''',  and  it  was  also  of  a  brown  colour. 

Gluge  obseryed,  in  the  Polystomv/m  inUgerrinmm^  a  number  of  cells 
with  nuclei  and  nuoleous  bodies,  some  of  which  were  again  enclosed  in 
cells  (Heeser.  Arch.  f.  die  gesammt.  Mediz.  1842,  p.  492) ;  but  he  could 
not  say  if  these  cells  had  any  relation  with  the  deyelopment  of  the  eggs. 

We  learn  from  Yarrell,  that  twenty  specimens  of  the  rare  parasite, 
Tristovn/wm,  cocdneum,  were  found  on  the  outer  upper  surface  of  the 
head  of  an  Orthagoriscua  mola,  caught  on  the  English  coast  (Hist,  of 
Brit.  Fishes,  ii.  p.  468). 

Leuckart  has  characterized  a  new  genus  of  Trematoda,  under  the 
name  of  Diplobothrium  (formerly  only  provisionally  called  Diclthoth- 
riv/m)  under  the  following  diagnosis :  (ZooL  Bruchst.  ill.  p.  13) : — Cor- 
pore molli,  elongate,  depresso ;  aoetabulis  sex  anterioribus,  media  val- 
vula  in  duas  foveolas  divisis,  lateralibus,  utrinque  tribus ;  rostro  inter 
348 


ENTOZOA — TBEMATODA.  305 

aoetfA>i]la  porrecto,  ore  antioo,  simplice.  The  only  species  was  dis^ 
ooyered  by  Leuckart  and  EoUar  on  the  branchi»  of  the  Acipenter 
$teilatu8,  PalL,  and  was  called  by  the  former  Diplobothrium  ctrmor- 
turn.  It  has  been  spedfically  characterized :  —  Corpore  postice  incras- 
sato;  rostro  nncinato,  uncis  qnatuor  horrido;  acetabnlis  pedimculatis^ 
lineatis,  margine  ciliatis,  aculeo  armatis.  This  worm  has  been  already 
mentioned  as  Diclibothrium  crasticaudatum  and  cMrmatum  (Wiener, 
Ann.  1.  p.  82),  and  by  Nordmann  as  Hexacotyle  elegans  (Lamarck,  Hist. 
Nat.  t.  iii.  1840,  p.  600).  Leuckart  does  not  allow  the  species  Hexaco* 
tyle  Thynni,  Hexathyridiwm  pmguieola,  Treutl.,  Blainy.,  and  Hexa^ 
hothrium  appendiculatum,  Enh.,  Nordm.,  bnt  reckons  them  with  Poly-^ 
atomwm.  The  Diplobothrium  is  distinguished  from  these  Trematoda 
principally  by  the  clasping-organs  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  body.  The 
reporter,  in  this  respect,  would  rather  agree  with  Nordmann's  view,  and 
oonsidfir  the  acetabula  also  in  Diplobothrium,  as  belonging  to  the  after 
part  of  the  body.  If  the  two  figures  be  compared  which  Leuckart  has  given 
of  Dipldbothrium  a/rmatu/m,  and  Octcbothrium  leptogaster,  to  be  after- 
wards mentioned,  a  similarity  in  external  appearance  of  the  two  worms 
will  be  obTious,  except  that  the  one  has  six  and  the  other  eight  dasping^ 
organs.  In  Diplobothriwn,  the  part  furnished  with  the  six  acetabula 
IS  the  anterior  end  of  the  body.  It  must  therefore  strike  us,  that  the 
same  clasping  apparatus,  which  in  one  animal  is  placed  on  the  after 
part  of  the  body,  is,  in  another  allied  to  it,  on  the  fore  part.  The  circnm-^ 
stance,  however,  of  Leuckart  having  seen  a  distinct  opening  on  the  point 
between  the  projecting  clasping-organs,  makes  me  hesitate  in  agreeing 
altogether  with  Nordmann ;  on  each  side  of  this  opening,  considered 
by  Leuckart  as  a  mouth,  are  a  couple  of  considerable  horn-like  hooks, 
directed  backwards.  Octobothrium  lanceolatum  has  similar  hooks  at  the 
end  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  body.  In  Dipldboth/riumf  behind  these  on 
each  side,  are  three  clasping-grooves,  between  which,  the  body  elsewhere 
thin,  is  somewhat  broader.  In  each  groove  is  found  a  considerable  number 
of  fine  white  transverse  striae ;  and  from  the  middle  projects  a  white 
striated  membrane,  like  a  sort  of  valve ;  each  groove  is  also  provided 
with  a  projecting  clasping-apparatus-like  claws.  Of  the  inner  organs, 
Leuckart  has  observed  an  intestinal  pouch,  simple  at  the  beginning, 
and  afterwards  forked.  The  eggs,  which  were  noticed  in  the  opposite 
end  of  the  body,  had  an  oval  shape  and  brown  colour.  Leuckart  has 
characterized  his  genus  Octobothaium  thus: — Corpore  molli,  elongate, 
depresso ;  apertura  oris  antica,  infera,  simplice ;  aoetabulis  in  utroque 
corporis  partis  posticsB  latere  quatuor. — Leuckart  refers  Octobothrium 
mwrUmgi,  Nordm.,  to  this  genus  also,  although  Nordmann  has  directed 
attention  to  the  fact  (Micograph.  Beitrage,  1,  p.  79)»  that  this  parasite 
has  not  eight  acetabula,  but  only  eight  clasping-organs  unprovided  with 
an  acetabular  apparatus.    The  character  of  the  genus  will,  therefore, 

349 


306  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLll : 

require  correetMm  in  this  reepeet.  Leockart  mentions,  in  all,  bLk  specie 
of  Octobothria,  among  which  three  are  new, — OetcbotK  leptog€uier: 
Corporii  parte  anteriore  latiore,  lanceoiala,  poeterioie  teiiniiwima,  illi- 
formi ;  aoetabnlis  anterimbns  nollis,  poeterioribns  subpediniciilatis,  fibn- 
latit.  Rapp  found  it  on  the  branchis  of  the  Ckkncnra  monstnoMi.  The 
frame  of  the  dasping-oigans  here  reminds  us  of  Diplozoon  paradoscum, 
— ^Another  new  species  was  found  bj  Rapp  on  the  branchiae  of  the 
C^adug  fnolva,  and  described  bj  Leuckart  as  Octoboth,  palmatum : — 
Corpore  antioe  et  aoetabnla  yersus  attenuate,  medio  latiore ;  aeetabnlis 
anterioribus  nullii,  posterioribus  fibulatis,  pedunculatis ;  peduncolis  ehm- 
gatis,  utrinque  pafaaas  fonnam  mentientibus.  The  double  caeoam  of 
this  worm  fonns,  on  each  side,  a  beantifnl  rascular  net.  The  sexual 
opening  is  placed  behind  the  mouth.  The  ends  of  the  eight  pedicels, 
of  the  after  part  of  the  bodj,  haye  a  grooye,  which  can  be  opened  and 
shut  by  an  anterior  and  posterior  yalye-shaped  dilatation.  The  margins 
of  these  yalyes  are,  as  xu  Diplozoan,  bordered  by  amber  coloured  pieces 
of  horn.  The  eggs  are  proportionably  large,  oyal,  of  a  brownish-yellow 
colour,  and  proyided  with  a  lid.  The  length  of  the  wonn  is  T-B''', 
and  its  breadth  If'. — A  third  new  species  is  Octoboth.  tagittatum : 
Corpore  antioe  attenuate,  postice  latiore,  sagittiformi ;  aoetabuliB  duobus 
anterioribus  on  prozimis,  posterioribus  fibulatis,  sessDibus.  This  wonn 
is  a  parasite  on  the  brandiiiB  of  Salmofario,  and  has  been  first  men- 
tioned by  Schuhze  and  Zahringcr,  under  the  name  of  Cyelocotyh  Icm- 
eeolatum.  Two  brown  lateral  ydsaels  finrm  the  intestine,  which  send  off 
ramifications  outwardly ;  "the  part  of  the  body  proyided  with  dasping- 
organs  is  constricted ;  the  four  suction  grooyes,  on  each  side,  are  yery 
close  together;  each  has  two  yalyes,  an  anterior  and  posterior,  the 
margins  of  which,  as  in  Octoboth,  palmatum,  are  bordered  with  seyeral 
pieces  of  horn.  The  hook  which  the  Octchoth,  kmccolatwn  possesses  at 
the  sexual  opening,  could  not  be  peroeiyed ;  a  canal  passing  anteriorly 
contains  yery  large  eggs.  The  length  of  the  animal  is  3-4'''.  Leuckart 
adduces  O.  IcMceolatum  as  a  fourth  Octobo^hrmm,  and  O.  Bcombri  as 
a  fifth ;  but,  in  my  opinion,  this  cannot  be  specifically  distinguished 
firom  Octcboth.  laneeolatwn,  Octoboth.  platygattcr,  Leuck.  (O.  Mer- 
Icbngi,  Nordm.),  has  been  enumerated  as  a  sixth  species;  and  as  a 
seyenth,  the  O.  hvnidinaceu>m,  Bartels,  is  left  doubtfuL  Of  Cycloeotyle 
belones,  which  Nordmann  and  Oreplin  enumerated  with  the  Octdbotkricby 
Leuckart  has  mentioned  nothing  definite. 

From  Steenstrup's  ingenious  work  (Uber  den  Generatifmswechsel,  p. 
50),  it  is  now  eyident  that  the  Cercaria,  hitherto  placed  as  a  separate 
genus,  is  only  a  larya-state  of  differ^it  Trematoda,  subject  to  trans- 
mutable  generation.  In  this  condition  the  Trematoda  are  proyided  with 
a  tail-like  apparatus,  by  the  serpentine  moyements  of  which  the 
pushes  itself  on,  quiyering  in  the  water. 

350 


ENTOZOA — TREMATODA.  307 

Steenstrup  first  made  his  observatioiiB  on  Cerearia  eckmata,  Sieb., 
from  Planorbia  cornea,  and  Lymn€^8  stagnalU,  and  described  it  so 
exactly,  that  the  reporter  knew  it  at  once  to  be  the  Cercaria  first  men- 
tioned in  Bnrdach's  Physiology.  The  internal  cavity,  with  contractile 
walls  in  the  after  part  of  the  body,  he  incorrectly  looks  upon  as  the  end 
of  the  root  of  the  tail.  This  is  situated  not  nearly  so  deep  in  the  after 
part  of  the  body  of  the  Cercarke,  and  only  encloses  the  opening  of  the 
cavity  mentioned.  According  to  the  reporter's  observation,  the  wide- 
extended  aperture,  at  the  root  of  the  tail,  contracts  itself  when  that 
part  falls  ofP,  and  then  represents  the  spot  for  the  discharge  from  the 
excrementary  organ.  The  smaller  drcular  speck,  which  is  situated 
before  the  cavity,  and  looked  upon  by  Steenstrup  as  an  opening,  is  only 
a  spot  enclosed  by  the  contractile  walls.  Steenstrup  has  made  the  fol- 
lowing remarks  on  this  Cercaria  echinata : — ^In  swimming,  each  Cer- 
ca/ria  rolls  its  body  into  a  ball,  approximating  the  head  to  the  tail-end, 
and  beats  about  with  the  elongated  tail  in  innumerable  S-shaped  figures. 
These  larvsd  swarm  for  some  time  around  the  snails  from  which  they 
have  come  forth,  and  &sten  themselves,  by  means  of  the  abdominal 
acetabulum,  to  their  slimy  eutide,  and  then  stretch  out  the  fore  and 
after  part  of  the  body.  After  a  time  they  begin,  with  leech-like  mo- 
tions, to  creep  about  upon  the  eutide  of  the  snails ;  when  again  they 
become  fixed,  and  by  wriggling  strongly  up  and  down,  they  endeavour 
to  loosen  the  tail.  When  they  have  succeeded  in  this,  it  dies  away,  and 
the  Cercaria  assumes  the  appearance  of  a  Distomttm.  During  the 
attempts  to  cast  off  the  tail,  an  abundant  secretion  of  slime  exudes 
from  the  whole  upper  surface  of  the  body ;  and  the  tail  being  cast  off, 
the  worm,  by  manifold  movements  and  turnings,  makes  for  itself  a  cir- 
cular cavity  in  this  slime,  that  graduaUy  thickens  into  a  case  around  it. 
Steenstrup  is  of  opinion,  that  in  doing  this,  the  animal  denudes  itself  of 
a  very  thin  cuticle,  which  the  reporter  is  inclined  to  doubt.  The  former 
grounds  his  opinion  on  this,  that  after  the  formation  of  this  covering,  all 
the  internal  organs  of  the  Cerearice  become  more  distinct;  but  the 
reporter  would  explain  this  fact,  by  the  emptying  of  the  slime-glands 
of  the  cuticle  making  the  body  of  the  animal  more  transparent.  This 
Bistomar-Mke  worm  possesses,  at  the  anterior  end  of  its  body,  a  sort  of 
cape,  which  is  deeply  emarginate  on  the  middle  of  the  abdominal  side  : 
on  this  stand  the  simple  prickles  or  needles,  from  which  the  Cercaria 
derives  its  specific  name.  They  are  situated  at  greater  and  lesser  dis- 
tances, alternating  regularly,  in  a  double  concentric  circle,  the  pointed 
ends  directed  outwards,  and  the  blunt  ends  inwards  to  the  mouth.  The 
large  abdominal  acetabulum  is  placed  somewhat  behind  the  middle  of  the 
body.  Steenstrup  next  describes  a  large  bladder-like  organ  in  the  interior 
of  the  CerccMricPf  which  begins  close  to  the  nuurgin  of  the  cape,  runs  down 
to  the  abdominal  acetabulum  in  the  middle  of  the  neck,  and  then  i^lits 

351 


308  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOOY,  MDCCCXLII  : 

into  two  side-bnuibhes,  which  stretch  to  the  end  of  the  after  part  of  the 
body.    He  considers  this  organ  as  the  liyer,  and  conjectures,  that  ihe 
intestinal  canal,  formed  conformablj  to  it,  is  situated  under  it.    The 
reporter  would  here  add,  by  way  of  explanation,  that  this  series  of 
cells  is  the  intestine  not  yet  completely  deyeloped,  and  that  it  after- 
wards loses  all  this  cellular  appearance,  and  then  represents  a  closely^ 
bounded,  fwhed,  blind  canal.    Steenstrup  observed  two  spiral  organs 
running  along  both  sides  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  body,  and  disap- 
pearing in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  abdominal  acetabulum.    He  does 
not  give  any  opinion  on  the  use  of  these  lateral  canals,  which  form  at 
the  same  time  a  ring  round  the  pharyngeal  tube.  The  reporter  has  also 
obserred  them,  and  diBCoyered  their  blind  terminations  near  the  abdo- 
minal acetabulum ;  they  also  appeared  to  him  to  discharge  themselyes 
into  the  bottom  of  the  acetabulum  of  the  mouth,  so  that  they  may  perhaps 
be  compared  to  a  saliyary  gland,  or  some  other  organ  of  secretion,  e.  g» 
a  spinning  or  a  poisonous  organ.   These  side-yessels  do  not  form  meshes ; 
and  if  Steenstrup  has  seen  them,  they  must  have  been  meshes  of  blood- 
yessels,  which  are  present  in  aU  fully-formed  Trematoda,  and  at  times 
can  be  distinctly  observed  in  the  larva  of  many  Cerca/rim.    Another 
organ,  which  passes  along  the  body  from  beneath,  with  two  lateral 
branches,  is  the  ezcrementary  organ,  and  must  not  be  confounded  with 
the  anterior  lateral  vessels.    When  the  CercaricB  have  arrived  at  the 
point  of  becoming  pupce,  they  progress  so  r^ipidly,  that  they  do  not  wait 
till  they  have  penetrated  the  body  of  the  snail  which  they  have 
selected  for  their  future  abode,  but  pass  into  the  state  of  pup»  upon  the 
cuticle.    Up  to  this  period  the  habits  of  Cerca/rim  have  been  long 
known;  but  Steenstrup  has  followed  them  farther.    In  the  state  of 
pupse  they  remain  long  in  an  unaltered  condition ;  after  several  months 
he  found  them  still  the  same,  while  the  anterior  end  of  the  body  became 
covered  by  a  number  of  small-pointed  prickles.    He  saw  such  indivi- 
duals free  in  the  parenchyma  of  the  snail.    Some  had  still  a  wreath  of 
spines  at  the  mouth,  others  had  lost  it,  but  in  all  the  intestinal  canal 
was  very  much  dilated.    The  pore  visible  at  the  upper  end  of  the  oeso- 
phagus, mentioned  by  Steenstrup,  can  only  be  the  head  of  the  pha- 
rynx, which  does  not  always  lie  close  in  the  acetabulum  of  the  mouth, 
but  is  sometimes  observed  at  a  distance  firom  it.    The  organs,  which 
he  saw  filled  with  little  balls  on  both  sides  of  the  body,  above  the  abdo- 
minal acetabulum  (tab.  ii.  fig.  8,  e.  and  8  f.),  are  the  superior  blind  ends 
of  the  excrementary  organ.    Thus  far  Steenstrup's  direct  observation 
of  the  metamorphosis  of  the  Cercaria  echinata  extend.     How  the 
small  Diatonmm  which  comes  horn  this  Cercaria  fiirther  developes 
itself,  he  infers  only  from  analogy  with  other  Treina,toda,  which  in 
the  perfect  state  produce  a  brood  of  young,  resembling  Infusoria.   From 
these  young,  then,  as  is  shown  by  the  observations  of  Bauer,  Bojanus, 

352 


ENTOZO  A — TREM  ATOD  A .  309 

and  the  reporter,  the  germ>pouches  proceed,  in  which  new  Cercaria- 
like  larrsB  are  deyeloped,  by  which  this  chain  of  metamorphoses,  passing 
through  several  generations,  is  closed.  Of  the  origin  of  the  Cercaria 
eehmata  there  can  be  no  doubt :  thej  ore  produced  firom  the  Konigsgel- 
ben  Wurmem  (Eng.  king's-yellow  worms),  as  Bojanus  and  the  reporter 
have  observed.  These  worms,  formerly  observed  by  Naturalists  as  germs 
of  the  CerccMfiai,  Steenstrup  defines  as  the  xnatrice  of  the  Oerccmce  and 
Dutoma.  He  is  in  doubt  whether  they  possess  particular  openings  for 
emitting  their  brood  of  Cercarice.  However,  it  seemed  to  him,  that  two 
openings  were  to  be  found  on  the  constricted  band  of  the  matrice  of 
Cerca/ria  ecMnata,  The  reporter  can  assure  him,  that  the  matrice  of 
some  species  has  no  definite  aperture  for  emitting  their  brood,  while 
others  have  a  peculiar  sphincter  behind  the  opening  of  the  mouth, 
through  which  they  ore  protruded.  Steenstrup  has  often  observed, 
in  the  winter  months,  the  origin  of  the  young  matrice,  which  the 
reporter  was  seldom  lucky  enough  to  do.  In  this  season  were  found 
many  matrices,  which  c(Hitained  nothing  but  young  matrices,  in  the 
most  various  stages  of  development.  They  developed  themselves  like 
CerccMria,  also  out  of  round  granular  germs.  He  farther  conjectures, 
that  these  matrices,  which  may  equally  be  considered  as  the  first 
matrices  of  the  Cercarice,  do  not  again  proceed  from  matrice-like  animals, 
but  from  the  eggs  of  Distoma  ;  but,  as  he  could  not  explain  the  chain 
of  metamorphoses  of  Cerca/ria  echinata,  by  direct  observation,  he  left 
it,  and  appealed  to  the  brood  of  Monostom/um  rrmtabiU,  which,  accord- 
ing to  the  reporter's  observations,  consists  of  infusoria-like  young, 
which  aU  contain  a  creature  very  like  the  matrice  of  the  Cercaria 
echinata,  Steenstrup  certainly  conjectured  rightly,  that  in  these 
matrice-like  animals,  not  the  larvss  of  Monoatotna  but  of  Cercarice 
were  developed,  from  which  afterwards  the  complete  Monoetoma  pro^ 
eeeded ;  he  also  referred  this  supposition  to  the  Cercaria  echinata,  in 
order  to  fiU  up  retrogressively  the  gap  in  the  series  of  the  metamor* 
phoses  of  this  animal,  the  transition  fix>m  the  brood  of  the  Diatoma  to 
the  first  matrices  of  the  Cerca/rias,  The  reporter  cannot  entirely  agree 
with  Steenstrup,  that  the  Cercaria  eehmata  is  the  larva  of  a  Diatomum 
accomplishing  several  metamorphoses,  and  only  wishes  that  this  conjee* 
tore  were  confirmed  by  direct  observation ;  but  he  cannot  help  remark- 
ing, that  the  metamorphoses  of  the  CerccmoB  to  the  perfect  Diatom/u/m, 
could  with  difficulty  take  place  in  the  snail  itself.  The  reporter  alsa 
doubts,  if  the  Diatoma  figured  by  Steenstrup,  without  a  constricted 
throat  (tab.  ii.  ^g,  8  e.  and  8  f.),  actually  belong  to  the  series  of  metamor- 
phoses of  the  Cercaria  echinata ;  he  expects  at  a  friture  period  to  publish 
his  grounds  for  this  doubt  in  a  separate  essay ;  but  the  following  may  be 
here  remarked : — K  we  compare  the  armed  Diatoma  {Diat,  echinatum, 
uncinatwtn,  milita/re,  &c.)  found  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  water  fowls 

353  Z 


310  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

with  the  tailless  Oereofria  echMata,  the  retemblanoe  of  these  animals, 
espeeially  of  the  head  aad  wreath  of  hooks,  is  rerj  striking;  and  if  we 
remember  the  interesting  obsermtion  of  Grepiin,  that  the  ScJmtoce- 
phalu§  dknorphui  (Saw.  Observat.  de  Entos.  p.  90)  first  gains  its 
sexual  organs,  after  it  has  been  transplanted  from  the  stickleback  into 
the  intestinal  oanal  of  the  water  fowl,  we  must  be  led  to  assume,  that 
the  sexual  organs  of  the  pupa  of  Cerearia  eehinata  do  not  become  oom^ 
pletelj  dereloped  until  it  has  arriTed  in  the  intestines  of  those  waters 
fowl  which  feed  on  snails,  and  then  grows  up  to  one  of  the  above  named 
armed  Diit&ma,  Steenstrup  next  turns  to  the  metamorphoses  of  the 
Oerccbria  aamata^  Sieb,,  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  body  of  which  he  saw, 
on  both  sides,  a  serpentine  organ,  which,  as  the  reporter  ooigectures, 
discharges  itself  at  the  anterior  end  of  the  body,  as  in  C«rc.  eehinata  ; 
perhaps  the  same  opening  senres  for  an  exit  to  both  those  secreting 
pouches,  from  which  the  point  of  the  prieUe  of  the  head  projects.  The 
forked  intestinal  canal  of  these  OerccMiaSf  and  the  posterior  excretory 
organ,  haye  not  been  mentioned  by  Steenstrup.  He  saw  the  shells  of 
LymncBUB  8t<ignaH$  and  PlanorbU  eomeus,  not  merely  surrounded  by 
monstrous  swarms  of  these  Cerearia,  but  also  their  bodies  thickly 
ooTered  by  them.  The  Cerea/ria  creep  about  upon  them,  and  penetrate, 
by  means  of  their  prickle,  into  the  cuticle,  that  they  may  cast  off  their 
tail;  when  this  takes  places,  the  inner  caudal  tube  is  constricted,  and 
reoeiyes,  according  to  Steenstrup's  account,  an  aperture  outwards,  through 
which  the  animal  then  presses  out  a  fluid,  filled  with  globular  masses. 
The  reporter  does  not  take  this  view.  The  cavity  which  contains  the 
granular  fluid  does  not  belong  to  the  tail  of  the  Qerea/ria,  but  is  the 
very  short  forked  excrementaiy  organ,  situated  in  the  posterior  part  of 
the  animal's  body,  the  aperture  of  which  is  stopped  up  by  the  root  of  the 
taU,  as  in  the  other  species  of  Oercama.  After  tibey  have  penetrated 
into  the  cuticle  of  the  snails,  they  become  pups,  while  they  excrete  a 
slime  from  their  whole  surface,  and  at  once  strip  off  their  upper  skin 
together  with  the  prickle.  The  Cerearice  remain  yery  long  active  and 
fresh  in  this  state  of  pupa.  We  cannot  help  wondering  how  Steenstrup 
oould  consider  the  tailless  Cerectria  artnata  changed  into  a  Distom/um 
quite  reversed.  He  describes  its  short  forked  posterior  excretory 
oi^;an  (tab.  iii.  i^g.  4  f.  u.  g.,  4  d.  u.  e.,  a.  y.)  as  the  intestinal  canal;  and 
the  double  ciBcnm,  going  right  and  left  from  the  head  of  pharynx  (tab.  iii. 
fig.  4  f.  u.  g.,  V.  X.  X.),  he  considers  as  an  organ  for  the  service  of  propa- 
gation. The  great  acetabulum  of  the  mouth  (tab.  iii.  fig.  4  £  u.  g.,  4  d.  u, 
e.  s.  t.)  is  to  him  quite  a  mystery ;  as,  misled  by  optical  delusion,  he  looks 
upon  the  section  of  the  muscular  walls  as  a  peculiar  horse-^hoe-formed 
organ,  and  the  proper  opening  of  the  mouth  as  the  aperture  of  tl^e  pos- 
terior  excretory  organ.  A  Distomumy  which  had  slipped  out  of  its 
covering  (tab.  iii.  fig.  5  a.),  he  also  got  hold  of  in  the  same  way  reversed ; 
354 


EKTOZOA — TREMATOD  A.  31 1 

be  now  assunee  of  the  Cercairiob  beoeme  pup®  and  changed  into  Dkt<»Mtf 
ihkt  thej  grow  strong  tifteap  beooming  pap®,  and  acquire  a  lanceolate 
^ape,  an  the  fore^part  of  the  body  is  fltronglj  eontrteted,  and  tiie  pupal 
tevering  at  the  same  time  m^ch  thidJkened.    The  rexj  thicic  sidniied 
iSelminthe$y  to  which  Steenstrup  next  refers,  and  which  he  has  figured 
<m  tab.  iii.  fig.  5  e.  f.  u.  g.,  do  not  belong  te  tl^  series  of  the  metamor- 
phoses of  Cerccuia  <Mnnata.    These  ffelMmthe$  are  yery  r^narkable 
Wr&matoda,  witiiout  sex,  whidi  tiie  r^rter  hail  often  met  witii  between 
the  nests  of  Cere^arite  in  FkMMvhis  and  LynMuiBm  ;  the  irregular  net  of 
canals,  whidi  contains  a  granulisff  fluid,  ii  l^e  r&f  mrksh  dilated  exoie- 
mentary  oigaa  of  these  Hdmrnthes,  and  widely  difi^eient  firom  the  simple 
short  fblrlced  one  of  the  Dktoma  wMdi  oome  f^m  Cev^aria  armata. 
Between  tiie  acetabtia  ^  the  moul^  and  abdmnen  <^  these  animals  two 
semicirdes  are  obserred^  which  Steenstrap  considers  as  the  broad  ends 
of  the  caTity  of  digestion ;  but  they  a;^  two  openings  obliquely  perf(^»- 
tii^  the  thick  eutielej  and  leading  to  4  groote  in  the  paraiGhyma  of  l&e 
W0tin«   Sfedenitrup  has  been  more  happy  in  pursidng  the  metamorphoiKB 
Of  (WectrM^  rotrogfossively;  he  has  succeeded  in  recognising,  in  Iheir 
matrioes,  whidi  hare  hitherto  been  esteemed  aa  immoreable  simple 
poUchee,  A  slight  Wuntaiy  motion,  as  well  ad  a  sort  of  acetabulum  at 
the  one  end,  and  an  opening  for  parturition  at  the  other. 

In  their  youngest  state^  they  contain  a  cellular  mAss ;  in  the  gradual 
doTelopm^t  of  the  Cetcttrias  the  motion  by  degrees  oeaiBes.  8teen6trup, 
as  well  as  the  lep^ter,  haa  obs^rred  the  OerearkB  becoming  pupn  be- 
foe  they  leaTO  the  maMces,  and  appeals  to  the  large  thick-skinned  IV«- 
«iato4<iwhichhehasfinmdinthema4rice-bagB.  TheaeJ7<0linfn^^hate 
alee  been  seen  by  the  reporter  in  the  matnoe^bags  of  the  Cere*  o/rfMbta^ 
as  well  as  eeMhata^  and  must»  as  already  mentioned,  be  o<msidered  as 
parasites  not  belonging  to  the  series  of  metamorphoeee  of  these  Verearios* 
Steenstrup  has  not  hitherto  been  able  to  pefceiye  the  first  matrices 
(GrossHunm^)  of  the  Oerear.  atVMta,  tli4t  is,  stieh  matriee-bags  as 
contain  young  pouches;  he  fiirther  mentions,  that  he  obtained  derttalindi- 
tiduals  of  one  Distonmm  from  the  liTer  of  a  i\ijtid<n<»  viviparaf  whksh 
he  holds  for  the  same  spedes  into  which  the  Oerc0^.  aphemera^  NitMchy 
dhanges  on  becoming  pupa.  This  is  not  likely,  as  the  Oerear.  ephemera 
wants  the  abd<munal  acetabulum;  and,  accordingly,  this  lar?a could  only 
be  changed  into  a  Monoetonrnm.  Nitasch  has  erroneously  aseribed  an 
abdominal  acetabulum  to  tiiia  Oerearia*  Steenstrup  next  describes  a 
small  oTul  animal,  which  mores  by  Tibratile  cilia,  and  in  all.  respects 
resembles  the  brood  which  comes  ftem  the  ^ggs  of  Dietoma^  and  first 
becomes  trantmuted  into  a  Distomo-like  animal  in  the  third  generdtien. 
It  lires  in  the  mtemal  organs  and  external  slime  of  ilnocionia,  and  much 
i^BsemblesaiWaM^^ritom*  The  inditiduals  gradually  lose  tiMdr  vibraitile 
cilia,  fix  themselres,  and  become  more  parenchymatous ;  aft  tiiey  grow^ 
a  cAyity  ii  fdtmed  in  thAir  interior,  which  becomes,  by  degree!,  filled 

355 


312  REPORT  ON.  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

with  small  round  or  oyal  bodies ;  these  are  the  germs  of  Distomum  du- 
plicatum,  Baer,  which  Steenstnip  oonld  not  observe  becoming  pupa. 
He  adds  to  these  obserrations,  that  the  tailed  Distovn.  dnplicatwn  is 
▼ery  probably  the  larra  of  Aspidogaster  eon^hicolaf  Eaer.  The 
reporter  considers  this  conjecture  as  entirely  groundless;  the  tailed 
Ditt(mh.  dupHcatum  can  only  change  into  a  Ditiamum,  It  possesses, 
like  all  of  them,  a  forked  intestinal  canal,  and  an  abdominal  acetabulum. 
Atpidoga$ter  has  not  an  abdominal  acetabulum,  and  -is  only  fiimished 
with  a  simple  intestinal  pouch.  The  brood  also  of  Atpidogaster,  which 
the  reporter  has  frequently  observed,  does  not  at  all  agree  in  form  with 
those  creatures  of  the  ParcMOMciu/mAanA.  from  which  Steenstrup  asserts 
that  the  matrice  for  JDMtom.  dtiplicatum  proceed.  Its  young  are  pro- 
Tided  with  a  distinct  acetabulum  of  the  mouth,  under  which  the  anterior 
end  of  the  body  projects  like  a  moveable  tongue,  and  already  points  to 
the  shield-formed  abdominal  plate  of  the  grown  animal.  Steenstrup 
correctly  explains,  in  opposition  to  the  assumption  of  Carus,  that  the 
pouch-like  beings,  which  have  been  named  Leucochlaridium  paradoxwnf 
proceed,  by  equivocal  generation,  from  the  pajrenchyma  of  the  Succmea 
umpMbia ;  that  these  pouches  are  the  nurses  of  certain  Trematoda^ 
and,  in  his  opinion,  owe  their  origin  to  ciliated  animalcules,  resembling 
the  Opalina  ranoru/m. 

Steenstrup  found,  in  the  eyes  of  fishes,  Trematoda,  not  only  free  but 
shrivelled  up,  which  were  fixed  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  cornea  of  a  pike 
(Hechtes)  and  of  a  perch  (Borsches),  and  to  which  a  fine  granular  imorga- 
nized  stripe  ran  through  from  the  external  surface,  which  might  be  looked 
upon  as  the  way  by  which  the  rrematocKo-like  little  animal  got  from  the 
outside  into  the  fish.  As  he  also  found  such  Trematoda  become  pupa  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  eyes  of  fishes,  he  looks  upon  this  to  be  a  proofs 
that  the  Diplostoma,  Holoitcma,  and  Distoma,  living  as  parasites  in  their 
eyes,  are  different  links  of  one  series  of  metamorphoses.  He  explains  the 
Diplo9t<ymMm  elavatum  to  be  the  larva,  Holo$tOfMtm  cuticola  the  pupa, 
and  DiploBtomum  volvens  the  full  grown  TrematodiMn  of  one  and  the 
same  series  of  metamorphoses ;  with  which  the  reporter  does  not  agree,  as 
these  three  Trematoda  are  formed  differently  from  each  other,  and  no 
trace  of  sexual  organs  can  be  recognised  in  the  Diplo9tomum  volvens. 
Whether  the  Trematodtim  found  enclosed,  in  the  state  of  pupa,  under 
the  cuticle  and  in  the  mesentery  of  the  Rana  temporaria,  be  the  pupa 
of  Amphistonmm  cla/vatum,  as  he  imagines,  would  need  more  proof.  The 
reporter  has  often  found  the  same  sort  of  capsuled  Tr&matoda  in  &ogs  ; 
but  he  always  held  them  for  Distoma  without  sex,  never  for  Amphistoma, 

A  laboured  article  by  Streubel,  on  the  genus  Pentastonwim,  in  Ersch 
and  Oruber's  ''  Eneyclopsedie  16r  Theil.  1842,  p.  93,"  which  has  hitherto 
contained  distinguished  original  essays  on  the  Helmmthes,  is  almost  only 
a  meagre  extract  from  Diesing's  Monograph  of  this  genus. 

A  very  singular  parasitical  worm,  which  the  reporter  knows  not 

356 


ENTOZOA — CESTOIDEA.  313 

where  to  classify,  has  been,  described  and  figured  by  Rathke,  under  the 
name  of  Pdtogaster  paguri  (Neuest.  Danz.  Schr.  Bd.  iii.  Hft.  4,  p.  105). 
The  animal  liyes  on  the  abdomen  of  the  body  of  the  Pagums  hemr- 
hao'ditSy  is  &''  in  length,  and  forms  an  elongated  arched  crooked  oral, 
the  thicker  end  of  which  passes  into  a  short  wide  tube ;  the  margin  of 
the  aperture  of  this  tube,  which  is  the  mouth  of  the  animal,  appears 
padded  and  somewhat  undulated.  Cirri  and  eyes  are  wanting,  the  epi- 
dermis is  thick  and  colourless,  and  in  the  middle  of  the  body  there  is  an 
abdominal  acetabulum,  in  the  form  of  an  amber-yellow  radiated  emarginate 
shield  of  a  homy  texture,  on  a  homy  longitudinal  stripe.  The  presence 
of  this  acetabulum,  with  which  the  parasite  is  fastened  to  the  body  of  the 
crab,  induced  Rathke  to  reckon  it  with  the  Trematoda.  Through  the 
mouth  we  arrive  at  a  very  wide  intestinal  pouch,  which  reaches  to  the 
end  of  the  body,  and  is  every  where  fastened  to  its  walls  by  cellular 
tissue.  The  worm  does  not  prey  upon  the  juices  of  the  Pagiirus,  but 
sucks  the  nourishment  which  is  conveyed  to  it  out  of  the  water.  The 
intestinal  pouch  serves  also  for  hatching  the  eggs.  In  young  indivi- 
duals, the  inner  surface  of  the  pouch,  towards  the  back,  is  covered  with 
soft  flat  masses  of  fibres ;  in  older  ones  these  spots  are  occupied  by  some 
layers  of  eggs,  which  are  united  to  each  other,  and  with  the  intestinal 
pouch,  by  a  transparent  firm  substance  (a  hardened  secretion) ;  the  eggs 
contain  oily  drops  of  a  copper-red  colour.  The  ovaries  are  situated 
between  the  abdominal  wall  of  the  body  and  the  intestine,  in  the  form 
of  two  pouches,  which  are  divided  into  departments  by  transverse  walls, 
and,  when  swollen  with  eggs,  fill  out  the  whole  body.  Somewhat  behind 
the  middle  of  the  body,  a  short  narrow  canal  projects  from  each  ovary, 
and  opens  into  the  intestine.  Before  these  openings  two  others  are 
found,  which  lead  to  two  warty  elevations  of  the  alimentary  pouch, 
probably  organs  of  attachment  for  the  eggs.  No  nervous  system  was 
discovered. 


CESTOIDEA. 

Mater  has  discovered,  outside  the  thin  intestine  of  a  Testudo  mydas,  a 
great  number  of  small  greyish-white  knots,  of  f  of  a  line  in  diameter, 
(MiUl.  Arch.  a.  a.  O.  p.  213.  They  consisted  of  a  husk,  lying  under  the 
peritonaeum,  with  cheesy  contents,  between  which  a  dear  oval  little 
bladder,  of  |'''  in  size,  with  an  Entozoon,  was  concealed.  This  latter 
had  an  oval  form,  and  was  stronger  at  the  one  end,  at  the  other  more 
slight  and  bent  inwards.  The  animal  was  composed  of  an  external  layer 
of  balls  and  bladders,  and  an  internal  finely  granulated  layer,  in  which 
four  cord-formed  sheaths  lay  close  beside  each  other.  These  contained 
four  probosces,  sown  over  with  unequal  teeth,  which,  on  the  lively 

357 


314         REPORT  ON  ZOOLQOT,  MDOCCXLII : 

moiioiui  «f  tbe  aiWAl*  w«fe  boused  oat  and  in.  H«  piopottM  to  <st^  thi^ 
worm  Teir<»rkfffy}ku$  cy^UouM,  or  ^chmococcus  coroHtUu^.  J$i%s^.9}l 
events  *  young  Tctr^i^hynchmt  and  on  this  aooonnt  need  aot,  haiw^  beev 
anwnged  in  a  different  genn^ ;  fhe  q^ifie  name  9elefM  hj  Majenc 
ahonld  hare  been  fltting»  fi>r  many  Tetrarh^fnci  are  ^nnd  encyeted. 

SteenstmpdoobtB  (Op.  ani  dt.  p.  113}  if  a  T««rar%iieiM,  aoo(«ding  to 
Mieeoher'a  aocoont  (y.  Aidu  1841,  iL  p.  901)  can  proceed  from  a  met^i- 
poipboiifl  of  the  JV^oria  jMiotufiH  aa  the  tobnlar  and  dub-fihaped  oover- 
ings  wMob  harbour »  Te^arhyncu$t  and  whidi  he  has  often  fonnd  in 
Ssam  bdone^  though  they  certainly  on  the  soi&ce  resemble  a  Fikuria^ 
yet  haye  nothing  common  in  stmctare  with  that  worm. 

Daremoy  has  mentioned,  under  the  name  of  Bothrimowu  tturioniBi 
a  new  parasite,  belonging  to  the  Oestoiclea,  whidi  was  found  by  Lesii^nr 
in  the  intestinal  canal  of  the  Acipemer  <myrhynehu$t  Mitch.  (Ann.  dee 
So.  Nat.  1. 19,  p.  123i,  and  Froriep's  None  Notia.  Bd.  24^  p.  134).  It 
makes  a  transition  from  Xt^uto  to  jBo<iWiciM#m.  Thereisnomemb^vnig 
of  the  body,  on  the.nuddle  of  which,  a  ftoow  funs  down  both  sioftces ; 
in  these  two  frrrows  are  situated  a  multitude  of  small  eleyations,  pvo* 
yided  with  an  opening;  sometimes,  instead  of  one  deya^bion*  there  is  an 
oblong  drrus-like  papilla^  and  dose  behind  it  a  sepoiid  opeping.  ThesQ 
parts,  whidi  Duyenioy  only  properly  recqgpuaed  v^^on  <nte  (the  »Ma- 
minal)  surfaee»  are  perhaps  nothing  but  sexual  povec^  and  Greplin.  wne 
right,  when  he  declared  the  presencp  oi  sudi  porcp  on  the  dcwsnqi  of  the 
animal  an  illusion  (Fror.  Neue  Notiz,  Bd.  2^  p*  136).  The  globular 
head  is  furnished  with  two  acetabular  standii^  dose  together,  <»  raiiies 
soldered  to  each  other,  which  Duyemoy  saw  situated  on  the  dorsal  side 
of  the  head  oi  the  worm ;  the  posterior  end  was  bhintiy  rounded  or  ere*- 
nated  outwaxdly ;  this  last  probably  only  occuxxed  from  an  ugujy . 

A  comparison  has.  been  made  by  Creplin  (Aroh^  1842,  L  p.  315)  be- 
tween Tasnia  escpa/Ma  and  denticuliUaf  and  attention  particulaElty. 
directed  to  the  latter,  with  whidi  the  former  has  been  often  confounded, 
as  both  at  the  same  time  inhabit  the  intestine  of  bullocks. 


CYSTICA. 

In  the  treatise  of  Steenstmp,  already  so  offcen  mentioned,  he  emcunerates; 
also  the  encysted  worms  as  animals>  whidi  perhaps  are  ge^arating 
matrices,  of  wludi,  as  yet»  the  complete  'animals  are  not  known  (Op. 
ant.  dt.  p*  111). 

R.  Fnxriep,  in  a  treatise  entitled  "  Hydatides  osdanii"  has  communi- 
cated a  case  of  the  presence  of  the  Cy$ti€0rcu9'  cdlulaai  in  the  first 
phalanx  of  the  middle  fingw  of  a  man  (Fior.  Chimyg.  Kupfiartaf.  "Hik.  87, 
1842),  and  also  two  cases  of  hydatids  in  human  Ixmes ;  from  which  he 

358 


ENTOZOA — CYSTICA.  316 

ooDoliidea,  that  thxee  species  of  hydatids  aze  present  in  the  b<mes»  viz., 
— 1.  Simple  spoils  c^sts ;  2.  Aoephalpc^sts^  or  Echinococdf  that  is,  in- 
dependent wateiy  bladders,  enclosed  in  a  fibxoiis  ooyering^  which  are 
sometimes  present  in  great  nambers  in  one  and  the  same  husk ;  and  3. 
CystkercQs  celkdoMS,  The  author  has  had  the  kindness  to  send  to  the 
reporter  a  preparation  &om  the  under  eoctremxtj  of  a  casoi  in  which 
knotty  hydatids  were  yery  eztensiyely  present^  but  in  which  the  reporter 
has  only  reoognised  serous  cysts. 

Leuc^art  found,  in  the  peritons^al  parts  belonging  to  the  uterus  of 
LepuB  cunicuhiB  domesHcuSy  ten  indiyiduals  of  a  CysHcercua  (Zool. 
Bruchst.  iiL  p.  1),  which  he  looked  xcpaa  as  new,  and  has  named  Cyst, 
dongatus,  with  the  following  diagnosis: — ^Capite  sub-tettagono ;  odilo 
nullo ;  corpore  mgoso,  elongate,  depresso ;  vesica  caudali  gracili,  elongata» 
apice  acuminata,  corpore  parum  lougiore.  From  a  notice  communicated 
to  the  author  by  Diesing,  a  OystUercuty  found  by  Natterer  in  the 
Lepus  hrasUienHsy  must  agree  with  this  Cyst,  elongatut.  A  CyiHcer- 
eus  cereopitheci  cynomolgi,  which  Leuckart  found  in  a  cjai  of  the  liver, 
and  mentions  as  a  doubtful  species,  is  near  Cysticercus  tenuicollis, 
Leuckart  could  not  discover  Ihe  circle  of  recurved  hooks  in  a  Cfyaticercus 
piiifarmis  from  the  liver  of  a  house-mouse;  and  conjectures,  that  the 
hooks,  as  in  the  Tcenia,  had  here  fidlen  off  from  old  age.  It  has  been 
announced  by  Engel,  that  in  an  epileptic  patient^  Cysticerci  were  found 
in  considerable  numbers  in  grooved  deepenings  of  the  convohitionB  of 
the  brain,  and  the  muscles  of  the  same  patient  were  also  beset  with  them 
(Schmidt's  Jahrg.  1842,  Bd.  53,  p.  43).  Badius  obeearved  a  Cystieercus 
in  a  hydatid  of  the  size  of  a  walnut,  in  the  liver  of  an  old  woman, 
which  was  surrounded  by  a  cartilaginous  capsule  (ibid.  Bd.  34,  p.  269). 

Cases  of  convulsionc^  madness  of  swine  occasioned  by  measles,  have 
been  rekted  by  Behrs  (Gurlt  and  Hertwig's  Magaz.  1842,  p.  22^).  The 
encysted  worms^  in  such  swine,  occupied  almost  m<»e  space  in  the  cavity 
of  the  skull  than  the  substance  of  the  brain. 

A  view  often  taken  of  the  origin  of  the  CkmwMfM  cer^brcUis,  as  the 
oensequence  of  preceding  inflammation  <^  the  brain,  has  again  been 
brought  fcMTward  by  Dcmdnik  (ibid.  p.  83). 

According  to  Boeitansky's  observations,  aoephalocysts  are  rery  rare 
in  human  bones  (Handb.  der  pathol.  Anat.  Bd.  11,  p.  207).  They  have 
been  found  in  the  humerus^  tibia»  iliac  bones,  and  tiie  diploe  of  the 
skull,  generally  in  consequence  of  wounds.  Bocitamky  has  communi- 
cated the  following  case : — ^A  day-labourer,  forty4wo  years  of  age,  had 
in  youth,  suflSared  from  swellings  <xf  the  gionds  of  the  thmt  and  sbo 
and  was  afterwards  severely  affected  by  syphilis.  Four  years  thereafter^ 
a  disease  of  the  bones  supervened,  with  gnawing  and  penetrating  pains, 
and  in  the  course  of  a  year  he  died.  The  kft  ilium  was  changed  into 
a  fibrous  sac,  which  was  filled  with  aoephalocysts  (J^cAmococcus-bladders) 
359 


316  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

the  dze  of  millet-Beed  and  nuts,  together  with  namerbiu  small  and  kzger 
pieces  of  bone  sticking  to  the  inner  wall  of  the  sac ;  small  sacs  of  the 
same  kind  were  situated  on  the  pubis,  ischium,  and  coccyx-  The  blad- 
ders were  partly  free  and  partly  united,  particularly  the  small  ones,  or 
seyeral  were  together  in  the  dilated  pores  or  cells  of  the  bare  and 
much  shattered  bone ;  the  head  of  the  thigh-bone  projected  into  an  ace- 
phalocystous  sac,  occupying  the  place  of  the  socket,  which  was  completely 
eroded.  This  case  has  also  been  related  by  Robert  (Oppenheim's 
Zeitschr.  f.  die  Gesam.  Mediz.  Bd.  20,  p.  92). 

Reginald  James  mentions  the  case  of  a  man,  fifty-nine  years  old, 
in  whom  the  lateral  section  of  the  bladder  was  made  for  a  retention  of 
urine  (liOnd.  Med.  Gaz.  Oct.  1842,  p.  151).  A  considerable  quantity  of 
urine  escaped,  without  reducing  the  swelling  of  the  pubis  or  the  pain  .of 
the  patient.  After  death,  a  swelling  was  found  behind  and  above  the 
bladder,  filled  with  hydatids  of  difierent  size,  and  which  had  pressed  it 
so  dose  to  the  pubis,  that  it  was  divided  into  an  upper  and  under  por- 
tion, the  latter  of  which  only  had  been  opened  in  the  operation.  Another 
case  of  EchinococcuB  hominis  has  been  communicated  by  Koch  (Ro- 
hatzsch.  allgem.  Zeit.  f.  Chiruig.  1842,  No.  17). 

Schiodte  has  found  an  intestinal  worm  in  the  stomach  of  Opatrum 
Mbulosara  of  half  a  line  long,  which  seems  allied  to  the  Caryophyllceui, 
and  resembles  the  figure  of  a  parasite,  given  by  Leon  Dufour,  in  the 
Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1826,  pi.  21,  bis,  ^g.  a.-d.  (Eroyer,  Naturh.  Tidsskr. 
Bd.  4,  p.  208).  That  animal,  therefore,  certainly  does  not  belong  to 
Caryophyllceus,  but  to  the  enigmatical  form  of  the  Cfrega/rina,  which 
are  probably  subject  to  a  transmutable  generation.    . 

HELMINTHES  GENERIS  DUBII. 

Oebstep  mentions  a  sagittal-shaped  HelminthMf  which  he  found  in  the 
intestinal  canal  of  Lumbriconais  marina,  Oerst.  (Kroyer,  Naturh. 
Tidsskr.  Bd.  4,  p.  133).  Although  a  figure  is  given  of  the  animal,  yet  the 
reporter  does  not  know  what  to  make  of  it.  Nor  can  he  make  any  thing 
of  another  enigmatical  parasite,  which  Eroyer  discovered  on  the  abdomen 
of  Hippolyte  ptuiola  (Monografisk  Fremdstilling  af  Slaegten  Hippolytes 
nordiske  Arter  med  Bidrag  til  Dekapodemes  Udviklingshistorie.  Ejoben* 
havn,  1842,  p.  56).  The  structure  is  veiy  simple,  and  points  out  its 
position  between  the  LerncecB,  Hirudines,  and  Helmmthes. 

Philippi  asserts,  that  the  Physophora  harbours  in  its  stomach,  worms 
which  as  yet  have  not  been  dearly  defined  (Fror.  N.  Notiz.  Bd.  23, 
p.  88,  and  Bd.  22,  p.  344). 

A  vermicular  disease  of  poultry  has  been  mentioned  by  Delafond, 
without  exactly  describing  the  worms  (Gurlt  und  Hertwig's  Mag.  ant.  cit. 
p.  115). 

360 


HELMINTHES  GENERIS  DUBII.  317 

Miescher  has  been  struck  hj  a  remarkable  striped  appeanmoe  of  the 
muscles  of  the  trunk,  extremities,  throat,  and  face,  and  of  those  of  the 
eje,  and  also  of  the  diaphragm,  in  a  house-mouse  (Ber.  iiber  die  Yerh.  der 
naturf.  Ges.  in  Basel  Yom  Aug.  18M)  bis  JuH  1842,  Bas.  1843,  p.  193). 
The  muscles  of  the  tongpie,  larynx,  pharynx,  and  all  the  inyoluntaiy 
mnsdes,  were  normaL  The  stripes  were  like  milk-white  threads,  which 
were  found  both  on  the  upper  surface  as  well  as  in  the  interior  of  the 
muscles,  and  always  ran  parallel  with  the  fibres;  the  length  of  each 
thread  corresponded  to  the  length  of  the  muscle ;  each  individual  thread 
represented  a  cylindrical  pouch,  becoming  narrow  at  both  ends,  and 
was  filled  with  granular  contents,  in  external  appearance  resembling  a 
FilcMria.  The  walls  of  the  pouches  were  composed  of  a  simple  structure^ 
less  membrane ;  the  contained  grains  had  an  oblong,  reniform,  or  sphe- 
rical shape,  and  a  length  of  0.0034'''  to  0.0054'".  They  did  not  resemble 
simple  cells,  but  consisted  of  a  simple  membrane,  which  enclosed  a  very 
finely  granulated  substance.  Miescher  is  undecided  as  to  their  use; 
they  might  either  constitute  a  peculiar  diseased  condition  of  an  indiyi> 
dual  muscular  fibre,  as  each  pouch  may  have  been  engendered  under  the 
cover  of  the  muscular  bundle  instead  of  the  fibrillss,  or  they  were  pecu- 
liar parasitical  formations,  which  here  chose  their  habitation,  and  have 
pressed  out  &om  the  actual  muscular  substance.  Neither  is  Miescher 
determined  whether  the  parasite  be  of  a  vegetable  or  animal  nature ; 
but  it  puts  us  in  mind  of  the  pouches,  observed  by  Bowmann  (Arch.  1841, 
ii.  p.  296),  in  the  muscles  of  an  eel,  which  were  filled  with  Trichma 
spiralis. 

Gluge  has  discovered  an  Entozwm  in  the  blood  of  the  heart  of  a  frog 
(MiilL  Arch.  1842,  p.  148);  it  was  very  transparent  and  elongated, 
having  a  head  and  tail  running  to  a  point,  and,  on  the  right  side,  three 
oblong  processes  bulged  out  and  in.  It  did  not  contain  little  balls  in  its 
interior,  like  the  Hcematozoon  described  by  Valentin  (v.  Miill.  Arch. 
1841,  p.  435),  but  was  probably  a  creature  allied  to  it.  Hosmatozoa 
have  also  been  observed  by  Remak  in  the  blood  of  most  river  fish,  and 
almost  constantly  in  the  pike  (Cannstatt's  Jahresb.  1842 ;  Bericht  iiber 
die  Leistungen  im  Qebiete  der  PhysioL  im  Jahre,  1841,  p.  10.)  They 
were  of  different  sizes,  but  aU  generally  twice  as  large  as  the  blood- 
corpuscles.  When  in  repose,  they  had  an  oval  or  pear-shaped  foim,  and 
they  pushed  out  dentated  processes.  These  processes  are  the  consequence 
of  the  undulating  motions  of  the  transparent  membranous  part  of  the 
body.  Nea^r  one  end,  and  more  laterally,  Bemak  distinguished  a 
thidcer  oblong  untransparent  nucleus,  from  which,  usually,  foldings  of  the 
membranous  part  radiated  out  to  all  sides.  This  membranous  portion 
in  it  ran  out  into  two  short  tips  at  the  end  nearer  the  solid  kernel ;  in 
the  Hoffmatozoa  of  the  stickleback,  it  ran  out  to  a  hook-shaped  crooked 
thin  thread. 

361 


318         REPOET  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLif : 


PSEUDO-HELMINTHES. 

Matbb  hat  giTn  hk  Tiewv  <m  the  natme  of  the  Spermatozoa^  and  ii 
still  eoaTinoed  that  thej  aie  aotaaUy  animals,  as  their  peeoliaar  fonn  and 
<»gaaiaati(m,  as  well  as  their  yolnntaiy  moTements,  oonespond  ta  the 
animal  dharaoter  (Nene  Untemioh.  p.  9). 

Krohn  has  shown  thai  the  VmrtumfMU  iheUdieola^  Otto,  wliich,  for  a 
long  while,  has  been  held  as  a  Trematodik^Sk»  parasite,  is  not  an  inde- 
pendent animal ;  bat  that  it  is  oanstituted  from  fimns  whicb  are  only 
appendages  of  tilie  Theli^$^  but  haye  certainly  a  frail  oonnectiofn  with  it 
(MnIL  Arch.  1842,  p.  418).    The  reporter  peroeiyee,  from  the  Transac- 
tkms  of  the  Meeting  of  Naturalists  at  Tnrin,  that  already,  in  1840, 
Verani  had  qnestioned  whether  the»e  appendices  of  the  Thetyz  were 
psendo-parasites  (Isis,  1842,  p.  252),  and  that  Nardo  had  remarked, 
that  the  Thetyt  was  able  to  reproduce  them  when  torn  off.    It  fill- 
lows,  therefore,  that  the  remark  of  Maeri,  made  many  years  ago,  who 
had  correctly  understood  the  meaning  of  these  appendices,  must  be  agam 
added  to  the  description  of  Thet^  leporinna,  yiz. : — ^Majoies  appendices 
sunt  membranaoeiB,  oyato-obkmgo,  acut»,  deeid^MB  (Atti  della  reala 
aeademia  della  Scienze  di  Napoli.  Vol.  iL  1778,  p.  170,  tab.  4.)   Krohn 
has  distinctly  peroeiyed  the  skin  of  the  Thetyt  to  pass  orer,  without 
interruption,  the  parts  which  haye  been  named  Vertwrnni;  and  that 
the  same  colour  which  the  The^  itself  has,  is  found  again  on  the  ap- 
pendices.   The  obseryations  of  the  reporter  agree  completely,  in  the 
latter  respect,  with  Krohn's  assertions.    He  may  add  also,  that  one 
sees,  en  the  first  glance,  that  the  grooye  found  at  the  anterior  thick  end 
of  the  body  of  the  VertwtMiiy  and  regarded  as  the  animal's  mouth, 
cannot  be  an  acetabulum,  as  it  is  neither  ooyered  by  an  epidermis  nor 
an  epithelium ;  and  as  no  where,  in  this  grooye,  is  the  peculiar  Btruciure 
of  an  acetabulum  to  be  distinguished.    The  wide  canal,  whidi  stretches 
from  the  grooye  longitudinally,  in  the  body  of  the  VertwRMMLS,  is  ccm- 
nected  with  an  innumerable  multitude  of  larger  and  smaller  sinuses, 
which  lie  buried  in  the  other  parts  of  the  animal.    The  whole  paren- 
chyma consists  of  irregular  cells,  with  wide  meshes,  which  can  be  blown 
up  through  the  opomig  in  the  grooye  of  the  VtvfwwMM,  like  the  paren- 
chyma of  the  lungs  of  an  AnvphMu/m, 


362 


REPORT 


ON  THB 


WORKS  WHICH  HAVE  APPEARED  DURING 
THE  YEARS  1841  AND  1842, 


ON  THB 


EOHINODBRMATA,  ACALEPHA,  POLYPI,  AND  INFUSORIA. 


BY 


PBOFESSOB  C.  TH.  Y.  SIEBOLD. 


ECHINODERMATA. 

Zoo]i0028T9  apd  Phygioliogiste  liaye,  last  year,  diiotcied  nmoh  of  theiir 
f#eatioa  to  th^  Echmodermata  (apoii  whioh  thiere  has  been  no  import 
jn.  these  ArehiyeB  i^poaoe  1838),  so  that  this  dass  pTondses  to  he  Bioxe 
oompletely  desoribed  than  any  other  of  the  inyertehrata*. 

Agassiz  has  pijneipally  distiagoiahed.  himself  in  this  departmeiit,  aa 
for  seyeial  years  he  haa  been  sealomily  publishing  ''  Monogiaphies 
d'Edhinoderqes  yiyans  et  Fossiles/'  of  whieh  four  admirable  liyraisona 
are  now  before  the  reporter*  He  haa  also  alieady  treated  of  thia  alaaa 
kiihia  *<  Non^enelator  Zoologiffas^  Fasc.  1.    Solodui,  1842." 

Sluirpey  haapablidied  an  ample  treatise  on  the  internal  stmctoie  of 
4ie  Echmodermata  (Cyel<^.  of  Anat  and  Physi<^  yol.  ii  1839,  p.  30) ; 
and  Digardi»  has  also  laboured  at  lius  olass«  in  the  third  yolwne  of 
Lamaibk's  Natural  History. 

Foi^s  has  published  an  ea^oellent  work  <m  the  British  Schmoder- 
mata,  which  is  illustrated,  in  a  truly  luxurious  maniier«  with  beautiful 
wpod^ts  (A  Hist(H7  of  Biiti^  Stai^ish^  tmd  other  Ammals  of  the 
daas^Ediinod^emata.  IfOndon,  1841).  This  is  a  proo^  that  in  England, 
the  interest  fas  Zoology  mi^  be  more  eztensiye  than  in  Qermany.  Of 
late  yearn  a  number  of  beautifully  illustrated  mon(^gra]|^B  on  the  British 

363 


320         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Fauna  have  appeared ;  while,  in  Qermanj,  works  of  the  same  descrip- 
tion can  hardly  be  proyided  with  the  most  necessary  figures. 

Forbes  diyides  the  Echinodermata,  according  to  their  organs  of  motion, 
into  six  orders,  which  correspond  with  the  dirisions  hitherto  in  use. — 
1.  PnvNiORADA  (Crincideas) :  of  these  Comatula  rosacea,  L.  {mediter^ 
ra/nea.  Lam.),  onlj  is  a  natire  of  the  English  coast.  Pentaermus  euro- 
jMSus,  Thomps.,  is  nothing  but  a  joung  Comatula,  —  2.  Spinigbada 
(OpMurida).  Forbes  enumerates  the  following:  OpJUura  Uxtwrata, 
Lam. ;  aUbida,  Forb.,  which  has  been  declared  bj  Miiller  and  Troschel  to  be 
OpJdolepU  ciliata ;  Ophiocotna  neglecta,  Johnst.  (OpMolepia  gqtuimata, 
Miill.  and  Tr.) ;  Balliiy  Thomps. ;  pv/nctata,  Forb. ;  j/Uiformis,  Miill. ; 
hrachiata,  Montag.;  ffrcmulata.  Link;  hellis,  Flem. ;  Goodsiri,  Forb. 
(according  to  Miiller  and  Troschel,  perhaps  identical  with  Oph,  Ballii)  ; 
rostila,  Link ;  minuta,  Forb. ;  the  last  two  species  have  been  referred 
by  Miiller  and  Troschel  to  Ophiothrix  fragilis ;  Aitrophyton  scuta- 
turn,  Forb.,  which  is  perhaps  Agtroph,  Linhii,  Miill.  and  Tr. — 3.  Oirkhi- 
ORADA  (Asteriadai) :  Uraster  glacialis,  Agass. ;  ruhens,  Ag. ;  violacea, 
Miill.;  hi8pida,Femi. ;  Cribellaoculata^'Pejm.;  ra«ea, Miill. ;  Solaster 
papposus,  L.;  endeca,  L.;  Palmipes  membranaceus,  Retz. ;  Asterina 
gibbosa,  Penn. ;  Goniaster  Templetoni,  Thomp. ;  equestria,  Gm.  (Astro- 
gonium  pkrygianum.  Mull,  and  Tr.) ;  Asterias  awrcmtia^a,  L. ;  LuidAa 
fragilissima,  Forb. — 4.  Cibrhisfiniobada  (Eckmidas) :  Cida/ris  papU- 
lata,  Leak. ;  Echinus  miliaris,  Lesk. ;  sphcera,  MiUl. ;  Flemingii,  Ball ; 
lividus,  Lam. ;  neglectus.  Lam. ;  Echinocyamus  pusillus,  MiUl. ;  Echi- 
norachinus  placenta,  Gm. ;  Spatangus  purpu/reus,  Miill. ;  Brissus  ly- 
rifer,  Forb. ;  Amphidotus  cordatus,  Penn. ;  roseus,  Forb. — 6,  Cirrhi- 
VERMiORADA  (Holotkuriadce) ,'  I^kis  phantapfA8,lj.',  PsoUnus  hrevis, 
Forb.  and  Goods.;  Cacumaaia  frondosa,  Grun. ;  pentactes,  MtQL; 
covmmimis,  Forb.  and  Goods. ;  fusifomds,  Forb.  and  Goods. ;  hyalma^ 
Forb. ;  Drummondii,  Thomps. ;  Hyndmani,  Thomp. ;  fucicola,  F.  and 
G. ;  Ocnus  hruvmeus,  Forb. ;  lacteus,  F.  and  G. ;  Tkyone  papillosa, 
Miill.;  Portlockii,  Forb.;  CMrodota  digitata,  Montagu. — 6.  Vermi- 
ORADA  {Sipu/nculidce) :  Syrinx  nudus,  L. ;  papUlosus,  Thomps. ;  Harvdi, 
Forb. ;  Sipunculus  hemhardus,  Forb. ;  Johnstoni,  Forb. ;  Pria  pulus 
caudatus,  Lam. ;  Thalassema  Neptuni,  Gaertn. ;  Echiurus  vulgaris,  Say. 

A.  Hill  Hassall  has  offered  a  contribution  to  the  Marine  Fauna  of 
Ireland  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  iz.  p.  132).  He  has  enumerated  Comatula 
rosacea,  with  ten  species  of  Asteriadce,  Spatangus  purpureus,  Echinus 
sphasra,  AtnphidoPus  cordatus,  and  Echinocyamus  pusiUus,  as  pre- 
sent in  the  Bay  of  Dublin. 

We  are  indebted  to  Grube  for  a  yery  yaluabl^  contribution  to  the 
distribution  of  the  Echinoderm^ta,  in  the  Adriatic  and  Mediterra- 
nean Seas  (Actinien,  Echinodermen,  und  Wiirmer  des  Adriatischen  und 
Mittel-Meeres,  1840,  p.  14).    The  following  Crinoidce,  Ophiuridae,  and 

364 


ECHINOBERMATA.  321 

AsteriadiB  have  been  discovered  by  him: — Comatula  mediterrcmea. 
Lam. ;  OorgonocepJialus  verrucMus,  Lam. ;  Ophiura  lacertosa,  Lam. ; 
pentagona.  Lam. ;  gqua/mmata,  Lam.  (Ophiolepis  Ballii,  from  Miiller 
and  TroscheVs  aoconnt) ;  rMmiUformis,  Grub.  {Ophiolepis  squa/mata  of 
MiUL  and  Tr.) ;  cordiferay  Delle  Chiaje ;  scutdlwm.  Grab.  {Ophionyx 
scutellumy  Moll,  and  Trosch.) ;  rasula/ria,  Qrub.  (OphiOfCcmtha  setoaa, 
MiQl.  and  Trosch.) ;  fragilis,  Miill. ;  Agterias  coriacea,  Orab.  (Ophi- 
diaster  attenuatua,  Qraj,  according  to  Miill.  and  Trosch.) ;  mbulataf 
Lam.;  seposita,  Lam.;  glacialis.  Lam.;  aiircmtiaca,  L.;  biqfdnosa, 
Ott. ;  platyaccmtha,  Phil. ;  pentacanthe,  Delle  Chiaje ;  mermbrcmaceay 
Retz.  Of  EchinidcB  Qrabe  has  found  the  following : — Spatangus  Jlave&- 
cens,  Miill.;  atropos  and  carvnatus.  Lam.;  Echinus saxatilis,  L. ;  Tieapo^ 
litomus,  Delle  Chiaje ;  esculentus,  L. ;  miliarus  and  neglectus,  Lam. 
Of  Holoth/uriadce  the  following : — Holotlvuria  regalis,  Cuv. ;  ScMMtori, 
Delle  Ch. ;  tiibulosa,  Miill. ;  8tichopus  cinerascensy  Br. ;  Sporadipus 
impatiens,  Forsk. ;  Stellati,  DeUe  Ch. ;  maculatus,  Br. ;  Cladodactyla 
doHolmn,  PalL ;  Dicquemouriiy  Cuv.,  with  several  species  which  he  holds 
as  new,  viz. — Holothwria  mummatay  catcmensis,  Sporadipus  gldber, 
Psohis  grcurmlatus,  Cladodactyla  syracusoma,  Chiridota  Chiaiiy  and 
pinnata,  Grabe  has,  at  the  same  time,  characterized  two  new  genera. 
The  one,  Phyllophorus,  is  intermediate  between  the  genera  Sporadipus 
and  Cladodactyla  of  Brandt.  There  is  a  single  species  taken  at  Palermo, 
Phyl,.  uma.  The  feet  of  this  animal  are  scattered  over  the  whole  body, 
and  are  not  arranged  in  rows,  and  its  tentacles  are  branched  and  arbore- 
ons,  and  not  in  the  form  of  a  shield.  The  other  genus,  called  by  Grube 
Hoplodactylus,  is  allied  to  Idosoma,  Br.,  but  has  the  tentacles  not  shield- 
shaped,  but  simply  cylindrical,  and  is  only  represented  by  one  species, 
Hopl,  mediterra/ryea.  Besides  the  SipwfMsulus  wudus,  L.,  and  verru^ 
cosuSy  Cuv.,  Grube  discovered  the  genus  defined  by  him  Anoplosoma^ 
turn,  which  forms  a  transition  from  the  Echinodermata  to  the  worms, 
having  a  simple  cylindrical  body,  neither  furnished  with  tentacles,  teeth, 
nor  warts,  nor  with  bristles  or  short  pedicles  to  the  feet ;  but  each  end 
of  the  body  is  perforated  by  an  opening.  The  only  species,  named  by 
Grube  Anopl.  utriculus,  was  got  at  Palermo,  and  is  unarticulated 
throughout,  and  of  a  pale  flesh  colour. 

The  nervous  system  of  the  Sipu>nculus  wuduSy  the  knotless  abdominal 
cord  of  which,  firom  its  position,  puts  us  in  mind  of  the  nervous  system 
of  the  An/nulata  and  of  the  Holoth/uria  tubulosay  has  been  described  by 
Erohn.  (Miill.  Arch.,  1839,  p.  348 ;  and  1841,  p.  9.) 

Some  observations  on  the  remarkable  power  of  reproduction  of  the 
HolothurioB  have  been  communicated  by  Dalyell.  (Froriep's  Neue 
Notiz.,  1840,  p.  1.) 

A  new  Synapta  has  been  found  in  the  British  Channel  by  Quatie- 
fiiges,  and  described  as  Syn.  duvencsa  with  the  following  diagnosis : — 

365 


322         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCOXLII : 

(rimrtit.,  1841,  p.  896.;  Ann.  d.  Sc  Nat.  t.  17,  1842,  p.  22;  and 
Frar.  N.  Notis.  Bd.  21, 1842,  p.  165.)  I'-^Corpore  molH,  TennifoUDi,  hie 
et  OUe  modo  tugido,  modo  oomtrieto  et  tnutisyenim  plicato ;  c&ti  toseola^ 
hyalina,  adlimviite;  Tittis  qninqae  ftbrosu,  opacis,  albis,  Icmgitadi- 
ftalilmt  imtrada :  ore  plana,  dnodecim  tentaculu  pinnatilfidift  eii««mdato ; 
ano  rohmdo,  iiiido,  temiiialL    This  animal  prefers  the  Bea-filime,  and 
fteds  OB  the  Mnd,  with  whidi  iti  whole  inteftme  ia  8tiif^»    It  re^ 
qnicklj  ■eparalet  the  hinder  part  of  its  long  Termiferm  body,  eithe^ 
▼olnntarily  or  on  tondung  it ;  the  fragments  of  the  animal  thns  thrown 
off  moTd  about  fer  three  or  fonr  dajB.    The  animid  itself  dianges  its 
position  by  Termiform  windings  of  its  body,  making  use  of  its  tentadee 
lor  that  purpose,  which  are  in  eonstant  motion,  and  are  at  the  sa&id 
time  employed  as  grasping-organs.    Although  this  Synapta  shows  sea^ 
aibility  to  a  rety  strong  admiwion  of  light,  yet  it  does  not  appear  to 
possess  any  definite  organ  of  sight ;  it  has  also  no  peroeptkm  ci  sound. 
Its  cutieular  coTering  is  composed  of  a  tender  epidermis  and  a  oorimni 
which  is  slightly  lose-ooloured,  by  a  transparent  granulated  substanoe* 
The  upper  surfiioe  of.  the  body  is  not  smooth,  but  ooyered  by  a  number 
of  oyal  eleyations  like  raspberries ;  these  bear  remarkable  andior-fthaped 
angular  hooks,  which  are  toothed  on  the  convex  side  of  th^  two  barbs, 
and  haTe  a  small  arched  dentated  dilatation  at  the  upper  end  of  the 
•talk  opposite  the  barbs.    The  barbs  or  anchornshaped  bodies,  whii^ 
are  about  the  length  of  t\j  mill.,  are  listened  by  the  upper  dentated 
end  of  the  stalk,  in  an  oblique  direction,  to  a  small  perforated  shields 
These  parts,  the  anchor  and  shield,  become  dissolted  with  efibrresoenoe 
in  acids,  while  they  are  not  affected  by  caustic  potass.     The  other 
elerations  which  do  not  bear  anchors  are  covered  with  small  spherical 
and  oral  bodies,  some  of  which  are  striped  transversely.    These  bodies 
can  protrude  from  their  interior  a  filiferm  body  of  j^  mill,  in  length ; 
they  are  not  afibcted  by  adds,  but  are  dissolved  by  hali  causticum. 
Quatrefiiges  compares  these  Httle  bodies  with  the  nettld  organs  of  the 
AetinicB,  and  believes  that  the  anchors  do  not  exclusively,  as  Eschsoh(dti 
supposes,  cause  the  bur-like  appendages  and  the  urtication  of  the 
Bynapta,  but  that  the  last  described  bodies,  principally  as  in  the 
Actimai,  work  as  stinging  organs.    The  anus  is  opposite  the  mouth, 
at  the  end  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  body.    The  five  feathered  tentacles 
surrounding  the  mouth,  have  a  tenderer  cuticulas  covering  than  the  rest 
of  the  body,  and  bear  neither  anchor  nor  shield,  nor  stinging  otgan, 
but  are  Airnished  with  two  rows  of  aoetabula  on  their  inner  surfeoe^ 
which  are  very  udeM  for  taking  the  feed  and  in  creeping  forward. 
The  tentacles,  in  which  the  circulation  of  the  blood  is  maintained  in  a 
lively  manner  by  the  vibratile  epithelium,  also  probably  serve  as  organs 
of  respiration;  but  at  the  same  time  a  contrivaiioe  by  which  the  i^ynof^to 
can  constantiy  take  up  water  into  the  cavity  of  the  body,  and  again 

366 


ECHINODERMATA.  323 

throw  it  out  by  contraction,  must  abo  contribute  to  the  process  of  xe- 
spiration.  There  are  found,  namely,  between  the  roots  of  every  two 
tentacles,  on  a  small  papilla-shaped  elevation,  sometimes  four,  some- 
times fiye  openings,  from  which  canals  pass  in  through  the  covering  of 
the  body  to  the  cavity,  giving  entrance  and  exit  to  the  water.  With 
respect  to  the  organs  of  propagation,  Quatre&ges  has  discovered  the 
Synapta  duvemasa  to  be  hermaphrodite.  He  could  not  discover  any 
nervous  sjrstem. 

Agassiz  has  turned  his  attention  to  the  Echmidaf,  in  his  manographs 
above  mentio^ied. 

The  first  livraison  of  this  work  embraces  the  genus  ScUema  (Dkf  ono- 
graphics  Echinodermes,  Ire  livrais.  contenant  les  8alenies.  Neuchatel, 
1838),  which,  containing  only  fossil  species,  we  shall  not  analize  here. 
The  second  contains  the  ScutelloB  (1841.)  Agassiz  arranges  these 
Echinodermata  in  that  division  of  the  Eckmidcs  whicb  he  has  called 
Clypeas^oides,  and  which  have,  as  a  chief  characteristic,  a  central 
mouth  and  a  sub-central  anal  opening.  Agassiz  holds  it  unsuitable 
to  unite  the  Scutellce  into  one  genus  as  later  Naturalists  have  done ;  and 
he  was  constrained,  as  he  took  into  consideration  the  internal  organiza- 
tion, partly  again,  to  re-establish  older  genera,  and  partly  to  add  new, 
by  which  means  he  makes  thirteen  genera,  in  which  the  position  of  the 
anal  and  sexual  openings,  the  figure  which  the  ambulacra  form,  the 
structure  of  the  organs  of  mastication,  and  the  cavity  of  the  body,  fur- 
nish the  principal  points  for  their,  characters. 

The  shell  of  the  8cutdlcB,  like  that  of  the  EchmidcB,  is  composed  of 
ten  regions  of  plates,  of  which  ^re  rows  bear  ambulacra,  and  the  ^yb 
without  them  He  between ;  each  region  is  formed,  properly,  of  a  double 
row  of  plates,  which  are  so  intimately  united  to  each  other,  that  they 
can  hardly  be  separated.  Bound  the  mouth,  instead  of  twenty  plates, 
there  are  usually  only  ten  or  five  to  be  counted,  which  form  the  buccal 
rosettes  so  called ;  the  spiniferous  ScuUIIcb  rest  upon  the  tubercles  on 
which  the  spines  are  situated,  as  in  EchvMJts.  Of  these  tubercles  the  larger 
may  be  distinguished  as  spiniferous  tubercles,  and  the  smaller  as  miliary. 
The  ambulacra,  which  form  a  five  radiated  rosette  on  the  dorsum  of 
the  ScutellaSy  are  as  yet  very  little  known.  Agassiz  was  able  to  observe, 
on  a  veiy  well  preserved,  although  dried  specimen  of  Lotgawwrn  rostror- 
turn,  that  a  row  of  lametim  was  situated  on  the  inner  side  of  the  ambu- 
laeral  pores,  which  evidently  stood  in  connection  with  them.  From 
this  it  is  to  be  concluded,  that  in  the  ScutdlcB  the  same  organiza- 
tion of  the  ambulacra  occurs  as  in  the  Echini^  and  that  these  lamellsD 
indicate  the  dried  branchial  sacs.  The  Scutellce  are  very  remark- 
ably and  peculiarly  distinguished  by  the  ray-like  furrows  going  out 
from  the  centre  and  ramifying  on  the  under  surface  of  the  sh^;  in 
these  furrows  are  also  found  a  number  of  pores,  which,  like  the  pores  of 

367 


324  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

the  doHQiii,  ftand  in  oonnection  with  ambulacra.  The  opening  of  the 
month  liea  opposite  the  email  apicial  rosette,  which  is  composed  of  three 
different  parts,  namely,  the  madrepore-form  plate,  the  plates  containing 
the  sexual  openings,  and  those  which  bear  the  ocelli.  These  different 
plates  are  also  so  intimately  connected  to  each  other,  that  thej  can  with 
difficulty  be  separated.  The  spines  vary  in  form  according  to  the  genera 
and  species ;  those  of  the  upper  surface  are  mostly  clayate,  those  of  the 
under  straight  and  pointed ;  seyeral  species  of  MelUta  and  Encope  have 
a  third  sort  of  spines,  which  are  flattened  laterally  at  the  ends.  These 
spines,  which  are  organized,  as  in  Echinus,  can  be  moved  by  the  Hying 
animal  on  all  sides.  The  greater  number  of  the  ScutellcR  are  grey  or 
violet  coloured.  In  those  in  which  the  margin  of  the  shield  is  entire,  the 
anus  appears  farther  from  the  mouth  than  in  those  the  maigin  of  which 
is  incised.  The  cavity  in  the  interior  of  the  shield  is  divided  by  many 
perpendicular  partitions.  The  organs  of  mastication  of  the  Scutellce  are 
constructed  much  on  the  plan  of  the  teeth  of  Echinus.  The  intestinal 
ouial,  which  winds  through  the  cavity  of  the  body,  contains,  generally, 
fragments  of  small  corals  and  shell-fish. 

Agassiz  divides  the  Scutellce  into  thirteen  genera,  which  are  all 
figured.  The  four  genera.  Buna,  AmphiopCf  Scutella,  and  8cuteU 
Una,  containing  only  antediluvian  forms,  are  here  omitted.  Of  the 
genus  Rotula,  two  species  are  described :  R,  Rumphii  {Scut,  dentata. 
Lam.)  and  Augusti  (Scut,  octodactyla.  Lam.)  To  the  three  already 
known  species,  MeUita  quinquefora,  Ag.,  Lam.,  testudinata,  Kl., 
hexapora,  Ag.,  L.,  Gm.,  Agassiz  has  added  two  new  species:  if. 
similis,  disco  suborbiculari  vel  subquinquangulari,  lunuHs  sex,  basi  un- 
dulata,  sulcis  ambulacralibus  valde  ramosis ;  and  M.  lobata,  disco  sub- 
orbiculari, lunulis  sex,  lunulis  ambulacralibus  postids  apertis,  petalis 
brevibus,  ovatis,  subdausis,  pons  genitalibus  ocellaribusque  vere  distino- 
tis.  The  genus  Encope  is  represented  by  eleven  species,  of  which  nine 
are  new,  viz., — E.  (Scutella)  emargvnata,  Ag.,  Lam. ;  tetrapora,  Ag., 
Blainv. ;  micropora,  perspecHva,  cyclopara,  cblonga,  subcla/usa,  Valen- 
dennesiiy  Michelini,  grandis,  uid  StokesU,  Ag.  To  the  genus  Lobo- 
phora,  four  species  are  reckoned:  X.  (ScuteUa)  hifora,  Ag.,  Lam.; 
tnmcata,  Ag. (Scutella  hifora,  var.  2, Lam.) ;  hifissa,  Ag.,  Lam.;  aurita^ 
Ag.,  Blainv.  (Scutella  hifisMb,  var.  2,  Lam.)  Besides  Amphiope  biocu- 
lata,  Ag.  (Scutella  hifora,  var.  3,  Lam.),  Agassiz  describes  a  second 
species:  A.  perspicillata ;  disco  valde  depresso,  postice  subrostrato, 
lunulis  subcircularibus,  petalis  subovatis,  acutis. — Of  Echtna/rcLchniuM 
there  are  three  species  described,  E.  paatna,  Cbray,  Rumphii,  Ag., 
Blainv..,  and  atlam,ticus.  Gray;  and  of  Arachnoides  only  one,  A.  phi- 
centa,  Ag.,  Lam.  The  genus  Lagcmum  has  twelve  species,  of  which 
nine  are  described  for  the  first  time:  La^gcmiwm  Banani,  Ag.,  El., 
(Clypeaster  laganum,  Lam.) ;  depressum,  decagonum.  Lesson  and  Ag, ; 

368 


ECHINOBERMATA.  325 

tlUpHcum,  dongatum,  rottratum,  ma/rgmale,  stellatit/mf  Ag. ;  tonga- 
nen&e^  Qaoj  -and  Gaim. ;  Lesueuri,  Val.;  orbicul<ir€f  Ag.,  L.,  Gm.; 
Peronii,  Ag.  (Scutella  orbicularis^  Lam.)  Of  the  genus  Echinocyamus, 
only  two  living  species  are  described;  E.puMllvs,  Flem.»  and  amgu^ 
losus,  Leske.  Moulinia  is  the  thirteenth  and  last  genus,  embracing 
the  single  species,  M,  cassidulina. 

After  the  third  livraison  of  Agassiz's  Monographies,  which  treated 
only  of  antediluvian  EcMmdcB  (1842),  a  very  comprehensive  monograph 
appeared  by  Valentin,  on  the  anatomy  of  the  genus  Echiwus  (Monogra- 
phies d'Echinodennes  4  e.  Uvraison,  oontenant  TAnatomie  du  genre 
Echinus,  par  G.  Valentin,  1842).  He  distinguishes  in  the  shell  of  the 
Echiwus  three  kinds  of  calcareous  plates :  the  largest  form  the  principal 
mass  of  the  shell,  the  two  others  comprehend  the  smaller  buccal  and 
anal  plates.  The  anal  plates  are  held  together  by  a  contractile  mem- 
brane. All  the  plates,  with  the  exception  of  the  buccal,  bear  spines, 
which  are  fixed  by  their  articulating  heads  in  a  muscular  layer.  The 
suckers  of  the  ambulacra  are  extraordinarily  contractile,  and  can  be  pro- 
jected, by  the  living  Echitms,  far  beyond  the  longest  spines,  in  order  to 
touch  with  them  or  to  move  forwards ;  each  sucker  is  furnished  at  its 
free  end  with  an  acetabulum.  Besides  these  long  pedicelled  acetabula, 
tlie  Echini  possess  other  stalked  appendages,  which  are  very  abundant 
round  the  mouth,  and  were  formerly  supposed  to  be  parasitic  animals 
and  young  brood  of  the  Echiwus,  Valentin  divides  them  into  three 
kinds  according  to  their  shapes,  and  calls  them  pedicellaires  gemmi- 
formeSy  tridactyles,  and  ophiocephales.  He  has  also  very  exactly  de- 
scribed the  Latemi  of  Aristotle ;  and  the  vascular  system  has  been  sub- 
jected to  a  careful  investigation. 

As  supplementary  to  this  excellent  monograph,  the  works  which  ap- 
peared  almost  simultaneously  on  Echinus,  by  Erdl,  Krohn,  and  KoUiker, 
are  to  be  mentioned. 

Brdl*s  researches  have  been  particularly  directed  to  the  spines,  ace- 
tabular and  pedioelli  of  the  mouth,  as  well  as  to  the  external  branchisB  of 
the  Echinus  saasaMlis  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  48).  Erohn's  communications 
are  confined  to  the  description  of  the  nervous  system  of  the  Echiwus  and 
Spatangus  (MtQl.  Arch.  1841,  p.  2,  and  Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 16,  p.  288). 
The  separate  sexual  organs  have  been  recognised  by  KoUiker  in 
Echinus  saaatilis  (Beitrage  zur  Kenntniss  der  Geschlechtsverhaltnisse 
und  der  Samenfliissigkeit  wirbelloser  Thiere,  Berlin,  1841,  p.  39). 
Agreeably  to  what  had  formerly  been  pointed  out  on  these  parts  in  the 
Echini  by  Peters  (MiilL  Arch.  1840,  p.  143,  Fror.  N.  Notiz.  No.  275, 
p.  168,  and  Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 13,  1840,  p.  196),  Milne  Edwards  and 
Lallemand  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 13,  1840,  p.  376,  and  Fror.  N.  Notiz. 
No.  300,  p.  218) ;  and  by  Valentin  (Repertor.  f.  Anat.  und  Physiol. 
1840,  p.  301)  in  Spata^us. 

369  2  A 


326         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

The  AtUriadcB  have,  iMt  year  espedally,  found  many  zoological 
labourers.  Besides  the  already  mentkmed  contributioBS  of  Forbes  and 
Chrnbe,  Yarious  others  remain  to  be  mentioned^  Tix., — ^Forbes  on  the  Aste- 
riadcB  of  the  Irish  Sea,  in  Memoirs  of  the  Wemerian  Society,  1839,  t.  yiii. 
1,  p.  114 ;  Agassiz  Notice  sor  qnelqnes  points  de  rOxganization  des 
Emyales,  acoompagne^  de  la  description  detail^  de  I'esp^oe  de  la  Medi- 
teran^ ;  Memoires  de  la  Society  des  Sciences  Natnrelles  de  Nenchatel, 
1839,  Tol.  ii. ;  Thompson,  Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  yoL  y.  1840 ;  and  Gray,  ibid. 
Yol.  yL  1840.  The  reporter,  howoYer,  refrains  from  analyzing  these» 
as  in  the  admirable  work  on  the  AsteriadcBt  lately  published  by  MiUler 
and  Troschel,  the  appearance  of  which  must  haYO  been  most  anxiously 
expected  from  the  cursory  remarks  (ArchiY.  1840)  already  published  by 
these  Naturalists  for  two  years  past,  all  the  matter  belonging  to  this 
dass  has  been  as  completely  elaborated  as  can  be  desired  (System  der 
Asteriden.  1842).  The  descriptions  of  the  A»teriad<e  are  so  excellently 
giYen  in  this  work,  and  the  genera  and  the  species  so  accurately  defined, 
that  it  has  afforded  the  reporter  a  real  pleasure  to  arrange,  with  this 
book  in  his  hand,  the  collection  of  Aiteriada  belonging  to  the  zoological 
cabinet  at  Erlangen.  The  plates,  which  represent  only  indiYidual 
portions  of  these  Echinodermata,  are  distinct,  and  serYC  to  show,  where 
description  is  insufficient,  the  highly  complicated  arrangement  of  the 
different  parts  of  the  outicular  covering,  viz.,  —  the  spines,  plates, 
granules,  tubercles,  pedicellaria,  &c.  These  plates  accomplish  their  aim 
completely  by  their  extraordinary  exactness,  which  is  a  great  advantage, 
as  one  often  takes  np  such  monographs,  richly  furnished  with  illustra- 
tions, in  order  to  define,  by  their  means,  zoological  objects,  and  yet,  by 
the  diffuse  descriptions,  and  dazzlingly  coloured  plates,  can  only  make 
out  few  spedes  with  certainty. 

Miiller  and  Troschel  haYe  prefixed  an  introduction  to  the  systematic 
descriptive  part  of  the  monograph  of  the  Asteriadce,  in  which  their  orders 
are  characterized.  They  axe  defined,  generally,  as  those  Echinodermata 
which  haYe  a  star-shaped  or  polygonal,  mostly  pentagonal  form,  and, 
besides  the  cuticular  skeleton,  have  also  an  internal  one.  They  are  divided 
into  two  divisions,  AsteriadoB  and  Ophiwridce;  the  former  haYe  furrows  on 
the  abdominal  side,  and  a  corporeal  caYity  stretching  from  the  disc  to  the 
arms  or  processes,  which  contains  the  viscera.  In  the  Ophiwridce,  with 
their  two  sub-divisions,  OphmrcR  and  Ewryala^t  the  abdominal  furrows 
are  wanting,  and  the  viscera  are  confined  to  the  caYity  of  the  disc.  In 
the  family  of  the  Aiteriados,  there  is  fr«quentiy  an  anus  on  the  dorsal 
side  of  the  disc,  in  scYeral  genera  central,  but  mostiy  sub-central.  In 
this  introduction,  a  view  of  the  different  divisions  has  been  given,  as 
they  have  hitherto  been  characterized  by  authors.  In  the  general  de- 
scription of  the  first  family  of  Aiteriad<B,  both  Naturalists  have  drawn 
attention  to  the  pedicellariae,  which,  as  small  nipper-like  two  to  three- 

370 


ECHINODERMATA.  327 

armed  organs  are  present  on  all  parts  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  body. 
Thej  can  open  and  shut  their  arms,  and  resemble  in  some  measure  the 
pedioellarisB  of  the  sea-urchin :  thej  are  divided  into  two  sorts,  the  pe- 
dieellarisB  forcipatsB,  with  thin  pointed  arms,  and  pedioellarise  yalvulatas, 
with  broad  flap-like  imns.  The  former  are  sometimes  pedided,  some- 
times sessile ;  the  latter  are  always  sessile. 

The  Agtericd  are  diyided  into  three  families ;  the  first  comprehends 
those  star-fishes  which  haye  four  rows  of  tentacles  in  each  abdominal 
i\iTrow,  and  an  anus ;  to  this  belongs  the  single  genus,  Asteracanthion, 
with  fourteen  species,  among  which  are  three  new.  A,  africwMis,  pola/ns, 
and  hootes.  The  second  embraces  those  genera  which  have  only  two  rows 
of  tentacles  in  the  fiirrows  and  an  anus ;  it  contains  fourteen,  viz., — Echi- 
nagteTy  with  eleven  species,  of  which  E.  crcusus,  graciliB,  Esckrichtii, 
Miill.  and  Trosch.,  eridanella,  and  Berpentarms,  Yal.,  were  previously 
undescribed :  Sokuter,  Forb.,  with  two  species :  Choetaiter,  with  three 
species,  among  which  are  the  two  new  species,  Ch,  Hermanni,  M.  and  T., 
and  TroscheUi,  Val. :  Ophddiagter,  Ag.,  with  twelve  species,  among  which, 
O.  HempricMi,  diplcue,  Ehrenbergii,  tubercula4v>8,  echmulatug,  M.  and 
T.,  and  Omithopu8,  YaL,  are  new :  Scy tester ^  with  siz  species,  among 
which,  8,  zodiacaUs,  wnwregukmsy  and  Kuhliit  are  new :  Cukita,  with 
four  species,  of  which,  C.  nowj^-gyMieoRy  and  grex,  are  also  new :  Agte- 
riseus,  with  fifteen  spedes,  among  which,  A.pectemfery  Dimngi,  M.  and 
T.,  cepheua  and  setaceus,  YaL,  are  new :  Pteraster,  with  one  species : 
OreasteVf  with  seventeen  species,  among  which,  0.  aJinUf  chmenm, 
tuherculatuB,  verrucosus,  c<Mrmatu$,  oriwUcUia,  M.  and  T.,  and  regulus, 
YaL,  are  new :  Astrogonium,  with  ten  species,  which  contain  A.  magni- 
Jlcwn,  astrologorum,  omatum,  LcmMMrchii,  M.  and  T.,  and  geometricum, 
as  new :  Gonidiscus,  with  nine  species,  two  of  which  are  new :  G,  plor- 
eenta,  and  cdpella,  M.  and  T. :  Stellaster,  with  two  species :  Asteropm, 
with  four  species,  among  which,  the  only  undescribed  species  is  A,  ctenor- 
ccmtTia,  Yal. :  and,  finally,  Archcuter,  with  three  species.    The  third 
family  contains  those  star-fishes,  which  are  furnished  with  two  rows  of 
tentacles  on  the  abdominal  torows  and  no  anus ;  to  this  belong  only 
three  genera;  Aatropectenf  with  twenty-five  species,  of  which.  A,  hrasi- 
lievms,  ValenciennU,  Tiedenuvwni,  polyacantlws,  curmatua,  Hemprichii, 
japonicus,  higpidus,  hmgitpviMJts,  fna^fimCiiO,  <md/romeda,  grcmulatus, 
M.  and  T.,  tcopariuSy  gerratuSy  and  hyatrixy  Yal.,  have  been  hitherto 
undescribed:  CtenodUcug,  with  two  species:  and  Lmdia,  with  three 
species,  of  which  L.  mcteulatay  M.  and  T.,  is  quite  new.  The  generic  cha- 
racters of  all  these  are  chiefly  taken  firam  the  form  of  the  arms,  whether 
they  are  long  or  short,  cyUndrioal  or  conical ;  and  from  the  covering  of 
the  upper  sur&ce  of  the  body,  whether  covered  with  plates,  spines,  pro- 
cesses, granules,  tubercles,  pedioellarise,  &c. ;  and  after  the  manner  in 
which  the  difibrent  parts  are  arranged. 

The  section  of  the  OphiuridcB,  whidi  want  the  pedicellariae  and  the 

371 


328         REPORT  OK  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

anus,  is  divided  into  two  mib-diTiaioiui,  Ofhiwra  and  Euryala,  The 
OphiwriB  hare  armi  fitted  only  for  walking ;  their  akin  is  either  naked, 
or  covered  with  hard  scaly  granules,  spines,  and  plates ;  on  the  ahdominal 
side  of  the  disc  are  found  five  interbrachial  shields  between  the  roots  of 
tiie  arms,  in  which  a  larger  one  is  distmguished  as  the  shield  of  the 
month;  a  wedge-shaped  ossicle  projects  towards  the  mouth  firam  each 
interbrachial  shield  as  a  maTilla,  from  which  a  tooth-prooees  is  also 
directed  towards  it.  The  margins  of  the  fiye-cleft  mouth  are  either  naked 
or  covered  with  papillso,  which  appear  either  simple  or  serrated  on  their 
margins.  The  tooth-process  bears  teeth  in  all  dphiurce,  and  in  some  also 
papillflB.  On  the  arms  two  rows  of  ventral  and  dorsal,  and  two  of  lateral 
plates,  can  be  distinguished.  On  the  abdominal  aspect  of  the  arms,  on 
each  side  of  a  ventral  shield,  there  is  an  opening  for  the  passage  of  a 
filiform  tentacle.  Miiller  and  Troschel  divide  these  Ophiuras  into  two 
families,  of  which  the  first  contains  such  animals  as  have  four  genital 
clefts  in  each  interbrachial  space,  and  papiUsB  on  the  deft  of  the  mouth. 
To  this  belong  the  two  genera,  Ophioderma  and  OphiocnenUs ;  the 
finmer  with  three  species,  of  which  0.  cvnerewn  and  Wahihergii  are  new ; 
and  the  latter  with  one  species.  The  second  family  embraces  those 
OphiurcB,  which  have  only  two  genital-plates  in  each  interbrachial  space. 
The  first  group  of  this  family  are  the  OpIUurcB,  which  have  the  mouth- 
deft  covered  with  papilhe.  The  genera  which  are  clothed  on  the  disc  and 
arms  with  hard  parts  are  first, — Ophiolepis^  with  seventeen  species,  of 
which  the  new  are,  0.  cincta,  8undevall%  imbricata,  M.  and  T. :  Ophio^ 
comet,  with  eighteen  species,  of  which  O.  eriruLceuSf  Wendtii,  Schoen- 
leiniif  dentata,  pica,  picta,  arctica,  M.  and  T.,  terpentaria,  YaL, 
lineolata,  Desjard.,  are  new :  Ophiarctchna,  with  four  species,  of  which 
O.  infemalis,  gorgonia,  and  septem^rinoga,  have  not  hitherto  been  de- 
scribed :  Opfkiaca/ntha,  with  two  species,  of  which  O.  spinulosa  is  new : 
and  Ophiamcutw,  with  one  species.  Next  follow  the  two  genera  Opkio- 
fwyxa  and  Ophioscolex,  in  which  the  disc  and  arms  are  naked.  Each 
genus  contains  a  single  species.  In  the  second  group  are  placed  the 
OphiurcB  with  no  papill»  on  Ihe  clefts  of  mouth.  It  comprehends  the 
two  genera,  Ophiothrix  and  Ophiowyx,  of  which  the  former  has  eighteen, 
and  the  latter  four  species.  The  characters  of  the  genera  of  the  OphiiMras 
are  also  taken  from  the  spines,  granules,  scales,  and  plates  of  the  cover- 
ing of  the  body,  according  to  their  presence,  construction,  and  arrange- 
ment ;  and,  at  the  same  time,  the  drcumferenoe  of  the  mouth,  which  is 
covered  with  spine  or  tooth-like  papillflB,  and  with  simple  or  crowded 
papillflB,  afibrds  additional  distinctions. 

In  the  JEuryalce,  the  second  sub-division  of  the  OphiuridcB,  the  arms 
are  grasping  organs,  and  can  be  roUed  up  towards  the  mouth.  They 
have  no  lateral  spines,  like  the  OphiurcB,  but  two  rows  of  smaU  papil- 
lary crests  on  the  abdominal  side  of  the  arms.  Miiller  and  Troschel 
first  characterize  a  new  genus,  from  a  species  hitherto  undescribed,  the 

372 


ECHINODERMATA.  329 

Asteranyx'Lovinif  which  has  no  branched  arms,  bears  one  madrepore- 
fixm  plate  on  the  abdominal  surface,  and  is  ooyered  with  pridde-lLke 
papillsB  on  the  margin  of  the  mouth.  Next  follows  the  genus  TricJiaster, 
Agas.,  with  one  species,  the  arms  of  which  branch  regularly  dichotomously 
towards  the  end,  the  madrepore-form  plate  is  wanting,  and  the  margins 
of  the  mouth  are  set  with  cylindrical  papillsB.  The  genus  Astraphyton, 
with  eight  species,  is  the  last ;  its  arms  are  branched  from  the  base,  the 
margins  of  the  mouth  seem  set  with  spine-like  papillao,  and  there  is  one 
madrepore-form  plate.  In  an  appendix  to  this  work,  anatomical  distinc- 
tions of  the  fiunilies  and  genera  of  the  Asterke,  and  yarious  other  remarks 
on  the  internal  structure  of  these  Ecfdnodermata  are  communicated. 

Erdl  has  subjected  the  tentacles  of  the  Astericn  and  OpJwurai  to  a 
more  exact  investigation  (Arch.  1842,  i  p.  56). 

Kxoyer  (Isis,  1842,  p.  932)  confirms  the  opinion  of  Miiller  and  Tro- 
schel  (Arch.  1840,  i  p.  329),  that  the  small  individuals,  of  two  lines  in 
size,  of  the  OpJdomfa  armata,  are  only  the  young  state  of  another  Opkiu- 
ridcBf  probably  of  an  Ophiolepis  which  he  calls  0.  ciourleata.  This  must 
in  its  growth  gradually  lose,  from  the  basis  of  the  arms  to  the  point,  the 
echinulated  spines  and  double  hooks  which  distinguishes  the  genus  Ophi- 
onyx,  Eroyer  saw,  in  a  specimen  of  this  OphiolepU  €bculeata,  one-sixth 
of  an  inch  in  size,  spines  which  were  smooth,  except  at  the  extremest 
joints  of  the  arms,  where  some  scattered  echinulated  spines  and  double 
hooks  were  present.  He  also  observed  an  individual  in  the  act  of  repro- 
ducing a  lost  arm,  which  had  quite  the  construction  of  Ophionyx  a/rmata. 
Mtiller  and  Troschel,  however,  have  placed  Ophionyx  a/rma/ta  in  the 
family  of  the  AsteriiidcBy  as  an  independent  species.  Eroyer  found,  be- 
sides, in  a  Ewryale  (Astrophyton)  verrucosa,  two  young  Ewryales  (Isis, 
1842,  p.  935),  the  smaller  of  which  was  only  9"'  long,  and  from  the  man- 
ner of  the  branching  of  the  arms,  it  would  be  considered  a  THchaster, 
M.  and  T. ;  but  the  larger  one,  in  this  respect,  was  already  much  nearer 
the  mother.  Eroyer  concludes  from  this,  that  the  different  manner  in 
which  the  arms  branch  in  the  Euryalce  is  not  alone  sufficient  for  found- 
ing new  genera ;  but  Muller  and  Trochel  have  taken  into  consideration 
other  essential  characteristics  in  establishing  their  genus  Trichaster. 

Sars  has  made  the  observation  (MulL  Arch.  1842,  p.  330),  that  Aste- 
rias  sanffuinolenta  and  angulota,  by  a  voluntary  bending  in  of  the  basis 
of  their  rays,  can  form  a  well-dosed  cavity,  in  which  the  eggs  are  pre- 
served; and  the  young  harboured  fora  long  while.  They  hold  fast  to 
this  cavity  by  their  four  clasping  organs,  and  are  carried  about  by  the 
mother. 

The  separate  sexes  of  the  AsteruB  and  OphiwrcB  have  been  pointed 
out  by  Eolliker  (Beitrage,  op.  cit.  p.  39),  and  Rathke  (Fror.  Neue  Notiz. 
No.  269,  p.  65). 

Muller  has  undertaken  a  work  on  the  genera  and  species  of  the 

373 


330  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

ComahUa:  (Bericht  uber  die  zor  BpiVanntmaohmig  gecigneten  Yeifaaad  • 
Inngen  der  KonigL  Akad.  der  Wiiseiuch.  am  Berlin,  1841,  p.  179,  and 
Aroh.  1841,  i.  p.  139).  He  diBtingaiihet  twenty-four  speciea,  among 
which  twelve  aie  found  with  ten  anm,  the  otiiera  are  many-armed. 
Fifteen  are  new  species,  nine  cxf  them  belonging  to  the  many-armed. 
The  CofnahUcB  want  a  madrepore-form  plate.  The  sexes  are  separate. 
Miiller  never  observed  the  cirrhi  of  the  central  taberde  (cup)  move. 

He  has  also  pablished  an  important  contribation  to  the  more  exact 
knowledge  of  the  PentcLcriwm  caput  Medutce  (Bericht,  ant.  cit.  1840, 
p.  88,  and  Archiv.  1840,  i.  p.  307).  The  stalk  as  well  as  the  cirrhi 
of  this  Orinoid  are  withoat  mnsdes,  while  the  stalk  of  the  jonng 
ComatulcB  (Pentomfius  ewropanu,  Thomps.)  is  contractile.  The  arms 
and  pinnulss  of  Pentcicrinus  are  furnished  with  mnsoles,  which  are 
situated  on  the  abdominal  side.  The  alimentaxy  canal  passes  through 
the  middle  of  all  the  parts  of  the  skeleton.  The  furrows  of  the  tentacles 
of  the  ComatulcB  and  Pentctcrini  are  intemallj  provided  with  two  rows 
of  very  small  tentacles.  There  are  genera  among  the  Crmoidece  with 
and  without  an  anus.  The  arms  of  the  CofMttuUB  and  Pentitcrini  have 
two  canals,  besides  the  vascular  one,  passing  through  the  middle,  namely, 
the  abdominal-cavity  canal  and  the  tentacle  canal ;  the  five  canals  of  the 
abdominal  cavity  open  into  it.  The  digestive  organs  lie  in  the  disc 
under  the  skin ;  the  sexual  parts,  on  the  other  hand,  axe  in  the  pinnulas 
under  the  ventral  cuticle.  In  the  CrinoiddBf  the  arm-rays  always  pass 
out  from  the  dorsal  part  of  the  calix ;  in  the  AtteriadcB,  the  whorls  of 
the  rays  pass  from  the  ventral  side. 


AOALEPHiE. 

AoASSiz  has  given  a  list  of  the  systematic  names  of  the  genera  of  Aca- 
lepha  in  the  Nomendator  Zoologicus  (Fasc.  i.  1842) ;  much  investigation, 
has  been  bestowed  on  this  class  during  the  past  year,  and  the  histoiy 
of  their  development  and  metamorphoses  proves,  that  several  genera^ 
hitherto  recognised  as  distinct,  are  merely  the  young  state  of  others. 

Currents  have  been  observed  by  Patterson  in  the  yessels,  passing  firom 
the  stomach  and  ribs  of  the  Cyddppe  pcmiformis  (Trans,  of  the  R.  Tr. 
Acad.  1841,  p.  91).  The  cilia  of  the  eight  ribs  were  seen  by  him  in 
uninterrupted  motion ;  and,  therefore,  he  considers  them  not  merely  as 
organs  of  motion,  but  also  of  respiration.  He  could  not  observe  phos- 
phorescence in  this  Medu»a,  which  he  thought  he  did  in  Bolina  htber- 
nica  (ibid.  p.  154).  The  ovaries,  according  to  Erohn's  account,  are 
to  be  found  situated  under  the  eight  ribs  (Fror.  Neue  Notiz.  B.  17, 
p.  52). 

Milne  Edwards  found  the  ribbed  MeduBoe  described  by  different 
374 


ACALEPHiE.  331 

Zoologists  as  Beroe  ovatus,  elangattu,  Idya  Far$kalii,  and  Beroe 
CMajU,  very  abimdaiit  at  Nizza,  and  he  declares  them  to  be  nothing 
else  but  different  degrees  of  age  of  one  and  the  same  species,  which,  with- 
out farther  discussing  the  synonymes,  he  comprehends  under  the  name 
of  Beroe  Forshalii  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 16, 1841,  p.  193).  In  this  Beroe, 
Milne  Edwards  remarked  a  red  pear-shaped  eye,  which  rested  on  a 
ganglion-like  swelling,  in  a  groove  situated  opposite  the  mouth,  and 
contained  several  crystalline  corpuscules.  The  cavity  of  the  mouth  of 
thiB  MedA/aa  stretches  almost  through  the  whole  body,  and  passes  at  the 
base  into  a  small  cavity,  surrounded  by  two  padded  lips,  which  may  be 
compared  to  a  stomach ;  from  this  issue  two  vessels,  which  divide  into 
eight  principal  trunks,  and  at  the  end  of  the  mouth,  disohaige  together 
into  one  circular  vessel,  on  the  way  anastomosing  with  each  other,  by 
means  of  lateral  branches.  In  this  vascular  system  the  nourishing  fluid, 
which  contains  colourless  round  corpuscules,  is  put  in  motion  by  vibra- 
tory dlia.  The  cavity  of  the  stomach  discharges  also  externally,  by 
means  of  two  openings  in  the  vicinity  of  the  eye. 

Milne  Edwards  has  described  a  new  Beroid,  found  at  Nizza,  under 
the  name  of  Leeuewria  vitrea.  It  ranks  very  near  the  genus  MnenUa 
of  Escfascholtz,  and  the  genus  Alcmoe  of  Rang.  Its  wide-cleft  mouth  is 
covered  with  a  multitude  of  contractile  threads ;  the  cavity  of  the  mouth 
reaches  to  the  upper  third  of  the  oval  and  laterally  compressed  body ; 
in  the  upper  half  of  this  cavity  two  double-folded  lamellfe  run  along  the 
walls,  and  may  be  considered  as  the  ovarium.  In  the  bottom  of  this 
cavity  is  found  an  opening,  by  which  we  arrive  at  the  stomach,  which  is 
covered  on  its  inner  surface  by  a  vibratory  epithelium,  and  sends  out 
four  vessels,  which  pass  through  the  body,  and  contain  a  colourless 
fluid,  moved  by  vibratory  cilia.  In  a  groove  found  at  the  end  of  the 
posterior  extremity  of  the  body,  is  a  red  organ,  similar  to  that  which 
Milne  Edwards  found  in  Beroe,  The  same  Naturalist  discovered  at 
Cetta  a  new  discoid  Medt/UBa^  which,  as  it  stands  very  near  the  Aeqwyrea 
fortkalina  and  ciliata,  has  been  called  by  him  Aeq,  viohbcea,  Sevenfy- 
four  canals  pass  from  the  very  roomy  stomach  of  this  Mechua  to  the 
margin  of  the  disc,  where  they  unite  into  one  circular  vessel  The 
sexual  parts  form  on  the  under  surface  of  the  disc  folded  lamellsB,  which 
embrace  the  seventy-four  radial  vessels,  and  with  their  under  margin 
float  free  in  the  water.  He  observed  in  these  lamelUs,  in  some  indivi- 
duals, only  eggs,  in  others  spermatozoa. 

A  new  Medusa  has  been  found  by  Forbes  on  the  north  coast  of  Ire- 
land, which  belongs  to  the  genua  Hippoerenef  characterized  by  Brandt 
(Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  vii.  p.  82).  The  Oytceis  octopunctata,  formerly  described 
by  Sars,  Forbes  has  declared  to  be  also  a  Hippocrene,  the  species  of 
which  he  sums  up  as  follows : — ff,  Bugainvillii,  Br. :  stomachal  appen- 
dages as  long  as  the  proboscis,  eight,  the  four  larger  ones  oblong, 

375 


332         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

yellow,  with  red  centres;  tentacoliferonf  glands  fonr,  red  and  yellow, 
with  pink  tentacula ;  umbrella  in  part  pilose. — H,  hritcmnica,  Forb. : 
stomachal  appendages  as  long  as  the  proboscis,  four,  equal,  yellow ;  ten- 
taouliPerous  glands  four,  red  and  white,  with  white  tentacula ;  umbrella 
smooth. — H.  oetopwnetatat  Sars. :  stomachal  appendages  shorter  than 
proboscis,  four,  unequal;  tentaculiferous  glands  eight,  black;  umbrella 
smooth. 

Forbes  had  added  four  new  species  of  rAaufnantuM,  found  in  the 
British  Seas,  to  the  four  species  previously  made  known  by  Eschscholtz 
and  Sars,  tIs.  : — Th.  piUata :  umbrella  cap-shaped,  oral  pedunde  and 
dubs  of  the  vessels  pink ;  proboscis  four-deft  at  the  mouth,  lobes  acute ; 
eyes  large,  black  and  yeUow,  on  the  bulbous  origins  of  the  twenty  tenta- 
cula.— Th,  ThompMonU :  umbrella  hemispherical,  very  convex ;  proboscis 
four-deft,  lobes  triangular ;  dubs  of  the  vessels,  proboscis,  and  bases  of 
tentacula  yellow;  eyes  minute,  black,  on  the  triangular  bases  of  the 
sixteen  tentacula. — Th.  punctata :  umbrella  hemispherical,  dubs  and 
proboscis  pink ;  probosds  four-deft,  lobes  sub-acute ;  eyes  large,  black, 
on  the  bulbous  bases  of  the  thirty-two  tentacula. — Th.  samiea :  um- 
brella henuispherical,  clubs  and  proboscis  bluish;  proboscis  four-deft, 
lobes  acute ;  -eyes  ?  tentacula  twenty. 

Mrs.  Dsvis  has  described  a  very  small  Medusa,  under  the  name  of 
Cya/ncBa  coccinea  (ibid.  p.  235).  She  kept  it  for  several  weeks  alive  in 
a  glass.  Its  form  is  oampanulate,  tranducent,  with  four  faint  rays ;  in 
the  centre  a  red  ball,  with  four  white  arms,  forming  a  cross;  at  the 
margin  of  the  disc  numerous  tentacula.  The  editor  of  the  Annals 
regards  this  Medusa  not  as  a  Cya/n/oea,  but  rather  as  a  species  of  Oceama, 
allied  to  0.  cacuminata,  Esdi. 

Rud.  Wagner  has  published  a  very  interesting  contribution  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the  Pelagia  noctiluca  (Tiber  den  Bau  der 
Pelagia  Noctiluca  und  die  Organisation  der  Medusen,  1841).  He  men- 
tions also  the  presence  ofMeduioe  in  the  Qulf  of  Villafranca,  the  general 
vital  phenomena  of  the  Pelaffia  noctiluca,  their  luminous  and  urticating 
qualities  (Arch.  1841,  i.  p.  38) ;  and  holds,  that  all  the  MedusoB  belonging 
to  the  genera  Aurelia,  Cyanea,  Pelagia,  Ocecmia,  and  Cassiopeia  are 
bi-sexual.  Separate  sexual  organs  have  also  been  recognised  by  Kolli- 
ker,  in  Rhizostoma  Cuvieri,  Ch/rysaora  isoscela,  and  ^quorea  hen- 
leana.  It  is  rather  strange,  that  Ehrenberg  will  not  admit,  that  the 
discovery  of  separate  sexes  in  the  Medusa  is  proved  (ibid,  1842,  i.  p.  67). 
He  says,  that  it  is  a  thing  unheard  of,  that  the  organization  of  the 
male  and  female  of  an  animal  spedes  should  be  the  same,  not  merely  in 
form,  but  even  to  the  anatomy  of  the  sexual  parts.  No  one  has  ever 
asserted  such  a  resemblance.  The  male  and  female  individuals  of  the 
Medusa  cmrita  are  neither  in  external  form,  nor  in  the  intimate  structure 
of  the  sexual  parts,  alike  in  the  grown  state.  The  females  have  a 
376 


ACALEPHiE.  333 

number  of  pouches  in  their  grasping-arms,  for  the  reception  i>f  the  eggs 
and  brood,  which  the  males  want  entirely.  The  band-stripes,  situated  in 
the  folds,  which  Ehrenberg  considered  as  pouches,  contain  the  female 
egg-germs  imbedded  in  the  parench3rma,  to  which  exit  is  given  bj  the 
dehiscence  of  its  outer  covering  of  epithelium.  In  the  male  these  bands 
contain  an  innumerable  multitude  of  small,  thick-walled,  testicular  sacs, 
which  discharge  on  the  surface  of  the  band  turned  to  the  branchial  cavity, 
and  in  which  spermatozoa  are  developed  from  the  cells,  according  to 
known  physiological  laws.  When  Ehrenberg  thought  he  recognised  un- 
developed eggs  between  masses  of  spermatozoa,  in  the  sexual  apparatus 
of  the  MeduscB,  they  were  evidently  the  above-mentioned  cells,  in  which 
the  spermatozoa  had  not  yet  developed  themselves.  The  reporter  would 
here  especially  give  warning,  that  every  thing  resembling  an  egg-germ 
should  not  be  held  for  an  egg.  By  the  discoveiy  of  the  cellular  de- 
velopment, Schwann  has  solved  for  us  the  enigma,  that  the  contents  of  a 
testis  may  completely  resemble  those  of  an  ovary.  Ehrenberg  has  also 
made  some  observations  on  the  stinging-organs  of  Cycmea  capillata. 
He  found  them  only  on  the  fang-threads  of  this  animal,  which  it  could 
elongate  to  twenty-five  feet.  Their  construction  is  quite  like  those  of 
tiie  HydrcBy  only  wanting  the  hooks. 

The  correctness  of  the  reporter's  description  of  .the  first  stages  of 
development  of  the  Medusa  av/rita  has  been  confirmed  by  Sars,  in  an 
excellent  treatise  on  the  development  of  that  animal  and  C^anea  ca/pil- 
lata  ;  and  Sars  has  also  proved,  that  the  animal  described  by  him  as 
StrobUa,  is  only  a  young  state  of  the  same  Medusa.  Steenstrup  quotes 
this  remarkable  metamorphosiB  of  the  Med.  awrita  as  an  example  of 
that  phenomenoir,  styled  by  him  "  Oenerationswechsel"  (transmutable 
generation) ;  and  he  considers  the  polype-like  individuals,  out  of  which, 
by  transverse  section,  a  number  of  disc-shaped  young  Meduios  proceed, 
as  the  nursQs  of  these  young  ones. 

According  to  the  observations  of  Plulippi,  Physophora  tetrasHcha  is 
not  a  compound  animal  (Fror.  N.  Ndtiz.  Bd.  22,  p.  344,  and  Bd.  23,  p. 
88).  The  cavity  at  the  end  of  the  axis  of  this  animal  is  neither  filled 
with  air  nor  provided  with  an  opening;  neither  are  the  swimming- 
bladders  filled  with  air ;  and  the  fang-arms  are  neither  gUls  nor  holders 
of  fluid;  the  stomach  is  not  in  connection  with  the  hollow  axes;  and 
the  animal  possesses  organs  of  both  sexes. 

A  Stepha/nomia  has  been  discovered  by  Milne  Edwards  in  the  Gulf 
of  Yillafranca,  which  is  veiy  nearly  allied  to  the  genus  Apolenda,  Esch., 
and  has  been  called  by  him,  on  account  of  the  spiral  rolled-up  rachis, 
Steph.  cantorta  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 16,  p.  217).  In  the  upper  end  of 
the  body  of  this  Medusa  is  found  a  pear-shaped  hollow  organ,  which, 
besides  a  reddish  fluid,  contains  an  air-bladder  open  beneath.  The 
band-shaped  spiral  body  has  three  diflerent  appendages  at  its  margin. 
377 


334         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Que  Bort  of  appendage  serTes  for  iwimming,  and  resembles  a  hollow 
obtuse  oone,  which  can  pump  water  oat  and  in,  by  opening  and  shutting 
its  oarity ;  the  second  sort  is  rerj  complicated,  consisting  of  a  pedicle,  a 
boat-shaped  flap,  an  irregularly  spiral  cirrhus,  and  a  number  of  tender 
reiy  contractile  spiral  threads,  with  a  larger  pear-shaped  hoUow  body, 
which  is  perhaps  for  the  reception  of  nourishment ;  the  third  sort  con- 
sists of  pedided,  smaller,  pear-shaped,  and  very  contractile  sacs,  with 
which  some  bodies,  lilse  clusters  of  grapes,  are  in  connection.  The 
latter  contain  evident  spermatozoa,  while  the  larger  pear-shaped  bodies 
must  contain  the  oraries.  He  has  also  giyen  some  notices  on  the  struc- 
ture of  the  Stephcmomia  proUfera,  of  which  Milne  Edwards,  however, 
found  only  mutilated  specimens  at  Nizza. 

Hyndman  has  discovered  a  new  Diphya  on  the  coast  of  Ireland, 
which  he  has  named  Diphya  elongata,  and  characterized  thu^ : — ^both 
portions  of  similar  form  and  nearly  equal  size ;  the  swimming  cavity 
of  each  likewise  similar,  and,  as  well  as  the  nutritive  organ,  extending 
the  whole  length  of  the  body.  A  circulation  was  discovered,  commendng 
in  the  canal,  which  originates  at  the  base  of  the  tentacular  appendage, 
and  continuing  throughout  the  nutritive  organ.  Costa  has  also  recog- 
nised a  distinct  circulation  in  Velella  (Comptes  Rend.  t.  13,  p.  533, 
rinstit.  1841,  p.  301,  )ind  Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 16,  p.  187). 


POLYPES. 

We  are  especially  indebted  to  British  Naturalists,  during  the  last  year, 
for  much  interesting  information  on  the  anatomical  structure  and  geo- 
graphical distribution  of  the  Polypes, 

Hassall  has  added  a  valuable  supplement  to  the  catalogue  of  Irish 
Zoophytes  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  vol.  vii.  p.  276  and  363),  in  which  the  follow- 
ing species  are  mentioned: — Coryne  squa/mata;  ffermia  glandulosa; 
Tybula/ria  larynx ;  Tlioa  nvu/ricata ;  Sertula/ria  tna/rgctreta,  pv/mila, 
JUicula ;  Thujaria  articulata  ;  Phimularia  pinnataj  setacea,  catha- 
Tina,  cristata^  m/yriophyllum,  fruteicens ;  Alcyoniddum  rubrum  ;  Acti- 
nia  mesembriantJienMmVy  hellis,  gemmaeea,  di<Mithu8,ma€ulata;  Anthea 
cereus;  Valkeria  cu8cuta,imbricata,pu$tulo8a;  PediceUma  echinata; 
Veiicularia  spinosa ;  Hippothoa  Icmceolata ;  Anguina/ria  spatulata ; 
Tvbulipora  verruca/ria,  l6biUata{^) ;  Cellepora  ramulosa,  himucronata  ; 
Berenice  hyalma;  Lepralia  nitida,  coccmea,  va/tiolosa,  dliata,  ap* 
pensa,  pediostoma,  insignis^  cylindrica,  pimctata,  Imea/ris ;  Men^ct- 
nipora  stellata;  Flustra  tnmcata,  avicula/ris,  Imeata,  tuberculata^ 
distanSy  camom,  hibemica;  Alcyonidiwn  gelatinosum,  Jwnutum, 
parasiHcuniy  echinatum. 

378 


POLYPES.  335 

The  following  Zoophytes  have  been  added  by  Thompfion  to  the  Fauna 
of  Ireland  (ibid.  p.  481)  : — Hydra  viridis.  Actinia  viduatay  Mull.,  and 
CUona  celata,  Grant. 

The  Zoophytes  which  are  found  on  the  coast  of  Aberdeen,  have  been 
enumerated  by  Mac^illivray,  and  comprehend  the  following  species 
(ibid.  voL  ix.  p.  462) : — Coryne  sqwimata ;  Echinocorium  damgerum, 
Hass. ;  Tubula>ria  indivisa,  larynx  and  ra^nea;  Thoa  halidna  and 
mu/ricata  ;  Sertularia,  with  eleyen  species;  Thujctria  thuja;  Antenwu- 
kuria  am,tennma  ;  PltMimlaria,  with  ^ye  species ;  Laomedea  dichotoma, 
geniculata,  and  gelatinosa ;  Campa/Milaria,  with  four  species ;  Alcyo- 
nmm  digitatum;  Actinia  gemnMicea  and  dioMthus;  Crida,  with  three 
species ;  Notdmia  lorictUata ;  Tubulipora  patma  and  B&rpens ;  Diseo- 
pora  hispida  (?) ;  Oellepora^  with  four  species ;  Lepralia,  with  six  species ; 
Menibra/nipora pilosa ;  Flustra,  with  four  species;  Cellula/ria  scruposa 
and  repta/M ;  Fa/rdnda  dnuoMf  Hass. ;  Alcyonidium,  with  three  spe- 
cies ;  and  Oliona  cdata. 

The  Zoophytes  of  the  coast  of  Cornwall  have  been  ennumerated  by 
Couch,  among  which  Flustra  Peachii  is  mentioned  as  a  new  species 
(ibid.  vol.  X.  p.  60). 

A  new  Actima  has  been  described 'by  Forbes,  under  the  generic 
name  Capneaf  with  the  following  character  (ibid.  vol.  vii.  p.  81) : — 
Body  cylindric,  invested  in  part  by  a  lobed  epidermis,  and  adhering  by 
a  broad  base ;  tentacnia  simple,  very  short,  retractile,  surrounding  the 
mouth  in  concentric  series.  The  only  species,  Capnea  sa/ngmneaf  was 
discovered  in  deep  water  in  the  Irish  Sea.  The  tentacula  are  arranged 
in  three  series,  sixteen  in  each ;  the  epidermis,  which  is  eight^efb  at 
its  upper  part,  is  of  a  bfown  colour ;  the  body  is  elsewhere  vivid  vermi- 
lion. He  has  also  described  another  Actinia,  found  in  the  ^gean  Sea 
(ibid.  vol.  viii.  p.  243),  which  has  a  vermiform  appearance,  and  lives 
free,  in  a  self-constructed  tube  under  the  sea-sand.  The  animal  is  allied 
to  the  Edwardsia,  which  is  yet  to  be  mentioned,  but  differs  from  it 
chiefly  by  the  circles  of  tentacula,  of  which  that  of  the  margin  of  the 
mouth  is  composed  of  numerous  short  tentacula,  while  the  margin  of  the 
diBO  is  covered  by  a  circle,  consisting  of  thirty-two  larger  tentacula; 
these  are  yellow  and  brown  spotted,  and,  in  retracting,  are  not  oon^ 
oealed  by  the  external  cuticular  covering.  The  disc  and  oral  tentacula 
are  white,  as  well  as  the  upper  part  of  the  body ;  the  remainder  to  the 
extremity  is  yellowish-brown.  It  is  protected  by  a  membranous  tube, 
which  is  itself  strengthened  by  an  incrustation  of  gravel  and  shells,  in 
the  manner  of  a  Terebella.  If  the  animal  be  injured,  it  leaves  its 
tube,  and  moves  about  in  the  water  like  an  Avmelide,  On  being  sup- 
plied with  sand  and  gravel,  it  proceeded  to  construct  another  tube,  rolling 
itself  in  the  sand,  and  secreting  glutinous  matter  for  the  membranous 
lining.    It  eats  voraciously,  and  attacks  other  animals  that  come  within 

379 


336         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

reach  of  its  tentacula.    Intemallj,  its  stractaie  is  similar  to  that  of 
others  of  its  tribe. 

A  new  genus  of  AcHnia  has  been  characterized  by  Qaatre&ges, 
Qnder  the  name  of  Edwa/rdda  (Ann.  de  So.  Nat.  t.  ziriii.  p.  65), 
the  species  of  which,  li^  that  of  Forbes  just  mentioned,  do  not  fix 
themselYes  bj  a  foot,  but  live  free  in  the  sea-sand.  The  bodj  is 
cjlindric  and  Termifonn  when  stretched  out,  posteriorly  rounded  and 
swollen.  Quatrefages  has  given  the  following  diagnosis  of  this  re- 
markable Zoophyte :  —  "  Ck>rpus  libemm,  yenniforme ;  pars  media  plus 
minusve  epidermate  opaco  incrassata,  pars  anterior  pelludda,  ten- 
tacttlis  oniata;  posterior  autem  vitrea,  rotundata,  basi  viz  instmcta; 
utraque  ezsertilis  et  retractilis.  Intestinum  rectum,  mesenteric  inter- 
mpto  Buspensum,  posterius  large  apertum,  duabus  partibus  compo- 
situm:  Sinus  octo  posteriori  intus  eminentes  quibus  pendent  totidem 
oyaria,  usque  ad  extremum  abdomen  productL*'  Quatre&ges  has  dis- 
coTered  three  dififerent  species  of  this  genus  in  the  Channel,  on  the 
French  coast.  The  first  species,  Edwa/rdtia  Beautempsii,  is  6-7  cen- 
tim.  long,  of  a  jeUowish-red  colour,  passing  posteriorly  into  yellowish- 
green  or  blue.  As  specifically  difierent  from  the  other  two,  it  is 
characterized : — *'  Ore  terminalein  eztremitate  papillae  suboonicss,  drcum 
basim  tentaculatas ;  tentanilis  1^16  uaiseriatis ;  parte  media  subpoly- 
gonali;  epidermate  crasso,  opadssimo,  fulyo-rubente."  The  second 
species,  EdwcMrdda  tinUda,  is  also  6-7  oentim.  long,  and  possesses  the 
following  specific  character : — *'  Apice  piano,  tentaculis  20-24  uniseriatis 
drcumdato;  parte  media  viz  subpolygonali ;  epidermate  tenui,  paulu- 
lum  transluddo,  Myo."  The  third  species,  Edwa/rdda  HcMrastiy  is  only 
5^  centim.  long,  and  is  distinguished  by  the  following  characters : — ^^  Pa- 
pilla terminali  rotundata,  tentaculis  24  biseriatis  ad  basim  drcumdata ; 
parte  media  cyHndrica;  epidermate  crasso,  opadssimo,  obscure  fulyo." 
These  ActincR  inhabit  such  spots  of  the  sandy  sea-mud  as  are  caused  by 
the  alternation  of  the  ebb  and  flow  of  the  tide ;  in  the  ebb  they  retreat 
within  their  tubes.  They  are  extremely  contractile,  and  can,  like  the 
Bolothurias,  eject  their  intestinal  canal  out  of  the  body.  Each  of  these 
three  spedes  use  their  tentacles  in  a  peculiar  manner  in  unfolding  and 
expanding.  In  the  Edw.  Bea/utempsii  the  tentacles  are  stiff;  in  the 
Edw,  Hmida  they  are  spread  out  irregularly,  and  are  in  constant 
motion ;  and  in  the  Edw,  Ha/rctm  one  row  is  directed  stiffly  upwards, 
the  other  downwards.  The  motions  of  these  Actinias  are  altogether 
yemuform ;  their  food  consists  of  small  Crustokcea  and  Spirorbes.  Qua- 
trefages kept  them  in  a  glass  with  sea-water,  and  remarked  that  they 
cast  the  skin.  Their  whole  body  was  ooyered  with  the  stinging  organs 
peculiar  to  all  Actinias,  The  intestinal  canal  passes  straight  through 
the  cayity  of  the  body ;  its  external  surfiice,  as  well  as  the  internal  sur- 
face of  the  cavity,  is  covered  by  a  vibratory  epithelium.    The  ovaries 

380 


POLYPES.  337 

are  like  yellow  cords  fastened  down  to  the  intestines.  Quatre^^es  oonld 
not  distinguish  the  testes,  nor  a  neirous  nor  vascular  system  in  these 
animals.  The  tentacles  are  hollow,  and  covered  with  a  vibratory  epi- 
thelium, which,  with  the  cilia  of  the  cavity  of  the  body,  cause  the  fluid 
found  in  it  to  move  up  and  down ;  so  that  it  appears  as  if  these  cilia 
could  change  their  motions  at  will.  By  these  Edwa/rddce  the  Actinioe 
are  connected  with  the  HolothuricB,  particularly  with  the  genus  Synapta^ 

R.  Wagner  (Arch.  1841,  i.  p.  41)  has  become  convinced,  by  recent 
investigation,  that  the  organs  of  the  ActmicB,  previously  described  by 
him  as  seminal  animalci^es  (Arch.  1835,  ii.  p.  205),  are  the  stinging 
organs  of  these  zoophytes.  KoUiker  has  also  discovered  these  organs, 
but  never  could  perceive  any  motion  in  them  (Beitr.  ant.  cit.  p.  44). 
This  may  be  influenced  by  the  sexual  organism  of  the  Actinias,  and  also 
by  the  season  of  the  year;  for,  according  to  Erdl's  account,  ther  stinging 
organs  of  the  Actinias^  when  in  heat,  are  diflerently  shaped  firom  those 
of  individuals  not  in  that  state,  and  display  in  spring  much  more  activity 
than  in  autumn  (Mull.  Arch,  1841,  p.  426,  and  1842,  p.  305).  Be- 
sides these  stinging  organs,  male  parts  of  generation  have  also  been 
discovered  in  the  Actvnias  by  Kolliker  as  well  as  Erdl ;  and  the  latter 
has  become  convinced  of  the  separate  sexes  of  these  animals.  The 
sexual  organs  here  form  bands,  with  many  folds,  resting  under  the 
mantle,  on  the  longitudinal  muscular  ledges,  and  one  comer  of  the  side 
floats  free.  In  the  male,  these  band-formed  processes  contain  a  quantity 
of  testicular  sacs  ;  in  the  female,  a  number  of  eggs.  The  sacs  contain 
elongated  bundles  of  spermatozoa,  of  which  the  moveable  ones  consist 
of  an  oval  body  and  fine  pilose  appendage.  When  the  time  of  heat  in 
the  Acli/MB  is  past,  there  is  no  farther  trace  of  sexual  parts.  According 
to  this,  Ehrenberg's  view,  that  the  stinging  organs  are  the  spermatozoa 
of  these  animals,  is  not  tenable  (Archiv.  1842,  i.  p.  73). 

A  description  of  the  young  of  the  Actmia  meaembricmthenmm  has 
been  given  by  Bathke  (Neueste  Danzig.  Schrift.  Bd.  Ill,  Hft.  4,  p.  112), 
which  were  found  in  the  stomach  of  two  grown  individuals.  Thd 
largest  was  three  Hnes  high,  the  smallest  half  a  line.  They  were  rose^ 
coloured,  and  the  circle  of  tentacles  of  the  smallest  individuals  contained 
ten ;  and  the  ring  of  the  mantle  was  wanting,  while  it  was  completely 
formed  in  the  larger  individuals. 

A  monograph,  published  by  Leuckart,  is  confined  chiefly  to  the  mush- 
room corals.  There  are  described  in  it  two  genera,  Fungia,  with  eight 
species,  containing  the  new  one  F,  dentigera ;  and  Herpolitha,  with 
six  species,  containing  the  new  one  JET.  Ruppellii  (Observationes  Zoolo- 
gicsB  de  Zoophytis  Coralliis  spedatim  de  genere  Fungia,  1841). 

A  new  Qoi^nian  coral  has  been  described  by  Philippi,  under  the  name 
of  Bdyryce  moUis  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  35),  which  he  found  in  the  form  of 
little  branched  stems,  of  three  to  four  inches  high,  on  Oculina  rwmea, 

381 


338  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MBCCOXLII  : 

He  also  found  at  Napks  anothi^r  vexy  snuill  xoopliyte,  of  the  family  of 
the  XenioBf  upon  Balani  and  oyiter  shells,  whieh  he  describes  as  Evagora 
roua.  The  eight-armed  polypi  of  this  zoophyte  (2'''  W&g)  can  retract 
themselyes  oompletely  into  their  lower  leather-like  basis.  The  same 
Naturalist  has  pointed  out  the  presence  of  the  Ins  elangata  in  the 
Mediterranean;  and  mentions  six  species  of  Cyathina,  Ehrenb.,  also 
found  there,  among  which  are  three  new  species,  Cyath,  a/nguhsa, 
fuUhellay  and  striata. 

A  new  xoophyte,  belonging  to  the  Akycniduke,  has  been  discovered 
by  HassaU  on  liie  Irish  coast,  and  placed  in  a  partioukr  genus,  Oycloum 
(Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  riL  p.  483).  Its  character  is  given  as  follows : — ^Poly- 
pidom  fleshy,  encrusting,  covered  with  numerous  imperforate  papiUas. 
The  only  species,  Oyclovmpapilloswm^  has  polypi  with  eighteen  tentacula 
disposed  in  the  form  of  a  belL  It  is  found  upon  Fucus  9erratu$, — ^Another 
new  genus  HassaU  has  named  Saarcochitum.  In  this  soophyte,  the  poly- 
pidom  is  fleshy  and  encrusting,  covered  with  numerous  prominences  of 
irregular  form  and  unequal  size,  from  which  the  polypi  issue.  The  only 
species,  Sarcochitum  polyauan,  is  also  found  on  Fucus  serratusy  and 
has  polypi  with  twenty  tentacula. 

Stinging  organs  have  been  recognised  by  Erdl  in  the  fang^anns  of 
the  Alcyonium  exos  (MiilL  Arch.  1841,  p.  28).  He  has  also  subjected 
VeretUlum  cyThomorium  to  a  more  exact  investigation  (ibid.  p.  43),  and 
given  an  excellent  figure  (R.  Wagner,  Icones  Zootom.  tab.  34,  fig.  1  and 
4-7).  The  male  and  female  polypes  of  this  VeretUhmk,  recognised  by 
him,  difler  firom  each  other  in  this  respect,  that  in  the  latter  the  ^gs 
hang  together  in  the  foot  like  a  bunch  of  grapes,  by  means  of  pedicles ; 
while,  in  the  former,  the  seminal  capsules  are  fastened  together  on  the 
same  spot. 

C!o8ta  has  assured  us,  that  Pemiatula  rests  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea 
in  the  mud,  and  that  what  are  called  the  polypes  are  only  peculiar 
organs  of  one  and  the  same  animal  (Fror.  N.  Notiz.  Bd.  21,  p.  154). 
These  relations,  as  well  as  the  presence  of  a  nervous  system,  must, 
according  to  him,  bring  Pennatula  near  to  Encrinus. 

Laurent  has  made  Hydra  grUea  the  object  of  his  investigation  in 
several  treatises,  and  mentioned  many  singobur  views  (Fror.  N.  Notiz. 
Bd.  24,  p.  81  and  100).  He  denies,  among  others,  the  existence  of  the 
hastsB  of  Corda,  and  asserts,  that  the  hook-threads,  with  their  hooks, 
are  only  a  glutinous  sap  spun  out,  and  enlarged  at  the  loose  or  free  ex* 
tremity.  If  the  reporter  should  grant  that  thread  originates  in  Has 
way,  he  cannot  conceive  how  the  hooks,  with  their  little  bladders,  should 
only  be  at  the  swollen  end  of  such  melted  slime.  It  must  be  a  very 
unpractised  eye  that  could  mistaJke  this  hook  apparatus  in  the  way 
Laurent  has  done.  He  does  not  agree,  besides,  that  the  spot  at  the 
origin  of  the  foot  is  an  ovary,  because  it  presents  the  same  structure  as 

382 


POLYPES.  339 

all  the  other  parts  of  the  bodj ;  but  the  reporter  miuBt  definitely  assert, 
that  it  does  form  an  oyaiy  at  certain  seasons,  in  the  same  way  that  the 
testes  are  developed  from  that  part  of  the  body  which  is  situated 
between  the  origin  of  the  tentacnla-and  the  foot,  which  Laurent  oon* 
siders  as  pustules,  and  which,  according  to  his  opinion,  must  originate 
from  a  faulty  construction  of  the  medium  surrounding  the  polypi,  which 
the  reporter  cannot  assent  to,  as  he  observed  the  testes,  with  their  living 
spermatozoa,  not  only  in  those  HydrcB  which  he  kept,  but  also  in  those 
which  he  had  collected  from  fresh  water. 

Ehrenberg  saw  both  sexes  united  ia  the  Hydra  viridis,  but  he  also 
remarked  individuals,  that  possessed  male  or  female  organs  only  (Fror. 
N.  Notiz.  Bd.  22,  p.  58).  He  could  not  discover  any  urticating  qualities 
in  the  Hydra  (Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  72),  and  therefore  thinks,  that  the  fang- 
hooks  and  poison  pustules  of  the  Hydras  cannot  be  called  stinging- 
organs.  Erdl  corrects  Ehrenberg's  description  of  the  hook-oigans  of 
Hydra  in  this  respect  (MiLll.  Arch.  1841,  p.  429),  that  it  is  not  the 
round  part  of  the  o^an  which  first  proceeds  from  a  wart  of  the  fang- 
aim,  but  always  the  thread,  then  the  neck  with  the  spines,  and  lastly, 
the  round  part ;  and  this  the  reporter  can  fully  confirm.  According  to 
his  observation,  the  Hydrce  fling  these  threads  with  the  poison  pustules 
towards  the  animals,  which  they  seize  and  remain  fixed  to;  they  also 
hang  abundantly  on  the  arms  of  the  Hydrce  themselves,  by  which  the 
poison  bladder  floats  in  the  water.  Ehrenberg  has  been  deceived  by 
this,  and  erroneously  assumed,  that  the  poison  bladder  first  comes  from 
the  arms;  for  this  reason,  the  HydrcB  could  not,  with  these  organs, 
which  cannot  at  all  be  properly  called  hooked-organs,  lay  hold  of  any 
animal;  and  they  are  much  more  correctly  defined  by  the  name  of 
poison  organs,  since  they  have  an  active  poisonous  effect  on  small 
insects,  Crustaeea  and  Awaelides,  which  die  so  soon  as  they  are  only 
touched  by  a  pair  of  these  organs.  The  bristle-shaped  short  threads, 
which  project  from  the  small  oval  corpuscles  found  by  Corda,  are  used 
by  the  Hydrcs  for  holding  their  prey  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  t.  viii.  pi.  18^ 

fig.  5). 

Hassall  has  described,  under  the  name  Echinochoriwn,  a  polype 
allied  to  Coryne  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  voL  vii.  p.  371).  The  poljpidom  is 
encrusting ;  surface  raised  into  numerous  rough  papillas ;  polypi  hydroid, 
naked,  pedicellated.  They  have,  in  the  only  species,  EcMn,  clamgerum, 
a  davate  shape,  are  not  retractile  within  cells,  and  are  furnished  with 
daviform  tentacula.  Another  Ooryne-like  genus  has  been  discovered  at 
Naples  by  Philippi,  upon  Conchylia  (Arch.  1842,  L  p.  37).  The  small 
two  lines  long  twelve-armed  polypi  rest  here  upon  a  general  cuticular 
expansion. 

Steenstrup  has  observed  a  new  Coryne  in  Iceland,  and  has  named  it 
Coryne  firitillaria  (Uber  den  Generationswechsel,  p.  20).    It  consists  of 

383 


840         REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

m  ftalk,  at  the  end  of  which  if  fixed  a  poljpe  head,  sunoimded  bj  ^ve 
or  riz  tentaeiila,  from  which  hang  four  four-sided  campannlate  bodies, 
which  he  did  not  oansider  m  oi^gans  of  the  Coryne,  but  as  separate  IndiTi- 
dnals.  In  each  oomer  of  the  free  margin  of  the  campanidate  body  was 
a  red  oceUated  spot,  and  in  the  base  of  the  whole  appeared  a  four<eor- 
nered  stomach.  These  bodies,  which  had  much  motion,  at  last  tore 
themselTes  firee,  and  swam  about  in  the  sea  like  MedumB,  Steenstnip, 
at  the  same  time,  recals  to  mind  the  Corymorpha  wutant  of  Sors,  which 
bears  similar  bodies  to  those  of  his  Coryne  fritillaria ;  and  he  deems 
it  probable,  that  the  bodies  in  Corymorpha  also  separate  and  become 
changed  into  free  swimming  Meduice,  Finally,  he  expresses  an  opixiion, 
thai  the  poljpe-knobs  are  only  the  nurses  of  the  Medusa^like  animals,  and 
that  in  Coryne  fritilla/ria  and  Corymorpha  nutans,  Sars,  the  eggs  are 
first  formed  into  the  beU-^haped  indiTiduals  after  they  are  separated  from 
their  nurse,  the  pol3rpe-knob ;  whilst  in  Coryne  echinata  and  vulgaris, 
Wagn.,  and  in  Syncoryne  ramosa,  Sars,  the  eggs  are  already  developed 
in  the  campanulato  bodies,  before  they  have  lefr  the  polype-knobs. 

Van  Beneden  has  described  a  polype,  connecting  the  AcHma  and 
Hydra,  under  the  name  of  Hydra,€Jtin%a  (BulL  de  TAcad.  Voy.  d.  Sc. 
de  Bnix.  t.  viii.  f.  1,  p.  89,  and  Tinstit.  1841,  p.  166). 

Quatrefiiges  has  found  an  almost  microscopic  polype,  of  ^  a  millimetre 
in  diameter,  on  the  French  coast,  in  a  slough  among  sea-plants,  and  has 
made  it  known  as  Eleutheria  dichotomy,  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nator.  t.  18, 
1842,  p.  270).  It  is  destitute  of  feet,  but  moves  fireely  about  with  its 
branchy  arms.  The  following  are  its  generic  characters  i-r-Without  feet, 
eye-points  on  the  basis  of  the  arms.  The  specific  character  is :  — 
Body  hemispherical,  of  a  yellow  colour,  and  sprinkled  with  red  points  on 
its  posterior  and  under  side,  six  double  forked  tentacula,  which  end  in 
roundish  swellings.  The  animal  lives  on  small  Crustacea,  and  quiddy 
contracts  itself  on  being  touched.  The  cuticular  covering  is  frill  of  pe- 
culiar cells  (poison-organs),  from  which  a  fine  prickle  projects.  They 
chiefly  abound  on  the  swellings  of  the  arms.  The  cavity  of  the  arms 
communicates  with  that  of  the  simple  stomach.  The  eggs  are  de- 
veloped in  the  under  part  of  the  body,  between  the  cuticular  covering 
and  the  bottom  of  the  stomach;  they  have  a  spherical  shape,  but  no 
germ  pustules  can  be  detected  within  them. 

TTfUMtfLlI  has  investigated  a  great  number  of  Lepralias,  in  their  various 
stages  of  Hfe,  according  to  locality,  age,  &c. ;  and  has  described  six  new 
species, — Lepralia  semiluna/ris,  auriculata,  ventricosa,  temds,  assimHis, 
and  ovalis  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  407). 

Landsborough,  who  has  made  many  experimente  on  the  phosphores- 
cence of  the  Sertulariai  (ibid.  viii.  p.  257,  and  Fror.  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  21, 
p.  83),  has  discovered,  tiiat  on  shaking,  under  water,  Valckeria  cuscu- 
ta,  8ertula/ria  polyzonias,  Cellularia  reptans,  Laomedea  geniculata, 

384 


POLYPES.  341 

Fluitra  membrcm(Mea,  pilosa,  and  Mewhrcmipora  itellata,  emitted 
sparks.  After  he  had  taken  these  Zoophyte$  out  of  the  water,  together 
with  the  sear-weed  to  which  they  were  attached,  and  left  them  dry  for 
two  days,  the  Membramvpora  stellata  and  Flustra  metnbracea  still  shed 
light;  but  this  property  was  always  destroyed  by  frost.  Hassall  has 
confirmed  this  account  (ibid.  viii.  p.  341). 

Kolliker  has  published  his  obseryations  on  the  male  organs  of  genera- 
tion of  the  FlustrcB  (Beitr,  ant.  cit.  p.  46). 

The  appendages  of  the  Cellul<iria  avictUaria,  resembling  a  bird's 
head,  have  been  minutely  examined  by  Nordmann  (Obseryations  sur 
la  Faune  Pontique,  1840,  p.  679).  The  mass  of  this  appendage  is  cal- 
careous, the  bilL  opens  and  shuts,  whilst  the  head  turns  from  one  side  to 
the  other ;  all  these  motions  are  quite  independent  of  the  unfolding  of 
the  tentacula  of  the  polype.  In  Bicella/ria  tcruposa,  Nordmann  obseryed 
similar  moyeable  bodies,  the  use  of  which  he  has  not  yet  been  able  to 
make  out.  He  saw  the  fourteen  tentacula  of  the  polypes  of  Cellulcmaf 
placed  in  a  circle,  and  ooyered  with  yibratile  cilia.  The  increase  of  the 
Odtulariaf  according  to  his  obseryation,  goes  on  in  a  fourfold  manner, 
by  stolons,  gemmules,  and  two  sorts  of  eggs. 

Various  remarks  haye  been  made  on  the  organization  of  the  tufts  of 
polypi  in  fresh-water,  as'  well  as  on  their  deyelopment,  by  Coste  (Compt. 
Rend.  t.  zii.  p.  724,  and  Fror.  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  19,  p.  10),  and  Laurent 
(I'Instit.  1841,  p.  225).  We  are  indebted  to  Nordmann  for  a  yeiy  exact 
description  of  the  Plumatella  ca/mpcmulata^  of  which  Plumatella  re- 
pens,  Milll.,  is  .only  a  yariety.  This  sort  of  polype  is  also  propagated 
by  gemmules,  and  two  sorts  of  eggs,  namely,  summer  and  winter 
eggs. 

Hassall  has  obseryed  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  x.  p.  153,  and  Fror.  Neue 
Notiz.  Bd.  24,  p.  90),  that  Phimatella  repent  and  Alcyonidiv/m  stag- 
norfon,  belong  to  the  same  genus,  and  perhaps  eyen  to  the  same  species, 
for  the  difference  in  the  mode  of  branching  can  scarcely  be  regarded  as 
affording  a  character  of  generic  importance.  PltMnatella  repens  is  only 
attached  to  leayes,  which,  after  a  few  weeks,  become  decomposed,  inyol- 
ying  the  Zoophytes  upon  them  in  their  own  destruction ;  Alcyonidmm, 
on  the  contrary,  attaches  itself  to  stems  of  yegetables,  and  other  firm 
substances,  which  do  not  decay  so  soon ;  and  aUow  time  for  some  of  the 
specimens  to  become  as  large  as  the  closed  hand. 

Johnston  has  turned  his  attention  to  the  Sponges  and  lAthophytes 
(History  of  British  Sponges  and  Lithophytes,  1842).  He  could  not 
oonyince  himself  that  these  forms  actually  belong  to  the  animal  king- 
dom, for  he  found  no  animal  irritability  in  the  sponges,  nor  could  he 
find  polypes  nor  animal  y^scera  in  them.  So  long  as  the  sponges  are 
fresh  and  liyely,  they  draw  in  and  put  out  water,  as  he  has  yery  dis- 
tinctly obseryed  in  Halichondria  papillaris,  Flem.    He  also  saw  them 

385  2B 


842  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

throvr  out  small  exoremential  graini.  The  caufe  of  the  droolation  of 
water  through  them  he  oould  not  diflooyer ;  but  he  is  oonrmced,  that 
it  doee  not  originate  fixun  any  insect  accidentally  concealed  and  breathing 
in  the  sponge,  as  Hogg  some  time  since  asserted  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  yi. 
p.  816;  Transact,  of  linn.  6oc.  yoL  xriii.  p.  S6d;  Trans.  Ent.  Soe.  yo1« 
iii.  p.  105), 

Johnston  has  sometimes  Ibnnd  oral  oorpnscoles  in  Tethea  and  Hali- 
chondria,  which  were  oomposed  of  a  gelatinous  substance^  with  numerous 
spicola  imbedded  in  it;  but  he  supposes  they  are  not  ^ggs,  since  they 
did  not  at  all  agree  with  those  ciliated  eggs  which  Grant  had  discoyered 
in  seyeral  species,  and  which  haye  been  again  mentioned  by  Laurent 
(I'Instit.  1841,  p.  243). 

Johnston  assumes,  that  the  sponges  increase  by  a  sort  of  self-diyision, 
small  particles  detaching  themselyes  from  the  gelatinous  fluid,  and  de- 
yeloping  into  their  species,  after  they  haye  become  fixed  on  an  appro^ 
priate  site. 

Sponges  consist  of  a  loose,  elastic,  fibrous,  or  porous  substance,  in  which 
spicuLft  are  often  imbedded.  Besides  the  nmnerous  pores,  stiQ  larger 
openings  are  found  on  dififerent  spots  of  the  surface,  from  which  canals 
pass,  in  the  most  yarious  directions,  through  their  substance.  The  fibres 
in  the  proper  sponges  are  cylindrical,  of  unequal  thickness,  and  reticu- 
larly  united  together ;  in  Tethea,  ffalichondria,  and  SpiyngUla,  there 
are  siliceous  spicula  in  tUs  fibrous  web,  and  in  Ghrcmtia  calcareous  ones. 
Johnston  diyides  the  British  Sponges  into  eight  genera : — Tetheay  with 
two  species,  T,  cranium  and  lyncurtttm  ;  Halichondria,  with  thirty- 
six  species,  two  of  which  are  new;  Spangilla,  with  two  species,  the 
Jiuviatilis  and  lacustris;  Spongia,  with  three,  Hmbata,  pulchella,  and 
kevigata  ;  Cfrcmtia,  with  eight  species ;  Duseideia  has  two,  fragiUB  and 
papilloM;  Haliearca,  of  which  the  only  species  is  H,  Dujardinii  ; 
Geodia,  G»  zeikmdica  ;  and  P<Mihymat%9may  also  with  a  single  spedes^ 
P.  Johnstoniu 

He  next  compares  the  different  yiews  of  Naturalists  respecting  the 
Lithophffte$,  which  are  sometimes  reckoned  with  the  yegetable,  some- 
times with  the  animal  kingdom.  He  coincides  with  those  who  belieye 
them  to  be  yegetables,  since  they  are  formed  quite  difierently  firom  the 
zoophytes,  and  bear  no  polypi.  The  British  Lithophytes  form  two 
families ;  CordHinece,  of  yegetable  form,  branchy  and  articulated ;  and 
NulliporidcB,  Of  the  former  are  mentioned  Oorallina,  with  three 
species ;  Jania,  with  two  species ;  and  Halimeda,  with  one  species.  Of 
the  latter,  NuUipora  is  the  sole  genus,  with  four  spedes. 

Bowerbank  has  examined  a  keratose  sponge  from  Australia  (Ann. 
Nat.  Hist.  yii.  p.  129).  He  found  siliceous  spicula,  of  yarious  shapes, 
imbedded  between  the  homy  fibres,  and  here  and  there  groups  of  round 
bodies,  which  he  did  not  know  whether  to  consider  as  gemmules  or  eggs. 

386 


FORAMINIFERA  AND  INFUSORIA.  843 

He  has  also  exammed  the  intimate  structure  of  the  Corallinas  (Edin.  New 
PhiL  Journ.  vol.  zziii.  1842,  p.  206,  or  Fror.  Nene  Notiz.  Bd.  23,  p.  154). 
After  remoying  the  caloareoos  portions  by  means  of  nitric  acid,  he  saw 
a  tissue  of  net-work,  and  sometimes  also  siliceous  spicula  remaining ;  and 
between  the  tissue  gemmular  bodies,  which,  in  his  opinion,  must  have 
been  polype  germs. 

A  new  classification  of  the  sponges  has  been  proposed  by  Hogg  ( Axm. 
Nat.  Hist.  yiii.  p.  3),  in  which  he  divides  them  into  five  sections,  accord- 
ing to  the  construction  of  their  parenchyma:  1.  SpongicB  Bubcomeas^ 
parenchjrma  without  spicula ;  2.  Spongice  mbcomeo^licecB,  parenchyma 
with  numerous  siliceous  spicula ;  3.  Spongice  euhcardlagineO'Calca/ricB, 
parenchyma  with  calcareous  spicula ;  4.  8pongi<B  mbccMrtilcigmeo-iiUeecB  ; 
•and  5.  Spongics  suhereo-HlicecB. 

A  new  homy  sponge  has  been  described  by  Owen,  under  the  name  of 
EupUctella  aepergiUti/m  (ibid.  p.  222)^  which  is  cylindrical,  hollow  like 
a  cornucopia,  and  composed  of  a  regular  net-work.  The  material  of  this 
resembles  dried  gluten,  and  bums  away  to  a  charry  residuum. 


FORAMINIFERA  AND  INFUSORIA. 

Ehrbnberg  continues  his  researches  into  the  microscopic  organisms  of 
the  past  and  present  world,  and  gives  by  them  an  always  firmer  and 
broader  basis  to  the  surprising  conclusion  he  had  come  to,  that  these 
microscopic  beings  exercise  the  greatest  influence  on  the  solid  surface  of 
our  earth. 

He  has  convinced  himself,  that  the  calcareous  rocks  of  Syria  and  of 
central  North  America,  contain  densely-crowded  masses  of  small  Poly- 
thaldmice  (Bericht  uber  die  zur  Bekanntmachung  geeigneten  Yerhandl. 
der  Konigl.  Akad.  der  Wissenschaften  zu  Berlin,  1842,  p.  187),  several 
species  of  which,  from  the  North  American  limestone,  completely  agree 
with  the  PolythalamicB  of  the  European  chalk. 

Ehrenberg  also  found  the  plastic  marl  of  iBgina  to  consist  of  small 
organisms,  several  species  of  which  belong  to  the  chalk  animalcules 
(ibid.  p.  263).  He  mentions,  moreover,  that  the  limestone  hills  of  Lake 
Onega,  in  Russia,  consist  partly  of  small  Polythakf/mias  (ibid.  p.  273). 
He  has  also  taken  some  pains  to  investigate  the  structure  of  these  won- 
derful chalk  animalcules  (Abhandl.  d.  Kon.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  in  Ber- 
lin, 1841,  p.  106).  He  recognised  no  external,  but  only  an  internal 
body  covering  the  shell  of  these  animals,  which  allowed  very  long,  fine, 
expansible,  palpal  threads,  to  pass  out  from  all  parts  of  the  cribriform 
shell.  He  does  not  confirm  the  account  of  D'Orbigny,  that  all  these 
animalcules  possess  a  protrusible  head,  covered  by  a  plumular  palpal 
apparatus.    According  to  the  researches  of  Dujardm,  the  animal  of  the 

387 


344  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII : 

Polythalam*a  it  alao  an  internal  one,  which  im  completely  enveloped 
by  the  shell  (Microaoop.  Joom.  1841,  p.  104). 

A  very  oompiehenaiye  work,  by  Ihgardin,  on  the  InfoBoria,  has  ap- 
peared (Histoire  Nat.  des  Zooph.  Infiisoirea,  1841).  He  separates  this 
data  into  two  great  divisionB.  Of  these,  that  of  the  asymmetrical  Inju- 
garia  corresponds  to  the  polygastric  of  Ehrenberg ;  whilst  the  other, 
under  the  definition  of  Syitolides,  comprehends  the  Rotatoria  of  Ehren- 
beig,  with  the  Tardigrades,  which  latter  haye  not  hitherto  been  properly 
accommodated  to  any  class  of  the  invertebrata.  Doy^re  has  also  at- 
tempted to  proYO  an  alliance  of  the  Tardigrades  with  EeyenlBotatoria, 
yiz.f-^Notommataf  Diglena,  Digtemma,  Monocerca,  -and  Mastigocerca 
(Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 17>  p*  193),  the  mouths  of  which  particularly  remind 
ns  of  the  Tardigrades,  Doy^re,  at  the  same  time,  draws  attention  to 
the  similarity  of  their  muscular  parts,  their  cuticular  covering  which  does 
not  become  absorbed,  the  intestinal  canal,  and  the  unproportionably 
large  eggs  in  both  groups  of  animals.  He  has  also  repeated  his  experi- 
ments on  the  revivification  of  the  Tardigrada,  Rotifera^  and  Anguil- 
lulcB  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 18,  p.  5,  Tlnstit.  1842,  p.  289,  Fror.  Neue  Notia. 
Bd.  24,  p.  232),  and  has  proved,  that  these  animals  can  be  completely 
dried  in  pure  sand,  in  the  open  air,  in  dry  air,  and  in  a  vacuum^  with- 
out losing  the  capability  of  being  again  revived  by  moisture.  When 
these  animals  were  put  into  hot  water  of  50  centigr.  they  were  killed 
outright ;  but  they  retained  the  power  of  revival  when  the  water  was 
at  45  to  48  centigr.  When  dried  individuals  were  subjected  to  a  great 
heat,  there  were  found  among  them .  some  which  could  be  revived  by 
moisture,  even  afler  they  had  sustained  120-140-145  degrees.  He  also 
mentions  two  new  species  of  Macrobiotus,  discovered  by  Quatrefages 
(Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  1. 18,  p.  34).  Ehrenberg  has  discovered  a  new  ini^^ 
sorian  belonging  to  the  Rotatoriaf  at  Wismar,  in  the  Baltic,  and  named 
it  Dipodina  arctiscon  (Fror.  Neue  Notiz.  Bd.  24,  p.  184).  He  defines 
it  as  approximating  the  genus  Notommata,  by  a  particular  construction 
of  its  tarsal  nippers.  An  infiisorian,  living  in  the  VoMcheria  clavata^ 
has  been  made  known  by  Morren  as  Rotifer  vulgaris  (ibid.  Bd.  18,  p.  101). 

Doy^re  points  out  some  contradictions  of  Ehrenberg,  which  have 
occurred  to  him  in  his  examination  of  the  oigans,  regarded  as  the 
sexual  parts  of  the  Rotatoria  (Ann.  d.  Sc.  Nat.  t.  17,  p.  199).  In 
several  species  of  Notonvmata,  Synchoeta,  Diglena,  &c.,  Ehrenberg 
defined  two  simple  pouches  as  testes.  In  several  species  of  Hydatina, 
Notonvmata,  Cycloglena,  Euchlanis,  and  Brachionus,  these  two  pouches 
are  covered  with  vibrating  branchial  appendages,  and  discharge  into  a 
contractile  organ  {vesicula  seminalis,  Ehrenb.)  On  the  other  hand,  in 
Notommata  myrmeleo,  syrinx,  and  cla/vulata,  in  which  two  simple 
pouches,  and.  one  furnished  with  vibratile  branchial  appendages,  dis- 
charge into  a  contractile  organ,  the  simple  pouches,  and  not  that  with 

388 


FORAMINIFERA  AND  INFUSORIA.  345 

« 

the  appendages,  were  taken  for  testes  by  Ehrenbefrg,  without  any  exact 
reason  being  given.  Dgy^re  on  this  remarks,  very  properly,  that  it 
must  astonish  us,  how  a  contractile  organ,  which  uninterruptedly  con- 
tracts and  expands  itself,  taking  into  it  a  £uid,  and  the  next  moment 
again  rejecting  it,  can  perform  the  function  of  a  yesicula  seminalis.  He 
farther  doubts,  whether  an  organ  like  that  above  mentioned,  covered 
with  vibratile  appendages,  and  constantly  present  in  equal  development, 
can  be  a  vesicula  seminalis  and  testis,  for  in  other  lower  animals,  the 
internal  male  parts  of  generation  are  only  developed  at  certain  times. 

The  ring-shaped  streaks,  asserted  by  Ehrenberg  to  be  a  vascular 
system,  and  which  are  so  evident  in  Hydatina  senta,  Enteroplosa 
hydaiina,  Synchceta  pectinata,  Notormnata  collaris,  and  others,  are 
considered  by  Doydre  as  a  cuticulo-muscular  system,  analogous  to  that 
described  by  him  as  the  stemo-dorsal  muscle  in  the  Ta/rdigrades, 

A  series  of  very  extended  labours  by  Wemeck,  on  Infugoria,  has 
been  laid  before  the  Berlin  Academy  of  Sciences  by  Ehrenberg  (Bericht 
fiber  die  Yerhandl.  d.  Kon.  Acad,  der  Wissensch.  zu  Berlin,  1841, 
p.  102  und  373).  They  contain  a  minute  view  of  the  internal  structure 
of  Hydatina  senta,  and  very  valuable  observations  on  the  polygastric 
animalcules,  whose  organs  of  nourishment  he  has  not  so  completely 
made  out  as  Ehrenberg  has  described  them ;  and  whose  contractile  blad- 
ders he  also  asserts  to  be  vesiculae  seminales,  without  having  recognised 
spermatozoa  in  them. 

The  organization  of  the  polygastric  Infusoria,  as  described  by 
Ehrenberg,  has  lately  been  questioned  from  many  quarters.  Dujardin 
(Op.  cit.  p.  66)  has  called  attention  to  the  dislocations  of  the  so-called 
stomachs  of  these  creatures,  which  could  not  take  place  if  they  were 
in  union  with  each  other  by  canals.  He  also  has  opposed  the  view  that 
they  lay  eggs,  possess  male  sexual  organs,  and  that  their  coloured 
spots  are  organs  of  sight.  As  the  nature  of  these  spots  has  also  been 
contended  by  several  other  observers,  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  conten- 
tion will  call  into  the  field,  which  has  been  opened  up  by  the  constant 
and  great  labour  of  Ehrenberg,  a  larger  number  of  unprejudiced  en- 
quirers, acquainted  with  the  use  of  the  microscope. 

Rymer  Jones  repeats  the  assertion,  that  he  has  observed  in  Pa^ame^ 
cium  aurelia,  the  gastric  vesicles  in  regular  and  continuous  circulation ; 
nor  had  he,  in  any  instance,  been  able  to  detect  the  central  canal,  or  the 
branches  leading  from  it  to  the  vesicles.  (A  General  Outline  of  the 
Animal  Kingdom,  and  Manual  of  Compar.  Anat.  1841,  p.  59.) 

Focke  saw,  in  Loxodes  huraa/ria,  Paramecium  aurelia,  and  other 
polygastric  Infusoria,  the  cavities  filled  with  pigments,  intersecting  each 
other  in  varied  series,  and  concluded  from  this,  that  the  digestive  appa- 
ratus is  not  separated  from  the  parenchyma,  but  that  the  parenchyma  of 
these  animals,  consisting  of  cells,  encloses  the  fluid  nourishment  received 
from  without  in  narrow  spaces,  which  may  be  compared  with   the 

1\89 


346  REPORT  ON  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLIi: 

intercellular  peasa^  of  plants  (Amt.  Ber.  iiber  die  20te  VenanunL  d. 
dent  Natoif.  nnd  Ante  zn  Mainz,  Sept.  1843,  p.  227). 

Eidl  hai  obferred  and  described  a  peculiar  diculation  of  the  green 
globules  in  the  body  of  the  Buraaria  vemalU  (Miill.  Arch.  1841,  p.  278). 
The  reporter  has  seen  this  circulation  yerj  distinctly  in  Laxodes  bur- 
aaria,  and  supposes  that  Erdl  has  had  the  same  animal  before  him,  but 
to  which  he  has  assigned  an  erroneous  name. 

The  organs  of  motion  of  a  large  Navicula  have  been  recognised  by 
Ehrenbei^  as  long,  fine,  and  contractile  threads,  which  the  animal  can 
protrude  £rom  the  tfhell  (AbhandL  d.  Kon.  Aiad.  d.  Wissench.  zu  Berlin, 
1841,  p.  102). 

According  to  Morren,  the  red  pigment  spots  of  LcLgmdla,  Crypto^ 
glma,  and  Trachelomonas,  cannot  be  eyes  (Mem.  de  TAcad.  Roy.  des 
Sciences  and  des  Belles  Lettres  de  Brux.  1841,  taf.  14),  as  in  TrcbchelO' 
mancut  the  red  of  the  red  spot  can  be  distributed  over  the  whole  body, 
when  the  animal,  on  this  supposition,  would  be  quite  changed  into  an  eye. 
Neither  does  he  consider  the  cavities  in  these  Moncides  to  be  stomachs, 
although  he  has  seen  a  mouth  and  anal  opening  in  Euglena  scmguinea. 

Focke  has  mentioned,  that  Pcmdorina  morum  and  other  proboscidated 
Moncidett  appear  to  change  very  much  in  colour  according  to  tempera- 
ture and  season ;  and  he  found,  in  green  and  in  red  water,  individuala 
quite  colourless,  as  well  as  Monades  saturated  with  the  pigment  (Ber. 
uber  die  Yersamml.  d.  Naturf.  und  Arzte  zu  Mainz,  a.  a.  O.  p.  217). 

Yoigt  has  published  his  observations  on  the  red  snow  (ibid.  p.  217 ; 
the  Microsc.  Joum.  1841,  p.  81 ;  I'lnstit  1842,  p.  259),  the  colour  of 
which,  according  to  him,  is  not  caused  by  vegetable,  but  always  by  animal 
matter.  The  chief  part  of  the  snow  is  formed  by  the  genus  Cfyges,  the 
young  of  which  has  been  considered  by  Shuttleworth  as  an  Astasia, 
while  the  uncoloured  shoots,  by  which  the  Cfyges  propagates  itself,  have 
been  brought  under  the  genus  Pandorina,  Besides  these  dijQTerent  forms 
of  development  of  Qyge$t  there  is  also  a  peculiar  Badllana  and  the 
Phihdina  roseola  in  the  red  snow. 

Ehrenberg  found,  at  Wismar,  in  the  Baltic,  that  the  Pendinium  tripos 
and  fasus  belonged  to  the  phosphorescent  Infusoria,  but  some  emitted 
light  (Fror.  N.  Notiz.  Bd.  24,  p.  152).  The  latter  animals  were  quite  dear, 
while  the  phosphorescent  individuals  were  filled  with  yellowish-brown 
matter,  which  he  considered  to  be  developed  ovaries,  so  tiiat  here  also  the 
devebpment  of  light  appears  connected  with  the  development  of  the  egg. 

Experiments  have  been  made  by  Purkinje,  in  the  warm  season,  with 
rain  water,  in  regard  to  the  production  of  Infusoria  (ibid.  Bd.  22, 
p.  121  and  136,  or  tJbers.  der  Arbeit,  der  Schles.  Gesellsch.  ftbr  Yaterl. 
Kultur  im  Jahre,  1841).  In  moist  weather,  their  production  was  but 
sparingly  observed ;  but  in  dry  weather,  manifold  forms  of  these  animals 
quickly  appeared,  belonging  principally  to  the  genera  Qonium,  Volvox, 
Proteus,  &c. 

390 


FORAMINIFBRA  AND  INFUSORIA.  347 

Fuchs  constantly  obflerved,  in  healthy  oow's  milk,  two  different  Infu- 
foWa,  a  very  small  Monade,  and  a  larger  polygastrio  animalcule  belong-, 
ing  to  the  bristle  Monade$  (Gurlt  und  Hertwig,  Magaz.  f.  die  Thierheilk. 
1841,  p.  155).  The  blueness  of  the  milk  arises,  according  to  his  investi- 
gations, firom  the  development  and  increase  of  an  infusorian  belonging  to 
the  genus  Vibrio^  which  he  calls  Vjfbr.  cyanogenus.  He  defines  another, 
which  causes  milk  to  turn  yellow,  as  Vibr,  xcmthogenua.  The  ViMane$ 
die  at  a  heat  of  50^55^  R.  When  froten  and  again  thawed,  they  con- 
tinue to  live,  and  Fuchs  saw  them,  when  they  had  been  dried  for  three 
weeks,  again  oome  alive  on  being  moistened. 

According  to  the  observations  of  Mitsoherlioh,  a  considerable  deposit 
is,  after  some  days,  formed  in  the  watezy  extract  of  expressed  oilHseeds, 
of  most  of  the  green  parts  of  vegetables,  and  of  boiled  animal  substances, 
which  might  be  supposed  a  product  of  decomposition  of  the  substances 
dissolved  in  the  fluid  by  means  of  the  air,  but  which  the  microscope 
discovers  to  consist  of  living  and  dead  Vibriones  (Ber.  iiber  die  Ver- 
handL  der  KonigL  Akad;  der  Wissensch.  zu  Berlin,  184:2,  p.  265).  These 
Vibrionei  are  also  very  abundant  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  man  as  well 
as  of  beasts.  Mitsoherlioh  fed  rabbits  for  a  long  while  upon  cabbage, 
artificially  infected  with  Vibrione$;  yet  he  found  fungi  only,  the  result 
of  fermentation,  in  the  intestinal  canal  of  these  animals. 

The  highly  interesting  observations  of  Ehrenberg  have  determined 
the  actual  share  of  microscopic  orgimisms  in  the  blocking  up  of  the 
harbours  at  Wismar  and  Pillau,  as  well  as  in  the  formation  of  the  slime 
of  the  bed  of  the  Elbe  at  Cuxhaven,  and  of  the  bottom  of  the  Nile 
at  Dongola,  Nubia,  and  the  Delta  of  Egypt  (ibid.  1841,  p.  127  and  201). 
He  has  also  extended  his  observations  to  the  distribution  and  influence 
of  miorosoopio  life  in  North  and  South  America,  and  in  Iceland.  His 
experience  enables  him  to  distinguish  the  forms  of  microscopic  ^niniAlf 
in  the  small  particles  of  earth  hanging  to  plants  in  Herbaria,  and  to 
other  bodies.  He  was  able  to  show  the  Society  of  Naturalists  at  Berlin, 
living  Infusoria  sent  from  America,  consisting  chiefly  of  Badlkma 
(Fror.  N.  Notia.  Bd.  23,  p.  10). 

Bailey  has  given  a  view  of  the  fossil  and  living  Bacillcma  in  the 
United  States  (Sillim.  Amer.  Joum.  vol.  xlii.  p.  88,  and  vol.  xliii.  p.  321). 

Ehrenbeig  has  continued  his  observations  on  that  great  bed  of  Infiir- 
aaria,  the  Liineburg  Heath  (Bericht.  uber  die  Yerhandl.  der  Akad.  der 
Wissensch.  zu  Berlin,  1842,  p.  292).  He  has  given  some  information 
on  the  fossil  JnJuBoria  of  Ireland ;  and  drawn  attention  to  a  bed  of  them 
at  Berlin  (ibid.  1842,  p.  321  and  336;  1841,  p.  231  and  362),  which  seems 
to  be  the  most  extensive  deposit  yet  known,  and  in  which,  it  is  remark- 
able, that  Infu9(yria  still  living,  and  not  yet  discovered  at  the  surface 
of  the  soil  near  Berlin,  are  present  among  the  fossil.  Gallionella  de- 
ctiuata  and  granulata  are  particularly  mentioned. 

391 


348  REPOBT  OK  ZOOLOGY,  MDCCCXLII,  BTC. 

Aoooiding  to  Quekett,  an  infbsorial  itratuni,  of  twenty  feet  thick,  htm 
been  foond  underlying  the  dtj  of  Richmond  in  Y irginia,  which  contains 
forma  agreeing  completely  with  the  apedes  found  in  the  North  Sea. 
Navicular  Aetinocycluif  OalUonella,  and  others,  are  specified.  (Ann. 
Nat.  Hist.  ix.  p.  66). 

A  microscopical  analysis,  undertaken  by  Ehrenbeig,  of  the  natural 
paper-like  mass  found  in  Silesia  in  the  year  1736,  has  given  the  follow^ 
ing  result : — That  the  chief  part  of  the  tissue  consists  of  the  Conferva 
fracta,  in  which  nineteen  species  of  Infus&ria  are  imbedded  (Bericht. 
iiber  die  Verhandl.  d.  Akad.  d.  Wissensch.  zu  Berlin,  1841,  p.  225). 

Stiebel  has  published  his  observations  on  the  presence  of  InfMoria  in 
Spas  (die  Qrundformen  der  Xnfusorien  in  den  Heilquellen,  1841). 

An  infusorial,  liying  in  the  sulphureous  waters  of  Harrowgate  and 
Askem  in  Yorkshire,  aoooiding  to  Lankester,  would  seem  to  be  the 
A$t<ma  ?uefnatode9,  but  he  could  not  distinguish  a  tail,  which  is  a 
generic  character  of  Aitiuia  (Ann.  Nat.  Hist.  yii.  p.  109). 

Focke  has  dedared  the  lowest  inyertebrata,  namely,  the  Monctdes,  to 
be  too  minute  for  physiological  inyestigation.  No  explanation,  there- 
fore, can  be  given  of  these  animals,  either  in  regard  of  their  generation 
or  of  their  vegetable  or  animal  distinction,  or  of  the  function  of  the 
parenchyma,  and  the  like  (Bericht.  iLber  die  Yersamml.  der  Naturf.  u. 
Aizte  zu  Mainz,  1842,  p.  227).  In  the  Bacilkma  and  Navicularia, 
particularly  the  Navicula  viridiSf  Focke  observed  an  evident  open  longi- 
tudinal deft,  through  which  it  receives  nourishment,  so  that  no  doubt  can 
exist  of  the  animal  nature  of  this  being ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  it  was 
very  difficult  to  distinguish  it  in  the  Deimidiaceaf  as  they  continued 
eight  days,  and  longer,  in  the  act  of  their  transverse  section,  without 
essentially  altering  during  this  time.  Besides  the  Desmidiacea,  the 
DiatofMa  and  Closteria  have  been  also  separated  by  Digardin  fix>m 
the  animal  kingdom  (Hist.  Natur.  des  Zooph.  p.  668). 

In  the  contributions  to  the  Fauna  of  the  Infusoria  at  Vienna,  pub- 
lished by  Hiess,  360  species  are  mentioned  according  to  Ehrenbeig's 
system  (Beitrage  zur  Fauna  der  Infusorien  um  Wien,  1840). 

Ehrenberg  has  accurately  and  ingeniously  arranged,  in  his  treatise. 
Das  unsichtbar  wirkende  Leben,  Leipzig,  1842,  his  previous  important 
researches  of  many  years,  on  "  invisibly-working  organic  life.'' 

The  two  following  works,  for  which  that  of  Ehrenberg  has  furnished 
the  groundwork,  are  useful  as  hand-books^  Kutorga :  Naturgeschichte 
der  Infusionsthiere,  vorziiglich  nach  Ehrenberg's  Beobachtungen  bear- 
beitet,  1841 ;  and  Pritchard :  a  History  of  Infusoria,  Living  and  Fossil, 
arranged  according  to  **  die  Infusionsthierchen  "  of  Ehrenbeig,  1841. 


392 


REPORT 


ON  THE 


PBOGKESS  OF  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY 


DURING  THE  YEAR  1841. 


BY 


DB.  H.  F.  LINK, 

DIRECTOR  OP  THE  ROTAL  BOTANIC  GARDEN,  BERLIN. 


TRANSLATED  BY 

E.  LANKESTER,  M.D.,  F.L.S. 


REPORT 


ON  THB 


PBOGBESS  OF  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY,  4c. 


Annual  Reports  on  the  progress  maxle  in  science,  as  first 
instituted  by  Berzelius  for  Gbemistry  and  Physics,  rank  among 
the  most  useful  of  our  scientific  arrangements,  proyided  three 
conditions  are  borne  in  mind.  First  of  all,  they  must  not  be 
published  too  late,  when  the  information  is  already  known  to 
the  public,  and,  therefore,  superfluous ;  and  if  such  should  be 
the  case  with  the  present  Annual  Report,  let  it  be  considered, 
that  the  unexpected  death  of  the  former  reporter.  Professor 
Meyen,  occasioned  an  unayoidable  delay.  It  is  always  better 
to  make  up,  in  indiyidual  matters,  than  to  publish  all  too  late. 
The  second  condition  is,  to  giro,  as  far  as  possible,  a  faithful 
report  of  the  statements  of  the  author,  without  mingling  them 
with  the  opinions  of  others.  It  appears  also  preferable  to  me, 
to  pass  oyer  a  work  entirely,  rather  than  to  pronounce  it  at 
once  as  insignificant.  It  is  at  times  necessary  to  introduce  the 
author  yerbally,  in  order  to  exhibit  the  manner  in  which  he 
has  instituted  his  obseryations.  But  this  is  not  always  prac- 
ticable, and  it  is  frequently  yery  difficult  to  represent  the 
yiews  of  another  faithfully,  because  many  authors  haye  not 
the  ability  to  express  themselyes  in  definite,  and  therefore  in 
distinct  terms,  a  deficiency  which  particularly  betrays  itself 
by  the  use  of  too  many  words,  used  in  order  to  ayoid  the 
necessity  of  stating,  that  they  are  not  yet  acquainted  with  a 
395 


4  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

certain  matter,  or  that  they  hare  committed  an  error,  or  that 
they  hare  not  yet  a  distinct  view  of  the  subject.  The  more 
inexperienced  we  are  in  a  science,  the  more  apt  are  we  to 
suppose  onrselres  perfect  in  it,  and  the  less  are  we  inclined 
to  confess  that  we  have  been  mistaken.  Finally,  it  is  nnsnit- 
able  to  make  controversy  a  principal  object  of  an  annual 
report,  or  to  conduct  it  in  an  irritable  and  hostile  spirit, 
or  to  quarrel  and  dispute,  when  nothing  can  be  said  against 
the  principal  matter.  The  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Plants 
has  been  yery  much  exposed  to  such  contentions,  and  a  pro- 
gress of  their  knowledge  has  been  rather  impeded  than  faci- 
litated by  them.  My  predecessor  in  this  work,  can,  by  no 
means,  be  absolyed  from  the  reproach  of  a  contentious  dis- 
position ;  I  shall,  howeyer,  endeavour  to  avoid  imitating  him 
in  that  respect. 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS. 

We  find  a  treatise  on  tJie  Internal  Structure  of  Plants  in 
general,  in  the  Annalea  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  second 
series,  volume  xiv.  p.  16,  17,  under  the  title  of — "  Etudes 
Phytologiques,  par  le  Gomte  de  Tristan.  Prem.  Mem.  de  la 
Nature  des  tissus  Y^g^taux.'*  The  author  commences  with 
the  question,  whether  the  tissue  of  vegetables  is  homogeneous 
or  not.  With  this  view  he  contemplates  the  transverse  sec- 
tion of  the  stem  of  any  plant — for  instance  of  the  Poppy 
(Papaver  somniferum) ;  and  further,  of  the  petiole  of  the 
leaf,  as  of  CucurMta  mcuxnma,  and  finds  therein  a  double 
tissue.  The  first  occupies  the  greatest  part  of  the  stem  or 
petiole,  and  clearly  consists  of  cells ;  the  second  surrounds 
the  vascular  bundles.  The  latter,  however,  do  not  always 
exist,  but  the  tissue  also  occurs  without  them.  He  now 
follows  the  fine  fibres  of  the  latter,  as  far  as  the  ovarium, 
and  finds,  that  it  only  exhibits  itself  there  in  bright  spots,  in 
which  no  organization  is  perceptible.  Spiral  vessels  are  only 
subsequently  produced  in  the  axis  of  these  fibres.      The 

"  clear''  unorganized  substance  he  terms  cambium,  and  says 
396 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  5 

of  it,  that  it  may  hare  exuded  from  the  first  tissue,  but  that  it 
is  not  homogeneous  with  it.  In  this  respect  he  distinguishes 
the  second  tissue  from  the  first;  and  since  the  cells  of  this 
first  tissue  resemble  foam,  being  only  more  consistent,  he 
terms  the  first  tissue  ''  aphrostase ;''  the  second,  because  it 
accompanies,  and,  as  it  were^  conducts  the  yessels,  "  hege- 
mon."  A  division,  or  fissure,  which  he  calls  "  cunice," 
separates,  in  trees,  the  bark  from  the  internal  part,  or  from 
the  "  endophyte"  as  he  terms  it.  The  inner  part,  howeyer, 
does  not  consist  of  a  single  part,  but  of  the  pith,  and  that 
which  is  called  wood,  but  which  does  not  always  deserve  this 
name,  as  it  is  frequently  very  soft  in  herbs.  The  author 
therefore  terms  it  "  endostere,''  because  it  is  at  all  events 
firmer  than  the  surrounding  part.  He  now  proceeds  to  ex- 
amine the  origin  of  the  so-termed  "  prolongemens  meduUaires," 
and  says  of  them,  that  they  originate  from  the  "  tissue  aphros- 
tasien,"  that  they  also  continually  get  smaller,  and  that  the 
vascular  bundles  which  have  grown  up,  thicken,  at  last  only 
leaving  a  trace  of  them.  He  therefore  terms  them  "  isthmes 
aphrostasien,"  or  briefly  "  isthmes."  The  consideration  of  a 
transverse  section  in  the  stem  of  a  bramble  {Rubvs  fruticosua) 
leads  him  to  the  adoption  of  a  third  tissue,  which  he  terms 
'*  proxyle,"  distinguishing  it  by  the  circumstance,  that  it  con- 
sists of  prismatic  or  cylindrical  fibres  (filets)  of  an  indefinite 
length.  He  examines  it  from  its  first  origin,  and  finds  that  it 
also  consists  at  first  of  a  cambium,  so  that  each  of  the  three 
tissues  has  its  own  peculiar  cambium.  These  tissues  are  very 
often  intermixed,  and  he  terms  such  a  mixture,  which  is  pro- 
duced from  an  efiusion  of  the  cambium  ^'  proxylaire,"  into 
another  already  formed  tissue,  an  "  adelome."  These  are 
the  principal  contents  of  the  treatise. 

It  is  grati^ng  to  see,  how  an  observer,  without  regarding 
that  which  others  have  done  before  him,  nevertheless  hits 
upon  the  best  arrangement.  The  three  kinds  of  cellular 
tissue,  as  determined  by  the  author,  certainly  deserve  to  be 
distinguished.  The  first  is  that  cellular  tissue  (called  ^'  aph- 
roatases^'  by  the  author),  which  constitutes  the  basis  of  the 
whole  stem,  or  rather  of  the  whole  plant,  and  which  always 
397 


»» 


6  RBPOBT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

oonsists  of  parenchyma,  and  is  forced  together  in  the  stem  by 
means  of  the  growing  woody  bundles  (holz-btindel) ;  and  me- 
dullary rays  (prohngemena  medtdlaires)  are  formed,  which 
the  author  very  correctly  defines,  and  not  unjustly  terms, 
<<  isthmes."  The  general  term  *^  hegemon,''  for  the  cellular 
tissue,  which  accompanies  the  rascular  bundles,  and  which 
mostly  consists  of  parenchyma — at  times,  also,  howeyer,  of 
long,  narrow,  parenchymatous  cells — is  likewise  very  proper. 
The  third  cellular  tissue  of  the  author,  the  "  proxyle,"  has 
already  receiyed  the  name  of  liber.  The  Greek  appellations 
of  the  author  are,  howeyer,  bad  enough,  —  '^  Aphrostase 
means  position  of  foam ;  ^'  hegemon,"  a  leader ;  ''  proxyle, 
anterior  wood ;  "  adelome,''  concealment.  The  French  always 
used  to  ridicule  the  technical  terms  of  our  learned  men  as 
proofs  of  their  pedantry ;  we  might  now,  I  think,  justly  return 
the  compliment.  In  German,  we  might  term  these  tissues 
Grund-gewebe  (fundamental  tissue) ;  Begleitendes-gewebe  (ac- 
companying tissue) ;  and  Bast-gewebe  (liber  tissue.)  That  the 
author  only  saw  an  inorganic  matter  in  the  so-termed  cam- 
bium, probably  was  owing  to  employing  too  low  a  magnifying 
power 

With  this  I  beg  to  combine  the  announcement  of  a  treatise, 
which  struck  me  yery  much,  and  which  partially  belongs  to 
this  subject : — ^^  Etude  Microscopique  des  Fr^dpit^s  et  de  leurs 
Metamorphoses  appliquee  k  T  explication  de  diyers  Fh^no- 
men^s  Physiques  et  Fhysiologiques,  par  P.  Harting.  Y.  Bul- 
letin des  Sciences  Physiques  et  Naturelles  en  Neerlande.  Ann. 
1840,  p.  287,  365."  The  author  has  analyzed  a  number  of 
precipitates,  formed  mostly  with  inorganic  substances  alone, 
yery  few  of. them  with  organic  and  inorganic  substances 
together.  The  first  kind  of  precipitates,  according  to  our 
author,  are  the  crystalline  ;  and  he  asserts,  that  crystalliza- 
tion is  an  original  act.  The  second  kind  are  the  Tnoleculaty. 
Their  form  cannot  be  ascertained,  because  the  comers  or 
angles,  in  the  small  granules,  cannot  be  recognised  beyond  a 
certain  boundai7.  The  granules  unite  themselyes  to  irregular 
or  flocculent  masses,  and  the  molecular  motion  ceases  as  soon 

as  this  is  effected.     The  third  kind,  the  membranous  preci- 
'  398 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  7 

pitates,  are  in  many  instances  produced  immediately ;  at  first 
they  are  flexible,  become,  howerer,  brittle  afterwards,  and  are 
changed  also  into  flocculent  masses.  The  fourth  and  last 
kind,  are  the  gelatinotis  precipitates.  Thus  far  the  subject, 
properly  speaking,  does  not  belong  to  our  department.  The 
author,  however,  proceeds  fiirther.  He  reduces  the  molecular 
morement  to  an  attractive  and  repelling  power,  and  applies 
this  to  the  movement  of  the  granules  in  the  cells,  which  he 
says  may  be  explained  in  the  same  manner,  even  though  it 
is  assumed  that  the  movement  depends  on  the  walls  of  the 
cells.  He  refers  to  the  statement  of  Schwann,  with  regard  to 
the  manner  in  which  the  cellular  bodies  arrange  themselves 
around  a  granule,  and  finds  a  similarity  in  the  manner  in 
which  the  granules  form  themselves  in  the  precipitates.  He 
carbonized  pieces  of  an  onion,  the  cells  of  which  contained 
nuclei,  and  found  the  nucleus  destroyed;  but  is  still  of  opinion, 
however,  that  this  negative  result  does  not  prove  any  thing. 
Carbonized  parts  of  plants,  it  is  well  known,  retain  their 
original  form,  and  the  author  therefore  inquires,  whether  the 
formation  of  the  homogeneous  organic  members  may  not  be 
considered  as  a  membranous  precipitate  of  substances,  which 
are  usually  termed  inorganic. 

In  the  present  year  (1841)  I  have  published  a  small  treatise 
respecting  the  solidity  of  bodies,  with  the  view  of  directing  the 
attention  of  natural  philosophers  to  this  subject.  I  have  seen, 
and  proved  it  to  several  eminent  natural  philosophers,  that  all 
precipitates,  when  analyzed  immediately  after  their  formation, 
exhibit  globules ;  that  these  globules  unite  themselves  to  larger 
ones  (being  therefore  fluid,  like  globules  of  quicksilver) ;  and 
that  tiiese  united  globules  or  drops,  subsequently  only  (and 
that  frequently  under  our  own  eyes)  change  themselves  into 
crystals.  If  M.  Harting  did  not  observe  tins,  it  was  owing  to 
his  not  having  examined  the  precipitates  speedily  enough. 
The  globules  sometimes  form  flat  surfaces,  sometimes  they  are 
gelatinous.  I  have  repeated,  in  this  small  treatise,  what  I 
have  before  stated,  that  all  fluid  substances  exhibit  a  com- 
mencement of  solidity  on  their  surface  —  for  we  attribute 
fluidity  to  a  substance,  if  the  parts  can  be  displaced  from  each 
399 


8  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

other  by  the  slightest  application  of  force ;  and  this  can  only 
be  done,  when  the  attracting  and  repelling  powers  of  the 
homogeneous  parts  neutralize  each  other,  which  cannot  be 
the  case  on  the  surface  of  fluid  substances,  where  the  parts 
are  unequally  drawn  in  different  directions.  This  solidity 
increases  with  the  surface,  and  a  thin  stratum  of  fluidity  is 
consequently  in  itself  solid.  The  degree  of  solidity  certainly 
depends  on  the  degree  of  attraction  among  the  parts,  which, 
as  is  weU  known,  is  different  also  in  fluid  substances,  as  exhi- 
bited by  quicksilyer  and  water.  Nothing,  therefore,  is  re- 
quired, for  the  production  of  a  membrane,  but  the  separation 
of  a  stratum  of  fluidity,  as  every  bubble  shows.  The  half 
fluid  substances,  mucus,  jelly,  &c.,  are  a  mixture  of  solid  and 
fluid  parts,  as  can  be  seen  when  they  are  dried,  and  it  is 
saying  nothing,  to  say  we  hare  derived  a  solid  substance  from 
mucus.  Not  is  it  by  any  means  necessary,  that  a  fluid  sub- 
stance should  have  to  pass  through  a  state  of  half  fluidity,  in 
order  to  become  solid — as  a  proof  of  which,  we  may  adduce 
the  crystals  of  s^t.  K  we  admit  attracting  and  repelling 
powers  to  act  at  pleasure,  as  M.  Harting  has  done,  a  good 
deal  may  certainly  be  explained;  but  we  must  divest  our 
explanation,  as  much  as  possible,  of  arbitrary  assumptions. 

We  have  received  many  researches  this  year  respecting  the 
chemical  constitution  of  cellular  tissue.  Firsts  Some  obser- 
vations respecting  the  colouring  blue  of  the  vegetable  cell- 
membrane,  through  means  of  iodine^  by  Hugo  Mohl.  Flora, 
1840,  p.  609.  In  consequence  of  Schleiden^s  observations, 
the  author  instituted  researches  regarding  the  embryo  of 
Schotia  speciosa.  This  embryo  swells  by  a  lengthened  ma- 
ceration in  cold  water,  and  by  boiling  with  water,  but  is  not 
entirely  dissolved ;  and  then,  not  only  are  the  cells  coloured 
blue  by  the  application  of  iodine,  but  also  the  mucus  around 
them.  The  cells  of  the  cotyledons  of  Tropeolum  majus^ 
hybridum,  and  minus^  exhibit  a  similar  reaction.  The  blue 
colour  with  them,  however,  does  not  appear  immediately,  but 
the  cell-membrane  first  turns  yellow,  then  green,  and  finally 
blue.  The  cell-membrane  of  many  lichens  was  likewise  ana- 
lyzed, after  Meyen's  suggestion,  and  a  similar  reaction  was 
400 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  9 

obserred.  The  efifect  upon  the  Algce  was  much  slighter,  and 
only  SphcBroeoccus  ciliatutSy  Viva  linza,  and  U.  lactuca^ 
assume  a  blue  colour.  The  author  further  instituted  re- 
searches respecting  the  horn-like  albumen-cells ;  first,  of  those 
of  Monocotyledons^  when  he  found  the  four  following  principal 
modifications: — a.  Albumen-cells,  which  are  coloured  yellow 
by  diluted  tincture  of  iodine,  becoming  yellowish-brown  upon 
being  dried,  and  which  assume  their  former  yellow  colour 
again  on  being  moistened,  and  which,  in  fact,  behave  them- 
selves in  quite  the  same  manner  as  the  common  woody  tissue. 
This  takes  place,  as  far  as  the  author  investigated,  with  the 
albumen  of  all  Palms,  for  instance,  with  Rhapis  (leaulis, 
Manicaria  saccifera,  &c.  b.  Albumen-cells,  which  exhibit 
first  a  yellow,  subsequently  a  brown  colour  with  an  admixture 
of  violet,  upon  the  action  of  iodine,  which  become  clearer 
or  darker  yellow-brown  upon  being  dried ;  and  upon  being 
soaked  again,  become  violet,  with  a  brown  admixture;  as 
Iris  pratensiSj  atomaria,  Allium  globosum,  odorum,  siMri- 
cum,  Asphodeltis  luteus,  Anthericum  ramosum,  Czackm 
liliastrum,  Eucomia  punctata,  c.  Albumen-cells,  which, 
upon  the  action  of  iodine,  become  first  yellow,  then  brown, 
finally  dirty  violet;  when  dried,  red-brown;  when  soaked 
again,  violet,  with  a  partial  transition  to  deep  violet  blue ;  as 
Iris  aurea,  Asparagus  dauricus,  m^ritimus,  Scilla  peru- 
viana, Hyadnthus  romxmus,  amethystinus,  Lilium  bulM- 
ferum,  Tigridia  pavonia, .  Convallaria  racem>osa,  Yucca 
gloriosa.  d.  Albumen-cells,  which,  by  the  application  of 
iodine,  are  coloured  with  a  lively  violet ;  when  dry,  red  brown ; 
soaked  again,  beautifully  violet  or  deep  violet  blue.  lana 
hyalina,  squalida,  Gladiolus  tristis,  Euscus  ra^cemosus,  VelU 
hewnia  mridifolia.  The  author  has  investigated,  with  less 
care,  the  seed  of  Dicotyledons  with  horn-like  albumen,  because 
the  phenomena,  as  far  as  he  observed  them,  were  the  same  as 
in  the  Monocoiyledonous  plants.  Caustic  potass  acts,  accord- 
ing to  the  author,  veryconsiderably  upon  those  albumen-cells 
which  become  coloured  blue  by  the  application  of  iodine. 
Those  upon  which  the  alkali  acted  most  slightly,  were  fiir- 
nished  with  considerably  thicker  walls.  It  was  distmctly 
401  2C 


10  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

seen,  that  the  external  strata  of  each  cell  were  first  loosened 
into  a  gelatinons  mass ;  and  the  cells,  situated  at  the  edge  of 
the  section,  were  entirely  conrerted  into  a  jelly,  soluble  in 
water.  The  dissolyed  substance,  as  well  as  the  loosened 
membranes  of  cells,  were  beautifblly  coloured  blue  by  iodine. 
The  author  next  remarks  upon  the  effect  of  iodine  upon  the 
cell-membrane  in  general,  and  draws  the  following  inferences : — 
l«f.  The  iodine  imparts  yery  different  colours  to  the  r^etable 
cell-membrane,  according  to  Hbe  quantity  in  which  it  is  taken 
up  by  it.  A  slight  quantity  of  iodine  produces  a  yellow  or 
brown,  a  larger  quantity  a  violet,  and  a  still  larger  quantity  a 
blue  colour.  Iodine  imparts  the  yellow  or  brown  colour  to  the 
dried  membrane  of  the  cell,  provided  it  is  dissolyed  in  alcohol, 
or  otherwise  comes  in  contact  with  the  latter;  the  yiolet  or 
blue  colour,  on  the  other  hand,  only  takes  place  when  the  cell- 
membrane  is  soaked  in  water.  The  blue  colour  converts  itself 
into  the  violet  or  red  brown  upon  being  dried,  but  resumes  the 
former  colour  on  being  again  moistened ;  analogous  changes 
of  colour,  as  is  well  known,  also  take  place  with  the  iodine  of 
starch,  according  to  the  circumstances  of  the  latter  being  dry 
or  wet.  2dly^  The  colour  which  the  cell-membrane  assumes 
through  means  of  iodine,  does  not  only  depend  on  the  quan- 
tity of  iodine  applied,  but  also  on  the  quality  of  the  membrane 
limit.  The  more  soft  and  tender  membranes,  which  swell 
readily  in  water,  assume  immediately  a  violet  or  blue  colour, 
even  when  only  a  small  quantity  of  iodine  has  been  applied 
to  them ;  or  the  yellow  colour,  which  they  at  first  assumed, 
passes  into  a  violet  or  blue  colour,  even  before  the  fluid  has 
completely  dried  up ;  or,  at  all  events,  immediately  after,  and 
resumes  it  again  on  being  soaked.  The  more  hard,  brittle 
membranes,  which  less  readily  swell  in  water,  on  the  other 
hand,  on  the  application  of  iodine,  assume  a  yellow  or  brown 
colour;  and,  after  being  dried  and  soaked  again,  assume  a 
blue  colour,  when  a  large  quantity  of  iodine  has  acted  upon 
them.  Third,  This  development  of  a  blue  colour  entirely  de- 
pends on  the  nature  of  the  membrane  of  the  cell,  and  is  only 
produced  by  the  addition  of  a  sufficiently  large  quantity  of 
iodine. 

402 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  11 

Schleiden  has  published  an  Appendix  ta  this  Treatise,  in 
the  same  annual  series  of  the  Flora,  p.  737.  He  is  of  opi- 
nion, that  Mohl  might  have  drawn  two  conclusions  from  his 
researches : — 1st,  That  iodine  has  no  influence  as  a  reagent 
upon  starch,  which  indeed  is  the  result  of  tiie  discoyery  of 
the  amyloid.  Schleiden,  together  with  Vogel,  has  found 
a  substance  in  the  cotyledonary  cells  of  Schotia  latifolia^ 
apeciosaj  Hymemea  eourbar^  &c.,  which  assumes  a  blue 
colour  on  the  application  of  iodine,  but  in  a  different  manner 
from  starch;  and  he  has  published  this  in  Poggendorff's 
Annals  for  1839.  2dly,  That  the  blue  colouring  of  regetable 
substances,  by  iodine,  is  no  real  chemical  combination.  Mohl 
has  said,  that  the  blue  colouring  of  the  membrane  does  not 
indicate  a  material  difference  from  the  ordinary  membrane  of 
the  cell,  on  account  of  its  not  being  probable,  that  cells  formed 
of  a  different  substance,  should  occur  together  in  the  same 
plant;  but  with  regard  to  this,  the  reporter  replies,  that  the 
only  point  of  importance,  is  the  question  of  what  is  under- 
stood by  the  essential  difference  of  two  regetable  substances^ 
Mohl  seems  inclined  to  leaye  this  point  to  the  chemists,  but 
is  however  of  opinion,  that  in  that  case  we  should  haye  to 
wait  some  time.  This  is  followed  up  by  a  remark,  which 
deserves  to  be  inserted  here,  as  it  marks  the  peculiar  manner 
of  Schleiden.  '*  On  reading  the  good-for-nothing  opinions  of 
Berzelius  and  Liebig,  respecting  Schwann's  discoveries  with 
regard  to  the  (Gdhrungspilz)  fungus  of  fermentation,  one 
would  suppose  that  these  gentlemen  had  never  heard  of  such 
a  thing  as  a  microscope.  On  hearing  Berzelius  speak  of 
Schwann's  firivolousness,  we  do  not  know  what  to  say  to  such 
absurdity.  I  should  sincerely  congratulate  the  science  of 
chemistry,  if  Berzelius  had  always  instituted  his  researches 
with  a  circumspection  so  thoroughly  founded  upon  elaborate 
knowledge,  and  a  profundity,  combined  with  so  much  modest 
doubt  in  his  own  powers,  as  to  secure  him  from  the  influence 
of  preconceived  opinions,  as  Schwann  has  done.*     Did  not 

*  Schwami  has  written  a  book,  caUed  "  Microfloopical  Researchei 
on  the  Identity  of  Stnicture  and  Growth  of  Animals  and  Plants" 
403 


12  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MBCCCXLl : 

the  first  hundred  pages  of  the  sixth  yolaine  of  his  chemistry 
oocnr  to  Berzelias  when  writing  these  words,  and  produce  a 
hlnsh  of  shame  in  him  for  such  a  judgment  1" 

The  aathor  then  proceeds  to  the  dhemical  qualities  of  many 
regetable  substances,  and  draws  the  following  conclusions 
therefrom,  which  I  will  enumerate  verbatim,  in  order  that 
they  may  be  understood : — 1st,  "  The  vegetable  substances, 
which  are  usually  enumerated  as  indiflferent  ones  (amphotere)^ 
and  which  belong  to  the  series  of  starch,  form  only  a  very 
scanty  selection  of  the  infinite  variety  of  materials,  belonging 
to  the  same  degree  of  development,  which  occur  in  plants. 
2dly,  The  plant  forms  a  chemical  elementary  matt^  in  its 
vegetation  (no  allusion  is  meant  hereby  to  the  old  nonsense  of 
primitive  mucus),  which  remains  the  same,  in  all  stages  of  the 
process  of  vegetation,  with  regard  to  its  elementary  composi* 
tion ;  but  is,  however,  capable  of  infinite  modifications,  owing 
to  internal  changes,  which  are  imperceptible,  and  altogether 
unknown  to  us,  partially,  also,  to  the  increase  and  diminution 
of  the  water  combined  with  it ;  the  number  of  which  depends 
on  the  number  of  atoms  of  water  which  associate  themselves 
with  it,  and  also  on  different  combinations  of  elements,  but 
which,  for  the  present,  appear  to  us  as  a  constant  series  of 
different  states,  the  nearest  members  of  which  do  not  appear 
to  us  to  differ  materially.  The  lowest  of  these  members  is 
sugar,  the  highest  the  perfectly  developed  substance  of  the 
membranes,  —  a  series,  the  members  of  which  become  more 
insoluble  in  water  as  they  rise  from  below  upwards,  so  that, 
under  certain  circumstances,  the  gelatine  from  the  cellular 
substance  crystallizes  from  without  in  an  organic  form."  (See 
Schwann^s  Microscopical  Besearches,  &c.,  p.  220.) 

It  appears  to  me  very  advisable,  however,  to  have  recourse 
again  to  the  chemists. 

There  is  a  r^K>rt  of  a  treatise  of  M.  Payen  "  Sur  la  Com- 

(Berlin,  1839) ;  in  which  he  adopts  Schleiden's  opinion  with  regard  to 
the  cytoblast,  without  any  farther  scrutiny,  and  now  endeavours  to  trace 
a  similarity  in  the  animal  Idngdom.  Keq)ecting  it,  see  my  Propyl&en  of 
Natural  History ;  Berlin,  1839. 

404 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.         13 

position  Ghimique  du  Tissu  Fropre  des  V^g^tanx,"  in  the  An- 
nates des  Sciences  Natnrelles,  yoI.  xiii.  p.  305. 

The  reporters  are,  Dumas,  Felonze,  and  Ad.  Brongniart. 
Payen  caused  caustic  potass  in  a  heated  state,  then  iodine, 
and  occasionally  sulphuric  add,  to  act  upon  different  yegetable 
substances,  and  obseryed,  that  the  original  membrane,  which 
constitutes  the  int^nments  of  the  cells,  remained  without  any 
change.    He  found,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the  deposits  on 
this  membrane  converted  themselyes  into  a  substance  under 
the  action  of  potass,  which,  on  application  of  iodine,  assumed 
a  Tiolet  colour  (blue-yiolet) ;  and  that,  finally,  a  part  of  these 
new  products,  which  he  terms  secondary  ones,  were  conyerted 
by  the  same  influences  into  another  substance,  which  assumes 
an  orange  colour  on  the  application  of  iodine.    It  appears, 
further,  from  his  numerous  analyses,  that  the  yegetable  tissues, 
both  of  the  Phanerogamia  and  the  Cryptogamia^  by  the  con- 
tinued solution  of  all  foreign  substances^  which  haye  either 
been  deposited  in  their  cayities,  or  on  the  membranes  them- 
selyes, may  be  traced  to  a  substance  (cellulose),  which  con- 
stitutes the  original  walls  of  the  cells  of  the  cellular  tissue,  of 
the  woody  tissue,  and  of  the  vessels,  which  has  the  same  com- 
position as  starch,  and  is  only  distinguished  by  its  aggregated 
state,  through  means  of  which  it  exhibits  a  stronger  degree  of 
resistance  to  chemical  influences.    The  similarity  of  the  cel- 
lulose and  of  starch,  with  regard  to  elementary  composition, 
the  transformation  of  both  substances  into  dextrine  and  sugar,- 
would,  indeed,  in  themselves,  lead  us  to  suppose,  that  inter- 
mediate states  exist.    In  fact,  the  author  obseryed,  that  the 
membrane  of  the  Cetraria  islandica^  when  properly  cleansed^ 
assumes  a  blue  colour  on  the  application  of  iodine,  and  is 
dissolved  like  starch  in  soda.    The  thick  walls  of  the  cells  in 
the  albumen  of  Phytelephas  and  Draeoma  likewise,  when 
properly  cleansed,  assume  a  blue  colour  on  the  application  of 
iodine,  but  resist  solution  longer  than  the  cellular  substance 
of  the  Liehenes,    The  reporters  add : — Cells  of  woody  tissue, 
when  freed  from  all  foreign  substances,  so  as  no  longer  to 
assume  a  black  colour  on  the  application  of  muriatic  acid, 
and  of  weak  sulphuric  acid ;  nor  an  orange  colour,  on  the 
405 


14  REPORT  ON  ROTANT,  MDCCCXLI : 

applicatioii  of  iodine,  still  retained  some  thickness,  bnt  had 
become  soft  and  spongy ;  and  this  was  also  the  case  with  the 
dots  and  stripes  (Jtneamenfo)  which  do  not  disappear.  They 
are  of  opinion,  therefore,  that  the  deposited  substances  are  not 
only  deposited  externally,  bnt  haye  also  penetrated  into  the 
internal  stmctore  of  the  tissue. 

An  elaborate  treatise,  on  this  subject,  by  M.  Payen,  is 
published  in  the  same  Journal,  yol.  xir.  p.  73,  being  the 
results  of  elementary  analyses  of  the  cellular  tissue  of  various 
plants.  These  were : — ^The  OYule  of  the  kernels  of  almonds, 
pears,  and  apples,  and  HeUanthua  annuus^  the  membranous 
part  of  the  cambium  of  cucumbers,  the  cellular  tissue  of 
cucumbers,  the  pith  of  8arnbucu8  nigra,  of  .^chyn&mene 
pahtdosa,  cotton  cleansed  once,  and  cotton  cleansed  twice, 
the  spongioles  of  roots.  The  analyses  fluctuate  between  43 
and  45  parts  of  carbon  in  100;  6.04  and  6.32  hydrogen; 
and  48.55  and  50.59  oxygen.  The  formula  of  G  ^  H 18  0  » 
4-  H  3  0  corresponds  with  these  analyses.  Other  researches 
are  added  to  this.  Leayes  were,  with  difficulty,  fireed  firom  a 
waxy  substance,  but  at  last  gave  a  cellular  substance  of  the 
same  composition  as  the  former.  Spiral  vessels  of  Mti8a 
9apientum  evidently  contained  a  covering,  "  mati^  incms- 
tante ;"  for,  only  on  being  cleansed  by  the  application  of  am- 
monia, water,  weak  muriatic  add,  &c.,  did  they  give  0.484 
carbon;  on  being  treated  by  potass  with  heat,  only  0.44 
carbon ;  the  latter  had  otherwise  the  same  proportion  as  the 
normal  cellular  tissue.  The  pure  membrane  taken  from  the 
grains  of  wheat  had  the  usual  constituents.  The  cells  in  the 
circumference  of  the  albumen  exhibited  a  grey  colour,  which 
originates  from  a  gelatinous  substance  that  covers  the  mem- 
brane. The  application  of  tannin  colours  and  contracts  this 
substance,  ammonia  and  acetic  acid  dissolve  it,  and  leave  the 
pure  membrane ;  solution  of  iodine  colours  the  gelatinous  sub- 
stance yellow,  the  starch  dark  violet,  and  leaves  the  membrane 
uncoloured.  There  remains  in  the  grain  only  pure  membrane 
after  germination.  Vegetable  remains,  from  cow  dung,  were 
easily  cleansed,  and  the  membrane  then  had  the  usual  com- 
position.    The  hair  of  the  seed  of  the  Virginian  Poplar  Tree 

406 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  15 

behaved  in  the  same  manner  as  cotton.  It  was  difficult  to 
separate  firwood  fi*om  all  foreign  substances ;  the  membrane, 
howerer,  after  this  had  been  accomplished,  exhibited  the  usual 
composition.  The  membrane  of  Cetraria  ialandica^  cleansed 
by  water,  alcohol,  anmionia,  acetic  acid,  and  ether,  still 
assumed  a  blue  colour  on  the  application  of  iodine ;  and  the 
jelly  of  this  lichen  contained  hydrate  of  starch  and  inulin. 
This  last  substance  is  resolved  into  a  sugar  by  acetic  acid, 
which  is  dissolved  in  water,  and  also  in  alcohol.  On  dis- 
solving inulin  in  boiling  water,  it  is  separated,  when  left  to 
cool,  into  small,  white,  and  transparent  globules,  like  starch 
globules ;  they  do  not,  however,  assume  a  blue  colour  on  the 
application  of  iodine.  The  albumen  of  dates  may  be  en- 
tirely dissolved  by  potass,  in  the  same  way  as  the  membrane 
of  Cetraria  islandica.  It  was  more  difficult  to  remove  depo- 
sited substances  from  the  Confervce  and  Chara  hispida;  pre- 
caution was  necessary  with  the  Fungi;  but  a  membrane  of  the 
usual  composition  remained  in  all  these  cases.  The  author  de- 
scribes different  forms  of  starch  granules  in  the  Chara;  but 
they  were  not  different  in  a  chemical  point  of  view.  The  tender 
membrane  in  the  orange  coloured  organs  of  the  Chara  exhi- 
bited the  usual  composition  of  vegetable  membrane ;  the  sub- 
stances contained  in  it,  however,  were  very  nitrogenous.  The 
author  expresses  the  opinion,  that  all  nitrogenous  materials 
in  plants,  are  only  deposited,  whilst  they  penetrate  into  the 
membranes  themselves  of  animals.  He  obtained  the  prepared 
gut  of  a  sheep,  from  a  manufacturer  of  stringed  instruments, 
treated  it  with  water,  acetic  acid,  and  potass,  of  which  thQ 
two  latter  had  a  peculiar  dissolving  effect,  analyzed  the  re- 
mainder, and  found  a  nitrogenous  quaternary  compound.  This 
residue  had  also,  in  other  respects,  the  general  qualities  of 
animal  membrane;  it  dissolved  in  acetic  acid  and  diluted 
muriatic  acid,  which  is  not  the  case  with  vegetable  membrane. 
The  author  compares  the  distinguishing  marks  of  pure  vege- 
table and  animal  membrane ;  and,  besides  the  one  enumerated, 
I  may  add,  that  the  latter  is  dissolved  by  the  diluted  solutions 
of  potass  and  soda,  and  ammonia,  but  not  the  former.  Fur- 
ther, that  tannic  acid,  alum,  and  corrosive  sublimate,  do  not 
407 


16  REPORT  ON  BOTAKT,  IfDOCCXLI : 

act  at  all,  or  at  all  ey^nts  only  in  a  trifling  degree,  upon  the 
former,  tannic  add  contracting  it  a  little ;  the  latter,  how- 
erer,  is  not  only  contracted  by  it,  but  combines  with  it. 

This  excellent  work  presents  decided  answers  on  many  dis- 
puted points. 

I  may  here  be  permitted  to  add  something  respecting  the 
starch  in  plants.  I  hare  illustrated  the  changes  of  the  gra- 
nules of  starch  in  the  16th  Table  of  the  Icones  AnatamiccB 
BotaniccB.  Th^  granules  of  potatoes  were  burst  by  warm 
water,  and  yielded  a  thick  fluid  mass,  which  assumed  a  blue 
colour  on  the  application  of  iodine,  the  same  as  the  enclosing 
integument.  .  It  follows  from  this,  that  each  granule  of  starch 
contains  a  thick  fluid  kernel,  as  Baspail  asserted,  although 
the  integuments  consist  of  many  layers,  as  may  indeed  be 
distinctly  seen  in  many  granules  of  starch,  just  as  Fritzsche 
first  obseryed.  As  this  thick  fluid  kernel  assumes  a  blue 
colour  on  the  application  of  iodine,  like  the  int^ument,  there 
is  no  reason  to  doubt  that  it  consists  of  any  thing  else  than  a 
mass  of  amylum.  It  is  an  ordinary  occurrence,  that  this  mass 
is  changed  into  gum  or  dextrine,  by  being  strongly  heated, 
or  by  a  lengthened  rubbing  with  water,  as  Baspail  applied  it, 
and  a  similar  transformation  takes  place  on  the  more  usual 
application  of  nitric  add.  The  experiment  should  be  per- 
formed as  soon  as  the  bursting  has  taken  place,  in  order  to 
avoid  any  change  occurring  in  the  starch.  The  integument 
of  the  granules  is  frequently  found  torn  after  germination ; 
see  fig.  9  and  10  of  the  same  table,  compared  with  fig.  8. 
Unformed  thick  fluid  starch  I  first  found  in  the  bulbous-formed 
roots  of  8alep9  subsequently  also  in  the  bulbous-formed  roots 
of  the  conunon  Orchis  latifolia^  before  and  alter  blossommg, 
as  is  seen  in  fig.  13  of  the  same  table.  Later,  I  also  found 
amykim  in  the  roots  of  Orchis  pyramid^Us^  and  in  the  roo>ts 
Qf  Orchis  latifoliay  long  after  blossoming.  As  usual  in  granules. 
Boots  of  Salep  are  also  met  with,  that  contain  granules  of 
starch.  It  seems,  therefore,  that  the  unformed  matter  is 
capable  of  transforming  itself  into  granules.  A  thick  fluid 
mass,  which  cannot  be  coloured  by  iodine,  mixed  with  large 

granules  of  starch,  is  also  found  in  the  seed  of  Phaseolus 

408 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  17 

vulgaris,  fig.  12.  Large  and  small  granules  of  starch  are 
generally  mixed  with  each  other.  The  most  external  cells  of 
the  grain  of  wheat,  in  which,  according  to  Fayen,  the  most 
gelatine  is  contained,  contain  small  granules  of  starch,  as  if 
they  were  developed  from  gelatine.  Mohl,  I  think,  was  the  first 
who  obserred  that  starch  deyelopes  itself  in  chlorophyll ;  it 
may  be  obsenred,  with  peculiar  distinctness,  in  the  older  leares 
of  the  Vallisneria  spiralis,  where  a  granule  of  starch  is  pro- 
duced in  the  granules  of  chlorophyll,  as  may  be  perceived  by 
the  application  of  iodine.  It  is  remarkable,  that  the  movement 
of  the  chlorophyll  granules  immediately  ceases,  as  so<m  as  a 
granule  of  starch  has  formed  itself  in  them. 

Vegetable  substances  are  by  no  means  so  uniform  as  the 
mineral  substances.  Saltpetre  is  saltpetre,  and  common  salt 
common  salt,  let  it  be  prepared  in  what  way  it  will,  if 
it  has  only  been  properly  cleansed.  This  is  not  the  case 
with  many  vegetable  substances — ^for  instance,  with  alcohol, 
the  vegetable  acids,  4^c.  In  others,  this  chemical  universality, 
if  I  may  so  term  it,  is  not  so  great  as  is  seen  in  sugar.  The 
vegetable  substances,  indeed  the  organic  substances  in  general, 
only  form  genera  and  species  in  most  cases.  Thus  the  etheric 
oils  are  different  in  every  kind  of  plants,  and  this  is  also  the 
case  ^th  the  isomeric  compounds ;  also  with  the  resins  and 
gums ;  and  although  they  have  but  five  distinguishing  charac- 
ters, yet  they  differ  in  their  qualities  in  almost  every  plant. 
This  is  also  the  case  with  starch,  for  although  it  has  the  same 
characters  from  wheat,  potatoes,  and  fi^m  arrow  root,  yet 
the  jelly  obtained  from  them  exhibits  differences.  Potato 
starch,  for  instance,  has  a  peculiar  smell.  In  this  instance, 
therefore,  as  indeed  is  done  generally  in  natural  history,  we 
reduce  the  species  into  genera,  which  we  distinguish  by  cer- 
tain marks ;  and  thus  every  thing  is  (sailed  starch,  which  pre- 
sents itself  unformed  or  in  granules,  that  assumes  a  blue  colour 
on  the  application  of  iodine,  and  that  is  dissolved  in  warm 
water ;  and  not  ia  spirit  of  wine,  ether,  and  oils.  The  AlthcBa 
mucus  also,  at  least  partially,  belongs  to  the  genus  starch; 
it  forms  granules,  which  become  blue  on  the  application  of 
iodine,  which  dissolve  themselves  in  cold  water,  and  which 

409 


18  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDGCCXLl : 

fomi  a  mucuB  that  is  likewise  turned  blue  by  the  tincture  of 
iodine.    See  Icon.  Anat  BoL^  table  16,  fig.  14,  a.  b. 

It  is  a  matter  of  surprise  to  me,  that  Payen  has  paid  no 
regard  to  the  cellular  substance  of  potatoes,  which  seems  to 
approximate  to  the  membrane  of  the  Lichenes.  As  to  Ce- 
traria  itlandieay  it  behares  itself  as  I  bare  represented  in 
the  third  rolume  of  the  selected  Anatom.  Bot.  Figures,  table 
5,  figs.  1  and  3  (1841).  The  most  external  layer,  which 
generally  consists  of  an  intercellular  substance,  does  not 
become  coloured  by  iodine;  the  second  layer,  consisting  of 
yery  tender  close  tubes,  exhibits  a  strong  colooring  by  iodine ; 
and  again,  the  most  internal,  yery  loose  layer,  which  consists 
of  larger  tubes,  is  not  cbanged  by  iodine.  It  is  different  with 
Lobaria  pulmonariay  and  Roceella  tmctoria ;  the  external 
layer  does  not  become  coloured,  but  the  internal,  yery  loose 
layer,  consisting  of  rather  thick  tubes,  does ;  the  second  layer, 
which  is  coloured  blue  in  Cetraria  islandica,  is  also  entirely 
wanting  here.    See  table  5,  fig.  13,  and  table  6,  fig.  5. 

The  production  of  new  cells,  in  relation  to  those  already 
existing,  may  be  conceiyed  to  take  place  in  three  different 
ways.  The  new  cells  are  produced  at  the  ends,  edges,  or 
within  the  circumference  of  the  older  cells ;  or  they  are  pro- 
duced between  the  older  cells ;  or  they  are  produced  within 
the  old  cells,  by  a  mother  cell  being  torn,  or  otherwise  de- 
stroyed, which  causes  the  new  cell  to  come  forward.  The 
last  mode  of  production  is  assumed  by  Schleiden,  who  describes 
the  new  cells  as  produced  firom  a  dark  nucleus  '*  cytoblast" 
(which  B.  Brown  has  particularly  obseryed  in  the  young  cells 
of  the  OrchidecB)  within  a  mother  cell.  I  haye  made  some 
researches  on  this  subject,  and  the  result  of  them  I  haye  giyen 
in  the  second  yolume  of  the  Iconea  Selectee  Anat  Bot.  (1840), 
tab.  6,  figs.  1-8.  The  young  leayes  are  most  easily  inyesti- 
gated  in  juicy  plants ;  the  bud  is  only  a  round  projection  of 
the  trunk,  on  which  the  leayes  are  situated  like  small  granules. 
Fig.  1  represents  such  a  leaf  of  Sempervivum  arhorevm^ 
magnified  315  times  in  diameter ;  and  fig.  2  exhibits  the  point 
of  such  a  leaf,  magnified  600  times.  A  dark  material  is  per- 
ceiycd  in  the  cells  of  fig.  1,  which  is  less  distinct  in  the  cells  of 
410 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  19 

fig.  2,  which,  howeyer,  in  the  final  papiHa,  seems  to  be  bound 
into  a  sac.  This  papilla  disappears  when  the  leaf  begins  to 
grow.  The  projection  of  the  trunk  itself,  with  the  young 
leaves  or  the  bud,  is  found  in  fig.  4,  magnified  100  times ;  and 
in  fig.  3,  magnified  180  times.  There  is  scarcely  any  foreign 
tnatter  perceptible  in  the  leaves,  but  a  granule  is  certainly 
found  in  the  projection  of  the  trunk,  which  afterwards  dis- 
appears ;  no  trace  of  cells  is,  however,  found  any  where  one 
within  another.  If  we  were  to  call  the  entire  young  leaf  a 
mother  cell,  in  as  much  as  it  may  be  surrounded  by  a  cuticle, 
this  would  be  a  mere  quibble,  since  this  little  skin  is  torn  and 
disappears,  and  thus  allows  the  cells  to  come  forward;  indeed, 
the  individual  cell  distinguishes  itself  from  the  skin  of  the 
leaf,  by  the  former  enclosing  no  other  cells  than  that  of  the 
latter.  Fig.  5  exhibits  a  young  bud  of  Qwerciw  robur.  It 
exhibits  just  the  same  structure  as  the  juicy  plants,  a  pro- 
jection of  the  branch  famished  with  leaves,  the  only  difference 
being  this,  that  it  is  curved  in  this  and  straight  in  that. 
Cells,  780  times  enlarged  from  the  projection,  are  seen  in 
fig.  6.  The  green  substance,  chlorophyll,  is  exhibited  dis- 
tinctly, of  a  pale  green  colour ;  but  one  cell  within  another  is 
nowhere  to  be  seen.  All  this  is  confirmed  by  the  represen- 
tation of  a  bud  of  Syringa  vulgaris^  which  would  only  have 
developed  itself  in  the  following  year.  As  young  cells  are 
never  perceived,  therefore,  in  the  interior  of  the  old  cells,  we 
have  reason  to  assert,  that  an  enlargement  of  the  cellular 
tissue,  by  means  of  mother  cells,  does  not  take  place  in  these 
plants. 

A  preliminary  answer  to  H.  Mohl's  treatise,  respecting  the 
structure  of  the  annular  ducts,  by  Dr.  M.  J.  Schleiden,  is 
found  in  Flora^  vol.  xxiii.  p.  1.  It  is  necessary,  however,  to  go 
back  as  far  as  the  year  1839 ;  partly  in  order  to  understand 
the  subject  in  general,  and  partly  because  Meyen's  represen- 
tations are  very  defective.  The  same  author  has  published  ob- 
servations in  the  same  journal,  respecting  spiral  formations 
in  the  cells  of  plants.  The  cells  of  plants,  he  states,  inclusive 
of  the  so  termed  vessels  —  but  setting  aside  the  latex  ducts  •• — 
exhibit  two  periods  in  their  life.  In  the  first  period,  which 
411 


20  RBPORT  ON  BOTAXT,  MDCCCXLI : 

18  the  period  of  their  prodnctioii  and  isohited  independent 
derelopment,  the  membrane  forming  them,  grows  in  its  whole 
substance  through  intussusception.     As  soon,  howeyer,  as  the 
cells  hare  joined  the  cellular  tissue  as  the  constituent  matter 
of  a  certain  plant  or  its  parts,  that  kind  of  growth  ceases, 
or,  at  all  eyents,  retrocedes  yery  much.    But  a  pew  and  im- 
portant circumstance  is  now  added  to  the  other  phenomena, 
namely,  that  a  new  layer  is  deposited  upon  the  whole  internal 
surface  of  the  wall  of  the  cell,  in  the  form  of  one  or  more 
bands,  closely  twisted  together,  so  that  the  spires  exhibit  the 
most  exact  contiguity  without  any  continuity  among  them- 
selyes.    Originally,  such  is  the  opinion  of  tiie  author,  two 
bands  existed  together,  arising  from  an  ascending  and  de- 
scending current  of  the  formatiye  matter.     The  author  first 
of  all  contemplates  the  case,  when  the  cell  has  not  attained  its 
perfect  deyelopment,  at  the  period  when  the  thickening  of  its 
walls  commences  through  means  of  spiral  deposits.     We  find 
here  the  following  cases: — a.   Simple  fibre  (double  in  the 
sense  stated  aboye).    The  cell  extends  itself  considerably  from 
the  moment  of  its  production,  indiyidual  spires  grow  together 
early,  and  others  become  disunited  and  form  annular  ducts. 
The  author  subsequently  expresses  himself  more  distinctly,  by 
stating,  that  this  laceration  or  separation  takes  place  by  means 
of  resorption,    h.  Simple  or  manifold  fibre,  with  an  extension 
of  the  cell,  and  slight  or  no  connection  with  the  wall  of  the 
cell.     Spiral  yessels,  capable  of  being  unrolled,  with  wide 
spires,    c.  Simple  or  manifold  fibre,  with  a  more  considerable 
extension  of  the  wall  of  the  cell ;  which  are  generally  closely 
grown  together.    Narrow  spired  (not  1)  spiral  yessels,  that  are 
capable  of  being  twisted,  false  tracheso,  and  partially  banded 
and  sqalarifonn  yessels  of  the  older  writers,    d.  Manifold 
fibre,  with  moderate  extension  of  the  cell ;  particular  portions 
of  the  spire  grown  together ;  generally^  also^  they  adhere  to 
the  wall  of  the  cell.    The  entire  series  of  forms,  from  the  so 
termed  branched  spiral,  to  the  reticulated  yessels.    A  portion 
of  the  banded  and  scalariform  yessels  of  the  older  writers 
also  belong  to  this  diyision.      The  author  then  proceeds  to 
the  second  case,  stating : — If  the  cell,  howeyer,  has  ahready 
412 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  QF  PLANTS.  21 

attained  its  perfect  deyelopment  at  the  period  when  the  spiral 
deposits  commence,  a  new  and  most  wonderful  circiHnstance 
takes  place,  namely,  the  formation  of  air  yesicles  on  the  outr 
side  of  the  cell,  between  two  adjacent  ones,  which  precedes 
the  production  of  the  deposits,  and  the  spires  in  the  inside 
at  the  locality,  which  corresponds  to  the  place  of  those  air 
re^cles,  separate  themselyes  from  each  other  in  the  shape  of 
fissures.  All  porous  cells  and  yessels  belong  to  this  diyision ; 
likewise,  howeyer,  a  portion  of  the  former  banded  and  scalari- 
form  yessels,  which  are  only  distinguished  by  the  length  of  the 
slit  of  the  pore,  from  the  so  termed  porous  yessels.  The  author 
further  alludes  to  the  differences  of  the  cells  as  to  form,  which 
pass  from  the  small  globular  to  the  yery  lengthy  form.  The 
yessels,  according  to  his  opinion,  are  produced  by  the  inter- 
yening  walls  of  the  cells  being  absorbed ;  he  also  says,  that 
the  perforation  of  the  primary  membrane,  in  the  leaf  cells  of 
sphagnum,  is  produced  by  resorption.  The  author .  likewise 
adds,  that  it  is  not  always  only  a  single  deposit  that  remains, 
but  seyeral  repeated,  and  in  such  a  manner,  that  they  either 
lie  one  upon  another,  by  which  the  broad  plates  in  the  sphag- 
num cells  are  produced,  *  or  when  this  does  not  take  place,  as 
in  the  pores  of  Taavs  hdccata.  Freyious  to  this,  appeared  a 
treatise  by  H.  Mohl^  in  the  same  Journal,  yol.  xxii.  p.  81,  re- 
specting the  structure  of  the  vegetable  cell  Tnenibrane,  which 
is  particularly  directed  against  Meyen's  opinions;  and,  among 
others,  against  the  opinion,  that  the  membrane  of  cells  is 
formed  of  spiral  fibres.  In  this  treatise,  he  also  maintains  the 
opinion,  that  the  fibres  and  punctations  of  the  cells  originate 
from  a  deposit  of  a  secondary,  upon  the  external  membrane, 
in  many  cases  eyen  from  a  tertiary  membrane.  He  belieyes, 
the  process  of  formation  of  the  simple,  particularly  of  the 
secondary  cell  membrane,  is  goyemed  by  the  rule,  that  the 
organic  substance  is  not  deposited  perfectly  uniform,  but  is 
deposited  in  some  places  in  larger,  in  others  in  smaller  quan- 
tities ;  and  it  is  when  this  unequsd  deposit  occurs  at  some 
places  in  larger  quantities,  and  is  entirely  wanting  between 
the  deposits,  that  ttese  large  deposits  either  (particularly  in 
lengthened  cells)  take  place  in  the  direction  of  a  spiral,  or 
413 


22  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

(eBpedftUy  in  shorter  cells)  in  the  direction  of  the  fibres  of  a  net. 
There  is  another  treatise  in  the  same  yplnme,  p.  673,  by  H. 
Mohl^  respecting  the  annular  ducts,  directed  against  Schleiden, 
who  asserts  (as  abready  mentioned),  that  annular  ducts,  which 
are  capable  of  being  unrolled,  were  formed  from  the  basis  of 
spiral  vessels,  the  fibres  of  which  hare  grown  together  firom 
two  spires  which  have  become  closed,  and  which  subsequeoj^ly 
become  isolated  by  the  resorption  of  the  spiral  formed  portions 
of  the  fibres  that  are  situated  between.  H.  Mohl  obserres, — 
"  I  haye  explained  the  reasons  in  the  treatise  respecting  the 
regetable  cell  membrane,  which  are  in  fayour  of  a  fibrous 
structure,  belonging  to  those  secondary  cell  membranes,  that  are 
distinguished  by  stripes ;  and  by  a  greater  degree  of  capabi- 
lity of  tearing  or  separating  themselves  in  a  spiral  direction ; 
and  by  depressions  and  furrows,  which  extend  themselves 
through  the  entire  thickness  of  the  membrane  of  the  cell ;  aiid, 
in  a  still  higher  degree,  by  fissures."  He  considers  the  struc- 
ture of  the  fibre,  which  forms  the  annular  ducts,  to  be  quite 
analogous  to  the  structure  of  the  spiral  fibre,  and  shows,  that 
(especially  where  the  rings  are  situated  near  to  each  other), 
in  the  lines  of  division,  shallow  or  deeper  ftirrows  exhibit 
themselves,  which  are  quite  parallel  to  the  edges ;  and  that 
(where  they  are  more  removed  from  each  other)  a  regular 
spiral  fibre  runs  between  them  in  other  cases,  which  either 
connects  itself  with  the  rings  or  not.  This  representation 
alone  must  cause  a  doubt  with  regard  to  Schleiden's  theory. 
A  principal  reason,  however,  is  the  examination  of  2Va- 
deaeanUa  taberosa^  to  which  Schleiden  refers,  especially  of 
the  roots,  where  (in  the  first  states  in  which  the  fibres  exhibit 
themselves)  they  have  already  the  same  differences  of  form, 
viz. : — Annular  and  spiral  fibres,  as  in  the  subsequent  states. 
This  is  followed  by  the  preliminary  answer  of  Schleiden,  to 
which  we  have  alluded  in  the  commencement.  He  states,  that 
he  does  not  believe  that  he  has  been  mistaken  in  his  obser- 
vations, but  that  he  has  seen  real  stages  of  transition,  as  the 
stationary  rings  are  distinguished  essentially  by  sharpness  of 
delineation,  firmness,  and  clearness  of  substance,  from  the  yel- 
lowish jelly-like  transitionary  matter  of  the  spiral,  which  is 

414 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OP  PLANTS.  23 

already  partially  destroyed  at  the  edges,  and  in  the  act  of 
decomposition.  Some  of  the  annular  fibres,  with  spiral  fibres 
of  Mohl,  he  considers  to  belong  to  the  reticulated  tissues.  He 
states, — '^  Generally  speaking,  I  am  inclined  to  pronounce  the 
inference  firom  the  deyeloped  forms,  upon  the  history  of  the 
production,  as  yery  dubious,  for  it  cannot  hare  escaped  the 
obseryation  of  Mohl,  that  secondary  fibres,  in  yery  many  cases, 
deyelop  themselyes  as  links  of  connection,  subsequently  to  the 
formation  of  the  fundamental  spirals;  and  which  fibres,  al- 
though consisting  of  quite  a  different  substance  (because  they 
are  soluble  by  being  boiled  in  caustic  potass),  are  apparently 
not  different  from  the  spirals,  and  thus  renders  the  recognition 
of  the  fundamental  spiral  exceedingly  difficult."  He  is  inclined 
to  attribute  such  a  secondary  mode  of  connection  to  one  repre- 
sented in  Mohl's  figures.  Schleiden  says,  at  the  conclusion, — 
*'  The  reason  that  particularly  induces  me  to  perseyere  in 
my  yiews,  is  the  philosophical  necessity,  inseparable  from  the 
genuine  inyestigation  of  nature,  of  limiting  the  number  of  modes 
of  explanation,  so  long  as  a  new  reason  is  not  absolutely  re- 
quired, in  consequence  of  the  impossibility  of  explaining  a 
phenomenon  by  an  old  mode  of  interpretation." 

Herr  Schleiden's  theory,  respecting  the  spiral  formations 
in  plants,  is  a  hypothesis.  The  explanation  of  the  different 
forms  of  these  formations,  out  of  the  relation  of  their  produc* 
tion  to  the  increment  of  the  cells,  is  yery  ingenious  and  con- 
yenient,  if  it  could  only  be  proyed  to  be  true.  But  there 
appears  to  us  to  be  a  fictitiousness  about  the  wonderful  air 
yessels,  which  are  to  constitute  fissures  and  pores,  and  no 
other  inyestigator  has  obseryed  any  trace  of  them.  A  number 
of  questions  might  be  put  in  objection  to  this  yiew,  as,  for 
instance.  How  can  air  bladders  produce  regular  formations, 
and  how  is  it  that  they  do  not  act  equally  upon  both  sides  ? 
Whence  come  these  air  bubbles]  It  is  not  probable,  that 
yessels  can  be  produced  from  the  absorbed  walls  of  cells,  as 
it  is  in  their  young  state  that  they  do  not  present  walls  at  all. 
The  author  is  fond  of  attributing  effects  to  resorption.  He 
probably  intends  to  say  ^^  decomposition,"  fhsion,  or  some- 
thing of  that  kind,  for  we  know  of  no  re  or  absorbing  yessels 
415 


24  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDOCCXLI : 

in  the  Tegetable  kingdom.  Schleiden  is  right,  when  he  says, 
that  it  is  a  genuine  philosophical  principle,  to  limit  the  num- 
ber of  explanations,  provided  the  reasons  existing  are  sufBcient. 
Thns  Newton  applied  this  doctrine,  by  stating,  that  the  moye- 
ment  of  the  heavenly  bodies  did  not  require  any  other  ex- 
planation than  the  one  giren  by  him.  Bat  it  would,  indeed, 
be  nnphiloisophical  to  carry  this  doctrine  so  far  as  the  anther. 
For  how  can  any  one  admit  the  impossibUity,  in  experi- 
mental sciences,  of  explaining  an  experiment,  according  to 
an  old  theory,  when  one  is  bold  enough  to  create  hypotheses ; 
such,  for  instance,  as  has  been  done  here  about  a  deposit  in 
spirals.  Such  a  doctrine  would  be  very  acceptable  to 
M.  Ihitrochet  and  the  mechanists. 

Herr  Schleiden  mentions  my  former  opinions  respecting 
the  spiral  formations  in  plants,  at  the  commencement  of  his 
treatise,  in  the  twenty-second  yolume  of  the  Flora,  with  a 
riew  to  pronounce  them  incorrect.  He  is  perfectly  right  there, 
for  I  myself  haye  found  them  to  be  incorrect.  He  fiirther 
says : — **  link  is  still  far  firom  understanding  all  the  facts 
connected  with  Botany,  and  unable  to  arrange  them  from  a 
correct  point  of  riew,  as  is  seen  in  his  newest  edition  of  the 
Fhilosophia  Botanica.^'  He  may.  likewise  not  be  wrong  there, 
for  I  am  far  from  being  so  conceited,  as  to  imagine  that  I 
haye  perfectiy  understood  nature. 

We  haye  not  enumerated,  aboye,  a  slight  controyersy  which 
took  place  between  Mohl  and  Schleiden,  respecting  the  right 
and  lefb  directions  of  the  spiral  fibres,  because  Schleiden  re- 
nounces his  opinions  at  the  commencement  of  his  preliminary 
answer,  and  eyen  accuses  himself  of  thoughtlessness. 

Mohl  says  (Flora,  yol.  xxii.  p.  676),  "  No  doubt  can  be 
entertained  by  any  one,  who  has  investigated  the  development 
of  the  spiral  fibres  and  the  spiral  cells,  and  who  has  re- 
cognized the  decided  analogy  between  these  two  formations 
and  the  dotted  cells,  that  the  fibre  of  the  spiral  vessels  is  no 
peculiar  formation,  existing  by  itself,  but  that  it  must  be 
considered  as  the  secondary  membrane  of  the  vascular  sac, 
which  has  a  spiral  direction,  and  is  dirided  into  one,  or  into 
several  parallel  bands."  I  beg  to  ask,  Was  the  membrane 
416 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  25 

connected  in  its  first  fonnation,  and  did  the  separation  into 
fibres  only  take  place  subsequently  ?  I  shall  demand  proofs 
if  this  question  is  answered  in  the  afiSrmatiTe ;  and  if  in  the 
negatiye — if  the  fibre  is  assumed  to  be  separated  from  the 
membrane  immediately  at  its  first  formation — ^I  shall  then  ask 
fiirther.  What  difference  is  there  in  saying,  the  fibre  is  a 
peculiar  independent  tissue;  or,  a  membi'ane  is  peculiar, 
and  primitively  separated  into  fibres  ]  The  word  ^*  deposit- 
ing*' does  not  explain  any  thing;  on  the  contrary,  it  has  the 
improbable  unprored  meaning,  that  the  formation  of  tiie 
fibre  and  of  the  membrane  was  a  mere  act  of  precipitation. 

Eren  when  the  fibre  is  pressed  rather  flat,  it  has  no  simi- 
larity with  the  parts  of  a  membrane ;  for,  on  magnifying  1500 
times  tissue  from  yery  young  roots,  the  tender  fibres  of  the 
spiral  yessels  may  distinctly  be  seen  rounded  on  the  edges. 
The  enclosing  external  membrane  at  that  period  is  so  tender, 
that  it  cannot  be  perceiyed.  I  should  like  to  reverse  the 
matter  and  to  say.  Whoever  investigates  the  development  of 
spiral  yessels  and  of  spiral  cells,  must  acknowledge  the  fibre 
to  be  a  peculiar  independent  formation.  With  regard  to  the 
pores,  I  am  of  Mohl's  opinion,  that  the  opening  is  covered 
with  a  tender  membrane,  and  as  I  could  not  comprehend  how 
it  was,  that  a  secondary  deposit  could  be  absent  from  certain 
localities,  I  thought  these  places  were  little  bubbles,  such  as 
are  seen  in  a  glass.  This,  however,  was  a  mere  conjecture. 
My  delineator  always  denied  the  existence  of  this  membrane. 
At  last  I  was  in  hopes  of  convincing  him :  we  saw  it  coloured, 
as  it  is  represented  in  Icon.  Select,  part  i.  tab.  v.  fig.  6, 7.  But, 
afterwards,  I  never  saw  any  thing  of  the  kind,  and  the  micro- 
scope which  I  made  use  of  had  the  quality  of  colouring  objects 
under  certain  circumstances.  Herr  Schmidt  still  maintains, 
that  the  pores  penetrate  the  walls ;  and  if  we  are  of  a  difierent 
opinion,  my  opinion,  as  a  preconceived  one,  must  be  doubted. 

I  likewise  not  unfrequently  observed,  especially  at  the  edge 
of  the  pores,  that  several  membranes  of  the  same  kind  were 
situated  one  above  another.  This  may  often  be  seen  very 
distinctly  in  the  tubes  of  the  liber.  See  Icon.  an.  Bot.  F.  1, 
table  6,  fig.  15.  Payen's  experiments  prove,  that  the  deposits 
417  2D 


26  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

are  different  from  the  membrane  formation.  The  spiral  for- 
mation belongs  to  the  membrane,  because  it  is  not  dissolved 
by  being  boiled  in  caustic  potass  or  soda. 

Mohl  has  taken  great  pains  to  refute  Meyen's  assertion, 
that  the  yegetable  membrane  is  formed  of  spiral  fibres.  This 
assertion  is  only  of  yalue  as  far  as  it  goes,  because,  by  far  the 
greatest  number  of  membranes,  in  the  yegetable  kingdom,  do 
not  exhibit  such  a  composition.  I  told  him,  immediately,  that 
I  could  not  find  what  he  had,  eyen  in  the  asrial  roots  of  his 
Stelis.  It  is  yery  remarkable,  that  many  portions  of  plants 
haye  a  tendency  to  split  into  a  spiral  line ;  but  this  only  takes 
place  with  the  thicker  parts ;  for  instance,  with  the  old  porous 
yessels,  and  eyen  with  the  bark,  as  in  the  birch  tree.  We  need 
not,  therefore,  go  back  with  Mohl  to  a  molecular  position, 
but  leaye  that  to  the  natural  philosophers.  And  if  the  mem- 
brane were  eyer  so  thin,  it  would  be  a  more  simple  assumption 
to  suppose  still  thinner  places,  in  which  the  membranes  tear 
themselyes  to  pieces.  It  is  yery  true,  that  no  definite  and 
distinct  difference  exists  between  yessels  and  cells  in  the  yege- 
table kingdom,  yet  we  must  retain  the  expression  of  the  dif- 
ference for  the  science,  in  order  to  preyent  confusion.  If  we 
were  to  call  the  external  part  of  the  flower  of  grasses,  bracts, 
or  leayes,  because  they,  in  point  of  fact,  happen  to  be  bracts, 
and  eventually  leaves,  it  would  give  rise  to  infinite  confusion ; 
and  how  many  terms  would  not  be  necessary^  in  order  dis- 
tinctly to  express  what  bract  or  what  leaf  is  alluded  to] 
Raspail,  indeed,  has  given  such  a  description  of  grasses,  and 
it  was  only  owing  to  no  notice  being  taken  of  it,  that  it  did 
not  occasion  concision. 

The  vasa  propria  of  the  calyx  of  CheUdonmm  majua^  I 
have  caused  to  be  represented  in  the  second  volume  of  the 
Icon.  Sel.  An.  Bot.,  t.  vi.  fig.  1  (1840).  The  arrows  attached 
to  the  figures  indicate  the  direction  of  the  current.  It  follows 
thence,  that  the  current  does  not  always  originate  in  the  flow- 
ing out  of  the  juice  from  the  parts  that  haye  been  torn  off,, 
as  many  believe,  and  as,  indeed,  often  is  the  case,  for  the 
stream  by  no  means  runs  towards  the  outside,  but  rather  from 
the  outside  towards  the  inside.  As  the  calyx  of  Chelidonium 
418 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  27 

is  very  thin, .  we  only  need  to  tear  oflf  the  small  leaf,  with- 
out making  any  incision,  when  it  leaves  only  a  small  spot  from 
which  the  juice  can  flow.  This  discovery,  made  by  Herr 
Schultz,  is  therefore  certainly  a  peculiar  discovery,  and  is 
readily  seen,  without  there  being  any  necessity  for  making  the 
observation  in  sunshine.  For  the  movement  which  is  seen  in 
the  sunshine,  especially  in  leaves  that  have  been  torn  off,  is  an 
optical  delusion,  and  the  stream  may  be  directed  at  pleasure 
towards  one  or  towards  the  other  side,  according  as  one  turns 
the  mirror.  Professor  Amici  convinced  me  of  this,  at  the 
Assembly  of  Naturalists  at  Pisa,  in  the  autumn  of  1839.  The 
flickering  motion,  which  is  seen  simultaneously  with  this,  may 
likewise  be  owing  to  an  optical  delusion.  These  peculiar 
vessels,  which  in  Latin  one  might  probably  term  vasa  latici- 
/era,  are  by  no  means  always  simple  in  Chelidonium  majtis,  as 
I  formerly  believed,  but  branched.  Simple  they  certainly  are 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  leaf  nerves,  and  in  that  of  the  bark  of  the 
root,  and  in  the  wood  of  the  trunk.  As  such  they  have  also 
been  represented  in  the  Icon.  An.  Bot.  tab.  14,  figs.  6,  7»  8. 
It  appears  to  me,  that  the  branching  of  these  vessels  may  be 
mentioned  as  a  principal  character,  by  which  they  may  be 
distinguished  from  all  other  vessels,  even  when  they  have  no 
coloured  juice.  But  these  vessels  must  not  be  mistaken  for 
the  long  cells,  or  the  vessels  in  the  accompanying  tissue  (the 
woody  bundles),  which  never  are  branched,  never  carry  a 
coloured  juice,  and  in  which  a  movement  of  juice  has  never 
been  observed,  which  mistake,  indeed,  has  been  committed  by 
many,  and  is  still  made.  The  circumstance  of  the  latex  vessels 
having  been  investigated  only  in  the  vicinity  of  the  woody 
bundles  of  the  trunk,  and  of  the  leaf  nerves,  in  which  very 
localities  they  are  simple  and  similar  to  those  of  the  liber,  has 
given  rise  to  this  error.  Their  curved  and  branched  forms  may 
soon,  however,  be  found,  when  they  are  examined  in  the  flat 
parts,  and  removed  from  the  nerves. 

Stomata  are  represented  in  the  second  volume  of  the  Icon. 

Sel.  F.  2  (1840),  tab.  4  and  5.     First,  Stomata  of  the  usual 

form,  consisting  of  two  curved  cells,  having  a  slit-like  opening 

between  them,  and  which  are  surrounded  by  one  or  more 

419 


28  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MBCCCXLl : 

annular  cells :  fig.  8,  of  Ep^kyllum  phyllanthus ;  figs.  9  and 
10,  of  OpunUa  vulgaris  ;  fig.  11,  of  CereiMJUMhelUformis.  The 
chlorophyll  forms,  in  figs.  9  and  10,  an  ohlong  substance.  The 
enclosure  in  RhiptaUa  salicornioidea^  fig.  7,  consists  of  seyeral 
cells  placed  in  a  circle,  and  the  internal  curred  cells  are  also 
seen  grown  together  into  a  small  ring.  The  stomata  of  the 
Hahea  pugianifomm  are  also  of  the  same  form,  but  a  yefl, 
consisting  of  a  deposited  matter,  which  wholly  or  partially  oyer- 
spreads  the  stomata,  is  also  frequently  seen  in  them,  although 
not  always.  Fig.  3,  of  the  fourth  table,  exhibits  a  quite  free 
and  a  half-yeiled  stomate ;  fig.  4  an  almost  entirely  coyered 
stomate.  This  yeil,  or  rather  obstruction  to  the  stomate,  is  seen 
still  more  distinctly  in  the  stomata  on  the  leayes  of  the  Chni- 
fer<B.  Table  5,  fig.  6,  of  Cunnmghamia  ainerms;  fig.  7,  of 
Picea  exceUa;  fig.  8,  of  Picea  alba.  Free  and  obstructed 
stomata,  at  one  and  the  same  time,  are  found  on  the  leayes  of 
Arauearia  exeeUa^  fig.  2,  and  of  Arauoaria  imbricata^  fig.  4. 
On  boiling  the  leayes  with  water,  the  stomate  becomes  free,  as 
may  be  seen  in  the  stomate  of  Araucaria  imbricata^  fig.  5. 
Boiling  them  with  spirit  of  wine  does  not  affect  this  so  readily. 
I  did  not  succeed  at  all  in  doing  it.  I  haye  always  entertain- 
ed doubts,  that  the  stomata  were  the  air  holes  of  plants,  and 
consequently  the  organs  of  respiration.  I  do  not  find  a  dis- 
tinct connection  between  the  stomata  and  the  chasms  in  the 
cellular  tissue  of  the  leayes.  It  always  appeared  strange  to 
me,  that  organs  of  so  distinct  a  structure  should  only  lead  to 
mere  chasms  in  the  cellular  tissue ;  and  the  obstructing  and 
coyering  matters  which  they  producQ,  haye  finally  induced  me 
to  consider  them  as  organs  of  secretion.*  But  I  must  leaye  the 
matter  in  doubt,  for  I  confess,  that  I  should  not  know  what 
to  say,  if  I  was  to  be  asked,  "  What  secretions  are  formed 
by  stomata  in  which  such  obstructions  are  not  obseryedt" 
Certainly  much  has  been  said  about  open  and  closed  stomata. 
I  myself  haye  said  much,  and  it  is  yery  possible  that  the  ob- 


I  structed  stomata  haye  been  taken  for  closed  ones. 


*  Mention  will  be  made  of  a  contention  between  Dutrochet  and 
Delile  respecting  this  subject,  in  the  Annual  Report  for  1841. 
i20 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  29 

But  let  US  hear  what  Schleiden  says  respecting  these  things, 
"  In  yain"  (he  says,  in  his  inoffensive  obserrations  respecting 
the  nature  of  the  stomata,  in  Wiegmann^s  Archiyes  of  Natu- 
ral History  for  1838,  yoL  i.  p.  57)  "  have  I  tried  to  ascertain 
a  fact,  by  which  it  might  be  rendered  probable,  that  these 
secretions  originate  more  from  the  exhalations  of  the  alleged 
glandular  cdls,  than  from  those  of  the  other  parenchymatous 
cells,  especially  from  those  which  border  immediately  on  the 
cavity  into  which  the  stomata  conduct ;  and  it  appears  to  me, 
that  the  alleged  function,  considering  the  present  state  of  the 
science,  is  nothing  but  a  mere  petitio  principn.  For  instance, 
let  us  take  the  Coniferce,  Here  I  find  resin  on  the  stomata ; 
on  removing  this  by  etherical  oil,  the  stomata  exhibit  a  con^ 
tinually  increasing  chasm.  I  next  find  beneath  it  a  cavity^ 
which  (including  the  two  curved  cells)  is  surrounded  by  nothing 
but  cells  which  contain  gum,  mucus,  some  starch,  chlorophyll, 
but  no  trace  of  resin  or  turpentine ;  on  the  other  hand,  I  find 
large  turpentine  ducts  much  lower  down  in  the  parenchyma ; 
and  I  now  conclude,  that  the  volatile  turpentine  oil  makes  its 
exit  from  those  ducts  in  the  form  of  vapour,  arrives  at  the 
intercellular  cavities  by  following  the  intercellular  ducts,  and 
evaporates  into  the  atmosphere  through  means  of  the  stomata ; 
in  doing  which,  according  to  its  nature,  it  leaves  a  certain 
quantity  of  resin.  This  inference  appears  to  me  quite  natural. 
But,  on  the  other  hand,  if  two  of  those  perfectly  equal  cells, 
filled  with  green  matter,  are  arbitrarily  chosen,  and  supposed 
to  constitute  glands  which  secrete  resin,  because  they  happen 
to  be  situated  near  the  exterior,  I  really  cannot  see  how 
this  can  be  justified  by  any  kind  of  logic."  I  find  the  cells 
beneath  the  resinous  covering  of  the  Cistdcece^  and  of  many 
other  plants,  green ;  and  I  cannot  conceive  how  the  oil  of  tur- 
pentine, which  is  alleged  to  make  its  exit  from  the  turpentine 
ducts  in  the  shape  of  vapour,  can  leave  resin  in  the  stomata. 
However,  I  am  glad  that  my  opinion  is  similar  to  that  of  my 
friend  Berzelius.  He  has  certainly  been  still  more  abused 
about  it  than  myself,  because  he  is  a  greater  man  than  I  am. 

In  the  "  Journal  of  Natural  History  and  Physiology,  by  Van 

der  Hoeven  and  De  Vriese,  Leiden,  1840,"  we  find,  p.  185,  a 
4n 


30  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCOXLI : 

paper,  entitled,  *'  Micrometrical  Determinatioiis  and  Microsco- 
pical Researches,  by  P.  Harting."  Many  micrometrical  deter- 
minations of  vegetable  objects  are  contained  in  this  treatise, 
of  which  I  wUl  only  enumerate  some,  because  the  whole  table 
would  otherwise  haye  to  be  copied  here.  They  are  stated  in 
ten  thousandth  parts  of  a  millimeter.  The  smallest  spiral 
ressels  from  the  chalaza  of  an  oak,  impregnated  within  a  few 
days,  measured  33  ten-thousandths  of  a  millimeter ;  the  thick- 
est, firom  a  twig  of  one  year  old  of  Sambucu8  nigral  425 ;  the 
thinnest  from  the  same,  140 ;  the  spiral  fibre  from  the  former, 
the  thickest,  39;  from  the  latter,  the  thinnest,  27.  The 
average  diameter  of  the  dots,  on  the  dotted  spiral  ressels  from 
the  same  twig,  48.  Rings  fit>m  an  annular  duct  in  the  same 
twig,  average  diameter,  38.  Stomate  of  a  tolerably  large  leaf  of 
Lilium  eandiduniy  average  length,  712 ;  average  width,  520 ; 
average  length  of  the  slit,  420 ;  average  width,  123.  Stomate 
of  a  matured  leaf  of  Leontodan  tarcuxHieum,  average  length, 
230 ;  average  breadth,  130.  Stomate  of  a  matured  leaf  of 
Lemna  minor,  average  length,  192 ;  average  breadth,  160 ; 
average  length  of  the  slit,  142 ;  average  breadth,  90.  Pollen 
granules  of  Malva  rotumdifolia,  1341 :  of  LiUum  eandidum^ 
average  length,  925 ;  average  breadth,  392 :  of  Lathyrus  odo- 
rattMy  averi^e  length,  517 ;  average  breadth,  283 :  of  Salia? 
attniy  average  length,  272 ;  average  breadth,  126 :  ofLamium 
purpureum,  average  length,  412 ;  average  breadth,  248 :  La-* 
mium  aUmmj  average  length,  308 ;  average  breadth,  202 :  of 
Aconitum  Napellus,  average  length,  83 ;  average  breadth,  47. 
Chlorophill  grains  from  a  leaf  of  Sanibucus  nigra,  average 
diameter,  50 :  of  Chelidonium  majus,  55 :  of  Sedum  telepMwfnj 
67 :  of  Oeranium  robertianum,  52 :  of  Malva  rotundifoUa, 
51 :  of  Iris  pseudacorus,  42 :  of  Lilium  candidum,  30 :  of 
Georgina  variabiliSy  34 :  thickness  of  the  layers  of  a  grain  of 
potato  starch,  8-30.  Although  some  uncertainty  always  takes 
place  in  micrometrical  measurements,  these  statements  are, 
nevertheless,  very  valuable  as  proportional  numbers;  and  it 
is  therefore  very  desirable,  that  the  same  observer  should  con- 
tinue his  observations  with  the  same  instrument.  The  num- 
ber of  animal  objects  which  were  measured  is  much  greater 
422 


INTERNAL  STRUCTURE  OF  PLANTS.  31 

• 

than  that  of  the  yegetable  ones.  I  only  beg  to  remark,  that 
the  blood-globule  (bloedshyfjes,  blood-shields  as. the  author 
calls  them,  which  is  a  new  Dutch  word)  of  almost  all  animals 
are  larger  than  the  grains  of  chlorophyll.  The  muscular  fibres 
of  animals,  on  the  other  hand,  are  generally  thinner  than  the 
spiral  fibres. 

The  inyention  of  M.  Boucherie,  of  imparting  useful  quahties 
to  wood,  by  causing  different  fluids  to  be  imbibed  by  it,  deserves 
mention  at  the  conclusion  of  this  department.  (See  Comptes 
Bendus,  1840,  vol.  i.  p.  686).  The  thought  was  suggested  to 
him  by  the  well  known  experiments,  causing  coloured  fluids  to 
be  absorbed  by,  and  to  rise  in  the  yessels  of  plants.  Those  ex- 
periments, which  hare  hitherto  been  merely  instituted  for  scien- 
tific purposes,  he  wishes  to  apply  to  purposes  of  general  utility ; 
or,  as  he  expresses  himself,  he  is  desirous  of  creating  an  indus- 
trial power  from  the  yital  power.  The  operation  is  performed 
on  a  tree  which  is  still  standing  upright,  by  making  a  trans- 
verse incision,  so  as  to  bring  the  sap  vessels  in  connection 
with  the  solution  which  the  tree  is  to  imbibe ;  sufficient  wood 
must,  therefore,  be  left  standing  at  two  opposite  points,  so  as 
to  enable  the  tree  to  retain  its  vertical  position.  The  absorbing 
power  decreases  on  separating  the  tree  from  its  roots  {de  ea 
9<yache\  and  from  the  moment  of  its  being  hewn  down;  use 
may,  however,  be  still  made  of  it  for  two  days,  or  even  for  a 
longer  period.  This  power,  however,  is  different  at  different 
seasons ;  it  is  strongest  in  the  autumn.  The  quantity  of  fluid 
which  is  absorbed  also  varies  very  much ;  but,  as  a  general 
rule,  it  may  be  said,  that  the  neutral  combinations  are  imbibed 
in  greater  quantities  than  the  acid  and  alkaline.  In  order  to 
render  the  wood  durable,  he  causes  the  brown  coal-tar  (pyro- 
lignite  de  fer)  to  be  imbibed ;  and  to  impart  to  it  a  greater 
flexibility  and  elasticity,  he  makes  use  of  solutions  of  soluble 
chlorides,  and  the  same  are  also  useful  in  preventing  the  wood 
from  being  warped,  and  serve  the  purpose  of  rendering  the 
wood  less  combustible.  The  dying  of  the  wood  is  done  by 
mineral  or  vegetable  substances.  If  the  former  be  used,  the 
liquid  already  coloured  must  not  be  used,  but  two  liquids 
must  be  applied  successively,  which  produce  colour  by  their 

42S 


32  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

mntual  decompositioii ;  thus,  if  one  wants  to  dye  blue,  first  a 
salt  of  iron,  and  then  cyanide  of  potassimn  (cyaneisenkatinm) 
must  be  used.  Coloured  regetable  liquids  are  incapable  of 
being  imbibed.  Certain  woods,  indeed,  do  not  imbibe  any 
thing  at  all.  These  practical  applications  confirm,  yery 
strongly,  the  now  almost  generally  adopted  theory  of  the 
risii^  of  the  sap  in  plants.  Further  on,  mention  will  be  made 
of  the  formation  of  yessels  and  cells,  especially  on  speaking 
of  the  treatise  of  D.  Don  on  the  Oycadacece^  and  of  Schleiden 
on  the  Ccu:t€LC€<B. 


STEM,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  stem  has  been  enriched  by  an  elaborate 
work,  which  well  deserves  the  attention  of  inyestigators : — On 
the  Structure  and  the  Growth  of  Dicotyledonous  Sterns^  by 
D.  F.  linger ;  a  prize  treatise,  to  which  the  reward  was  ad- 
judged by  the  Imperial  Academy  of  Sciences  at  St.  Peters- 
burg. St.  Petersburg,  1840,  4to,  204  pages,  16  tables.  Wo 
will  follow  the  author  as  far  as  our  space  permits,  for  to  him 
the  science  of  the  physiology  of  plants  owes  much  already. 
He  first  enumerates  the  usual  division  of  the  stem  into  pith, 
wood,  and  bark.  The  wood  he  again  divides  into  the  medullary 
sheath,  the  real  wood,  in  which  the  ripe  or  heart  wood  is 
but  little  distinguished  firom  the  alburnum,  and  the  cambium- 
layer,  which  he  describes  as  a  layer  of  tender  cellular  tissue. 
The  bark  he  likewise  divides  into  the  upper  layer  or  epidermis, 
the  cork-layer,  and  the  cellular  integument.  The  latter,  he 
says,  contains  chlorophyll  nodules,  and  is  the  substance  which 
forms  the  medullary  rays.  This  is  followed  by  a  history  of  the 
theories  on  the  growth  of  the  Dicotyledons.  I  will  not  refer 
to  the  statements  of  others  on  this  subject;  but  he  has  entirely 
mistaken  what  I  have  said.  After  having  referred  to  a  former 
opinion  of  mine,  which  is  incompatible  with  my  later  opinions, 
he  states  the  following,  page  27 : — '*  It  is  the  opinion  of 
both  Link  and  Meyen,  that  the  stem  grows  through  the  buds, 
which  means,  that  the  new  layers  of  wood  are  the  produce 

424 


STEM,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  33 

of  the  buds.  The  former  says  (El.  Phil.  Bot.,  Ed.  ii.  261), 
it  may  be  seen  with  the  naked  eye,  that  a  layer  of  wood  issues 
from  the  bud  into  the  branch  beneath,  and  attaches  itself 
to  the  wood,  and  on  using  the  magnifying  glass,  young  spiral 
vessels,  &c.,  &c.,  may  even  be  perceived  to  penetrate  into 
the  branch.'*  If  the  author  had  taken  the  trouble  to  read 
the  sentence,  he  would  have  seen,  that  I  certainly  said,  ^'  That 
vessels  with  a  cellular  tissue  issue  from  the  bud  downwards 
into  the  branch,**  but  by  no  means,  that  the  entire  new  layer 
of  wood  was  formed  by  it,  but  that  the  latter  also  grows  to  it 
from  the  sides,  so  that  the  vessels,  as  it  were,  inoculate  one 
another.  The  manner  in  which  this  is  done,  I  have  not  only 
elaborately  described,  but  also  representd  in  the  seventh  table 
of  the  Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  part  i.  table  7,  fig.  6-12.  He  recurs 
to  my  former  opinion  in  page  111,  and  carefully  states  who 
has  confuted  it.  He  then  adds,  p.  112, — "  Link  has  latterly 
changed  his  views  on  this  point,  and  he  pronounces  the  spiral 
vessels,  in  the  vicinity  of  the  pith,  to  be  undiangeable,  as 
Mirbel  and  others  have  shown.  He  gives  ^  the  alder  *  as  an 
instance,  which  exhibits,  after  forty  years,  the  same  vessels 
that  it  had  at  first.**  This  is  all  that  he  says  of  my  represen- 
tation, and  he  has  thus  shockingly  mutilated  it.  He  also  says, 
p.  121, — ^^  Link  places  the  cambium  layers  with  the  liber,  and 
calls  them  *  internal  liber.*  **  The  sentence  referred  to  treats 
of  the  sap,  which  I  certainly  distinguish  from  the  cambium. 
But  this  shall  not  influence  my  analysis  of  what  follows. 

The  third  division  treats  of  the  structure  and  the  growth  of 
the  AloinecB.  He  commences  with  these,  because  they  have 
the  greatest  similarity  in  their  structure  with  the  Dicotyledons^ 
as  the  stem  consists  of  bark,  wood,  and  pith.  The  author 
draws  the  following  inferences  from  his  researches  upon  the 
Drdccma  ferrea : — 1st,  A  homogenous  tissue,  which  belongs 
to  the  cellular  system,  and  which  is  distinguished  by  the  cir- 
cumstance of  its  extended  cells  carrying  a  more  or  less  cloudy 
coloured  juice,  is  the  original  basis  of  the  vascular  or  woody 
bundles.  2d,  The  development  of  the  vascular  or  woody  bun- 
dles, considering  it  in  its  whole  course,  does  not  take  place 
in  an  uniform  manner,  but  portions  of  it  are  capable  of  being 
425 


34  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLl : 

developed  in  a  higher  degree,  whilst  others  remain  in  their 
original  simplicity.  3d,  the  same  central  point  from  whence 
a  perfect  deyelopment  of  the  rascular  bundles  takes  place  in 
both  directions,  is  the  point  also  where  the  latter  leave  the 
stem,  to  the  formation  of  which  they  contribute  the  essential 
part.  4th,  Between  the  internal  or  the  stem-part,  and  the 
external  or  the  leaf-part,  of  the  yascular  bundles  in  the  plant, 
there  is  an  opposition,  which,  remarkable  enough,  nerer  pro- 
duces an  identical  matter,  but  only  that  which  is  analagous, 
and  in  proportion  to  the  distance  from  the  central  point.  5th, 
With  regard  to  the  nature  of  the  elementary  parts,  or  the  origin 
of  the  yascular  bundles,  it  appears  that  the  proper  vessels  (yasa 
propria)  form  the  first  and  most  essential  part  of  them  (the 
author  explains,  that  the  proper  vessels  consist  of  thin  walled 
cells,  consequently  they  are  very  different  things  from  those 
which  are  called  so  by  other  Botanists),  not  only  in  as  much 
as  they  are  the  elementary  parts  which  first  of  all  appear,  but 
also  because  they  form  the  most  permanent  part  of  the  tissues, 
and  never  entirely  disappear  among  all  the  metamorphoses  of 
the  yascular  bundles,  and  consequently  cannot  be  replaced  by 
other  tissues.  I  must  leave  it  to  others  to  search  for  proofs 
of  the  truth  of  these  conclusions. 

IV.  Comparison  of  the  Development  of  the  Vascular 
Bundles  in  different  Monocotyledons.  —  In  this  part,  the 
course  of  the  yascular  bundles  in  the  palms,  according  to 
Mohl,  and  in  the  Aloinece  (in  which  there  is  no  ramification, 
as  Mohl  found  in  the  palms),  as  Meneghini  describes  it,  is 
adopted.  The  course  and  ramification  of  the  vascular  bundles 
in  the  Ananas,  and  also  their  course  and  entangling  in  the 
grasses,  are  considered. 

V.  On  the  Structure  and  the  Development  of  the  Pipera- 
cece. — We  give  the  authors  own  words  on  this  point.  In  all 
Piperacece  there  is  a  central  system  of  yascular  bundles, 
which  may  be  distinguished  from  a  peripheral  system ;  these 
two  systems  consist  of  parallel  vascular  bundles,  which  run 
through  the  stem,  and  nowhere  anastomose  with  each  other. 

426 


STEM,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  35 

The  two  systems  unite  themselTes  in  the  node  into  a  fibrous 
net-work,  from  which  spring  buds  and  roots,  in  such  a  manner 
that  their  separated  systems  of  vascular  bundles  enter  into 
immediate  connection  with  those  of  the  stem.  The  formation 
of  the  wood  only  takes  place  through  the  peripheral  vascular 
bundles,  by  the  production  of  woody  matter  on  their  outside, 
and  which  consists  partly  of  new  vascular  bundles,  and  partly 
of  cells  of  prosenchyma.  The  system  of  vascular  bundles  of 
the  appendices  is  only  connected  with  the  central  system  of 
vascular  bundles  towards  the  exterior,  and  appears  as  its 
immediate  continuation.  A  part  of  the  same  system  of  vascular 
bundles  continues  its  course  upwards,  from  which  it  follows, 
that  a  continued  growth  of  its  bundles  is  peculiar  to  this 
system  of  vessels  (vegetatio  terminalis).  The  same  also  holds 
good  with  regard  to  the  peripheral  system  of  vascular  bundles ; 
but  since  this  enlarges  itself  towards  the  exterior  by  the 
deposit  of  vascular  bundles,  of  a  second,  third,  and  fourth 
rate  order,  it  exhibits  a  complicated  vegetation.  The  author 
calls  this  mode  of  growth  *'  yegetatio  peripherico-terminalis." 
He  then  speaks  of  the  structure  of  the  related  genera,  San- 
ruruSy  Houttuynia,  and  the  Chlorantheoe. 

VI.  On  the  Structure  and  Development  of  the  NyctaginecB, 
— ^The  following  are  the  results  of  the  researches  which  the 
author  instituted  with  regard  to  the  formation  of  the  stem 
of  the  MiroMlis.  A  double  system  of  vascular  bundles  may 
be  distinguished,  an  internal  and  an  external  one.  The  inter- 
nal system  is  simple,  and  consists  of  a  zone  oi  vessels,  and  of 
the  central  vascular  bundles  enclosed  by  it,  and  which  enter 
into  the  leaves ;  the  external  system,  on  the  other  hand,  con- 
sists of  many  circles  of  vascular  bundles,  which  are  situated 
one  above  another,  which,  independent  one  of  another,  are 
formed  from  the  former,  and  are  only  cemented  by  anasto- 
mosis. A  peripheral-  growth,  in  the  manner  of  the  Monoco- 
tyledons, does  not  take  place  internally  nor  externally,  but 
a  growth,  progressing  towards  the  axis,  that  is,  a  vegetatio 
terminalis.  A  peripheral  vegetation,  however,  appears  here, 
when  both  systems  of  vascular  bundles  are  regarded  in  the 
427 


36  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

relation  of  their  deyelopment  to  each  other ;  hence  a  T^;etat!o 
peripherico-terminalis  takes  place. 

VII.  On  the  Structure  and  Orawih  of  the  Chenopodece 
and  Amaranthaeece. — A  double  system  of  vascular  bundles 
exhibits  itself  in  these  stems,  an  internal  one,  connected 
together  through  the  entire  stem,  and  situated  in  the  pith 
or  at  its  edges,  and  an  external  system,  likewise  connected 
together  through  the  entire  stem,  and  which  increases  itself 
from  the  outside,  forming,  as  it  were,  the  wood.  The  two 
systems  are  perfectly  different  from  each  other  in  point  of 
essential  composition ;  but  the  internal  system,  which  provides 
the  appendicular  parts  with  vessels,  and  the  external  system, 
which  belongs  to  the  stem,  are  both  found  in  such  a  way, 
that  (excepting  that  each  vascular  bundle  enlarges  itself  to 
a  certain  extent  in  its  diagonal  towards  the  outside)  only 
one  uniform  progressive  growth  towards  the  upper  end  can 
be  perceived.  The  type  of  a  vegetatio  peripherico-terminalis 
is,  however,  also  manifest  here,  if  we  regard  the  fact,  that 
the  stem,  through  the  agency  of  the  continual  formation  of 
new  layers  of  wood,  grows  towards  the  outside. 

VIII.  On  the  Structure  and  Growth  of  the  Arborescent 
Dicotyledons. — The  author  infers,  from  the  examination  of 
young  willow  twigs,  that  the  vascular  bundles,  which  contain 
the  vessels  of  the  medullary  sheath,  correspond  with  the  central 
system  of  vascular  bundles  of  the  herbaceous  Dicotyledons^ 
only  with  this  difference,  that  the  cardinal  vascular  bundles 
seem  to  be  wanting  in  the  system  of  the  latter,  whilst  they 
maintain  a  distinguished  position  in  the  former  plants.  The 
real  woody  substance  is  formed  here,  as  well  as  in  the  herba* 
ceous  Dicotyledons^  by  a  peculiar  system  of  vascular  bundles, 
having  nothing  to  do  with  meduUary  sheaths,  and  forms  a 
mass,  which,  by  means  of  prosenchymatous  wood  cells,  possess 
a  tendency  to  increase  from  ^thin  outwards.  For  the  better 
explanation  of  the  whole,  I  will  add  to  the  preceding,  one 
sentence  from  the  author's  general  inferences : — In  all  plants 
provided  with  vessels,  there  are  only  three  kinds  of  vegetation ; 

428 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  ANB  BUDS.  37 

Ist,  The  vascular  bundles  of  the  stem  extend  themselves,  in 
their  development,  towards  the  upper  part  of  the  stem,  with- 
out multiplying  themselves;  and  by  this  mode  of  growth, 
produce  additions  to  the  point  or  the  end  acrogenous  growth 
(vegetatio  terminalis),  as  is  seen  in  the  Cyeadacecs  and 
Ferns.  2d,  The  vascular  bundles  of  tiie  stem  have  only  a 
certain  length,  and  the  stem  is  enlarged  and  lengthened  by 
new  vascular  bundles,  which  are  added  to  those  already 
existing,  and  attach  themselves  to  those  on  the  outside  and 
over  them ;  this  produces  the  endogenous  growth  (vegetatio 
peripherica).  Finally,  A  third  kind,  which  is  perfectly  dis- 
tinct from  the  two  preceding  kinds,  and  which  is  distinguished 
by  the  circumstance,  that  the  vascular  bundles  do  not  only 
extend  themselves  towards  the  upper  end,  but  at  the  same 
time  towards  the  outside,  which  occasions  the  formation  of  a 
central  and  peripheral  system  of  vascular  bundles.  This  kind 
of  vegetation  is  exogenous  (vegetatio  peripherico  terminalis). 

IX.  Anatomical  character  of  the  Cambium  Layer, — The 
author  here  particularly  alludes  to  the  growing  together  of 
the  cells ;  he  believes,  that  this  may  be  best  observed  in  the 
lower  plants,  as  in  the  Algce;  and  by  researches  on  the 
subject,  combined  with  other  circumstances,  he  has  come  to 
the  conclusion,  that  the  increase  of  the  cellular  tissue  is  prin- 
cipally effected  by  division. 

Every  attention  is  due  to  the  researches  of  the  author,  but^ 
in  my  opinion;  he  has  overlooked  many  things.  It  is,  in  the 
first  place,  indispensably  requisite,  to  distinguish  the  different 
kinds  of  stems,  if  we  wish  to  obtain  a  correct  view  of  the 
structure  of  the  stem.  In  relation  to  the  researches  of  the 
author,  two  kinds  maybe  mentioned: — First,  The  Genuine 
Stem  (caulis  genuinus),  which  continues  to  grow  by  means  of 
buds,  so  that  the  buds  extend  themselves  in  length,  and  the 
leaves  being  in  the  course  of  development  pushed  asunder, 
the  lowest  leaves,  or  even  the  covering  leaves  (tegmenta)  of 
the  buds  fill  their  places.  This  kind  of  stem  is  peculiar  to  all 
Dicotyledons,  if  we  except  the  stemless  plants  (PZ.  a€aules\ 
to  the  grasses,  the  Smilacece,  and  some  of  the  palme.  Most  of 
429 


38  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

the  palms,  the  DraecBnece^  the  Pandanece^  many  AMneece,  and 
similar  plants,  hare  such  a  stem.  The  author  has  oyerlooked 
the  circumstance  of  the  increase  of  the  pith  in  the  growth  of 
the  genuine  stem,  which  always  precedes  the  growth  of  the 
bud ;  and,  indeed,  almost  forms  the  latter  in  its  first  state. 
Spiral  ressels  grow  subsequently,  and  attach  themselyes  to 
the  older  yessels  of  the  stem,  and  to  the  internal  yessels  which 
are  in  contact  with  the  pith.  It  is,  howeyer,  not  correct, 
when  the  author  compares  the  medullary  sheath  of  most  of 
the  Dicotyledons  with  the  central  system  of  yascular  bundles 
of  the  Piper<»cecB,  Nyctaginecey  and  Ainaranthac€€B.  The 
latter  plants,  in  their  infancy,  haye  only  a  circle  of  yascular 
bundles,  which  grow  outwards  by  means  of  spiroids  and  pro- 
senchyma,  and  frequently  also  laterally,  for  the  eyentnal 
purpose  of  forming  a  ring  of  wood.  It  is  not  always  the  case, 
that  the  lateral  growth  produces  a  genuine  ring,  but  gaps 
remain  between  the  yascular  bundles,  as  in  the  UmbellaUBj 
CmcifercB,  and  some  others;  the  Amaranthacece^  howeyer, 
are  different,  as  also  Monocotyledons  generally.  They  haye, 
eyen  in  their  yery  first  days  of  growth,  seyeral  rings  of  yascular 
bundles,  of  which  the  external  one  deyelopes  itself  into  a  woody 
ring.  The  author  has  taken  notice  of  the  entangling  of  the 
yascular  bundles  in  the  nodes  in  the  stems  of  the  genuine 
Monocotyledons.  I  haye  caused  this  to  be  represented,  in  the 
Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  part  i.  t.  2,  f.  5,  6,  I  flatter  myself,  with 
accuracy.  The  author  also  has  obseryed  the  growth  of  the 
yascular  bundles  in  the  cauloma.  The  taking  the  Alffcs  as 
examples  of  the  growth  of  the  cells,  appears  to  me  to  be 
calculated  to  occasion  errors. 

Perhaps  I  may  be  permitted  to  make  a  few  remarks  on 
the  formation  of  layers  in  the  Dicotyledons.  It  is  a  well 
known  fact,  that  letters,  canred  figures,  and  foreign  substan- 
ces, are  frequently  met  with  in  the  yery  middle  of  trunks.  I 
found  such  letters  in  a  lime  tree  near  Betlin,  on  an  estate 
belonging  to  the  deceased  minister.  Count  yon  Lottum ;  the 
letters  on  one  side  of  the  split  piece  were  hollow,  as  repre- 
sented, Icon.  Sel.  Anat.  Bot.  part  ii.  t.  2,  fig.  7,  on  the  other 

eleyated,  and  the  cayity  had  eyidently  been  filled  up  again  with 
430 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  39 

a  woody  substance,  as  exhibited  in  fig.  3.  This  filling  up  sub- 
stance, on  making  a  transyerse  incision,  exhibited  rather  irre- 
gular layers,  with  a  moderate  magnifying  power.  It  appeared 
as  seen  in  fig.  9 ;  and  on  being  magnified  by  315  diameters,  it 
evidently  consisted  of  strata  of  larger  and  smaller  cells,  partly 
filled  up,  partly  empty,  with  interstices,  as  seen  in  fig.  10.  The 
circumstance,  however,  which  appears  particularly  remarkable, 
is,  that  the  internal  structure  of  the  filling  up  substance,  as 
exhibited  in  fig.  11,  on  a  longitudinal  incision,  corresponded 
very  nearly  with  the  old  wood,  fig.  12,  situated  next  to  it, 
with  the  difference  only,  that  spiroids  existed  in  the  former, 
which  were  entirely  absent  in  the  new  wood.  It  will  be  seen, 
therefore,  that  the  formation  of  layers  is  peculiar  to  the  wood, 
and  is  by  no  means  caused  by  any  external  influences. 

A  treatise  of  D.  Don,  on  the  Cycadece  (Annals  of  Natural 
History,  vol.  v.  p.  48),  was  read  at  a  Meeting  of  the  Linnsean 
Society,  in  January,  1840.  The  author  states,  the  stem  in 
the  Conifer(B  exhibits  the  formation  of  other  Dicotyledons; 
the  annual  zones  are  distinctly  marked,  and  a  distinct  sepa- 
ration is  also  seen  between  wood  and  bark ;  this  is  not  the 
case  with  the  Cyc(MdecB.  They  resemble  the  Monoeotyledona 
in  this  respect,  but  are  distinguished  from  them  in  others. 
CyccLB  has,  besides  a  large  central  pith,  several  thick,  concen- 
tric, developing  layers  of  cellular  and  fibro-vascular  tissue; 
in  Zamia  and  Encephalartos,  there  are,  besides  the  pith,  only 
two  very  thick  layers,  an  internal  layer  of  fibrous  tissue,  and 
an  external  layer  of  cellular  tissue.  The  CyeadecB  do  not 
share  the  peculiarity  of  the  wood  of  Coniferce,  which  consists 
of  parallel  regular  dotted  tubes ;  but  there  are,  in  it,  dotted, 
reticular,  and  spiral  vessels,  besides  slender  transparent  tubes, 
which  are  without  dots  or  any  other  distinction.  The  dotted 
vessels  of  the  Cycadece  certainly  resemble  the  same  tissue  of 
the  ConiferoBy  but  the  dots  are  placed  much  more  irregularly, 
not  only  in  different  vessels  of  the  same  bundle,  but  also  in 
different  localities  of  the  same  vessel.  Their  form  is  oblong 
or  elliptical  in  CyoM  revoluta,  glauea^  and  spedosa ;  Zamia 
furfuraeea  and  pumila  ;  as  also  in  Encephalartos  horridus. 
and  spiralis;  but  sometimes  they  are  longer,  smaller,  and 
431 


40  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLl : 

almost  lineftl,  giTing  the  yessel  the  appearance  of  being  striped 
across.  The  dots  are  always  arranged  in  the  diagonal  direc- 
tion. The  dotted  ressels  in  Zamia  furfurncea  and  pumila, 
may  be  unrolled  spirally,  in  the  shape  of  a  ribbon,  as  in  the 
ferns ;  the  act  of  nnrolling  takes  place  in  the  direction  of  the 
dots,  and  from  the  right  towards  the  left.  Other  yessels, 
which  differ  bnt  little  from  the  spiral  yessels,  excepting  in 
their  tendency  to  unite  themselyes  in  their  windings,  are  to  be 
found  in  all  Ch/eadece,  besides  the  dotted  yessels.  The  spires 
in  some  yessels  are  free,  and  the  fibre  frequently  exhibits,  at 
yarious  places,  slits  or  little  branches;  the  spires,  in  other 
cases,  unite  on  one  or  on  both  sides,  in  which  case  the  yessels 
exhibit  a  series  of  rings  or  bars ;  the  fibre,  in  that  case,  is 
difficult  to  be  untwisted,  and  frequently  breaks  off  in  the  ring, 
or  the  bars  separate  themselyes  at  the  points  where  the  spires 
unite,  which  usually  takes  place  on  the  perpendicular  sides  of 
the  yessel.  The  yessels,  in  other  cases,  are  reticular,  and  as 
such  there  is  a  great  analogy  between  them  and  the  dotted 
yessels  in  Cyccu  revoluta.  All  these  modifications  are  fre- 
quently exhibited  in  the  same  yessel,  in  Zamia  furfurcicea 
and  pumila^  which  proyes  the  correctness  of  Meyen's  theory, 
who  reduces  all  these  yessels  to  one  type.  The  dots  and  bars 
are  eyidently  the  thinnest  parts  of  the  tube,  and  probably 
remnants  of  the  primitiye  membrane  of  the  cell,  which  has 
remained  free  from  the  subsequently  deposited  material. 

The  cellular  tissue  of  the  Cycadeee  consists  of  a  pretty 
regular  parenchyma  of  prismatical  hexagonal  cells.  The 
walls  of  the  cells,  in  the  aboye  mentioned  species  of  Zamia 
and  EncephalaftoSy  appear  uniformly  thick  and  transparent, 
without  dots,  but  the  walls  of  the  cells,  in  the  old  stems  of 
Cy€<i8  revoluta^  are  proyided  with  numerous  elliptical  oblique 
bars,  dots,  or  spaces,  where  the  membrane  is  so  extremely 
tender  and  transparent,  that  the  cells  seem  to  be  perforated, 
the  interstices  Imng  coyered  with  an  incrusting  material,  in 
the  form  of  bands,  that  run  one  into  the  other.  The  extra- 
ordinary tenderness  and  transparency  of  the  dots,  or  of  the 
interstices,  of  whateyer  shape  they  may  be,  seem  to  afford 
eyident  proof,  at  those  places  where  they  are  not  coyered  by 

432 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  41 

the  incrustation,  that  they  are  deriyed  from  the  original  mem- 
brane of  the  cell.  Tincture  of  iodine  renders  the  membrane 
opaque,  which  evidently  shows,  that  the  interstices  have  no 
openings.  The  bands  are  eyidently  the  result  of  a  partial 
conversion  into  wood,  and,  indeed,  no  better  instance  can  be 
given,  to  illustrate  and  confirm  the  correctness  of  the  view 
which  Schleiden  has  given  of  the  origin  of  the  bands  and 
fibres  in  the  vessels  and  cells,  than  the  Cycas  revoluta.  The 
author  being  anxious  to  ascertain  whether  the  bands  already 
existed  at  a  former  period,  examined  a  young  undeveloped 
frond,  about  two  weeks  old,  and  was  glad  to  find  his  opinion 
confirmed;  the  cells  were  of  a  uniform  transparency,  and 
exhibited  neither  dots  nor  bands,  but  had  a  distinct  cytoblast 
or  nucleus,  which  had  entirely  disappeared  from  those  cells  in 
which  the  incrusting  material  was  observed ;  which  proves,  that 
this  incrusting  material  had  formed  itself  at  the  expense  of 
the  nucleus.  The  material  which  forms  the  band  is  connected, 
and  has  evidently  not  been  produced  by  a  'growing  together^ 
as  one  might  suppose,  for  it  is  perfectly  solid,  and  exhibits  no 
disposition  to  unroll  itself,  or  to  degenerate  into  fibres.  The 
bands  were  probably  produced  by  the  circumstance,  that  the 
incrusting  substance,  which  first  flowed  over  the  walls  in  a 
liquid  state,  contracted  itself,  and  by  the  mere  effect  of 
condensation,  supported  by  the  distention,  and  probably  the 
enlargement  of  the  cells,  naturally  left  parts  of  the  primitive 
membrane  uncovered.  The  author,  however,  notwithstanding 
the  analogies  exhibited  by  the  reproductive  organs,  considers 
the  relationship  between  the  Cycadeod  and  the  Coniferm  very 
remote,  and  supposes  the  Cycddece  to  be  the  remnants  of  a 
class  of  plants  which  belonged  to  a  former  vegetation. 

The  description  is  accurate  and  striking,  and  his  conclu- 
sion, that  the  Cycadece  has  but  a  remote  relationship  with  the 
ConiferuB,  ought  to  be  well  considered  by  those  who  assimilate 
these  two  natural  orders  with  each  other.  A  similar  analogy 
takes  place  among  the  Orchidece  and  the  Ascl^muiecB  with 
regard  to  the  fructification,  and  yet  no  one  will  be  bold  enough 
to  place  them  under  one  head  in  the  natural  system. 

The  approbation  which  the  author  gives  to  Schleiden  is 
433  2E 


42  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

unwarranted,    for  Schleiden  does  not  say  that  which  the 

author  aBcribeB  to  him.    According  to  Schleiden,  the  cyto- 

blaat  produces  other  cetls,  which  come  forth  when  the  mother 

cell  is  absorbed.     I  also  beg  to  state,  that  Mr.  Quekett 

mistakes  Schleiden's  meaning,  when  he  asserts  (Annals  of 

Natural  History,  rol.  y.  p.  66),  that  vessels  are  produced 

from  a  cytoblast  in  a  similar  manner  as  the  cells.     The 

ressel  at  first  can,  with  difficulty,  be  distinguished  from  a 

cell,  but  it  soon  lengthens  itself,  and  the  cytoblast  disappears. 

Mr.  Quekett  supposes  the  fibres  to  be  produced  from  small 

granules  in  a  gelatinous  mass,  which  granules  join  each  other 

according  to  the  different  formation  of  the  ressels.     There  is 

much  more  in  Mohl's  opinion  which  D.  Don's  observations 

favour.    Meyen,  however,  was  not  the  first  who  reduced  the 

dotted,  the  reticulated,  and  the  spiral  vessels  to  one  type. 

I  have  endeavoured  to   illustrate  the  structure  of  the 

Oyeadeob  in  the  Icon.  Select.  Anat.  Bot.  part  ii.  (1840),  1. 1, 

more  with  a  view  to  determine  their  position  in  the  natural 

system,  than  to  investigate  the  formation  of  the  separate 

cells  and  vessels.     A  cauloma,  from  a  withered  Encepha- 

lartosy  Friderid  Ouhelmi  III.^  served  for  the  purpose  of 

examination.    A  longitudinal  incision  through  this  cauloma  is 

represented  in  fig.  1,  one  half  of  its  natural  size — a  part  of 

this  incision,  in  natural  size,  in  fig.  2.    A  large  pith  in  the 

centre,  a  thin  layer  of  wood,  which  forms  a  perfect  circle,  and 

a  rather  thicker  bark,  will  immediately  be  distinguished.  Thus 

far  the  structure  appears  to  be  very  similar  to  the  structure 

of  the  stem  of  the  Dicotyledons.    But,  on  more  particularly 

observing  the  bark  and  pith,  there  will  occasionally  be  seen 

curved  bundles  of  wood  in  both,  which^  on  being  magnified  at 

82  i.  d.,  are  seen  as  bundles  of  spiroids  both  in  the  bark, 

fig.  3,  and  in  the  pith,  fig.  6.  Such  a  formation  is  quite  foreign 

to  the  Dicotyledons,  and  as  the  longitudinal  incision  cuts 

through  the  woody  bundles  in  various  ways,  it  readily  suggests 

the  conjecture,  that  they  may,  perhaps,  form  a  net  in  both 

parts.    This  becomes  evident,  on  observing  a  longitudinal 

incision  of  the  wood,  through  the  medium  of  a  glass  of  low 

power,  fig.  4,  where  the  net  of  woody  tissue  extends  itself  just 
434 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  ANB  BUDS.  43 

as  much  from  the  layer  of  wood,  as  in  the  nodes  of  the  larger 
grasses,  for  instance,  of  Zea^  Mays^  and  Saccharum  pffisci- 
narum  (Icon.  An.  Bot.  fig.  1,  t.  2,  figs.  5,  6) ;  fig.  5  exhibits 
something  of  this  entangling  in  the  magnified  degree  of  82  i.  d. 
The  lower  spiroids  descend  straight  down,  the  upper  make  a 
curre  towards  the  interior,  and  between  them  there  is  cellular 
tissue.  A  horizontal  cellular  tissue  is  also  seen  at  g,  like 
a  medullary  sheath,  which  has  given  rise  to  the  conjecture,, 
that  the  wood  is  produced  here  also  from  the  cellular  tissue, 
and  that,  by  growing  from  the  interior  to  the  exterior,  it 
compresses  the  cellular  tissue.  Every  thing  is  the  same  here 
as  in  the  Monocotyledons^  the  compound  layers  of  wood, 
alone,  are  calculated  to  create  doubts.  We  ought  to  consider, 
however,  that  the  entire  cauloma  of  the  CycadecB  is  to  be 
considered  as  a  lengthened  monocotyledonous  node.  In  the 
second  volume  of  the  Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  t.  ix.  fig.  1,  I  have 
caused  a  longitudinal  incision  of  Zamia*  Altensteinii  to  be 
represented.  The  same  kind  of  woody  bundles,  exhibiting  a 
similar  net  as  those  possessed  by  EjncephalgLttoa^  are  also 
seen  here.  The  spiral  vessels  of  these  bundles  are  repre- 
sented, in  a  magnified  degree,  in  fig.  2.  The  circular  layer  of 
woody  bundles  is  not  so  developed  in  these  CycadecB  as  in 
Encephalartos,  Fr,  Ouil, 

The  leaves  of  the  Cycadece  have  a  peculiar  character. 
They  are  jointed  at  the  base,  that  is,  they  are  seated  upon  a 
stalk,  from  which  they  fall  off,  as  soon  as  the  stem  or  they 
themselves  begin  to  wither  This  stalk  is  of  the  same  thick- 
ness as  the  lower  part  of  the  leaf,  and  exhibits,  externally, 
interruptions  tonfards  the  end  where  it  is  joined  to  the  leaf, 
which,  however,  do  not  extend  themselves  into  the  interior. 
Other  leaf-like  parts  are  found  beneath  these  leaves,  one  such 
part  being  under  each  leaf.  See  Icon.  Sel.  part  ii.  1. 1,  s.  1, 2, 
and  t.  2,  s.  1,  2.  If  now  we  should  assume,  as  a  general  law, 
that  the  branches  issue  forth  from  the  axil  of  a  leaf,  and  are, 
therefore,  supported  by  leaves,  that  two  genuine  leaves  are 
never  seated  one  under  another,  or  that  one  leaf  is  never 
situated  in  the  axil  of  another  leaf,  we  should,  in  such  case, 
have  to  consider  those  parts  of  the  Cycadece  which  are 
435 


44  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

usually  called  leaves,  as  branches,  and  the  leaf-like  parts 
under  them  as  genuine  leaves.  The  term  fronds,  which 
Miquel  gives  to  these  leaves,  in  a  recent  treatise  respecting 
the  Cycade<B^  is  very  suitable,  because  it  represents  a  sort  of 
intermediate  state  between  leaf  and  branch,  like  the  fironds 
of  ferns.  Miquel,  indeed,  seems  to  have  derived  the  expres- 
sion from  the  latter.  The  leaf-like  parts  might  be  termed 
squamao  foliares.  Such,  for  instance,  occur  in  the  Aspara^ 
gti8y  where  the  so  called  leaves  ought  to  be  considered  as 
barren  flower-stalks.  There  are  also  squam»  foliares  beneath 
the  so  called  leaves  of  Ruacus^  Phyllanthtia,  &c. 

Some  remarks  by  George  Gardner,  on  the  Structure  of 
the  Stems  of  Palms,  may  be  found  in  the  Annals  of  [Natural 
History,  vol.  vi.  p.  57.  The  author  refers  to  a  sentence  in 
landley's  Introduction  to  Botany,  where  Lindley  states :  — 
"  The  investigations  of  Mohl  appear  to  show,  that  this  view 
of  the  structure  of  endogens  requires  some  modification. 
According  to  this  observer,  every  one  of  the  woody  bundles 
of  a  palm -stem  originates  in  the  leaves,  and  is  at  first 
directed  towards  the  centre;  arrived  there,  it  follows  the 
course  of  the  stem  for  some  distance,  and  then  turns  outwards 
again,  finally  losing  itself  in  the  cortical  integument.  In  the 
course  of  their  downward  descent,  the  woody  bundles  gradually 
separate  into  threads,  till  at  last  the  vascular  system,  which 
for  a  long  time  formed  an  essential  part  of  each  of  them,  dis- 
appears, and  there  is  nothing  left  but  woody  tissue.  In  this 
view  of  the  growth  of  endogens,  the  trunk  of  such  plants  must 
consist  of  a  series  of  arcs,  directed  from  above  inwards,  and 
then  from  within  outwards ;  and  consequently  the  woody  fibres 
of  such  plants,  instead  of  being  parallel  with  each  other, 
must  be  interlaced  in  infinite  intermixture."  Lindley,  farther 
on,  enumerates  some  difficulties  with  which  the  formation 
and  the  direction  of  the  woody  bundles,  in  reality,  accord- 
ing to  Mohl's  statement,  would  be  attended.  Gardner,  when 
travelling  in  the  Brazils,  caused  a  palm  tree,  which  is  called 
Coqueiro  by  the  Brazilians,  to  be  split,  and  in  the  trunk  he 
found  very  large  woody  bundles,  which  were  readily  traced. 
As  soon  as  they  come  from  the  leaves  into  the  trunk,  they 

436 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  45 

make  a  gentle  curyature  of  about  18°  downwards  and  inwards, 
until  they  nearly  reach  the  centre  of  the  coluiiin ;  they  then 
change  their  direction,  and  turn  downwards  and  outwards, 
with  a  greater  obliquity  than  before,  until  they  have  nearly 
reached  the  external  surface  of  the  trunk ;  they  now  descend 
downwards  in  a  line  parallel  with  the  axis,  until  they  at  last 
get  so  much  ramified  as  not  to  be  followed  further.  Lindley, 
as  above  stated,  found  the  first  difficulty  in  Mohl's  statement 
to  be  this,  that  the  lower  part  of  the  trunk  is,  as  it  were, 
obstructed  by  the  woody  bundles,  and  must,  therefore,  un- 
questionably be  equally  hard.  Gardner,  howeyer,  asserts, 
that  the  woody  bundles  of  the  upper  leayes  do  not  descend 
quite  down  to  the  bottom,  so  that  the  lower  as  well  as  the 
upper  part  thus  retain  an  external  hard  and  an  internal  soft 
part.  Lindley  further  says,  the  lower  part  of  the  bark  must 
be  much  harder  than  the  upper,  because  a  greater  quantity  of 
woody  bundles  are  there  met  with.  That  indeed  is  the  case, 
replies  Gardner,  and  eyery  Brazilian  knows  it.  Lindley 
says,  thirdly.  The  hardness  of  the  external  part  of  the  trunks 
of  the  palms  cannot  originate  in  the  pressure  of  a  new  growth 
from  the  interior  towards  the  exterior,  but  from  a  cause 
which  would  correspond  with  the  production  of  the  heart 
wood  in  the  exogens.  Is  there  such  a  cause,  he  asks,  in  the 
endogens?  Gardner  replies.  The  woody  substance  in  the 
endogens  is  eyidently  produced  from  the  leayes,  and  from 
this  it  may  be  inferred,  that  the  same  is  the  case  with  the 
exogens,  as  Du  Petit  Thenars  has  already  asserted.  The 
only  difference  appears  to  be  this,  that  the  woody  fibres,  in 
the  exogens,  remain  between  the  bark  and  the  last  layer  of 
wood ;  while,  in  the  palms,  they  turn  downwards  and  inwards, 
then  gradually  downwards  and  outwards,  and  finally  descend 
parallel  with  the  axis. 

The  remarks  of  Mr.  Gardner  appear  to  me  to  be,  upon 
the  whole,  yery  correct.  There  is  another  difference  to  be 
obseryed,  namely,  that  the  trunk  of  the  palms  forms  itself 
solely  from  the  leayes,  whilst  other  trunks  do  so  from  buds 
from  which  branches  are  deyeloped. 

Contributions  to  the  Anatomy  of  the  Cactacece,  hy  M,  J. 
437 


46  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

SekleideUj  is  the  title  of  a  treatise  which  was  read  to  the 
Academy  of  Sciences  at  St.  Petersbiirgh,  in  1839,  but  which 
was  only  published  at  a  subsequent  period.  The  author  first 
speaks  of  the  parenchyma  of  the  pith  and  bark,  and  says : — 
The  cells  are  almost  all  globular  or  elliptical ;  the  connection 
between  the  separate  cells  is  so  loose,  that  thciy  are  generally 
torn  asunder  by  one  incision,  so  as  to  render  it  a  rare  occur- 
rence to  see  a  cell  which  has  been  cut  through.  The  sap, 
which  in  its  youngest  state  always  occupies  the  intercellular 
spaces,  retires  during  its  gradual  drying  up  into  the  commissures 
(Fugen),  and  there  forms  a  slight  distention,  filling  up  the 
yicinity  of  two  cells.  On  the  cells  being  separated,  as  described, 
the  point  of  contact  exhibits  itself  as  a  circle  or  ellipsis,  sur- 
rounded by  a  slight  elevated  ring.  Meyen  has  delineated  these 
round  circles  from  the  Oneidum  juneifolium^  in  which  plant 
such  a  loose  cellular  tissue  likewise  occurs,  and  considers  them, 
wrongly,  as  it  appears  to  the  author,  large  pores.  The 
author  has  conyinced  himself,  by  researches  and  comparison 
in  an  infinite  number  of  cases,  that  all  porous  canals  proceed 
from  the  primary  cell-wall ;  and  if  they  do  not  seem  to  reach 
as  far  as  that,  they  are  then  only  fragments  of  a  canal  which 
has  been  cut  through.  Such  perfect  canals  are,  howerer, 
neyer  seen  to  terminate  ill  an  intercellular  space,  nor  eren 
upon  a  part  of  the  cell-wall,  which  confirms  MohPs  view.  The 
contents  of  the  cells  of  parenchyma,  always  consist,  in  the 
first  instance,  of  mucus  in  little  globules,  or  of  starch,  both 
almost  always  covered  with  chlorophyll.  It  is  of  frequent 
occurrence  amongst  the  CactacecB,  that  the  starch  is  the 
bearer  of  the  chlorophyll;  and,  in  this  instance,  it  may 
readily  be  observed,  that  the  starch,  affcer  having  been  libe- 
rated from  the  chlorophyll  through  means  of  alcohol,  is  always 
a  long  time  before  it  acts  upon  iodine,  as  for  instance,  in 
Opuntia  brasUienais.  Besides  the  ordinary  cells  of  paren- 
chyma, we  also  find,  in  very  many  Cdetacece,  cells  of  two  or 
three  times  the  size  of  the  former,  distributed  in  the  bark  as 
well  as  in  the  pith,  which  are  entirely  filled  with  vegetable 
mucus.   This  mucus  has  also  a  kind  of  organization.    It  forms 

a  globule,  and  is  very  finely  marked  on  the  surface  with  small 
438 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  47 

furrows,  similar  to  what  in  art  is  called  '*  en  yermeil.''    The 
different  crystalline  forms  of  oxalate  of  lime,  as  found  in  the 
Cact(icecBy  are  stated.    The  author  found,  in  100  parts  of  the 
perfectly  dry  yegetahle  substance  of  plants,  85.57  of  oxalate 
of  lime,  5.75  humic  acid,  7.79  regetable  fibre,  and  0.92  loss. 
The  CactacecB  frequently  contain  carbonate  of  lime,  besides 
oxalate  of  lime,  and  that  often  in  perfectly  formed  **  rhom- 
bohedrons,'*   as,  for  instance,  in  the  Cereiia   triangularia. 
The  opinion  of  the  author,  that  young  cells  form  themselves 
from  a  cytoblast,  and  then  make  their  appearance  after  the 
resorption  of  the  mother  cell,  he  endeavours  to  prove  by  ob- 
seryations  made  on  very  young  bulbs  of  Oeorginaj  where  two 
cells  develop  themselves  from  a  cytoblast  in  one  mother  cell. 
The  author  then  proceeds  to  treat  of  the  external  layer 
of  the  bark,  the  epidermis,  and  the  outer  bark.    He  says, 
besides  the  ordinary  bark-parenchyma,  we  meet  with,  in  the 
one-year-old  shoots,  beneath,  the  epidermis,  in  almost  all 
plants,  particularly  of  those  which  convert  themselyes  into 
wood,  a  more  or  less  thick  layer  of  peculiar  cells,  the  walls  of 
which  are  in  a  different  chemico-physical  state  to  those  of 
the  ordinary  cell^membrane  of  the  parenchyma.    This  tissue 
contains  most  water  when  in  its  youngest  state,  and  is  almost 
identical  with  vegetable  mucus ;  it  hardens  subsequently  through 
the  loss  of  water.     The  cells  at  first  have  thin  walls,  but 
thicken  in  their  gradual  development,  but  owing  to  the  gela- 
tinous quality  of  these  walls,  it  was  impossible  for  the  author 
to  distinguish  layers ;  but  pores  presented  themselves,  which 
may  here  be  observed  to  particular  adyantage.    The  various 
changes  of  this  cellular  tissue  are  given.    The  commencement 
of  the  formation  of  the  outer  bark,  or  rather  of  the  formation 
of  the  cellular  layer,  consists,  according  to  the  author,  in  the 
fact,  that  a  darkish,  yellow-brown,  granular  mucus  matter  col- 
lects itself  in  a  certain  locality  in  some  of  the  epidermic  cells. 
This  substance  gradually  increases,  till  it  bursts  the  sidewalls 
of  the  cells,  and  raises  the  upper  walls,  which  are  connected 
together  in  a  continued  membrane,  whilst  the  lower  walls 
remain  firmly  combined  with  the  layer  of  bark  situated  be- 
neath.   In  the  third  place,  he  treats  of  the  wood.     There  is 
439 


48  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

nothing  more  easily  seen,  says  the  author,  in  the  Monoco- 
tyledom  with  shortened  intemodes,  than  that  the  older  ras- 
cular  bundles  cross  (in  their  peripheral  course)  the  younger 
Tascular  bundles,  which  are  situated  towards  the  outside,  and 
thereby  form  a  longer  or  shorter  curre.    This  is  more  difficult 
to  obserre  in  the  Dicotyledons  generally,  but  is  easily  seen  in 
some  of  the  Mammillarias.    Here  is  found  the  curyed  course 
of  the  fibres,  the  crossing,  and,  in  short,  every  thing  that  has 
erroneously  been  considered  as  a  peculiarity  of  the  monoco- 
tyledonous  ^tem.     Lastly,  he  gires  the  history  of  the  forma- 
tion of  the  wood.     The  inner  cells,  a  small  bundle  of  the  yet 
tender  cells,  cease  to  deyelop  themselyes,  and  begin  to  form 
thickened  layers  by  spiral  deposits.     The  cells  are  extended 
in  length  by  joining  the  adjacent  distended  cells,  and  fre- 
quently so  much  so,  that  the  cell-membrane  dries  up  and  is 
absorbed,  so  that  the  spiral  fibres  frequently  get  into  the 
intercellular  spaces,  as  is  oftev  seen  in  the  Ccictacece.    The 
spiral  fibres  are  subsequently  conrerted  into  rings,   by  a 
regular  and  gradual  distension.     The  cells  of  woody  fibre 
extend  themselves  longitudinally,  and  when  this  extension 
no  longer  corresponds  with  the  extent  of  the  whole  plant,  they 
are  then  compelled  to  force  themselves  with  their  ends  between 
each  other,  and  as  it  were,  to  grow  into  the  intercellular  spaces 
of  the  other  tissues.     When  the  formation  of  cells  ceases  in 
the  intemode,  it  nevertheless  still  continues  in  the  cambium 
in  the  Dicotyledons.    The  cells  form  themselves  into  two  or 
three  very  unequal  parts,  to  which  a  fourth  is  sometimes 
added.     The  largest  inner  part  forms  wood  cells,  the  external 
(third  if  existing)  remains  partly  parenchymatous,  and  partly 
forms  itself  into  cells  of  the  liber,  whilst  the  walls  of  the  cells 
of  the  central  portion  (or,  if  the  former  is  wanting,  the  ex- 
ternal) remain  quite  tender  and  capable  of  propagation,  and 
form  the  new  cambium.     The  continued  growth  of  the  cam-^ 
bium  is  best  observed  in  the  CactacecB,     Cytoblasts  form 
themselves  in  the  lowest  cells  of  the  cambium,  and  those  small 
and  tender  cells  grow  upwards  through  the  whole  cell.     Their 
contiguity  to  the  next  upper  wall  occasions  the  same  process 
of  growth,  and  thus  it  continues.     The  spiral-formed  layers 

440 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  49 

are  seen  at  an  early  period.  Finally,  the  mother  cells  are  per- 
fectly absorbed,  the  inner  cells  becoming  wood  cells,  the  ex- 
ternal, cambium,  &c.  Another  process  yet  takes  place  during 
the  production  of  lateral  anastomozing  branches;  a  cloudy, 
slimy,  gummy  liquid  is  produced  in  a  certain  series  of  cells  of 
the  parenchyma,  from  which  a  layer  is  precipitated,  by  which 
the  parenchymatous  cell  is  conyerted  into  a  spiral  or  reti- 
culated fibrous  cell. 

I  hare  endeayoured  to  represent  the  theory  of  the  author 
in  the  context,  and  haye  mentioned,  that  I  consider  the  doc- 
trine of  the  cytoblast  as  the  producer  of  the  young  cells  in  a 
mother  cell,  the  latter  of  which  is  finally  absorbed,  as  a  mere 
hypothesis,  founded  upon  imperfect  obseryation.  I  do  not 
know  of  any  profound  obseryer  who  has  adopted  it.  Foreigners, 
when  talking  of  cytoblasts,  merely  mean  the  nucleus  in  many 
cells,  the  existence  of  which  no  one  denies ;  they  neyer  allude 
to  the  mother  cell.  An  example  of  it  has  been  giyen  aboye. 
Schwann  has  adopted  Schleiden's  yiews,  and  applied  them  to 
the  animal  world.  I  think,  perhaps  the  animal  cell,  in  this 
respect,  may  be  formed  in  a  way  exactly  opposite  to  the 
yegetable  cell. 

It  has  always  been  a  question,  whether  the  spiral  yessels 
are  air  tubes,  or  whether  they  carry  the  juices  for  nutrition  ? 
I  myself  haye  twice  changed  my  opinion  regarding  it,  because 
it  was  more  my  object  to  arriye  at  the  truth  than  to  insist 
upon  being  right.  Dr.  Schleiden  despatches  this  question- 
yery  quickly.  He  says,  "  I  found,  almost  without  exception, 
in  all  Cdctacece,  that  the  yessels,  as  they  issued  from  the 
cambium,  were  filled  with  air.  Indeed,  I  must  confess,  that 
I  cannot  conceiye  how  any  one,  who  has  examined  a  great 
number  of  plants  with  attention,  and  only  applies  sound  logic, 
can  set  up  the  doctrine,  that  the  spiral  yessels,  and  the  woody 
fibres  associated  with  them,  are  intended  to  carry  fluid. 
Neyer  and  nowhere  is  a  fluid  found  in  them,  excepting  during 
a  short  time  in  the  spring,  in  the  forest  trees  of  our  own 
climate,  which  may  be  accounted  for  yery  simply,  by  the  su- 
perabundance of  the  rising  sap,  and  the  permeability  of  the 
cell-membrane,  and  which,  being  only  a  periodical  phenomenon, 
441 


50  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

belongs  as  little  to  the  usual  course  of  yegetation,  as  the 
human  uterus  can  be  said  to  be  a  blood  vessel  on  account  of 
its  menstruating.  A  considerable  quantity  of  fluid  flows  out 
rapidly  from  the  cut  stem  of  the  Hixya  eamosa  in  our  hot- 
houses, but  the  microscope  instantly  shows,  that  all  the  spiral 
and  porous  yessels  carry  only  air." 

The  answer  deriyed  from  the  rapidity  of  the  flowing  out  of 
sap  is  not  worth  much ;  for  eyery  Botanist  knows,  or  may 
readily  conyince  himself,  by  placing  a  slice  of  a  potato 
under  the  microscope,  and  adding  a  drop  of  tincture  of  iodine, 
when  it  progresses  as  rapidly  through  the  walls  of  the  cell  as 
on  the  table,  therefore  the  liying  membrane  of  the  cell  offers 
little  or  no  resistance  to  the  absorption  of  fluids.  In  the 
same  way  as  inorganic  substances  are  permeable  (most  of  the 
perfect  crystals,  at  least  of  the  alkalies  and  earths)  to  the 
imponderables,  light,  warmth,  &c.,  so  also  is  the  organic 
substance  permeable  for  fluids.  It  is  not  the  passing  through 
of  a  fluid,  which  is  the  effect  of  a  yital  power,  which  requires 
explanation,  but  quite  the  reyerse ;  it  is  the  retention  of  the 
fluids  in  certain  cells,  which  either  originates  from  a  parti- 
cular organization,  as  in  the  epidermis,  or  from  the  difference 
of  the  medium  on  both  surfaces  (air  and  fluid),  as,  for 
instance,  in  the  air  cells,  or  from  peculiar  organic  powers,  as, 
for  instance,  in  the  cells  with  coloured  juices,  existing  between 
the  cells  with  uncoloured  juices. 

Since  the  lifeless,  yegetable  membrane  retains  fluids,  the 
most  simple  method  is  to  attribute  this  as  a  primary  quality 
also  to  the  living  membranes,  and  to  search  only  for  par- 
ticular powers  when  they  allow  a  fluid  to  pass  through  them. 
The  juice  which  flows  from  the  Hoya  earnosa^  comes  from 
the  proper  yessels,  sap  yessels,  the  same  as  the  milky  juice  in 
the  AsclepiadacecB,  These  vessels  generally,  however,  have 
no  partitions.  If,  then,  the  nutritive  sap  made  a  rapid  tran- 
sition from  the  spiral  vessels  into  the  cells  (withered  twigs, 
for  instance,  placed  in  water,  very  quickly  erect  their  leaves), 
would  it  be  seeni  But  this  is  not  the  place  for  the 
investigation  of  this  subject;  it  was  only  necessary  to  give 
Dr.  Schleiden's  statement  in  his  own  words. 

442 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  51 

'*  Delineations  of  the  internal  structure  of  some  CdctaeecR  are 

'  represented  in  the  Sel.  Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  part  ii.,  tab.  3.    The 

I  woody  bundles  in  the  stem  of  Epiphyllum  phyllanthus  are 

>  separated  from  each  other  at  the  points,  where  the  stem  has 

i  still  its  round  form,  and  each  bundle  is  surrounded  by  its 

alburnum,  upon  which  follow  the  Jiber,  separated  in  the  same 

'  manner,  and  surrounded  as  usual  by  the  bark,  and  opposite 

'  the  woody  bundles  (see  fig.  1).     The  alburnum  consists  of 

^  yery  tender  small  cells  of  parenchyma,  the  liber  of  yery  thick 

t  walls,  or  finely  punctated  liber  vessels,  rarely  with  partitions, 

i  but  they  are  found  in  some  (fig.  2);   ramified,  frequently 

I  reticulated  spiroids  are  seen  in  the  flat  part  of  the  stem, 

I  which  are  inclined  towards  the  spot  where  the  tufts  of  thorns 

I  are  seated  (fig.  3).    The  leaf,  therefore,  seems  really  to  be 

transposed  into  the  wings  of  the  stem,  for  such  a  separation 

of  vessels  is  not  found  in  the  stem  of  the  Dicotyledons,  nor 

in  the  stem  of  the  same  plant  where  it  is  round. 

The  internal  structure  of  Opuntia  vulgaris  is  likewise 

represented.    A  similar  division  of  the  spiroids  towards  the 

thorn  tufts  is  likewise  seen  here,  as  in  the  flat  part  of  the 

trunk  of  Epiphyllum  phyllanthus  (fig.  4).    The  joints  of  the 

stem  or  branches  of  the  Opuntioe  are  perfectly  compressed,  and 

that  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  woody  bundles  are  situated 

remotely  from  each  other  (fig.  5).     Where  the  stem  of  the 

OpuntioB  is  round,  there  it  has  the  internal  structure  of 

the  Cactacece  in  general,  a  thick  bark,  and  woody  bundles 

separated  from  each  other  (figs.  6,  7).     The  spiral  vessels 

and  spiroids  also  ramify  towards  the  tuftis  of  thorns  in  the 

Cereus  flabelliformis  (fig.  9) ;  the  fluid  distension  is,  however, 

principally  owing  to  the  enlargement  of  the  bark,  which  is 

much  thicker  than  the  pith  (fig.  9). 

Decaisne,  in  his  M^m.  sur  le  Developement  du  Pollen,  de 

rOvule,  et  sur  le  Structure  des  Tiges  de  Oui,  Bruxell.,  1840 

(Exte.  du  t.  xiii.  de  TAcadem.  B.  de  Bruxell.),  has  commimi- 

cated  some  observations  on  the  Stem  of  the  Mistletoe  (Viscum 

album).  He  first  alludes  to  the  remarks  made  by  De  CandoUe, 

Kaiser,  and  Dutrochet,  respecting  it.    Dutrochet  asserts,  that 

ea<;h  joint  of  the  stem  grows  independent  of  another;  that 
443 


0 
I 


52  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

the  woody  substance  of  each  joint  is  separated  from  the  other 
by  a  layer  of  cellular  tissue ;  and  that  the  joints  are  only  con- 
nected with  each  other  by  the  bark.  Decaisne,  on  the  other  hand, 
says,  that  on  the  contrary,  the  bark  ressels  are  not  connected 
with  eyery  joint,  and  that  the  latter,  on  that  account,  readily 
separate  from  each  other,  but  that  the  woody  bundles  are  not 
separated  from  each  other  at  the  nodes ;  he  failed  to  detect  a 
layer  of  cellular  tissue  between  them. .  Eight  bundles  of  long 
fibres,  he  says,  are  observed  about  the  pith,  which  exhibit  all 
the  characteristics  of  liber ;  these  bundles  correspond  exactly 
with  the  internal  part  of  the  woody  bundles,  and  next  to  them, 
and  even  in  the  wood  itself,  ringed  vessels  are  found,  which 
here  seem  to  occupy  the  place  of  the  spiral  vessels.  These 
ring  vessels  have  escaped  Kaiser,  at  least  he  does  not  speak 
of  them.  The  mistletoe  has  no  genuine  spiral  vessels,  nor  are 
there  any  traces  of  a  membrane  by  which  they  are  connected, 
nor  are  such  vessels  found  in  the  nerves  of  the  leaves.  The 
number  of  woody  bundles  is  constant  in  the  young  twigs, 
generally  eight,  seldom  seven  or  nine ;  each  bundle  consists  of 
three  zones,  the  most  external  belongs  to  the  liber,  or  to  the 
fibrous  cells  of  the  bark,  the  second  to  the  wood,  and  the 
innermost  is  formed  like  the  external. 

What  the  author  calls  ring  vessels,  vaisaeaux  annelea,  are 
not  generally  so  called ;  there  are  genuine  spiral  vessels,  the 
spires  of  which  do  not  join  one  another,  and  in  which 
the  membrane  enclosing  them  can  be  distinctly  perceived. 
Many  Botanists  would  certainly  not  agree  with  him  in  the 
supposition,  that  there  are  spiral  vessels  which  are  entirely 
deficient  of  that  membrane ;  and  it  is  still  less  correct,  to 
assume  that  circumstance  to  be  a  characteristic  sign  of  spiral 
vessels.  The  more  or  less  closely  connected  spires  are 
likewise  of  no  particular  importance,  and  deserve  as  little  to 
be  ranked  among  the  characteristics  of  spiral  vessels.  The 
substance  which  the  author  calls  liber,  certainly  seems  to 
deserve  this  appellation ;  the  wood,  however,  in  this  plant  is 
of  a  peculiar  quality,  which  will  be  explained  on  another 
occasion,  as  we  shall,  further  on,  allude  to  the  otherwise  ex- 
cellent researches  of  the  author  on  the  mistletoe. 

444 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  53 

In  Froriep's  Neuen  Notizen,  yol.  xiv.  p.  242,  we  find  Von 
HalTs  Observations  on  the  Increase  of  Trees  in  Thickness, 
read  at  the  Boyal  Institution  of  Sciences  of  the  Netherlands, 
&c.,  first  class.  The  obseryations  were  made  on  the  oak, 
willow  tree  {Salix  alba),  Canadian  poplar  (Populus  monili- 
fera)y  horse  chestnut,  birch,  maple  (Acer  psevdo-Platanus), 
lime  tree,  fir  tree  {Piaus  abies),  and  the  wallnut  tree.  I  will 
pass  over  these  obseryations,  as  the  relatiye  growth  of  these 
trees  depends  much  on  the  soil  in  which  they  grow,  and  the 
obseryations  only  refer  to  trees  in  the  same  locality.  The 
author  has  frequently  made  the  obseryation,  that  the  increase 
of  growth,  in  point  of  thickness,  is  considerably  lessened  by 
the  tearing  off  of  the  foliage,  and  the  taking  off  of  many  and 
strong  boughs,  which  is  opposed  to  the  opinion  of  the  adyo- 
cates  of  pruning  trees.  The  author  further  instituted  inyesti- 
gations  on  the  increase  of  thickness  in  different  months  of  the 
year.  The  tables  on  this  point  exhibit  a  proof,  that  the 
growth  of  trees  in  Holland  is  yery  yariable,  which  no  doubt  is 
owing  to  the  weather  and  temperature  of  that  country.  As  a 
general  rule,  howeyer,  we  learn,  that  the  months  of  June  and 
July  are  those  in  which  the  trees  increase  most  in  thickness, 
for  the  growth  in  these  two  months,  in  most  cases,  exceeded 
that  of  all  the  other  months  put  together.  The  author  did 
not  observe  a  suspension  of  growth  of  trees  from  the  latter 
half  of  June  to  the  middle  of  August,  as  recorded  by  Duhamel 
for  France ;  this  is  unquestionably  owing  to  the  fact,  that 
there  is  no  dry  season  in  the  summer  in  Holland.  The 
opinion  of  Agardh  is  unfounded,  that  trees  grow  more  in 
length  in  the  first  part  of  the  summer,  and  more  in  thickness 
in  the  latter  part  of  it.  Trees  do  not  increase  in  thickness 
during  the  winter  months ;  the  buds,  however,  thicken.  The 
branches  of  birch,  maple,  and  other  similar  trees,  are  seen 
to  be  filled  with  rising  watery  juices  in  March  and  April,  if 
the  weather  is  mild,  which  cannot  be  perceived  so  much,  or 
not  at  all,  as  soon  as  the  weather  becomes  warmer.  These 
juices,  howeyer,  haye  no  influence  whateyer  upon  the  increase 
of  thickness  in  a  tree.  The  superabundance  of  this  rising 
juice  decreases  as  soon  as  the  leayes  have  perfectly  shot  forth, 

445 


64  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

which  seems,  therefore,  to  be  more  concentrated  in  the  leaves; 
and  the  growth  of  trees,  in  point  of  thickness,  only  commences 
after  the  leaves  are  capable  of  folfilling  their  functions :  this 
has  been  proved  by  all  the  measurements  which  the  author 
instituted.    The  influence  of  the  leaves  upon  the  increase  of 
trunks,  in  point  of  thickness,  exhibited  itself,  among  others, 
most  distinctly  in  the  Italian  poplar.    On  one  of  these  trees 
being  deprived  of  almost  all  its  branches,  in  the  month  of 
March,  the  increase  in  thickness  was  proportionably  slight 
during  the  months  of  June  and  July.    The  growth  of  a  lime 
tree,  on  the  other  hand,  in  which  the  side  branches,  also  those 
lower  down  on  the  trunk,  as  well  above  as  beneath  the  point 
of  measurement,  had,  for  the  greater  part,  been  purposely  left, 
was  considerable,  and  increasing  every  year.    An  experiment 
was  made  with  two  equal  sized  oaks,  situated  under  the  same 
circumstances,  all  the  lateral  branches  were  taken  from  one 
and  left  in  the  other;  the  result  was,  that  the  increase  of 
thickness,  in  the  tree  whidi  had  not  been  pruned,  was  much 
more  considerable  than  of  the  one  which  had  been  pruned. 
The  trunks  of  Monocotykdons  also  increase  in  thickness 
according  to  the  observations  of  the  author.    An  Aletria 
frcLgrwM  had  increased  by  17|  millimeters  in  thickness  in  five 
years,  and  a  trunk  of  BracotAfoa  draeoy  by  23^  millimeters 
in  the  same  period  of  time.     These  excellent  observations 
confirm  the  theory  which  Thouars  has  advanced,  respecting 
the  increase  of  trees  in  thickness,  which  I  have  endeavoured 
to  represent,  at  least  in  its  principal  features,  in  the  elm. 
Phil.  Bot.  ed.  2,  vol.  i.  p.  260,  and  in  the  Icon.  Anat«  Bot. 
part  i.  p.  7,  fig.  10-12. 

In  addition  to  the  account  form^ly  mentioned,  of  the  dying 
of  wood,  and  rendering  it  durable,  by  Dr.  Boucherie,  we  have 
now  to  add  the  Report  of  the  Commission  of  the  Academy, 
consisting  of  Mirbel,  Arago,  Foncelet,  Audouin,  Combey, 
Boussingault,  and  Dumas  (Gompt.  Bend.  1840,  vol.  ii.  p.  894). 
It  is  not  necessary,  they  say,  that  the  tree  should  have 
all  its  branches  and  all  its  leaves,  it  is  only  requisite  to 
leave  a  tuft  at  the  point,  in  order  to  effect  the  imbibition.  It 
is  not  requisite  that  the  tree  should  remain  standing,  it  may 

446 


STEMS,  LEAVES,  AND  BUDS.  55 

be  cut  down,  after  haying  preyiously  taken  away  all  its  useless 
boughs,  and  must  then  be  placed  with  its  lower  end  immersed 
in  the  fluid  which  is  intended  to  be  absorbed.  If  it  should  not 
be  desirable  to  cut  down  the  tree,  it  is  only  necessary  to  make 
a  hole  in  the  trunk  below,  or  to  make  an  incision  with  a  saw, 
and  then  to  bring  the  fluid  in  contact  with  it.  The  permeating 
of  the  stem  is  effected  in  a  few  days  without  difficulty  or  labour. 
In  order  to  make  the  wood  more  durable  and  harder,  pyro- 
lignite  de  fer  should  be  made  use  of  for  imbibition.  The  pine- 
wood  add  is  brought  into  contact  with  iron  shayings,  the  com- 
bination takes  place  eren  in  the  cold,  and  then  contains  much 
of  creosot ;  and  the  latter,  as  is  well  known,  is  a  preserratiye 
of  all  organic  substances.  In  order  to  preyent  the  warping  of 
the  wood,  Boucherie  uses  chloride  of  Ume,  or  the  lye  of  the 
places  in  which  salt  is  prepared.  It  has  already  been  stated, 
that  wood  may  be  died  by  causing  fluids  to  pass  into  the  tissues 
of  trees,  which,  by  their  chemical  effect  upon  each  other,  pro- 
duce colours. 

M.  Fayen  has  read  a  treatise  at  the  Academy  of  Sciences 
in  Paris,  on  the  Leaf-nerves  of  the  Dicotyledons^  which 
has  been  criticised  by  De  Mirbel ;  the  critique  is  contained 
in  the  Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles,  2d  S6r.  Botaniq., 
y.  14,  p,  220,  and  in  the  Gomptes  Bendus,  1840,  y.  2.  The 
treatise  is  praised  on  account  of  its  practical  applications. 
The  author  first  considers  the  origin  of  the  neryes  from  the 
yascular  bundles  of  the  wood  in  the  branch,  and  enumerates 
three  different  kinds  of  origin ; — Ist,  The  unitary,  if  they  spring 
from  one  yascular  bundle :  2d,  The  ternary,  if  three  yascular 
bundles  unite  in  order  to  form  the  leaf-neryes ;  and,  3d,  The 
drculary,  if  the  yascular  bundles  meet  froin  the  whole  circum- 
ference of  the  wood.  The  yascular  conyolutions  frequently 
run  through  the  petiole  of  the  leaf  to  the  leaf,  without  expe- 
riencing a  change,  but  frequently  each  diyides  itself  into  three 
fibres,  which  then  either  enter  into  the  leaf  on  the  same  surface 
as  the  principal  nerye,  or  on  different  surfaces.  The  simple 
leaf  is  produced,  if  the  central  yascular*  bundle  separates  itself 
from  the  wood  at  an  earlier  period  than  the  two  others ;  if, 
howeyer,  the  two  lateral  bundles  liberate  themselyes  first,  then 
447 


56  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

9k  folium  lobatum^  or  stipulatum,  or  even  compositum^  is  pro- 
duced. If  one  of  the  two  lateral  bundles  is  separated  earlier 
than  the  other,  and  earlier  than  the  principal  nerres,  then  the 
side  of  the  leaf,  where  this  happens,  is  always  more  deyeloped 
than  the  others.  If  the  curvature,  which  measures  the  dis- 
tance of  the  central  nerves  to  the  side  nerves,  at  that  point 
of  the  branch  where  the  bundles  separate  from  the  wood,  is 
very  large,  then  the  leaf  is  generally  lobed  and  stipulate. 

The  epilogue  of  Mirbel  is  singular.  The  labour,  he  says, 
was  obliged  to  be  done,  it  was  necessary  for  science;  it  is 
well  that  it  has  been  done  with  diligence.  Good  fortune  has 
frequently  a  greater  share  in  making  important  discoveries  in 
the  experimental  sciences  than  cleverness.  The  phytologist, 
who  has  recourse  to  anatomy,  can  derive  no  more  from  the 
object  than  there  is  in  it,  however  industrious  he  may  be. 
M.  Payen  is  not  wanting  in  capability,  he  only  wants  the  op- 
portunity. Mirbel  wished  to  say,  What  is  the  use  of  accuracy 
in  research,  if  the  variety  discovered  is  not  brought  into 
combination  with  the  whole  1  They  are  preparatory  labours 
for  the  fortunate  man  who  discovers  their  combination. 

The  Leaves  of  the  Coniferce  appeared  to  me  so  remarkable, 
that  I  subjected  them  to  an  examination ;  the  description  of 
which  is  to  be  found  in  the  Icon.  Select.  Anat.  Bot.  part  ii. 
tab.  5,  (1840.)  They  are  principally  distinguished  by  only 
haying  an  ordinary  simple  (sometimes,  howeyer,  perhaps  a 
double)  vascular  bundle,  which  runs  longitudinally  through  the 
leaf,  without  producing  branches  or  ramifications.  The  Folium 
acerosum  might  be  thus  characterized.  They  generally  also 
have  one  or  two  resinous  channels,  which  run  through  the 
whole  leaf;  the  leaves  of  AMea  baleamea  have  them  at  the 
sides  (fig.  9) ;  the  leaves  of  Thuja  occidentalia  and  Juniperua 
communis  (figs.  11  and  12),  have  only  one  resinous  channel 
near  to  the  principal  nerves.  Many  have  a  double  upper 
layer,  as,  for  instance,  Abies  balsamea  (fig.  9,  e  e\  and  Juni- 
perus  sabina  (fig.  10,  c  c) :  the  cells  of  some  of  them  are  also 
lengthened  laterally,  beneath  the  upper  layer,  as,  for  instance, 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  leaves  of  Abies  balsamea  (fig.  9, 
c  c).    The  form  of  the  leaves  of  Thuja  occidentalis  is  strange, 

448 


EOOTS  AND  TUBERS.  57 

the  nerves  are  so  ramified,  not  only  amongst  each  other,  but 
also  with  the  branch,  that  only  one  woody  bundle  goes  through 
the  branch  in  the  middle. 


ROOTS  AND  TUBERS. 

A  Note  upon  the  Anatomy  of  the  Roots  ofOphrydecBy  by  John 
Lindley,  Tr.  of  the  linnean  Society,  vol.  xyiii.  part  iii.  p.  423. 
The  author  says,  that  the  tubers  which  form  the  roots  of  many 
African  OphrydeoB,  on  becoming  dry,  hare  the  appearance  of 
sacs,  filled  with  small  pebbles ;  the  surface  is  coarse  grained, 
as  if  the  epidermis  was  firmly  contracted  over  hard  substances. 
This  may  be  seen  particularly  in  the  dry  spindle-like  roots  of 
Diaa  multifida.  On  cutting  across  a  fresh  root  of  Satyrium 
pallidum^  it  will  be  seen  distinctly  whence  this  appearance 
arises.  A  great  quantity  of  oral,  tough,  and  solid  nodules, 
clear  as  water,  and  frequently  twenty  times  the  size  of  the  cells 
which  surround  them,  are  found  in  the  tender  parenchyma. 
These  nodules  may  readily  be  separated  from  the  cellular  tissue 
in  which  they  are  situated,  and  they  appear  to  be  of  an  irre- 
gular polygonal  shape,  like  polished  stones  of  rock  crystal. 
Their  facettes  are  produced  by  the  pressure  of  the  cells  of 
parenchyma  between  which  they  are  situated.  They  are  tough 
like  horn,  cannot  be  torn,  crackle  between  the  teeth  like 
pieces  of  caoutchouc,  may  readily  be  cut  eyen  into  slices,  and 
then  appear  quite  homogeneous;  they  do  not  exhibit  any 
layers  either  in  a  fresh  or  dried  state,  or  when  treated  with 
chemical  reagents.  They  are  generally  of  the  same  size,  but 
some  are  not  larger  than  the  ordinary  cells  of  cellular  tissue. 
The  nodules  are  scarcely  soluble  in  cold  water,  but  swell  upon 
being  boiled,  and  are  partially  dissolved  into  a  transparent 
jelly,  having  the  appearance  of  glass.  On  exposing  them  to 
the  air,  they  rapidly  become  dry,  and  of  a  dark  brown  colour. 
The  diluted  solution  of  iodine  does  not  perceptibly  act  upon 
them,  but  the  tincture  of  iodine  gives  them  a  claret  colour,  on 
being  previously  treated  with  caustic  potash,  or  nitric,  or  sul- 
phuric acid.  The  diluted  solution  of  iodine  colours  starch 
449  2F 


58  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

granules  blue,  but  has  not  that  effect  upon  these  nodules ;  the 
tincture  of  iodine,  on  the  other  hand,  gradually  colours  the 
nodules  of  an  amethyst  colour ;  they  then  become  claret  coloured, 
and,  on  an  incision  being  made  into  them,  this  colour  gradually 
distributes  itself.  These  colours,  howeyer,  soon  disappear 
again,  especially  if  there  is  a  if  arm  temperature ;  no  trace  of 
blue  can  be  detected.  The  nodules,  therefore,  are  not  starch. 
The  roots  of  all  other  Ophrydece,  European  or  otherwise, 
which  the  author  had  an  opportunity  of  examining,  were 
formed,  in  erery  essential  point  of  view,  like  those  of  Saiy- 
rium  pallidum.  The  only  points  of  difference  presented^ 
were  the  size  and  the  shape  of  the  nodules,  and  the  relation 
which  they  bore  to  the  surrounding  cellular  tissue,  and  the 
colour  which  the  nodules  assume  when  exposed  to  the  air. 
On  crushing  the  nodules,  it  was  found  that  they  consisted  of 
rery  small  transparent  cells.  The  author  endeayours  to 
explain  the  reasons  which  induced  Guibourt  and  Fayen  to 
describe  the  Salep  as  consisting  principally  <^  starch,  and  is 
of  opinion,  that  they  boiled  the  tubers  of  Salqp  and  afterwards 
dried  them  again.  By  this  process  he  supposes  the  starch  to 
haye  been  dissolyed,  and  to  haye  flowed  oyer  the  nodules,  tibus 
rendering  theih  incapable  of  being  recognized.  He  adds,  The 
principal  characteristic  of  the  tubers  of  Salq>  does  not  owe  its 
origin  to  the  starch,  but  rather  to  that  gummy-like  substance 
which  for  the  present  he  would  call  bassorin.  The  remarks 
of  the  author  deserye  attention.  It  is  well  known,  that  the 
powder  of  the  tubers  of  Salq[>  swells  in  cold  water,  which 
granules  of  starch  do  not.  Besides  the  starch,  there  is  another 
substance  likewise  found  in  the  tubers  of  Sal^  and  other 
Orchidece,  which  is  not  coloured  blue  on  the  application  of 
iodine.  This  is  found  in  the  nodules  of  the  author ;  into  the 
inyestigation  of  this  substance  I  did  not  enter  at  the  time. 
Unformed  starch,  the  same  as  if  the  tubers  had  been  boiled, 
I  haye  seen  in  the  fresh  roots  of  Orchis  latifolia,  which  I 
haye  alluded  to  before.  I  must  leaye  it  open  to  discussion,  as 
to  whether  the  Salep  roots,  that  are  sold  in  the  market,  are 
boiled,  and  afterwards  dried  again. 

4t50 


FLOWERS.  59 


FLOWERS. 

M.  Deoaisne  treats  of  the  Development  of  the  Male  Bloaaoma 
of  the  Mistletoe  in  the  aboYe-mentioned  memoir,  respecting  the 
pollen,  the  ovules,  and  the  stem  of  the  mistletoe.  On  making 
a  transverse  incision  quite  through  a  young  flower,  slices  were 
obtained,  which,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  vessels,  are  sepa- 
rated into  four  divisions.  A  layer  of  cellular  tissue  forms  the 
external  circumference;  this  is  followed  by  a  green  matter, 
mixed  with  granules,  which  have  a  strong  molecular  movement, 
and  an  uncoloured  tissue  is  situated  in  the  centre,  against 
which  the  green  matter  makes  four  projections.  The  green 
matter  some  time  afterwards  was  distinctly  seen  separated  into 
four  parts,  each  consisting  of  two  halves,  an  external  green 
half  belonging  to  the  calyx,  and  an  internal  paler  coloured 
one  from  which  the  anthers  were  produced*  The  green  part 
gradually  increased,  and  shot  forth  prolongations  into  the 
inner  part,  which  crossed  through  it.  On  examining  each  of 
these  four  parts  separately,  clearer  spots  were  perceived  in 
them,  which  were  spaces  filled  with  mucus  matter ;  the  cellu- 
lar tissue  which  forms  the  walls  of  these  spaces  contains  many 
small  granules,  and  some  of  them  also  contain  a  nucleus  of  a 
lentil-shaped  form,  which  the  author  calls  a  phahocyat*  The 
mucus  in  the  spaces,  upon  being  submitted  to  a  greater  degree 
of  magnifying  power,  subsequently  exhibited  round,  trans- 
parent, large  cells,  which  the  author,  as  well  as  Mirbel,  calls 
pollen  cells  (utricules  poUiniques).  These  pollen  cells  some 
days  afterwai*ds  cease  to  be  transparent,  and  one,  or  some^ 
times  two,  oval  nuclei  are  formed,  which  consist  of  small 
granules.  The  pollen  cells,  about  five  days  afterwards,  become 
again  transparent,  the  granules  being  concentrated  in  one 
mass  in  the  centre.  They  are  still  surrounded  by  a  mucus 
substance.     Thus  the  pollen  cells  remain  for  some  days ;  four 


*  From  f  ax6g,  lentil,  and  %utfr>j,  bladder.  The  name,  says  the  author, 
seems  to  give  a  more  correct  conception  of  the  characteristics,  *'  sans  rien 
prejuger  de  ses  fonctions,*'  than  the  term  of  Cytoblast. 
451 


60  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

phakocysts  are  subsequently  disoorered  in  the  centre  of  the 
granular  mass,  each  with  a  clear  central  point.  The  granular 
mass  disappears  after  some  time,  without  any  of  the  phakocysts 
becoming  enlarged.  At  last,  in  the  middle  of  the  month  of 
August,  four  months  after  the  commencement  of  the  obseira- 
tions,  the  regetable  cells  exhibit  themselyes  as  consisting  of 
concentrated  layers,  with  a  cavity  in  the  middle,  in  which  the 
four  commencements  of  the  pollen  grains  appear  surrounded 
by  a  liquid.  They  gradually  increase  in  size,  and  the  thick 
pollen  cell,  consisting  of  layers,  finally  disappears  altogether. 
The  pollen  cells  in  the  Malvaeece,  at  least  in  Hibiscus  syriacus^ 
have  already  a  considerable  thickness,  before  we  can  perceiye 
the  commencement  of  the  pollen  grains,  because  the  matter 
within  them  is  clear  as  water.  It  only  afterwiards,  when  it 
forms  new  products,  becomes  granular,  for  the  first  traces 
of  phakocysts  are  subsequently  discorered  in  the  granular 
matter.  The  granular  matter  subsequently  separates  itself 
into  four  masses,  which  contain  a  phakocyst ;  and  a  clear  ring 
is  seen  round  each  of  these  four  masses,  which  shows  that  they 
do  not  altogether  fill  up  the  pollen  cell.  The  pollen  cells  hare 
a  coyering,  consisting  of  layers,  like  the  starch  granules,  and 
they  also  shoot  up  in  a  similar  manner,  on  placing  them  in  a 
drop  of  water.  The  membrane  of  the  pollen  cells,  according 
to  the  opinion  of  the  author,  is  not  produced  from  the  internal 
surface  of  the  pollen  cells,  The  author  adds, — ^^  The  anthers 
of  all  flowers  first  attain  their  essential  characteristics,  when 
the  other  flowering  organs  are  scarcely  perceptible.  On  rolling 
young  pollen  grains  between  two  glass  plates,  their  external 
membrane  is  not  remoyed,  but  the  granules  are  torn,  and  their 
phakocyst  escapes ;  on  the  other  hand,  the  external  membrane 
of  ripe  pollen  grains  is  easily  separated,  and  the  internal  cell 
contains  only  granules,  but  no  phakocysts.** 


IMPREGNATION— OVULE— SEED. 

We  shall  here  proceed  with  the  researches,  which  M.  Decaisne 

has  instituted,  respecting  deyelopment  in  the  mistletoe.     On 
452 


IMPREaNATION — OVULE — SEED.  61 

examining  the  ovary  in  its  earliest  state,  it  presents  a  uniform 
mass,  with  two  small  interraptions  of  the  cellular  tissue ;  the 
cells,  however,  soon  unite  again,  in  order  to  form  a  clear 
cellular  tissue  in  the  centre,  surrounded  by  a  green  circle. 
No  ovule  is  perceived  in  the  ovary  for  a  long  time,  not  as  far 
as  the  commencement  of  June,  when  the  ovary  has  the  thick- 
ness of  a  pepper  com.    At  a  little  later  period,  however,  an 
ovule  may  be  discovered;  the  easiest  method  of  effecting 
which  is,  to  separate  the  central  substance  into  two  parts, 
which  is  best  done  by  gently  drawing  it  to  and  fro.     The 
ovule  forms  a  club-shaped  excrescence,  the  cellular  tissue  of 
which  is  arranged  in  concentric  layers ;  each  cell  contains  two 
phakocysts.    On  subsequently  bringing  the  OYule,  when  it  has 
assumed  the  shape  of  a  small,  rather  compressed  substance, 
in  contact  with  a  drop  of  water,  the  water  will  penetrate  it, 
and  drive  out  the  phakocyst  with  some  force.     The  applica- 
tion of  a  drop  of  tincture  of  iodine  colours  the  interior  yellow, 
but  leaves  the  granules  imcoloured,  which  only  subsequently 
become  coloured  when  iodine  is  applied.     Two  thin  club- 
shaped  bodies  are  found  next  to  the  ovules  at  this  epoch,  and 
some  weeks  earlier,  three  fibrous  bodies,  rather  thickened  at 
the  end.      The   author  considers  these  bodies  as  abortive 
ovales.     The  ovule,  which  is  thin  at  the  lower  end,  might 
be  compared  with  an  embryo  sac,   if  the  position  of  the 
surrounding  vascular  system,  and  the  comparison  with  the 
other  parts  of  the  fruit,  did  not  contradict  it.     The  young 
embryo  exhibits  itself,  as  a  small  mass  of  cells,  at  the  point 
of  the  ovule,  and  nearly  in  contact  with  what  one  might 
call  the  epidermis.    The  author  never  observed  a  trace  of  a 
pollen  sac  in  the  interior  of  the  ovary,  nor  did  he  ever 
discover  the  slightest  indication  of  a  special  int^ument  for 
the  OTule;  so  that  the  latter  exhibits  nothing  more  than  a 
nucleus,  as  has  been  observed  in  the  Santalacea&y  and  even 
in  the  Olacineoi,    This  nucleus  is  attached,  by  its  base,  to 
the  bottom  of  the  ovary,  and  has  its  point  exactly  in  the 
opposite  direction,  so  that  the  ovule  must  be  regarded  as 
orthotropous.     When  the  OYule  has  attained  such  a  size  that 
the  embryo  becomes  yisible,  together  with  the  fibre  on  which 
453 


62  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

it  hangft,  it  assumes  a  green  colour,  for  it  was  preriously 
uncolonred ;  and  this  green  colour  spreads  itsdf  from  below 
upwards,  as  far  as  the  embryo,  which  remains  nncoloured.  The 
starch  granules  also  become  larger,  and  almost  entirely  fill  up 
the  cells ;  but  the  phakocysts  remain  unchanged.  Besides  the 
green  colour  of  the  mistletoe  seed,  another  circumstance  has 
attracted  the  attention  of  NaturaJists,  namely,  that  two  or 
three  embryos  almost  always  occur  in  one  seed«  The  author 
was  fortunate  enough  to  observe  OTules  several  times  in 
various  stages  of  growth,  and  saw  that  the  union  of  the  ovules 
commenced  at  the  base  and  progressed  upwards,  by  which, 
therefore,  the  polyembryony  of  the  mistletoe  became  explained. 
The  author  never  saw  a  cavity  in  the  ovule  of  the  mistletoe 
when  the  embryo  was  forming,  neither  did  he  ever  find  an 
embryo  sac.  The  embryo  exhibits  itself,  first,  as  already 
mentioned,  at  the  upper  end  of  the  ovule  or  nucleus ;  and  the 
embryo  cell,  or  the  young  embryo  itself,  is  subsequently  seen 
to  be  attached  to  a  series  of  cylindrical  cells  in  the  cavity  of 
the  ovule,  which  cells  constitute  a  kind  of  umbilical  cord,  but 
without  a  vascular  system. 

Observations  on  the  seed  of  Loranthus  aphyllue. — ^A  small 
conical  mass  is  seen  at  the  upper  end,  in  a  similar  ovule  to  that 
of  the  mistletoe,  which  is  more  dense  than  the  surrounding  cel- 
lular tissue ;  from  this  substance  issue  four  tender  tubes,  which 
twist  themselves  round  each  other,  and,  in  a  manner,  form  a 
spiral  vessel,  almost  in  the  same  kind  of  way  as  Treviranus 
observed  in  the  ovules  of  Abies.  An  oblong  body,  the  embryo, 
is  subsequently  produced  at  the  lower  end.  If  several  embryos 
are  existing  in  one  seed,  they  always  appear  at  the  upper  and 
lateral  part  of  the  nucleus.  The  separation  of  the  embryos  in 
the  ovules  is,  in  the  first  instance,  caused  by  the  united  ovules 
being  either  of  an  unequal  size,  or  by  one  growing  more  rapidly 
than  the  other.  If  the  ovules  are,  however,  of  an  equal  size, 
the  embryos  then  first  turn  themselves  obliquely  towards  the 
axis  of  the  nucleus,  and  afterwards,  as  soon  as  the  cotyledo- 
nary  ends  touch  each  other,  the  latter  turn  round,  and  are 
directed  towards  the  point  where  the  ovule  is  attached.     The 

author  explains  the  circumstance  of  the  embryo   shooting 
454 


IMPREGNATION — OVULE — SEED.  63 

forth  from  the  nucleus,  by  supposing  that  the  f<»*mer,  when  in 
the  act  of  enlarging  itself,  is  forced  out  by  the  resistance  (^ 
the  already  formed  nucleus.  The  author  nerer  saw  more 
than  three  embryos  in  one  seed.  He  observes,  that  the  cir- 
cumstance of  the  fructifying  fluid  retaining  its  power  so  long 
can  scarcely  be  comprehended,  when  the  long  interral  is  con*- 
sidered  which  interrenes  between  the  opening  of  the  blossom 
and  the  appearance  of  the  embryo.  This  is  obseryed  in  other 
plants ;  and  Ad.  Brongniart  is,  th^efore,  of  opinion,  that  the 
embryo  remains  for  a  time  in  a  sort  of  torpor  before  it  de- 
ydopes  itself.  But,  says  the  author,  this  cannot  be  applied  to 
the  mistletoe,  because  the  OYules  are  not  only  not  organized 
at  the  time  of  blossoming,  but  they  have  not  eyen  a  cayity  for 
the  embryo.  The  author  then  makes  some  obseryations  on 
impregnation  in  general.  He  says,  pollen  sacs  exist  in  some 
plants;  but  in  others,  where  papillsa  are  situated  upon  the 
ovule,  as  in  the  Aroidece,  they  have  never  been  observed,  and 
the  papillae  seem  to  be  substituted  for  them ;  in  other  plants 
again,  little  bands  (bandelettes)  descend  from  the  basis  of  the 
style,  and  are  deposited  in  the  seed  near  the  micropyles ;  for 
instance,  in  the  Compoeitce^  and  in  some  others.  Finally,  he 
speaks  of  the  position  of  the  species  of  Viscum  in  the  natural 
system ;  the  author,  with  Robert  Brown,  places  them  in  the 
ApetalcB,  beside  Loranthus,  and  next  to  the  Santalacece; 
Schoepjia,  however,  must  be  separated  from  this,  and  placed 
amongst  the  Oladnece.  Three  tables  illustrate  the  researches 
of  the  author. 

With  this  we  must  notice  Some  further  Words  on  the 
Act  of  Impregnation,  and  Polyemhryony  in  the  Higher 
Plants,  by  F.  J.  F.  Meyen ;  Berlin,  1842,  vol.  ii.  p.  50.  The 
author  first  details  facts,  and  then  argues  against  Schleiden^s 
theory  of  the  embryo  forming  itself  from  the  pollen  tube. 
The  point  of  the  embryo  sac,  according  to  his  researches,  com- 
bines  itself  with  the  pollen  tube,  and  the  embryo  proceeds  from 
this  union,  and,  in  many  cases,  appears  as  a  double  germinal 
vesicle.  The  observations  related  in  this  part  of  the  treatise, 
were  made  upon  the  Mesembryanthemum  pomeridianmn, 
and  may  be  considered  as  an  epilogue  to  the  statements  made 
455 


64  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDOCCXLI : 

on  this  subject,  in  the  third  rolmne  of  the  author's  physiology. 
He  then  speaks  of  polyembryony,  and  gives  a  description  of 
the  development  of  the  ovule  in  the  mistletoe.  There  is  no 
particular  pistil,  he  states,  in  the  mistletoe,  and,  therefore, 
likewise  no  real  ovarium ;  the  ovule  is  a  mere  naked  nucleus, 
the  point  of  which  is  free  and  projecting,  and  at  the  same 
time  serves  as  a  stigma,  as  it  is  the  immediate  recipient  of 
the  pollen.  A  cavity  is  produced  in  this  nucleus,  and  within  it 
the  embryo  sacs,  of  which  there  are  often  two  or  more,  exhibit 
themselves  in  the  middle  of  April.  It  is  then  that  the  embryo 
developes  itself.   The  author  did  not  observe  any  pollen  tubes. 

It  is  evident,  that  what  the  author  terms  embryo  sacs, 
Becaisne  describes  as  ovules.  The  examination  of  these  ovules 
has  been  instituted  with  much  greater  care  by  Decaisne,  and 
if  Meyen  had  continued  his  researches  long  enough,  he  no 
doubt  would  have  been  convinced  of  his  error.  He  likewise 
did  not  think  of  the  pericarpium,  nor  of  the  berry.  Meyen 
always  aimed  too  much  at  novelty,  at  producing  a  striking 
effect,  and  endeavoured,  in  this  way,  to  outdo  his  antagonists. 
This  statement  should  be  compared  with  the  author's  expla- 
nation of  the  peculiar  position  of  the  embryos  in  the  mistletoe 
seed,  when  several  of  them  occur  in  one  and  the  same  seed, 
in  Wiegmann's  Archiv  for  1840,  vol.  i.  p.  164,  in  which  he 
has  well  observed  the  union  of  the  embryos  with  their  cotyle- 
donary  ends, 

Goeppert  enumerates  an  instance  of  polyembryony  in  Thuja 
orientaliSy  in  the  Report  of  the  Labours  of  the  Silesian 
Society  for  Native  Culture,  1840,  p.  99. 

M,  Amdt,  of  Osnabriick,  has  instituted  observations  (Flora, 
1840,  p,  477)  on  the  Impreffnation  of  the  Flowers  ofLopezia 
meajicana.  The  anther  burst  on  the  inside  towards  the 
stigma ;  the  place  where  the  anther^valve  is  about  to  open  is 
indicated  by  a  glittering  longitudinal  stripe.  The  bursting  of 
the  valve  takes  place  when  the  petals  of  the  corolla  are  still 
entirely  closed,  which  is,  however,  perfectly  developed  in  all 
its  parts.  After  the  bursting,  the  filaments  increase  in  size, 
turn  round  and  round,  and  finally  throw  off  the  emptied  pollen 
tubes. 

456 


IMPREGNATION — OVULE — SEED.  65 

Remarks  on  the  Impregnation  of  Plants  are  also  found  in 
the  Journal  de  Fharmazie,  1840,  p.  751,  by  M.  Fromond ;  see 
also  Flora,  1841,  p.  204.  He  particularly  treats  of  the  cases 
where  the  stigma  is  situated  above  the  anthers.  The  author 
is  of  opinion,  that  wind  or  insects  are  not  always  required  to 
facilitate  the  impregnation ;  indeed,  he  does  not  even  consider 
it  philosophical  to  have  recourse  to  these  modes  of  explana- 
tion in  such  cases.  Impregnation,  according  to  the  author, 
only  takes  place  some  time  after  the  opening  of  the  flower, 
and  when  the  corolla  twists  itself  on  the  approach  of  the 
period  of  withering.  This  is  the  case  in  Iris,  The  pollen 
here  precipitates  itself  upon  the  basis  of  the  style  on  the 
bursting  of  the  anther ;  the  parts  of  the  flower  afterwards 
become  erect,  and  bend  themselves  towards  the  centre  of  the 
flower,  and  thus  the  pollen  is  sprinkled  upon  the  stigma.  The 
same  process  also  takes  place  in  Sisyrinchium  and  Mor<za, 
The  flower  in  Ipom,ORa  and  Convolvuhs  is  twisted  into  a  spiral 
form  after  the  bursting  of  the  anther,  and  completely  encloses 
the  style ;  the  corolla  is  afterwards  loosened  at  the  base,  and 
glides  down  on  the  style  by  the  slightest  motion  of  the  air, 
and  the  pollen  situated  upon  it  thus  comes  into  contact  with 
the  stigma.  The  anthers  in  the  Malvacece  strew  the  pollen 
about  far  and  near  in  the  morning,  so  that  it  is  partially  pre- 
cipitated upon  the  petals,  which  latter  are  brought  towards 
the  centre  of  the  flower  in  the  evening,  thus  enabling  the  pollen 
lying  upon  them  to  come  into  contact  with  the  stigma.  Many 
flowers  are  twisted  in  a  spiral  form,  so  as  perfectly  to  enclose 
the  stigmas. 

M.  Treyiranus  made  Remarks  on  the  Hairs  on  the  Style 
of  the  Species  of  Campanula  (see  Flora,  1840,  p.  680),  to  the 
Assembly  of  Naturalists  at  Erlangen.  He  agrees  with  Ad. 
Brogniart  in  the  opinion,  that  impregnation  in  these  plants  is 
effected  in  the  usual  way,  by  pollen  tubes,  which  he  found  upon 
the  stigma.  Brogniart  found  that  these  hairs  did  not  fall  off", 
but  drew  back  into  a  sheath,  like  the  claws  of  a  beast  of  prey ; 
which  Treviranus  confirms.  The  latter  found  pollen-globules 
within  the  cavity  of  the  hair  itself;  they  therefore  cannot 
have  come  into  the  hair  accidentally,  as  Brogniart  believes. 
457 


66  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

Treyiranus  has  likewise  obs^nred,  that  a  carity  is  situated  be- 
neath these  hairs,  which  penetrates  into  the  style,  without, 
however,  oommmiicating  with  the  conducting  cellular  tissue. 

7A«  Style  Hairs  of  Campanula  medium  hare  been  repre- 
sented in  the  Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  tab.  21,  fig.  1  and  4.  It  can 
be  se^i,  that  a  channel  enters  from  the  hair  into  the  style, 
without,  however,  being  connected  with  the  duct  of  the  style. 
The  drawing  back  of  the  hair  I  did  not  find ;  but  it  appears  to 
me,  as  if  the  fore-part  of  the  hair  lost  itself  in  and  sunk  into 
the  lower.  There  were  tubes  similar  to  pollen  tubes  in  the 
style,  but  forced  together,  and  before  the  opening  of  the 
anthers  (fig.  1).  The  duct  of  the  style  is  closed  below  both 
before  and  after  the  opening  of  the  anthers,  but  open  above 
(figs.  2,  3).  Pollen  tubes  were  seen  in  the  duct  after  the  open- 
ing of  the  anthers,  and  differ  firom  the  lengthened  papillsB  with 
which  I  placed  them  in  the  explanation  of  the  figures ;  they 
are  also  thus  delineated,  as  the  few  papillae  strewed  about  in 
the  duct  may  have  got  into  it  by  the  incision.  It  is  singular, 
that  pollen  tubes  should  have  been  found  in  the  duct  of  the 
style  before  the  bursting  of  the  anthers ;  but  this  requires 
Airther  investigation. 

Pollen  tubes,  in  the  state  in  which  they  penetrate  the 
ovule,  are  illustrated  in  the  Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  part  ii.  (1840), 
tab.  8.  The  micropyle  of  the  ovule  of  Meeembryanthemum 
fflomeratum  is  much  larger  than  the  entering  pollen  tube 
(fig.  2),  and  no  trace  could  be  perceived  of  an  opposing  em- 
bryo sac,  or  of  any  other  change  taking  place  within.  The 
same  was  also  the  case  upon  the  penetrating  of  a  pollen  tube 
into  the  ovule  of  the  Hohenhergia  hilbergioides  (fig.  3) ;  each 
ovule  in  the  ovary  was  provided  with  such  a  p<dlen  tube.  The 
pollen  tubes  of  the  same  plant,  as  they  are  produced  from  the 
pollen  grain,  are  represented,  fig.  4,  in  which  the  perfect  cor- 
respondence between  the  tube,  which  forces  its  way  into  the 
ovule,  and  the  sac  which  has  just  been  developed,  may  be  ob- 
served. Fig.  5  exhibits  two  ovules  of  Oymnadenia  conopaea, 
into  which  pollen  tubes  are  entering.  The  integument  of  the 
ovule  is  so  tender  and  transparent,  that  the  absorption  of  the 
sac,  as  soon  as  it  has  entered,  may  be  distinctly  observed.   The 

458 


IMPREGNATION— OVULE — SEED.  67 

pollen  tube  does  not  always  exactly  hit  upon  the  opening  of 
the  OTule ;  thus  it  is  seen  at  the  edge  of  the  micropyle  in  fig.  6, 
in  an  oyary  of  Matthiola  annua.  The  manner  in  which  the 
pollen  tubes  penetrate  through  the  cellular  tissue  of  the  duct 
of  the  style  is  represented  in  fig.  6,  from  Nicotiana  tabacum. 
They  take  the  shortest  road  to  get  from  the  cellular  tissue 
into  the  carity  of  the  capsule ;  but  no  entering  into  an  ovule 
could  be  perceived. 

The  Oermmation  of  the  Orchidece  I  have  attentively  ob- 
served in  AngriBCum  maculatum  and  Ooodyera  proeera,  and 
it  has  been  represented  in  the  Icon.  Anat.  Bot.  part  ii.  (1840), 
t.  7.  That  which  I  have  seen  is  so  different  from  the  germination 
of  all  other  Monocotyledons,  and  corresponds  so  exactly  with 
the  germination  of  the  (bulbilli)  bulbous  buds  which  are  found 
on  many  LiliacecR,  that  I  hold  the  seed  of  Orchideae  to  be 
a  bulbillus.  It  is  well  known,  that  tiie  seeds  of  many  of  the 
species  of  Pancratium  are  converted  into  bulbilli,  which, 
though  not  the  same,  is  certainly  a  similar  occurrence.  For 
the  sake  of  comparison,  I  have  given,  in  the  sixth  table,  an 
analysis  of  a  bulbillus  of  Lilium  bulbiferum,  I  had  already 
kept  the  delineations  of  AngrcRCum  for  some  time,  which 
H.  Schmidt  had  executed  with  his  usual  ability  and  exactness, 
but  thought,  however,  that  it  was  an  accidental  change  of  the 
seed,  until  I  had  an  opportunity,  not  only  of  observing  very 
accurately  the  germination  in  Ooodyera,  but  also  of  observing 
that  no  contradictory  circumstance  is  perceptible  in  the  Or- 
chidece  generally,  which  are  already  further  advanced  in  the 
process  of  germination.  The  seed  of  Angrcecvm  first  exhibits 
itself  with  two  points  (fig.  1) ;  from  which,  as  subsequently 
seen,  the  stem  and  a  small  root  develop  themselves  (fig.  2). 
On  cutting  through  the  seed,  when  in  that  state,  longitudinally, 
a  bundle  of  spiroids  will  be  found  in  the  centre  of  the  cellular 
tissue,  which  occupies  the  whole  seed  (fig.  3).  On  cutting 
through  the  seed,  bulbillus,  or  whatever  one  pleases  to  term 
it,  after  the  germination,  we  find  that  it  is  but  little  changed,  a 
bundle  of  spiroids  is  seen  going  laterally  into  the  root  (fig.  4). 
Ooodyera  is  similar.  The  seed,  after  it  has  commenced  to 
swell  and  to  germinate  (fig.  8),  has  its  exterior  shape  in  the 
459 


68  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDOCOXLI : 

same  state  as  it  had  in  the  testa  (fig.  7),  preying  that  it  does 
not  experience  any  material  change  by  germination,  nor  is  it 
conyerted  from  a  genuine  seed  into  a  bulbillus.  It  was  im- 
possible eyen  for  M.  Schmidt,  who  certainly  possesses  great 
ability  in  making  fine  incisions,  to  do  this  with  the  seed  when 
situated  within  the  testa,  but  it  was  easily  done  in  the  seed 
which  had  just  begun  to  germinate.  A  bundle  of  spiroids  was 
likewise  found  to  be  here  situated  in  the  centre,  and.eyery 
thing  else  was  filled  up  with  cellular  tissue  (parenchyma).  The 
cells  in  the  circumference  contained  chlorophyll;  the  cells 
towards  the  centre,  howeyer,  dark  granules — phakocysts,  as 
Decaisne  terms  them  (fig.  10).  A  fine  longitudinal  incision 
was  made,  after  the  embryo  had  adyanced  so  far  as  to  exhibit 
two  perfectly  deyeloped  leayes  (fig.  9).  It  exhibited  little 
change  from  the  former ;  the  bundle  of  spiroids  had  enlarged, 
and  separate  yessels  entered  into  the  leayes.  The  number  of 
the  chlorophyll  cells  had  rather  decreased  than  increased,  and 
the  phakocyst  had  dissolyed  itself  into  small  granules  (fig.  11). 
Instead  of  a  large  root,  as  Angrcecum  exhibited,  only  fine 
root-leayes,  which  surrounded  the  nucleus,  were  found.  On 
making  a  longitudinal  incision  through  a  bulbillus  of  Liliwn 
btdbiferum^  a  bundle  of  spiroids  will  likewise  be  found  in  the 
centre  of  the  cellular  tissue,  from  which  the  separate  yessels 
are  giyen  off  upwards  into  the  layers  of  the  bulbillus  (fig.  11). 
The  only  difference  is  found  in  the  fact,  that  the  seed  of  these 
OrehidecR  is  quite  naked,  whilst  the  bulbillus  is  enyeloped  in 
leayes,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  transyerse  section  (fig.  10). 
Three  roots  are  always  attached  to  the  Lilium  halbiferuan 
(fig.  12),  which  usually  haye  a  bundle  of  spiroids  in  the  centre, 
without  pith;  spiral  fibrous  cells,  howeyer,  are  seen  in  the 
circumference,  similar  to  those  in  the  aerial  roots  of  the 
Orchideoi, 


460 


ANOMALOUS  PHANEROGAMIiE.  69 


ANOMALOUS  PHANEROGAMIiE. 

A,  PARASITES. 

XJnger  has  made  some  excellent  contributions  to  our  know- 
ledge of  Parasitical  Plants  in  the  Vienna  Archiy  for  Natural 
History,  yol.  ii.  (1840).  After  haying  giyen  a  general  sketch 
of  the  different  opinions  on  parasitical  plants,  and  of  the 
literature  of  the  subject,  he  proceeds  to  the  different  classi- 
fications of  these  plants.  On  commencing  at  the  lowest  of 
them,  he  states,  we  shall  find  the  parasite  united  with  the 
plant  that  giyes  it  nourishment,  in  such  a  manner,  that  it 
shoots  forth  immediately  from  the  wood  of  its  supporter, 
and  its  yascular  system  anastomoses  with  the  yascular  system 
of  the  nourishing  plant.  This  is  seen  in  the  species  of 
Raffleaia^  Brugmarmay  Piloatyles^  and  Apodanthes^  perhaps 
also  in  Cytinus.  An  immersion  of  one  substance  into  the 
other,  without  any  intermediate  aid,  is  perfectly  recognis- 
able here ;  the  lowest  part  of  the  parasite  is,  in  a  manner, 
wedged  into  the  nourishing  plant;  its  parenchyma  exactly 
joining  itself  to  the  parenchyma  of  the  bark  of  the  nourishing 
plant,  and  the  yascular  bundles  of  the  former  are  attached 
separately  to  the  parts  of  the  wood  separated  by  the  medul- 
lary ray.  2d,  The  parasite  forms  a  sort  of  root-stock,  by 
which  it  adheres  to  the  nourishing  plant,  and  from  which  it 
sends  forth  seyeral  flower  stalks.  3d,  A  part  of  the  yascular 
system  of  the  nourishing  plant  is  receiyed  into  the  root-stock 
of  the  parasite,  and  by  means  of  an  increased  reaction  (pro- 
bably produced  in  the  same  way  as  germination),  a  substance 
is  thus  formed,  which  belongs  both  to  the  parasite  and  to  the 
nourishing  plant;  Balomophara^  Cynomoriam^  Oynopaole^ 
Sareophyte,  Lophophytum^  and  Ombrophytum.  4th,  The 
parasite  forms  a  root-stock,  the  fibres  of  which  attach  them- 
selyes  to  the  nourishing  plant;  Helosis  and  Langsdorfia, 
5th,  No  root-stock  is  formed,  but  strongly  ramified  roots, 
which  are  connected  with  the  mother  plant  through  means  of 
papillae  ;  Lathraea  aquamaria,  6th,  Inoculation  of  the 
461 


70  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

paraaite,  as  in  number  1,  but  with  the  addition  of  roots,  which 
are  provided  with  papill»,  which  soon  disappear ;  Orohanche, 
Phelipdea,  Cfionopholis,  Hyohanche^  Epiplieagtts,  ^ginetia, 
and  Obolaria.  7th,  The  bulb- shaped  irregular  substance, 
similar  to  a  rhizom,  from  which  the  flower-stalks  of  these 
plants  spring,  consists  of  a  bundle  of  intimately  matted  toge- 
ther root-fibres,  which  partly  belong  to  the  parasite,  partly 
to  the  nourishing  plant;  Monotropa  hypopithys.  8th,  The 
parasite  derelopes  itself  independently,  and  only  here  and  there 
occasionally  shoots  forth  from  the  stalk  into  the  nourishing 
plant ;  Cuscata  cassytha.  9ih,  Strongly  ramified  roots,  which 
extend  themselves  both  over  and  under  the  bark  of  the  nourish- 
ing plant,  and  are  in  a  manner  infiltrated  into  the  same; 
Viscum^  Loranthua,  Misodendrofhy  &c.,  &c. 

The  author  has  added  many  facts  respecting  the  anatomy  of 
these  plants.  Thick  walled  cells  frequently  occur  in  the  form 
of  bundles,  which  are  longitudinally  extended,  and  provided 
with  partitions.  The  application  of  a  strong  magnifying  glass 
distinctly  exhibited  thirteen  layers  in  the  Helosia  hraziliensis, 
and  even  thirty  layers  could  be  distinguished  in  the  Langs- 
dorfia  hypog<Ba,  The  channels  which  cross  through  the 
layers  in  all  directions,  could  also  be  distinctly  perceived. 
These  layers  are  very  unequally  deposited,  and  in  such  a*man- 
ner,  that  one  side  appears  free  from  deposit,  whilst  the  other 
appears  to  have  an  accumulation  of  them.  The  vascular 
bundles  of  the  Rhizanthacece  may  be  considered  as  remark- 
ably small  and  insignificant ;  they  consist  of  only  two  vessels, 
and  the  thick  walled  cells  accompanying  them.  The  vessels, 
without  exception,  belong  to  the  reticular,  porous,  and  scalari- 
form  vessels,  never  to  the  simple  or  ring-formed  spiral  vessels. 
In  general,  the  vessels  of  the  RhizanthacetB  consist  of  short 
longitudinal  tubes  in  the  shape  of  a  leather  pipe,  which  are 
irregularly  placed  one  above  another,  and  are  placed  in  con- 
tinuation with  each  other  by  the  partial  absorption  of  the 
intervening  walls.  We  also  perceive  in  the  vascular  bundles, 
especially  in  the  CynomoHum  and  Heloaisy  that  a  peculiar 
homogeneous  matter,  which  is  soffc  and  of  a  brown  colour,  is 

deposited  in  larger  or  smaller  irregular  bars  and  nets.     The 
462 


ANOMALOUS  PHANEROGAMIiE.  71 

yegetation  he  considers  to  be  his  vegetatio  tenninalis,  as  exhi- 
bited in  the  ferns.  Thej^e  not  Monocotyledons,  Independent 
of  the  circumstance,  that  no  anastomosis  of  the  yascnlar  bundles 
takes  place  in  the  Morhocotyledons,  which  is  distinctly  seen  in 
the  RhuanthacecB,  there  is  another  fact  which  is  opposed  to 
this  supposed  mode  of  vegetation  of  the  vascular  bundles,  and 
that  is,  that  the  curvature  towards  ihe  outside  is  never  per- 
ceived. Observations  are  then  added  respecting  the  anthers 
of  parasites.  The  club-formed  swellings  of  the  columna  geni- 
talis, in  the  Pitoatylee^  cover,  at  the  lower  side,  from  two  to 
three  rows  of  simple  pressed  tubes,  flattened  at  the  points. 
The  anther,  in  Brugmansia,  consists  of  four  tubes ;  in 
Rafflesia,  an  indefinite  number  of  long  drawn  tubes  are  found, 
which  all  bend  together  upwards,  and  scatter  their  contents 
about  through  a  single  opening.  The  anthers  in  Hydnora 
consist  of  longitudinal  tubes,  which  open  themselves  longitu- 
dinally ;  an  indefinite  number  of  blunt  conical  tubes,  entwined 
with  each  other  and  united  into  a  little  head,  are  seated  on  a 
thick  foot-stalk  in  the  Sarcophyte  sangumea;  the  upper  free 
wall  of  these  tubes  bursts  at  the  period  of  ripeness ;  the  burst- 
ing is  eflfected  by  the  elasticity  of  striped  vascular  cells.  The 
anther  tubes  in  Hydnora  have  quite  a  similar  structure. 
The  author  finally  treats  on  the  relationship  of  parasites 
with  the  fungi,  with  which  they  certainly  correspond  in  many 
respects.  The  author's  statements  are  illustrated  by  seven 
tables,  which  are  a  valuable  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of 
these  plants. 

There  is  no  doubt,  that  all  parasitical  plants  belong  to  the 
Dicotyledons,  The  vascular  bundles  certainly  do  not  often 
form  a  ring,  but  stand  separated  in  one  circle,  which  is  also 
the  case  in  many  weed-like  Dicotyledons;  they  are  never, 
however,  situated  in  several  circles,  as  is  the  case  in  the 
Monocotyledons.  I  am  not  inclined  to  agree  with  the  author, 
when  he  says,  that  the  latter  exhibit  no  anastomosis  of  the 
vascular  bundles ;  this  is  frequently  the  case  with  the  nodes  of 
the  grasses ;  the  bending  towards  the  outside  is  by  no  means 
a  rule  with  the  Monocotyledons,  Many  Rhizanthacece,  ac- 
cording to  the  representation  of  the  author,  appear  to  have 
463 


72  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

the  Btractqre  of  a  root-stock;  for  instance,  compare  with 
them  the  root-stock  of  celery  (Apium  ffraveoleus).  The 
thick  walled  cells  most  probably  belong  to  the  vessels  or  cells 
of  the  liber.  The  author,  in  this  instance,  also  limits  his  con- 
ception of  spiral  yessels  to  such  as  may  be  unrolled,  and  which 
exhibit  no  membrane  between  the  spires.  I  will  not  be  posi- 
tiye  that  this  membrane  always  exists,  or  that  it  is  firequently 
wanting ;  but  I  have  mentioned  once  before,  that  I  would  not 
like  to  consider  it  as  a  characteristic,  nor  eren  the  circum- 
stance of  their  being  unrolled,  for  the  latter  may  be  occasioned 
by  die  stronger  or  slighter  union  of  the  spires  themselyes,  or 
by  the  greater  or  less  strengtii  of  the  membrane  between  them. 
In  my  opinion,  there  are  only  two  kinds  of  spiral  vessels ;  one 
where  the  spiral-formed  windings  are  exhibited  in  the  form  of 
a  band,  and  the  other  where  there  are  porous  vessels  with 
roimd  holes  or  transverse  bars.  We.  have  before  noticed  the 
treatise  of  David  Don  respecting  the  CycadecB^  in  which  he 
says  he  had  saturated  porous  vessels  with  tincture  of  iodine, 
and  found  that  the  openings  were  coloured ;  and  thought  this  a 
proof  that  they  were  overspread  with  a  tender  membrane.  I 
have  frequently  repeated  this  experiment  since,  but  the  result 
was  just  the  reverse ;  the  pores  were  not  coloured  at  all,  but 
were  always  distinctly  seen  as  genuine  openings.  K  Mr.  Don 
did  not  see  this,  it  must  have  been  owing  to  his  not  having 
made  sufficiently  fine  incisions,  when,  consequently,  a  mem- 
brane was  left  beneath,  which  closed  up  the  opening.  The  cir- 
cumstance of  the  bars  being  seen  as  dark  stripes,  originates  in 
the  reflection  of  the  rays  of  light ;  this,  however,  is  frequently 
so  deceptive,  that  these  bars  may  be  considered  as  shortened 
spiral  fibres  or  bands,  as  has  occurred  to  myself  and  many 
others. 

B,  LEMNAOEuE. 

Contributions  to  the  more  intimate  knowledge  of  Lemna 

arhiza,  by  J.  T.  Hoffmann,  Wiegmann*s  Archiv,  1840,  vol.  i. 

p.  138.     The  author  found  this  hitherto  but  little  known  or 

neglected  species  upon  waters  in  the  south  of  Holland,  near 

Oouda.     It  is  distinguished  by  its   form;    it  is  oblong  or 
464' 


ANOMALOUS  FHANEROGAMIiE.  73 

roundy  almost  flat  abore,  but  strongly  arched  below;  it  has 
no  roots,  and  0.05  inch  long.  A  yellow  spot  is  speedily 
discovered  on  the  lower  side,  which  rapidly  enlarges  itself^ 
and  produces  a  new  plant,  which  remains  combined  with 
the  mother  plant  for  some  time^  so  that  the  plants  seem 
to  be  joined  in  pairs,  but  they  are  finally  separated.  This 
yellow  spot,  therefore,  is  a  bud.  Lemna  arJdza  floats  about 
in  this  form,  till  the  end  of  October  or  the  middle  of  Noyem- 
ber.  Dried  leaves,  intermingled  with  yellow  granules,  which 
latter  are  the  winter  buds,  are  then  found  in  the  mud  of  the 
ditches,  upon  which  Lemna  arhiza  has  been  floating ;  these 
buds  develop  themselves  in  the  ensuing  spring.  They  are 
not  so  much  distinguished  firom  summer  buds  in  L.  arhiza  as 
in  L,  polyrhiza ;  but  they  are  smaller,  of  a  yellower  colour, 
and  are  triangular  with  rounded  comers.  These  winter  buds, 
in  the  other  species  of  Lemnay  are  always  without  roots,  and 
have,  therefore,  frequently  been  mistaken  for  L,  arhiza.  A 
slit  is  discovered,  when  more  accurately  observed,  where  the 
bud  is  about  to  develop  itself,  and  in  it  the  young  buds  are 
found  to  be  lying  behind  and  next  to  each  other ;  the  winter 
buds  contain  two  buds  of  very  unequal  size,  sometimes  a  third 
and  fourth.  The  whole  plant  consists  of  parenchyma,  has 
stomates  on  the  upper  surface,  but  the  author  could  not  find 
any  nerves  or  vessels  in  the  interior ;  he  also  saw  no  fructifi- 
cation. This  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of 
this  misunderstood  plant. 


PERNS. 

A  BEiscRiPTiON  of  the  germination  of  Pilularia  globuU/era, 
with  relation  to  Bischoff's  observations  and  corrections,  will 
be  found  among  the  Botanic  Aphorisms  of  Charles  Miiller, 
Flora,  1840,  p.  545.  After  the  capsule  has  been  laying  in 
the  mud  during  the  winter,  it  bursts  in  the  spring  in  the 
shape  of  four  valves,  through  which  it  discharges  spores  and 
sporules,  which  again  produce  new  plants.  The  commence- 
ment of  the  germination  he  relates  in  the  following  manner : 
465  2Q 


74  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MBCCCXLl : 

m 

— The  hyaline  globules  of  the  albmninoiiB  Bubstance  deyelop 
themselyes  first  in  the  interior  of  the  spores ;  they  swell,  and, 
by  so  doing,  the  spores  spring  ont  from  each  other ;  through  the 
opening  thus  made,  a  small  hyaline  yesicle  first  derelopes  itself, 
which  is  soon  followed  by  a  second,  and  third,  and  fourth,  all  of 
which  assnme  a  crooked  shape.  The  spores  now  bnrst  into  fonr 
lobes,  and  a  green  coloured  material  derelopes  itself  from  the 
interior  of  them.  The  papilliB  also  now  burst,  and  a  green 
mass  likewise  issues  from  thdr  openings.  The  author,  in 
other  respects,  agrees  with  Bischoflf.  The  fibres  which  Bischoff 
terms  algoid  or  fungoid  formations,  the  author  considers  as 
Cotyledons.  In  a  supplement,  p.  721,  he  is  of  opinion,  that 
their  office  is  to  keep  the  spore  abore  water,  as  it  has 
become  heayier  by  the  pressing  forward  of  the  green  matter. 
He  likewise  saw  the  bursting  of  the  sporules,  as  he  terms 
them. 

How  does  the  author  know  that  the  small  globules  are 
albuminous  ?  Has  he  seen  that  they  burst  the  spores  by  their 
swelling?  Has  he  seen  the  bursting  of  the  papiUael  His 
hasty  determination,  with  regard  to  the  albumen,  induces  me 
to  put  these  questions. 

On  the  Structure  of  Isoetes  laemtris,  by  Hugo  Mohl» 
Linn»a,  yol.  ziy.  p.  181.  The  stem  or  root-stock  has  a 
double  furrow,  by  which  this  species  may  be  distinguished 
from  the  laoetes  setcuiea^  Del.,  which  has  three  such  furrows, 
as  Delile  has  obseryed.  The  root  fibres  are  situated  in  these 
furrows,  of  which  the  upper  grow  upwards  before  the  lower ; 
not  as  is  usually  the  case  in  this  kind  of  root-stock,  where  the 
lower  root  fibres  break  forth  before  the  upper.  Another 
peculiarity  of  this  plant  consists  in  the  fact,  that  the  external 
layers  of  the  stem  wither  away,  and  are  supplied  by  new  ones 
from  the  interior.  The  white  matter  of  the  root-stock  con- 
tains parenchymatous  cells ;  the  small  central  woody  matter 
has,  aboye,  an  oyal,  below,  a  half  moon,  conyex,  round  form ; 
and  consists  of  a  uniform  mass  of  small,  short  jointed,  roundish, 
yery  loosely  combined  tubes,  with  large  intercellular  channels 
and  spaces  between  them ;  the  tubes  are  coyered  with  irregu- 
lar spiral  fibres  and  ring  fibres.    The  yascular  bundles  extend 

466 


FERNS.  75 

« 

themselres  from  the  woody  substance,  in  all  directions,  and 
consist  of  tender,  annular,  and  spiral  vessels,  and  a  few  de- 
licate oblong  cells.  The  stem  of  Isoetes,  like  the  other  vas- 
cular Cryptogamia,  has  a  vegetatio  terminalis;  the  woody 
bundles  do  not  form  any  layers  with  progressing  age,  but  only  . 
lengthen  at  their  upper  end.  With  regard,  howiever,  to  the 
parenchymatous  part  of  the  stem,  the  peculiarity  is  seen 
which  we  have  mentioned  before,  namely, — that  the  whole 
parenchymatous  substance  i&  annually  replaced  by  a  new  one, 
which  developes  itself  in  the  circumference  of  the  woody 
bundles,  is  forced  towards  the  outside,  withers,  and  at  last 
decays  altogether.  The  author  says,  in  conclusion,  **  It  must 
be  regarded  as  very  improbable,  when  the  mode  of  germina- 
tion of  the  other  Cryptogamia^  from  which  the  germination  of 
Isoetes  certainly  does  not  materially  deviate,  is  considered, 
that  these  plants  possess  a  real  Caudeoo  descendens.  Since, 
however,  the  development  of  the  root  fibres  takes  place  in  a 
descending  order,  and  since  the  central  woody  substance^ 
from  which  the  vessels  of  the  fibres  are  derived,  extend  them- 
selves downwards ;  we  have,  perhaps,  in  Isoetea,  an  instance 
before  us  of  the  case,  which  is  so  distinctly  exhibited  by  Tamus 
communis,  namely, — that  the  lower  part  of  the  rising  axis 
developes  itself,  in  relation  to  its  growth,  in  the  same  manner 
as  an  original  Cavdex  deacendena,  without  being  so  in  reaUty." 
It  would  have  been  desirable  that  the  author  should  have 
examined  Isoetes  aetacea,  which  is  easier  to  be  obtained  than 
laoetea  lacuatria;  it  grows  after  the  root-stock  has  been  dried 
for  some  time. 

The  remarkable  phenomenon  which  M.  Martens  first  ob- 
served at  Lowen,  in  the  botanical  garden,  that  an  inter- 
mediate species  of  fern  grew  where  Oymnogramma  calome- 
lanoa  and  chryaophylla  were  situated,  has  also  been  observed 
by  Bemhardi  in  Erfurt  (Ottos  and  Dietrichs  Flora,  1840, 
p.  249  and  325).  A  fern  has  grown  in  the  botanical  garden 
of  that  place,  which  holds  a  middle  rank  between  Oymno- 
grammxz  diatana  and  chryaophylla^  species  which  are  culti- 
vated in  the  same  garden,  and  had  been  frequently  standing 
next  to  each  other.  The  frond  of  this  intermediate  fern  is 
467 


76  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

doubly  pinnate,  decreasing  towards  the  npper  part ;  the  shape 
of  the  pinn»  and  pinnate  diyisions,  holds  a  middle  rank 
between  the  shape  of  these  jMirts  in  its  progenitors.    The 
white  powder  of  O.  di$tan8  is  scattered  about  at  the  base  of 
the  fironds  and  the  pinniD,  where  they  are  attached  to  the  foot 
stalk,  and  the  yellow  powder  of  O.  ehrysophylJa^  but  rather 
paler,  is  seen  on  other  parts.    M.  Bemhardi  considers  these 
forms  as  real  hybrids ;  he  recommends  particular  attention 
to  the  4lructification  of  the  fern  in  these  species  of  Qymno^ 
gramma;  he  thinks,  that  if  his  assertion  respecting  the  male 
fimctifying  parts  of  these  plants  should  be  confirmed,  the 
phenomenon  may  be  more  readily  explained,  than  if  other 
parts  are  regarded  as  anthers.    M.  B.  rejects  the  opinion  too 
hastily,  that  the  species  of  ferns,  of  which  such  intermediate 
forms  haye  been  observed,  may  be  modifications  of  the  same 
species ;  indeed,  these  species  are  very  similar,  and  the  ferns 
are  by  no  means  so  constant  in  their  forms  as  the  author 
thinks ;  on  the  contrary,  they  change  rery  frequentiy,  and 
much  more  so  than  other  plants.    It  is  (tften  the  case,  that  we 
see  long  and  short,  pointed  and  blunt  pinnsa,  on  one  and  the 
same  fh>nd  of  the  larger  Polypodiacem,    I  hare  characterized 
two  kinds  of  Ceropteris  in  the  list  of  the  ferns  of  the  Boyal 
Botanical  Garden  at  Berlin  (Filicum  Species  in  Horto.  B.  Bot. 
Berolin.  Cultie.  Berol.  1841),  which  hare  been  considered  as 
hylHrids,  i.  «.,  C.  MartenaU^  alleged  to  be  a  hybrid  of  O.  co^ 
lamelanos  and  C  chfysophylla,  and  C.  Massoniy  a  hybrid  of 
C,  distans  and  C  ehrysophylla^  which  Bemhardi  has  men- 
tioned.    A  Ceropteris  is  also  described,  which-  is  an  inter- 
mediate form  between  O.  ealomeUmo»  and  (7.  dtstana.    The 
genus  Ceropteris  has  its  peculiar  characteristics,  not  only  in 
the  singular  hairs  which  secrete  wax,  but  also  in  the  distri- 
bution of  the  thec»,  which,  like  those  of  the  Oym,nogrammay 
are  regularly  placed  in  lines. 

The  author,  in  expressing  his  opinion  respecting  the  anthers 
of  the  fern,  says,  they  have  generally  been  erroneously  de- 
scribed, as  the  thickened  ends  of  the  leaf-nerres  were  mistaken 
for  them,  and  this  had  probably  been  done  for  the  sake  of 

conyenience,  SprengeFs  drawings  haying  been  followed  without 

468 


FERNS.  77 

paying  attention  to  his  treatise.  This  certainly  has  not  been 
the  case ;  the  treatise  he  alludes  to  was  published  forty  years 
ago,  in  a  journal  which  attracted  more  attention,  and  had  a 
greater  circulation,  than  was  the  case  with  Spresgers  draw- 
ings. But  on  following  the  partioiiar  and  elaborate  illustra- 
tion  of  the  author,  I  first  obserred  the  thickened  ends  of  the 
nerres,  and  also,  more  externally^  granules,  which  I  took  to 
be  the  author's  anthers,  but  which  appeared  to  me  more 
like  excretions.  I  have  frequently  sought  in  yain  for  definite 
forms,  and  it  was  certainly  owing  to  this  that  I  did  not  say 
any  thing  about  it  publicly,  until  at  last  the  recollection  of 
these  granules  vanished  from  my  memory  altogether,  and  I 
only  recollected  the  impression  of  the  very  remarkable  thicl^^ 
ened  ends  of  the  nerves,  which  do  not  occur  in  any  other  class 
of  plants.  Sprengel  has  directed  attention  to  similar  points 
in  the  Craesula  erenata,  but  these  are  very  difierent  from 
these  thickened  ends  of  the  nerves,  which  consist  of  a  bundle  of 
spiroids,  as  they  have  been  represented  in  the  Icon«  Sel.  An* 
Bot.  part  iii.  tab.  3,  fig.  8.  If  any  parts  are  to  be  regarded 
as  anthers,  they  evidently  are  those  which  Blume  first  of  all 
definitely  indicated,  and  which  are  represented  in  the  same 
part  of  the  Icon.  Sel.  tab.  3,  fig.  1-5 ;  they  certainly  have 
the  greatest  analogy  with  anthers,  although  I  by  no  means 
attribute  to  them  the  same  functions  which  are  possessed  by 
the  anthers  of  the  phanerogamous  plants.  For  we  need  only 
reflect  upon  the  eye  of  the  mole,  which  certainly  cannot  see 
with  it,  to  be  convinced  that  nature  sometimes  also  arranges 
things  for  no  particular  purpose*  But  provided  even  that 
these  anthers  of  the  fern,  or  the  parts  acknowledged  as  such 
by  Bemhardi,  really  possessed  the  function  of  impregnation, 
I  yet  cannot  see  how  hybrids  can  be  produced  in  this  class 
pf  plants.  With  regard  to  the  anthers  of  Blume,  they  are 
too  near  the  pistils  of  the  same  species ;  and  as  to  those  of 
Bemhardi,  the  pistils  in  other  species  are  situated  at  so 
remote  a  locality,  that  it  is  impossible  to  explain  how  the  one 
could  get  to  the  other. 


469 


78  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MPCCCXLI : 


MOSSES. 

On  the  Structure  of  the  SeUB  .of  Funaria  hygrometrica^  by 
Edwin  Lankester ;  Annals  of  Natural  History,  Tol.  ir,  p.  362, 
The  fruit-stalks  of  this  well  known  moss  hare  already  long 
been  known  to  possess  hygroscopical  qualities,  The  author 
instituted  a  more  particular  examination  with  regard  to  them 
in  this  respect.  On  taking  a  dry  fruit-stalk  into  one's  hand, 
and  moistening  the  lower  piM*t  with  the  finger,  the  capsule  will 
turn  itself  from  the  right  to  the  left,  by  making  two,  three,  or 
more  turns ;  on  moistening  the  upper  part  in  the  same 
manner,  the  capsule  turns  itoelf  still  more  rapidly  in  an  oppo« 
site  direction.  On  a  microscopical  examination,  the  whole 
stalk  was  found  to  consist  of  lengthened  cellular  tissue,  which 
is  twisted  in  a  spiral  form.  The  cellular  tissue  is  not,  h6w-> 
oyer,  turned  uniformly,  but  at  two^thirds  of  the  length  of  the 
stalk  it  commences  to  assume  a  straighter  form,  and  at  the 
upper  part  it  again  turns  itself,  but  more  acutely,  in  the  op^ 
posite  direction  to  that  of  the  lower  part.  The  cause  of  the 
turning  depends  on  this  direction  of  the  cellular  tissue.  It 
may  be  left  to  discussion,  whether  the  moisture  renders  the 
tissue  straighter  in  consequence  of  extending  it,  or  whether 
it  originates  from  the  mere  distension  of  the  external  tissue. 
The  capsule  turns  itself  in  an  opposite  direction  to  the  spires 
of  the  wetted  end,  and  the  circumstance  of  its  turning  more 
rapidly  on  the  upper  end  being  wetted,  depends  on  the  more 
acute  angle  made  by  the  upper  spires.  But  the  dryness  of  the 
fibres  is  not  the  sole  cause,  for  the  green  fruit-stalks,  although 
perfectly  dried,  do  not  turn  when  moistened.  But  as  the  cap- 
sule turns  itself  towards  the  earth  at  the  period  of  ripening, 
it  is  probable,  that  the  turning  of  the  fibres  already  existing 
becomes  stronger,  and  thus  the  moyements  are  produced. 

By  the  controrersy  which  was  at  one  time  carried  on  b^ 
tween  De  Saussure  and  De  Luc,  it  has  been  established,  that 
dry  yegetable  fibre  is  shortened  by  moisture,  but  that  the 
animal  fibre  is  lengthened  by  it.   Probably  because  the  former 

is  hollow,  and  is  distended  by  the  imbibed  fluid,  and  thus 

470 


MOSSBS.  79 

Bhorteaed.  The  second,  on  the  other  hand,  may  consist  of 
closely  united  dense  parts,  which  the  moisture  separates  from 
each  other.  In  the  case  before  us,  it  seems  that  the  thick 
fluid  contents  of  the  cells  leaye  a  precipitate  in  the  cells  of  the 
green  stalks  on  being  dried,  and  thus  fills  them  up ;  but  this 
precipitate  is  dissolved  and  absorbed,  and  otherwise  applied 
on  the  ripening  of  the  capsule,  and  thus  the  cells,  being 
empty,  act  like  hollow  tubes  on  being  dried. 


LICHENES. 

We  find  an  account  of  H.  Korber's  paper,  On  the  Propagation 
of  Lichens  hy  imeana  of  Gemmules^  in  the  general  sketchi  of 
the  Works,  &c,,  of  the  Silesian  Society,  &c.,  for  the  year  1840, 
p.  95.  I  only  extract  the  following  sentence,  which  appears  to 
me  to  contain  the  principal  matter  of  this  treatise  (p.  98)  : — 
*'  The  individual  propagation  takes  place  through  means  of 
soredia,  which  form  new  individuals  through  an  intercellular 
development.  This  intercellular  development  is  prepared  in 
the  mother  cell  by  the  circumstance,  that  the  primary  goni- 
dium,  which  at  first  is  a  distinct  spherical  cell,  developing  the 
organisable  mucus  contained  in  it  into  elementary  globules. 
Further,  the  original  mother  cell  is  absorbed  as  soon  as  this 
is  effected,  and  the  soredium  has  issued  from  the  thallus.  The 
soredium  is,  therefore,  nothing  more  than  the  contents  of  the 
mother  cell,  which  have  become  free,  and  which  develop  a 
connected  cellular  tissue,  from  those  new  cells  (globules)  which 
are  combined  together  by  means  of  the  formative  mucus. 
These  new  cells,  therefore,  seem  to  be  a  kind  of  cytoblast 
from  the  original  now  absorbed  mother  cells,  which,  how- 
ever, are  still  capable  of  transforming  themselves.'' 

On  examining  Lobaria  pulmonaria^  which  certainly  ex- 
hibits large  soredia,  it  will  be  seen,  that  at  least  with  regard 
to  them,  there  is  not  a  word  of  truth  in  all  that  the  author  has 
stated.  Such  a  soredium  is  represented  in  the  third  volume 
of  the  Icon.  Sel.  Anat.  Bot,  (1841),  tab.  5,  fig.  11.  It  will  be 
seen,  that  the  internal  flocculent  matter,  which  in  b,  fig.  13, 
471 


80  REPORT  ON  BOTAKT,  MDOCCXLI : 

has  been  represented  yery  mnch  enlarged,  breaks  forth  and 
forms  the  soredinm.  The  external  cellular  integument,  wbich 
is  seen  yery  mnch  enlarged  in  fig.  13,  on  the  oth^^  hand,  is 
broken  through,  and  nothing  of  it  goes  to  the  soredinm,  I 
doubt  yery  much  if  the  indiyidual  propagation  of  Liehenes 
takes  place  by  soredia. 

ALGtM. 

Remarks  on  Spongilla  fltwiatilis^  by  John  Hogg,  in  Tran- 
sactions of  the  LinnsBan  Society  of  London,  yol.  zyiii.  part  iii. 
(1840),  p.  363  and  368.  The  author,  in  his  first  essay,  declares 
himself  in  fayour  of  the  yegetable  nature  of  this  organization. 
He  says,  that  he  cannot  belieye  that  the  seed-like  bodies  of  the 
Spongilla  are  the  eggs  of  a  Cristatella  (vagans),  since  he  has 
neyer  found  such  a  Cristatella  in  their  yidnity. .  In  the 
second  essay  he  relates,  circumstantially,  his  obseryations  on 
the  Spongilla.  In  the  year  1838,  he  obsenred  some  germ-like 
bodies,  which  floated  about  in  the  yessel  in  which  were  a 
number  of  yegetating  Spongillos.  They  were  small,  but  yisible 
to  the  naked  eye,  of  a  globular,  or  rather  of  an  oyal  shape ; 
the  lower  and  smaller  part  is  opaque,  the  upper  transparent 
and  membranous.  Their  moyements  were  as  remarkable  as 
they  were  elegant ;  they  rose  from  the  Spongilla  at  the  bottom 
of  the  yessel  to  the  surface,  and  either  floated  slowly  on  the 
surface,  or  roamed  through  the  water  like  a  balloon  in  the  air. 
They  approached  or  remoyed  themselyes  from  each  other; 
calmly  suspended  themselyes  in  a  giyen  spot,  or  turned  round 
in  circles.  They  always,  howeyer,  moyed  in  such  a  manner, 
that  the  round  part  was  before.  He  placed  one  of  these  bodies 
in  a  watch-glass,  and  renewed  the  water  daily  twice  or  thrice. 
At  first,  the  body  moyed  itself,  then  it  turned  slowly  round  on 
its  axis ;  finally,  it  established  itself  firmly,  and  became  con- 
yerted  into  a  white  opaque  substance,  which,  as  it  grew  in  the 
water,  appeared  to  be  gelatinous,  but  when  dry,  exhibited 
small  cells,  and  fibres,  and  points.  About  the  same  time,  he 
made  an  experiment  with  the  seed-like  bodies  which  he  terms 
sporules.    He  took  them  off  from  the  Spongilla^  and  placed 

472 


AhGM.  81 

them  in  a  cup,  which  he  filled  with  water,  renewing  it  twice 
a -day.  These  bodies  did  not  more,  but  (after  they  had 
lain  for  some  time)  a  white  opaque  substance  issued  from 
the  opening  at  their  point,  which  glued  the  seed  to  the  cup. 
This  substance  gradually  increased,  and  orerspread  sometimes 
the  mother  body  entirely,  spreading  itself,  likewise,  round 
about  oyer  all  substances  situated  near  it.  At  first,  no  traces 
of  the  Spongilia  itself  were  seen,  but  only  a  white,  thick^ 
gelatinous  matter ;  but,  on  suffering  this  latter  to  become  dry, 
a  membrane  of  the  sponge  exhibited  itself,  and  the  holes  could 
be  seen  which  were  formed  by  the  interlacing  of  the  fibres,  as 
also  the  small  points.  The  author  now  inyestigated,  whether 
the  germ-like  bodies  had  converted  themselves  into  the  seed- 
like, and  decided  against  it;  he  thinks  they  are  different 
reproductive  organs,  which  he  terms  sporules  and  sporidia. 
He  further  enumerates  observations  respecting  the  movement 
of  the  germ-like  bodies  of  other  Algce^  especially  olEctoBperma 
clauataf  as  a  confirmation  of  the  plant-like  nature  of  the 
Spongilia.  He  saw  the  currents  about  the  germ-like  sub- 
stances of  the  Spongilia^  when  they  moved,  but  he  did  not 
observe  cilia,  as  are  found  in  real  zoophytes ;  he  even  considers 
these  cilia  as  characteristic  of  animal  beings.  The  movement 
of  the  germ-like  bodies  of  the  Alg<B  he  believes  to  originate 
in  an  endosmosis  and  exosmosis.  He  then  enumerates  other 
correspondences  between  the  Spongilia  and  vegetables,  as  the 
similarity  of  the  membrane,  the  gelatinous  substance,  the  green 
chromule  (chlorophyll),  its  behaviour  in  acids,  and  its  develop- 
ment of  gas  in  the  light.  He  further  speaks  of  the  currents 
which  flow  from  and  into  the  cavities  of  the  Spongilia,  and 
attributes  them,  for  the  most  part,  to  an  animalcule  of  a  green 
colour ;  not  entirely,  but  in  some  measure  also,  to  endosmose 
and  ezosmose.  The  author  then  endeavours  to  refute  Du- 
jardin's  reasons  for  supposing  the  Spongilia  to  be  of  an 
animal  nature ;  and  lastly,  adds  some  remarks  in  favour  of  the 
vegetable  nature  of  the  Sea  Sponges. 

The  observations  of  the  author  deserve  great  attention. 
Many  reasons  given  by  him,  in  favour  of  the  vegetable  nature 
of  the  Spongilia  and  the  Sponges  in  general,  might  certainly 
473 


82  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

not  be  found  saffident ;  but  we  must  agree  with  him  in  the 
principal  matter,  for  this  reason,  that  these  substances  are 
deficient  in  a  central  organ,  the  stomach,  which  is  peculiar  to 
all  animals.  The  8pongilla  is  not  secreted  from  an  animal 
substance,  as  the  stems  of  the  Sertularia,  and  similar 
Eoophytes,  which  I  acknowledge  now  to  belong  to  the  animal 
world,  although  I  formerly  beliered  they  were  plants.  It  is 
not,  howeyer,  at  all  credible,  that  a  variety  of  movements,  such 
as  the  author  observed  in  the  germ-like  bodies  of  the  Spon* 
gilla,  should  originate  from  endosmose  and  exosmose;  the 
membranes  by  which  endosmose  and  exosmose  take  place 
remain  immoveable,  for  the  very  reason,  that  the  current  of 
the  fluids  goes  through  them.  Endosmose  and  exosmose  can 
only  be  employed  as  an  analogy  for  the  explanation,  and  not 
as  an  explanation  itself,  for  the  simple  reason,  that  they  have 
not  yet  themselves  been  explained. 

Several  observations  have  been  published  by  Laurent  on  the 
same  subject,  i. «.,  on  the  SpongiUce  and  their  Propagation^ 
in  the  Comptes  Rendus  of  1840,  vol.  ii.  p.  478,  694,  1050. 
M.  Laurent  assumes  the  animal  nature  of  this  organization. 
They  exhibit,  according  to  him,  a  three-fold  mode  of  propaga- 
tion : — 1st,  Germ-like  bodies,  which  he  considers  as  undliated 
(non  ciKes)  buds :  2d,  Egg-shaped  bodies,  which  are  formed  in 
the  spring,  and  are  different  from  the  egg-formed  bodies  of  the 
later  season:  3d,  Protean  bodies,  which  lib^ate  themselves 
from  the  rhizopodal  prolongations  of  the  young  Spongillce, 
He  also  speaks  of  propagation  by  self  <- division  (scissiparit^ 
naturelle)  of  the  old  Spongillce.  M.  Laurent,  in  the  second 
memoir,  goes  through  the  various  phases  of  life  of  these 
Spongillce,  The  first  phase  is  that  of  latent  life,  in  which 
the  egg-shaped  bodies  and  gems  are  first  found ;  the  contents 
of  the  former  are  then  globular-watery  (globuUno-aqueux), 
and  at  the  period  of  the  latent  life  of  the  latter,  the  whole 
Spongilla  is  still  in  this  state  (globulino-aqueux).  The  small 
projections  are  still  wanting  at  this  time.  The  second  phase 
is  that  of  the  embryonic  state,  when  the  whole  tissue  is  almost 
subglobular- glutinous  (subglobulo-glutineux) ;  the  eggs  are 
transformed  from  the  globular-watery  state  into  the  globular- 
474 


ALGiE.  83 

glutinous  state;  the  gems  also  of  the  unciliated  embryos, 
formerly  globular,  now  become  oblong;  the  projections  and 
protean  bodies  appear  first.  The  Spongillce  which  are  formed 
in  this  threefold  method  are  the  same.  The  Spongillce  in  the 
third  state  appear  to  be  first  covered  with  a  membrane,  and, 
upon  its  bursting,  the  cayities  and  the  eggs  are  seen.  The 
propagation  through  protean  pieces  only  takes  place  in  very 
young  indiyiduals,  which  are  produced  from  non-ciliated  em- 
bryos, as  the  self-^diyision  (scissiparit^  naturelle)  only  takes  place 
in  old  indiyiduals,  which  have  been  produced  from  the  same 
embryos.  In  the  third  memoir,  he  compares  the  non-ciliated 
free  embryos  of  the  Spongilla,  with  the  free  embryos  of  Ecto^ 
sperma  clavata.  The  former  move  about  from  two  to  three 
days,  whilst  the  latter  only  move  from  two  to  three  hours, 
or  even  immediately  establish  themselves.  Upon  applying  a 
magnifying  power  of  2^300.  i.  d.,  the  fibres  of  the  embryos  of 
the  Spongilla  were  distinctly  seen,  but  not  in  those  of  Ecto- 
sperma;  the  former  also  have  a  current  around  them,  but  the 
latter  have  not.  The  embryos  of  the  Sportgilla  are  white, 
those  of  the  Ectoaperma  are  green.  ^. 

I  may  here  refer  to  some  observations  of  Agardh,  in  Suensk. 
Vetensk.  Hdlgr.  f.  Ar,  1837,  translated  in  the  Flora  for  1840, 
p.  128,  where  he  states,  that  a  Draparnaldia  termia  developed 
itself  from  moving  granules ;  also,  that  he  observed  a  move- 
ment of  the  granules  in  the  articulations  of  the  Bryopm 
arbvscala,  M.  Morren's  observation,  that  he  found  the  Rotifer 
vulgaris  in  Vaucheria  clavata  (Ectosperma  cl,),  in  such  a 
position  that  it  could  not  be  removed  on  the  opening  of  the 
articulation,  is  worth  attention.  Bullet,  d.  TAcad.  Boy.  d. 
Bruxell.,  vol.  vi.  p.  4. 

The  current  of  fluid,  observed  by  M.  v.  Lobaczewski,  in  the 
Closterium  lunula,  Ifizsch,  described  in  the  Linnsea,  vol.  xiv. 
I  must  leave  to  the  Zoologists,  although  the  phenomenon  is 
very  similar  to  those  which  have  been  observed  in  Chara  and 
other  plants. 

The  observations  too,  which  Meyen  has  made  with  regard  to 

red  snow,  in  Wiegmann*s  Archiv,  1840,  vol.  i.  p.  166,  belong 

to  Zoology,  in  as  much  as  Protococeus  nivalia  and  ^ridia  are 
475 


84  REPORT  ON  BOTAN7,  MDCCCXLI : 


iao,  and  Euglena  $anguinea  and  E.  viridis^  Ehrenb., 
are  at  present  doubtful  beings. 


FUNGI. 

Dry  Rot,  by  Schwabe,  Linn»a,  1840,  p.  194. — ^The  author 
describes  the  dry  rot,  BoUtua  destructor^  Shrad.  (P^lyporout 
destructor^  Fries),  especially  the  thallus,  very  accurately,  from 
its  first  origin,  and  mentions,  that  it  is  more  frequent  in  Dessau 
than  MeruliuB  vaatator^  Tode  (lacrymanSy  Fr.)  The  destruc- 
tion of  the  wood,  he  adds,  seems  to  be  caused  by  the  fibres  of 
the  fungus  depriving  the  woody  cells  of  their  contents,  for  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  the  nourishment  which  they  require  for 
their  yegetation,  by  which  the  latter  loose  their  consistency 
and  toughness ;  the  membranous  walls  of  the  cells  suffer  parti- 
cularly, for  they  are  always  seen  battle  and  torn,  on  examining 
them  under  the  microscope.  In  Berlin,  which  certainly  is  not 
far  from  Dessau,  the  Merulivs  vastator^  Tode,  is  the  most 
frequent.  The  latter,  howeyer,  rather  imbibes  the  humidity  of 
the  atmosphere  by  its  fibres  or  tubes,  which  is  distributed 
through  the  wood,  and  thus  produces  decay  or  decomposition. 
Penicillum  Biotiy  described  by  Turpin,  Gomp.  Bend.  yol.  i. 
p.  507.  This  mould  had  grown  in  a  closely  corked  bottle,  in 
which  there  was  distilled  water,  with  some  dextrine,  which 
Biot  sent  to  the  author.  He  describes  the  thallus  of  this 
fungus  with  great  exactness,  and  adds,  that  its  swollen  articu^ 
lations  contain  granules,  which  haye  induced  him  to  classify  it 
as  a  particular  species.  Of  the  fructification  he  says.  When 
the  yegetation  has  come  to  a  certam  point  it  deceases,  the 
articulations  of  the  small  stems  become  shorter,  more  globular, 
and  arrange  themselyes  in  a  moniliform  row,  which  is  either 
simple  or  compound.  The  small  globules  are  of  a  bluish  colour. 
The  Amgus,  according  to  the  author,  propogates  itself  in  a 
threefold  manner ;  1st,  By  an  almost  spontaneous  generation^ 
for  the  organized  globules  of  the  dextrine  need  only  to  be 
properly  arranged,  in  order  to  represent  this  mould  at  once : 

2d,  By  globules  in  the  tubes ;  and,  finally,  by  separated  joints. 
476 


FUNGI.  85 

I  doubt  if  Penicillum  Bioti  be  different  from  Peni4nllum 
glaucum.  The  latter  is  produced  in  all  mucus,  sweet,  and 
yegetable  acid  solutions,  also  in  solutions  of  salts  which  con** 
sist  of  yegetable  acids. 

Gardner  has  discovered  a  new  phosphorescent  fungus  in 
the  Brazils.  Description  of  a  New  Phosphorescent  Species 
of  Agarictis,  by  George  Gardner ;  with  Remarks  upon  it  by 
the  Bey.  )A.  J.  Berkeley.  Hooker's  Journal  of  Botany,  yol.  ii. 
(1840),  p.  406.  It  belongs  to  the  tribes  of  pileo-eccentrica, 
and  Berkeley  states,  that  it  might  be  classified  in  the  sub- 
genus Panus  of  Fries.  The  characters  of  it  are,  Pileo 
camoso-coriaceo,  subindfundibiliformi,  glabro,  flayo,  lamellis 
longe  decurrentibus  pallidioribus,  stipite  breyi,  coriaoeo,  gla- 
bro, cinerascente.  Hab.  in  Brasilia,  ad  folia  Palmarum,  quae 
ab  incolis  dicuntur  Pindoba.  During  a  dark  night,  at  the 
commencement  of  the  month  of  December,  in  the  town  da 
Natiyidade,  in  the  proyince  Goyazes,  Gardner  witnessed  some 
boys  knocking  about  a  shining  fungus  with  sticks;  this  in^ 
duced  him  to  get  the  perfect  fungus,  in  which  he  succeeded, 
and  thus  was  enabled  to  giye  a  description  of  it.  Berkeley 
adds,  that  there  are  several  species  of  fungus  which  emit 
light  in  the  dark,  and  mentions  the  Ag.  oUarius^  Dec. ;  he 
also  proposes  to  change  the  name  of  Ag.  phosphareseens  into 
A.  Oardneri,  It  is  a  question  whether  these  species  of  fun- 
gus are  always  shining.  The  Rhizomorphee  do  not  shine 
under  all  circumstances. 

Chrysomywa  ahietis,  a  fungus  and  eruption  (exanthem)  of 
the  red  fir,  is  described  by  F.  Unger.  See  Froriep's  Neue 
Notiz.  xyi.  (1840),  p.  10.  The  following  is  an  abstract  of 
Unger's  remarks  on  its  comparative  pathology ;  Vienna,  1840. 
He  first  gives  an  exact  anatomical  description  of  the  leaves 
of  the  fir,  and  then  proceeds  to  the  description  of  the  exan- 
them. It  is  found  on  the  last  annual  shoot,  and  on  almost 
every  leaf.  There  are  yellowish  discolourations  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  leaf,  and  similar  discolourations  on  the  imder  side; 
also  one  or  several  rust  yellow  spots,  but  only  where  there 
are  rows  of  stomates.  The  yellow  rust  spots  are  elevated 
iiito  a  wart-like  substance,  and  the  upper  membrane  is  torn 
477 


86  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

open ;  dense  tabes,  of  a  deep  red  colour,  are  seen  at  the  edge, 
and  irregolar  tubes  towards  the  middle,  which  are  rather 
enlarged  towards  the  upper  part,  and  partially  entwined  with 
each  other,  and  are  seated  on  a  mucus  granular  material. 
This  substance  constitutes  the  stroma  of  the  pustule.  A 
tissue  of  cylindrical,  simple  and  ramified,  yery  much  matted 
together,  fibres,  is  next  produced.  The  disease  terminates 
with  the  falling  off  of  the  leayes.  It  originates  iii  the  air 
holes  of  the  leaf,  in  the  form  of  a  mucus  granular  material. 
The  author  attributes  the  cause  to  the  moisture,  which  im- 
pedes the  process  of  respiration.  He  concludes  by  saying. 
That  the  disease  is  a  heterogeneous  generation. 

The  air  holes  (or  organs  of  respiration)  of  the  author  are 
a  layer  of  large  cells.  The  author  confesses,  that  the  stomates 
are  closed  up  eren  in  the  youngest  leares  ;  but  is  of  opinion, 
tliat  the  air  can  penetrate  nerertheless.  We  quite  agree 
with  the  author  in  his  concluding  sentence,  but  this  is  a  sub- 
ject of  general  physiology  and  pathology. 

M.  Lucas  has  found  humin  in  the  Uredo  segetum ;  Einhof 
found  the  same  substance,  but  did  not  recognize  it  as  humin. 
Braconnot  separated  humin  from  the  spiroids  of  Agariciis 
alramenUxrius^  Bull ;  and  this  substance,  indeed,  seems  to 
prerail  in  many  of  these  lower  plants.  Annal.  d.  Fhar* 
made  t.  Wohler  and  Liebig,  yol.  xxxyii.  p.  90. 


MONSTROSITIES. 

M.  DB  Lafont,  Baron  yon  Melicoeq,  describes  seyeral  modifi- 
cations of  the  lAnofria  vulgaris j  in  the  Annal.  d.  Scienc.  Natur. 
S.  II.,  yol.  xiy.  p.  255,  which  may  be  compared  with  the  great 
collection  of  such  modifications  which  M.  Fr.  Batzeburg  has 
published.  They  were  collected  at  Gambrai  and  Arras,  and 
are, — 1.  Corolla  with  two  lips,  two  spurs,  equal  or  unequal ; 
one  of  the  flowers  had  six  filaments,  of  which  two  were 
shorter  than  the  others.  2.  Corolla  with  two  lips,  three 
spurs,  the  central  one  longer ;  of  pretty  frequent  occurrence. 

3.  Corolla  with  two  lobes,  three  long  equal  spurs ;   of  rare 

478 


MONSTROSITIES.  '  87 

occurrence.  4.  Corolla  without  an  upper  lip,  the  lower  lip 
with  four  diyisions,  four  spurs  of  the  same  length,  four  sepals ; 
a  solitary  specimen.  5.  Corolla  almost  without  an  upper  lip, 
the  lower  lip  with  five  divisions,  seven  spurs,  six  filaments, 
two  shorter,  eight  sepals ;  very  rare.  6.  Regular  corolla,  with 
five  divisions,  five  spurs;  rare.  7.  Corolla  with  two  lobes, 
but  at  the  base  with  one  to  three,  even  sometimes  four,  flower- 
like appendages,  coloured  like  the  lower  lip  of  the  corolla ; 
some  of  these  corollas  had  two  spurs;  one  specimen  had  a 
very  developed  corolla-like  appendage,  almost  as  long  as  the 
corolla ;  the  two  lips  of  the  latter  were  lying  horizontally,  the 
spur  had  remained  vertical.  8.  Corolla  perfectly  reversed,  and 
provided  at  the  base  with  a  genuine  petal.  9.  Corolla  with 
two  lobes,  a  flower-like  appendage  at  the  basis,  three  spurs 
of  the  same  length,  fibre  filaments ;  rare.  10.  The  upper  lip 
of  the  corolla  with  three  divisions,  the  lower  lip  in  four ;  rare» 
11.  Corolla  with  two  lobes,  without  spurs.  12.  Stem  with 
bands.  It  is  owing,  in  my  opinion,  to  the  singular  position 
of  this  species,  between  the  Personatce  and  the  Solanacece, 
that  the  flower  of  Linaria  vulgaris  exhibits  a  greater  number 
of  modifications  than  any  other  plant.  It  is,  to  make  use  of 
a  simile,  as  if  the  flower  was  resorting  to  all  possible  means  to 
return  from  its  fettered  state  with  the  lips  of  the  PersonatcBj 
to  the  regular  one  of  the  Solanacece,  with  which  it  is  really 
related.  The  modifications  do  not,  as  far  as  I  know,  extend 
themselves  to  the  ovary,  for  it  has  nearly  the  same  form  in 
both  these  natural  orders. 

M.  Goppert  has  published  an  account  of  some  observations 
on  Malformations  in  a  specimen  of  Tragopogon  orientale,  in 
the  general  review  of  the  works  of  the  Silesian  Society,  f.  v. 
L.,  1840,  p.  103.  The  pappus,  in  most  of  the  flowers,  was 
changed  into  small  lancet-like  pointed  leaves,  and  the  corolla, 
anthers,  and  stigma,  were  coloured  a  slight  green.  In  some 
flowers,  the  filaments,  as  well  as  the  anthers,  were  changed 
into  small  tender  green  leaves,  and  a  new,  perfect,  small 
flower-head  had  formed  itself  in  the  axil  of  the  stigma ;  the 
stigmata,  at  the  same  time,  commencing  to  assume  a  leaf- 
like character.    A  rare  proliferation  certainly. 

479 


88  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

M.  Naudin,  in  the  Ann.  d.  Sdenc.  Nat.  yol.  xiy.  (1840), 
p.  14,  describes  some  tmall  plants  of  Drosera  intermedia^ 
produced  on  the  leaf  of  another.  A  leaf  of  Drosera  inters 
media  (Dr,  anffUea)y  exhibited  two  small  plants  of  Drosera 
in  miniature  on  the  upper  side  of  its  edge,  which  were 
derdoped  firom  the  cellular  tissue,  between  the  mid  rib  and 
lateral  leaf-nerres  at  the  edge,  and  stood  at  about  the  distance 
of  a  line  and  a  half  firom  each  other.  They  were  from  fiye  to 
six  lines  in  length,  and  had,  singularly  enough,  a  stem  with 
alternate  leaves  (according  to  the  illustration) ;  the  natiye 
species  of  Drosera  being  stemless,  and  only  provided  with 
root  leaves,  which,  in  this  instance,  was  the  case  with  the 
mother  plant.  Nothing  could  be  observed  at  the  lower  side 
of  the  mother  leaf,  excepting  a  black  spot  beneath  one  of  the 
two  stems,  but  no  roots.  The  stems,  however,  issued  from 
the  naked  cellular  tissue,  and  stood  in  no  connection  with 
the  vessels  of  the  leaf.  A  very  singular  and  remarkable 
monstrosity. 

M.  Walpers  makes  mention  of  a  Monstrous  Sei/en-leaved 
Leaf  of  Trifolium  repens,  in  the  LinnsBa,  vol.  xiv.  p.  362,  and 
considers  the  three-leaved,  as  well  as  the  simple  leaves  of  the 
genus,  as  shortened  pinnated  ones.  He  adds,  that  the  leaves 
of  Oleditschia  triacanthos^  in  which  almost  all  the  forms  of 
leaves  which  occur  in  the  Leguminoscs  may  be  easily  observed, 
together  with  their  transformation  from  one  into  the  other, 
are  particularly  instructive. 

M.  Hampe  observed,  in  a  bush  of  Salix  repens,  that  twigs 
above  the  water  blossomed  as  females,  whilst  those  twigs,  which 
had  been  in  the  water,  and  subsequently  blossomed  wh^i  the 
water  was  dried  up,  had  only  male  blossoms.  He  endeavours 
to  prove,  by  other  instances,  that  Diclinous,  plants,  situated  in 
wet  localities,  produce  more  male  than  female  blossoms.  See 
lannsea,  vol.  xiv.  p.  367.  The  editors,  in  a  supplement,  add 
many  observations  respecting  the  change  of  sex  in  willow  trees, 
without,  however,  determining  the  causes. 

Remarks  on  the  Ergot  (claws),  by  John  Smith,  Linnaean 
Transactions,  vol.  xviii.  p.  3  (1840),  449.  He  analyzed  the 
mucus  sweet  liquid  of  the  ergot  in  Elymus,  and  found  in  it 

480 


MONSTROSITIES.  89 

oblong  transparent  bodies,  similar  to  the  sporidia  of  a  fungus. 
He  found  the  same  body  also  in  all  states  of  the  ergot,  as  far 
as  the  anthers  of  the  affected  ears,  both  in  Elymus  and  in 
Pfuilaris  aquatica;  he  therefore  regards  it  as  the  cause  of 
the  ergot.  The  sporidia,  according  to  Mr.  Smith,  first  get 
into  the  earth,  thence  through  the  stem,  as  far  as  into  the 
anthers,  and  finally  through  them  into  the  oyary.  He  adds, 
also,  that  these  sporidia  have  been  obserred  by  seyeral  indi- 
yiduals.  Mr.  Quekett  next  giyes  a  yery  elaborate  circumstan- 
tial treatise  on  this  subject.  The  oblong  bodies,  sporidia,  lie 
in  ramified  fibres  upon  the  ergotised  grain  when  it  is  young, 
but  are  no  longer  found  when  it  is  perfectly  gjown.  The 
author  obseryed  the  external  pericarpium  in  torn  pieces  on 
the  surface.  In  the  interior,  he  found  an  irregular  cellular 
tissue ;  he  did  not  find  the  cells  of  the  external  membrane  to 
be  oblong,  as  phoebus,  but  small  and  quadrangular.  The 
appendages  at  the  point,  according  to  the  author,  consist,  for 
the  greater  part,  of  the  torn  pericarpium,  which  could  not 
follow  the  growth  of  the  grain,  and  thus  was  eleyated  to  the 
point.  He  then  giyes  an  accurate  description  of  the  fungus, 
which  spreads  itself  oyer  the  grain ;  he  witnessed  the  multipli- 
cation of  the  sporidia,  when  placed  in  a  wetted  glass,  either 
by  a  tube  shooting  forth  from  one  side,  with  partitions,  the 
joints  of  which  separate  themselyes  as  sporidia,  or  by. a  small 
bud  being  produced  at  the  end,  which  grows  into  a  sporidium. 
Another  kind  of  multiplication  takes  place,  when  the  epider- 
mis about  the  sporidium  is  torn  into  pieces,  and  sprouts  out, 
deyeloping  granules  upon  itself,  which  become  similar  to  those 
in  the  interior — the  sporidia.  The  last  kind  of  growth  is  the 
following : — A  green  granule  extends  itself  laterally  in  the 
sporidia,  and  forms  a  partition,  and  thus  diyides  the  sporidia 
into  two  parts ;  each  part  again  diyides  itself,  and  so  on,  so 
that  thus  a  jointed,  simple  fibre  is  produced,  which  then 
becomes  further  ramified.  He  also  saw  small  green  granules 
collected  on  the  glass,  which  had  separated  themselyes  from 
the  sporidia  that  were  torn,  as  might  be  inferred  from  the 
presence  of  the  torn  sporidia,  and  which  deyeloped  themselyes 
into  sporidia.  As  this  fungus,  therefore,  can  yegetate  on  glass, 
481  2H 


90  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

remote  firom  the  grain,  it  would  be  a  reason  for  the  conjec- 
ture, that  the  fungus  is  quite  different  from  the  ergot.  The 
author  found  no  sporidia  in  the  interior  of  the  ergotised  grain ; 
the  nuclei  which  were  in  it  are  lighter  than  water,  whilst,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  sporidia  sink  in  water;  the  nuclei  melt 
when  exposed  to  heat,  and  then  flow  one  into  another,  the 
sporidia  do  not ;  the  former  also  may  be  dissolved  by  ether, 
not  so  the  sporidia.  The  author  lastly  resorts  to  a  chemical 
analysis,  to  prove  that  the  ergot  is  no  fungus.  The  author  is 
of  opinion,  that  the  green  granules  of  the  fungus  penetrate 
into  the  interior  of  the  grasses,  and  develop  themselves  upon 
the  ovary^as  upon  a  proper  basis;  they  communicate  the 
disease  when  they  get  into  a  sound  grain,  by  destroying  the 
membranous  pericarpimn.  He  terms  the  fmigus  ErgoUBtm 
abortifaciena,  and  describes  its  characteristics  as  follows : — 
"  Sporidia  elliptical,  moniliform,  finally  separating,  transpa- 
rent, and  containing  seldom  more  than  one,  two,  or  three,  well 
defined  (greenish)  granules.''  He  finally  adds,  that  a  small 
Acaruis  (of  which  he  also  gives  a  rough  illustration)  destroys 
the  ergot,  which  is  important  for  the  science  of  pharmacy. 
A  brief  treatise  on  this  subject,  by  Francis  Bauer,  then 
follows.  He  rejects  all  external  causes  for  the  ergot,  and 
terms  it  a  monstrosity.  He  gives  some  excellent  illustrations, 
in  order  to  prove  that  it  is  the  scutellum  which  increases  in 
size,  tears  the  skin  of  the  pericarpimn,  and  is  then  coloured 
brown.  Since  the  fungus  also  occurs  on  other  parts  of  the 
grass  besides  the  ovary,  he  is  induced  to  think,  liiat  the 
latter  does  not  produce  the  ergot,  but  that  it  only  occurs 
incidentally. 

The  now  deceased  excellent  artist  was  certainly  right. 
Quekett's  researches  and  reasons  afford  more  proof  against 
the  origin  of  the  ergot,  from  a  fungus,  than  in  favour  of  it. 
And,  supposing  even  that  the  fungus  only  did  occur  in  the 
ergotised  grain,  and  did  not  grow  at  all  without  it,  this  would 
yet  be  no  sufficient  reason  far  the  assertion  that  it  was  the 
cause  of  the  ergot.  Is  Tubereularia  vulgaris  the  cause 
of  the  dryness  of  wood,  because  it  is  not  found  upon  any 
thing  else  than  dry  wood,  or  only  the  consequence  I    I  laid 

482 


MONSTROSITIES.  91 

drawings  of  the  ergot  before  the  assembly  of  Naturalists,  at 
Florence  (1841),  in  which  the  grains  at  the  point  had  sprouted 
out  into  three  leaves ;  an  additional  reason  in  fayour  of  the 
ergot  being  only  a  monstrosity.  It  still  remains  to  be  ascer- 
tained, whether  the  excresence  only  occurs  on  the  scutellum. 
The  fungus  which  Quekett  has  yery  well  described,  is  an 
Oidium,  It  is  well  that  we  can  get  rid  of  such  an  abomina- 
ble term  as  Ergotcbtiay  badly  formed  as  it  is  from  the  Greek 
and  the  French.     The  obseryations  on  the  different  modes  of 

1 

propagation  are  yery  interesting ;  it  is  a  question,  howeyer, 
whether  they  are  not  the  result  of  an  optical  illusion. 


SECRETION. 

Observations  on  the  Phenomena  of  Water  Drops  on  the 
Leaves  of  some  Plants,  by  Bainer  Graf,  Flora,  1840,  p.  433. 
The  author  principally  instituted  his  obseryations  on  the 
Impdtiens  noUtangere.  These  drops  may  be  obseryed  in  the 
cotyledons,  and  that  always  at  the  small  teeth,  in  which  the 
neryes  of  the  leaf  terminate,  which  run  through  the  centre  of 
the  leaf.  Small  drops  eyen  make  their  appearance  in  the 
primordial  leayes,  whilst  they  are  still  folded  together  in  the 
bud,  they  occur  at  the  edge  in  all  places,  which  subsequently 
become  crenated.  As  soon  as  the  leayes  of  the  plant  haye 
attained  their  full  deyelopment,  the  drops  appear  on  the  cre- 
natures,  which  haye  been  formed  by  the  tendril,  and  by  the 
secondary  neryes  in  the  leayes.  The  still  undeyeloped  leayes 
of  all  succeeding  buds,  are  also  coyered  with  drops  in  the 
same  way  as  the  primordial  leayes.  A  small  drop  appeared 
regularly  at  the  point  of  each  of  the  calyx  leayes,  until  the 
capsule  began  to  swell,  also  on  the  point  of  the  bracteao,  and, 
finally,  also  on  the  flowers.  They  appear  here  at  the  middle 
tooth  of  the  upper  arched  petal,  and  at  the  point  of  the  lower 
yalye-like  calcareate  petal.  The  drops  are  largest  on  the 
cotyledons,  those  on  the  leayes  follow  next ;  and  there  they 
are  always  larger  at  the  points  of  the  tendrils  than  at  the 
points  of  the  secondary  neryes.     The  drops,  which  in  other 

483 


92  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

respects  consist  of  perfectly  tasteless  and  scentless  water, 
nsnally  appear  within  ten  or  twenty  minutes  after  rain  or 
watering  the  plant.  If  the  plants  had  become  withered  before 
watering,  the  upper  leaves  first  erect  themselyes,  the  branches 
follow  next,  and  thus  it  goes  on  to  the  lower  leaves.  The 
capsules  also,  when  quite  at  rest,  are  in  the  habit  of  opening 
as  soon  as  the  drops  appear  after  the  water.  The  drops  like- 
wise disappear  again,  and  that  in  a  very  different  manner. 
Sometimes  they  are  suspended  without  any  change  for  the 
whole  of  the  day,  at  other  times  they  disappear  again  in 
half  an  hour.  The  author  could  not  attribute  this  to 
mere  evaporation,  and  made  the  following  experiments : — He 
managed  to  attach  a  drop  of  common  water,  of  about  the 
size  of  the  drops  in  question,  by  means  of  a  fine  needle,  to 
the  edge  of  the  leaf,  at  a.  place  where  there  was  no  aper- 
ture to  the  nerves.  This  drop  was  to  be  perceived  for  a 
considerable  time  after,  the  other  drops  which  had  made  their 
appearance  at  the  apertures  of  the  nerves,  had  all  disap- 
peared. The  author,  in  order  to  proceed  with  still  greater 
security,  took  off  a  drop,  that  had  made  its  appearance,  with 
great  caution  from  the  crenature,  and  attached  it  to  another 
part  of  the  leaf;  this  also  was  to  be  seen  unchanged  after  a 
long  time,  whilst  the  other  drops  attached  to  the  crenatures 
had  disappeared.  The  appearance  of  the  drops,  therefore,  on 
the  plants,  the  author  adds,  cannot  always  be  considered  as  a 
secretion  of  the  superfluous  nourishing  sap ;  but  it  seems,  on 
the  contrary,  that  the  sap  rises  so  rapidly,  and  in  such  great 
quantity,  that  the  same,  cannot  be  immediately  and  properly 
distributed,  and  consequently  issues  at  all  apertures.  As 
soon,  however,  as  the  distribution  of  it  has  taken  place  in  the 
cellular  tissue,  the  part  temporarily  secreted,  in  the  shape  of 
drops,  is  also  imbibed,  and  applied  to  further  distribution  in, 
and  nourishment  of  the  plant.  The  author  instituted  similar 
experiments  with  the  leaves  of  the  cauliflower,  and  the  result 
was  the  same ;  he  also  observed  the  same  occurence  sometimes 
when  the  drops  had  accidentally  got  displaced.  Although  the 
drops  of  the  cauliflower  are  larger  than  those  of  the  Impor- 
tiens  nolitangere,  they  yet  disappear  more  rapidly,   very 

484 


SECRETION.  93 

probably  owing  to  the  greater  circumference  of  the  leaves,  in 
which  the  distribution  takes  place  more  rapidly  than  in  the 
smaller  leaves. 

This  familiar  phenomenon  has  found,  in  this  instance,  an 
excellent  observer.  That  the  vessels,  the  spiroids,  namely, 
which  are  situated  in  the  leaf-nerves,  carry  the  juice  of  nutri- 
tion rapidly  from  one  place  to  another,  conducting  it  finally  to 
those  points  where  it  is  necessary  for  the  nourishment  of  the 
plant,  is  convincingly  demonstrated  in  these  observations. 

Remarks  on  the  Formation  of  Crystals  in  the  Vegetable 
World,  have  been  published  by  Unger  in  the  Ann.  of  the 
Vienna  Museum  of  Natural  History,  vol.  ii.  p.  1.  After  hav- 
ing treated  generally  of  their  occurrence,  he  gives  drawings  of 
crystals  in  the  cellular  tissue  of  many  plants,  which,  however, 
are  not  sufficient  for  their  determination,  as  the  sizes  of  the 
angles  are  not  stated.  This  is  followed  by  some .  chemical 
researches.  He  dissolved  crystals  of  Piper  blandum,  Ficus 
bengalerms,  and  Maranta  zebrina,  in  nitric  acid,  and  neutra- 
lised the  liquid  with  ammonia.  The  precipitate  was  heated  in 
a  platina  crucible  ;  that  of  the  crystals  from  Piper  blandum 
was  alone  coloured  brown.  After  having  been  heated,  effer- 
vescence of  all  of  them  took  place,  on  being  treated  with  acids. 
The  crystals  consisted,  in  all  three  cases,  of  a  vegetable  acid, 
and  most  probably  of  lime ;  the  acid  in  the  crystals  of  Maranta 
zebrina  and  Ficvs  bengalensis  were  oxalic  acid;  the  acid, 
however,  in  the  crystals  of  Piper  blandum  must  have  been  a 
different  one.   ' 

Payen  has  instituted  some  researches  on  the  Calcareous 
Precipitates,  and  Precipitates  in  General  in  Plants.  (Compt. 
Rend.,  1840,  vol.  ii.  p.  401).  The  stalked,  club-shaped  sub- 
stances in  the  species  of  Ficus,  which  are  covered  with  calcareous 
precipitates,  and  which  Meyen  first  observed,  have  been  inves- 
tigated by  the  author  in  Ficiis  ferruginea,  laurifolia,  benga- 
lensis,  nymphmfolia,  elastica,  Carica,  religiosa,  and  reclinata; 
further  in  Parietaria  ojfficinalis,  where  they  are  very  large ; 
in  P.  lusitariica  and  arborea,  Urtica  nivea,  and  Forskalea 
tenacissima.  The  cylindrical  concretions  from  Celtis  australis, 
and  the  pear-shaped  ones  from  C  missisipensis  were  similar ; 
485 


94  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLl : 

likewise  the  concretions  in  the  leaves  of  Moms  nigra^  alba, 
and  tnulticaulis ;  those  of  BrouBsoneHa  papyrifera,  Humulus 
LupuluSy  and  Cannahis  satiua,  are  situated  at  the  basis  of  the 
hair.  These  substances  are  generally  found  on  the  upper 
surface  of  the  leaf,  beneath  the  epidermis,  at  times  on  the  lower 
surface,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  ordinary  fig  tree,  mor&  rarely 
on  both  sides  at  the  edge,  as  in  hemp.  A  large  leaf  of 
Brtmssonetia  papyrifera,  contained  134,000  concretions. 
Carbonate  of  lime  is  frequently  met  with  between  the  cells  of 
the  parenchyma  of  the  leayes  and  their  nenres,  in  the  channels 
of  the  petioles  of  the  leaves,  and  of  the  stems  ;  it  is  also  found 
under  two  forms  in  the  leayes,  one  containing  a  juice  so  acid, 
that  it  would  dissolve  the  carbonate  of  lime.  The  author  is  of 
opinion,  that  the  deposit  here  takes  place  through  the  car- 
bonate of  ammonia  of  the  atmosphere.  The  oxalate  of  lime 
forms  glands  in  the  leaves  and  the  stems  of  Cactus,  Baphides 
consist  of  a  membrane,  which  is  filled  with  oxalate  of  lime ; 
they  develop  themselves  in  cells,  which  consist  of  a  special 
tissue,  and  contain  a  nitrogenous  substance.  Silica  covers 
the  membranes  of  the  leaves  of  many  plants,  perhaps  of  all ; 
and  is  found  also  in  the  cells  of  the  stems  of  the  Gramineos, 
Chara>ce€B,  and  Equisetacece  ;  also  in  the  intercellular  spaces, 
and  likewise  in  the  form  of  a  spheroidal  concretion,  which  is 
secreted  by  a  tissue  that  developes  itself  in  a  cell.  Chara 
translucent  is  incrusted  with  silica ;  Chara  vulgaris,  in  the 
same  water,  is  found  covered  with  carbonate  of  lime  and 
silica,  whilst  Chara  Mspida  has  only  carbonate  of  lime. 


SPERMATOZOA  IN  PLANTS. 

On  the  Anthers  of  Chara,  and  on  the  Animalcules  in  the 
same,  by  Gustav  Thuret,  Annal.  d.  Sc.  Naturell.  vol.  xiv. 
p.  65.  The  so-called  anthers  of  Chara,  consist  in  their  in- 
terior of  a  convolution  of  fibres,  with  partitions,  in  which  the 
spermatozoa  are  situated.  These  fibres,  in  the  young  state, 
are  only  oval  sacs,  they  then  get  partitions,  and  afterwards, 

frequently  very  rapidly,  a  nucleus  is  produced,  which  assumes 

486 


SPERMATOZOA   IN   PLANTS.  95 

a  brown  colour  on  the  application  of  tincture  of  iodine.  The 
animalcules  appear  subsequently  to  the  nucleus,  and  remnants 
of  the  nucleus  may  sometimes  be  seen  on  one  side  of  the  cell, 
and  on  the  other  side  an  animalcule.  These  animalcules  are 
at  first  immoyable ;  they  soon,  however,  make  efforts  to  libe- 
rate themselres  from  their  prison.  They  move  themselves 
more  rapidly  in  the  wann  than  in  cold  weather,  and  in  such  a 
manner,  that  their  animal  nature  cannot  be  doubted.  The 
most  distinct  part  of  the  body  is  a  spirally  formed  twisted 
fibre,  with  three  to  five  twinings.  Two  bristles  or  feelers 
(tentacules)  appear  just  behind  one  of  the  ends  of  the  spines ; 
they  possess  extraordinary  sensibiUty,  and  with  them  the 
animalcule  moves  continually  witib  great  rapidity.  They 
are,  therefore,  not  seen  as  long  as  the  animalcule  is  alive,  but 
only  when  its  movements  become  slower,  or  cease  altogether. 
They  are  seen  best  when  some  tincture  of  iodine  is  put  into 
the  water,  when  their  movements  cease,  and  they  become 
more  ^ible  by  the  brown  colouring.  This  is  particularly 
the  case,  if  the  water  with  the  tincture  is  allowed  to  evapo- 
rate from  the  vessel  which  contains  the  object.  The  author 
also  observed  a  current  of  fluid  in  the  sacs  which  surround  the 
fibres. 

Meyen  has  published  an  accurate  description  of  the  anthers 
of  the  Gharace<By  and  of  these  animalcules,  in  the  third  volume 
of  his  Physiology.  He  did  not  see  the  two  feelers.  I  was,  he 
says,  p.  223,  at  first  only  able  to  recognise  the  existence  of 
the  long  thin  end,  through  the  few  thicker  little  points.  Two, 
and  even  three,  small  points  of  the  kind  are  frequently  seen, 
which  change  their  position  with  great  rapidity.  He  adds, 
"  For  some  time  I  was  of  opinion,  that  the  fine  end  of  these 
spermatozoa  was  ramified,  and  that  the  little  points  were 
to  be  considered  as  the  thickened  end  of  these  branches ; 
but  in  the  spermatozoa,  which  seemed  to  die  slowly,  from 
their  movements  gradually  becoming  more  slow,  I  was  at 
last  able  distinctly  to  observe,  that  the  fibrous  end  in  the 
spermatozoa  is  as  little  ramified  as  in  those  of  the  lower 
plants.^*     Who,  then,  is  in  the  right  ? 

487 


96  REPOET  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLl : 


GROWTH— NUTRITION. 

Chemical  researches  can  only  be  taken  into  consideration 
here,  in  as  far  as  they  hare  reference  to  the  plant  as  an 
indiyidual.  They  belong  to  a  diyision  of  chemistry,  called 
organic,  which  only  contemplates  substances  produced  by  a 
yital  process. 

An  important  work  has  lately  been  published,  in  relation 
to  the  nutrition  of  plants :  Organic  Chemistry^  in  its  Ap- 
plication to  Agriculture  and  Physiology,  by  Justus  Liebig. 
Brunswick,  1840.  The  contents  of  this  work  are  well  known 
to  all  who  are  occupied  with  subjects  of  this  kind,  and  it  will 
not  be  necessary  to  giye  extracts  from  it.  I  shall,  therefore, 
only  take  the  liberty  of  making  a  few  remarks.  It  proves,  in 
a  very  conyincing  manner,  that  the  substances  which  are  taken 
up  from  the  humus,  by  water,  are  not  sufficient  to  yield  the 
carbon  which  is  found  in  plants.  It  would,  on  the  other  hand, 
have  been  desirable,  if  it  had  been  proved  equally  satisfac- 
torily, that  the  atmospheric  air,  which  surrounds  the  plants, 
both  in  the  quantity  of  carbonic  acid  contained  in  it,  and 
decomposed  by  the  plant,  was  sufficient  to  afford  the  plant 
the  carbon  which  it  requires  for  its  sustenance.  The  author's 
remarks  on  this  point  are  very  arbitrary.  He  calculates  the 
weight  of  the  whole  atmosphere,  the  thousandth  part  of  the 
weight  of  which,  according  to  the  experiments  of  Saussure,  is 
carbonic  acid ;  and  thus  gives  a  number  of  pounds  for  the  car- 
bonic acid  contents,  which  far  exceeds  the  quantity  of  carbon 
in  plants.  He  further  assumes,  that  the  surface  of  the  leaves 
of  plants,  is  twice  as  great  as  that  of  the  surface  of  the  soil 
upon  which  they  grow;  and  that  in  each  second  of  time, 
during  eight  hours  daily,  1-lOOOth  part  of  its  weight  of  car- 
bonic acid  is  extracted  from  the  atmosphere ;  so  that  the  leaves, 
in  200  days,  take  up  1000  pounds  of  carbon.  The  last  asser- 
tion is  entirely  hypothetical.  The  first  calculation  is  founded 
upon  the  circumstance,  that  carbonic  acid  is  equally  diffiised 
through  the  whole  atmosphere ;  a  fact,  however,  which  is  by  no 

means  perfectly  established.   Experiments  in  Ward's  apparatus 

488 


GROWTH — NUTRITION.  97 

would  be  far  more  conyincing.  The  author  further  treats 
of  imbibition  of  oxygen  by  plants,  first  observed  by  Saussure, 
and  says,  This  process  has  no  share  whatever  in  the  life  of  the 
plant.  Oxygen  is,. however,  consumed  in  plants.  The  scentless 
and  tasteless  leaves  of  Agave  americana,  take  up  little ;  those 
of  Pinus  abiesj  containing  oil,  more ;  those  of  Qmrcua  robor^ 
containing  tannic  acid,  still  more ;  among  all  of  them,  the  bal- 
samic ( 1? )  leaves  of  Populuu  alba  most.  The  author  adds, 
that  beyond  a  doubt,  and  most  manifestly,  this  chemical  action 
exhibits  itself  in  the  leaves  of  the  Cotyledon  calycma^  and  of 
the  Cacalia  ficoHeSj  and  others.  In  the  morning  they  are 
acid  like  sorrel  (there  is  proof  of  this  wanted) ;  towards  noon 
they  are  tasteless ;  in  the  evening  bitter  (not  to  be  perceived). 
A  genuine  process  of  oxydation,  he  says,  also  takes  place  at 
night ;  the  acid  formed,  enters  into  substances  which  contain 
hydrogen  and  oxygen,  in  the  same  proportion  as  in  water,  or 
that  contain  less  oxygen,  as  in  all  tasteless  and  bitter  matters. 
But,  on  causing  Cotyledon  calycina  to  remain  the  whole  day 
in  the  dark,  the  reaction  of  the  juice  is  always  acid ;  and  the 
most  simple  inference  is,  that  the  oxygen,  which,  when  taken 
up,  constitutes  tiie  acidity,  is  again  secreted  when  exposed  to 
the  light.  The  author  likewise  asserts,  that  the  exhalation  of 
carbonic  acid  which  has  been  observed,  has  nothing  to  do  with 
the  process  of  assimilation.  The  water  of  the  soil  contains 
carbonic  acid  gas,  which  is  taken  up  by  the  roots  and  by  the 
leaves,  with  the  water,  and  is  again  exhaled.  But  why  is  this 
carbonic  acid  not  decomposed,  and  would  it  not  be  a  much  better 
source  of  sustenance  than  the  atmosphere  itself?  Is  the  whole 
of  the  carbonic  add  of  the  atmosphere  really  decomposed  % 

I  by  no  means  wish  to  dispute  the  principal  fact,  but  would 
suggest,  that  the  dictatorial  manner  assumed  by  the  author, 
must  render  his  conclusions  suspicious.  The  author  is  quite 
angry,  that  the  talent  and  ability  of  Botanists  should  have  been 
wasted  in  the  investigation  of  the  structure  and  the  external 
forms  of  plants,  whilst  chemistry  and  physiology  have  been 
neglected,  in  the  explanation  of  the  most  simple  processes.  As 
a  proof,  he  quotes  Reum*s  Forest  Botany,  and  a  sentence  from 
Burdach's  Physiology.  Why  these,  above  all  ?  It  certainly 
489 


98  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

is  unjust  to  attribute  to  all  the  neglect  of  two.  Chemistry 
has  certainly  been  taken  into  consideration  in  the  better 
systems  of  physiology ;  but  Botanists  cannot  be  blamed,  if  they 
do  not  at  once  take  erery  thing  for  granted  that  is  told  them 
by  chemists.  The  author  further  says,  in  his  indignation, — ^As 
soon  as  the  mysterious  yital  power  is  presented  to  the  phy- 
siologists in  some  phenomenon,  they  renounce  their  senses  and 
judgment,  &c.,  &c.  Strange !  Finally,  the  author  demands,  that 
the  bugbear,  ^'  vital  power,*'  as  he  expresses  it,  be  assumed, 
to  place  substances  together  in  such  a  manner,  as  to  constitute 
a  spiral  vessel,  a  cell,  a  leaf,  a  blossom.  The  author  then  pro- 
ceeds to  the  assimilation  of  hydrogen  in  plants.  He  says,  the 
solid  part  of  the  plant,  the  woody  fibre,  contains  carbon  and 
the  constituents  of  water,  or  the  elements  of  carbonic  acid. 
We  can  suppose  the  wood  to  be  produced  from  the  carbon  of 
the  carbonic  acid,  which  is  combined  with  the  elements  of  the 
existing  water,  under  the  influence  of  the  light  of  the  sun ;  in 
this  case,  oxygen  is  given  off  as  gas,  and  the  carbon  is  assimi- 
lated in  the  plant ;  or,  what  is  more  probable,  the  plant,  under 
the  same  circumstances,  containing  carbonic  acid,  decomposes 
the  water ;  its  hydrogen  is  assimilated  with  the  carbonic  acid, 
in  order  to  form  the  woody  fibre,  whilst  its  oxygen  is  given  off. 
The  woody  fibre  contains  carbon  and  the  constituents  of  water ; 
there  is,  however,  more  hydrogen  in  the  wood  than  corresponds 
with  this  relation ;  hydrogen  is  situated  within  the  wood,  in 
the  form  of  chromule,  wax,  oil,  resin,  &c.,  &c.  It  cannot  be 
doubted,  that  hydrogen  is  assimilated  by  the  plant  from  the 
water ;  but  it  has  not  yet  been  explained  how  this  is  done ; 
the  author  only  states  conjectures,  and  does  not  enter  into  the 
reasons  of  the  chemical  combinations  and  decompositions.  The 
assimilation  of  nitrogen,  according  to  the  author,  takes  place 
from  the  carbonate  of  ammonia  in  the  atmosphere,  which  is 
carried  down  by  the  rain,  and  imbibed  by  the  roots  of  the  plant. 
Rain  water,  according  to  the  author,  contains  carbonate  of 
ammonia.  This  salt  gets  into  the  atmosphere  through  the 
medium  of  decaying  animal  and  vegetable  substances.  This 
seems  to  be  very  correct.     Gypsum,  the  author  adds,  is  used 

as  manure,  because  it  decomposes  carbonate  of  ammonia,  and 
490 


GROWTH — NUTRITION.  99 

fixes  it  as  sulphate  of  ammonia ;  it  does  not  act  as  a  stimulant ; 
a  plant  has  no  nerres,  therefore  there  can  he  no  suhstances  hy 
which  a  leaf  can  he  stimulated  to  appropriate  to  itself  a  greater 
quantity  of  carhon  from  the  air,  when  the  other  constituents 
are  wanting  which  the  plant  requires  for  its  deyelopment.  The 
explanation  of  the  mode  of  action  of  gypsum  is  improbahle, 
and  the  author  must  show,  first,  that  sulphate  of  ammonia  has 
been  formed  in  gypsum,  when  long  exposed  to  the  atmosphere, 
and  why  plants  should  not  be  capable  of  stimulation.  A  con- 
siderable part  of  the  work  of  the  author  is  deyoted  to  the 
inorganic  constituents  of  plants.  He  shows  their  constancy, 
and  also,  that  one  constituent  supplies  the  place  of  another  in 
its  yarious  combinations ;  thus,  for  instance,  it  has  been  proved, 
by  the  analyses  of  the  fir  of  diflferent  localities,  that  the  num- 
ber of  bases  is  certainly  diflferent,  but  that  the  quantity  of 
oxygen  in  them  is  the  same.  Indeed,  it  is  yery  probable, 
judging  from  what  the  author  states,  that  alkaline  bases  are 
essentially  necessary  for  the  development  of  plants.  These 
constituents  of  the  soil,  in  general,  have  the  greatest  influence 
upon  the  growth  of  plants,  a  circumstance  which  is  elaborately 
investigated  in  the  sections  on  the  culture  of  plants,  on  the 
rotation  of  crops,  and  on  manures.  This  first  part  appears  to 
me  the  most  important  in  the  work,  as  belonging  to  our  sub- 
ject ;  the  second  part  is  purely  chemical. 

In  the  Journal  of  Practical  Chemistry,  by  Erdmann  and 
Marchand,  vol.  xx.  p.  267,  we  find  a  continuation  of  confir- 
matory experiments,  on  the  effect  of  humic  cicid  bases  parti- 
cularly of  those  prepared  from  peat  as  a  means  of  manure^ 
by  W.  A.  Lampadius.  The  composition  consisted  of  the 
refuse  of  peat,  of  chalk-dust,  of  brick-dust,  and  ashes,  in  the 
proportions  53,  3,  3,  3.  A  development  of  carbonic  acid  is 
probably  also  eflfected  here,  through  the  action  of  humic  acid 
on  the  chalk-dust. 

Speculations  on  the  sources  of  Carhon  and  Nitrogen  in 
Plants  and  Animals,  are  found  in  Daubeny's  Lectures  on 
Agriculture,  and  an  extract  from  them  appears  in  the  Edin- 
burgh New  Philosophical  Journal,  vol.  xxx.  p.  360.  Daubeny 
.directs  attention  to  the  fact,  that  carbonic  acid  and  ammonia, 
491 


100  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

which,  as  he  had  prored  to  be  the  sources  of  the  carbon  and 
of  the  nitrogen  in  plants,  were  contained  in  so  varying  pro- 
portions in  the  atmosphere,  that  they  would  appear  to  be 
opposed  to  combination ;  and  also,  that  they  were  known  to 
issue  from  the  interior  of  the  earth  at  different  places.  The 
author  adopts  liebig's  theories ;  his  argument  is  generally 
physicotheological,  and  he  cites  the  fact,  that  ammonia  would 
be  injurious  to  plants  if  giyen  alone  in  a  requisite  quantity. 
This  might  be  easily  answered.  But  the  presence  of  carbonic 
acid  in  all  spring  water,  would  certainly  seem  to  fayour  the 
conjecture  of  a  subterraneous  origin ;  and  the  phenomenon  of 
ammonia  in  rain  water,  might  likewise  originate  from  a  general 
telluric  cause,  eyen  if  we  do  not  exactly  take  into  considera- 
tion yolcanic  agency.  But  this  subject,  properly  speaking, 
belongs  to  geology. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 

Etudes  8ur  FAnatomie  et  la  Physiologie  des  Vegeteaux  par 
Th.  Lestibonidois,  Annal.  de  Scienc.  Nat.,  voL  xiy.  p.  267. 
The  editors  of  the  Annales  state,  that  this  paper  constitutes  a 
part  of  a  Memoir  d.  1.  Soc.  Roy.  d.  Scienc.  de  TAgricult.,  et 
d.  Arts  de  Lille,  pro  1839,  the  great  extent  of  which,  however, 
renders  it  impossible  to  communicate  every  thing  of  novelty 
and 'importance  in  it ;  and  many  illustrations  would  likewise 
be  necessary  for  that  purpose  ;  and  they  have,  therefore,  con- 
tented themselves,  by  giving  the  '^  resum6  g^n^ral''  at  the  end. 
The  author  commences  with  the  elementary  constituents  of 
plants.  The  first  elements  of  the  organs,  are  the  small 
globules,  which  are  found  in  the  elaborated  sap,  and  which 
seem  to  possess  a  peculiar  life.  When  more  developed,  they 
constitute  globuline,  starch,  &c.  They  form  lamellae  by  their 
union,  which  together  form  the  lamellary  tissue  (tissu  lamel- 
laire)  that  constitutes  the  basis  of  the  plant.  This  tissue 
exhibits  itself  under  a  double  form.  The  cellular  tissue  (t. 
utriculaire),  and  the  vascular  tissue  (t.  vasculaire).  The  cel- 
lular tissue  consists  of  vesicles,  or  small  sacs,  which  adhere  to 
492 


MISCELLANEOUS.  101 

each  other.     These  sacs  are  hexagonal,  round,  or  oblong, 
flattened  or  spiral  formed  (Cticurbita  pepo.\  ramified  (Fictis 
el(Mtica),  &c.,  &c.     They  either  have  simple  walls,  or  are 
covered,  internally,  with  free  spiral  formed  twisted  fibres 
(lames),  or  the  fibres  are  combined  (soudees),  and  form  slits 
(utr.  scalariformes),  or  they  form  large  and  narrow  holes, 
which  are  regularly  or  irregularly  distributed  (utr.  poreuses). 
Further,  they  are,  when  deyeloped,  empty,  as  in  the  pith  (ar^o- 
laires),  or  full  of  juice  (succulentes),  or  they  contain  a  coloured 
juice,  which  thickens,  and  renders  the  walls  thicker  (utr.  paren- 
chymateuses).    The  vessels  are  of  a  twofold  kind ; — 1st,  Proper 
vessels  or  bark-vessels,  which  carry  a  more  or  less  coloured 
juice :    2d,  Tracheae,  central,  or  wood-vessels.     The  tracheae 
have  a  fibre  in  the  interior,  which  lies  close  to  their  walls ; 
this  fibre  is  free,  twisted  in  a  spiral  form,  and  may  be  un- 
rolled in  the  true  tracheae,  or  it  is  double,  either  with  edges 
that  are  remote  from,  or  touch  each  other ;  or  the  edges  are 
here  and  there  entwined  with  the  false  tracheae,  or  with  the 
cranny  like  vessels  (v.  fendus) ;  or  they  are  intergrown  with 
each  other,  in  a  manifold  manner,  as  in  the  porous  vessels. 
The  tracheae  sometimes  consist  of  small  pieces,  which  are 
joined  to  each  other  at  their  ends  (v.  articul^s).     These  dif- 
ferent forms  are  frequently  found  together  in  one  and  the 
same  vessel,  but  one  form  never  changes  itself  into  another. 
Dicotyledons. — The  stems  of  Dicotyledons,  at  the  commence- 
ment of  their  formation,  are  ftmned  of  a  transparent,  juicy, 
imperfectly  developed  organized  cellular  tissue.     They  soon 
exhibit  more  juicy  and  coloured  points,  which  in  definite  num- 
bers constitute  the  parenchymatous  bundles.     These  bundles 
contain  vessels  of  a  twofold  kind ; — 1st,  Proper  vessels,  which 
are  placed  towards  the  circumference,  and  especially  towards 
the  external  circumference :   2d,  Tracheae,  which  are  situated 
in  the  interior  of  the  bundles.     The  parenchymatous  bundles 
are  situated  in  the  pith  of  the  stem,  and  are  divided  into 
three  parts,  the  central  pith,  the  medullary  rays,  and  the 
bark.    The  first  period  of  growth  follows.    A  transparent 
intervening  space  exhibits  itself  between  the  two  vascular 
groups  of  the  parenchymatous  bundles,  which  is  only  an 
493 


102  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLl : 

exhaled  cambium  (exhal^),  with  an  imperfect  organizatiim. 
This  gelatinous  zone  soon  organizes  itself,  and  becomes  paren- 
chyma, in  which  new  trachesB  are  situated  on  the  external, 
and  new  proper  vessels  on  the  internal  side  of  the  older 
vessels,  and  between  them  a  new  gelatinous  intervening  space 
is  formed.     An  analogous  growth  also  takes  place  in  the 
medullary  rays.    Some  vessels  remain  stationary  at  the  first 
period  of  their  growth,  their  vascular  bundles  are  always  round; 
the  gelatinous  intervening  space  of  the  bundles  becomes  solid, 
and  thus  also  the  analogous  intervening  space  in  the  pith 
forms  rays.    In  the  second  period  the  parenchymatous  bundles 
are  lengthened  through  the  external  part  of  their  central  por- 
tion, and  through  the  internal  part  of  their  bark  portion ; 
these  growing  portions  also  spread  laterally.-   By  this  the 
central  portion  of  the  bundle  becomes  triangular,  and  strives 
to  effect  a  combination  with  the  adjacent  bundle.    The  cellular 
intervening  spaces  of  the  bundles,  which  are  situated  between 
the  vascular  masses,  correspond  with  the  intervening  spaces 
of  the  other  bundles,  and  in  this  way  the  medullary  layers 
(circonferences  medullaires)  are  formed,  which,  however,  do 
not  always  fit  exactly  one  upon  another.     The  new  vascular 
groups  do  not,  however,  attach  themselves  immediately  to  the 
old,  but  there  is  almost  always  a  separating  cellular  tissue 
between  them.     This  is  very  easily  to  be  distinguished  in  the 
roots  of  the  beet.     The  bundles  meet  at  the  end  of  the  first 
year,  and  thus  is  produced  the  first  annual  ring.     New  trans- 
parent layers  are  produced  between  the  wood  and  bark  in  the 
third  and  fourth  period  of  the  growth,  from  an  exhaled  cam- 
bium ;  new  vascular  fibres  are  produced  in  the  parts  which 
belong  to  the  central  system,  and  are  separated  by  medullary 
layers  and  medullary  rays,  which  are  either  continuations  of 
the  preceding  year,  or  new  formed  ones.   At  last,  the  internal 
layers  of  wood,  and  the  external  layers  of  bark,  become  dense 
and  hard.     The  root  of  the  Dicotyledons  is  similarly  formed 
to  the  stem ;  and  although  the  pith  does  not  appear  in  many 
roots,  it  yet  penetrates  into  it,  gradually  decreasing.    Of  the 
leaves  the  author  says,  that  the  position  of  the  leaves  on  the 
stem  have  hitherto  alone  been  investigated,  without  seeking 

494 


MISCELLANEOUS.  103 

for  their  deriyation  in  the  position  of  the  bundles  of  the  stem  ; 
he  carries  this  out  by  contemplating  the  opposite,  whirled  and 
alternate,  leaves.  The  buds  he  distinguishes  into  terminal  buds 
and  lateral  buds ;  the  former  are  only  the  end  of  the  stem, 
which  is  connected  with  the  transparent  growing  zone,  and 
consequently  can  go  on  deyeloping ;  the  latter  are  formed  by  a 
prolongation  of  a  part  of  the  parenchyma  of  a  median  bundle, 
which  is  carried  away  by  the  pressing  forward  of  the  leaf-fibre. 
The  blossoms  he  contemplates  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
leaves,  and  says,  that  the  symmetry  of  the  alternate  leaves  is 
most  frequently  that  of  the  parts  of  the  flower,  and  that  five 
parts  present  themselves  in  the  blossom,  as  five  leaves  most 
frequently  do  in  a  single  turn  of  a  stem.  Monocotyledons, — 
The  author  lays  particular  stress  upon  the  doctrine,  that  there 
is  no  difference  between  the  stem  of  the  Monocotyledons  and 
annual  plants,  the  growth  of  which  is  limited,  in  as  far  as  the 
bundles  are  rounded,  and  remain  isolated ;  as  the  transparent 
part  also  does  not  develop  itself,  but  becomes  more  dense,  or 
disappears,  so  that  no  separation  takes  place  between  the 
central  and  bark  portions.  The  growth  takes  place  in  the 
following  manner : — The  new  fibres  are  produced  from  the 
external  fibres,  and  also  from  those  which  constitute  the  denser 
part  of  the  stem ;  and  further,  from  those  which  are  situated 
near  the  pith.  The  result  of  the  growth,  therefore,  does  not 
occupy  any  particular  zone  ;  it  takes  place  through  the  whole 
thickness  of  the  trunk,  and  is  therefore  no  larger  on  the  out- 
side than  (Sn  the  inside. 

The  researches  of  the  author  deserve  every  attention,  and 
many  points  have  been  illustrated  in  an  admirable  manner. 
That  the  granules,  which  are  situated  in  the  sap,  should  form 
cells  by  their  union,  is  a  mere  hypothesis,  which  lacks  all 
probability.  What  the  author  says  of  the  vessels  is  very  cor- 
rect in  general ;  but  it  is  strange,  that  he  mistakes  the  liber 
and  the  prosenchyma  for  proper  vessels.  For  it  is  evident, 
from  his  description  of  the  woody  bundles,  that  he  means  that 
tissue  when  he  speaks  of  proper  vessels.  The  latter  are  dis- 
tinguished by  their  great  diameter  ;  and  although  they  contain 
no  coloured  juice,  there  are  yet  granules  in  the  juice,  which 

495  I 


104  REPORT  ON  BOTANY,  MDCCCXLI : 

render  them  very  distinct.  Nothing  of  the  kind  is  seen  in  the 
liber  tissue,  and  still  less  in  the  cells  of  prosenchyma.  The 
proper  yessels  are. likewise  of  much  rarer  occurrence  in  plants 
than  the  two  tissues  alluded  to.  The  cellular  tissue  is  per- 
fectly organized,  even  in  the  earliest  state ;  and  it  is  always 
owing  to  the  want  of  a  good  microscope,  if  it  does  not  appear 
organized  in  the  phanerogamia.  He  has  correctly  explained 
how  the  central  part  deyelopes  itself  in  the  woody  bundles, 
which  he  calls,  against  all  the  usages  of  language,  ^^  faisceaux 
parenchymateux ;"  but  erery  thing  is  not  accomplished  by 
this  alone.  If  the  author  asserts,  that  the  root  is  not  different 
from  the  stem,  he  must  hare  orerlooked  the  circumstance, 
that  the  pith  is  wanting  in  most  roots,  or,  when  it  does  exist, 
that  it  wedges  itself  towards  the  apex ;  and  that,  on  the  con- 
trary, the  pith  increases  towards  the  apex  of  the  trunk.  The 
reference  to  the  fibres  of  the  stem,  for  the  representation  of 
the  position  of  the  leaves,  does  not  appear  to  me  of  import- 
ance ;  and  his  idea  of  the  formation  of  the  bud  seems  quite 
erroneous.  With  respect  to  the  Monocotyledons^  the  author 
overlooks  the  circumstance,  that  there  is  not  a  series  of  woody 
bundles  existing  in  them,  as  in  the  Dicotyledons^  and  that 
evidently  some  of  them  are  produced  at  a  later  period,  which 
alters  the  matter  altogether. 


496 


INDEX. 


To  the  Families,  Genera,  and  Species,  of  which  mention,  other  than 

the  Na/me  only,  is  nuzde. 


MAMMALIA. 

JEgooeros  Pallasii   .... 

Alactaga  indica 

Amphisorex  Lesueurii  .  . 
Anomalurus  Fraseri  .  .  . 
Antilope  bohor   ...... 

gOT^n 

sagia 

Arctomys  flaTiventer    .    .    . 

monax 
Argali   .... 
Arvioola  americana 

fiilvus    , 

nasutus 

neglecta     .... 

Roylei 

.scalopsoides    .    .    . 

Townsendii    .    .    . 
Asoomys  borealis     .... 

Asmus  equTileus 

hamar 

Atherora  africana    .... 


.... 


... 


... 


Banteng     .    . 
Bos  atlantiniis 


gauTus      

Brachjsorez 

Harlani    .    .    . 

Bradypus  gularis      .... 

infuscatus     .    .    . 

Canis  Azaras 

primseyus 

TTitilans 

Capaocinius  megapodius  .  . 
Gapra    ........ 

simaitica 

Carigaeya 

497 


Page 

108 

90 

74 

90 

107 

107 

107 

90 

90 

108 

97 

97 

97 

7 

97 

97 

97 

93 

105 

105 

100 

110 
111 
110 

74 

75 

103 
103 

81 
81 
81 
23 
107 
109 
83 


mammalia. 

Cayia  aperea  .     .    . 
rufesoens  .    . 

Caelogenys  fulvus     . 

Centurio     .... 

Ceroolabes  melanuros 

Ceroopithecus      .    . 

Bumettii 

labiatus  . 

Lalandii 

leucampyz 

monoides 

pygerytlirus 

poloway  . 

ruber 

rufo-viridis 

Cerodon  saxatilis     .    . 

Cervus  artisiensis    .    . 
bresciensis  .    . 

Choeropns 

castonotis 
ecaudatus     . 

Cheirogaleus  Commersonii 
Smitliii 

Chimpansee    .    . 

Colobus  guereza 
UTsinus  . 

CoTsira  nigrescens 

Crossopus  himalayiciis  . 
platycephalus 

Cynogale  venatica   .    . 


Dasyprocta  aguti     .  . 

albida    .  . 

AzarsB    •  • 
caudata 

nigra     .  • 

nigricans  . 
2i 


Page 

101 
101 
101 

71 
100 
64 
65 
64 
65 
65 
64 
65 
65 
65 
65 
101 
106 
106 
83 
83 
83 
68 
68 
61 
64 
64 
75 
75 
75 
79 

101 
101 
100 
101 
100 
100 


11 


INDEX. 


MAMMALIA. 

DasypoB  uroceras    . 

Delphiniu  abnsalem 
globioeps 

Dichobmie  oervinum 

DidelphjB  .... 
albiyentris 
anrita  .     . 
incana 
tricolor    . 

Dila  Khaufiik     .    . 

Dingo 

DipuB  manritanicuB 
yezillaris  .    . 


EchimjB    .... 

Elasmotheriam    .    . 

EquuB  hippagruB 

yanuB  .    .    . 

EnnaoeuB  aegypticuB 
albiventriB 
sethiopicoB 
algiras     • 
heterodactjluB 
platyotiB . 

Eriodes  frontatus    • 

Fells  pardaloideB 

Ghilago  craBsicaudatufi 
minor      .    . 

Ganr 

Gajal  ..... 
Genetta  Hichardsonii 
Genetts  .... 
Gerbillus  erjthrurus 
Gl^ptodon  clayipes  . 
Guillinomys  chilensis 


Harpiooephalus  .    . 
Herpestes  Widdringtonii 
Hesperomys   .     .     . 
HeterocephaluB  .    . 

glaber 
Hippotigris  antiquorum 

isabellinus 
Holophoms    .    .    . 
Hyasna  brunnea .    . 
HylobateB  oonoolor 
entelloideB 
leuoogenys 
Hypodon   .... 
Hypudaeus  a^stis  . 

alpinus  • 

498 


Page 

104 

111 

111 

105 

83 

83 

83 

84 

84 

55 

80 

91 

91 

92 

105 
105 
104 
73 
72 
73 
73 
72 
73 
66 

81 

55 

68 

110 

110 

79 

79 

96 

103 

98 

71 

80 

96 

93 

93 

105 

105 

104 

81 

63 

63 

63 

111 

97 

97 


MAMMALIA. 
HypudsBUB  flllYllB       . 

neglectuB 
niyalis    . 

InnuuB  BpedoBUB 

Keriyottla  .... 

LagomyB  nepalensis 
rufesoenB 

Lemur  ooronatos 

LeoparduB .    .    . 

LepUB  americanus 
aquiloniuB 
artemisia  . 
fiachmani 
hibemicoB 
melenuruB 
BichardBonii 
timiduB 
TownBendii 

LoncbereB      .    . 

LonchooereB  elegana 
latioeps 

Lonchopborus 

Lutra  solitaria    . 

MacroscelideB  Rozeti 
Malaoothriz  .  . 
Markbor  .  .  . 
MarBupialia  •  • 
MastonotoB  Popelarii 
Megatberium  .  . 
Meles  Morreni  . 
MiaB  kassar    .    • 

pappan  .     . 

Kambi   .     . 
Miopitbecus    .    . 

capiUatuB 
MisBurium  Kochii 
Monotremata .  . 
MuridsB  .  .  . 
Murinse  .  .  . 
Mus  alezandrinus 

aureolas  .    . 

betulinuB     . 

cieruleas 

carolinensis 

bibemicuB   . 

bumiliB  .    . 

Leeontii 

micbiganeiiBis 

minutos  •  . 


Page 
97 

97 
97 

66 
71 

103 

102 

68 

81 

102 

101 

102 

102 

101 

102 

102 

10 

102 

92 

92 

92 

92 

78 

76 
95 

109 
82 
98 

103 
79 
62 
62 
62 
66 
66 

105 

104 
94 

71 
95 
95 
98 
95 
96 
95 
95 
96 
96 
95 


INDEX. 


Ill 


MAMMALIA. 


Mu8  polionotos  . 
yarius  .  . 
Mufitela  fusca 
Mjodus  hudsonicus 
Mjopotamus  .  . 
Mjosorez  .  .  . 
Myotis  .... 
M70ZU8  cineraoeus 


Nelomjs    .    .    . 
antrioola 
sulcidens 
Nesokia     .    .    . 
Nodulinia  .     .     . 
Nyctipithecus  Azaras 
'  trivirgatus 

Yociferans 


Page 

96 
96 

78 
98 
98 
75 
71 
90 

92 
92 
92 
94 
71 
67 
67 
67 


Orycterotherium  missouriense    104 
Osmetectis 80 


Os^hranter 
Ovis.  .  . 
Ox   .    ,     . 


Pachypus  .... 

ParadoxuTus  Nubias 

Phascogale  epicalis  . 
leuoopis 

Phloeomys  Cumingii 

PhyllomyB      .    .     . 

Phyllophora  megalotiB 

Phylloetoma  elongatum 
excisum    . 

Platyonyx     .... 

Plecotos  breyimanus 

Pithecia  pogonias 

Pithecus  bicoloT  . 

Pleurodon .     .     . 

Presbytis  nobilis 

Procyon  psora     . 

Pteromys  derbianus 
Yolans 

Pteropus  dasymallus 
pselaphon 
schxensis  . 


Rhinoceros  megarhinus    .     .  106 

Rhinolophus  ferrum  equinum  69 

fmnigatus     .     .  69 

morio  ....  69 

Rhinopoma  carolinense     .     .  72 

Rhizomys  macrocephalus  .    .  93 

Rbixomys  minor      ....  93 

499 


84 
107 
109 


.  104 

.  80 

.  84 

.  84 

.  96 

.  92 

.  69 

.  69 

.  69 
60,103 

.  22 

.  66 

.  63 

.  104 

.  63 

.  77 

.  88 

.  89 

.  68 

.  68 

.  68 


MAMMALIA. 


Rhombomys  xobustus  . 
Rodentia 


Scalops  argentatus  .     . 
Breweri  .     .    . 
latimanos    .     . 
Townsendii 
Schizodon  ..... 
fuscus     .    . 
Sciiiroptenis  caniceps  . 
nobilis 
oregonensis 

Sduridse 

Sciuras  Adolpbei     .    . 
atrodorsalis 
Belcheri      .     . 
caniceps      .     . 
castaneoyentris 
Delessertii  .    . 
ferrugineiyentrifl 
gilyigalaris 
italicus   .     .    . 
lanigenifi     •    . 
lencogenys  .    . 
moUipilosus     , 
mustelinus  .    . 
occidentalis 
Piladei  .    .    . 
Richardsonii    . 
rufo-brachium 
rufo-gaster .     . 
nifo-golaris     . 
rufo-niger   .     . 
splendidus  .    . 
Stangeri      .     . 
ScotophlLus     .... 

Seal 

Senmopithecus  dossunueri 
Sinua  morio    .    •    •    • 
Wurmbii  .    .    . 

SmilodcHi 

Sorex 

erassicandus  .  . 
etruscos  .  .  . 
giganteus  .  .  . 
Gmeleni  .  .  . 
herpestes  .  .  . 
indicus  .  .  • 
Perrotetii .  .  . 
pulclielliis  .  . 
Sonneratii  •  . 
suayeolens  .  . 
Sorex  yarius  .... 


Page 

96 

84 

77 
77 
77 
77 
91 
91 
88 
88 
88 
85 

87 
86 
88 
86 
86 
86 
87 
88 
11 
87 
87 
87 
87 
87 
87 
87 
87 
86 
86 
86 
88 
86 
71 
81 

63 
62 
62 

60 

74 
74 
15 
74 
75 
74 
75 
74 
76 
74 
75 
75 


ir 


INDEX. 


MAMMALIA. 

Spermophilns  aannlatas 
citilliu  . 
gattatus 
miuicofl  . 
TownBendii 

StemmatopOB  oristatiu 

SiunuTA 

spectrain 

Sub  ameiicamu  . 

Talpa  wogara  ^    . 
Tamias  Hindei   . 

xninimuB 

stoiatus  . 

Townsendii 
Tarsipes    .    .    . 
fostratos 
Spenoens 
TnlatitiiB  .         • 
Trocbictis  carbonaria 


UrotrichoB 


•    •    • 
talpoides 


Vandeluria     .    .    . 

Vespertilio     .    .    . 
brachjotis 
califoimcus 
caroIineiiBis 
emaiginatoB 
bumeralis    . 
irretitiu 
limnopbiliiB 
Leibii     .    . 
megapodias 
minutiBsimus 
montioola    . 
Schreiberii . 
subulatiis    . 
turoomanus 
Tir^mianus 
Tipistrellus 
Yolgensis     . 

Yesperago  Niksonii     . 

Xerus  trivittatus      .    . 
Zobel 


Page 

89 
90 
90 
90 
89 
81 
69 
69 
106 

76 
89 
89 
89 
89 
82 
82 
83 
71 
79 

76 
76 

94 
71 

22,70 
71 
72 

22,70 
23 
70 
22 

71 
23 

70 

71 

22 
72 

70 

71 
23 
70 
69 

88 

78 


AVES. 

Alauda  alpestris 
Aloedo  smyniensis  . 
Alechthelia    .    .    . 
Anas 

diBOors      .    . 

puTpiireoyiridis 
Anthns  pratensiB 
Ardea  minata     .    . 
Athene  Woodfordi 


Bubo  capensifl 
Buooo  malaooensiB 
BuooonidaB 
Badjtes     .    . 


Calljrhyncus  . 
Caprimulgiim 
Camifez  .  . 
CatamblTrhyncos 
CertbiaoesB 
GerthiparoB  . 
ChizoerhiB  leuoogaster 

perBonata 
Chlamjdera  .  .  . 
CoocjzuB  americaziiLB 

eT3rthTop7gus 
Conostoma     .    . 
Coryns  infmnatuB    . 
OuculinsB   .... 
CqchIub  Berratofi 
CypBeluB  leuoonotoB 

Vauzii 


DentiroBtres 
Drymoica  . 
Ducks  .    . 


Emberiza  hortnlana 
paluBtris  . 

Emu 

Euphonia  coelestiB  . 
Eurhinorhjiichus  grifieuB 

FranoolinuB  nivoBus  . 
Fringilla  cisalpina  .  . 
linaria  .  .  . 
Fringillidee  .... 
Fulica  americana  .  . 
criBtata    .    .     . 


121 
125 
130 
133 
133 
133 
124 
131 
118 

118 
126 
126 
123 

121 
125 
118 
121 
124 
124 
128 
128 
5 
126 
126 
119 
119 
126 
126 
125 
125 

122 
123 
133 

121 
23 
130 
120 
131 

129 
120 
120 
120 
131 
35 


500 


GaUin® 129 

Glareola  melanoptera  .     .     .     131 
orientalis  •    .    .    .    132 


INDEX. 


AVES. 


Glareola  toiqiiata 


Page 

132 


HarpyhaliaBtos 118 

HirundinaceaB 125 

Hirundo  neozena    ....  125 

Hoopoe      •    •J 125 

La^pns  sabalpinus     ...  11 
Leipoa  ocellata  ....     5, 130 

Lipoglossss      ......  125 

Macrochires 125 

Megalonyx 124 

Megapodius 129 

Mennra      . 119 

Merganetta 133 

Minla  ignostmcta     ....  120 

MotacD&flava 123 

Musicapa  yariegata ....  122 

OrmismyisB 125 

Osprey 118 

Otu  anstralasiana  *.    .    .    .  131 

tarda  ........  129 


AVES. 

Page 

Talegalla  Lathami  ...    5,  130 

Tanagridae 120 

Tinamus  cinnamomea  .    .    .  130 

Todidffl 125 

Trogon  aurioeps 126 

personatuB    ....  126 

Turdus  yarius 122 

Uncirostrum 124 

Upupa 119 


y  ultor  isabelliiius 


118 


Wagtails 123 

Woodpeckers 127 


YeUow-Hammer      .    . 
Yunz  aeqaatoiialis  .     . 

REPTILIA. 


121 
127 


Pastor  roseus 

Pelecanus  onocratulus  .  .  . 
Pica  San-Elasiana  .... 
Piculus.    ....... 

Picus  luridus 

schoensis 

Pipra  fastuosa 

Platalea  flayipes  .... 
Podiceps  antaircticus     .     .     . 

bn^stris    .    .    . 
Pogonias  Ifleyirostris     .     .     . 

Psittadnae 

Psittocus  flayi&ons  .... 

pnllarius   .... 

rufiyentris      .    .    . 
Pteroglossus  castaneorhynchus 
Ptelinopus  Euwingii  .... 
Puffinus  major    .    ,    .    .    . 

Sarooramphus  condor   .    .    . 
gTTphus      .    . 

Sterna  aictica 

nigra 

Subuliroetres 

Sylyiae 

Sylyia  locusteUa  .     .        .     . 
Philadelphia      .     .     . 
501 


13 
116 
119 
127 
127 
127 
119 
131 
134 

35 
126 

127 
128 
114 
128 
127 
129 
132 

118 
118 
132 
116 
122 
122 
115 
122 


Aspidorhinus 139 

Aturia 141 


Bitia  .  .  . 
BoidaB  .  .  . 
Boltalia  .  . 
Bufo  yineanun 


Calamaria  fabae  .    . 
Callopeltis  leopardinua 
Coluber  isabeUinus  . 
CrotalidsB  .... 


Daboia 
Dimades     . 
Diporiphora 


Elaps  omatus 
Emys  europoea 


Farancia 

Ferania 

Fordonia 

Qehyra 


Hatteria  .... 
Higina  .  .  .  . 
Hjdraspis  yictoriae  . 
HjdridsB    .... 


141 
141 
139 
143 

142 

13 

142 

141 

142 
141 
140 

142 
136 

142 
141 
142 

139 

140 
142 
138 
141 


VI 


INDEX. 


EEPTILIA. 

Page 

Lapemis 141 

LiopalU 141 

LophognathoB 140 

Miralia 142 

Naja  auBtralis 142 

NaultinuB  elegans    ....  139 

pacificofl  .         .     .  139 

pimctatas      .    .    .  139 

(Edura 139 

PhTTnofloma  Harlanii  .    .    .  138 

Pleuiodeles 23,  36 

Proteus  anguiniu     ....  39 

Python  bivittata      ....  140 

Schneideri  •    •    .    •  137 

RacHtia 142 

Sieboldia 21 

Tolarenta 140 

Tomyris 143 

Viperidfle 142 


PISCES. 

Abramis  Heckelii    .    . 

Acanthurus  vulnerator 

Ambassis  indica       .     . 

Amphioms  lanceolatns 

Amphiprion.  melanostolus 
rubrocinctus 

Angoilla  latirostria 

Apogon  aprion 
Imeatus 
semilineatus 

Anoptos     .     .     . 

Aspius  albumoides 

Aulaoocephalus    . 

Aulopyga       .    . 


Bagras  macronemus 
Branchiostoma    .     . 


Callichtys  personatns 
Callionymus  festiyos 
Calophysus     .     .     . 
Capaeta      .... 
502 


156 
152 
149 
159 
151 
151 
147 
149 
149 
149 
150 
156 
150 
17 

153 
39 

154 

13 

153 

155 


PI8CB8. 

Carcharias  poiofins  .    . 

Cestraeiis 

Chaetodon  sezfasciatus 

Chehnon  marginalis 

CiirhimiB  bnmesiaiLa  « 

Cirrhites  aureus      .    . 

Clupea  macrophthalmia 

Cobitia  bontonensis .     • 

Conger  brasiliensis  .    . 

cylindroideus   • 

opistophthalmus 

rubescens     .    . 

Coregonus  oxyrbynchus 

CyprinoidsB    .... 


Dangila  .  . 
Diaoope  sparns 
Diapterus  .     . 


Eleotris  basalis 
Erythrinus     . 
Esoz  indica     . 
Euanemus 
Eucheliophis  . 
ExocaetuB  bahiensis 


Galeus  maculatus     .     . 

Glyptostemon     .    .    . 
labiatus 
pectinopteros 
striatus  . 
sulcatus  . 

Gymnothoraz  funebris 


Httmulon 


melanopterom 
moricandi     . 


Hemiodus 


Page 
159 
151 
162 
152 
156 
150 
157 
156 
158 
158 
158 
158 
157 
146 

154 
150 
151 


.  152 
148,  156 
.  157 
.  153 
.  158 
.  157 


159 
153 
154 
154 
154 
154 
158 

151 
151 
151 
156 


Hypostomus  breyitentaculatus  154 

Lepidosiren 17 

Leuciscus  neglectus      .     .     .  156 

rutiloides      .    .    •  156 

MacTodon 157 

Mesoprion  bahiensis     .     .     .  150 

argyreus      .     .     .  150 

carponotatns     .     .  150 

Nenria 155 

Olyra 154 

laticeps      .....  154 


INDEX. 


Vll 


PISCES. 

Page 

PISCES. 

Page 

Oljra  longicaudatus 

.      .      154 

Syugnathus  opbidion    .     .     .     158 

OpMoephalus  indicus    . 

.     .     152 

montanus 

.     .     152 

Tetrodon  marmoratus  .     .     .     158 

Opsarius  bioirratus  .     . 

.     .     156 

pachycephalus    .     .     159 

piscatoriiiR 

.     .    156 

Therapon  oxyrhyncus  .     .     .    150 

OreimaB  plagiostomus  . 

.     .     155 

rubricatus     .     .    .    150 

Pagrus  qiiadritubercalatua 

.     152 

Patycara  aniHura     .     . 

.     .     156 

MOLLUSCA. 

liBsorbyuciis  . 

.     .     156 

^ 

Percis  emeryana      .     . 

.     .     150 

Achatina  erecta 170 

Pimelodes  anisurus  .     .     . 

.     .     153 

Kransii 

.    170 

indious     .     . 

.    .     153 

lactea  .    , 

,    170 

pasilliiA   .     .     . 

.     .    153 

Perroteti 

.    170 

PleiiTonectes  nasutus    . 

.     .      13 

picta    .    1 
striata 

.    170 
.    170 

Racoma 

.    .     155 

tincta  . 

.    170 

brevis    .     .    .     . 

.     .     155 

.  turbinata  . 

.    170 

chrysoclilora    . 

.     .     155 

Actaeon  paryus    . 

.    177 

gobioides    .     . 

.     .    155 

Admete      .     . 

.    181 

labiatus       .     . 

.     .     155 

Amaura     .... 

.    179 

nobilis    .     .     . 

.     .     155 

Ampullaria  tasmanias  . 

.    177 

Rohita  ....... 

.     .     155 

Anculosa   .     .     .     .     . 
Aporrhais  occidentalis 

.    175 
183 

Salmo  orientalifi  .     .     . 

.    .    157 

pescarbonlR  . 

183 

Scams  amplus     .     .     . 

.    .    152 

Area  galactodes  .    .     . 

.    189 

Schizothorax       .    .    .    , 

.     .    155 

Ascidia  monooeros   .     . 

.    193 

barbatus  .     . 

.     .    155 

Astarte  globosa  .     .     , 

.    192 

edeniana  .     . 

.     155 

Auricula  avena   .     .     . 

.    173 

intermedius  . 

.    155 

finuuentum 

.    173 

ritscliieana   . 

.  .155 

Soolopsis  longulus    .    .     . 

.    151 

Batillaria  .... 

,    176 

Scorpoftna  burra  .     .     .     . 

.     .    151 

Boltenia  ciliata   .    •     . 

.    193 

ergastulonim 

.    .     151 

Buccinum  affinis      .     . 

>     182 

militaris  .     . 

.     .    151 

floridanum  . 

.    182 

panda .     .     . 

.     .    151 

genetta    .     . 

.     182 

Serranus  aka-ara      .    . 

.     .     149 

obliqunm 

.     182 

awo-ara     .     . 

.     .     149 

pbalaena 

.     182 

dermopterus  . 

.     .    149 

pulicaris 

.    182 

epistictus  .    . 

.     .     149 

.  tulipa      .    . 

.    182 

Gilbert!     .     .     , 

.     .    149 

BuUa  corticata    .     , 

1    1 

.    186 

kawamebari  .    , 

.     .    149 

fiubangulata    . 

1 

.    186 

latifasciatos  .     , 

.     .    149 

turrita  .     .     . 

>    1 

.    186 

luridus      .    .     . 

.     150 

BuUasa  punctata 

« 

186 

mo-ara      .     .     . 

.     .    149 

Bulimus  aplomorphus  . 

.    169 

octo-oinctus   .     . 

.     .    149 

balanoides 

.    169 

psociloiiotus  .     . 

.     149 

Bridgesii    •     . 

.    170 

stellans     •    .     . 

.     150 

calobaptus 

.    169 

tsirimenara    .    . 

.    .    149 

fiilguratus 

.    169 

Sillago  biirrus      .    .     . 

.    .     150 

jayanus 

.    170 

Silurus  indious    .     .     .    . 

.    .    153 

malleatus    .    . 

.    169 

Synanceia  trachyuis     .     , 

.     •    151 

pachychillus    . 

»    170 

Synbranobus  fuUglnosua    . 

.    .    159 

rhodacme   .    , 

t 

,    170 

503 

VIU 


INDEX. 


1I0LLU8CA. 

Paffe 

MOLLUSCA. 

Page 

Bulimus  simplex      .    .    . 

.    169 

Delphinula  calcarioidefl 

1     .     .    179 

smajagdiiiiiB   .     . 

,    170 

tuberculosa 

.     .    .    180 

terebndis  .    .    . 

,    170 

Doris  aspera  .    .    . 

.    .     .    187 

umbilicaris     .     . 

.    169 

depressa    .    . 

.    .    .    187 

litturata    .     . 

.    .    .    188 

CalliopflBa 

.    186 

repanda    .    . 

.    .    .    187 

Cardiom  aquilinnm      .    . 

.    191 

similis  •    .     . 

.    .    .    187 

elegantnlum  .    . 

.    191 

Dreissena  purpurascen 

B    .     .    191 

Cannana  gracilu    .    .    . 

.    166 

CaioooUa  cumberlandia    . 

.    169 

Eolis  aurantia    .     . 

.    .    .    187 

edgariana     .     . 

.    169 

hystrix .    .     . 

.    .    .    187 

Gaijchiam  exile      .    .    . 

.    173 

minuta .    .     . 

.    .    .    187 

Castalia  Daprei  .... 

.    190 

nana     .    .    . 

.    .    .    187 

Cerithium  canoeUatum 

.    186 

obtusalis    .     . 

.     .    .    187 

lacteum  .    .     . 

.    185 

oliyaoea     .     . 

.    .    .    187 

procerum     •     . 
Clangulus  Blainyillii    .     .    . 

.    185 

paUida  •    .    .     . 

.    .    187 

.    180 

rosea     .    .    . 

.    .    .    187 

Ciausilia  aculus  .... 

.    171 

yittata  .    .     . 

.    .    .    187 

pluyiatiliB      .     .     . 

.    171 

Euplocamus  HolboUii 

.    .    .    188 

yentrioosa      .    . 

.    171 

Clavagella 

.    192 

Fasciolaria  sulcata  . 

,    .     .    185 

dayelina  clistallina     .     . 

.    193 

Fusus  foUicus      .    . 

.     .    .    185 

ClTpeolum 

.    178 

&ondosus  .    . 

.    .     .    185 

Columbella  ampla    .    .    .    . 

.    182 

funiculatus    •    . 

.     .    .    163 

aphthsB^ra    .    , 
buccinoides     . 

.    182 

•     Holbollii  .     .     . 

.     .    .     185 

.    182 

imbricatus     .     . 

.    .    .    185 

clathra  .     .    . 

.    182 

Kroyeri    .     .     . 

.     .    .    185 

digitaliB     .     . 

.     182 

laterioeus      .     . 

.     .     .    185 

pimcariB    .     .     . 

.     182 

pyruloides     . 

.    .    .    185 

Conns  victor 

.    181 

rosar-ponti     .    . 

163, 185 

Corbionia  fuscata     .     .    .     . 

.    192 

sinuatus    .     .     . 

.    .     .    185 

Crepidula  acuta 

186 

yeutricosus    .    . 

.    .    .    185 

Cjclas  Steenbuchii  •    •    •    . 

.    191 

Cjclostoma  auberiana  .    .    , 

.    171 

Heliacus 

,    .     .    180 

auriculata  .    . 

.    171 

HeHcina  antillarum 

.    .    .    172 

bilabiata    .    . 

.    171 

Brownii     .     . 

.    .    .    172 

candeana    .    .    , 

.    171 

conica  .     .    . 

.    .    .    172 

cincinnatensis 

.    171 

oomea  .    .    . 

.    .    173 

delatreana .    .     . 

.    171 

crassa  .     .    . 

.    .    172 

Gironnierii     .     , 

.    171 

dentigera  .    . 

.    .    .    172 

latilabris    .     .    . 

171 

elegans      .    « 

,    .    .    172 

maculosa    .     .     , 

.    171 

elongata    .     . 

.    .    172 

poeyana     .     .     . 

171 

globulosa  .    . 

.    .    .    172 

pudica  .     .     .     . 
Pretrei  .    .    .    , 

.    171 

^uadeloupensi 

s  .    .    172 

171 

jamaicensis    . 

.    .    172 

sagia     .    .    .    . 

171 

lutea    .    .    . 

.    .    172 

yeutricosa  .    .    . 

171 

maculata   .    . 

.    .    172 

Cynthia  glutinans    .     .    .     . 

.    193 

minima     .    . 

.    .    172 

Cyrena  obesa 

192 

peUucida  .     . 

.    .    172 

purpurea     .    .    .     . 

192 

petitiana   .    . 

.    .    172 

tenebrosa    .    .    .    . 

192 

rotella  .    .    . 

.    .    173 

rotunda     .    . 

.    .    172 

Defrancia 

185 

sagraiana  .    . 

.    .    172 

504 


INDEX. 


IX 


MOLLUSC  A. 


Helldna  Sloanii 

trochulina 
zephirina 

Helix    .... 
candei  .     . 
Cheyalieiii 
clausa  .     . 
conus    .    . 
Darondeanii 
dejecta 
Guerini     . 
minoricensis 
minutissima 
mobiliana . 
naninoides 
nyeli    .     . 
rarida  . 
telonensis  . 
tennesseensis 
touranenses 
Valtoni 
zeus      .     . 

InciUaiia  .    .    . 
bilineata 
lo  tenebrosa  .    . 


Lacuna  glitcialis 
Laguncula 
j-jecia     •     a     . 
Limacidse 
Limacina  balea 
Limax  agrestis 
Lithedaphus  . 
Lucina  cristata 
Lymnea  minor 

plicatula 


Mangelia  Holbollii 
Margarita  coetulata 
glauca 
vahlii 
Marginella  albolineata 
caribeea 
lavalleeana 
OYuliformis 
sultriplicata 


Melania 


brevis 
oonica 
ooronata 
crassa 
cubaniana 
505 


Page 
172 
172 

172 

167 
169 
167 
173 
168 

167 
169 
168 

167 
168 
168 
168 

167 
168 

167 

168 

167 
168 
168 

166 
166 
175 

180 
175 
190 
166 
165 
164 
186 
191 
174 
174 

184 
180 
180 
180 
181 
181 
181 
181 
181 
175,  176 
176 
176 
176 
176 
176 


MOLLUSC  A. 


Melania  flammulata 
glans  .  . 
granum.  . 
omata   . 


semigranosa 

terebra 

testudinaria 

torqu£ta 

Winteri 

zonata   .     . 

Melibcea  omata  .     . 

Menestho  .... 

Mitra  affinis  .    .    . 


aTiaiS    . 
casta     .    . 
groenlandica 
obliqua 
virginalis  . 
Modiola  Uhenui  . 
cicercula 
elliptica 
pulex     . 
senhousia 
Murex  brandaris 

cleryi  . 
Mytilus  edulis 
niger 


Natica 


affinis . 
alba     . 
lacemula 
nana   . 


pygmsea 
rhodostoma  . 
sagraiana 
septentrionalis 
ubBrina    .     . 
Nautilus  pompiHus  . 
Neripteron     .     .    . 
Neritae      .... 
NeritinsB   .... 
Neritina  armstrongiana 
Cbdmardii 
gigas    .     . 
microstoma 
tristis 
vestita 
Nucula      .... 


Odontostoma 


depressa 
globulosa 

2k 


Page 

175 

176 
176 
176 
176 
176 
176 
176 
175 
176 
187 
176 
181 
181 
163 
181 
181 
181 
191 
191 
191 
191 
191 
184 
184 
191 
191 

179 
179 
179 
179 
179 
179 
179 
179 
179 
179 
165 
178 
178 
178 
178 
178 
178 
178 
178 
178 
189 

171 
172 
172 


INDEX. 


MOLLUSCA. 

Page 

MOLLUSC  A. 

Page 

Odontoetoma  laeTJiminnin . 

.     160 

Bingicnla  semistriata   .     .     .    181 

rogalosum    . 

.    165 

Rueoa  marmorata  .     . 

• 

177 

OliTina  miliola        .     .    . 

.    181 

obtnsa 

plica    .... 

177 
.    177 

Paludestrina 

.    175 

pnnctnm  .    •     . 

fl 

177 

Paludina  bennondiaiia 

.    175 

sabuliun    .  •    . 

• 

177 

l^ughelii     .    . 

.    174 

subyentricosa    . 

• 

177 

lecTthoidet   .    . 

.    174 

BossiaJaoobii     .    .     . 

< 

165 

longioomifl    .    . 

.    175 

Owenii     .    .    . 

1 

.    165 

obtusa      .    .    . 

.    175 

Eotella  anomala .    .    . 

1            1 

,    180 

quadrata  .    .    . 

.    .    174 

cariiiata .    .    , 

4 

,    180 

regularis  .     .    . 

.    175 

diaphana     .    . 

t             i 

.    180 

Beminalis      .     . 

.    175 

semistriata  .    . 

»             1 

.    180 

Btriatula  .     .     . 

.    .    175 

stxiata    .    .    . 

*                4 

.    180 

subfiiflca    .     . 

.    .    174 

troostiana 

.    .    175 

Sanguinolaria  iridesoens 

• 

.    192 

Pandorina  arenosa  .     .     . 

.     .    192 

Scabjria  albida    .... 

»                4 

.    177 

Partula  DumartroTii    . 

.    .    170 

candeaua    .    < 

t 

.    177 

inflata    .    .    . 

.    .    170 

echinaticQsta  . 

1                4 

.    177 

Pasithea  sordida      .     . 

.    .    177 

Eschrichtii 

» 

.    177 

Patella  ceiea  .... 

.    .    198 

foliaceicosta    . 

» 

.    177 

insessa    .     .     . 

.    .    188 

hotessieriana 

i 

.    177 

Patelloida  depicta  .    . 

.    .    188 

uncinatioosta 

• 

.    177 

Pecten  glaber     .    .     . 

.     .    189 

ScarabuB  lekithostoma 

• 

.    173 

Peplidia 

.    .    188 

poUex  .    .    , 

i 

.    173 

Phasionella  breris  .    . 

.    .    181 

PTTamidatus 

» 

.    173 

lunbilicata 

.    .    181 

Sepiola      .... 

• 

.    165 

zebrina 

.    .    181 

Sigaretus  helicoideus 

• 

.    179 

Pholadoxnja  Candida    . 

.    .    192 

Solarium   .... 

» 

.    180 

Piiena  atra    .... 

.     .    175 

bisulcatujn 

B 

.    180 

aurita      .    .     . 

,     .    175 

delphinuloide 

8 

ft 

.    180 

Planazis  areolatus  .    . 

.     .    182 

inomatum 

• 

.    180 

circinnatos     . 

.     .    182 

Strombus  australis  . 

» 

.    184 

Planorbis  bellus  .    .    . 

.    .    174 

cbenmitzii 

• 

.    184 

buchanensis  . 

.    .    174 

ooniformiB 

• 

.    183 

hemispbamila 

.    .    174 

dabius 

• 

.    183 

papyraoeut  . 

.     .    174 

elegans    . 

t 

.    183 

regularis  .    . 
Pleurotoma  funicidata 

.    .    174 

fusiformis 

• 

.    184 

.    .     184 

hsemostoma  . 

1 

.    184 

perlata 

.    .    184 

glabratufl 

• 

.    184 

Poljcera  ocellata     .    . 

.    .    187 

ponderosus 
Sibbaldii 

• 

.    184 

Psammabia  decora  .     . 

.    .    192 

• 

.    183 

Pupa  Hoppii      ,    .    . 

.    .    171 

terebellatufi 

ft 

.    184 

Pupina  aurea      .     .    . 

.    .    173 

Struthiolaria  gigas  . 

• 

.    183 

mitis  .... 

.    .    173 

Sttccinea    .... 

• 

.    167 

Purpura  aterruna    .    . 

.    .    183 

avenacea   .    . 

.    .    183 

Ter^pes  rupium     .    , 

• 

.    188 

bicolor  .    .    . 

.    .    183 

Tbracia  insequalis    .    . 

• 

.    192 

Tiolacea     .    . 

.    .    183 

myopsis 
Tritonia  felina    .    . 

• 
ft 

.    192 

.    187 

Bidnula  iodostoma  .    . 

.    .    182 

pulchella   . 

■ 

.    187 

monttruosa     . 

.    •    183 

TrochuB  canaliculatus 

» 

.    180 

mfostonui .    . 

.    .    183 

hotesserianufl 

ft 

.    180 

506 

INDEX. 


XI 


IN8ECTA. 

Turbinella  pacifica  .     . 

purpuroides 

taitensis 

Tttrritella  caribaea 

costalata 

lactea 

polorifl 


Unio 


gratiosus     . 
semigranoflos 

Valvata  bicarinata 
piscinalis 

Velutina  lanigera 

Yitrina  sigaretina 
zebra 

Voluta  braziliana 

delessertiana 

Yoldia 


Page 

184 
184 
184 
177 
177 
177 
177 

190 
190 
190 

174 

164 
179 
166 
166 
163 
181 
190 


INSECT A. 


INSECTA. 

AbropuB 209 

Acheta 265 

Aohetid» 265 

Achomtes  bielaneusis  .     .    ,  306 

Acrideae 262,  268 

Acridites 267 

Acridiuin  alutaceam     .     .     .  268 

flaYovittatum    .     .  269 

Adapsilia 299 

Adelotophus 212 

Amblytelus 209 

Ambyopene 282 

Ampedus 217 

Amphicvrta 227 

Anisorrnina 239 

AnomalariaB 234 

Anoura 306 

AnthicidflB 243 

Anthicus 243 

Apate 224 

Aphelorrhina 239 

Aphidae 305 

Aphodiidse 231 

Apiareas 282 

ApoTocera 258 

Aracbnodes 230 

Aradiedae  ...'....  303 
Aradus  obscurus           ....  302 

Areoda  lanigera       ....  236 

Ariphron 281 

507 


Arsipoda 
AsilidaB 
Asthenia 
Atelopos 
Axinia . 


Badllns  Bossii 
Bactrophron   . 
Barjmorpha  . 
Beliophorus    . 
Bembecidae 
Blattides    .     . 
Blepusa     .    . 
Bombyliedae   . 
Brachyooelus   . 
Braconidae 
Branchiostoma 
Bubas   .     .     . 
Bulbooeras 
Byrrhii      .     . 


Cadmus 

Callisthenes    .     .    .     . 

Reiohei 
Calostegia      .    .    .    . 
Campsostemus    .    .    . 

Capnia 

Capsine^B 

Cardiorhinus       .     .     . 

Carabi 

Carabici 

Oarabus  ezasperatus 

Carenom 

Carpophilini  .     .     .     . 

Cassidse 

Cateretes 

Catocheilus     .... 

Gecidom jia  destructor  . 

tritici    .     . 

CecidomjzidsB     .     .     . 

Oenchrea 

Oentrura 

Cephaloctenus  .  .  . 
Cephalodesmius  .  .  . 
Ceratitis  citriperda  .  . 
hispanica  .  . 
CerambicidsB  .... 

Ceresium 

Cetonia  aurata    .     .     . 

Cetoniae 

Cetoniidas 

ChalcididaB  .... 
Chelonida)   .  .  .  . 


259 
294 
293 
217 
221 

300 
268 
234 
216 
280 
263 
242 
295 
208 

277 
274 
231 
233 
227 

259 
206 
206 
241 
216 
272 
303 
216 
205 
205 
205 
211 
225 
257 
225 
280 
293 
293 
293 
304 
255 
302 
230 
299 
300 
251 
253 
229 
239 

237 
279 

287 


Xll 


INDBX. 


INRCTA. 

Pige 

Chilonycfaa 204 

Chilotomas 208 

Chironomids 292 

ChloealtiB 269 

abortiya  ....  270 

oonspena     .    .    .  270 

curtipemuB  .    .    .  270 

ChiysididiB 279 

ChijsomelidaB 258 

ChrjtomeliiiaB 257 

Chelrolasia 238 

Cicadiedtt 304 

Gidndela 204 

campestriB     .    .    .  205 

OicindeUdiB 203 

Clerii 218 

Clenu  .    *. 220 

Cnemoplites 252 

CoocmellidiB 261 

CcBloprosopTis 207 

Coleotichus 301 

ColpcM^bila 236 

Colydii 249 

Goljmbetes  oonsputuB  .     .    .  212 

Conooephalus  ensiger  .    .    .  267 

ConopeidaB 298 

Coreidffi 302 

Ck>riplatuB 302 

Coiymbites 216 

Corynetes 222 

CossiphidsB 242 

CrabronidsB 279 

Grepidomenufi 215 

Gryptooephali 258 

CaciqipeB 250 

Cacujas  depressus    ....  250 

Culicidas 292 

CorculionidaB 245 

CyUdrus 219 

Cylistus 222 

Cynipid© 277 

Cyphonidae 217 

Cyphosoma 209 

Cystosoma 305 

Danaides 286 

Deinacrida  heteracantha  .     .  266 

Derbe 303 

Deretaphrus 248 

Dermestini 227 

Diacanthus 216 

Dianthsecia  luteago       .     .     .  289 

Dicenopsis 258 

508 


IM8BCTA. 

DieroteloB 303 

Diospolis 304 

Diraphia 305 

Diza  nigra 293 

Dolichogyna 298 

DolichopidsB 296 

DoTcus  paraUelopipedns   .     .  229 

Dopofl 297 

DorylidiB 281 

Dyiiastidae 234 

Dytiflci       212 

ElacMsta  ooffeela    ....  292 

Elateridfls 215 

Empidfls 295 

EndomychidaB 261 

Engis 261 

Exmomos  illunaria  ....  290 

Enopliom 222 

Epiteles 223 

ErotyH 260 

Erotylids 259 

Erymanthiis 221 

Enchioa 253 

Eucnemides 215 

Euryoda 204 

Eusthenia 271 

Eyanidas 277 

Ezochofitoma 296 

Forficula  gigantea  ....  262 

Forficulida^ 263 

Formica  rafa 281 

Formicarias 281 

Fulgoridae 303 

Galgulidas 303 

Gelechia  lapella 291 

Geometridae 290 

Geotrogus 235 

Geotrupidae 233 

Glyda 207 

Gnathoxys 208 

Goliathidse 238 

Gonia 299 

Gryllotalpa  yulgaris     .    .     .  265 

G^niantocera 287 

Gyrini 213 

HaHplus 213 

Halticaa 259 

Helopiaa 242 

Helluonides 206 


INDEX. 


xin 


IN8ECTA. 

Page 

Hemerobii 273 

Hemiops 216 

Hesperidae 287 

Heterooeridee 228 

Heteromera 201 

Hexaphyllos 240 

HirteidflB 293 

Histeres 226 

Homothes 209 

Hopliarias 234 

Hybotinidse 295 

Hydrophilid® 228 

Ichneumonidse 276 

Idiocephala 258 

Imatisma 298 

lontha 289 

Iresia 203 

Isodermus 303 

Isonotos 279 

KoUaria 271 

Laclmiis 305 

Lagriarias 243 

Lamellioomes 229 

LamisB 254 

Lamprima 240 

LampyridsB 217 

Langelandia 248 

Lathridii 261 

Lathrobiam  angustioolle    .    .  214 

longioome     .    .  214 

Latometus 248 

Lema  Sufnani 257 

LepismensB 272 

Leptidas 294 

Lestignathus 209 

Lobodontus 207 

Locu8ta  sequalis 269 

caudata 267 

euoerata      ....  269 

latipennis    ....  269 

maritima     ....  269 

marmorata .     ....  269 

nebuLosa     ....  269 

Locustidae 262,  267 

Longioomes 251 

Lophocheilus 280 

Lozomerus 208 

LucanidaB  . 240 

Lycaenides 286 

Lycidae 218 

509 


INSECTA. 

Page 

Lyda 276 

Lygasites 303 

Lytha 244 

Macrodactyli 228 

Macrodactylus  subspinosus    .  239 

Macroderes     ......  230 

Mantides 263 

Mastax 268 

MecynopuB 253 

Megacantha 241 

Megaoephala 204 

senegalensifl      .  203 

Megalostylus 208 

Megaspis 298 

Meloe 244 

Melolonthas 236 

Melipones 283 

Melolonthidas       .     .     .     234,  236 

Melolonthanas 234 

Melyrides 218 

MembracideaB 304 

Metopon 246 

MidaddaB  . 294 

Migadops 208 

Minurus 246 

Mitooera 258 

Mixogaster 298 

Molpus 209 

Monota  4-foyeolatiiin    .    .    .  262 

Mordelliones 243 

MuscaridaB 299 

MutillariaB 281 

Myrmecilla  pygmaea     .     .     .  -204 

Myrmica  radiana     ....  282 

Mysidia 304 

Mystropterus 208 

Nanos 230 

Nemoura 272 

Nepticula 291 

Nepytis 236 

Nesioticufl 240 

Nicoletia 272 

Nitidulariffi    ....     225,  226 

NitidulinaB 225 

Nitchia 306 

NoctuidaB 288 

Notoxus 243 

Nymphalidfie 286 

Ochropsis 258 

Ochthenomus 243 


XIV 


INDBX. 


INSECT  A. 

Page 

OdontodeniB 259 

Odontocheila 264: 

(EstracidflB 298 

Ogcosoma 241 

Onthocharis 230 

OpatridaB 241 

OphryodactjluB 209 

C^ilus 221 

Orchelimum  graoile      .    .    •  267 

Yulgare    .     .    •  267 

Orectochilus  vUlogufl     .     .     .  213 

Orjctomorphus  pictua  .     .     •  234 

Osmia  femiginea     ....  283 

Ozynopterus 216 

PsBderus  lusitanicus      .     .    .  214 

Palpatores 224 

PapilionidsB 284 

Paraaomus 209 

Paropsis 258 

Patara 304 

Paussidn 250 

Pedilophoras 227 

Pelidnota  punctata  ....  234 

Pentatomidse 301 

Penthetria  holoserioea      .     .  294 

Perla 271 

PerlariflB 270 

Phasma  oonocephalum      .     .  264 

Phaenognathus 236 

Phenice 304 

Phloeostichus  ......  250 

PhyUodioma 204 

Phyllophaga 236 

Phylloporidae 215 

Physodeutera 204 

Pierides 285 

Pimelopus 234 

Plagiocera      .     .     .     .     .     .  298 

Platisus 250 

Platycheiru 297 

Polochrum  repandum  .     .     .  280 

Pompilus  aa(^x 280 

Prinobius 252 

Priocera 220 

PrionidaB 251 

Pristilophus 216 

Probaenops  dromedarius    .     .  301 

Prosopis 282 

Psammophila 280 

Pselaphidse 262 

Pseudocephalus 256 

Psychopsis 274 

510 


INSECTA. 

Page 

PsyUid® 305 

Pterelachisus 293 

Pteronarcys   ......  271 

Riniorea 223 

Ptiolina 294 

Ptycbopterus 221 

Pupipara 300 

Pycnomenis 248 

PypaHdae 290 

Pylufl 223 

Reduvini 303 

Rhipiceridfls 217 

Rhipidocerus 252 

Rhizotrogos 235 

Rhombodera 207 

Rhopalocerua  fermgineus .     .  209 

RuteUdae 234 

Salpingidse 243 

Sapygites 280 

Saxa^ 242 

Sarrotrium  muticum    .     .     .  249 

Satyrides 286 

Scariphites 207 

Scaritidae 211 

Scitala 236 

Sdethrus 253 

Soopodes 207 

Sericariad 234 

SesiariaB 287 

Silopa 236 

SUpha 224 

SHphales 224 

Simplocaria 227 

Siricis 275 

Spalacopsis 256 

Spectra 264 

SphagidfiB 279 

Sphenarimn 267 

Sphingidae 287 

Staphylini      ....     213,  214 

Stemmoderus 250 

Sterculia  splendida  ....  214 

Stilbia  stagnicola     ....  289 

StratiomydaB 296 

Stridulantes 305 

Strongylinae 225 

Synercticus 223 

Syrphidfie 297 

Syetropus 295 

Tabanidse 294 


INDEX. 


xr 


INSECTA. 

Pag© 

Taohydromidae 295 

Tachynomyia 280 

TelephoridaB 218 

Telupa 236 

Temnoplectron 230 

Tenebriones 240 

TenthredinidsB  • 275 

Termitina 270 

Tetracha 203 

Tettigonia  fab® 305 

vitis 305 

Thallis 261 

Theda  isocrates 286 

Thracia 304 

ThynnidaB 280 

TiUus 219 

Tineidfie 291 

Tinesorrhina 239 

Tomioephalus 216 

Tortricidae 290 

Tragocephala 269 

infiiscata     .     .  269 

radiata  ...  269 

Trichodes  .......  221 

Triplax  nigripeimis      .     .     .  261 

Trogidae 233 

Trogositinae 226 

Trypeta  signata 300 

TupularideaB 293 

Ulodes 242 

Uroxys 230 

Vesicantia 244 

YespareaB 282 

Volooella  inanis 297 

plumata  ....  297 

Xanthocerus 223 

Xyletinufl  omatus    ....  224 

Xylophagidae 294 

Zeugma 304 

Zophius 241 

ARACHNIDA. 

Acari 312 

land 311 

marsli 311 

rnnning 312 

AcaroB  of  Crosse     ....  313 

foUiculorum      .    .    .  313 

5n 


ABAOHNIDA. 


Pago 

.raiopus 310 

Argyroneta 309 

aquatica    .    .    .    309 


Gosmetus  flayidnctus 


311 


Drassidas 308 

Dysderidae 309 

Eupodides 312 

Galeodes 310 

GaleodidesB 310 

Gluvia 310 

HolothyniJB 312 

Hydrachnides 311 

Hygrobatides 311 

Lathrodectus  13-guttatus  .    .  308 

Malmignatte 308 

MygalidaB 308 

Obisidesae 310 

Phalangodes 311 

Phrynida 309 

Phiynus  medius 309 

Rhax 310 

Rhynoolophides 312 

SooTpionidaB 310 

Scorpius  occitanus    ....  310 

Solpuga 310 

Spermophora 309 

Teratodes 309 

Trombidides 312 


CRUSTACEA. 

Albunliippa 317 

Ampelisca 319 

Anonyz 320 

Argis 318 

Asellota 320 

Astacini 317 

Caprella 320 

spinosa 320 


Xri  INDEX. 

ABACHNIDA. 

Capiellina 

Carciniu  oliraoeDs  .... 

Carides 

Caridioides 

Crangon 

Cuma 

Cytifloma 

EiiiTnolainbruB 

Grapsoidei 

Hippides 

Hippoljrte 

polaiiB     .... 

Homolii 

Hjperina 

Hy^ljte  Desmarestii  .    .    . 

Lafystius 

(Ediceros 

Opis 

Paranepbrops 

Pardalisca 

Parthenopii 

Pephredo 

Photis 

Pbozus 

Podoceras  Leachii   .... 

Pontoporeia 

Promedeia 

Pycnogonides 

Sabinea 

Sesarma  tetragona   .... 
Stegocephalus 

Tanais 

MYRIOPODA. 

Chilognatha 321 

Chilopoda 321 

Gonibregmatus 321 

Mecistocepbalus 321 

Necrophlsaophagus  ....    321 

Soolopendrella 321 

512 


Page 
320 
314 
317 
318 
318 
318 
320 

316 

316 

317 
317 
316 

317 
320 
316 

319 

319 
318 

317 
319 
316 
314 
319 
319 
319 
319 
319 
314 

318 
314 
319 

320 


ENTOMOSTRACA. 


Anatifa 


Page 

323 


Branchipus  toiiioomis    .  .    .    322 


Caligas 
Cimpedia 


iBaura   .    .    .     . 
Isotelus  megistos 


Phjllopoda 
Siphonostoioa 


323 
323 

321 
323 

321 

322 


ANNELIDES. 


Aeolosoma  .... 
Amphitrite  auricoma  . 
AphroditesB  .'  .  .  . 
Ariciae 


327 
327 
324 
326 


Borlasia  striata 331 


Chffitogaster  .     .    . 
Clepsine  sanguinea 

Eteone  cylindrica  ^  . 
Euphrosme  borealis 


Geosoolex  .    .    . 

maxinms 
Gljoera  setosa     .    < 


Heteronereis  .    .    . 

ajctica 

Hirudo  piscium  .    . 


Leech  .  . 
Lmnbricinae 
Lumbrioonais 

Myrostomum 


drriferum 
oostatum 
glabriun  . 


Naides       .     .     .    . 

Nais  littoralis     .     . 

uncinata     .     . 

Nephtjs  longisetosa 

Nereis 

Nereides    .    .    .    . 


326 
330 

325 
324 

328 
329 
326 

325 
325 
330 

330 
329 
326 

332 
332 
332 
332 

326 
326 
326 
325 
329 
325 


INDEX. 


XVU 


ANNELIDES. 

Qnupbis  Eshrichtii  .     . 

Ophelia  bioomis  .    •    . 

mamillata  .    . 

Peripatus  julifonnis 
PhyUodoce  groenlandica 
indsa     .    . 
Polybostrichtts    .    .    . 


Serpentina     .    •    «    . 
Siphonostomift  diplochaitos 

plumosum 
Scoloplos  minor  «    .    . 
Stemaspis  thaUssemoides 


Ascaris  incisa  .  . .  . 

nigroyeno3a 

Aspidogaster      .    , 


Bothrimonu^  sturionis 

Osenuras  oerebralis 

Cercana 

echinata     .    . 

pfclocotyle  lanoeolatiim 

Cysticercus  oeUnlosae   . 

oeroopitheci 

elong^tu9  • 

piinfonnis  . 


Dipbbothrinm    .    .    . 

armatum 
Distomum  hepaticum   . 

truncatum  . 

yeHporum  . 

Echinoooccns  hominis  . 
Echinprhjn<d      •    .    . 


Pag© 
324 
326 
326 

328 
325 
325 
325 

326 
327 
327 
326 
328 


ENTOZOA. 

Amphistomum  subdavatum  «  347 

Ascarides  • 346 

.  356 


358 

359 
350 
351 
350 
358 
359 
359 
359 

348 
349 
348 
348 
348 

360 
346 


Filariae      .    . 
Filarifi  papilloma 


.  342,  345,  346 

■        •        •        •       OC&V 


Ooidius  aqnaticus    ....  336 

tolosanus    ....  340 

Qregarina 360 

Haematozoa 361 

Hezaootjle  elegans      .    ^    .  349 
513 


BNTOZOA. 


Mermis 

nigresoens   .    . 
Monostomum  ezpansum 
mntabile 


Octobpthrimn     .    •    • 
leptogaster 
merlangi 
palmatum 
sagittatum 

Ozjuris  yerpiiculttris  . 

Peltogastjer  pagur)  . 
Physajopterfi  clansa 
Poljstomum  integerrimum 

Schistpoephalos  dimorphus 
Spermatozoa       .    . 
SphflBmlaria  bombi . 
Spiroptera  nasipola 
Strongylus  armatus 
filaria     . 
'  graqilis  . 

TetrarhTnclius  cysticus 
Trematoda  .... 
TrichocepbalTis  affinis  . 

dispar  . 
Tristomnm  ooocineum  . 

Vertumnus  thetidioola 
Vibrio  tritici       .     .    . 


ECHINODERMATA. 

Ampbiope  perspicillata     .    . 

Anoplpsomatom 

Asteriadse 

ABteracanthion 

Asterise ,    . 

Asterias  anguloea    .    .    .    . 

sangoinolenta     .     . 

Asteronyz  Loyeni  .    .    .    . 

Astrophjton 


Page 

342 
340 
347 
347 

349 
350 
349 
350 
350 
344 

357 
345 
348 

354 
362 
345 
344 
343 
343 
343 

358 
356 
342 
342 
348 

362 
346 


Cljpeastroides 
Comatol®  .    .. 


Eobinidae  .     .     . 
Echinus 

texatilis 
Enoope      .    .    . 


... 


368 
365 
370 
371 
371 
373 
373 
373 
373 

367 
374 

367 
369 
369 
368 


2l 


XTUl 


INDEX. 


■CHIIVODSBMATA. 


EuryalK 


yemiiooea  . 


Qoniaster  equestiif 


372 
373 

364 


HolothuruB 365 

Hoplodactylus 365 

Lagftnum 368 

rostratum     .    .    .  367 

Lobophon     .*....  368 

MeUitalobata 368 

nmiliB 368 


Ophioooma  Ooodgiri 
minata  . 
nefflecta 

Ophiolepis  acueata 

Ophionvz  armata    . 

C^khiundn      .    .     . 

Ophiura  albida   .    . 

C^huirs    .... 


Pentacriiuis  caput  mednalb 
Phyllophorus      .... 
Qma  . 


Scatells  .  .  .  . 
Sipunculus  nudua  . 
Synapta  duvenasa    . 


364 
364 
364 
373 
373 
371 
364 
372 

374 
365 
365 

367 
365 
365 


Trichaater 373 


ACALEPHiE. 

.^uorea  yiolacea  .... 
Beroe  Fonkalii  .... 
C janea  capillata  .... 
ooodnea  .... 
Cjrdippe  pomiformis    .    .    . 

Diphja  elongata     .... 

Hippoorene 

britannica  .  . 
Bugainvillii  .  . 
octopiinctata  .    . 


375 
375 
377 
376 
374 

378 

375 
376 
375 
376 


Leaneuria  yitrea     ....    375 

Medusae 376 

514 


▲OALBPHA. 

Meduaaaurita    •    .    . 


Pelagia  noctilnca    •    . 
Phjaophora  tetrasticha 

S(ephan<Mnia  ocmtorta  . 
Strobila 


Thaumantiaa 


Veklk 


pileata    . 
punctata 
aamica   . 
Thompaonii 


Page 

377 

376 
377 

377 
377 

376 
376 
376 
376 
376 
378 


POLYPI. 


Actinia  of  .£gean  Sea      .    . 
maaembiyanihemum 

ACCinMB       •     •      •      •'>      •      • 

Aloyonium  ezoa 

Alcjonidium  atagnorum    .    . 

BacillariflB 

BebiToe  moUia 

BioeUana  aorupoaa  .    •    .    . 
Boiaaria  yemalia     .    .    .    . 

Cornea      ....... 

aanguinea   .    .    .    . 

Oellularia  ayicularia    .    .    . 

CorallinflB  . 

Coryne  firitiUaria 

CyathinsB 

Oydouni    ....... 

pi^nlloBum     .    .    . 

Dipodlna  arctia«Mti  •    .    .    . 

Echinochorium    ..... 

aayigenim   . 

Edwaraaia  ...••• 
Beautempsii  .  . 
Haraaai  .  .  • 
timida    •    •    •    • 

Eleutheria  dichotoma  .    .    , 

Euplectdla  aspexgfflym    .    . 

Eyagoraroaea 


Fnngia 
GallionellsB 


379 
381 
381 
382 
385 

391 
381 
385 
390 

379 
379 
385 
387 
383 
382 
38^^ 
382 

388 

383 
383 
380 
380 
380 
380 
384 
9Sr 
382 

381 

391 


INDEX. 


xpc 


POLYPI. 

Page 

Heppolitha 381 

Hydtttliie  senta 389 

Hydra  grisea 382 

viridis 383 

Hydractinia 384 

InfTisoriae 388,389 

Isis  elongata 382 

L^nella  .......    390 

Lepraliae 334 

Lithophytes 386 

Monades 391,392 

Navicula 390 

viridis 392 


POLYPI. 

Page 

Paratnecium  aurelia     .     .     .  389 

Pardorina  morom    ....  390 

Pennatula 382 

Peridinium  tripos    ....  390 

Plumatella 385 

repens    ....  385 

PolythalaiXLiae 387 

Rotatoria "  .     .  388 

Saroochitum 382 

Snow,  red 390 

Sponges 385,387 

Yeretillam  cynomorium    .    .  332 

Vibrio  cyanogenus  ....  391 

Vibriones 391 


FINIS. 


PRIMTEO  BT   ir.  n*  LIXARS,  EDINBaHGH. 


REPORT 


OF  THE 


FIRST   ANNUAL  MEETING 


OF 


THE  RAY  SOCIETY, 


OCTOBBB  2f  1844. 


SIR  PHILIP  DB  MALPAS  GREY  EGBRTON,   BART. 


IN  THE  CHAIR. 


WITH 

THE  LAWS  OF  THE  SOCIETY,  LIST  OF  OFFICERS,  MEMBERS, 


LONDON : 

C.    AND    J.    ADLARD.    B  \RTHOr.OMEW    CLOSE. 


THE   RAY    SOCIETY. 


The  Secretary  Dr.  Lankester^  read  the  following  Report : 

The  Society  whose  first  Annual  Meeting  we  are  met  to  com- 
memorate, had  its  origin  in  a  wish,  expressed  by  Dr.  Johnston  of 
Berwick,  to  some  of  his  scientific  friends,  that  some  means  could 
be  devised  for  printing  such  works  on  Natural  History^  as  stand  in 
need  of  extraneous  assistance  to  ensure  their  publication.  The  scien- 
tific value  of  zoological  and  botanical  works  is  generally  in  the  in- 
verse ratio  to  their  popularity,  and  it  often  happens  that  the  authors 
of  profound  scientific  researches  are  compelled,  either  to  make  their 
writings  popular,  or  to  incur  the  inevitable  loss  consequent  on  pub- 
lishing, on  their  own  account,  works  whose  circulation  is  confined  to 
lovers  of  science  only.  In  cases  of  this  kind  it  has  been  usual  to 
apply  for  aid  to  Her  Majesty's  Government,  but  though  assistance 
has  been  occasionaUy  obtained  from  this  source,  yet  there  are 
many  difficulties  attending  such  applications.  These  difficulties  were 
sensibly  felt  last  year  at  the  Cork  meeting  of  the  British  Association, 
when  several  elaborate  MS*  works  on  various  departments  of  Natural 
History  were  laid  before  the  Association,  and  their  claims  on 
its  assistance  were  backed  by  the  influence  of  the  Sectional  Com- 
mittees, but,  from  the  limited  state  of  its  funds,  the  Association  was  un- 
willingly compelled  to  withhold  the  desired  aid.  Here  then  were  several 
original  researches  of  great  value  to  science  returned  upon  the  hands 
of  their  authors^  merely  because  the  booksellers  would  not  incur  the 
risk  of  their  publication,  while  scientific  bodies  were  unable  to  assist 
them.  To  rescue  such  precious  materials  from  oblivion^  is  one  of 
the  objects  for  which  the  Rat  Society  was  instituted,  and  it  has 
been  ascertained  that  by  applying  the  whole  funds  of  the  Society, 
with  rigid  economy,  to  the  printing  and  issuing  appropriate  volumes 
on  the  plan  of  the  Camden,  Sydenham^  and  other  similar  Societies, 
a  large  dividend  of  scientific  matter  may  be  annually  distributed  to 
the  Subscribers.  In  carrying  out  this  project,  however,  the  Society 
will  oarefully  avoid  interfering  with  the  interests  of  the  book  trade,  or 
of  scientific  societies,  and  to  quote  the  words  of  our  own  regulations, 
**  It  will  be  a  direction  to  the  Council  that  they  shall  not  print  any 
tbing  that  appears  to  them  suitable  to  the  transactions  of  established 
societies,  nor  any  work  which  a  respectable  publisher  shall  under- 
take to  publish  without  charge  to  the  author." 


The  Rat  Sociktt  does  not,  however,  confine  itself  to  printing 
original  matter,  but  will  include  in  its  objects  the  editing,  translating, 
and  reprinting  of  rare  or  inaccessible  works  of  really  scientific 
Falue. 

Aware  how  imperfectly  the  majority  of  British  naturalists  are 
acquainted  with  the  state  of  their  science  in  foreign  countries, 
the  Council  considered  that  they  could  not  better  occupy  their  first 
volume  than  by  giving  translations  of  several  recent  Reports  on  the 
state  of  Zoology  and  Botany,  which  have  appeared  on  the  continent. 
It  was  hoped  that  this  volume  could  have  been  got  ready  in  time  for 
the  present  meeting,  but  although  every  exertion  has  been  used,  we 
shall  be  compelled  to  await  its  appearance  a  few  months  longer.  Some 
of  the  proof  sheets  have  however  been  bound  into  a  volume,  to  serve 
as  a  specimen  of  the  form  in  which  it  is  proposed  that  the  works  shall 
be  issued. 

In  preparing  works  for  our  future  volumes,  a  very  numerous  list 
of  proposed  publications  has  been  laid  before  the  Council,  among 
which  it  has  been  decided  to  publish  the  following  at  an  early 
period. 

L  Memorials  of  John  Rat;  consisting  of  the  'Life  of  John 
Rat,'  by  Derham  ;  the  'Biographical  Notice  of  Rat,'  by  Baron 
CuvifiR  and  M.  Dupetit  Thouars,  in  the  Biographic  Universelle; 
published  and  unpublished  Letters  of  Rat,  &c.  Edited  by  £. 
Lankbster,  M.D.F.  L.S. 

II.  *  Iconographia  Linnaeana,'  to  be  published  in  parts,  and  to  con- 
sist of  Illustrations  of  the  original  specimens  in  Zoology  of  Linnaeus, 
at  present  existing  in  the  Museum  of  the  Linnsean  Society.  Edited  by  * 
Professor  Bell,  f.r.s.,  and  Professor  Forbes,  f.r.s. 

Of  this  the  Council  intend  publishing  a  part  yeariy  or  half-yearly, 
as  their  resources  will  permit.* 

III.  A '  Monograph,'  with  coloured  drawings,  of  every  species  of  the 
British  Nudibranchiate  Mollusca,  by  Messrs.  Alder  and  Hancock  ; 
in  parts. 

Without  pledging  themselves  to  publish  all  the  following  works, 
the  Council  present  the  names  of  some  which  have  been  brought 
before  them  for  consideration  : 

1.  A  Translation  from  the  Greek,  with  Notes,  of  the  Works  Of 

Aristotle  on  Animals,  and  of  Dioscorides  on  Plants. 

2.  A    Translation    from    the    Spanish    of   Azara*s    Birds   of 

Paraguay. 

3.  An  edition  of  the  '  Systema  Naturae'  of  Linnaeus. 

4.  A  Translation  from  the  German  of  the  '  Principles  of  Philo- 

sophical Botany'  of  Dr.  J.  M.  Schleiden. 


In  regard  to  the  portion  of  our  publications  which  are  now  in 
actual  progress,  we  have  to  express  our  thanks  to  W.  B.  Macdonald, 
Esq.,  to  Dr.  Lankester,  and  to  H.  £.  Strickland^  Esq.,  for  their 
assistance  in  translating  and  editing  the  several  Reports  on  the  state 
of  Zoological  and  Botanical  Science^  which  will  occupy  the  first 
volume. 

We  are  happy  to  announce  that  upwards  of  400  Members  have 
already  joined  this  Society,  and  additional  names  are  daily  added  to 
our  list.  We  feel  confident  that  as  soon  as  its  objects  and  merits 
become  known  on  the  Continent,  a  large  number  of  foreign  natu- 
ralists will  join  our  ranks.  We  would  urge  on  all  well  wishers  to 
the  Rat  Society,  the  importance  of  making  it  extensively  known 
and  supported  by  their  scientific  friends,  as  its  utility  to  science, 
and  its  advantages  to  each  individual  Member,  will  be  exactly  pro- 
portionate to  the  amount  of  its  annual  income. 

The  Treasurer's  Accounts  were  then  laid  before  the  Society,  an 
abstract  of  which  follows  : 


The  Ray  Society  in  Accoant  with  J.  S.  Bowerbank^  froni 
March  13,  to  October  3,  1844. 


Stationery,  Stamps^  and  Postage 

Dr.  Johnston's  Account    £6  10 

Ditto      P.  0  Orders         1 

. 

0 
3 

£   s.    d. 
2     14  6 

6  11     3 

Cash  from  225  Sub- 
scribers     .        .  236     1     0 

Dr.  Lankester's  Account    11  13 
Ditto        ditto         .      9  13 

2 
5 

21     6    7 

lf>     4     ^ 

£.  Newman's  Account        5    6 
Ditto            ditto          5  13 
Ditto            ditto      .    5    5 

0 

6 

_0 

■ 

Balance 

46  16  10 
.     189    4    2 

£236     1    0 

£236  1    0 

The  above  Accounts,  extending  from  March  13  to  October  3,  1844,  have  been 
examined  by  us,  and  compared  with  the  vouchers,  and  found  to  be  correct. 


Nov.  15,  1844. 


(Signed)  Edwin  J.  Quekbtt, 

Robert  Warington. 


6 

1.  Moved  by  Lord  Northampton;  Seconded  by  the  Dban  of 

Hancheater; 
That  the  Report  now  read»  be  received  and  adopted. 

2.  Moved  by  R.  I.  Murchibon,  Esq.  j  Seconded  by  Dr.  Hugh 

Falconer  ; 

That  the  thanks  of  this  Meeting  be  given  to  Mr.  Bowerbank, 
Treasurer;  to  Dr.  Johnston,  and  to  Dr.  Lankester,  Secretaries^ 
and  to  the  Local  Secretaries,  for  their  services. 

3.  Moved  by  Sir  Henry  de  la  Bechi;  Seconded  by  Professor 

Anstid  ; 

That  the  following  gentlemen  be  the  Council  for  the  ensuing 
year. 


CHARLES  C.  BABINGTON,  ESQ. 

J.  H.  BALFOUR,  M.D. 

ROBERT  BALL,  ESQ. 

THOMAS  BELL,  ESQ.  F.R.S. 

REV.  M.  J.  BERKLEY. 

GEORGE  BUSK,  ESQ. 

J.  DALRYMPLE,  ESQ. 

C.  DAUBENY,  M.D.  F.R.8. 

SIR  P.  G.  EGERTON,  BART.    F.R.S. 

EDWARD  FORBES,  ESQ.  F.R.S. 


R.  K.  GRBV1LLB,  ESQ. 
SIR  W.  JARDINE,  BART. 
REV.  L.  JENYNS. 
RICHARD  OWEN,  ESQ.  F.R.8. 
JOHN  PHILLIPS,  ESQ.  F.R.S. 
J.  T.  ROYLE,  M.D.  F.R.8. 
PRIDE  AUX  SELBY,  ESQ. 
HUGH  E.  STRICKLAND,  ESQ. 
W.  THOMPSON,  ESQ. 
N.  B.  WARD,  ESQ. 


4.  Moved  by  A.  Strickland,  Esq. ;  Seconded  by  Professor  Allman  ; 

That  the  thanks  of  this  Meeting  be  given  to  the  Chairman,  Sir 
Philip  de  Malpas  Grey  Egerton,  Bart.,  for  his  kindness  in 
presiding  on  the  present  occasion. 


LOCAL  SECRETARIES^ 


Aberdeen 

•  •         •  • 

Dr.  Dickie. 

fieecks 

•  •        •  • 

H.  Davey,  Esq. 

Bttiy  St.  Edmunds 

Dr.  Ranking. 

Chdlmaford 

•  •        •  • 

G.  Meggy,  Esq. 

Cork 

•  •        •  • 

Dr.  Harvey. 

Derby 

•  •         •  • 

R.  J.  Bell,  Esq. 

Edinburgh 

•  •         •  • 

Dr.  Douglas  Maclagan. 

Gloucester 

•  •         •  • 

J.M.  Hitch,  Esq. 

Godalming 

•  •         •  • 

J.  D.  Salmon,  Esq. 

Halifax     . . 

•  •         *  • 

Dr.  Inglis. 

Hatfield 

•  •         •  • 

Lloyd  'I'homas,  Esq. 

Hereford 

•  •         •  • 

T.Tucker  Price,  Esq. 

Hertford 

•  •         •  * 

Dr.  Reed. 

Hull 

•  •         •  • 

G.  Norman,  Esq, 

Leeds 

•  •         •  • 

T.  P.  Teale,  Esq. 

Leicester 

•  •         •  • 

J.  Harley,  Esq. 

Liverpool 

•  •        •  • 

Dr.  Dickenson* 

Manchester 

•  *         •  • 

Peter  Barrow,  Esq. 

Newcas  tie-on- 

Tyne 

J.  Thornhill,  Esq. 

Norwich  .. 

•  •         •  • 

T.  Brightwell,  Esq. 

Plymouth 

>  •         •  • 

Rev.  J.  Hore. 

Reading  .. 

•  •         •  • 

—  Lovejoy,  Esq. 

Ryde,  Isle  of  Wight 

Dr.  Bell  Salter. 

Scarborough 

« •         •  • 

Dr.  Murray. 

Tenby,  South  Wales 

Dr.  Falconer. 

Torquay 

•  •         •  • 

Dr.  Battersley. 

Winchester 

•  •         • 

Dr.  A.  D.  White. 

Witham 

•  •         •  • 

Jacob  H.  Pattisson,  Esq. 

Worcester 

•  ■         •  • 

Dr.  Streeten 

York 

•  a                     •  • 

W.  M.  Tuke,  Esq. 

THE  FOLLOWING  MEMBEP-S  OP  THE  COUNCIL. 


Belfast     . . 

Cambridge 

Dublin 

Glasgow 

Greenwich 

King's  Cliffe 

Oxford 


W.  Thompson,  Esq. 
Charles  C.  Babington,  Esq. 
Robert  Ball,  Esq. 
J.  H.  Balfour,  m.d. 
George  Busk,  Esq. 
Rev.  M.  J.  Berkley. 
C.  Daubeny,  m.d.  f.r.s. 


8 


THE  LAWS  OF  THE  RAY  SOCIETY. 


I.  That  thl0  Society  ihall  be  called  Thb  Rat  Sogibtt  ;  and  that  its  object 

■ball  be  the  promotion  of  Natural  Historj,  by  the  printing  of  original  works 

in  Zoology  and  Botany  $  of  new  editionn  of  works  of  established  merit;  of 

rare  Tracts  and  MSS. ;  and  of  translations  and  reprints  of  foreign  works  which 

are  generally  inaccessible  from  the  language  in  which  they  are  written^  or 

from  the  manner  in  which  they  hare  been  published. 

N.B.— It  will  be  a  direction  to  the  Council  that  they  shall  not  print  any- 
thing that  appears  to  them  suitable  to  the  Transactions  of  established 
Societies ;  nor  any  work  which  a  respectable  publisher  shall  undertake 
to  publish  without  charge  to  the  author. 

II.  Every  subscriber  of  One  Guinea  annually  to  be  considered  a  Member  of 
the  Society,  and  to  be  entitled  to  one  copy  of  every  book  published  by  the 
Society  during  the  year  to  which  his  subscription  relates ;  and  no  Member 
shall  incur  any  liability  beyond  the  annual  subscription. 

III.  That  the  annual  subscriptions  shall  be  paid  in  advance,  and  considered 
to  be  due  on  the  2d  day  of  February  in  each  year;  and  that  such  Members  as 
do  not  signify  their  intention  to  withdraw  from  the  Society  before  the  2d  day 
of  June,  shall  be  considered  to  continue  Members,  and  be  liable  for  the  year's 
subscription. 

IV.  The  management  of  the  Society  shall  be  vested  in  a  Council  of 
Twenty-one  Members,  of  whom  one  third  shall  have  their  stated  residcDces 
in  London,  and  all  of  whom  shall  be  eligible  for  re-election  at  the  annual 
meeting. 

y.  That  the  Council  hereafter  shall  be  elected  by  the  Members,  at  a  meet- 
ing to  be  held  at  the  time  and  place  of  the  meeting  of  the  British  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  and  that  no  Membei  whose  subscription  is 
in  arrear  be  allowed  to  vote  at  any  meetings. 

VI.  That  the  Council  shall  elect  two  Secretaries  (one  of  whom  shall  be 
resident  in  London)  and  a  Treasurer,  who  shall  ex  officio  be  Members  of  the 
Council. 

VII.  The  annual  subscription  shall  be  deposited  in  a  chartered  bank,  in  the 
name  of  the  Treasurer  and  two  Members  of  the  Council. 

VIII.  The  accounts  of  the  receipt  and  expenditure  of  the  Society  shall  be 
examined  annually  by  two  Auditors  appointed  by  the  Council ;  the  Auditors 
to  be  Members  of  the  Society,  who  are  not  Members  of  Council,  and  their 
statement  circulated  among  the  Sul)scribers. 

IX.  That  the  number  of  copies  of  the  Society's  publications  shall,  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  Council,  be  limited  to  the  number  of  actual  Sub- 
scribers who  shall  have  been  enrolled,  and  paid  their  subscriptions,  on  or 
before  the  2d  day  of  June. 

X.  That  the  Editors  of  Works  published  by  the  Society  be  entitled  to  a 
number  of  copies,  not  exceeding  20,  as  may  be  decided  by  the  Council. 


LIST   OP    SUBSCRIBERS. 


Academy,  Royal  Irish 

Adlard,  C.  and  J.  Bartholomew  Close 

Ainslie,  W.  esq.  Woodhill,  by  Ripley,  Surrey 

Alder,  Joshua^  esq.  Newcastle-on-Tyue 

Alfordy  —  esq.  Taanton 

Alison,  W.  P.  Professor,  m.d.  Edinburgh 

Allanson,  J.  esq.  Infirmary,  Leeds 

Allcard,  John,  esq.  f.l.s.  &c.  Stratford-green,  Essex 

Allchin,  W.  H.,  esq.  m.b.  University  College 

Allis,  Thomas  H.,  esq.  York 

AUman,  Professor,  Dublin 

Ansted,  D.  T.  esq.  m.a.  f.r.s.  Professor  of  Geology,  King's  College 

Ashmolean  Museum,  Oxford 

Atkinson,  Rev.  J.  C,  b.a.  7>  Victoria  place,  Scarborough 

Austin,  R.  A.  C.  esq.  sec.  qs.  &c.  Merrow,  Guildford,  Surrey 

Babington,  C.  C.  esq.  m.a.  f.l.s.  g.s.  &c.  St  John's  College,  Cam. 

Babington,  C.  esq.  b.a.  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge 

Backhouse,  W.  J.  esq.  Darlington 

Bailey,  —  esq.  Museum  of  Economic  Geology 

Baird,  Rev.  John,  Yetholm,  Roxburgshire 

Baird,  W.  m.d.  British  Museum 

Baker,  Robert,  esq.  Writtle,  Essex 

Balfour,  Professor,  m.d.  f.l.s.  Glasgow 

Ball,  John,  esq.  b.a.  m.r  i.a.  &c.  85,  Stephen's  green,  Dublin 

Ball,  Robert,  esq.  m.r.i.a.  V.P.  Geol.  Soc.  Dub.  3,  Granby  row.  Dub. 

Balloch,  Robert,  esq.  177>  West  Regent  street,  Glasgow 

Banks,  Dr.  Dublin 

Barf,  A.  esq.  7*  Paradise  place,  Hackney 

Barnes,  Rev.  H.  F.  Ryde,  Isle  of  Wight 

Barker,  T.  esq.  Surgeon,  York 

Barrow,  Peter,  esq.  7,  Clifford  street,  Manchester 

Bartlett,  J.  P.  esq.  Browne  House,  near  Canterbury 


10 

Battenley,  Dr.  Torquay 

Baxter^  W.  esq.  Botanic  garden,  Oxford 

Bayton,  Rey.  W.  S.  Chichester^  Sussex 

Bean,  W.  esq.  Scarborough,  Yorkshire 

BearpariL,  G.  E.  esq.  74,  East  street,  Leeds 

Beatty,  Professor,  T,  E.  m.d.  m.r.i.a.  Merrion  square,  Dublin 

Beauchamp,  H.  esq,  Taunton 

Belfast  Library,  Natural  History  Society 

Bell,  J.  T.  esq.  18,  Aberdeen  place,  Maida  hill,  Paddington 

Bell,  Matthew,  esq.  m^p.  f.h.s.  &c.  Grosvenor  crescent,  Belgrave  sq. 

Bell,  Professor,  f.r.s.  l.8.  g.s.  &c.  New  Broad  street.  City 

Bell,  Robert,  J.  esq.  Mickleover  House,  near  Derby 

Bell,  Miss,  East  Shafto,  by  Morpeth,  Northumberland 

Bennett,  James  Risdon,  m.d.  24,  Finsbury  place 

Bennett,  J.  T.  esq.  f.r.8.  f.z.b.  sec.  l.s.  &c.  British  Museum 

Benson,  John,  esq. 

Berkeley,  Rev.  M.  J.  Mjk.  f.l.s.  &c.  King's  Cliffe,  Wansford 

Bid  well,  H.  esq.  Wellington,  Salop 

Bird,  George,  esq.  ToUerton,  near  Alne  Station,  Yorkshire 

Birkbeck,  H.  esq.  Keswick,  near  Norwich 

Birkbeck,  Morris,  esq.  Bradford,  Yorkshire 

Blackie,  W.  G.  esq.  Villa-field  Printing  Office,  Glasgow 

Black  wall,  John,  esq.  Oakland,  near  Llanrwst,  Denbighshire 

Bladon,  W.  jun.  esq.  Taunton 

Blood,  J.  HoweU,  esq.  White  Hall,  Witham,  Essex 

Bodenham,  F.  S.  esq.  Hereford 

Bompas,  —  esq.  Bristol 

Bold,  T.  J.  esq.  24,  Cloth  Market,  Newcastle-on-Tynii 

Bonar,  Miss,  Kimmerghame,  or  1),  Chester  place,  ^Regent's  park 

Boniville,  A.  C,  de,  esq.  Corpus  Christ!  College,  Cambridge 

Borrer,  W.  esq.  f.r.s.  l.8.  &c.  Henfield,  Sussex 

Botfield,  J.  B.  esq.  m.p.  f.r.s.  l.s.  &c.  9,  Stratton  street 

Bowerbank,  E.  S-  esq.  Sun  street,  Bishopsgate 

Bowerbank,  J.  S.  esq.  f.r.s.  g.s.  &c.  45,  Park  street,  Islington 

Brackenridge,  G.  W.  esq.  f.8.a.  o.s.  &c.  Bromwell  House,  Brisling^n, 

Bristol 
Bramley,  L.  esq.  Halifax,  Yorkshire 
Brandsby,  Rev.  John,  m.a.  f.l.s.  c.p.s.  &c.  Lynn,  Norfolk 
Branton,  John,  esq.  Bush  Hall,  near  Hatfield 
Bree,  Robert  Charles,  esq.  Stowmarket,  Suffolk 
Brisbane,  Sir  T.  M.  Bart,  k.c.b.  k.c  h.  d.c.l.  p.r.s.e.  &c«  Mackers- 

town,  near  Kelso 
Brightwell,  T.  esq.  f.l.s.  Norwich 
Broderick,  W.  esq.  Belford 


11 

Brodhurst^  B.  esq.  London  Hospital 

Bromfield>  W.  A.  m .d.  Ryde^  Isle  of  Wight 

Broome,  C.  £.  esq.  1,  Chesterfield  place,  Clifton,  Bristol 

Brown,  Edwin,  esq.  Burton«on-Trent 

Brown,  Thomas,  esq.  surgeon,  Finsbury  pavement 

Brown,  Robert,  d.g.l.  f.r.s.  v.p.l.s,  &c.  British  Museum 

Brown,  R.  esq.  m.r«c.s.  Preston,  Lancashire 

Brown,  Isaac,  esq.  Hitchin,  Herts 

Browne,  W.  M.  esq.  Westminster  Fire  Office,  King  st.  Covent  garden 

Brydges,  J.  H.  esq.  f.l.s.  &c.  Boultibrooke,  Presteign,  Radnorshire 

Buckley,  Nathaniel,  mo).  Rochdale 

Budd,  —  M.D.  Plymouth 

Bugin,  T.  esq*  m.r.la.  President  of  the  Microscopical  Society,  Dublin 

Boll,  J.  esq.  Godalming 

Burton,  John,  esq.  Groom's  hill,  Greenwich 

Busk,  George,  esq.  Dreadnought  Hospital,  Greenwich 

Butler,  WiUiam,  esq.  Witham,  Essex 

Buchanan,  Walter,  esq.  Suffolk  place,  Hyde  park  gardens 

Callwell,  Robert,  esq.M.R.i.A.  Herbert  place,  Dublin 

Ganino,  The  Prince  of 

Garr,  William,  esq.  Hurst  cottage,  Blackheath  park,  Kent 

Garr,  W.  esq.  m.r.c.8.  Lee 

Garpenter,  W.B.m.d.  f.r.s.  Fullerian  Prof.Royallnst.  Ripley, Surrey 

Carey,  Walter,  esq.  Ghelt  hill,  Cheltenham 

Garter,  J.  esq.  Petty  Gury,  Cambridge 

Chandler,  A.  T.  esq.  Godalming 

Chandler,  Mrs.  Bramley,  near  Guildford 

Children,  J.  G.  esq.  f.r.s.  s.a.  l.s.  &c.  Torrington  square 

Christie,  Dr.  John,  Keith,  Banffshire 

Church,  John,  esq.  Woodside  place,  near  Hatfield,  Herts 

Glapp,  William,  esq.  Dreadnought  Hospital,  Greenwich 

Clark,  Rev.  J.  D.  the  Hall,  Belford 

Clark,  H.  esq.  Corpus  Cbristi  College,  Cambridge 

Clark,  Rev.  Professor,  m.i>.  Professor  of  Anatomy,  Cambridge 

Clarke,  Rev.  Benjamin,  J.  Tuam,  Ireland 

Clarke,  W.  B.  m.d.26,  Dockwray  square,  North  Shields 

Clarke,  H.  G.  m.d.  Berwick-upon-Tweed 

Clay,  Mrs.  P.  Newwater  Haugh,  Berwick-upon-Tweed 

Clear,  William,  esq.  Cork 

Clifford,  Rev.  F.  C.  Elden  Rectory,  near  Thetford,  Suffolk 

Clifton,  A.  C.  esq.  Welwyn,  Herts 

Clifton,  James,  esq.  Melton,  Romsey,  Hants. 

Coates,  John,  esq.  surgeon,  Rochdale 


12 

Collinifwood,  F.  J.  W.  esq.  Glanton  Pyke,  Whiuingham,  Northumb. 

ConynghaiDf  Lord  Albeit,  k.c.h.  f.s  a.  &c.  Bourne  place,  Canterbury 

Conway,  P.  L.  esq  Burton-under-Needwood,  Litchfield 

Cooper,  W.  W.  esq.  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge 

Cooke,  James^  esq  Lanesend  Cottage,  Melksham,  Wiltshire 

Cooke,  W.  R.  esq.  Burford,  Oxon. 

Cornwall  Library,  Truro 

Corsellis,  C.  C.  m  d.  Asylum,  Wakefield 

Cottingham,  E.  esq.  surgeon,  Bexley,  Kent 

Crampton,  Sir  Philip,  Dublin 

Creswell,  Rev.  R.  Salcombe  Vicarage,  Sidmouth 

Croker,  Dr.  C.  V.  m.b  i.a.  Merrion  square,  Dublin 

Cruickshank,  Alexender,  esq.  12,  Rose  street,  Aberdeen. 

CuUen,  W.  H.  h.d.  Sidmouth 

Cuthbertson,  Donald,  esq.  ll.b.  110,  Fife  place,  Glasgow 

Currer,  Miss^  Eshton  hall,  Yorkshire 

Currie,  Robert,  esq.  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Curtis,  —  esq.  Harrow 

Cutler,  Miss,  fiudleigh  Salterton,  Devonshire 

Dale,  J.  C.  esq.  m.a.  f.l.s.  c.p.s.  &c.  Glanville's  Wootbn,  Sherborne 

Dalyell,  Sir  J.  Graham,  bart.  Hanover  street,  Edinburgh 

Dalrymple,  John,  esq.  56,  Grosvenor  street.  Bond  street 

Dairy mple,  D.  esq.  Norwich 

Dallachay,  Mr.  John,  Haddow-house,  Aberdeen 

Darwin,  C.  esq.  Down,  Kent 

Daubeny,  Professor,  m.d.  f.r.s.  o.  s.  &c.  Oxford 

Davies,  Mrs.  St.  Leonard's  place,  York 

Davies,  W.  M.  esq.  Liverpool 

Davy,  H.  esq.  Beccles,  Suffolk 

Dawes,  J.  S.  esq.  f.g.s.  West  Bromwich,  Staffordshire 

Deane,  Henry,  esq.  Clapham  common 

De  la  fieche.  Sir  H.  f.r.s.  g.s.  &c. 

Dennes,  G.  E.  esq.  f.l.s.  &c.  Vine  street.  Golden  square 

Devon  and  Cornwall  Natural  History  Society 

Dickenson,  Joseph,  m.d.  25,  Great  George  street,  Liverpool 

Dickenson,  William,  esq*  North  Mosses,  Liverpool 

Dickie,  George,  m.d.  Lecturer  on  Botany,  Aberdeen 

Dickson,  Dr.  Curzon  street.  May  Fair 

Dillwyn,  L.  L.  esq  Parkwern,  Swansea 

Dilke,  C.  Went  worth,  esq.  76,  Sloane  street 

Doubleday,  Edward,  esq.  f.l.s.  &c.  British  Museum 

Douglas,  F.  M.D.  Kelso 


13 

Douglas,  R.  C.  esq.  Corpus  Cbristi  College,  Cambridge 

Dover  Proprietary  Library 

Dowell,  E.  W.  esq.  Swaffham,  Norfolk 

Dublin,  Royal  Society 

Duncan,  P.  esq.  m.a.  f.g.s.  &c.  Museum,  Oxford 

Dundas,  Mrs.  Beechwood,  Murrayfield,  Edinburgh 

Dunnett,  James,  esq. 

Eddison,  Robert,  esq.  14,  High  pavement,  Nottingham 

Edwards,  F.  C.  esq.  2,  John  street,  Devonshire  hill,  Hampstead 

Edwards,  Thomas,  esq. 

Egerton,  Sir  P.  G.  Bart.  m.p.  p.r.s.  g.s.  &c.  Oulton  park,  Cheshire 

Elliott,  John,  esq.  Kiogsbridge 

Ellison,  K  esq.  surgeon,  Liverpool 

Elsey,  J.  R.  esq.  Bank  of  England 

Elwes,  John,  esq.  Bossington  house,  Stockbridge,  Hants 

Embleton,  Robert, esq.  Embleton,  near  Alnwick 

Enniskillin,  The   Earl  of,  d.c.l.  p.r.s.  g.s.  &c.   Florence  court, 

Enniskillin 
Evans,  Mrs.  Shenley  hiU,  Herts 
Eyton,  T.  C.  esq.  p.g.s.  z.s.  &c.  Eyton  Hall,  Shrewsbury 

Falconer,  Dr.  W.  Tenby,  South  Wales 

Falconer,  Dr.  H.  f.g.s.  23,  Norfolk  street.  Strand 

Farre,  Dr.  Frederick,  Bridge  street,  Blackfriars 

Fennell,  James  H.  esq.  Cedar  House,  Hillingdon,  Uxbridge 

Fielding,  George,  m.d.  f.r.s.  &c.  Hull 

Finsbury  Medical  Book  Society,  2,  St.  Mary  Axe 

Fitton,  E.  B.  esq.  63,  Upper  Harley  street 

Fitton,  William  H.  m.d.  f.r.s.  &c.  63,  Upper  Harley  street 

Fitton,  W.J.  esq.  b  a.  Trinity  College,  Cambridge 

Fletcher,  Rev.  C.  Southwell,  Nottingham 

Fletcher,  Bell,  m.d.  Birmingham 

Flower,  J.  W.  esq.  61,  Bread  street.  City 

Forbes,  Professor  Edward,  p.r.s.  &c.  King's  College,  London 

Forster,  Edward,  Esq.  p.r.8.  v.p.l  s.  &c.  Mansion  House  street 

Fox,  Rev.  Darwin,  Delamere  Rectory,  Chester 

Fox,  George  T.  esq.  p.r.8.  g.s.  &c.  Durham 

Frampton,  Dr.  A.  New  Broad  street.  City 

Freeborn,  J.  J.  S.  esq.  38,  Broad  street,  Oxford 

Frere,  H.  T.  esq.  Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge 

Fry,  J.  S.  esq.  2,  Charlotte  street,  Park  street,  Bristol 

Fryer,  J.  H.  esq.  Whitley  House,  Northumberland 

Fuge,  J.  H.  esq.  p.r.c.s.e.  Plymouth 

Fyfe,  W.  W.  esq.  Berwick-on-Tweed 


14 

Gall,  A.  C.  esq.  Ripley,  Surrey 

Gandy,  J.  H.  esq.  Trinity  College,  Cambrids^e 

Gardner,  W.  H.  esq.  Jersey 

Gamons,  Rev.  L.  P.  d.d  Sidney  College,  Cambridge 

Geoige,  Richard  F.  esq.  Gay  street,  Bath 

Gibson,  G.  S.  esq.  Saflfron  Walden,  Essex 

Gillett,  W.  B,  esq.  Freshwater  House,  near  Taunton 

Glasgow  Philosophical  Society 

Goadsley,  Edward,  esq.  Albert  place,  Manchester 

Goatley,  Thomas,  esq.  Chipping  Norton,  Oxon 

Goldsworthy,  J.  H.  esq.  High  street.  Stepney 

Goodsir,  Harry  D.  S.  esq.  R.N. 

Goodsir,  John,  esq.  College  Museum,  Edinburgh 

Gordon,  Rev.  George,  Manse  of  Bimie,  by  Elgin,  N  B. 

Gott,  William,  esq.  Leeds 

Gott,  John,  esq.  Wither,  near  Leeds 

Gough,G. S. esq.  M.a.i.A.Gren.Gds  45,  Park  st. Gros.  sq.or  Athens&um 

Gould,  John,  esq.  f.r.s.  l.s.  z.s.  &c.  21,  Broad  st.  Golden  sq.. 

Gourlie,  William,  J.  esq.  8,  South  Frederick  st.  Glasgow 

Grainger,  R.  D.  esq.  f.r.s.  &c.  &c.  Anerley,  Norwood 

Gray,  John,  esq.  m.d.  Greenwich 

Gray,  William,  jun.  esq.  York 

Gray,  T.  esq.  Monteith  row,  Glasgow 

Greenhill,  Dr.  Oxford 

Greening,  William,  esq.  Marlborough  place,  Kent  road 

Greenwood,  Alfred,  esq.  Chelmsford,  Essex 

Gretton,  Rev.  H.  Nantwich  Rectory,  Cheshire 

Greville,  R.  K.  ll.d.  f.r.s.b.  &c.  George's  square,  Edinburgh 

Griffith,  William,  esq.  Calcutta 

Griffith,  Mrs.  Torquay 

Gruggen,  J.  B.  esq  surgeon,  Chichester 

Grut,  N.  esq.  f.r.b.e.  &c.  5,  Inverleith  row,  Edinburgh 

Gumey,  J.  H.  esq.  Earlham,  near  Norwich 

Hailstone,  S.  esq.  f.l.s.  Horton  Hall,  near  Bradford,  York 

Hully  John,  esq.  West  road,  Oongleton 

Hall,  C.  R.  esq.  Holmes  Chapel,  Cheshire 

Hall,  N.  esq.  Wortley,  near  Leeds 

Hamilton  Rev.  James,  7>  Lansdown  pltice,  Brunswick  square 

Hancock,  John,  esq.  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Hands,  Benjamin,  esq.  Hornsey,  Middlesex 

Hanley,  Sylvanus,  esq.  Newington  green 

Hanson,  Samuel,  esq.  15,  Trinity  square.  Tower  hill 

Hanson,  William,  esq.  Reigate 


15 

Hardwicke,  William,  esq.  Caithorpe  street,'  Gray*s  inn  lane 

Hardy,  James^  esq^  7,  Mulgrave  terrace,  Gateshead 

Harley,  James;  esq.  Leicester 

Harley,  F.  esq.  Cortling*  sciftck,  Nottinghamshire 

Harrinson,  J.  esq.  Reading 

Harrison,  J.  B.  esq.  Barham,  near  Canterbury 

Harvey,  J.  R.  bi.d.  18,  St.  Patrick's  place,  Cork 

Harvey,  W.  H.  esq.  Trinity  College,  Dublin- 

Haywood,  J.  W.  esq. 

Head,  Edward,  esq.  Mr.  Crossing's,  16,  Morrice  square,  Devonport 

Henderson,  W.  T.  esq.  London  and  Westminster  Bank,  lyothbury 

Henderson,  Thomas,  esq.  South  Dispensary,  Liverpool 

Henfrey,  Arthur,  Esq.  f.l.s.  &c.  Museum  of  Economic  Geology 

Hepburn  SirT.  B.  m.p.  Smeaton,  Preston  Kirk,  N.B. 

Hepburn,  Thomas  B.  esq.  Shabdenpark,  Chipstead,  Reigate 

Hepburn,  A.  esq.  Whittingham,  near  Preston  Kirk,  Mid  Lothian 

Heppenstall,  John,  esq.  Upper  Thorpe,  near  Sheffield 

Heslop,  R.  C.  M.D.  Preston,  Lancashire 

Hewitson,  J.  esq.  Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge 

Hewlet,  George,  esq.  Harrow 

Heysham,  T.  C.  esq.  Carlisle 

Higgins,  C.  H.  esq.  Taunton 

Hill,  W.  T.  esq.  Portwood  hall,  near  Stockport 

Hinckes,  Rev.  William,  Hampstead 

Hindle,  James,  esq.  Norton,  near  Doncaster 

Hitch,  J.  W.  esq.  Gloucester 

Hodgson,  H.  B.  esq,  Acomb  House,  York 

Hodson,  Joseph,  esq.  surgeon,  Birmingham 

Holland,  William,  esq.  Light  Cliff,  near  Halifax,  Yorkshire 

Hore,  Rev.  W.  S.  m.a.  f.l.9.  &c.  30,  Trafalgar  pi.  Stoke>  Devonport 

Home,  C.  esq.  Clapham  Common 

Horner,  Leonard,  esq.  2,  Bedford  row 

Horrocks^  Miss  E.  M.  Antecmony  house,  Lennox  town,  Glasgow 

Horsfield,  Dr.  f.r.8.  l.s;  cks.  &o.  India  house,  London 

Howitt,  Thomas,  esq.  Leicester 

Hoyer,  J.  esq.  Crown  court,  Threadneedie  street 

Hudson,  Anthony,  esq.  Norwich 

Hudson,  R.  esq.  F.R.ft  6.s.  &c.  Clapham  common 

Humphries,  Edward,  esq.  sui^eon,  Kingsland 

Hunter,  M.  esq.  22,  Artillery  place,  Pmahury 

Huntingdon,  Frederick,  esq.  Hull 

Husband,  W.  D.  esq.  surgseon,  York 

Hutton,. Thomas,  esq.  r^o.s.  mi.&.i.a.  &c.  Dublin 

Hyndman,  George  C.  esq.  Belfast 


16 

Ibbotson,  8.  L.  B.  esq.  22,  Upper  Phillimore  place,  Kensingtoa 
IckyW.  D.  PH.P.0.8.&C.  Philosophical  Institution,  Birmingham 
Image,  Rev.  Tho8«  a.m.  f.o.s.  &c.  Whepsted,  near  Bury  St.  Edmund's 
Ingham,  Robert,  esq.  m.a.  p.o.8.  &c,  Westoe 
Inglis,  James,  m.d.  Halifax,  Yorkshire 
Ipswich  Philosophical  Society 
Ireland,  Royal  Zoological  Society  of 
Irvine,  Hans,  esq.  m.b.  Dublin 
Isaacson,  W.  esq.  Huntingdon 

Jackson,  Dr.  Oxford 

Jackson,  H.  esq.  James's  row,  Sheffield 

James,  Captain  R.  £. 

Janson,  Joseph,  esq.  p.l.s.  32,  Abchurch  lane 

Jardine,SirW.Bart. F.B.s.B.  l.s.  &c.  Jardine  hall, Lockerby,  Dumfries 

Jefferson,  J.  esq.  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge 

Jeffireys,  J.  G.  esq.  f.r.8.  l.b.  &c.  Swansea 

Jenyns,  Rev.  L.  m.a.  f.l  s.  c.p.8.  &c.  Swaffam  Bulbeck 

Jepson,  W.  M.D.  80,  Chapel  street,  Salford 

Johnston,  George,  m.d.  ll.d.  f.r.c.s.b.  Berwick-upon-Tweed 

Jones,  Capt.  m.p.  f.g.s.  &c.  30,  Charles  street,  St.  James's 

Jones,  —  esq.  23,  Soho  square 

Johnson,  J.  W.  esq.  Ipswich 

Joy,  Thomas,  esq.  10,  St.  Giles's  street,  Oxford 

Jubb,  Abram,  esq.  surgeon,  Halifax 

Kane,  W.  esq.  b.a.  t.c.d.  Exmouth 

Kay,  David,  m.d.  Bradford,  Yorkshire 

Keenlyside,R.  H.  m.d.  Stockton-on-Tees 

Keman,  J.  esq. 

Kennedy,  J.  m.d.  Woodhouse,  near  Loughborough 

Kennedy,  James,  m.d.  Ashby  de  la  Zouch 

Kenrick,  Miss,  Stonehouse,  near  Canterbury 

Kemon,  Thomas,  esq.  Avebury  house,  Marlborough,  Wilts 

King,  R.  L.  esq.  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge 

King,  John,  esq.  Ipswich 

King,  Richard,  m.d.  Sackville  street 

King,  Henry,  Castle  gate,  York 

Kirkroan,  Dr.  Melton^  near  Woodbridge,  Suffolk 

Kitching,  Alfred,  esq.  57,  Myton  gate,  Hull 

Kitching,  John,  esq.  Darnell  hall,  near  Sheffield 

Kitching,  W.  V.  esq.  St.  John's  College,  Cambridge 

Knapp,  Dr.  9,  Duncan  street,  Edinburgh 

Knapp,  J.  L.  esq.  Thombury,  Gloucestershire  (Alverston) 

Knowles,  Professor  C.  B.  Birmingham 

Koninck,  L.  de,  esq.  Li^ge 


17 

Lacy,  E  esq.  m.r.cs.  &c.  Poole,  Dorset 

Landsborougb,  Rev.  D.  Park-end,  Saltcoats,  Ayrshire 

Lane,  E.  esq.  Plymouth 

Langmore,  Dr.  40,  Finsbury  square 

Langmore,  W.  B.  esq.  4,  Christopher  street,  Finsbury  square 

Langstaflf,  J.  esq.  9,  Cambridge  square,  Hyde  park 

Lankester,  E.  m.d.  p.l.s.  Golden  square,  London 

Lay,  Rev.  H. 

Laycock,  Dr.  C.  R.  5,  Adelaide  road,  Haverstock  hill 

Leckenby,  John,  esq.  Scarborough,  Yorkshire 

Lee,  Dr.  f.e.8.  f.r.a.s.  &c.  Hartwell,  near  Aylesbury,  Bucks. 

Lee,  Rev.  James  P.  King  Edward's  School,  Birmingham 

Lee,  W.  S.  esq.  Momingside,  near  Aberdeen 

Leeson,  Dr.  Greenwich 

Leighton,  Rev.  W.  A.  b.a.  p.b.s.e.  kc.  Luciefield,  Shrewsbury 

Leslie,  James,  esq.  Chanonry,  Old  Aberdeen 

Lindley,  Professor,  d.  ph.  f.r  s.  &c.  21,  Regent  Street 

Lingin,  Charles,  m.d.  Hereford 

Lingwood,  R.  M.  Esq.  ma.  p.l.s  &c.  Lyston  house,  Ross,  Hereford 

Lister,  J.  J.  esq.  p.r  s.  Upton,  near  Stratford,  Essex 

Little,  Rev.  William,  Manse,  Kirkpatrick,  Moffat 

Litton,  Professor,  m.d.  r.d.s.  &c.  Dublin 

Liverpool  Library,  Lyceum 

Liverpool  Natural  History  Society 

Tiiverpool  Medical  Institution 

Liverpool  Royal  Institution 

Lizars,  W.  H.  esq.  St.  James's  square,  Edinburgh 

Lizars,  Professor  A.  J.  m.d.  17,  King  street,  Aberdeen 

Lloyd,  Rev.  M.  H.  m.a.  Goodnestone,  near  Canterbury 

Lloyd,  William  Horton,  esq.  Park  square.  Regent's  park 

Loftus,  W.  K.  esq.  Caius  College,  Cambridge 

London  Institution,  Finsbury  Circus 

Lovejoy,  —  esq.  Reading 

Luard,  William  W.  esq.  Witham  lodge,  Witham,  Essex 

Lush,  Charles,  m.d.  p.l  s.  &c.  Bombay  Army 

Lye,  James  Black,  m.d.  Hereford 

Lyell,  Charles,  ma.  p.r.s.  l.s.  g.s.  &c.  16,  Hart  street,  Bloomsbury 

Macdonald,  Alexander,  esq.  5,  Regent  terrace,  Edinburgh 
Macdonald,  W.  B.  esq.  Rammerscales,  Lochmaben 
Mackintosh,  George,  esq.  Campsie,  near  Glasgow 
Mackintyre,  Dr.  p.l.s.  Hackney 
Mackenzie,  Skelton,  esq.  ll.d.  Dublin 
Maclagan,  Douglas,  m.d.  129,  George  street,  Edinburgh 
Maclagan,  P.  W.  m.d.  Assistant  Surgeon  in  the  Army,  Canada 
Macmeikan,  John,  esq.  London  Hospital 


18 

Manchester  Natural  History  Sodety 

Manchester,  The  Hon.  and  Rer,  Dean  of,  York 

Marshall,  Matthew,  esq.  Bank  of  England 

Marshall,  Timothy,  esq. 

Martin,  Dr.  Glendale,  Isle  of  Skye 

Martin,  Dr.  Adam,  Rochester,  Kent 

Matteson,  William,  jun.  esq.  snrgeon,  York 

Maund,  Benjamin,  esq.  Broomsgrove,  Worcestershire 

Maxwell,  Well  wood,  esq.  Munshes  Castle,  Douglass 

Mc  Andrew,  R.  esq.  Liverpool 

Meggy,  George,  esq  Chronicle  Office,  Chelmsford 

Melrose,  Jonathan, esq.  Writer,  Coldstream,  Berwickshire 

Mercer,  James,  m.d.  f.r.c.s.x.  50,  Northumberiandst,  Edinburgh 

Meynell,  Thomas,  esq.  York 

Miers,  John,  esq.  Temple  lodge.  Hammersmith 

Miller,  O.  T.  esq.  Royal  Marine  Infirmary,  Plymouth 

Miller,  George,  esq.  if.B.c.s.E.  Emsworth,  Hants 

Mitchell,  Alexander,  esq.  20,  Upper  Kirk  gate,  Aberdeen 

Mitchell,  D.  W.  esq.  5,  Mortimer  street.  Cavendish  square 

Mitchell,  Dr.  Mauchline,  Argyleshire,  N.B 

Mitford,  Captain,  Hunmanby,  Yorkshire 

Moggeridge,  Matthew,  esq.  Swansea 

Moon,  William,  esq.  surgeon,  Tottenham,  Middlesex 

Moore,  J.  C.  esq.  37,  Hertford  street.  May  Fair 

Mordaunt,  John,  esq.  Ash  ton  Water,  near  Bristol 

Morris,  Beverley,  m.d.  York 

Morris,  John,  esq.  6,  Lower  Durnfbrd  square,  Stonehouse,  Devon. 

Munford,  Rev.  George,  East  Winch  Vicarage,  Lynn 

Munn,  W.  A.  esq.  Knowley  house,  Feversham,  Kent 

Munro,  Miss,  Fritham,  Stoney  cross,  Hants 

Murchison,  R.I.  esq.  f.r.s.&c.  Belgrave  square 

Murdoch,  W.  m.d.  320,  Rotherhithe  street 

Murray,  Patrick,  m.d.  Scarborough,  Yorkshire 

Napp,  J.  L.  esq. 

Nasmyth,  Alex.  esq.  f  l.s,  g.s.  &c.  13,  George  st.  Hanover  square 

Naylor,  G.  F.  esq.  Asylum,  Wakefield 

Neill,  Patrick,  ll.d.  f.r.s.e.  l.s.  &c.  Cannon  Mills,  Edinburgh 

Nelson,  Jno.  G.  esq.  Colchester,  Ess3x 

Neville,  Henry,  esq.  Hervey  hill,  co.  Londonderry,  Ireland 

Newbold,  W.  W.  esq.  b.a.  Sharrow  Bank,  Sheffield 

Newcastle  Literary  and  Scientific  Society 

Newman,  Edward,  esq.  f.l.s.  9,  Devonshire  street,  Bishopsgate 

Newnham,  W.  O,  esq.  St.  John^s  College,  Cambridge 

Newnham,  William,  esq.  Farnham,  Surrey 


19 

r 

Newport,  George,  esq.  Pres.  Ent.  Soc.  Southwick  st.  Cambridge  ter. 

Norfolk  and  Norwich  Literary  Institution 

Norman,  George,  esq.  p.g  s.  &e.  Beverley  road,  Hull 

Norris,  Henry,  esq.  South  Petherton 

Northampton,  the  Marquess  of,  p.r-s.  &c,  145,  Piccadilly 

Norwich,  the  Lord  Bishop  of 

Nunneley,  Thos.  esq.  Surgeon,  Leeds, 

Nutford,  Capt.  Hunmauby,  Yorkshire 

Ogle,  W.  esq,  Catherine  Hall,  Cambridge 

Ogilvie,  J.  F.  esq.  Morningside  Lunatic  Asylum 

Owen,  Professor,  p.e.s.  l.s.  &c.  Royal  College  of  Surgeons 

Parker,  C.  L.  esq.  Oxford 

Parkinson,  esq.  p.l.s.  Cambridge  terrace,  Hyde  park 

Pamell,  R.  m.d.  p.r.s.e.  &c.  60,  Rankeilor  street,  Edinburgh 

Pattisson,  Jacob  L.  esq.  ll.b.  Witham  House,  With  am 

Pattisson,  J.  H.  esq. 

Patterson,  Robert,  esq.  Belfast 

Paxton,  Jas.  m.d.  Rugby 

Pearce,  J.  C.  esq.  Bradford,  Wilts,  near  Bath 

Percival,  W.  esq.  1st  Life  Guard8,'Regent's  Park  Barracks 

Pereira,  J.  m.d.  p.r.s.  &c.  Finsbury  square 

Percy,  Edmund,  esq.  Nottingham 

Percy,  J.  m.d.  Birmingham 

Phelps,  Rev.  H.  D.  Snodland  rectory.  West  Mailing,  Kent 

Pigge,  Thomas,  jun.  esq.  7,  Ridley  place,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Pinder,  Rev.  George,  Sedburgh,  Yorkshire 

Playfair,  Lyon,  Dr.  Museum  Economic  Geology 

Plomley,  James,  F.  esq.  Rye,  Sussex 

Plomley,  Francis,  m.d.  Ph.D.  p.s.a.  &c.  Lydd,  Romney Marsh, Kent 

Pollexfen,  Rev.  J.  H.  Bradford,  Yorkshire 

Powell,  Hugh,  esq.  Clarendon  street,  Somers  Town 

Power,  Thomas,  m.d.  St.  Patrick's  hill,  Cork 

Price,  William,  esq.  Leeds 

Price,  Thomas  T.  esq.  Surgeon,  Hereford 

Prower,  Rev.  J.  M.  Purton,  near  Swindon,  Wilts 

Phillips,  Professor  John,  p.r.s.  o.s,  &c.  Dublin 

Player,  Mrs.  Tenby,  South  Wales 

Pratt,  S.  P.  esq.  53,  Lincoln's  inn  fields 

Preston  Literary  and  Philosophical  Society 

Prestwich,  Joseph,  jun.  esq,  Mark  lane. 

Quain,  Richard,  m.d.  University  College  Hospital 
Quekett,  E.  J.  esq,  p.l.s.  50,  Wellclose  square 


20 

RaKan,  R.  B.  Captain,  r.n.  Taunton 

Raddiffe  Library,  Oxford 

Rankin,  Robert,  esq.  Hastingf,  Sussex 

Ranking,  W.  H.  m.d.  Bury  St.  Edmunds 

Ransome,  Robert,  esq,  Ipswicb 

Raper,  W.  A.  m.d.  Parade,  Portsmouth 

Rawson,  T.  W.  esq.  Halifax,  Yorkshire 

Rawson,  John,  esq.  Skirbeck,  near  Boston 

Ray,  George,  esq.  Milton,  near  Sittingbourne,  Kent 

Ray,  John,  esq.  Heaver  Hall,  Derbyshire 

Reade,  Rev.  J.  B.  Stone  Vicarage,  near  Aylesbury,  Bucks 

Reid,  F.  G.  m.d.  Hertford 

Reid,  John,  m.d.  St.  Andrews 

Reeve,  Lovell,  esq.  a.l.8.  &c.  King  William  street.  Strand 

Reckitt,  William,  esq.  m.a.  &c.  High  street,  Boston,  Lincolnshire 

Reigate  Institution,  Reigate,  Surrey 

Reynolds,  Henry,  esq.  42,  Moorgate  street 

Richardson,  John,  m.d.  f.r.s.  l.s.  &c.  Haslar  Hospital,  Gosport 

Ringrove,  John  esq.  Potters  Barr 

Robb,  James,  m.d.  Prof.  Nat.  Hist.  King's  College,  Frederickton, 

New  Brunswick 
Robertson,  W.  esq.  f.z.s.  Newcastle-on-Tyne 
Robertson,  W.  H.  m.d.  Buxton,  Derbyshire 
Robertson,  John,  R.  esq.  Grove  Cottage,  Duffield  row,  Derby 
Robinson,  George,  esq.  Armagh 
Rohloff,  —  esq.  Plymouth 

Rolfe,  Rev.  S.  C.  £.  N.  Heacham  Hall,  Lynn,  Norfolk 
Ross,  Andrew,  esq.  21,  Featherstone  buildings,  Holborn 
Rothery,  H.  C.  esq.  b.a.  10,  Stratford  place 
Royal  Irish  Academy,  Dublin 
Royal  Zoological  Society  of  Ireland 
Royle,  Prof.  J.  F.  m.d.  f.r.s,  l.s.  g.s.  &c.  4,  Bulstrode  street, 

St.  Marylebone 
Rudd,  E.  J.  esq.  Halifax,  Yorkshire 
Russell,  F.  esq.  Brislington,  Bristol 
Rutherford,  W.  esq. 

Sabine,  W.  esq.  b.a.  Jesus  College,  Cambridge 

Sabine,  Colonel 

Salmon,  John,  D.  esq.  Godalming 

Salter,  T.  Bell,  m.d.  f.l.s.  Ryde,  Isle  of  Wight 

Salter,  H.  H.  esq.  King's  College 

Sandwith,  Humphry,  m.d.1,  Albion  street,  Hull 

Satterfield,  Joshua,  esq.  Manchester 

Saull,  W.  D.  esq.  f,g,s.  a.s.  &c.  15,  Aldersgate  street 


21 

Say,  Rev.  F.H.S.  Braughing  Vicarage,  Ware,  Herts 

Sayle,  George,  esq.  Lyme  Regis 

Seager,  J.  L.  esq.  Millbank,  Westminster 

Searle,  George,  esq.  Gumming  street,  Pentonville 

Sedgwick,  Rev.  Adam,  f.r.s.  &c,  Cambridge 

Selby,  Prideaux,  J.  esq.  f.l.s.  o.s.  &c.  Twizel,  Northumberland 

Sellers,  William,  m.d.  Royal  College  Physicians,  Edinburgh 

Semple,  Robert  H.  esq.  3,  Hans  buildings,  Islington 

Shaw,  Dr.  Hophouse,  near  Boston,  Lincolnshire 

Shapter,  Thomas,  m.d.  Exeter 

Sharp,  Henry,  esq.  Bolton-le-Moor,  Lancashire 

Sheppard,  James,  m.d.  Stonehouse,  Devonport 

Shuttleworth,  Robert  James,  esq.  Berne 

Shuttleworth,  John,  esq  Manchester 

Sidney,  M.  J,  F.  esq.  Cowper,  near  Morpeth 

Simpson,  J.  Y.  m.d.  Prof.  Midwifery  University  Edinburgh 

Simpson,  Samuel,  esq.  The  Greaves,  Lancaster 

Sion  College  Library,  London  Wall 

Slaney,  W.  H.  esq.  care  of  T.  C.  Eyton,  esq.  Eyton  Hall,  Shrewsbury 

Smith,  Alfred,  esq.  m.r.c.8.  St.  Paul  street,  Portland  square,  Bristol 

Smith,  J.  J.  esq.  m.a.  Caius  College,  Cambridge 

Smith,  Dr.  Pye,  Horoerton 

Smith,  Charles,  esq.  m.r.g.s.  Bury  St.  Edmunds 

Smyth,  W.  H.  esq,  Caius  College,  Cambridge 

Society,  Philosophical,  of  Glasgow,  (Botanical  Section) 

Society,  Literary  and  Philosophical,  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Solly,  R.  H.  esq.  f.r.s,  l.s.  &c.  Great  Ormond  street,  Queen  square 

Sowerby,  James  de  C.  esq.  f.l.s.  z.s.  &c.  Royal  Botanic  Garden, 

Regent's  park 
Spence,  W.  esq.  f.r.8.  l.s.  &c.  18,  Lower  Seymour  st.  Portman  sq« 
Spence,  Rev.  John,  East  Keal,  Spilsby,  Lincolnshire 
Spicer,  J.  W.  G.  esq.  Esher  place,  Esher,  Surrey 
Spragge,  W.  K.  esq.  South  Down  buildings.  Tor,  Devonshire 
Stanger,  W.  m.d.  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
Stark,  Robert,  M.  esq.  Annandale  street,  Edinburgh 
Statham,  Rev.  S.  F.  Waldon  terrace,  Torquay 
Statter,  William,  esq.  Wakefield 
Stead,  Edward,  esq.  Morrice  street,  Devonport 
Steel,  C.  W.  esq.  Lewisham 
Steuart,  Sir  James,  Bart. 

Stevens,  W.  V.  esq.  Pembroke  square,  Kensington 
Stewart  Allan,  m.d.  50,  High  street.  Paisley 
Stock,  Daniel,  esq.  Bungay 
Stokes,  W.  R,  esq.  Shrewsbury 


22 

Stokes,  Charles,  esq.  r.ii.8.  g.s.  &c.  4,  Ventkun  buildiiif s,  Cray's  Inn 
Strickland,  Hugh  £•  esq.  m.a.  f.g.s.  &c.  39,  Holywell,  Oxford 
Strickland,  Arthur,  esq.  Bridlington  Quay,  Yorkshire 
Strickland,  J.  H.  esq.  22,  North  Audley  street 
Streeten,  R.  J.  N.  m .d.  Worcester 
Sweetlove,  J.  esq.  Liverpool,  Nat.  Hist.  Soc. 
Swineard,  Frederick,  esq.  Precentor's  court,  York 
Subscription  Library,  Bromley  house,  Nottingham 

Tancred,  Sir  Thomas,  Bart.  Shotley  hill 

Tate,  George,  esq.  f.g.8.  Alnwick,  Northumberland 

Tatham,  John,  esq.  jun.  Settle,  Yorkshire 

Taylor,  Richard,  esq.  f.l.s.  8.a.  &c.  Red  Lion  court,  Fleet  street 

Taylor,  Henry,  u.d.  Nottingham  Dispensary 

Teale,  Joseph,  esq.  Leeds 

Teale,  T.  P.  esq.  Leeds 

Tennant,  James,  esq.  r.a.B«  &c.  149,  Strand 

Theakstone,  J.  W.  esq.  Scarborough,  Yorkshire 

Thomas,  W.  L.  esq.  Hatfield 

Thomas,  Henry,  esq.  Sheffield 

Thompson,  Thomas,  esq.  m.a.  p.r.s.  &c.  Solicitor,  Hull 

Thompson,  W.  esq.  Pres.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Belfast 

Thompson,  Theophilus,  m.d.  Bedford  square,  London 

Thomson,  R.  D.  m.d.  Glasgow 

Thomson,  Professor  Allen,  26,  India  street,  Edinburgh 

Thomhill,  J.  esq.  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc.  Newcastle-on-Tyne 

Thorpe,  Rev.  W.  Wormersley,  near  Pontefract,  Yorkshire 

Tomkins,  ۥ  m.d.  Abingdon 

Torquay  Natural  History  Society 

Torrie,  T.  J.  esq.  f.g.s.  &c.  21,  Royal  Circus,  Edinburgh 

Travis,  J.  H,  esq.  York 

Trinity  College,  Dublin 

Tripe,  Dr.  Plymouth 

Troughton,  Nathaniel,  esq.  Coventry 

Tudor,  Richard,  esq.  Bootle,  Liverpool 

Tuke,  W.  M .  Esq.  York 

Tuke,  James,H.  esq.  York 

Turner  Dawson,  esq.  f.r.s.  s.a.  l.s.  &c.  Yarmouth 

Tweedy,  M.  esq.  Alverton,  Truro 

Twining,  William,  m.d.  13,  Bedford  place,  Ruseell  square 

Twiss,  Travers,  Dr.  Prof.  Political  Economy  Univ.  Coll.  Oxford. 

Varenne,  E.  G.  esq.  Kelvedon,  Essex 

Waller,  Edward,  esq.  Finnow  House,  Burrisakane,  Ireland